Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

 

Registration Statement Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

OR

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

OR

 

Shell Company Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number: 1-34694

VEON LTD.

(formerly VimpelCom Ltd.)

 

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda

 

 

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands

 

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

Scott Dresser

Group General Counsel

Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Tel: +31 20 797 7200

Fax: +31 20 797 7201

 

 

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class         Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each
representing one common share
      NASDAQ Global Select Market
Common shares, US$0.001 nominal value       NASDAQ Global Select Market*

 

* Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of ADSs pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 1,756,731,135 common shares, US$0.001 nominal value.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ☒    Accelerated filer  ☐    Non-accelerated filer  ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☐    International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒     Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  ☐            Item 18  ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ☐    No  ☒


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM 1.

  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors      7  

ITEM 2.

  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      7  

ITEM 3.

  Key Information      7  

ITEM 4.

  Information on the Company      43  

ITEM 4A.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      97  

ITEM 5.

  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      98  

ITEM 6.

  Directors, Senior Management and Employees      154  

ITEM 7.

  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      164  

ITEM 8.

  Financial Information      168  

ITEM 9.

  The Offer and Listing      170  

ITEM 10.

  Additional Information      171  

ITEM 11.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      185  

ITEM 12.

  Description of Securities other than Equity Securities      186  

ITEM 13.

  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      188  

ITEM 14.

  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      188  

ITEM 15.

  Controls and Procedures      188  

ITEM 15T.

  Controls and Procedures      189  

ITEM 16.

  [Reserved]      189  

ITEM 16A.

  Audit Committee Financial Expert      189  

ITEM 16B.

  Code of Ethics      189  

ITEM 16C.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services      190  

ITEM 16D.

  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      190  

ITEM 16E.

  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers      190  

ITEM 16F.

  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      191  

ITEM 16G.

  Corporate Governance      191  

ITEM 16H

  Mine Safety Disclosure      192  

ITEM 17.

  Financial Statements      193  

ITEM 18.

  Financial Statements      193  

ITEM 19.

  Exhibits      194  

EXPLANATORY NOTE

On March 30, 2017, VimpelCom Ltd. changed its name to VEON Ltd. Please see Exhibit 1.2 to this Annual Report an Form 20-F.

References in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to “VEON” and the “VEON Group,” as well as references to “our company,” “the company,” “our group,” “the group,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar pronouns, are references to VEON Ltd. as of March 30, 2017 and to VimpelCom Ltd. prior to March 30, 2017, an exempted company limited by shares registered in Bermuda, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to VEON Ltd. are to VEON Ltd. alone as of March 30, 2017 and to VimpelCom Ltd. alone prior to March 30, 2017. All section references appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are to sections of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless otherwise indicated. This Annual Report on Form 20-F includes audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS,” as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or “IASB,” and presented in U.S. dollars. VEON Ltd. adopted IFRS as of January 1, 2009.

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to (i) “U.S. dollars” and “US$” are to the lawful currency of the United States of America, (ii) “Russian rubles,” “rubles” or “RUB” are to the lawful currency of the Russian Federation, (iii) “Pakistani rupees” or “PKR” are to the lawful currency of Pakistan, (iv) “Algerian dinar” or “DZD” are to the lawful currency of Algeria, (v) “Bangladeshi taka” or “BDT” are to the lawful currency of

 

1


Table of Contents

Bangladesh, (vi) “Ukrainian hryvnia,” “hryvnia” or “UAH” are to the lawful currency of Ukraine, (vii) “Uzbek som” or “UZS” are to the lawful currency of Uzbekistan, (viii) “Kazakh tenge” or “KZT” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Kazakhstan, (ix) “Kyrgyz som” are to the lawful currency of Kyrgyzstan, (x) “Armenian dram” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Armenia, (xi) “Tajik somoni” are to the lawful currency of Tajikistan, (xii) “Georgian lari” are to the lawful currency of Georgia, (xiii) “Lao kip” are to the lawful currency of Laos and (xiv) “€,” “EUR” or “euro” are to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time. In addition, references to “EU” are to the European Union, references to “LIBOR” are to the London Interbank Offered Rate, references to “EURIBOR” are to the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, references to “MosPRIME” are to the Moscow Prime Offered Rate, references to “KIBOR” are to the Karachi Interbank Offered Rate and references to “Bangladeshi T-Bill” are to Bangladeshi Treasury Bills.

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains translations of certain non-U.S. currency amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. These translations should not be construed as representations that the relevant non-U.S. currency amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted, were converted or will be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, U.S. dollar amounts have been translated from euro, Pakistani rupee, Algerian dinar, Lao Kip and Bangladeshi taka amounts at the exchange rates provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. and from Russian ruble, Ukrainian hryvnia, Kazakh tenge, Uzbek som, Armenian dram, Georgian lari and Kyrgyz som amounts at official exchange rates, as described in more detail under “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Translation” below.

The discussion of our business and the telecommunications industry in this Annual Report on Form 20-F contains references to certain terms specific to our business, including numerous technical and industry terms. Such terms are defined in “Exhibit 99.1—Glossary of Terms.”

Certain amounts and percentages that appear in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been subject to rounding adjustments. As a result, certain numerical figures shown as totals, including in tables, may not be exact arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede or follow them.

As of November 5, 2016, VEON Ltd. owns a 50.0% share of the Italy Joint Venture (as defined herein). We account for the Italy Joint Venture using the equity method. We do not control the Italy Joint Venture. All information related to the Italy Joint Venture is the sole responsibility of the Italy Joint Venture’s management, and no information contained herein, including, but not limited to, the Italy Joint Venture’s financial and industry data, market projections and strategy, has been prepared by or on behalf of, or approved by, our management. VEON Ltd. is not making, and has not made, any written or oral representation or warranty, express or implied, of any nature whatsoever, with respect to any Italy Joint Venture information included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, other than the financial information that is derived directly from our financial statements.

Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture.

On November 5, 2016, we completed a transaction to form a joint venture holding company with CK Hutchison Holdings Limited (“Hutchison”), through which we jointly own and operate our historical WIND and Hutchison’s historical 3 Italia telecommunications businesses in Italy. Italy is no longer a reportable segment. We account for the Italy Joint Venture using the equity method. However, financial and operational information for Italy is included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F because completion of the Italy Joint Venture occurred ten months into the 2016 financial year, and because the Italy Joint Venture is a significant part of our business.

From January 1, 2016 to November 5, 2016, we classified our Italian business unit as an asset held for sale and discontinued operation in our financial statements. In connection with this classification, VEON Ltd. no longer accounted for depreciation and amortization expenses of the Italian assets. The financial data for 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 reflects the classification of Italy as an asset held for sale and a discontinued operation.

 

2


Table of Contents

The data for 2012 is unaudited. The intercompany positions were disclosed as related party transactions and balances. The transaction was successfully completed on November 5, 2016. Under the transaction, VEON Ltd. contributed its entire shareholding in the operations in Italy, in exchange for a 50% interest in the newly formed Italy Joint Venture. As a result, the company does not control the Italy Joint Venture’s operations in Italy. Please refer to Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin . Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-IFRS financial measures. VEON calculates Adjusted EBITDA as profit/(loss) for the year before depreciation, amortization, impairment loss, finance costs, income tax expense and the other line items reflected in the reconciliation table in “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA.” Our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA includes certain reconciliation adjustments necessary because our Russia segment excludes certain expenses from its Adjusted EBITDA. As a result of the reconciliations, our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA differs from the aggregation of Adjusted EBITDA of each of our reportable segments. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total operating revenue, expressed as a percentage. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of the results as reported under IFRS. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as supplemental performance measures and believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide useful information to investors because they are indicators of the strength and performance of the company’s business operations, including its ability to fund discretionary spending, such as capital expenditures, acquisitions and other investments, as well as indicate its ability to incur and service debt. In addition, the components of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin include the key revenue and expense items for which the company’s operating managers are responsible and upon which their performance is evaluated. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin also assist management and investors by increasing the comparability of the company’s performance against the performance of other telecommunications companies that provide EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) or OIBDA (operating income before depreciation and amortization) information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially inconsistent effects between periods or companies of depreciation, amortization and impairment losses, which items may significantly affect operating profit between periods. However, our Adjusted EBITDA results may not be directly comparable to other companies’ reported EBITDA or OIBDA results due to variances and adjustments in the components of EBITDA (including our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA) or calculation measures. Additionally, a limitation of EBITDA’s or Adjusted EBITDA’s use as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenue or the need to replace capital equipment over time. Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, is presented in “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA” below.

Capital Expenditures . In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we present capital expenditures, which are purchases of new equipment, new construction, upgrades, software, other long-lived assets and related reasonable costs incurred prior to intended use of the non-current asset, accounted at the earliest event of advance payment or delivery. Long-lived assets acquired in business combinations are not included in capital expenditures. In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we present capital expenditures for all periods excluding our historical Italian operations (WIND) following its classification as asset held for sale and a discontinued operation and excluding the Italy Joint Venture. We also present capital expenditures without licenses. Reconciliation of capital expenditures to cash paid for purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, is presented in “Item 5—Key Information—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future Liquidity and Capital Requirements” below. For more information, please see “—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

3


Table of Contents

Functional currency financial measures . In the discussion and analysis of our results of operations, we present certain financial measures in functional currency terms. These non-IFRS financial measures include the results of operations of our reportable segments in jurisdictions with local functional currencies, and exclude the impact of translating the functional currency amounts to U.S. dollars. We analyze the performance of our reportable segments on a functional currency basis to increase the comparability of results between periods. Because changes in foreign exchange rates have a non-operating impact on the results of operations (as a result of translation to US$, our reporting currency), our management believes that evaluating their performance on a functional currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to our management and to investors. For information regarding our translation of foreign currency-denominated amounts into U.S. dollars, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Translation” and Notes 2 and 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in their Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Market and Industry Data

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains industry, market and competitive position data that are based on the industry publications and studies conducted by third parties noted herein and therein, as well as our own internal estimates and research. These industry publications and third-party studies generally state that the information that they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications and third-party studies is reliable, we have not independently verified the market and industry data obtained from these third-party sources. While we believe our internal research is reliable and the definition of our market and industry are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

Certain market and industry data in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is sourced from the report of Analysys Mason, dated March 16, 2017. Mobile penetration rate is defined as mobile connections divided by population. Population figures for the mobile penetration rates provided by Analysys Mason are sourced from the Economist Intelligence Unit. Mobile connections are on a three-month active basis such that any SIM card that has not been used for more than three months is excluded.

Trademarks

We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F may appear without the “ ® ” or “TM” symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is the property of its respective holder.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our estimates and forward-looking statements are mainly based on our current expectations and estimates of future events and trends, which affect or may affect our businesses and operations. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available to us. Many important factors, in addition to the factors

 

4


Table of Contents

described in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, may adversely affect our results as indicated in forward-looking statements. You should read this Annual Report on Form 20-F completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different and worse from what we expect.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “seek,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “possible” and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements.

Our estimates and forward-looking statements may be influenced by various factors, including without limitation:

 

   

our plans to implement our strategic priorities, including with respect to our performance transformation program; targets and strategic initiatives in the various countries in which we operate; business to business growth and other new revenue streams; digitalizing our business model; portfolio and asset optimization; improving customer experience and optimizing our capital structure;

 

   

our anticipated performance and guidance for 2017 and 2018;

 

   

our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations and our expectations regarding working capital and the repayment of our debt;

 

   

our expectations regarding our capital expenditures and operational expenditures in and after 2016 and our ability to meet our projected capital requirements;

 

   

our plans to upgrade and build out our networks and to optimize our network operations;

 

   

our goals regarding value, experience and service for our customers, as well as our ability to retain and attract customers and to maintain and expand our market share positions;

 

   

our plans to develop, provide and expand our products and services, including operational and network development and network investment, such as expectations regarding the roll-out and benefits of 3G/4G/LTE networks or other networks; broadband services and integrated products and services, such as fixed-mobile convergence;

 

   

our ability to execute our business strategy successfully and to complete, and achieve the expected synergies from, our existing and future transactions, such as the new joint venture with Hutchison, through which we will jointly own and operate our telecommunications businesses comprised of the historical Hutchison business, 3 Italia S.p.A. (“3 Italia”) and the historical VEON business, Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. (“WIND”), in Italy (a transaction and resulting business that we refer to as the “Italy Joint Venture” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F) and our merger with Warid Telecom Pakistan LLC (“WTPL”) and Bank Alfalah Limited (“Bank Alfalah”), which resulted in the merger of our telecommunications businesses in Pakistan (a transaction we refer to as the “Pakistan Merger” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F);

 

   

our ability to integrate acquired companies, joint ventures or other forms of strategic partnerships into our existing businesses in a timely and cost-effective manner and to realize anticipated synergies therefrom;

 

   

our expectations as to pricing for our products and services in the future, improving our monthly average revenue per customer and our future costs and operating results;

 

   

our plans regarding our dividend payments and policies, as well as our ability to receive dividends, distributions, loans, transfers or other payments or guarantees from our subsidiaries;

 

   

our ability to meet license requirements and to obtain, maintain, renew or extend licenses, frequency allocations and frequency channels and obtain related regulatory approvals;

 

   

our plans regarding the marketing and distribution of our products and services, as well as our customer loyalty programs;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

our expectations regarding our competitive strengths, customer demands, market trends and future developments in the industry and markets in which we operate;

 

   

possible adverse consequences resulting from our agreements announced on February 18, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), and the Dutch Public Prosecution Service ( Openbaar Ministerie ) (“OM”), including the Deferred Prosecution Agreement (the “DPA”) with the DOJ filed with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, the judgment entered by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York related to the agreement with the SEC, including the consent incorporated therein (the “SEC Judgment”) and the settlement agreement with the OM (the “Dutch Settlement Agreement”), as well as any litigation or additional investigations related to or resulting from the agreements, including the DPA and the SEC Judgment, including the retention of an independent compliance monitor as required the DPA and the SEC Judgment, any changes in company policy or procedure resulting from the review by the independent compliance monitor or otherwise undertaken by VEON Ltd., the duration of the independent compliance monitor’s review, and VEON Ltd.’s compliance with the terms of the resolutions with the DOJ, SEC, and OM; and

 

   

other statements regarding matters that are not historical facts.

These statements are management’s best assessment of the company’s strategic and financial position and of future market conditions, trends and other potential developments. While they are based on sources believed to be reliable and on our management’s current knowledge and best belief, they are merely estimates or predictions and cannot be relied upon. We cannot assure you that future results will be achieved. The risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the results indicated, expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F include:

 

   

risks relating to changes in political, economic and social conditions in each of the countries in which we operate (including as a result of armed conflict) such as any harm, reputational or otherwise, that may arise due to changing social norms, our business involvement in a particular jurisdiction or an otherwise unforeseen development in science or technology;

 

   

in each of the countries in which we operate, risks relating to legislation, regulation, taxation and currency, including laws, regulations, decrees and decisions governing the telecommunications industry, costs of compliance, currency and exchange controls, currency fluctuations, taxation legislation, abrupt changes in the regulatory environment, laws on foreign investment, anti-corruption and anti-terror laws, economic sanctions and their official interpretation by governmental and other regulatory bodies and courts;

 

   

risks relating to a failure to meet expectations regarding various strategic initiatives, including, but not limited to, the performance transformation program;

 

   

risks related to solvency and other cash flow issues, including our ability to raise the necessary additional capital and incur additional indebtedness, the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments, our ability to develop additional sources of revenue and unforeseen disruptions in our revenue streams;

 

   

risks that various courts or regulatory agencies with whom we are involved in legal challenges, tax disputes or appeals may not find in our favor;

 

   

risks relating to our company and its operations in each of the countries in which we operate, including demand for and market acceptance of our products and services, regulatory uncertainty regarding our licenses, frequency allocations and numbering capacity, constraints on our spectrum capacity, availability of line capacity, intellectual property rights protection, labor issues, interconnection agreements, equipment failures and competitive product and pricing pressures;

 

   

risks related to developments from competition, unforeseen or otherwise, in each of the countries in which we operate including our ability to keep pace with technological change and evolving industry standards;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

risks associated with developments in the investigations by, and the agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM and any additional investigations or litigation that may be initiated relating to or arising out of any of the foregoing, and the costs associated therewith, including relating to remediation efforts and enhancements to our compliance programs, and the review by the independent compliance monitor;

 

   

risks related to the activities of our strategic shareholders, lenders, employees, joint venture partners, representatives, agents, suppliers, customers and other third parties;

 

   

risks associated with our existing and future transactions, including with respect to realizing the expected synergies of closed transactions, such as the Italy Joint Venture and/or the Pakistan Merger, satisfying closing conditions for new transactions, obtaining regulatory approvals and implementing remedies;

 

   

risks associated with data protection, cyber-attacks or systems and network disruptions, or the perception of such attacks or failures in each of the countries in which we operate, including the costs that would be associated with such events and the reputation harm that could arise therefrom;

 

   

risks related to the ownership of our American Depositary Receipts, including those associated with VEON Ltd.’s status as a Bermuda company and a foreign private issuer; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties.

These factors and the other risk factors described in “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors” are not necessarily all of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our future results. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Under no circumstances should the inclusion of such forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 20-F be regarded as a representation or warranty by us or any other person with respect to the achievement of results set out in such statements or that the underlying assumptions used will in fact be the case. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We cannot assure you that any projected results or events will be achieved. Except to the extent required by law, we disclaim any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Not required.

 

ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not required.

 

ITEM 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for each of the five years ended December 31, 2016 has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements, which as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent registered public accounting firm, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012,

 

7


Table of Contents

have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, except as noted below. The data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the financial information in “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

The data for 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 reflects the classification of WIND as a discontinued operation, and the data for 2012 is unaudited. The data for 2016 reflects 10 months of WIND classified as a discontinued operation and two months of WIND classified as an equity investment. For more information, please see “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015 (1)     2014 (1)     2013     2012
Unaudited
 
     (in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts and as indicated)
 

Consolidated income statements data:

          

Service revenue

     8,553       9,313       13,200       15,472       15,607  

Sale of equipment and accessories

     184       190       218       391       422  

Other revenue

     148       103       68       103       49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     8,885       9,606       13,486       15,966       16,078  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

          

Service costs

     1,769       1,937       2,931       3,595       3,626  

Cost of equipment and accessories

     216       231       252       438       400  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,668       4,563       4,743       6,256       4,962  

Depreciation

     1,439       1,550       1,996       2,245       2,188  

Amortization

     497       517       647       808       1,062  

Impairment loss

     192       245       976       2,963       391  

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

     20       39       68       93       199  

Total operating expenses

     7,801       9,082       11,613       16,398       12,828  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     1,084       524       1,873       (432     3,250  

Finance costs

     830       829       1,077       1,213       1,058  

Finance income

     (69     (52     (52     (90     (151

Other non-operating losses/(gains)

     82       42       (121     (84     (34

Share of (profit) / loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     (48     (14     38       159       9  

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     99       —         —         —         —    

Net foreign exchange (gain)/ loss

     (157     314       556       12       (52

Profit/(loss) before tax

     347       (595     375       (1,642     2,420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     635       220       598       1,813       730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

     (288     (815     (223     (3,455     1,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

     920       262       (680     (633     (314

Profit on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     1,788       —         —         —         —    

Profit/(loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

     2,708       262       (680     (633     (314

Profit/(loss) for the year

     2,420       (553     (903     (4,088     1,376  

Attributable to:

          

The owners of the parent (continuing operations)

     (380     (917     33       (1,992       1,853  

The owners of the parent (discontinued operations)

     2,708       262       (680     (633     (314

Non-controlling interest

     92       102       (256     (1,463     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,420       (553     (903     (4,088     1,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations

          

Basic, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     (0.22     (0.52     0.02       (1.16     1.14  

Diluted, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     (0.22     (0.52     0.02       (1.16     1.14  

Earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations

          

Basic, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     1.55       0.15       (0.39     (0.37     (0.19

Diluted, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     1.55       0.15       (0.39     (0.37     (0.19

Weighted average number of common shares (millions)

     1,749       1,748       1,748       1,711       1,618  

Dividends declared per share

     0.23       0.035       0.035       1.24       0.80  

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

8


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013 (2)     2012
Unaudited (2)
 
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,942       3,614       6,342       4,454       4,949  

Working capital (deficit) (1)

     (2,007     (156     (938     (2,815     (2,421

Property and equipment, net

     6,719       6,239       11,849       15,493       15,666  

Intangible assets and goodwill

     6,953       6,447       18,002       24,546       27,565  

Total assets

     21,193       33,854       41,042       49,747       54,737  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     15,150       29,960       37,066       40,796       39,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     6,043       3,894       3,976       9,078       14,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Working capital (deficit) is calculated as current assets less current liabilities and is equivalent to net current assets.
(2) Figures for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been adjusted to reflect the adoption of IAS 32 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The figures for the year December 31, 2012 have not been adjusted.

SELECTED OPERATING DATA

The following selected operating data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 has been derived from internal company sources. The number of mobile data customers and fixed-line broadband customers have not been included as of December 31, 2012 because we did not have an operational protocol to collect that data in 2012. The selected operating data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

     As of and for December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Selected company operating data (1) :

              

Mobile customers in millions

              

Russia

     58.3        59.8        57.2        56.5        56.1  

Pakistan

     51.6        36.2        38.5        37.6        36.1  

Algeria (2)

     16.3        17.0        17.7        17.6        16.7  

Bangladesh

     30.4        32.3        30.8        28.8        25.9  

Ukraine (2)

     26.1        25.4        26.2        25.8        25.1  

Uzbekistan

     9.5        9.9        10.6        10.5        10.2  

Others (3)

     15.3        15.7        16.1        15.3        14.3  

Total mobile customers (4)

     207.5        196.3        197.1        192.1        184.4  

Mobile MOU in minutes (2)(5)

              

Russia

     326        310        304        291        276  

Pakistan (6)

     628        623        433        226        214  

Algeria (2)(6)

     332        369        371        216        274  

Bangladesh (6)

     312        306        197        184        216  

Ukraine (2)

     559        543        508        501        513  

Uzbekistan

     615        528        522        471        474  

Mobile ARPU (2)(5)

              

Russia

   US$ 4.6      US$ 5.1      US$ 8.6      US$ 10.6      US$ 10.8  

Pakistan

   US$ 2.3      US$ 2.1      US$ 2.1      US$ 2.3      US$ 2.6  

Algeria (2)

   US$ 5.1      US$ 6.0      US$ 7.9      US$ 8.4      US$ 9.0  

Bangladesh

   US$ 1.6      US$ 1.6      US$ 1.6      US$ 1.5      US$ 1.8  

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of and for December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Ukraine (2)

   US$ 1.7      US$ 1.8      US$ 3.1      US$ 4.7      US$ 5.2  

Uzbekistan

   US$ 5.6      US$ 5.7      US$ 5.6      US$ 5.3      US$ 4.6  

Mobile data customers in millions

              

Russia

     36.6        34.3        31.9        29.4        —    

Pakistan

     25.1        16.8        14.4        10.9        —    

Algeria (2)

     7.0        4.1        1.3        0.5        —    

Bangladesh

     14.9        14.0        12.2        9.8        —    

Ukraine (2)

     11.2        12.0        11.1        11.3        —    

Uzbekistan (7)

     4.6        4.7        5.4        5.4        —    

Others (3)

     7.9        7.8        8.4        8.1        —    

Total mobile data customers (4)

     107.3        93.7        84.7        75.4        —    

Fixed-line broadband customers in millions

              

Russia

     2.2        2.2        2.3        2.3        —    

Ukraine

     0.8        0.8        0.8        —          —    

Others (3)

     0.3        0.4        0.2        0.3        —    

Total broadband customers (4)

     3.3        3.4        3.3        2.6        —    

 

(1) For information on how we calculate mobile customers, mobile MOU, mobile ARPU, mobile data customers and fixed-line broadband customers, please refer to the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Performance Indicators.”
(2) The customer numbers for 2012 have been adjusted to reflect revised customer numbers in Algeria and Ukraine where the definition of customers has been aligned to the group definition. Mobile MOU and Mobile ARPU have been adjusted accordingly. For a definition of Mobile MOU and ARPU, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Performance Indicators—MOU” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Performance Indicators—ARPU,” respectively.
(3) Customer numbers for Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia and Laos for all periods. For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” category and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Reportable Segments.”
(4) The customer numbers for 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been adjusted to remove customers in operations that have been sold and exclude (i) the customers in our historical WIND business as of December 31, 2012-2015 and (ii) the customers in the new Italy Joint Venture as of December 31, 2016.
(5) Data for our “Others” category is not presented because we do not collect data on Mobile MOU and Mobile ARPU in “Others.” For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” category and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Reportable Segments.”
(6) The Algeria, Pakistan and Bangladesh segments for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 measure mobile MOU based on billed minutes, which is calculated by the total number of minutes of usage for outgoing calls (and for Pakistan also includes minutes of usage generated from incoming revenue). This definition differs from the group’s definition of MOU. Mobile MOU in the Algeria, Pakistan and Bangladesh segments has been restated to use the group definition for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. For an explanation of our group’s definition of MOU, please refer to “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—MOU.”
(7) Mobile broadband customers in Uzbekistan (as well as in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan and Georgia) are those who have performed at least one mobile internet event in the three-month period prior to the measurement date, as well as fixed internet access using FTTB, xDSL and Wi-Fi technologies.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not required.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not required.

D. Risk Factors

The risks below relate to our company and our American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). Before purchasing our ADSs, you should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 20-F including but not limited to, these risks.

 

10


Table of Contents

In addition to those risk factors, there may be additional risks and uncertainties of which management is not aware or focused on or that management deems immaterial. Our business, financial condition or results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations could materially decrease our cash flow, adversely affect our business and financial condition and prevent us from raising additional capital.

We have substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal amount of our external debt for bonds, bank loans, equipment financing, and loans from others amounted to approximately US$10.5 billion. For more information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities.”

Agreements under which we borrow funds contain obligations, which include covenants that impose on us certain operating and financial restrictions. Some of these covenants relate to our financial performance or financial condition, such as levels or ratios of earnings, debt and assets and may have the effect of preventing us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional debt. Failure to meet these obligations may result in a default, which could increase the cost of securing additional capital and lead to the acceleration of our loans and the loss of assets that secure the defaulted debts, where they are secured, or to which our creditors otherwise have recourse. Such a default and acceleration of the obligations under one or more of these agreements (including as a result of cross-default or cross-acceleration) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and in particular on our liquidity and our shareholders’ equity. In addition, covenants in our debt agreements could impair our liquidity and our ability to expand or finance our future operations. For a discussion of agreements under which we borrow funds, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities” and Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Please also see “—A disposition by one or both of our largest shareholders of their respective stakes in VEON Ltd. or a change in control of VEON Ltd. could harm our business” for information regarding change of control provisions in some of our debt agreements.

Aside from the risk of default, given our substantial amounts of indebtedness and limits imposed by our debt obligations, our business could suffer significant negative consequences such as the need to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for paying dividends, working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures and other purposes necessary for us to maintain our competitive position and to maintain flexibility and resiliency in the face of general adverse economic and industry conditions.

We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic priorities.

We are rapidly transforming with the aim to reinvent the business across all geographies and operations. This transformation involves re-engineering fundamentals, working to revitalize the business and implementing a new digital model. However, there can be no assurance that our strategy will be successfully implemented and will not cause changes in our operational efficiencies or structure. In addition, although we are working to improve revenue trends in our Algeria segment, there can be no assurance that the current trend of decreasing revenue in Algeria will be reversed.

A failure to obtain the anticipated benefits of our performance transformation program including revenue targets; cost optimization or a delay in the implementation of our transformation programs could significantly affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

11


Table of Contents

In addition, the implementation of our strategic priorities could result in increased costs, conflicts with stakeholders, business interruptions and difficulty in recruiting and retaining key personnel, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We may not be able to raise additional capital.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, including through debt financing. If we incur additional indebtedness, the risks that we now face related to our indebtedness and debt service obligations could increase. Specifically, we may not be able to generate enough cash to pay the principal, interest and other amounts due under our indebtedness. In addition, we may not be able to borrow money within the local or international capital markets on acceptable terms, or at all. The sanctions imposed by the United States, the European Union, and other countries in connection with developments in Russia and Ukraine, and additional sanctions which may be imposed in the future, may also negatively affect our ability to raise external financing, particularly if the sanctions are broadened. For a discussion of the sanctions imposed against Ukraine and Russia, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.” Our ability to raise additional capital may also be restricted by covenants in our financing agreements or affected by any downgrade of our credit ratings, including for reasons outside our control, which may materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be unable to make necessary or desired capital expenditures, to take advantage of investment opportunities, to refinance existing indebtedness or to meet unexpected financial requirements, and our growth strategy and liquidity may be negatively affected. This could cause us to be unable to repay indebtedness as it comes due, to delay or abandon anticipated expenditures and investments or otherwise limit operations, which could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange loss and currency fluctuation and translation risks.

A significant amount of our costs, expenditures and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and euros, including capital expenditures and borrowings, while a significant amount of our revenue is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and the euro. Thus, declining values of local currencies against the U.S. dollar or the euro could make it more difficult for us to repay or refinance our U.S. dollar denominated debt and/or euro denominated purchase equipment and services. The values of the Russian, Algerian, Ukrainian and Kazakh currencies, for example, have declined significantly in response to political and economic issues since December 31, 2013, and may continue to decline. Currency fluctuations and volatility may impact our results of operations and result in foreign currency transaction and translation losses in the future. For example, in 2016, total operating revenues in functional currency terms were relatively stable compared to 2015, but in U.S. dollar terms, total operating revenues decreased by 8%. For more information about foreign currency translation and our results of operations, see the sections entitled “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations,” “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Translation,” “Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Notes 5 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The countries in which we operate have experienced periods of high levels of inflation, including certain cases of hyperinflation. Our profit margins could be harmed if we are unable to sufficiently increase our prices to offset any significant future increase in the inflation rate, which may be difficult with our mass market customers and our price sensitive customer base. Inflationary pressure in the countries where we have operations could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Inflation.”

Changes in exchange rates could also impact our ability to comply with covenants under our debt agreements. Exchange rate risks could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. We cannot ensure that our existing or future hedging strategies will sufficiently hedge against these risks.

 

12


Table of Contents

As a holding company, VEON Ltd. depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and therefore on the performance of its subsidiaries, and is affected by changes in exchange controls and currency restrictions in the countries in which its subsidiaries operate.

VEON Ltd. is a holding company and does not conduct any revenue-generating business operations of its own. Its principal assets are the direct and indirect equity interests it owns in its operating subsidiaries. It is dependent upon cash dividends, distributions, loans or other transfers it receives from its subsidiaries to make dividend payments to its shareholders (including holders of ADSs), to repay debts, and to meet its other obligations. The ability of VEON Ltd.’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make payments or loans to VEON Ltd. depends on the success of their businesses and is not guaranteed. Although VEON Ltd. has a global strategy set by leadership, management at each operation is responsible for executing many aspects of that strategy, and it is not certain local management will be able to execute that strategy effectively.

VEON Ltd.’s subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Any right that VEON Ltd. has to receive any assets of or distributions from any subsidiary upon its bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization, or to realize proceeds from the sale of the assets of any subsidiary, will be junior to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors.

The ability of VEON Ltd.’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make payments or loans to VEON Ltd., and to guarantee VEON Ltd.’s debt, will depend on their operating results and may be restricted by applicable covenants in debt agreements and corporate, tax and other laws and regulations. These covenants, laws and regulations include restrictions on dividends, limitations on repatriation of earnings, limitations on the making of loans and repayment of debts, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange restrictions in certain agreements and/or certain jurisdictions in which VEON Ltd.’s subsidiaries operate. For further details on the restrictions on dividend payments, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Controls and Currency Restrictions” and “—Risks Related to Our Markets—The banking systems in many countries in which we operate remain underdeveloped, there are a limited number of creditworthy banks in these countries with which we can conduct business and currency control requirements restrict activities in certain markets in which we have operations.” Furthermore, our ability to withdraw funds and dividends from our subsidiaries and operating companies may depend on the consent of our strategic partners where applicable. See “—Our strategic partnerships and relationships carry inherent business risks.”

We have incurred and are continuing to incur costs and related management oversight obligations in connection with our obligations under the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, which may be significant.

VEON Ltd. is subject to a DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement with the OM. See “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings” and Notes 25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In conjunction with the DPA and pursuant to the SEC Judgment, VEON Ltd. is required to retain, at our own expense, an independent compliance monitor. The independent compliance monitor has been appointed. Pursuant to the DPA and the SEC Judgment, the monitorship will continue for a period of three years from 2016, and the term of the monitorship may be terminated early or extended depending on certain circumstances, as ultimately determined and approved by the DOJ and the SEC. The monitor will assess and monitor our compliance with the terms of the DPA and the SEC Judgment by evaluating factors such as our corporate compliance program, internal accounting controls, recordkeeping and financial reporting policies and procedures. The monitor may recommend changes to our policies, procedures, and internal accounting controls that we must adopt unless they are unduly burdensome or otherwise inadvisable, in which case we may propose alternatives, which the DOJ and the SEC may or may not accept. In addition, VEON Ltd. incurred fines and disgorgement payable to the U.S. and Dutch authorities in connection with the entry into the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement. VEON Ltd. has incurred significant costs in

 

13


Table of Contents

connection with the disposition of these investigations and agreements, including retention of legal counsel and other vendors/advisors and other costs related to the investigations undertaken in connection with these matters. VEON Ltd. currently cannot estimate the additional costs that it is likely to incur in connection with compliance with the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, including the ongoing obligations relating to the monitorship, its obligations to cooperate with the agencies regarding their investigations of other parties, the monitorship, and the costs of implementing the changes, if any, to its internal controls, policies and procedures required by the monitor. However, such costs could be significant.

Under the DPA and pursuant to the SEC Judgment, VEON Ltd. has obligations to implement, and continue to implement, a compliance and ethics program designed to prevent and detect violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and other applicable anti-corruption laws throughout its operations. Further, VEON Ltd. must continue to undertake a review of its existing internal accounting controls, policies, and procedures regarding compliance with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. The implementation of these programs and the review of our internal accounting controls, policies, and procedures regarding compliance with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is ongoing and may take significant management time and resources.

We could be subject to criminal prosecution or civil sanction if we breach the DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment or the Dutch Settlement Agreement, and we may face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM, including additional investigations and litigation.

Failure to comply with the terms of the DPA, whether such failure relates to alleged improper payments, internal controls failures, or other non-compliance, could result in criminal prosecution by the DOJ, including (but not limited to) for the charged conspiracy to violate the anti-bribery and the books and records provisions of the FCPA and violation of the internal controls provisions of the FCPA that were included in the information that was filed in connection with the DPA. Under such circumstance, the DOJ would be permitted to rely upon the admissions we made in the DPA and would benefit from our waiver of certain procedural and evidentiary defenses.

Pursuant to the SEC Judgment, VEON Ltd. is permanently enjoined from committing or aiding and abetting any future violations of the anti-fraud, corrupt payments, books and records, reporting and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws and related SEC rules. Failure to comply with this injunction could result in the imposition of civil or criminal penalties, a new SEC enforcement action or both.

Any criminal prosecution by the DOJ as a result of a breach of the DPA or civil or criminal penalties imposed as a result of noncompliance with the SEC Judgment could subject us to penalties and other costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We may also face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM. None of the DPA, the SEC Judgment or the Dutch Settlement Agreement prevents these authorities from carrying out certain additional investigations with respect to the facts not covered in the agreements or in other jurisdictions, or prevents authorities in other jurisdictions from carrying out investigations into, or taking actions with respect to the issuance or renewal of our licenses or otherwise in relation to, these or other matters. Furthermore, the Norwegian Government has held parliamentary hearings concerning the investigations in the past and may schedule further hearings. Similarly, the agreements do not foreclose potential third party or additional shareholder litigation related to these matters. For example, a consolidated class action lawsuit has been filed in a U.S. district court against VEON in relation to our prior disclosure regarding our operations in Uzbekistan, and relies upon the investigations by the DOJ, SEC and OM. We may incur significant costs in connection with this or future lawsuits. Any collateral investigations, litigation or other government or third party actions resulting from these, or other, matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

14


Table of Contents

In addition, any ongoing media and governmental interest in the prior investigations, the agreements and lawsuits, and any announced investigations and/or arrests of our former executive officers could impact the perception of us and result in reputational harm to our company.

Efforts to merge with or acquire other companies or product lines, or to otherwise form strategic partnerships with third parties, may divert management attention and resources away from our business operations, and if we complete a merger, an acquisition or other strategic partnership, we may incur or assume additional liabilities or experience integration problems.

We seek from time to time to merge with or acquire other companies or product lines, or to form strategic partnerships through the formation of joint ventures or otherwise, for various strategic reasons, including to acquire more frequency spectrum, new technologies and service capabilities; add new customers; increase market penetration or expand into new markets. In particular, on November 5, 2016, we completed a transaction to form a joint venture holding company with Hutchison, through which we jointly own and operate our historical WIND and Hutchison’s historical 3 Italia telecommunications businesses in Italy (see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture”); and on July 1, 2016 we completed a transaction with WTPL and Bank Alfalah, which resulted in the merger of our telecommunications businesses in Pakistan (see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger”). Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions or strategic partnerships depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable companies and to obtain any necessary financing and the prior approval of any relevant regulatory bodies or courts. These efforts could divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. As a result of any such merger, acquisition or strategic partnerships or failure of any anticipated merger, acquisition or strategic partnership to materialize (including any such failure caused by regulatory or third-party challenges), we may also experience:

 

   

difficulties in realizing expected synergies or integrating acquired companies, joint ventures or other forms of strategic partnerships, personnel, products, property and technologies into our existing business;

 

   

increased capital expenditure costs;

 

   

difficulties relating to the acquired or formed companies’ compliance with telecommunications licenses and permissions, compliance with laws, regulations and contractual obligations, ability to obtain and maintain favorable interconnect terms, frequencies and numbering capacity and ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

   

delays, or failure, in realizing the synergy benefits or costs of a merged or acquired or formed company or products;

 

   

higher costs of integration than we anticipated;

 

   

difficulties in retaining key employees of the merged or acquired business or strategic partnerships who are necessary to manage our businesses;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout our businesses;

 

   

risks that different geographic regions present, such as currency exchange risks, developments in competition and regulatory, political, economic and social developments;

 

   

adverse customer reaction to the business combination; and

 

   

increased liability and exposure to contingencies that we did not contemplate at the time of the acquisition or strategic partnership.

In addition, an acquisition or strategic partnership could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize merger or acquisition expenses and merged or acquired assets. We

 

15


Table of Contents

may not be able to assess ongoing profitability and identify all actual or potential liabilities or issues of a business prior to an acquisition, merger or strategic partnership. If we acquire, merge with or form strategic partnerships with businesses or assets, which result in assuming unforeseen liabilities in respect of which we have not obtained contractual protections or for which protection is not available, this could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. As we investigate industry consolidation, our risks may increase. Our integration and consolidation of such businesses may also lead to changes in our operational efficiencies or structure. For information about our acquisitions, please see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Further, we may not be able to divest some of our activities as planned, such as any potential towers sales (which could cause costs to be materially higher than anticipated), and the divestitures we carry out could negatively impact our business.

Integration of the Warid and Mobilink (now Jazz) brands is subject to significant uncertainties and risks.

Although the Pakistan Merger is now complete, there can be no assurance that we will not experience difficulties in integrating the operations of Warid and Mobilink brands (now jointly operating under the Jazz brand), that we will realize expected synergies, that the integration process will not negatively affect our customer base, revenue or market share or that we will not incur higher than expected costs. In addition, the integration of the businesses in Pakistan will require substantial time and focus from management, which could adversely affect their ability to operate the businesses.

The Italy Joint Venture is subject to integration and performance risks.

A portion of our operations is conducted through the Italy Joint Venture. Although the transaction closed on November 5, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture may be subject to integration risks, which may affect its business or results of operations. In addition, a failure by the Italy Joint Venture to perform as anticipated or realize its business plans, could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

On March 22, 2017, the Italian telecommunications regulator AGCOM issued a notice to the Italy Joint Venture in relation to compliance with the EU Regulation 2015/2120 (the “open internet access regulation”), which regulates, among other things, traffic management practices in the EU, including Italy. The Italy Joint Venture has until April 15, 2017 to inform AGCOM of the measures it has taken, if any, to ensure compliance. The Italy Joint Venture believes that this notice will not have a material impact on its digital offering.

Our strategic partnerships and relationships carry inherent business risks.

We participate in strategic partnerships and joint ventures in a number of countries, including Russia (Euroset), Kazakhstan (KaR-Tel LLP and TNS-Plus LLP), Algeria (OTA), Uzbekistan (Buzton JV), Kyrgyzstan (Sky Mobile LLC, Terra LLC), Georgia (Mobitel LLC), Tajikistan (Tacom LLC) and Laos (VimpelCom Lao Co., Ltd). We also own 50% of the Italy Joint Venture. In addition, in Algeria and Laos, our local partners are either government institutions or directly related to the local government, which could increase our exposure to the risks described in “—Risks Related to Our Markets.”

We do not always have a controlling stake in our affiliated companies and even when we do, our actions with respect to these affiliated companies may be restricted to some degree by shareholders’ agreements entered into with our strategic partners. If disagreements develop with our partners, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects may be harmed. Our ability to withdraw funds and dividends from these entities may depend on the consent of partners. Agreements with some of these partners include change of control provisions, put and call options and similar provisions, which could give other participants in these investments the ability to purchase our interests, compel us to purchase their interests or enact other penalties. If one of our strategic partners becomes subject to investigation, sanctions or liability, VEON might be adversely affected. Furthermore, strategic partnerships in emerging markets are accompanied by risks inherent to those markets, such as an increased possibility of a partner defaulting on obligations, or losing a partner with important insights in that region.

 

16


Table of Contents

A disposition by one or both of our largest shareholders of their respective stakes in VEON Ltd. or a change in control of VEON Ltd. could harm our business.

We derive benefits and resources from the participation of L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. (“LetterOne”) and Telenor East Holding II AS (“Telenor East”), in our company such as industry expertise, management oversight and business acumen. In September 2016, Telenor East partially divested its stake in VEON Ltd. pursuant to an underwritten offering and simultaneously issued a bond, which is exchangeable under certain conditions for VEON Ltd.’s ADSs. Further, it announced its intention to divest the remainder of its stake in VEON Ltd. The completion of the divestiture of Telenor East’s remaining stake is subject to uncertainties with respect to timing and demand for an offering. If LetterOne or Telenor East were to dispose of their stake in VEON Ltd., we would be deprived of those benefits, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Telenor Share Sale and Exchangeable Bond Issuance.”

Some of our financing agreements (representing approximately US$1.4 billion in outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2016) have “change of control” provisions that may require us to make a prepayment if a person or group of persons (with limited exclusions) acquire beneficial or legal ownership of or control over more than 50.0% of our share capital. If such a change of control provision is triggered and we fail to agree with lenders on the necessary amendments to the loan documentation and then fail to make any required prepayment, it could trigger cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions of our other debt agreements, which could lead to our obligations being declared immediately due and payable. This could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Our strategic shareholders may pursue diverse development strategies, and this may hinder our ability to expand and/or compete in such regions.

As of March 15, 2017, VEON Ltd.’s largest shareholders, LetterOne and Telenor East, and their respective affiliates, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 71.6% of our issued and outstanding shares, with LetterOne beneficially owning approximately 47.9% of our issued and outstanding shares and Telenor East beneficially owning approximately 23.7% of our issued and outstanding shares. As a result, these shareholders, if acting together, have the ability to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval. These two shareholders have sufficient voting rights to jointly elect a majority of our supervisory board, and could, alternatively, enter into a shareholders’ or similar agreement impacting the composition of our supervisory board. A new supervisory board could take corporate actions or block corporate decisions by VEON Ltd. with respect to capital structure, financings, dispositions, acquisitions and commercial transactions that might not be in the best interest of the minority shareholders or other security holders. For more information on our largest shareholders, see “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders.”

At various times from 2005-2012, our strategic shareholders have had different strategies from us and from one another and have engaged in litigation against one another and our company with respect to disagreements over strategy. In addition, in Pakistan and Bangladesh, our subsidiaries directly compete with subsidiaries of Telenor ASA (“Telenor”). See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger.” We understand that LetterOne has an indirect minority interest in companies that compete with our subsidiaries in Ukraine, Kazakhstan and Georgia. It is possible that we will compete with Telenor and/or LetterOne in other markets in the future.

We cannot assure you that our relationship with LetterOne and Telenor or LetterOne’s and Telenor’s relationship with one another will not deteriorate as a result of differing or competing business strategies, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

17


Table of Contents

Litigation and disputes among our two largest shareholders and us could materially affect our business.

In the past, our two largest shareholders, LetterOne and Telenor East, have been involved in disputes and litigation regarding our group companies, against one another and VEON Ltd. Further disputes among our two largest shareholders and us could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. For more information on our two largest shareholders, see “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders” below.

We may not be able to detect and prevent fraud, other misconduct or unethical actions by our employees, joint venture partners, representatives, agents, suppliers, customers or other third parties.

We may be exposed to fraud or other misconduct committed by our employees, joint venture partners, representatives, agents, suppliers, customers or other third parties that could subject us to litigation, financial losses and sanctions imposed by governmental authorities, as well as affect our reputation. Such misconduct could include misappropriating funds, conducting transactions that are outside of authorized limits, engaging in misrepresentation or fraudulent, deceptive or otherwise improper activities, including in return for any type of benefits or gains or otherwise not complying with applicable laws or our internal policies and procedures. The risk of liability for fraud and other misconduct could increase as we expand certain areas of our business, such as MFS, which requires us to hold customer funds in e-accounts. For a description of the key trends with respect to our business, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends.”

We regularly review and update our policies and procedures and internal controls which are primarily designed to provide reasonable assurance that we, our employees, representatives, agents, suppliers and other third parties comply with applicable law and our internal policies. Further, we conduct, as appropriate, assessments of, and due diligence on, our employees, representatives, agents, suppliers, customers and other third parties. However, there can be no assurance that such policies, procedures, internal controls and diligence will work effectively at all times or protect us against liability for actions of our employees, representatives, agents, suppliers, customers or other third parties.

Further, our brand may be adversely impacted from any association, action or inaction which is perceived by stakeholders or customers to be inappropriate or unethical and not in keeping with the group’s stated purpose and values. This reputation risk may arise in many different ways, including:

 

   

failure to act in good faith and in accordance with the group’s values and code of conduct;

 

   

failure (real or perceived) to comply with the law or regulation, or association (real or implied) with illegal activity;

 

   

failures in corporate governance, management or technical systems;

 

   

failure to comply with internal standards and policies;

 

   

association with controversial sectors or clients;

 

   

association with controversial transactions, projects, countries or governments;

 

   

association with controversial business decisions, including but not restricted to, decisions relating to: products (in particular new products), delivery channels, promotions/advertising, acquisitions, branch representation, sourcing/supply chain relationships, staff locations, treatment of financial transactions; and

 

   

association with poor employment practices.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our MFS and digital financial services (“DFS”) offerings are complex and increase our exposure to fraud, money laundering and reputational risk.

The provision of MFS and DFS, included as part of our new VEON personal internet platform, is complex and involves regulatory and compliance requirements. It may involve cash handling, exposing us to risk of fraud and money laundering and potential reputational damage if these were to occur. Any violation of anti-money laundering laws or regulations on our MFS or DFS networks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

In addition, MFS and DFS each requires us to process sensitive personal consumer data (including, in certain instances, consumer names, addresses, credit and debit card numbers and bank account details) as part of our business, and therefore we must comply with strict data protection and privacy laws. For risks associated with possible unauthorized disclosure of such personal data, please see “—Our brand, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed in the event of cyber-attacks or severe systems and network failures, or the perception of such attacks or failures, leading to the loss of integrity and availability of our telecommunications, digital and financial services and/or leaks of confidential information, including customer information.”

Our MFS and DFS business requires us to maintain a certain level of systems availability, and failure to maintain agreed levels of service availability or to reliably process our customers’ transactions due to performance issues, system interruptions or other failures could result in a loss of revenues, payment of contractual or consequential damages, reputational harm, additional operating expenses in order to remediate any failures, and exposure to other losses and liabilities.

We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters.

Although we consider our relations with our employees to be generally good, there can be no assurance that our operations will not be impacted by unionization efforts, strikes or other types of labor disputes or disruptions. For instance, the implementation of internal operational and team adjustments necessary to implement our performance transformation program could result in employee dissatisfaction. For example, in February 2016, Banglalink Digital Communications Limited (“BDCL”) experienced labor disruptions in connection with the implementation of our announced performance transformation program. We may also experience strikes or other labor disputes or disruptions in connection with social unrest or political events. For a discussion of our employees represented by unions or collective bargaining agreements, please see “Item 6—D. Employees.” Furthermore, work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by our customers or suppliers could result in lower demand for our services and products. In the event that we, or one or more of our customers or suppliers, experience a labor dispute or disruption, it could result in increased costs, negative media attention and political controversy, and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Our majority stake in an Egyptian public company may expose us to legal and political risk and reputational harm.

Our subsidiary in Egypt, Global Telecom Holding (“GTH”), is a public company listed on the Egyptian Stock Exchange and is therefore subject to corresponding laws and regulations, including laws and regulations for the protection of minority shareholder rights. In February 2017, GTH completed a share buy-back for 10% of the total issued share capital of GTH, and on March 20, 2017, cancelled its global depositary receipt listing on the Main Market for Listed Securities of the London Stock Exchange. Upon ratification by the Egyptian Financial Supervisory Authority of the board minutes for the cancellation of the GDR program, our shareholding in GTH will increase to 57.7% from 51.9%. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—GTH Share Buy-Back and Cancellation of GDR Program.” GTH is the holding company for a number of our assets in Africa and Asia, including Algeria, Bangladesh and Pakistan. GTH is exposed to the risk of unpredictable and adverse government action and severe delays in obtaining necessary

 

19


Table of Contents

government approvals stemming from unrest in Egypt during recent years. Furthermore, GTH is, and may in the future be, subject to significant tax claims under existing or new Egyptian tax law and this could expose GTH to increased tax liability. For more information on tax claims of the Egyptian authorities please see “—Legal and Regulatory Risks—We could be subject to tax claims that could harm our business” and Note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Adoption of new accounting standards could affect reported results and financial position.

Accounting standardization bodies and other authorities may change accounting regulations that govern the preparation and presentation of our financial statements. Those changes could have a significant impact on the way we account for certain operations and present our financial position and operating income. In some instances, a modified standard or a new requirement with retroactive nature may have to be implemented, which requires us to restate previous financial statements.

For details of the implementation of new standards and interpretations issued, see Notes 3 and 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In particular, VEON Ltd. is required to adopt the new accounting standards IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers , each effective from January 1, 2018, and IFRS 16 Leases , effective for the financial years from January 1, 2019. These changes could have a material impact on our financial statements. Such impact is under analysis as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Risks Related to the Industry

The telecommunications industry is highly capital intensive and requires substantial and ongoing expenditures of capital.

The telecommunications industry is highly capital intensive, as our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to keep pace with new developments in technology, to develop and market innovative products and to update our facilities and process technology, which may require additional capital expenditures in the future. The amount and timing of our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including acceptance of and demand for our products and services, the extent to which we invest in new technology and research and development projects, and the status and timing of competitive developments. If we do not have sufficient resources from our operations to finance necessary capital expenditures, we may be required to raise additional debt or equity financing, which may not be available when needed or on terms favorable to us or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. For more information on our future liquidity needs, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future Liquidity and Capital Requirements.”

Our revenue is often unpredictable, and our revenue sources are short-term in nature.

Future revenue from our prepaid mobile customers, our primary source of revenue, and our contract mobile customers is unpredictable. For instance, in the year ended December 31, 2016, over 87% of our customers in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, which excludes the Italy Joint Venture, were prepaid customers. We do not require our prepaid mobile customers to enter into long-term service contracts and cannot be certain that they will continue to use our services in the future. We require our contract mobile customers to enter into service contracts; however, many of these service contracts can be canceled by the customer with limited advance notice and without significant penalty, pursuant to the contract terms and/or applicable legislation. The loss of a larger number of customers than anticipated could result in a loss of a significant amount of expected revenue. Because we incur costs based on our expectations of future revenue, failure to accurately predict revenue could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

20


Table of Contents

We operate in competitive markets, and we may face greater competition as a result of market and regulatory developments.

The markets in which we operate are competitive in nature, and we expect that competition will continue to increase. For example, the French operator Iliad is expected to launch in the Italian market in 2017 as a new mobile operator and as a beneficiary of the remedy package we agreed with the European Commission for the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. Each of the items discussed immediately below regarding increased competition could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects:

 

   

we cannot assure you that our revenue will grow in the future, as competition puts pressure on our prices;

 

   

with the increasing pace of technological developments, including in particular new digital technologies, and regulatory changes impacting our industry, future business drivers are increasingly difficult to predict, and we cannot assure you that we will adapt to these changes at a competitive pace;

 

   

we may be forced to utilize more aggressive marketing schemes to retain existing customers and attract new ones, including lower tariffs, handset subsidies or increased dealer commissions;

 

   

in more mature or saturated markets, such as Russia (see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Description of Our Business—Mobile Business in Russia” and “Item 4—Information on the Company—Description of Our Business—Fixed-Line Business in Russia”) there are limits on the extent to which we can continue to grow our customer base, and we may be unable to deliver superior customer experience relative to our competitors, which may negatively impact our revenue and market share;

 

   

in markets where we are limited in the growth of our customer base, the continued growth in our business and results of operations will depend, in part, on our ability to extract greater revenue from our existing customers, including through the expansion of data services and the introduction of next generation technologies, which may prove difficult to accomplish;

 

   

as we expand the scope of our services, such as new networks and fixed-line residential and commercial broadband services, we may encounter a greater number of competitors that provide similar services;

 

   

the liberalization of the regulations in certain areas in which we operate could greatly increase competition;

 

   

competitors may operate more cost effectively or have other competitive advantages such as greater financial resources, market presence and network coverage, stronger brand name recognition, higher customer loyalty and goodwill and more control over domestic transmission lines;

 

   

competitors may reach customers more effectively through a better use of digital and physical distribution channels;

 

   

competitors, particularly current and former state-controlled telecommunications service providers, may receive preferential treatment from the regulatory authorities and benefit from the resources of their shareholders;

 

   

current or future relationships among our competitors and third parties may restrict our access to critical systems and resources;

 

   

new competitors or alliances among competitors could rapidly acquire significant market share, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to forge similar relationships;

 

   

reduced demand for our core services of voice, messaging and data and the development of services by application developers (commonly referred to as OTT players) could significantly impact our future profitability;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

competitors may partner with OTT players to provide integrated customer experiences, and we may be unable to implement offers, products and technology to support our commercial partnerships; and

 

   

in markets where we do not have bundled offerings, our existing service offerings could become disadvantaged as compared to those offered by competitors (who can offer bundled combinations of fixed-line, broadband, public Wi-Fi, TV and mobile).

For more information on the competition in our markets, see “Item 4—Information on the Company.”

We may be unable to develop additional sources of revenue in markets where the potential for additional growth of our customer base is limited.

The mobile markets in Russia, Algeria, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Georgia, Tajikistan and Italy have each reached mobile penetration rates exceeding 100.0%, according to Analysys Mason. Increasing competition, market saturation and technological development lead to the increased importance of data services in the Russian market and, to a lesser extent, the markets of other Commonwealth of Independent States (“CIS”) countries. As a result, we will focus less on customer market share growth and more on revenue market share growth in each of these markets. The key components of our growth strategy in these markets will be to increase our share of the high-value customer market, increase usage of data and improve customer loyalty. If we fail to develop these additional sources of revenue, it could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Our failure to keep pace with technological changes and evolving industry standards could harm our competitive position and, in turn, materially harm our business.

The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapidly evolving technology, industry standards and service demands, which may vary by country or geographic region. Accordingly, our future success will depend on our ability to adapt to the changing technological landscape and the regulation of standards utilizing these technologies. It is possible that the technologies or equipment we utilize today will become obsolete or subject to competition from new technologies in the future for which we may be unable to obtain the appropriate license in a timely manner or at all. We may not be able to meet all of these challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Further, we operate or are developing 3G networks, 4G/LTE networks and networks beyond 4G/LTE in some markets in which we operate. New network development requires significant financial investments and there can be no assurance that we will be able to develop 3G, 4G/LTE or other networks on commercially reasonable terms, that we will not experience delays in developing our networks or that we will be able to meet all of the license terms and conditions imposed by the countries in which we operate or that we will be granted such licenses at all. In addition, mobile penetration rates for 4G/LTE compatible devices may not currently support the cost of 4G/LTE development in certain markets, and such rates will need to increase to be commercially viable. If we experience substantial problems with our 3G or 4G/LTE services, or if we fail to introduce new services on a timely basis relative to our competitors, it may impair the success of such services, or delay or decrease revenue and profits and therefore may hinder recovery of our significant capital investments in 3G or 4G/LTE services as well as our growth.

Our brand, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed in the event of cyber-attacks or severe systems and network failures, or the perception of such attacks or failures, leading to the loss of integrity and availability of our telecommunications, digital and financial services and/or leaks of confidential information, including customer information.

Our operations and business continuity depend on how well we protect and maintain our network equipment, information technology (“IT”) systems and other assets. Due to the nature of the services we offer

 

22


Table of Contents

across our geographical footprint, we are exposed to cybersecurity threats that could negatively impact our business activities through service degradation, alteration or disruption. Cybersecurity threats could also lead to the compromise of our physical assets dedicated to processing or storing customer information, financial data and strategic business information, exposing this information to possible leakage, unauthorized dissemination and loss of confidentiality. These events could result in reputational harm, lawsuits against us by customers or other third parties, violations of data protection laws, adverse actions by telecommunications regulators and other authorities, loss of revenue from business interruption, loss of market share and significant additional costs. In addition, the potential liabilities associated with these events could exceed the cyber insurance coverage we maintain.

Although we devote significant resources to the development and improvement of our IT and security systems, including the appointment of a Director of Cyber Security in 2015, we could still experience cyber-attacks and IT and network failures and outages, due to factors including:

 

   

unauthorized access to customer and business information;

 

   

accidental alteration or destruction of information during processing due to human errors;

 

   

the spread of malicious software that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of technology assets;

 

   

alteration of technology assets caused, accidentally or voluntarily, by employees or third parties;

 

   

accidental misuse of assets by users with possible degradation of both network services and available computing resources (e.g. denial-of-service);

 

   

malfunction of technology assets or services caused by obsolescence, wear or defects in design or manufacturing;

 

   

faults during standard or extraordinary maintenance procedures; and

 

   

unforeseen absence of key personnel.

From time to time we have experienced cyber-attacks of varying degrees to gain access to our computer systems and networks. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have suffered minor direct and indirect cybersecurity incidents, that have been promptly contained by the response teams, generating limited or negligible impacts. However, such attacks may be successful in the future and may develop over long periods of time during which they can remain undetected.

If our services are affected by such attacks and this degrades our services, our products and services may be perceived as being vulnerable to cyber risk and the integrity of our data protection systems may be questioned. As a result, users and customers may curtail or stop using our products and services, and we may incur legal and financial exposure.

Furthermore, we are subject to data protection laws and regulations of state authorities regarding information security in jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, data protection laws and regulations in Russia establish two categories of information with corresponding levels of protection – state secret and other data (personal data of customers, correspondence privacy and information on rendered telecommunication services), and operators must implement the required level of data protection. See “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications—Regulation of Telecommunications in Russia—Data Protection.” In general, mobile operators are directly liable for actions of third parties to whom they forward personal data for processing. If severe customer data security breaches are detected, regulatory authorities could sanction our company, including suspending our operations for some time and levying fines and penalties. Violation of data protection laws is a criminal offense in some countries, and individuals can be imprisoned or fined. Our failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations, and our inability to operate our fixed-line or wireless networks, as a result of cybersecurity threats may result in significant expense or loss of market shares. These events,

 

23


Table of Contents

individually or in the aggregate, could harm our brand, business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We may have to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches.

Regulatory authorities around the world are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning data protection, including measures to ensure that our encryption of users’ data does not hinder law enforcement agencies’ access to that data. In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer and data protection laws in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere are often uncertain and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, this could result in an order requiring that we change our data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

Our ability to profitably provide telecommunications services depends in part on the commercial terms of our interconnection agreements.

Our ability to secure and maintain interconnection agreements with other wireless and local, domestic and international fixed-line operators on cost-effective terms is critical to the economic viability of our operations. Interconnection is required to complete calls that originate on our respective networks but terminate outside our respective networks, or that originate from outside our respective networks and terminate on our respective networks. A significant increase in our interconnection costs, or decrease in our interconnection rates, as a result of new regulations, commercial decisions by other fixed-line operators, increased inflation rates in the countries in which we operate or a lack of available line capacity for interconnection could harm our ability to provide services, which could in turn harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. See “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements.”

Our existing equipment and systems may be subject to disruption and failure for various reasons, including the threat of terrorism, which could cause us to lose customers, limit our growth or violate our licenses.

Our business depends on providing customers with reliability, capacity and security. Our technological infrastructure is vulnerable to damage or disruptions from other events, including natural disasters, military conflicts, power outages, terrorist acts, government shutdown orders, changes in government regulation, equipment or system failures, human error or intentional wrongdoings, such as breaches of our network or information technology security. We operate in countries which may have an increased threat of terrorism and a possible attack on, or near our premises, equipment or points of sale could result in causalities, property damage, business interruption, legal liability and/or damage to our brand or reputation.

In addition, our business may be disrupted by computer viruses or other technical or operational issues. We cannot be sure that our network system will not be the target of a virus or subject to other technical or operational issues, or, if it is, that we will be able to maintain the integrity of our customers’ data or that a virus or other technical or operational issues will not disrupt our network, causing significant harm to our operations. Also, in recent years, during installations of new software, we have experienced network service interruptions.

In some regions, our equipment for provision of mobile services resides in a limited number of locations or buildings. Disruption to the security or operation of these locations or buildings could result in disruption of our mobile services in those regions.

Interruptions of services could harm our business reputation and reduce the confidence of our customers and consequently impair our ability to obtain and retain customers and could lead to a violation of the terms of our licenses, each of which could materially harm our business. In addition, the potential liabilities associated with these events could exceed the business interruption insurance we maintain.

 

24


Table of Contents

We depend on third parties for certain services and products important to our business.

We rely on third parties for services and products important for our operations. We currently purchase the majority of our network-related equipment from a core number of suppliers, principally Ericsson, Huawei, Nokia Solutions and Networks, Cisco Systems and ZTE Corporation (“ZTE”) although some of the equipment that we use is available from other suppliers. The successful build-out and operation of our networks depends heavily on obtaining adequate supplies of switching equipment, radio access network solutions, base stations and other equipment on a timely basis. From time to time, we have experienced delays in receiving equipment. For example, in March 2016, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security imposed restrictions on exports and re-exports of U.S. products, software and technology to ZTE and three of its affiliates. These restrictions were lifted in March 2017, however, there can be no assurance that third parties suppliers will not be subject to similar programs in the future. Our business could be materially harmed if export and re-export restrictions impact our suppliers’ ability to procure products, technology, or software from the United States that is necessary for the production and timely and satisfactory delivery of the supplies and equipment that we source from these suppliers.

Also, we may outsource all or a portion of our networks in certain markets in which we operate such as Russia and Kazakhstan. The Italy Joint Venture also outsources a portion of its networks. See “Item 4—Information on the Company—Property, Plant and Equipment—Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Site Procurement and Maintenance” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Disposal of Non-Core Assets and Network and Tower Sharing Agreements.” Furthermore, in June 2016, we entered into a US$1 billion long-term global software agreement with Ericsson to develop, implement and service over a seven year period, new software and cloud technologies across our customer-facing IT infrastructure. See “Item 4—Information on the Company—Property, Plant and Equipment—Information Technology.” Our business could be materially harmed if our agreements with these or other third parties were to terminate or if negative developments (financial, legal, regulatory or otherwise) regarding such parties, or a dispute between us and such parties, causes the parties to no longer be able to deliver the required services on a timely basis or at all or otherwise fulfill their obligations under our agreements with them.

In addition, we rely on roaming partners to provide services to our customers while they are outside the countries in which we operate and on interconnect providers to complete calls that originate on our networks but terminate outside our networks, or that originate outside our networks and terminate on our networks. We also rely on handset providers to provide the equipment used on our networks. In addition, many of our mobile products and services are sold to customers through third party channels. The third party retailers, agents and dealers that we use to distribute and sell products are not under our control and may stop distributing or selling our products at any time or may more actively promote the products and services of our competitors. Should this occur with particularly important retailers, agents or dealers, we may face difficulty in finding new retailers, sales agents or dealers that can generate the same level of revenue. Any negative developments regarding the third parties on which we depend could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Allegations of health risks related to the use of mobile telecommunication devices and base stations could harm our business.

There have been allegations that the use of certain mobile telecommunication devices and equipment may cause serious health risks. The actual or perceived health risks of mobile devices or equipment could diminish customer growth, reduce network usage per customer, spark product liability lawsuits or limit available financing. In addition, the actual or perceived health risks may result in increased regulation of network equipment and restrictions on the construction of towers or other infrastructure. Each of these possibilities has the potential to seriously harm our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property rights are costly and difficult to protect, and we cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate.

We regard our copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and similar intellectual property, including our rights to certain domain names, as important to our continued success. For example, our widely recognized logos, such as “Beeline” (Russia, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia, Laos and Kyrgyzstan), “Kyivstar” (Ukraine), “Mobilink” (now “Jazz” in Pakistan), “Djezzy” (Algeria), “banglalink” (Bangladesh), our historical business in Italy’s logo, (“WIND”) have played an important role in building brand awareness for our services and products. We rely upon trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our proprietary rights. However, intellectual property rights are especially difficult to protect in many of the markets in which we operate. In these markets, the regulatory agencies charged to protect intellectual property rights are inadequately funded, legislation is underdeveloped, piracy is commonplace and enforcement of court decisions is difficult. See “—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New intellectual property laws or regulations may require us to invest substantial resources in compliance or may be unclear.”

We are in the process of registering the VEON name as a trademark in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have achieved registration of the VEON name in several jurisdictions and have applied for registration in several jurisdictions for which our application is still outstanding. The timeline and process required to obtain trademark registration can vary widely between jurisdictions. We have received third party objections to some of our applications and we are currently working to resolve these, but there can be no assurance that we will resolve them in a timely or satisfactory manner, or at all, which could affect our ability to roll out our VEON personal internet platform as anticipated.

As we continue our digital transformation, we will need to ensure that we have adequate legal rights to the ownership or use of necessary source code and other intellectual property rights associated with our systems, products and services. For example, our VEON personal internet platform is being developed using source code created in conjunction with third parties. We rely on a combination of contractual provisions and intellectual property law to protect our proprietary technology and software, access to and use of source code and other necessary intellectually property. There can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be successful. Our failure to protect our ownership and use rights to our source code and other intellectual property, including as the result of disputes with our contractual counterparties, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement. As the number of convergent product offerings and overlapping product functions increase, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us may increase. Any such litigation may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and adverse litigation outcomes could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We depend on our senior management and highly skilled personnel, and, if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel, hire qualified personnel, or implement our strategic goals or corporate culture through our personnel, we may not be able to maintain our competitive position or to implement our business strategy.

Our performance and ability to maintain our competitive position and to implement our business strategy is dependent to a large degree on our senior management team and on the talents and efforts of highly skilled personnel, including the local management teams of our subsidiaries. In the markets in which we operate, competition for qualified personnel with relevant expertise is intense. There is sometimes limited availability of individuals with the requisite knowledge of the telecommunications industry, the relevant experience and, in the case of expatriates, the ability or willingness to accept work assignments in certain of these jurisdictions.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, our compensation schemes may not always be successful in attracting new qualified employees and retaining and motivating our existing employees. The loss of any key personnel or an inability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified members of senior management or highly skilled personnel could have an adverse impact on our ability to compete and to implement new business models and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. In addition, we might not succeed in instilling our corporate culture and values in new or existing employees, which could delay or hamper the implementation our strategic priorities.

Our continued success is also dependent on our personnel’s ability to adapt to rapidly changing environments and to perform in pace with our continuous innovations and industry developments. Although we devote significant attention to recruiting and training, there can be no assurance that our existing personnel will successfully be able to adapt to and support our strategic priorities.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to a large variety of laws and extensive regulatory requirements.

As a global telecommunications company that operates in a number of markets, we are subject to different laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we provide services. Mobile, internet, fixed-line, voice and data markets are all generally subject to extensive regulatory requirements, including strict licensing regimes, as well as anti-monopoly and consumer protection regulations. The applicable rules are generally subject to different interpretations and the relevant authorities may challenge the positions that we take. Regulations may be especially strict in the markets of those countries in which we are considered to hold a significant market position (Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan), a dominant market position (Russia and Armenia) or are considered a dominant company (Kyrgyzstan). Our operations in Pakistan and Algeria previously held significant market positions. In Pakistan, this designation has been suspended while the courts consider an appeal by PMCL. In Algeria, the regulator withdrew this designation in September 2016. For further information on our market designations, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.” As we expand certain areas of our business and provide new services, such as MFS, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations. Regulatory compliance may be costly and involve a significant expenditure of resources, thus negatively affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

Certain regulations may require us to reduce roaming prices and mobile and/or fixed-line termination rates, require us to offer access to our network to other operators, and result in the imposition of fines if we fail to fulfill our service commitments. For example, a proposed regulation in the European Union may abolish end-user roaming charges in the European Union, and other jurisdictions in which we operate (including Russia, Kyrgyzstan and Armenia) are considering the regulation of roaming prices, which could negatively impact our roaming margins.

Data privacy laws and regulations apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names and contact information. Many countries have additional laws that regulate the processing, retention and use of communications data (both content and meta-data). These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time. Most of the jurisdictions where we operate have laws that restrict data transfers overseas unless criteria are met and/or are developing or implementing laws on data localization requiring data to be stored locally. These laws may restrict our flexibility to leverage our data and build new or consolidate existing technologies and may conflict with other laws we are subject to, exposing us to regulatory risk. For more information, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.” As a data controller headquartered in the Netherlands and offering services to customers worldwide, including within the European Union, we are subject to the European data protection regime. The Italy Joint Venture is also subject to this regime.

 

27


Table of Contents

In recent years, U.S. and European lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over the retention and interception of telecommunications data. The European Commission proposed a draft of the new ePrivacy Regulation on January 10, 2017, which is targeted to apply from May 25, 2018. It will regulate the processing of electronic communications data carried out in connection with the provision and the use of publicly available electronic communications services to users in the European Union, regardless of whether the processing itself takes place in the European Union. The draft proposal regulates the retention and interception of communications data as well as the use of location and traffic data for value added services, imposes stricter requirements on electronic marketing, and changes to the requirements for use of tracking technologies like cookies. Unlike the current ePrivacy Directive, restrictions on the use of traffic and location data for value added services and the requirements on data retention and interception will likely apply to over-the-top service providers as well as traditional telecommunications service providers, which could broaden our exposure to data protection liability, restrict our ability to leverage our data and increase the costs of running our local companies. The draft also extends the strict opt-in marketing rules with limited exceptions to business to business communications, and significantly increases penalties.

The EU Data Protection Directive, as implemented into national laws by the EU member states, imposes strict obligations and restrictions on the processing of personal data. The new EU-wide General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) will become effective on May 25, 2018 (alongside the ePrivacy Regulation), replacing the current EU data protection laws, and will implement more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data. These rules affect services offered by our EU entities and may conflict with the laws and guidance in other markets in which we operate. We are also subject to evolving EU laws on data export, as we may transfer personal data from the European Union to other jurisdictions. This could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause us to incur costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with privacy or security laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards may result in governmental enforcement actions and investigations, blockage of our services in the relevant market, fines and penalties (for example, of up to 20,000,000 Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year (whichever is higher) under the GDPR and draft ePrivacy Regulation), litigation and/or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. If the third parties we work with violate applicable laws, contractual obligations or suffer a security breach, such violations may also put us in breach of our obligations under privacy laws and regulations and/or could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business.

In some countries, we are required to obtain approval for offers and advertising campaigns, which can delay our marketing campaigns and require restructuring of business initiatives. We may also be required to obtain approvals for certain acquisitions, reorganizations or other transactions, and failure to obtain such approvals may impede or harm our business and our ability to expand our operations. Laws and regulations in certain of the jurisdictions in which we operate oblige us to install surveillance equipment to ensure that our networks are capable of allowing the government to monitor data and voice traffic on our networks. For further information, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.”

Adverse regulations or regulatory actions could place significant competitive and pricing pressure on our operations, could result in fines or other penalties and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. For more information on the regulatory environment in which we operate, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.”

We face uncertainty regarding our frequency allocations and may experience limited spectrum capacity for providing wireless services.

To establish and commercially launch mobile telecommunications networks, we need to receive frequency allocations for bandwidths within the frequency spectrums in the regions in which we operate. There are a

 

28


Table of Contents

limited number of frequencies available for mobile operators in each of the regions in which we operate or hold licenses to operate. We are dependent on access to adequate frequency allocation in each such market in order to maintain and expand our customer base. In addition, frequency allocations may be issued for periods that are shorter than the terms of our licenses, and such allocations may not be renewed in a timely manner, or at all. For instance, we have in the past been unable to obtain frequency allocations necessary to test or expand our networks in Russia and currently are one of the largest operators in Bangladesh, but hold a small amount of the frequency spectrum. If our frequencies are revoked or we are unable to renew our frequency allocations or obtain new frequencies to allow us to provide mobile services on a commercially feasible basis, our network capacity and our ability to provide mobile services would be constrained and our ability to expand would be limited, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We may be subject to increases in payments for frequency allocations under the terms of some of our licenses.

Legislation in many countries in which we operate, including Russia, requires that we make payments for frequency spectrum usage. As a whole, the fees for all available frequency assignments, as well as allotted frequency bands for different mobile communications technologies, have been significant. Any significant increase in the fees payable for the frequencies that we use or for additional frequencies that we need could have a negative effect on our financial results. We expect that the fees we pay for radio-frequency spectrum could substantially increase in some or all of the countries in which we operate, and any such increase could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws.

We are subject to a number of anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA in the United States and the anti-corruption provisions of the Dutch Criminal Code in the Netherlands. Our failure to comply with anti-corruption laws applicable to us could result in penalties, which could harm our reputation and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. The FCPA generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits. The FCPA also requires public companies to maintain accurate books and records and devise a system of sufficient internal accounting controls. We regularly review and update our policies and procedures and internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that we, our employees, distributors and other intermediaries comply with the anti-corruption laws to which we are subject. However, there are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any policies, procedures and internal controls, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the policies, procedures and internal controls. There can be no assurance that such policies or procedures or internal controls will work effectively at all times or protect us against liability under these or other laws for actions taken by our employees, distributors and other intermediaries with respect to our business or any businesses that we may acquire.

We operate in countries which pose elevated risks of corruption violations. If we are not in compliance with anti-corruption laws and other laws governing the conduct of business with government entities and/or officials (including local laws), we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties and other remedial measures, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. Investigations of any actual or alleged violations of such laws or policies related to us could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Please see also “Risks Related to Our Business—We have incurred and are continuing to incur costs and related management oversight obligations in connection with our obligations under the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, which may be significant,” “—We could be subject to criminal prosecution or civil sanction if we breach the DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment or the Dutch Settlement Agreement, and we may face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with,

 

29


Table of Contents

the DOJ, SEC and OM, including additional investigations and litigation” and “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings” and Notes   25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.

We are subject to a variety of national and local laws and regulations in the countries in which we do business. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business. Violations of applicable laws or regulations could damage our reputation or result in regulatory or private actions with substantial penalties or damages. In addition, any significant changes in such laws or regulations or their interpretation, or the introduction of higher standards or more stringent laws or regulations, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, in Pakistan, new regulations and draft laws have been proposed that could separately (i) require any mobile operator with over a 25% market share, such as our subsidiary in Pakistan, to seek approval from the Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (“PTA”) before changing its tariffs; and (ii) introduce obligations on telecommunications operators requiring them to upgrade systems and security as well as maintain backups and retain mobile data for a sufficient period of time as well as allow for real time recording of data for extended periods.

Following various terrorist attacks, the Government of Pakistan introduced Standard Operating Procedures (“SOP”) requiring all mobile operators to re-verify their entire customer base through biometric verification, with the exception of SIM cards issued in the names of companies for use by employees. For our subsidiary in Pakistan, this involved the re-verification of more than 38 million SIM cards, and SIM cards that could not be verified had to be blocked by the operators. As a result of the re-verification, the Mobilink brand (now Jazz) lost customers, retaining 87% of its subscriber base. In Bangladesh, the regulator initiated similar SIM re-verification requirements from December 16, 2015, which resulted in 3.8 million SIM cards being blocked by Banglalink and for which we may incur additional fees or which may require additional time and/or resources from management at VEON Ltd. and/or BDCL. Similar actions were recently introduced in Algeria, and we anticipate that they will be introduced in Ukraine in 2017. See “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.” Such requirements could result in customer losses and claims from legitimate customers that are incorrectly blocked, as well as fines, license suspensions and other liabilities for failure to comply with the requirements. To the extent re-verification and/or new verification requirements are imposed in the jurisdictions in which we operate, it could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For more information about the effect of re-verification on our results of operations, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations.”

In addition, many jurisdictions in which we operate, including Federal Law No 374-FZ in Russia, have adopted data processing laws, which prohibit the collection and storage of personal data on servers located outside of the respective jurisdictions. Violation of these laws by an operator may lead to a seizure of the operator’s database and equipment and/or a ban on the processing of personal data by such operator, which, in turn, could lead to the inability to provide services to customers. See “—Risks Related to the Industry—Our brand, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed in the event of cyber-attacks or severe systems and network failures, or the perception of such attacks or failures, leading to the loss of integrity and availability of our telecommunications, digital and financial services and/or leaks of confidential information, including customer information.”

In certain jurisdictions in which we operate, the relevant regulators set MTRs. If any such regulator set MTRs that are lower for us than the MTRs of our competitors, our interconnection costs may be higher and our interconnection revenues may be lower, relative to our competitors. In Algeria, for example, the MTRs set by the regulator are significantly lower for Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A. (“Optimum”) than for our competitors. For a discussion of developments in the regulation of MTRs, and other important government regulations impacting our business, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.”

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, we are subject to certain sanctions and embargo laws and regulations of the United States, the United Nations, the European Union, and certain other jurisdictions in connection with our activities and such laws and regulations may be expanded or amended from time to time in a manner that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. There can be no assurance that, notwithstanding our compliance safeguards, we will not be found in the future to have been in violation of applicable sanctions and embargo laws, particularly as the scope of such laws may be unclear and subject to discretionary interpretations by regulators, which may change over time. Moreover, certain of our financing arrangements include representations and covenants requiring compliance with or limitation of activities under sanctions laws of additional jurisdictions enumerated in the financing arrangements, as well as mandatory prepayment requirements in the event of a breach thereof. See “—Risks Related to Our Business—Substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations could materially decrease our cash flow, adversely affect our business and financial condition and prevent us from raising additional capital.”

New intellectual property laws or regulations may require us to invest substantial resources in compliance or may be unclear.

Current and new intellectual property laws may affect the ability of companies, including us, to protect their innovations and defend against claims of patent infringement. The costs of compliance with these laws and regulations are high and are likely to increase in the future. Claims have been, or may be threatened and/or filed against us for intellectual property infringement based on the nature and content in our products and services, or content generated by our users.

We may be subject to legal liability associated with providing new online services or content as part of our strategic priorities.

We currently, and as part of our strategic priorities will continue to, host and provide a wide variety of services and products that enable users to conduct business, and engage in various online activities.

The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services and products for the activities of their users is still unsettled in some jurisdictions. Claims may be threatened or brought against us for defamation, negligence, breaches of contract, copyright or trademark infringement, unfair competition, tort, including personal injury, fraud, or other theories based on the nature and content of information that we use and store. In addition, we may be subject to domestic or international actions alleging that certain content we have generated or third-party content that we have made available within our services violates applicable law.

We also offer third-party products, services and content. We may be subject to claims concerning these products, services or content by virtue of our involvement in marketing, branding, broadcasting, or providing access to them, even if we do not ourselves host, operate, provide, or provide access to these products, services or content. Defense of any such actions could be costly and involve significant time and attention of our management and other resources, may result in monetary liabilities or penalties, and may require us to change our business in an adverse manner.

Recent anti-terror legislation passed in Russia could result in additional operating costs and may harm our business.

Federal Law No 374-FZ dated July 6, 2016 (“Federal Law No 374-FZ”) amending anti-terrorism legislation imposed certain obligations on communication providers, including, among others, the obligation to store information confirming the fact of receipt, transmission, delivery and/or processing of voice data, text messages, pictures, sounds, video or other communications (i.e., meta-data reflecting these communications) for a period of three years, as well as to store the contents of communications, including voice data, text messages, pictures, sounds, video or other communications for a period of up to six months (the latter requirement will come into force starting from July 1, 2018). In addition, in accordance with Federal Law No 374-FZ, communication

 

31


Table of Contents

providers are obliged to supply to the investigation and prosecution authorities the information about the users and any other information “which is necessary for these authorities to achieve their statutory goals,” and to provide to the investigation and prosecution authorities any information and codes necessary to decode the information. In addition, under local law, operators will be required to block services for users whose personal data does not correspond to the data registered and stored by operator. This may lead to administrative fines and could impact the effectiveness of our licenses.

Most of the provisions of Federal Law No 374-FZ entered into force on July 20, 2016. However, the practical effects of Federal Law No 374-FZ are still unclear, since subordinate legislation is yet to be adopted. The implementation and support of the legislation could result in substantial costs for the design and production of specialized equipment and tools, as no currently commercially available products satisfy the requirements imposed by the new law. These costs are currently expected to be borne by telecommunications companies, and, together with diversion of management’s attention and resources, could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We expect operators to compensate for losses through increased retail tariffs, which may, in turn, have a negative effect on demand for telecommunications services.

Our licenses may be suspended or revoked and we may be fined or penalized for alleged violations of law, regulations or license terms.

We are required to meet certain terms and conditions under our licenses (such as nationwide coverage and network build-out requirements), including meeting certain conditions established by the legislation regulating the communications industry. If we fail to comply with the conditions of our licenses or with the requirements established by the legislation regulating the communications industry, or if we do not obtain or comply with permits for the operation of our equipment, use of frequencies or additional licenses for broadcasting directly or through agreements with broadcasting companies, the applicable regulator could decide to levy fines, suspend, terminate or refuse to renew the license or permit. Such regulatory actions could adversely impact our ability to carry out divestitures in the relevant jurisdictions.

The occurrence of any of these events could materially harm our ability to build out our networks in accordance with our plans and to retain and attract customers, could harm our reputation and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. For more information on our licenses and their related requirements, please see the sections of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 4—Information on the Company—Licenses.”

Our licenses are granted for specified periods and they may not be extended or replaced upon expiration.

The success of our operations is dependent on the maintenance of our licenses to provide telecommunications services in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Most of our licenses are granted for specified terms, and there can be no assurance that any license will be renewed upon expiration. Some of our licenses will expire in the near term, including a license in Algeria that expired in 2016 and for which we are waiting for an official confirmation of renewal. See also, “Item 4—Information on the Company—Licenses.” These licenses are also subject to ongoing review by the relevant regulatory authorities. If renewed, our licenses may contain additional obligations, including payment obligations (which may involve a substantial renewal or extension fee), or may cover reduced service areas or scope of service. Furthermore, the governments in certain jurisdictions in which we operate may hold auctions (including auctions for the 4G/LTE spectrum or more advanced spectrums) in the future. If we are unable to maintain or obtain licenses for provision of telecommunications services or if our licenses are not renewed or are renewed on less favorable terms, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed. For more information about spectrum allocations and our licenses, including their expiration dates, please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 4—Information on the Company.”

 

32


Table of Contents

It may not be possible for us to procure in a timely manner, or at all, the permissions and registrations required for our base stations.

The laws of the countries in which we operate generally prohibit the operation of telecommunications equipment without a relevant permit from the appropriate regulatory body. Due to complex regulatory procedures, it is frequently not possible for us to procure in a timely manner, or at all, the permissions and registrations required for our base stations, including construction permits and registration of our title to land plots underlying our base stations, or other aspects of our network before we put the base stations into operation, or to amend or maintain the permissions in a timely manner when it is necessary to change the location or technical specifications of our base stations. At times, there can be a number of base stations or other communications facilities and other aspects of our networks for which we are awaiting final permission to operate for indeterminate periods. This problem may be exacerbated if there are delays in issuing necessary permits.

We also regularly receive notices from regulatory authorities in countries in which we operate warning us that we are not in compliance with aspects of our licenses and permits and requiring us to cure the violations within a certain time period. We have closed base stations on several occasions in order to comply with regulations and notices from regulatory authorities. Any failure by our company to cure such violations could result in the applicable license being suspended and subsequently revoked through court action. Although we generally take all necessary steps to comply with any license violations within the stated time periods, including by switching off base stations that do not have all necessary permits until such permits are obtained, we cannot assure you that our licenses or permits will not be suspended and not subsequently be revoked in the future. If we are found to operate telecommunications equipment without an applicable license or permit, we could experience a significant disruption in our service or network operation, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We are, and may in the future be, involved in disputes and litigation with regulators, competitors and third parties.

We are party to lawsuits and other legal, regulatory antitrust proceedings and commercial disputes, the final outcome of which is uncertain and there can be no assurance that we will not be a party to additional proceedings in the future. Litigation and regulatory proceedings are inherently unpredictable. For more information on these disputes, see “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings” and Notes 25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. An adverse outcome in, or any disposition of, these or other proceedings (including any that may be asserted in the future) could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

We could be subject to tax claims that could harm our business.

Tax audits in the countries in which we operate are conducted regularly. We have been subject to substantial claims by tax authorities in Russia, Algeria, Egypt, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Armenia, Georgia, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Italy. These claims have resulted, and future claims may result, in additional payments, including interest, fines and other penalties, to the tax authorities.

Although we are permitted to challenge, in court, the decisions of tax inspectorates, there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our litigation with tax authorities. In addition, there can be no assurance that the tax authorities will not claim on the basis of the same asserted tax principles they have claimed against us for prior tax years, or on the basis of different tax principles, that additional taxes are owed by us for prior or future tax years, or that the relevant governmental authorities will not decide to initiate a criminal investigation and/or prosecution in connection with claims by tax inspectorates for prior tax years.

 

33


Table of Contents

The adverse resolution of these or other tax matters that may arise could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. For more information regarding tax claims, and their effects on our financial statements, see “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings” and Notes 25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Unpredictable tax systems give rise to significant uncertainties and risks that could complicate our tax planning and business decisions.

The tax systems in the markets in which we operate may be unpredictable and give rise to significant uncertainties, which could complicate our tax planning and business decisions, especially in emerging markets in which we operate, where there is significant uncertainty relating to the interpretation and enforcement of tax laws. Any additional tax liability imposed on us by tax authorities in this manner, as well as any unforeseen changes in applicable tax laws or changes in the tax authorities’ interpretations of the respective double tax treaties in effect, could harm our future results of operations, cash flows or the amounts of dividends available for distribution to shareholders in a particular period. We may be required to accrue substantial amounts for contingent tax liabilities and the amounts accrued for tax contingencies may not be sufficient to meet any liability we may ultimately face. From time to time, we may also identify tax contingencies for which we have not recorded an accrual. Such unaccrued tax contingencies could materialize and require us to pay additional amounts of tax.

On January 1, 2016, a new tax law became effective in Uzbekistan, pursuant to which mobile telecommunications companies are subject to income tax rates based on profitability levels (7.5% tax for profitability levels up to 20%, and 50% tax for profitability levels exceeding 20%) and the tax per subscriber was increased by 100%, resulting in an increase in the statutory tax rate from 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 50.0% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and an effective tax rate of 53.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016, which negatively impacted our results in Uzbekistan. In Bangladesh, supplementary duty has been increased due to additional subnational tax from 3% to 5% with effect from June 2016 and a 1% surcharge was implemented on mobile services from March 9, 2016. The minimum tax rate has also been increased in Bangladesh from 0.5% to 0.75% with effect from January 2015. In Algeria, a new finance law in 2017 increased VAT from 7% to 19% on data services and from 17% to 19% on voice services, and also increased taxes on recharges from 5% to 7%. Such changes could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in these countries and on our group.

Moreover, as a result of the 2016 U.S. election and ongoing activity in the U.S. Congress relating to tax reform proposals, there is in particular a heightened possibility of significant changes to U.S. federal tax laws, which could affect our limited operations in the United States.

The introduction of new tax laws or the amendment of existing tax laws, such as laws relating to transfer pricing rules or the deduction of interest expenses in the markets in which we operate, may also increase the risk of adjustments being made by the tax authorities and, as a result, could have a material impact on our business, financial performance and results of operations.

Repeated tax audits and extension of liability beyond the limitation period may result in additional tax assessments.

Tax declarations together with related documentation are subject to review and investigation by a number of authorities, which are empowered to impose fines and penalties on taxpayers.

In Russia, for example, tax returns remain open and subject to inspection by tax and/or customs authorities for three calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the decision to conduct an audit is taken. Laws enacted in Russia in recent years increase the likelihood that our tax returns that were reviewed by tax authorities

 

34


Table of Contents

could be subject to further review or audit during or beyond the eligible three-year limitation period by a superior tax authority.

Tax audits may result in additional costs to our group if the relevant tax authorities conclude that entities of the group did not satisfy their tax obligations in any given year. Such audits may also impose additional burdens on our group by diverting the attention of management resources. The outcome of these audits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. Under such review the relevant tax authorities may conclude that we had significantly underpaid taxes relating to earlier periods, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

In addition, in recent years, the Russian tax authorities have aggressively brought tax evasion claims relating to Russian companies’ use of tax-optimization schemes, and press reports have speculated that these enforcement actions have been selective and politically motivated. We have also been the subject of repeat complex and thematic tax audits in Kazakhstan, Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan. For further information on tax audits, see “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings” and Notes 25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Adverse decisions of tax authorities or changes in tax treaties, laws, rules or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions or cash flows.

The tax laws and regulations in the Netherlands, our current resident state for tax purposes, may be subject to change and there may be changes in enforcement of tax law. Additionally, European and other tax laws and regulations are complex and subject to varying interpretations. We cannot be sure that our interpretations are accurate or that the responsible tax authority agrees with our views. If our tax positions are challenged by the tax authorities, we could incur additional tax liabilities, which could increase our costs of operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Within the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) there is an initiative aimed at avoiding base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) for tax purposes. This OECD BEPS project has resulted in further developments in other countries and in particular in the European Union. One of the developments is the agreement on the EU Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive (“ATAD”). All EU Member States must implement the minimum standards as set out in the ATAD. The implementation of these measures against tax avoidance in the legislation of the jurisdictions in which we do business could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, the implementation of the general interest limitation rule (Article 4 ATAD) could result in an increase of our tax liabilities as certain interest costs could no longer be deductible. Another development is the recently published proposal for a Council Directive on a Common Corporate Tax Base (“CCTB”) and the re-launch of the Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base, first tabled in 2011. If enacted, these directives could also impact our tax position, either positively or negatively. For instance, under the proposed CCTB, our taxable result realized in each of the EU Member States will be calculated on the same basis in each of these EU Member States, irrespective of whether the national corporate income tax system differs from the CCTB (noting that Member States can opt to continue to have their own corporate income tax rate). Based on the draft wording of the CCTB, the CCTB participation exemption regime would be less favorable in comparison to the Dutch regime because a minimum of a 10% shareholding would be required, as compared to the current 5% under the Dutch regime. On the other hand, the CCTB potentially introduces a notional interest deduction on equity, which the current Dutch rules do not make available. As a result, it is difficult to assess the impact of the enactment of these directives on our business.

The Italy Joint Venture may be subject to a deferral or to a limitation of the deduction of interest expenses in Italy.

For taxpayers like the Italy Joint Venture, Italian tax law permits the deduction of some interest expense up to a specified limit. A further deduction of interest expense is permitted up to an additional threshold. The

 

35


Table of Contents

amount of unused interest expense deduction may be carried forward to future years. Based on these rules, the Italy Joint Venture currently is able to carry forward accrued and unused deductions to future fiscal years. Any future changes in current Italian tax laws or in their interpretation may have an adverse impact on the deductibility of interest expenses for the Italy Joint Venture which, in turn, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We operate in uncertain judicial and regulatory environments.

In many of the emerging market countries where we operate, the application of the laws of any particular country is frequently unclear and may result in unpredictable judicial or regulatory outcomes.

The uncertain judicial and regulatory environments in which we operate could result in:

 

   

restrictions or delays in obtaining additional numbering capacity, receiving new licenses and frequencies, receiving regulatory approvals for rolling out our networks in the regions for which we have licenses, receiving regulatory approvals for changing our frequency plans and importing and certifying our equipment;

 

   

difficulty in complying with new or existing legislation and the terms of any notices or warnings received from the regulatory authorities in a timely manner;

 

   

adverse rulings by courts or government authorities resulting from a change in interpretation or inconsistent application of existing law;

 

   

significant additional costs and delays in implementing our global strategies and operating or business plans; and

 

   

a more challenging operating environment.

If we are found to be involved in practices that do not comply with applicable laws or regulations, we may be exposed to significant fines, the risk of prosecution or the suspension or loss of our licenses, frequency allocations, authorizations or various permissions, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Laws restricting foreign investment could materially harm our business.

We could be materially harmed by existing laws restricting foreign investment or the adoption of new laws or regulations restricting foreign investment, including foreign investment in the telecommunications industry in Russia, Kazakhstan or other markets in which we operate. See “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.”

For example, in Russia, the Federal Law “On the Procedure for Foreign Investments in Business Entities of Strategic Importance for National Defense and State Security” (the “Russian Foreign Investment Law”), limits foreign investment in companies that are deemed to be strategic. Our subsidiary PJSC “Vimpel-Communications” (“PJSC VimpelCom”) is deemed to be a strategic enterprise under the Russian Foreign Investment Law. As a result, any acquisition by a foreign investor of direct or indirect control over more than 50.0% of its voting shares, or 25.0% in the case of a company controlled by a foreign government, requires the prior approval of the Government Commission on Control of Foreign Investment in the Russian Federation pursuant to the Russian Foreign Investment Law. Additionally, under Russian law, companies controlled by foreign governments are prohibited absolutely from acquiring control over strategic enterprises, and the Government Commission on Control of Foreign Investment in the Russian Federation, or the Federal Antimonopoly Service of the Russian Federation, the “FAS”, which administers application of the Russian Foreign Investment Law, has challenged acquisitions of our shares in the past. In Kazakhstan, according to the national security law, a foreign company cannot directly or indirectly own more than a 49% stake in a fixed-line

 

36


Table of Contents

business operator without the consent of the Kazakhstani government. As a result, our ability to obtain financing from foreign investors may be limited, should prior approval be refused, delayed or require foreign investors to comply with certain conditions, which could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Furthermore the Federal Assembly, as the national legislature of the Russian Federation, is currently considering a draft bill which would introduce restrictions on the ability of foreign investors to control audiovisual service providers operating in Russia. In particular, foreign ownership would be restricted to 20%, subject to certain exemptions, including that the restrictions would not apply to audiovisual service providers that qualify as a strategic enterprise under the Russian Foreign Investment Law. It is not yet certain if this draft bill will be adopted and, if adopted, which specific restrictions on foreign investments could apply to the audiovisual industry and the company itself. If adopted, and depending on the final terms, the bill may affect our Pay-TV and VEON messenger projects by imposing additional costs and/or jeopardizing revenue projections.

Risks Related to Our Markets

The international economic environment could cause our business to decline.

After late 2008, the economies in our markets were adversely affected by the international economic crisis, and economies in markets in which we operate continue to suffer. Among other things, the crisis led to a slowdown in gross domestic product growth, increase of inflation, devaluations of the currencies in Russia and other markets in which we operate and a decrease in commodity prices. In addition, because Russia, Kazakhstan and Algeria produce and export large amounts of oil, their economies are particularly vulnerable to fluctuations in the price of oil on the world market. Since June 2014, global oil prices have been falling and are currently at relatively low levels. The timing of a return to sustained economic growth and consistently positive economic trends is difficult to predict. The recessionary effects, debt crisis and euro crisis in Europe and low oil prices continue to pose potentially significant macroeconomic risks to our group.

Low oil prices, together with the impact of economic sanctions—including those promulgated by the United States, which restrict certain financial transactions and dealings, even by non-U.S. persons, involving certain industries and parties in Russia—and the significant devaluation of the ruble, have negatively impacted and continue to have an adverse effect on the Russian economy and economic outlook and may also negatively impact our ability to raise external financing, particularly if the sanctions are broadened. The current difficult economic environment and any future downturns in the economies of markets in which we operate or may operate in the future could diminish demand for our services, increase our costs, constrain our ability to retain existing customers and collect payments from them and prevent us from executing our strategies. Adverse economic conditions could also hurt our liquidity and prevent us from obtaining financing needed to fund our development strategy, to take advantage of future opportunities to respond to competitive pressures, to refinance existing indebtedness or to meet unexpected financial requirements, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Deterioration of macroeconomic conditions in the countries in which we operate and/or a significant difference between the performance of an acquired company and the business case assumed at the time of acquisition could require us to write down the value of the goodwill. In addition, the different possible developments as a result of a financial and economic crisis, in particular related to customer behavior, competition reaction in this environment in terms of offers and pricing or in response to new entrants, regulatory adjustments in relation to reductions in consumer prices and our ability to adjust costs and investments in keeping with possible changes in revenue may adversely affect our forecasts and lead to a write-down in tangible and intangible assets.

A write-down recorded for tangible and intangible assets lowering their book values could impact certain covenants under our debt agreements, which could result in a deterioration of our financial condition, results of

 

37


Table of Contents

operations or cash flows. For further information on the impairment of tangible and intangible assets and recoverable amounts (particularly key assumptions and sensitivities), see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Our operations may be adversely affected by ongoing developments in Russia and Ukraine.

The current situation in Russia and Ukraine, and the related responses of the United States, member states of the European Union, the European Union itself and certain other nations, have the potential to materially adversely affect our business in Russia and Ukraine where we have significant operations, which in turn could materially harm our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

In connection with the situation in Russia and Ukraine, the United States, the European Union, and a number of countries have imposed (i) sanctions that block the property of certain designated businesses, organizations and individuals, (ii) sectoral sanctions that prohibit certain types of transactions with specifically designated businesses operating in certain sectors of the Russian economy, currently including the financial services, energy, and defense sectors, and (iii) territorial sanctions restricting investment in and trade with Crimea. The U.S. and EU sanctions target entities owned and/or controlled by designated entities and individuals. Further, under the U.S. sanctions regime, even non-U.S. persons who engage in certain prohibited transactions may be exposed to secondary sanctions, such as the denial of certain privileges, including financing and contracting with U.S. persons or within the United States. In addition, the United States and the European Union have implemented certain export control restrictions related to Russia’s energy sector and military capabilities. Ukraine has also enacted sanctions with respect to certain Russian entities and individuals. Russia has responded with countermeasures to such international and Ukrainian restrictions and sanctions, currently including limiting the import of certain goods from the United States, the European Union, Ukraine and other countries, imposing visa bans on certain persons, and imposing restrictions on the ability of Russian companies to comply with sanctions imposed by other countries. Russia announced sanctions against Turkey in response to an incident involving Russian and Turkish military aircraft in November 2015, including imposing a ban on Russian companies hiring Turkish workers and the imposition of visa requirements, as of January 1, 2016. Such sanctions, export controls and/or other measures, including sanctions on additional persons or businesses (including vendors, joint venture and business partners, affiliates and financial institutions) imposed by the United States, the European Union, Ukraine, Russia, and/or other countries, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Ukraine has assigned a “temporary occupied territories” status to Crimea and an “anti-terrorist operation zone” status to certain Eastern Ukraine regions which are currently not under the Ukrainian government’s control, and has imposed certain restrictions and prohibitions on trade in goods and services in such territories. Our Ukrainian subsidiary, “Kyivstar” JSC, shut down its network in Crimea in 2014 as well as its network in certain parts of Eastern Ukraine in 2015 and, in each case, has written off the relevant assets. Under terms of its telecommunications licenses, “Kyivstar” JSC is obliged to provide services throughout Ukraine. “Kyivstar” JSC has notified the regulatory authorities that “Kyivstar” JSC has stopped providing services in these areas and has requested clarification from such authorities regarding telecommunications operations in such areas. Since September 2014, legislation has been in effect in Ukraine that authorizes the cancellation of telecommunications licenses for sanctioned parties. There can be no assurance that the escalation of the current situation will not lead to the cancellation or suspension of, or other actions under, certain or all of our Ukrainian telecommunications licenses, or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business in Ukraine, which in turn could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

The situation in Crimea and Eastern Ukraine has resulted, and may in the future result, in damage or loss of assets, disruption of services, and regulatory issues which has, and may in the future, adversely impact our group. In addition, if there were an extended continuation or further increase in conflict in Crimea, Eastern Ukraine or in the region, it could result in further instability and/or worsening of the overall political and economic situation in Ukraine, Russia, Europe and/or in the global capital markets generally, which could adversely impact our group.

 

38


Table of Contents

Moreover, the instability in Crimea and Eastern Ukraine specifically, and in the region more generally, economic sanctions and related measures, and other geopolitical developments (including with respect to the current conflict and international interventions in Syria) could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. In particular, we could be materially adversely impacted by a continued decline of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar or the euro and the general economic performance of Russia.

Investors in emerging markets, where most of our operations are located, are subject to greater risks than investors in more developed markets, including significant political, legal and economic risks and risks related to fluctuations in the global economy.

Most of our operations are in emerging markets. Investors in emerging markets should be aware that these markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, including in some cases significant political, legal and economic risks. Emerging market governments and judiciaries often exercise broad, unchecked discretion and are susceptible to abuse and corruption and rapid reversal of political and economic policies on which we depend. Political and economic relations among the countries in which we operate are often complex and have resulted, and may in the future result, in conflicts, which could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. The economies of emerging markets are vulnerable to market downturns and economic slowdowns elsewhere in the world. As has happened in the past, financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies could dampen foreign investment in these markets and materially adversely affect their economies. Turnover of political leaders or parties in emerging markets as a result of a scheduled election upon the end of a term of service or in other circumstances may also affect the legal and regulatory regime in those markets to a great extent than turnover in established countries. These developments could severely limit our access to capital and could materially harm the purchasing power of our customers and, consequently, our business.

Further, the nature of much of the legislation in emerging markets, the lack of consensus about the scope, content and pace of economic and political reform and the rapid evolution of the legal systems in emerging markets, place the enforceability and, possibly, the constitutionality of, laws and regulations in doubt and result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies. The legislation often contemplates implementing regulations that have not yet been promulgated, leaving substantial gaps in the regulatory infrastructure. Any of these factors could affect our ability to enforce our rights under our licenses or our contracts, or to defend our company against claims by other parties.

Many of the emerging markets in which we operate are susceptible to significant social unrest or military conflicts. In some of the countries in which we operate, the local authorities may order our subsidiaries to temporarily shut down their entire network or part or all of our networks may be shut down due to actions relating to military conflicts or nationwide strikes. For example, in 2016, our subsidiary in Pakistan was ordered to shut down parts of its mobile network and services on a regular basis due to the security situation in the country. Governments or other factions, including those asserting authority over specific territories in areas of conflict, could make inappropriate use of the network, attempt to compel us to operate our network in conflict zones or disputed territories and/or force us to broadcast propaganda or illegal instructions to our customers or others (or face consequences for failure to do so). Forced shutdowns, inappropriate use of our network and/or compelling us to operate our network and/or broadcast propaganda or illegal instructions could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

Investors should fully appreciate the significance of the risks involved in investing in an emerging markets company and are urged to consult with their own legal, financial and tax advisors.

Social instability in the countries in which we operate could lead to increased support for centralized authority and a rise in nationalism, which could harm our business.

Social instability in the countries in which we operate, coupled with difficult economic conditions, could lead to increased support for centralized authority and a rise in nationalism. These sentiments could lead to

 

39


Table of Contents

restrictions on foreign ownership of companies in the telecommunications industry or nationalization, expropriation or other seizure of certain assets or businesses. In most of the countries in which we operate, there is relatively little experience in enforcing legislation enacted to protect private property against nationalization or expropriation. As a result, we may not be able to obtain proper redress in the courts, and we may not receive adequate compensation if in the future the governments decide to nationalize or expropriate some or all of our assets. If this occurs, our business could be harmed.

In addition, ethnic, religious, historical and other divisions have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflict. The spread of violence, or its intensification, could have significant political consequences, including the imposition of a state of emergency, which could materially adversely affect the investment environment in the countries in which we operate.

The physical infrastructure in many countries in which we operate is in poor condition and further deterioration in the physical infrastructure could harm our business.

In many countries in which we operate, the physical infrastructure, including transportation networks, power generation and transmission and communications systems, is in poor condition. In some of the countries in which we operate, including Ukraine, the physical infrastructure has been damaged by military conflict. In some of the countries in which we operate, including Russia, the public switched telephone networks have reached capacity limits and need modernization, which may inconvenience our customers and will require us to make additional capital expenditures. In addition, continued growth in local, long distance and international traffic, including that generated by our customers, and development in the types of services provided may require substantial investment in public switched telephone networks. Any efforts to modernize infrastructure may result in increased charges and tariffs, potentially adding costs to our business. The deterioration of the physical infrastructure harms the economies of these countries, disrupts the transportation of goods and supplies, adds costs to doing business and can interrupt business operations. Further deterioration in the physical infrastructure in many of the countries in which we operate could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

The banking systems in many countries in which we operate remain underdeveloped, there are a limited number of creditworthy banks in these countries with which we can conduct business and currency control requirements restrict activities in certain markets in which we have operations.

The banking and other financial systems in many countries in which we operate are not well developed or regulated, and laws relating to banks and bank accounts are subject to varying interpretations and inconsistent applications. Such banking risk cannot be completely eliminated by diversified borrowing and conducting credit analyses. Uncertain banking laws may also limit our ability to attract future investment. A banking crisis in any of these countries or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the banks from which we receive, or with which we hold, our funds could result in the loss of our deposits or negatively affect our ability to complete banking transactions in these countries, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, central banks and governments in the markets in which we operate may restrict or prevent international transfers or impose foreign exchange controls or other currency restrictions, which could prevent us from making payments, including the repatriation of dividends and payments to third party suppliers, particularly in Uzbekistan, Ukraine, Bangladesh and Pakistan. For more information on currency restrictions, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Controls and Currency Restrictions.” Furthermore, local banks have limitations on the amounts of loans that they can provide to single borrowers, which could limit the availability of functional currency financing in these countries. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain approvals under the foregoing restrictions or limitations, each of which could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and prospects.

 

40


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Ownership of our ADSs

Our ADS price may be volatile, and purchasers of ADSs could incur substantial losses.

Our ADS price may be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, holders of our ADSs may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the price at which they purchase our ADSs. The market price for our ADSs may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

regulatory developments in the foreign countries where we operate;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning licenses or other proprietary rights;

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

quarterly or annual variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

market conditions in the industries in which we compete and issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

investor perception of our company and of the industry in which we compete; and

 

   

general economic, political and market conditions.

The sale of shares could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs.

Telenor East’s issuance of exchangeable bonds, and subsequent exchanges of the existing and any future exchangeable bonds for VEON Ltd.’s ADSs, as well as our filing of a registration statement registering resale of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs deliverable upon exchange of the exchangeable bonds and/or any additional divestures by Telenor may negatively affect the market for VEON Ltd.’s ADSs. The sale of any of the VEON Ltd.’s shares on the public markets or the perception that such sales may occur, commonly called “market overhang,” may adversely affect the market for, and the market price of, VEON Ltd.’s ADSs.

Various factors may hinder the declaration and payment of dividends.

The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of VEON Ltd.’s supervisory board and VEON Ltd.’s assets consist primarily of investments in its operating subsidiaries. For the financial year ended December 31, 2016, we intend to pay a dividend in the aggregate amount of US$23 cents per share, comprised of US$3.5 cents per share paid as an interim dividend in December 2016 and US$19.5 cents per share, with a record date of March 30, 2017 and which is intended to be paid on April 12, 2017. Various factors may cause the supervisory board to determine not to pay dividends or not to increase dividends from current levels. Such factors include VEON Ltd.’s financial condition, its earnings and equity free cash flow, its leverage, its capital requirements, contractual restrictions, legal proceedings and such other factors as VEON Ltd.’s supervisory board may consider relevant. For more information on our policy regarding dividends, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—New dividend policy,” “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.8. Policy on Dividend Distributions,” “—Risks Related to Our Business—As a holding company, VEON Ltd. depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and therefore on the performance of its subsidiaries, and is affected by changes in exchange controls and currency restrictions in the countries in which its subsidiaries operate” and “—Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic partnerships and relationships carry inherent business risks.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Holders of our ADSs may not receive distributions on our common shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to them.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay holders of our ADSs the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian for our ADSs receives on our common shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. Holders of our ADSs will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our common shares that their ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible for making such payments or distributions if it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if such distribution consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary is not responsible for making a distribution available to any holders of ADSs if any government approval or registration required for such distribution cannot be obtained after reasonable efforts made by the depositary. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of our ADSs, common shares, rights or anything else to holders of our ADSs. This means that holders of our ADSs may not receive the distributions we make on our common shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available. These restrictions may materially reduce the value of the ADSs.

VEON Ltd. is a Bermuda company governed by Bermuda law, which may affect your rights as a shareholder or holder of ADSs.

VEON Ltd. is a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of VEON Ltd.’s shareholders are governed by Bermuda law and by VEON Ltd.’s bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. In addition, holders of ADSs do not have the same rights under Bermuda law and VEON Ltd.’s bye-laws as registered holders of VEON Ltd.’s common shares. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. It may be difficult for investors to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against VEON or its directors and executive officers based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. Uncertainty exists as to whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, under the securities laws of those jurisdictions, or entertain actions in Bermuda under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

As a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of NASDAQ, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our securities, and such holders may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that they are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which they are accustomed to receiving it.

As a foreign private issuer, the rules governing the information that we disclose differ from those governing U.S. corporations pursuant to the Exchange Act. Although we currently report periodic financial results and certain material events, we are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four business days of their occurrence. In addition, we are exempt from the SEC’s proxy rules, and proxy statements that we distribute will not be subject to review by the SEC. Our exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of our shares by insiders means that holders of our securities will have less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to this part of the Exchange Act. As a result, holders of our securities may not have all the data that you are accustomed to having when making investment decisions with respect to domestic U.S. public companies.

Our ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market; however, as a Bermuda company, we are permitted to follow “home country practice” in lieu of certain corporate governance provisions under the NASDAQ listing rules that are applicable to a U.S. company. The primary difference between our corporate governance practices and the NASDAQ rules relates to NASDAQ listing rule 5605(b)(1), which provides that

 

42


Table of Contents

each U.S. company listed on Nasdaq must have a majority of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. Bermuda law does not require that we have a majority of independent directors. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with this NASDAQ requirement, and we do not have a majority of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. Accordingly, VEON Ltd.’s shareholders will not have the same protections as are afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. For more information on the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies under the NASDAQ listing rules, see “Item 16G—Corporate Governance.”

Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights and the information provided with respect to shareholder meetings.

Holders of ADSs generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the equity shares represented by such holder’s ADSs. At our request, the depositary will mail to holders any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights of the common shares represented by ADSs. If the depositary timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the common shares on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We could cease to be a foreign private issuer if a majority of our outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. Based on a review of our register of members maintained in Bermuda, as of March 15, 2017 100% of our issued common shares were held of record by BNY (Nominees) Limited in the United Kingdom, as agent of The Bank of New York Mellon, for the purposes of our ADS program. As of March 15, 2017, 23 record holders of VEON Ltd.’s ADRs, holding an aggregate of 353,454,732 common shares (20.12%), were listed as having addresses in the United States. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws under such event may be significantly higher than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

ITEM 4. Information on the Company

Overview

VimpelCom is rebranding to VEON and has changed its name to VEON, effective as of March 30, 2017. VEON is an international communications and technology company, headquartered in Amsterdam, and driven by a vision to unlock new opportunities for customers as they navigate the digital world. Present in some of the world’s most dynamic markets, VEON provides more than 200 million customers with voice, fixed broadband, data and digital services. VEON offers services to customers in 12 countries including Russia, Pakistan, Algeria, Uzbekistan, Ukraine, Bangladesh, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Armenia, Georgia and Laos. We provide services under the “Beeline,” “Kyivstar,” “banglalink,” “Jazz” and “Djezzy” brands. As of December 31, 2016, we had 207.5 million mobile customers and 41,994 employees. For a breakdown of total revenue by category of activity and geographic segments for each of the last three financial years, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

The Italy Joint Venture offers services to customers in Italy. It provides services under the “WIND” and “3” brands and had 31.3 million customers and 9,356 employees as of December 31, 2016.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our rebranding to VEON seeks to reflect our aim to move from being considered solely a telecommunications company to being considered more broadly as a technology company. VEON is being used as the branding name for both the company and its new personal internet platform. Technology is continuing to revolutionize the way users communicate, travel, bank, shop, consume and are entertained. While other telecommunications companies have tried to respond to the digital challenge through acquiring technology companies, merging with media players or setting up incubators to host innovation, we have instead created our new VEON personal internet platform. It is built on the re-engineering of our legacy systems and data architecture, which will enable us to offer new, personalized and contextual services. We believe that it will ultimately eliminate or greatly reduce the comparatively inefficient bricks-and-mortar service model and replace it with a smooth, easy, fun, contextual and intuitive experience.

As part of our VEON rebranding, we aim to implement a digital vision and strategy, moving towards a technology company with an asset-light business model in comparison to the capital-intensive traditional telecommunications model. We aim to reduce our capital expenditure to revenue ratio and reduce our IT, capital expenditure and distribution costs. We have secured network sharing agreements and aim to reduce the assets on our balance sheet. In the future, we anticipate that we will own only the core assets needed to operate our business. For further information on our strategic disposal of assets see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Disposal of Non-Core Assets and Network and Tower Sharing Agreements.” We anticipate that we will invest approximately US$100 million per annum over the next five years as part of the rollout of our VEON brand, in the context of our group capital expenditure budget of over US$1.5 billion per year. For further information on our capital expenditures, please see “Item 5—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Further Liquidity and Capital Requirements.” We anticipate that we will finance the investments (or the VEON personal internet platform) with operational cash flow, cash on our balance sheet and external financing that we currently have in place.

The VEON personal internet platform integrates data analytics and artificial intelligence, with the aim of putting the user in control. With zero-rating as a fundamental component, as currently envisioned, VEON users will be able to use the VEON platform to stay connected for free, even when they are out of credit. We intend to work with music, transport, banking, e-commerce and other businesses, all of which will be integrated into a single personalized internet platform, VEON. We believe that these relationships, particularly those with local businesses in each of the countries in which we operate, will help grow those regional economies. We are also working through our technology landscape to deploy a fully digital end-to-end solution to benefit our customers. The digital stack and data management platform will be the core of our IT, while our network will become software defined, intelligent and dynamic. In addition, we have announced partnerships with STUDIO+, Deezer and MasterCard, which will integrate new services into the platform for VEON users.

VEON Ltd. is an exempted company limited by shares registered under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”), on June 5, 2009, and our registered office is located at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda. The VEON Group’s headquarters are located at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Our telephone number is +31 20 797 7200. VEON Ltd. is registered with the Dutch Trade Register (registration number 34374835) as a company formally registered abroad ( formeel buitenlandse kapitaalvennootschap ), as this term is referred to in the Dutch Companies Formally Registered Abroad Act ( Wet op de formeel buitenlandse vennootschappen ), which means that we are deemed a Dutch resident company for tax purposes in accordance with applicable Dutch tax regulations.

Our legal representative in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, 850 Library Ave, Suite 204, Newark, DE 19711 (+1 (30) 738 6680). Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation, 11 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011 (+1 (212) 894 8400).

History and Development

Our predecessor PJSC VimpelCom (formerly OJSC “Vimpel-Communications”) was founded in 1992. Since then, VEON has a rich history of adapting to shifts in the marketplace. Prior to 2014, VEON focused on

 

44


Table of Contents

development and expansion throughout Russia and the CIS, then into Asia, Europe and Africa through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. More recently, VEON has turned its focus to enhancing its operations in its core markets and investing in high-speed networks.

The most significant events in the development of our business include the following:

 

   

In November 1996, our predecessor PJSC VimpelCom became the first Russian company since 1903 to list shares on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

Telenor, Norway’s leading telecommunications company became a strategic partner in PJSC VimpelCom in December 1998 and the Alfa Group Consortium (“Alfa Group”) acquired strategic ownership interests in 2001;

 

   

VEON began its expansion into the CIS by acquiring local operators or entering into joint ventures with local partners in Kazakhstan (2004), Ukraine (2005), Tajikistan (2005), Uzbekistan (2006), Georgia (2006) and Armenia (2006);

 

   

In 2009 and 2010, Telenor ASA, the parent company of the Telenor Group, and Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd. combined their ownership of PJSC VimpelCom and Ukrainian mobile operator “Kyivstar” under a new company called VimpelCom Ltd. The new headquarters were established in Amsterdam;

 

   

In 2011, VEON completed the acquisition of Wind Telecom S.p.A., an international provider of mobile and fixed-line telecommunications and internet services with operations in a number of countries including Italy, Algeria, Bangladesh and Pakistan;

 

   

On September 10, 2013, VEON Ltd. switched the listing of its ADSs to the NASDAQ Global Select Market from the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

On January 30, 2015, VEON Ltd. completed the sale by its subsidiary GTH of a non-controlling 51% interest in Omnium Telecom Algérie (OTA) S.p.A. (“OTA”) to the Fonds National d’Investissement in Algeria;

 

   

In March 2015, WIND Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. (“WIND”) sold 90% of the shares of its wholly owned tower subsidiary, Galata S.p.A. (“Galata”) to Cellnex Telecom Terrestre SA, formerly named Abertis Telecom Terrestre SAU (“Cellnex”) and entered into tower services agreements with Galata; these agreements are now held by the Italy Joint Venture;

 

   

On July 1, 2016, Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited (“PMCL”) merged with Warid Telecom Pakistan LLC (“WTPL”) and Bank Alfalah Limited (“Bank Alfalah”), which resulted in the merger of our telecommunications businesses in Pakistan (a transaction we refer to as the “Pakistan Merger” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F);

 

   

In September 2016, Telenor East sold 163,875,000 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs pursuant to an underwritten offering and also announced its intention to divest the remainder of its stake in VEON Ltd. In addition, Telenor East issued a US$1,000,000,000 0.25% bond due 2019, which is exchangeable for VEON Ltd.’s ADSs. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Telenor Share Sale and Exchangeable Bond Issuance;”

 

   

On November 5, 2016, we formed a joint venture holding company with Hutchison, through which we jointly own and operate our historical WIND and Hutchison’s historical 3 Italia telecommunications businesses in Italy. The companies were then merged in January 2017 (see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” and Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F);

 

   

In February 2017, GTH completed a share buy-back for 10% of the total issued share capital of that company. In conjunction with the share buy-back, GTH cancelled listing of the global depositary

 

45


Table of Contents
 

receipts (“GDRs”) on the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority and the trading of GDRs on the Main Market for Listed Securities of the London Stock Exchange on March 20, 2017. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—GTH Share Buy-Back and Cancellation of GDR Program;”

 

   

On February 27, 2017, we announced our new name “VEON,” which was approved by the shareholders on March 30, 2017; and

 

   

We expect to have a second listing of our common shares on Euronext Amsterdam, to broaden our European investor base, with potential inclusion in European indices and extended stock coverage. Such listing is expected to become effective in the second quarter of 2017.

Leadership

VEON has made changes in its management and board composition to focus on significant experience and expertise in compliance, transformation and digital.

During 2016 and 2017, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, VEON made a number of strategic management appointments to lead the company in its next phase of development. New appointments included:

 

   

Kjell Morten Johnsen as Head of Major Markets and Chief Executive Officer of PJSC VimpelCom;

 

   

Mark MacGann as Group Chief External Affairs Officer; and

 

   

Joshua Drew as Acting Group Chief Compliance Officer.

The following people transitioned to new roles from existing positions within VEON:

 

   

Aamir Hafeez Ibrahim as Chief Executive Officer of Pakistan;

 

   

Jeffrey Hedberg as Group Chief People Officer;

 

   

Matthieu Galvani as Chief Executive Officer of Algeria; and

 

   

Enrique Aznar as Chief Values and Culture Transformation Officer.

In March 2017, Joshua Drew was appointed as Acting Group Chief Compliance Officer following the resignation of Daniel Chapman. He will report directly to Scott Dresser, Group General Counsel. Mr. Drew has been a key member of the legal team since July 2016, when he joined us from Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, where he spent over five years in global roles with responsibility for anti-corruption compliance and investigations. He is also a former federal prosecutor in the U.S., including time with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Fraud section, which has responsibility for FCPA enforcement. This appointment has been discussed with the Audit Committee (which oversees compliance with the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement), the independent compliance monitor, the DOJ and the SEC. We are currently in the process of appointing a permanent Group Chief Compliance Officer.

In addition, Stan Chudnovsky and Jørn P. Jensen joined the supervisory board, and Jørn Jensen replaced Trond Ø Westlie as chairman of the audit committee.

For more information on our directors and senior management, see “Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management” below.

Organizational Structure

VEON Ltd. is the holding company for a number of operating subsidiaries and holding companies in various jurisdictions. In the third quarter of 2015, we adopted a new regional structure, consisting of the three following business units, all of which report to our headquarters in Amsterdam:

 

   

Major Markets (Russia and the Italy Joint Venture);

 

46


Table of Contents
   

Emerging Markets (which includes our operations in Pakistan, Algeria and Bangladesh); and

 

   

Eurasia (which includes our operations in Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan and Georgia).

Notwithstanding our new regional structure described above, we currently operate and manage VEON Ltd. on a geographical basis. In accordance with IFRS rules, this results in seven reportable segments. These segments are based on the different economic environments and varied stages of development across the geographical markets we serve, each of which requires different investment and marketing strategies.

Our reportable segments currently consist of the seven following segments:

 

   

Russia;

 

   

Pakistan (which was split out of the former “Africa & Asia” reportable segment);

 

   

Algeria;

 

   

Bangladesh (which was split out of the former “Africa & Asia” reportable segment);

 

   

Ukraine;

 

   

Uzbekistan (which was split out of the former “CIS” reportable segment); and

 

   

HQ (transactions related to management activities within the group).

Italy is no longer a reportable segment following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. For more information, please see Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” and “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture.”

We also provide customer numbers for “Others,” which includes all results of our operations in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia and Laos.

From January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016, management organized our business in eight reportable segments consisting of our seven current reporting segments and Kazakhstan. In the second quarter of 2016, management decided to no longer include Kazakhstan as a separate reportable segment due to the decreasing impact of operations in Kazakhstan on the overall business. As a result, the activities in Kazakhstan have been integrated into our Others category in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our annual consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been restated for this organizational change.

 

47


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth our operating companies and significant subsidiaries, including those subsidiaries that hold our principal telecommunications licenses, and our percentage ownership interest, direct and indirect, in each subsidiary as of December 31, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, our percentage ownership interest is identical to our voting power in each of the subsidiaries.

 

 

   Country
of Incorporation
   Percentage
Ownership
Interest
(Direct and
Indirect)
 

VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.

   Netherlands      100.0

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands      100.0 % (1)  

Wind Telecom S.p.A.

   Italy      100 % (2)  

PJSC “Vimpel-Communications” (“PJSC VimpelCom”)

   Russia      100.0 % (3)  

Golden Telecom Inc.

   Delaware      100 % (4)  

“Kyivstar” PJSC

   Ukraine      100.0 % (5)  

B.V. VimpelCom Finance S.à r.l.

   Netherlands/Luxembourg      100.0 % (6)  

VIP Kazakhstan Holding AG

   Switzerland      75.0 % (7)  

LLP “KaR-Tel”

   Kazakhstan      75.0 % (8)  

LLC “Tacom”

   Tajikistan      98.0 % (9)  

LLC “Unitel”

   Uzbekistan      100.0 % (10)  

LLC “Mobitel”

   Georgia      80.0 % (11)  

CJSC “Armenia Telephone Company”

   Armenia      100.0 % (12)  

Menacrest AG

   Switzerland      99.9 % (13)  

LLC “Sky Mobile”

   Kyrgyzstan      50.1 % (14)  

VimpelCom Lao Co. Ltd.

   Lao PDR      78.0 % (15)  

Weather Capital S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg      100.0 % (16)  

Weather Capital Special Purpose 1 S.A.

   Luxembourg      100.0 % (17)  

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E.

   Egypt      51.9 % (18)  

Oratel International Inc. Limited

   Malta      100.0 % (19)  

Moga Holding Limited

   Malta      100.0 % (20)  

Omnium Telecom Algérie (OTA) S.p.A.

   Algeria      23.7 % (21)  

Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A.

   Algeria      23.7 % (22)  

Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited

   Pakistan      44.0 % (23)  

Banglalink Digital Communications Limited

   Bangladesh      51.9 % (24)  

Wind Tre S.p.A.

   Italy      50.0 % (25)  

 

(1) VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. holds 100% directly.
(2) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 92.24% directly. Wind Telecom S.p.A. holds 7.76% of its own shares.
(3) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 100% minus one share directly. VEON Ltd. holds one share directly.
(4) PJSC VimpelCom holds 100% directly and indirectly through a wholly owned Cypriot holding company and two Delaware holding companies.
(5) VEON Ltd. holds 0.01% directly and VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 73.80% directly. “Kyivstar” JSC holds 26.19% of its own shares.
(6) PJSC VimpelCom holds 100% directly.
(7) B.V. VimpelCom Finance S.à r.l. holds 75.0% directly.
(8) VIP Kazakhstan Holding AG holds 75.0% directly.
(9) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 98.0% indirectly through a wholly owned Swiss holding company.
(10) PJSC VimpelCom holds 100% indirectly through wholly owned Dutch and BVI holding companies.
(11) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 80.0% indirectly through a number of wholly owned companies.
(12) PJSC VimpelCom owns 100% directly.
(13) B.V. VimpelCom Finance S.à r.l. holds 50.1% indirectly through a Swiss holding company and a Cypriot holding company.
(14) Menacrest AG holds 100% directly.
(15) B.V. VimpelCom Finance S.à r.l. holds 78.0% indirectly through a wholly owned Dutch holding company. The local shareholder of VimpelCom Lao Co. Ltd. is the government of the Lao People’s Democratic Republic.
(16) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. holds 100% indirectly through a wholly owned Luxembourg holding company.
(17) Weather Capital S.à r.l. owns 100% directly.
(18) Weather Capital S.à r.l. holds 1.9% directly and Weather Capital Special Purpose 1 S.A. holds 50.00% directly.
(19) Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. owns 100% directly and indirectly through a Maltese holding company.
(20) Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. owns 100% directly and indirectly through a Maltese holding company.

 

48


Table of Contents
(21) Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. holds a controlling interest of 45.6% directly and indirectly through Oratel International Inc. Limited and Moga Holding Limited. The Algerian National Investment Fund, Fonds National d’Investissement , holds 51% directly in Omnium Telecom Algérie (OTA) S.p.A. and a local minority shareholder named Cevital S.p.A. holds directly the remaining 3.4%.
(22) Omnium Telecom Algeria S.p.A. holds 99.99% directly.
(23) As of July 1, 2016, Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. holds 84.7% of PMCL indirectly through two wholly owned Maltese subsidiaries and a nominee shareholder. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger.”
(24) Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. holds 99.99% indirectly through a wholly owned Maltese subsidiary.
(25) VimpelCom Holdings B.V. owns 50.0% indirectly through two Luxembourg holding companies and one Italian holding company.

Description of Our Business

VEON, through its operating companies, provides customers with mobile and fixed-line telecommunications services in certain markets, which are described more fully below.

Our Mobile Telecommunications Businesses

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer to our customers and a breakdown of prepaid and postpaid subscriptions as of December 31, 2016.

 

Mobile Service Description

   Russia     Pakistan     Algeria     Bangladesh     Ukraine     Uzbekistan     Others  

Mobile telecommunications services under contract and prepaid plans for both corporate and consumer segments

              

—of which prepaid

     89.1     98.3     92.2     93.0     90.0     97.6     (4)  

—of which postpaid

     10.9     1.7 % (3)       7.8 % (3)       7.0     10.0     2.4     (4)  

Value added and call completion services (1)

     Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes (4)  

National and international roaming services (2)

     Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes  (4)  

Wireless Internet access

     Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes (4)  

Mobile financial services

     Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes       No  

Mobile bundles

     Yes       Yes       No       Yes       Yes       Yes       Yes (4)  

 

(1) Value added services include messaging services, content/infotainment services, data access services, location based services, media, and content delivery channels.
(2) Access to both national and international roaming services allows our customers and customers of other mobile operators to receive and make international, local and long distance calls while outside of their home network.
(3) Includes postpaid and hybrid (monthly fee with recharge possibility) customers.
(4) For a breakdown of prepaid and postpaid subscriptions and a description of the mobile services we offer in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Laos and Georgia, see “—Mobile Business in Others—Description of Mobile Services in Others.”

Mobile Business in Russia

Description—Mobile Business in Russia

In Russia, through our operating company PJSC VimpelCom and our “Beeline” brand, we primarily offer mobile telecommunications services to our customers under two types of payment plans: postpaid plans and prepaid plans. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 89.1% of our customers in Russia were on prepaid plans, representing 19% of our revenue in Russia, and approximately 10.9% of our customers in Russia were on postpaid plans, representing 81% of our revenue in Russia.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Russia.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad.

Roaming

   As of December 31, 2016, we had active roaming agreements with 601 GSM networks in 214 countries in Europe, Asia, North America, South America, Australia and Africa. Additionally, we provided GPRS roaming with 486 networks, in 180 countries, and 4G/LTE roaming with 170 networks in 94 countries.
   Roaming agreements generally state that the host operator bills PJSC VimpelCom, which PJSC VimpelCom pays, and then PJSC VimpelCom subsequently bills customers for the roaming services on the customer’s monthly bill.

Basic VAS Package

   Caller-ID, voicemail, call forwarding, conference calling, call blocking and call waiting

Messaging Services

   SMS, MMS and voice messaging (which allows customers to send pictures, audio and video to mobile phones and to e-mails), and mobile instant messaging

Content/infotainment services

   Voice services (including referral services); content downloadable to telephone (including music, pictures, games and video); RBT and SMS services (including information services such as news, weather, entertainment chats and friend finder)

Mobile financial services

   Mobile payment, banking card, trusted payment, banks notification and mobile insurance

Wireless Internet access

   Access is offered through GPRS/EDGE, 3G/HSPA and 4G/LTE
   Special wireless “Plug&Play” USB modems, which provide our customers with a convenient tool for internet access
   Information and content services (such as weather forecasts or horoscopes)
   Mobile television and video streaming
   Google Play Carrier Billing (offering certain Google products and payment through a customer’s mobile account)
   Apple Carrier Billing (offering App Store, iTunes and Apple products and payment through a customer’s mobile account)
   Windows Phone Store Billing (offering Windows Phone Store products and payment through a customer’s mobile account)
   Unstructured supplementary services data menu (a self-help and entertainment portal)
   DSTK portal (a self-help and entertainment portal)
   IVR portal (information and content services portal)

 

50


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

   SMS services, Bee Number requests (information and content services provider)
   Mobile portal (browsing, entertainment and information services provider)
   SMS, voice and Unstructured Supplementary Service Data technology through which third party content is provided

M2M/IoT

   M2M refers to direct communication between devices using any communications channel, including wired and wireless. M2M communication can range from industrial instrumentation, enabling a sensor or meter to communicate the data it records (such as temperature, inventory level, etc.) to application software. Such communication was originally accomplished by having a remote network of machines relay information back to a central hub for analysis, which would then be rerouted into a system like a personal computer. More recent M2M communication has changed into a system of networks that transmits data to personal appliances. The expansion of IP networks around the world has made M2M communication quicker and easier while using less power. These networks also allow new business opportunities for consumers and suppliers.
   IoT is the internetworking of physical devices, vehicles (also referred to as “connected devices” and “smart devices”), buildings, and other items—embedded with electronics, software, sensors, actuators, and network connectivity that enable these objects to collect and exchange data.
   We offer a M2M Control Center solution for all M2M/IoT verticals based on the global Cisco Jasper cloud solution. The product consists of special M2M SIM-cards, API, and a multi-functional web-interface.

Geo-positioning services

   Beeline Business provides geo-positioning and compass service for fleet and assets management via GPS/GLONASS with special devices (trackers) or with smartphones and tablets. We intend to continue developing these services for more accurate geo-positioning and big data information and to create tasks and task management for end-users via mobile apps.

Corporate SMS services

   We provide direct connection to SMS centers for large companies and aggregators. We continued with the project of reducing spam SMS messages received by our customers in 2016 and made significant progress, as the average number of spam SMS per month is below one, as of December 31, 2016.

Fixed Mobile Convergence

   Beeline Business offers FMC services to corporate clients providing use of their mobile phone as an extension of their PBX. We provide these services in 76 cities in Russia.

Mobile Cloud Solutions

   We are also continuing to develop our cloud product portfolio and there are several cloud solutions (such as MSO 365, Megaplan and 1C Counting) that we launched in 2015.

 

51


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

MVNO services

   MVNO is a wireless communications services provider that does not own the wireless network infrastructure over which the MVNO provides services to its customers. An MVNO enters into a business agreement with a mobile network operator to obtain bulk access to network services at wholesale rates, and then sets retail prices independently. An MVNO may use its own customer service, billing support systems, marketing, and sales personnel, or it could employ the services of a mobile virtual network enabler (MVNE).
   Since 2014, SIM TELECOM has sold our tariff plans for non-residents and expatriates in Russia under the SIM SIM brand. As part of the agreement, we acquired a 50.3% controlling interest in SIM TELECOM. SIM SIM is the first national MVNO within our network in Russia and it has launched new tariff plans and services (including translation, transportation and legal assistance services) for expatriates in Russia. In March 2016, we announced an agreement with SIM TELECOM to launch Russia’s first expatriate MVNO customer solution.

Mobile Bundles. Tiered data-plans provide smartphone customers with data, voice and SMS packages. In 2016, we focused on a new simplified tariff portfolio with competitive prices in combination with transparent services. In addition to Shared Data Services and Shared Everything Bundle Service, offering the option of multiple SIM cards for one account, in 2016 we launched the FMC proposal “All in one” for B2C prepaid subscribers combining FTTB internet and IPTV mobile services into one bundle.

Distribution.

Our primary sales channels in Russia consist of monobrand, multibrand and national partners. Monobrand channels constituted 18% of the channel mix as of December 31, 2016. The number of owned retail monobrand stores was 1,499 as of December 31, 2016, as compared to 1,455 owned retail monobrand stores as of December 31, 2015.

In the second quarter of 2016, we stopped the closure of certain franchise stores, which were due to close as a result of the difficult economic situation in Russia. In addition, a new franchise model was developed and launched. The “Plug&Play” franchise model represents a fully packaged solution, with a store opening process managed by PJSC VimpelCom.

As of December 31, 2016, the number of franchise stores was 2,069, compared to 2,044 as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, we had 144 “Know How” stores, and 56 “Know How” stores in a new format of multibrand stores with regional dealers, compared to 117 “Know How” stores and 34 stores in a new format of multibrand stores as of December 31, 2015.

Additionally, in 2016, we reached an agreement with Svyaznoy, a national mobile retailer, focused on the distribution of complex products, such as tariff packages and fixed and mobile convergence. B2B agents were shifted to the B2C segment, creating a separate multibrand channel along with regional dealers and alternative retail. We also increased the number of regional dealers to manage this channel. Sales of tariff packages increased for all channels by 4%, reaching 11% in the sales mix.

We also reevaluated trade conditions in all channels in order to stimulate high quality sales in the B2C segment. Fixed salaries were shifted to trade commission arrangements, to motivate partners and salespeople through increased revenue-sharing. Additionally, we launched the “Need for sales 2.0” program, aimed at stimulating upsell (based on the value-based index).

 

52


Table of Contents

Specialized customer care.

The Beeline brand continued to enhance customer service to improve its NPS and reduce the number of calls to call centers in 2016. The NPS is an indicator that correlates loyalty and growth levels. We implemented “clever customer segmentation” for B2C mobile clients in call centers, which allowed us to focus on the main customer segments from a business and service perspective. In addition, we carried out a root cause analysis of the reasons for calls to our call centers, which helped us to implement more than 100 initiatives in all our businesses (B2C, B2B and FTTB and IPTV) with the aim of providing our clients with better service. Several incentives were taken to transfer requests of our customers from traditional voice channels to digitalized text channels. The successful mobile self-service application for iOS, Android and WindowsPhone, which allows customers to manage all charged Beeline services, has been downloaded over 10 million times and the monthly active base doubled during 2016, reaching over 3 million active customers per month, as of December 31, 2016. The launch of a chat function with a customer service agent in our mobile application tripled our requests received through chat, to 450, 000 requests per month as of December 2016. Further steps towards digitalization include pilots of Visual IVR, a platform that guides inbound smartphone callers to a web-based support experience, thus personalizing the support journey for customers already on their way to an operator at a call center, and Bots, a software robot that converses in natural language, provides necessary information and answers clients’ questions like a call center operator. Apart from these pilots, all products go through usability and user acceptance tests (“UAT”) during the “analysis-design” stage before launch, to address any design or IT changes, which ensures their quality, transparency and functionality.

The customer experience team is involved in designing customer journeys and product notifications within the Business Support System scope, which is expected to be launched in 2017. Customer care tools (such as “Voice of Customer,” which is currently gathering feedback from clients in various channels) are being used in order to develop the Beeline network by highlighting “white spots” (areas with considerable amount of complaints on network quality and where tower construction is in demand). All these measures helped to raise NPS in 2015 and 2016 and increase the gap between us and our nearest competitor in Russia.

Competition—Mobile Business in Russia

According to Analysys Mason, there were approximately 257 million mobile customers in Russia as of December 31, 2016, compared to 251.4 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 177.2%, an increase from 172.4% as of December 31, 2015.

The following table shows our and our primary mobile competitors’ respective customer numbers in Russia as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers
(in millions)
 

MTS

     79.6  

MegaFon

     75.6  

PJSC VimpelCom

     58.3  

Tele2

     41.4  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

Mobile Business in Pakistan

Description—Mobile Services in Pakistan

Pakistan is mainly a 2G market; however, 3G is growing following its launch in 2014. We operate in Pakistan through our operating company, Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited (“PMCL”) and our brand, “Jazz,” which is the historic Mobilink brand together with the newly merged Warid brand. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger.” In 2016, PMCL had launched 3G services in over 350 towns and cities and 4G/LTE services in 30 cities.

 

53


Table of Contents

In Pakistan, we offer our customers mobile telecommunications services under postpaid and prepaid plans. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 98.3% of our customers in Pakistan were on prepaid plans and approximately 1.7% of our customers in Pakistan were on postpaid plans.

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Pakistan.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad

Basic VAS Package

   Caller-ID, voicemail, call forwarding, conference calling, call blocking and call waiting

Messaging Services

   SMS, MMS (which allows customers to send pictures, audio and video to mobile phones and to e-mail), and mobile instant messaging

Content/chat/infotainment services

   Music; live audio streaming; infotainment services for religious, sports, comedy, quotes, news, weather and other content; and IVR Chat

Data access services

   On GPRS, EDGE and 3G

RBT

   Customized ring back tones

Mobile Financial Services)

   Mobile payment, banking card, trusted payment, banks notification and mobile insurance

Roaming

   In Pakistan, as of December 31, 2016, we had active roaming agreements with 287 GSM networks in 150 countries, covering a number of countries in Europe, Asia, North America, South America, Australia and Africa. Additionally, we provided GPRS roaming with 194 networks in 105 countries and CAMEL roaming through 61 networks in 42 countries. Generally, each agreement with roaming partners provides that the operator hosting the roaming call sends us a bill for the roaming services used by our customer while on the host’s network. We pay the host operator for the roaming services and bill the amount due for the provision of roaming services on our customer’s monthly bill.

Mobile Bundles. We offer bundled offers on 4G/LTE, 3G and 2G networks. In 2016, we focused on a technology agnostic mobile internet portfolio. Apart from pure internet bundles, we also provide hybrid bundles, which include voice and SMS and can be individually created according to customer needs.

Distribution. In Pakistan, we offer a portfolio of tariffs and products designed to cater to the needs of specific market segments, including mass-market customers, youth customers, personal contract customers, SOHOs (with one to five employees), SMEs (with six to 50 employees) and enterprises (with more than 50 employees). We offer corporate customers several postpaid plan bundles, which include on-net minutes, variable discounts for closed user groups and follow-up minutes based on bundle commitment. As of December 31, 2016, our sales channels in Pakistan include eight company stores, 21 business centers, a direct sales force of 208 employees, 350 exclusive franchise stores, 230 contractual direct-selling representatives, and over 212,000

 

54


Table of Contents

non-exclusive third party retailers. For top-up, we offer prepaid scratch cards and electronic recharge options, which are distributed through the same channels. Jazz brand SIMs are sold through more than 30,000 retailers, supported by biometric verification devices.

Biometric verification. Following various terrorist attacks, the Government of Pakistan introduced Standard Operating Procedures (“SOP”) in 2015 requiring all mobile operators to re-verify their entire customer base through biometric verification, with the exception of SIM cards issued in the names of companies for use by employees. For our subsidiary in Pakistan, this involved the re-verification of more than 38 million SIM cards, and SIM cards that could not be verified had to be blocked by the operators. As a result of the re-verification, the Mobilink brand (now Jazz) lost customers, retaining 87% of its subscriber base.

Competition—Mobile Business in Pakistan

The following table shows our and our competitors’ respective customer numbers in Pakistan as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers in
Pakistan

(in millions)
 

PMCL (“Jazz”) (Mobilink and Warid)

     51.6  

Telenor Pakistan

     39.5  

Zong

     26.9  

Ufone

     18.6  

 

Source: The Pakistan Telecommunication Authority for all companies except PMCL.

According to the PTA, there were approximately 136.5 million mobile customers in Pakistan as of December 31, 2016, compared to 125.9 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015, representing a mobile teledensity of approximately 69.8%, an increase from 65.3% as of December 31, 2015.

Mobile Business in Algeria

Description—Mobile Business in Algeria

The mobile industry in Algeria has grown rapidly over the past ten years as a result of increased demand by individuals and newly-created private businesses and the expansion of the Algerian economy. Innovative services and declining tariffs have made mobile services more appealing to the mass-market customer segment, while advertising, marketing and distribution activities, as well as improved service quality and coverage, have led to increased public awareness of, and access to, the mobile telecommunications market.

We operate in Algeria through our operating company, Optimum, and our brand, “Djezzy.” In October 2016, Optimum launched 4G/LTE services in Algeria and, by the end of 2016, had expanded these services to 20 provinces (out of 48 wilayas (provinces)) across the country, including Algiers, and the largest provinces in terms of population. In Algeria, we generally offer our customers mobile telecommunications services under prepaid and postpaid plans. As of December 31, 2016, prepaid, postpaid and hybrid (a monthly fee with recharge possibility) customers represented approximately 92.2%, 3.0% and 4.8%, respectively, of our customers in Algeria.

OTA is owned 45.6% by our subsidiary, GTH, and 51% in a non-controlling interest by the Algerian National Investment Fund. The establishment of this partnership in January 2015 strengthened OTA’s position and prospects, with greater opportunities for our operations in Algeria. VEON Ltd. will continue to exercise operational control over OTA and, as a result, will continue to fully consolidate OTA, which holds 99.99% of Optimum. During the course of 2016, the operating company in Algeria changed from OTA to Optimum. Historical references to our operating company in Algeria have therefore been retained as OTA throughout this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

55


Table of Contents

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Algeria.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad

Roaming

   Total extranet retail roaming revenues generated abroad by outgoing voice calls and extranet roaming retail subscription fees for all services

Wireless internet

   Provided through GPRS, EDGE, 3G and 4G/LTE technology. Customers can use data services both as pay-per-use and through a bundle

Mobile financial services

   P2P credit transfer and credit loan

Basic VAS Package

   Caller-ID, call forwarding, conference calling, call blocking, and call waiting

Messaging Services

   SMS, MMS (which allows customers to send pictures, audio and video to mobile phones and to e-mail), and mobile instant messaging

Content/chat/infotainment services

   Sports related services, religious content, taxi applications and e-learning for customers

Data access services

   On GPRS and EDGE, 3G and 4G/LTE

RBT

   Customized ring back tones

Distribution . We sell our mobile telecommunications services through indirect channels (distributors) and through our “Djezzy” branded shops, with a total own “Djezzy” shops and indirect points of sales of 2,098 as of December 31, 2016, of which 95 are monobrand own shops rented, equipped, staffed and managed by Optimum, including 1,102 shops equipped with IT material and sales applications. Our nine exclusive national distributors cover all 48 wilayas (provinces) of Algeria and are distributing our products through over 70,000 points of sale, of which 57,000 are authorized to sell airtime and 13,000 of which are authorized to sell SIMs. As of December 31, 2016, we also had a pool of more than 100 agents in call centers, who focus on customer care, including retention, troubleshooting and handling complaints. This pool of agents combines a series of insourced and outsourced agents that are directly managed by Optimum in three languages (Arabic, French and Amazigh). We provide customer support for the Djezzy brand through our call centers, which are open 24 hours a day and seven days a week. During 2016, Optimum continued to enhance the quality of its customer service by auditing and addressing agent performance in several major cities, including Algiers, Oran, Constantine and Annaba.

Competition—Mobile Business in Algeria

The following table shows our and our competitors’ respective customer numbers in Algeria as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers in
Algeria
(in millions)
 

Optimum (“Djezzy”)

     16.3  

Mobilis

     15.5  

Ooredoo

     13.8  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

 

56


Table of Contents

According to Analysys Mason, there were approximately 45.5 million mobile customers in Algeria as of December 31, 2016, compared to 44.4 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 110.8%, an increase from 110.1% as of December 31, 2015.

Customer growth in Algeria’s mobile market is expected to slow, and attention is expected to shift to maintaining or improving the average revenue per user, supported by data revenue growth after the commercial launch of 3G and 4G/LTE networks.

Mobile Business in Bangladesh

Description—Mobile Business in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is still primarily a 2G market; however, 3G is growing rapidly following the launch of 3G services in Bangladesh in October 2013. The expanding 3G network is expected to increase ARPU as the use of the internet grows, with improving data speed presenting a significant opportunity for mobile operators in Bangladesh to increase their market shares in significant urban centers.

We operate through our operating company, Banglalink Digital Communications Limited and our brand “banglalink” in Bangladesh. Recent revenue growth is mainly driven by data, while voice revenue has started to decline in Bangladesh.

The telecommunications market in Bangladesh is largely comprised of prepaid customers. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 93.0% of our customers in Bangladesh were on prepaid plans and approximately 7.0% were on postpaid plans.

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Bangladesh.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad

Basic VAS Package

   Call forwarding, conference calling, call blocking, call waiting, caller line identification presentation, call me back and voicemail missed call alert

Messaging Services

   SMS, MMS (which allows customers to send pictures, audio and video to mobile phones and to e-mail) and mobile instant messaging

Content/chat/infotainment services

   News alert service, sports related content, job alerts, music streaming, mobile TV, content download, religious content and agricultural helpline

RBT

   Customized ring back tones

Wireless internet access

   Provided through GPRS, EDGE and 3G technology. Customers can use data services both as pay-per-use and through a bundle

Roaming

   In Bangladesh, we have active roaming agreements covering a number of countries in Europe, Asia, North America, South America, Australia and Africa. As of December 31, 2016, BDCL had active roaming agreements with 445 GSM networks in 165 countries and provided GPRS roaming with 328 networks in 121 countries, in addition to maritime roaming and in-flight roaming

 

57


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

   with Emirates Airlines and Malaysian Airlines. Generally, each agreement with roaming partners provides that the operator hosting the roaming call sends us a bill for the roaming services used by our customer while on the host’s network. We pay the host operator for the roaming services and bill the amount due for the provision of roaming services on our customer’s monthly bill.

Mobile financial services

   Provides convenient financial services like mobile-based utility bill payments, train ticketing, international remittance disbursements. Also, we partner with leading mobile financial service operators through providing Unstructured Supplementary Service Data and distribution network and Bangladesh Post Office to provide a mobile money order service

Distribution . As of December 31, 2016, our sales and distribution channels in Bangladesh included 10 company stores, a direct sales force of 76 enterprise sales managers and 88 zonal sales managers for mass market retail sales channels, 43 monobrand stores, 33,465 retail SIM outlets, 209,553 top-up selling outlets, online sales channels, and 600 banglalink brand service points. BDCL provides an i-top up service through mobile financial services. The banglalink brand provides customer support through its call center, which is open 24 hours a day and seven days a week. The banglalink brand also provides digital customer care support through the banglalink app and the “banglalink mela” Facebook page. The call center also includes a corporate customer service team that focuses on corporate customers and SMEs. Expansion of the call center is underway to ensure a high level of customer service as the customer base grows. BDCL has established credit control and collection teams to improve invoice recovery rates.

In order to stimulate mobile phones and smartphones penetration, we offer our customers a broad selection of handsets and internet-capable devices, which we source from a number of suppliers, in the case of purchase-sale models, and we offer banglalink branded internet through reverse-bundle model in device partners’ channels.

Competition—Mobile Business in Bangladesh

The following table shows our and our competitors’ respective customer numbers in Bangladesh as of December 31, 2016.

 

Operator

   Customers in
Bangladesh
(in millions)
 

Grameenphone

     58.0  

Robi

     33.8  

BDCL (“banglalink”)

     30.4  

Teletalk

     2.6  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

The mobile telecommunications market in Bangladesh is highly competitive. The top three mobile operators, Grameenphone, BDCL (“banglalink”) and Robi, collectively held approximately 91.2% of the mobile market in Bangladesh as of October 31, 2016, according to the Bangladesh Telecommunications Regulatory Commission. According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 124.8 million customers in Bangladesh, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 75.7% compared to 133.2 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of 82.0% in 2015.

 

58


Table of Contents

Mobile Business in Ukraine

Description—Mobile Business in Ukraine

We operate in Ukraine with our operating company “Kyivstar” JSC and our brand, “Kyivstar.” The Ukrainian mobile market operates on a 2G and 3G basis.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately 90.0% of our customers in Ukraine were on prepaid plans and approximately 10.0% of our customers in Ukraine were on postpaid plans.

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Ukraine.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad

Basic VAS Package

   Caller-ID; voicemail; call forwarding; conference calling; call blocking and call waiting

Messaging Services

   SMS; MMS; voice messaging and SMS services (including information services such as news, weather, entertainment chats and friend finder)

Content/infotainment services

   Voice services (including referral services); content downloadable to telephone (including music, pictures, games and video); and RBT

Mobile financial services

   Mobile payment; banking card; trusted payment; banks notification and mobile insurance

Internet access

   Access is offered through GPRS/EDGE and 3G

Roaming

   As of December 31, 2016, the “Kyivstar” brand provided voice roaming on 465 networks in 197 countries, GPRS roaming on 398 networks in 165 countries and 3G roaming on 173 networks in 89 countries.

Distribution. “Kyivstar” JSC’s strategy is to maintain a leadership position by using the following distribution channels: distributors (43% of all connections), local chains (17%), national chains (16%), monobrand stores (11%), direct sales (7%) and active sales (6%). In order to avoid possible price pressure from core distributors, one of our strategic priorities is to invest in our own monobrand stores. As of December 31, 2016, the number of owned retail monobrand stores was 393 as compared to 366 stores as of December 31, 2015.

Mobile Bundles . “Kyivstar” JSC offers bundles including combinations of voice, SMS and MMS, mobile data and OTT services.

Competition—Mobile Business in Ukraine

The following table shows our and our primary mobile competitors’ respective customer numbers in Ukraine as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers
(in millions)
 

“Kyivstar” JSC

     26.1  

MTS Ukraine

     20.9  

Lifecell

     9.2  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

 

59


Table of Contents

“Kyivstar” JSC competes primarily with MTS Ukraine, operating under the Vodafone brand, which is 100% owned by MTS and operates a GSM900/1800 network in Ukraine. “Kyivstar” JSC also competes with Lifecell, as well as with Trimob, a 100% affiliate company of Ukrtelecom to provide services under a 3G license, and with other small CDMA operators.

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 59.2 million customers in Ukraine, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 136.5% compared to 59.2 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of 138.3% in 2015.

Mobile Business in Uzbekistan

Description of Mobile Business in Uzbekistan

In Uzbekistan, we operate through our operating company, LLC “Unitel,” and our brand, “Beeline.” We offer our customers mobile telecommunications services under postpaid and prepaid plans. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 97.6% of our customers in Uzbekistan were on prepaid plans and approximately 2.4% of our customers in Uzbekistan were on postpaid plans.

The table below presents the primary mobile telecommunications services we offer in Uzbekistan.

 

Service

  

Description

Voice Services

   Includes airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees for a predefined amount of voice traffic and roaming fees for airtime charges when customers travel abroad

Basic VAS Package

   Caller-ID, voicemail, call forwarding, conference calling, call blocking and call waiting

Call Completion

   GSM service that is provided by Unitel in 2G and 3G networks throughout Uzbekistan. Call duration for one session is limited for 40 minutes.

Messaging Services

   SMS, MMS, voice messaging and SMS services (including information services such as news, weather, entertainment chats and friend finder)

Content/chat/infotainment services

   Voice services (including referral services), content downloadable to telephone (including music, pictures, games and video), and RBT

Mobile financial services

   Mobile payment, banking card, trusted payment, our own payment system “Beepul,” mobile transfer

Internet access

   Access is offered through GPRS/EDGE/3G/4G/LTE networks. Our 3G/HSPA services were commercially launched in 2008, and the majority of the network was constructed in 2010. Our 4G/LTE services were commercially launched in 2014. Unitel was the first Mobile Operator who has provided 4G/LTE services.

Roaming

   We have active roaming agreements covering a number of countries in Europe, Asia, North America, South America, Australia and Africa. As of December 31, 2016, we had active roaming agreements with 489 GSM networks in 185 countries and provided GPRS roaming with 380 networks in 162 countries and CAMEL roaming through 237 networks in 108 countries. Generally, each agreement with roaming partners provides that the operator hosting the roaming call sends us a bill for the roaming services used by our customer while on the host’s network. We pay the host operator for the roaming services and bill the amount due for the provision of roaming services on our customer’s monthly bill.

 

60


Table of Contents

Mobile Bundles. We offer bundled tariff plans, which may differ by types or volume of traffic, duration (daily, weekly, and monthly), region or charge type. Currently, we provide data bundles consisting of different types of traffic volume, charge and duration and integrated bundles consisting of traditional voice with SMS and data traffic.

Distribution. In Uzbekistan, we offer a portfolio of tariffs and products for the prepaid system designed to cater to the needs of specific market segments, including mass-market customers, youth customers and high value contract customers. Further, we have the following four segments in our postpaid system: Large Accounts, Business to Government, SME and SOHO. We have own offices and monobrand own stores in an amount of 28 points of sale, exclusive stores in amount of 707 points of sale and multibrand stores in an amount of 1,348 points of sales.

Competition—Mobile Business in Uzbekistan

The following table shows our and our primary mobile competitors’ respective customers in Uzbekistan as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers
(in millions)
 

LLC “Unitel”

     9.5  

Ucell

     9.1  

UMS

     1.6  

UzMobile

     0.7  

Perfectum

     0.3  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 21.2 million mobile customers in Uzbekistan, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 66.5% compared to 20.6 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of 65.4% in 2015. The relatively low mobile penetration rate is primarily caused by the single-SIM profile of most Uzbek mobile subscribers.

Mobile Business in Others

Description of Mobile Services in Others

In the countries in Others, we generally offer our customers mobile telecommunications services under prepaid and postpaid plans. As of December 31, 2016, we had the following percentages of prepaid and postpaid customers:

 

Payment Plan

   Kazakhstan     Kyrgyzstan     Armenia     Tajikistan     Georgia     Laos  

Prepaid

     95.9     96.5     87.9     99.9     99.7     97.0

Postpaid

     4.1     3.5     12.1     0.03     0.3     3.0

Call Completion and VAS. In the countries in Others, we offer the same call completion and VAS as in Russia (except for location based services).

 

61


Table of Contents

Roaming . In the countries in Others, we have roaming arrangements with a number of other networks, which vary by country of our operation. The table below presents the material roaming agreements in each of the countries included in the Others category.

 

Country

  

Roaming Agreements (as of December 31, 2016)

Kazakhstan

   Voice roaming on 595 networks in 191 countries
   GPRS roaming on 470 networks in 162 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 282 networks in 108 countries

Kyrgyzstan

   Voice roaming on 423 networks in 128 countries
   GPRS roaming on 236 networks in 90 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 170 networks in 74 countries

Armenia

   Voice roaming on 421 networks in 174 countries
   GPRS roaming on 327 networks in 134 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 222 networks in 103 countries
   3G roaming on 278 networks in 122 countries
   4G/LTE roaming on 15 networks in 13 countries

Tajikistan

   3G roaming on 160 networks in 77 countries
   Voice roaming on 212 networks in 88 countries
   GPRS roaming on 192 networks in 83 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 119 networks in 64 countries

Georgia

   Voice roaming on 212 networks in 88 countries
   GPRS roaming on 170 networks in 79 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 120 networks in 60 countries

Laos

   Voice roaming on 410 networks in 138 countries
   GPRS roaming on 225 networks in 72 countries
   CAMEL roaming on 50 networks in 25 countries

Generally, each agreement with roaming partners provides that the operator hosting the roaming call sends us a bill for the roaming services used by our customer while on the host’s network. We pay the host operator for the roaming services and bill the amount due for the provision of roaming services on our customer’s monthly bill.

Wireless Internet Services

We have promotional zero-zones for major local and international social networks in each of these countries to lower the entry barrier for new data users and stimulate consumption for existing ones. We also focus on smartphone penetration growth in each of these countries as the major source of effective demand for our mobile internet services.

Distribution—Mobile Business in Others

We distribute our products in Others through owned monobranded stores, franchises and other distribution channels. As of December 31, 2016, we had 227 total stores (monobranded, franchised and other distribution channels such as modules, multibrand, direct-delivery and electronic stores) in Kazakhstan, 67 stores in Kyrgyzstan, 76 stores in Armenia, 57 stores in Tajikistan, 36 stores in Georgia and 5 stores in Laos.

 

62


Table of Contents

Competition—Mobile Business in Others

Kazakhstan

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 25.6 million customers in Kazakhstan, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 143.0%, compared to 25.9 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 147.1% in 2015. We held the second position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Kyrgyzstan

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 7.8 million customers in Kyrgyzstan, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 134.5%, compared to 7.6 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 132.7% in 2015. We held the second position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Armenia

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 3.6 million customers in Armenia, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 119.4%, compared to 3.6 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 120.0% in 2015. We held the second position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Tajikistan

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 9.8 million customers in Tajikistan, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 110.1%, compared to 10.5 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 120.5% in 2015. We held the fourth position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Georgia

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 5.4 million customers in Georgia, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 134.8%, compared to 5.4 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 136.1% in 2015. We held the third position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Laos

The Lao telecommunication market is strictly regulated by fixed price floors and limited promotion periods. The impact of these regulations has primarily been on VimpelCom Lao’s ability to offer customer-friendly priced services, such as promotions and discounts, in comparison to local competitors.

According to Analysys Mason, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 4.6 million customers in Laos, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 64.4%, compared to 4.7 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 66.4% in 2015. We held the fourth position in the market in 2016, according to Analysys Mason.

Our Fixed-line Telecommunications and Our Fixed-line Internet Business

We offer voice, data and internet services to corporations, operators and consumers using a metropolitan overlay network in major cities throughout Russia, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. In our fixed-line/mobile integrated business structure in Russia, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, fixed-line telecommunications use inter-city fiber optic and satellite-based networks.

 

63


Table of Contents

In Armenia, our fixed-line business offers a wide range of services, including PSTN-fixed and IP telephony, internet, data transmission and network access, domestic and international voice termination and TCP/IP international transit, over our national networks. In Kazakhstan, the fixed-line business offers range of services for B2O, B2B and B2C segments.

In Pakistan, we offer internet and value added services (“VAS”) over a wide range of access media, covering major cities of Pakistan but we do not report customer numbers and other data on our fixed-line business in Pakistan, as we do with Russia, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, because the fixed-line business in Pakistan is not material to our overall business.

We do not offer fixed-line services in Algeria, Bangladesh, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Laos or Georgia.

The table below presents the primary fixed-line telecommunications services we offer to our customers as of December 31, 2016.

 

Fixed-Line Service Description

   Russia      Pakistan      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      Other
Countries
 

Business and Corporate Services, providing a wide range of telecommunications and information technology and data center services to companies and high-end residential buildings

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes (1)  

Carrier and Operator Services, which provide consolidated management of our relationship with other carriers and operators. The two main areas of focus in this line of business are: (i) generating revenue by providing a specific range of telecommunications services to other mobile and fixed-line operators and ISPs in Russia and worldwide and (ii) optimizing costs and ensuring the quality of our long distance voice, internet and data services to and from customers of other telecommunications operators and service providers worldwide by means of interconnection agreements

     Yes        Yes        Yes        No        No  

Consumer Internet Services, which provide fixed-line telephony, internet access and home phone services (on a VoIP and copper wire basis)

     Yes        Yes        No        Yes        Yes (1)  

Consumer Voice Offerings

     Yes        No        No        Yes        Yes (1)  

Corporate Voice Offerings, which provide fixed-line voice services, data services, VAS and connectivity services to corporate customers, including large corporate customers, SMEs and SOHOs

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes (1)  

Internet and Data Services, which provide internet and data transmission services to both consumer and corporate customers

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes (1)  

 

(1) For a description of the fixed-line services we offer in Armenia and Kazakhstan, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Description of Our Business—Fixed-line Business in Others.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Fixed-line Business in Russia

Description of Fixed-line Services in Russia

Business Operations in Russia

In Russia, we provide a wide range of telecommunication and information technology and data center services, such as network access and hardware and software solutions, including configuration and maintenance, SaaS and an integrated managed service. We operate a number of competitive local exchange carriers that own and operate fully digital overlay networks in a number of major Russian cities. Our services cover all major population centers in Russia.

Our customers range from large multinational corporate groups and government clients to small and medium enterprises and high-end residential buildings in major cities throughout Russia.

The table below presents the primary fixed-line telecommunications services we offer to our customers in Russia as of December 31, 2016.

 

Fixed-Line Services

  

Description

Local Access Services

   We provide business customers with local access services by connecting the customers’ premises to our own fiber network, which interconnects to the local public switched telephone network in major metropolitan areas in Russia.

International and Domestic Long Distance Services

   These services are offered via our Fixed Technological Network (FTN), which covers the entire territory of Russia and also includes eight international communications transit nodes across Russia.
   We provide International and Domestic Long Distance Services primarily through our FTN, proprietary and leased capacity between major Russian cities and through interconnection with zonal networks and incumbent networks. We also offer very small aperture terminal satellite services to customers located in remote areas.

Dedicated Internet and

Data Services

   We provide our business customers with dedicated access to the internet through our access and backbone networks. We also offer traditional and high-speed data communications services to business customers who require wide area networks (“WANs”) to link geographically dispersed computer networks.
   We also provide private line channels that can be used for both voice and data applications.

Leased Channels

   We provide corporate clients with the ability to rent leased channels with different high speed capacities, which are dedicated lines of data transmission.

Intellectual and Value Added

Services

   Our company offers an increasing range of value added services, including toll free (800) numbers, virtual PSTN number, SIP connection, data center services, such as co-location, web hosting, audio conference, domain registration and corporate mail services. We also offer access to a variety of financial information services, including access to the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“S.W.I.F.T.”) and all Russian stock exchanges.

 

65


Table of Contents

Fixed-Line Services

  

Description

Fixed Corporate and Cloud Services

   We offer to our corporate customers IPTV services, certain Microsoft Office packages (including SaaS), web-videoconferencing services (based on Cisco WebEx and TelePresence technologies) and sale, rental and technical support for telecommunications equipment. Our company is the first telecommunications operator in Russia authorized by Microsoft to resell cloud service MS Office 365.
   In 2014, we launched a portal for cloud services on www.beeline.ru. The portal will be extended with other cloud services of third parties and with existing Beeline products.

Managed Services

   We offer our corporate clients packages of integrated services that include fixed-line telephony and internet access, along with additional services such as virtual PBX, and security services, such as firewall, distributed denial of service protection and local area network. This product allows customers to access their systems from various locations.
   We offer and deploy managed Wi-Fi networks (indoor and outdoor) on a client’s site (office, restaurant, shops etc.) based on IEEE 802.11b/g/n/ac wireless technology. We can offer VAS services such as SSID customization, first page customization, filtering, forwarding to the predefined page, advertisement allocation, statistic offering, and limitation of time and data level.

Equipment Sales

   We offer equipment manufactured by Cisco Systems, Alcatel-Lucent, Avaya, Panasonic, Huawei and other manufacturers. As part of our turnkey approach, we also offer custom solutions and services for the life cycle of the equipment, including its design, configuration, installation, consulting and maintenance.

Mobile VPN

   We offer our corporate clients secure remote access to corporate information, databases and corporate applications. Remote access is available from different mobile devices, including USB modems, tablets and smartphones.

IP Addresses

   We provide to our corporate customers IP address services, which help to identify devices connected to mobile internet or a corporate network.

Wholesale Operations in Russia

Our carrier and operator services division in Russia provides a range of carrier and operator services, including voice, internet and data transmission over our own networks and roaming services.

Voice Services. For international operators, we provide call termination to fixed-line and mobile destinations in Russia, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan and Baltic states. For operators in Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, we provide call termination to Russian and international fixed-line and mobile destinations. For Russian operators, we provide international, domestic, zonal and local voice call transmission services.

Internet Services . Our carrier and operator services division provides IP transit service to operators throughout the world. International operators require connectivity to the Russian internet segment. In addition, our carrier and operator services division provides data center services to content providers.

Data Services . We offer three types of data services: private networks, local access, and domestic and international channels.

 

66


Table of Contents

We have our own local network nodes in the majority of business and trade centers in the largest cities of Russia.

We have interconnection agreements with international global data network operators who provide a one-stop shop concept for worldwide data network services for multinational companies. Under these interconnection agreements, we provide MPLS-based IP VPN, local, domestic and international private lines, equipment and equipment maintenance in Russia.

We also provide high-speed domestic and international channels to international and Russian operators to sell excess backbone network capacity.

Fixed-line Broadband Internet Access.

In Russia, we offer fixed-line broadband internet access. One of our strategic goals is to develop broadband services based on the most up-to-date engineering solutions.

In 2016, we launched FMC product services in all branches in Russia. As of December 31, 2016 we had more than 500,000 FMC customers. FMC greatly increased MNP portations and decreased churn.

FTTB Operations

Currently the Beeline FTTB IPTV product is run in seven out of eight super-regions of Russia. We provide IPTV services in 135 cities in 35 regions of Russia, and as of December 31, 2016, we had more than 1.0 million IPTV customers.

Fixed-Line Residential Operations

xDSL Services. For xDSL services, we offer an unlimited tariff plan, and tariff plans that depend on connection speed.

Pay TV (cable TV) Services. We offer two tariff plans: “Social” for customers who need basic TV channels, which includes 10-15 TV channels, and “Commercial,” which includes 45-55 TV channels. As of December 31, 2016, we had more than 44,000 customers including both “Social” and “Commercial” customers.

Distribution—Fixed-Line Business in Russia

We utilize a direct sales force in Moscow, operating both with fixed-line and mobile corporate customers and supported by specialists in technical sales support, marketing, customer service and end-user training. In addition, we employ a team of regional sales managers and a dedicated sales force in each of our regional branch offices, as well as having sales incentive plans with our regional partners.

Competition—Fixed-Line Business in Russia

Business Operations

Our fixed-line telecommunications business marketed as “Beeline Business” competes principally on the basis of convergent services and bundles, installation time, network quality, geographical network reach, customer service, range of services offered and price. We face significant competition from other service providers, including:

 

   

Rostelecom, the state-controlled telecommunications company, for services in St. Petersburg and all regional cities in Russia;

 

   

MTS, for services to corporate customers and the SME market;

 

67


Table of Contents
   

TransTelecom, owned by Russian Railways, for corporate data network services across Russia;

 

   

Orange Business, for corporate data network services, convergent mobile and fixed-line services; and

 

   

MegaFon, which provides convergent mobile and fixed-line services.

Wholesale Operations

For voice services, our main competitors are the long distance carriers Rostelecom, TransTelecom and OJSC “Multiregional TransitTelecom.” For voice services, our main competitors are the long distance carriers Rostelecom, TransTelecom and OJSC “Multiregional TransitTelecom.”

Residential and Fiber–To–The–Building (FTTB) Operations

In terms of end-user internet penetration, the consumer internet access business in Russia is already saturated and end-user internet penetration is high.

Competition for customers in Russia is intense and we expect it to increase in the future as a result of wider market penetration, consolidation of the industry, the growth of current operators and the appearance of new technologies, products and services. As a result of increasing competition, internet providers are utilizing new marketing efforts (for example, aggressive price promotions) in order to retain existing customers and attract new ones.

Our main competitors in the fixed-line broadband market in Russia are Rostelecom, MTS and its subsidiaries, Avado, Err-Telecom, NetbyNet and various local home network providers. Competition is based primarily on network coverage, pricing plans, internet connection speed, services quality, customer service level, brand identity and a range of value added and other customer services offered.

Fixed-line Business in Pakistan

Description of Fixed-Line Services in Pakistan

Our fixed-line business in Pakistan includes internet and VAS over a wide range of access media, covering major cities of Pakistan. We also offer domestic and international long distance services, point-to-point leased lines, dedicated internet services through our access network, VPN services, VAS, such as web hosting, email hosting and domain registration, DSL and xDSL services, WiMax services, VSAT services, Metro Fiber (which provides last mile access to the enterprise sectors in Karachi, Lahore, Rawalpindi and Islamabad), and P2P radios for connecting to our network. Our long-haul fiber optic network covers more than 6,500 kilometers and, supplemented by wired and wireless networks, over 100 cities across Pakistan.

We provide the following services for corporate and individual business customers: high-speed internet access (including fiber optic lines and xDSL), telephony, and long distance and international long distance telephony on prepaid cards; telephone communication services, based on copper wires and the modern digital fiber optic network; dedicated lines of data transmission; and dedicated line access and fixed-line mobile convergence.

Distribution—Fixed-line Business in Pakistan

In Pakistan, we utilize a direct sales force for corporate customers. We employ a team of regional sales managers in three different regions supported by a dedicated sales force and account managers. For consumer DSL, we use direct sales channels, indirect sales channels and telesales. Our telesales are conducted in Lahore in the Central Region with a team of telesales executives led by a sales manager. We offer WiMax services to the consumer market only in Karachi. Direct sales are supported by a dedicated sales force of business development officers. Indirect sales are supported by retail business development officers who offer services through our franchise network. Our telesales channel also offers WiMax services.

 

68


Table of Contents

Competition—Fixed-line Business in Pakistan

In Pakistan, our fixed-line business faces significant competition from other providers of fixed-line corporate services, carrier and operator services and consumer internet services. We believe that our main competitors for fixed-line corporate services are Pakistan Telecommunication Corporation, or “PTCL,” Multinet, Wateen, Supernet, Cybernet, Nexlinx and Nayatel. We believe that our main competitors for carrier and operator services are PTCL, Wateen, World Call, Wi-Tribe, and Telenor Pakistan. We believe that our main competitors for consumer internet services are PTCL, Wateen, World Call, Wi-Tribe and Qubee.

Fixed-line Business in Ukraine

Description of Fixed-line Services in Ukraine

Business Operations

We have constructed and own, as of December 31, 2016, a 43,822 kilometer fiber optic network, including 20,068 kilometers between cities, 14,848 kilometers inside cities, and 8,906 kilometers local FOL for FTTB, which is interconnected to the local PSTN in Kyiv, to other major metropolitan areas in Ukraine and to our gateway. We provide data and internet access services in almost all metropolitan cities in Ukraine.

Our fixed-line services include corporate internet access, VPN services, data center, contact center, fixed-line telephony and a number of VAS. Internet access services include connection to the internet via ADSL, symmetrical and Ethernet interfaces at speeds ranging from 256 kilobytes per second to 10 gigabytes per second. Fixed-line voice services are available in 30 major cities of Ukraine.

Wholesale Operations

Our joint carrier and operator services division in Ukraine provides local, international and intercity long distance voice traffic transmission services to Ukrainian fixed-line and mobile operators on the basis of our proprietary DLD/ILD network, as well as IP transit and data transmission services through our own domestic and international fiber optic backbone and IP/MPLS data transmission network.

We derive most of our carrier and operator services revenue in Ukraine from voice call termination services to our own mobile network and voice transit to other local and international destinations.

Consumer Operations

In Ukraine, we offer fixed-line and wireless internet services. We began providing fixed-line broadband services in Ukraine in 2008 and, as of December 31, 2016, provided services in 116 cities in Ukraine (excluding cities in Crimea and the ATO zone). In connection with these services, we have been engaged in a project to install FTTB for fixed-line broadband services in approximately 40,070 residential buildings in 116 cities, providing over 55,066 access points.

Distribution—Fixed-line Business in Ukraine

Business Operations

Our company emphasizes high customer service quality and reliability for its corporate large accounts while at the same time focusing on the development of its SME offerings. We sell to corporate customers through a direct sales force and various alternative distribution channels such as IT servicing organizations and business center owners, and to SME customers through dealerships, direct sales, own retail and agent networks.

We use a customized pricing model for large accounts which includes service or tariff discounts, volume discounts, progressive discount schemes and volume lock pricing. We use standardized and campaign-based pricing for SME customers.

 

69


Table of Contents

Fixed-line services have significant potential considering our existing market share in the B2B market and our ability to provide integrated solutions with mobile services, which creates brand preference. Fixed-line services are used as an effective tool to acquire, develop and retain corporate large accounts, especially in financial, agricultural and retail sectors.

Wholesale Operations

For voice and data services, our main competitors are Datagroup, Ukrtelecom, and Farlep-Invest (Ucomline LLC).

Consumer Operations

Our residential marketing strategy is focused on attracting new customers. We offer several tariff plans, each one targeted at a different type of customer. During 2016, our consumer fixed-line internet services business was supported by below the line advertising, including a leaflets distribution, in areas where the service is provided.

In November 2016, we launched FMC (Fixed Mobile Convergence—charging subscribers who use both mobile and fixed fiber connect from a single account) for an increasing range of mobile users in our fixed-line broadband internet base.

We also offer a wide range of FTTB services tariffs for fixed-line broadband internet access targeted at different customer segments. We currently have four unlimited tariff plans with monthly fees, which offer different speeds up to 100 Mbps for active internet users. In addition, in 2015, we launched OTT TV services in partnership with Viasat.

Competition—Fixed-line Business in Ukraine

Business Operations

In the voice services market for business customers, we compete with Ukrtelecom, Datagroup, Vega, and a number of other small operators. We were the third largest B2B internet provider in the country as of December 31, 2016, according to management’s estimates. There is a high level of competition with more than 400 ISPs in Ukraine. Our main competitors in the corporate market for data services are also Ukrtelecom, Vega and Datagroup.

Wholesale Operations

In Ukraine, carrier and operator services market competitors include Datagroup, Ukrtelecom, and Vega.

Consumer Operations

Our main competitors for provision of consumer internet services in Ukraine are Volia and Ukrtelecom. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, we increased the number of our broadband customers in Ukraine (excluding customers in the ATO zone) by 0.4% from 808,477 to 811,910.

Fixed-line Business in Uzbekistan

Description of Fixed-line Services in Uzbekistan

Business Operations

In Uzbekistan, we provide a wide range of fixed-line services, such as network access and hardware and software solutions, including configuration and maintenance. We provide the following services for corporate and individual business customers: high-speed internet access (including fiber optic lines and xDSL), telephony, and long distance and international long distance telephony on prepaid cards; telephone communication services, through our copper cable network and our modern digital fiber optic network; dedicated lines of data transmission; and dedicated line access and fixed-line mobile convergence.

 

70


Table of Contents

Currently, the most popular services on the Uzbek telecommunications market are internet services.

Residential and FTTB Operations

In Uzbekistan, we offer the same fixed-line broadband and wireless internet services as in Russia. For more information, see “—Fixed-line Business in Russia.”

Distribution—Fixed-line Business in Uzbekistan

One of our priorities in Uzbekistan is the development of ICT, which supports economic development in Uzbekistan. Our strategy includes maintaining our current market position by retaining our large corporate client customer base.

Competition—Fixed-line Business in Uzbekistan

We operate large independent fixed-line services in Uzbekistan, where we compete with the state-owned provider, Uztelecom, as well as East Telecom, Sarkor Telecom, Sharq Telecom, TPS and EVO. There is a high level of competition in the capital city of Tashkent, but the fixed-line internet market in most of the regions remains undeveloped.

Fixed-line Business in Others

Description of Fixed-line Services in Others

We offer certain fixed-line services in Kazakhstan and Armenia.

Business Operations

Kazakhstan. We focus on customer experience for large enterprises through offering high-quality services. Our main business clients are concentrated in the financial and oil and gas sectors, with a new focus on international companies. We provide the following services for corporate clients: high-speed internet access; local, long distance and international voice services over IP; local, intercity and international leased channels and IP VPN services; cloud services; and integrated corporate networks (including integrated network voice, data and other services). We use the following technologies: fiber optic lines (more than 25,000 buildings are covered by our FTTB network), wireless technologies, satellite technologies, and the TV-Everywhere platform (which is provided through the vendor, Computer Telephony Integration).

Armenia. Our subsidiary ArmenTel provides a range of telecommunications services in Armenia, including PSTN-fixed and IP telephony, internet, data transmission and network access, domestic and international voice termination and TCP/IP international transit traffic services. We operate a nationwide network in Armenia and provide the following services for corporate and individual customers: local telephony services; international and domestic long distance services; broadband access services (including ADSL and fiber optic lines); and VoIP services.

Wholesale Operations

Armenia. Our subsidiary ArmenTel is the Armenian incumbent operator offering countrywide wholesale services, such as leased line service and wholesale broadband services, as well as wholesale international voice termination and origination services for other local operators and service providers.

Residential and FTTB Operations

Kazakhstan. We offer the same fixed-line broadband and wireless internet services as in Russia. For more information, see “—Fixed-line Business in Russia.”

 

71


Table of Contents

We have launched new products for Beeline subscribers, including OTT TV, which is available on smart phones, TVs, tablets and PCs. In addition, we have launched VAS such as “Forsage” (to allow FTTB subscribers to restore initial speeds according to their tariff plans), “Turbo” (to allow subscribers to exceed the speeds in their tariff plans), “Invite your friend” (to attract and retain subscribers by providing bonuses which can be used to make broadband payments) and “Moving” (to keep login and password details). We also update our offers to reflect seasonal campaigns.

Armenia . In Armenia, we offer PSTN-fixed and IP telephony services, as well as fixed-line broadband internet access based on ADSL and FTTB technologies, dial-up services and wireless internet access based on CDMA technology. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we launched FMC services and currently offer FMC bundles to subscribers (for example, fixed internet plus mobile voice plus mobile data).

Distribution—Fixed-line Business in Others

Kazakhstan. We are focusing on customer base and revenue growth, which we aim to promote by expanding our transport infrastructure, strengthening our position in the market, developing our sales efforts and data services.

Armenia. In Armenia, our strategy includes focusing on customer retention and ARPU growth by developing new services, including internet access through a fiber optic network with a guaranteed speed to corporate customers and government organizations.

Competition—Fixed-line Business in Others

Kazakhstan. We provide internet, data transmission and traffic termination services in Kazakhstan, where we believe we compete primarily with state-owned provider Kazakhtelecom, KazTransCom, TransTelecom (owned by Kazakhstan Temir Zholy, the national railway company), Astel (a leader in the provision of satellite services) and several other small local operators.

Armenia. We offer a broad spectrum of fixed-line services to government, corporate and private customers. There are more than 10 active operators in Armenia. We believe that the largest operators are U!Com and Rostelecom.

Interconnection Agreements

Our mobile and fixed-line businesses are dependent on interconnection services, which are required to complete calls that originate on our respective networks but terminate outside our respective networks, or that originate from outside our respective networks and terminate on our respective networks. In order to provide a local, domestic and international network, we have interconnection agreements in the markets in which we operate.

Russia. We have several interconnection agreements with mobile and fixed-line operators in Russia under which we provide traffic termination services. During 2016, we had the following MTRs in Russia: average cost per minute of national traffic 0.9413 RUB (approximately US$0.0155) and average price per minute of national traffic 0.9571 RUB (approximately US$0.0158), which was broadly stable as compared to the 2014 and 2015 historical periods.

Pakistan. We have several interconnection agreements with mobile and fixed-line operators in Pakistan and in the territories of Azad Jammu and Kashmir (“AJK”) and Gilgit-Baltistan (“GB”), under which we provide traffic termination services. Our MTR in 2016 was PKR 0.90/min (US$0.00865), which was broadly stable as compared to the 2014 and 2015 historical periods.

 

72


Table of Contents

Algeria. We have several interconnection agreements with mobile, VoIP and fixed-line operators in Algeria under which we provide traffic termination services. In 2016, we had MTRs of 1 DZD ex-VAT/min (US$0.01) for voice termination and 2 DZD ex-VAT/SMS (US$0.02) for SMS termination. The national incoming interconnect rate increased for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, while the outgoing interconnect rate decreased over the same period. The movements in the historical MTRs for 2015 and 2014 have been favorable to our business, however, asymmetry continued to exist between OTA and other operators.

Bangladesh . We have several interconnection agreements with ICX, IGW, mobile operators, IPTSP and fixed-line operators in Bangladesh under which we provide traffic termination services. Our MTR in 2016 was BDT 0.22/min (US$0.003), which was broadly stable as compared to the 2014 and 2015 historical periods.

Ukraine. We have several interconnection agreements with mobile and fixed-line operators in Ukraine under which we provide traffic termination services. The following rates were effective in 2016 for termination of national traffic to a (regulated), which were broadly stable as compared to the 2014 and 2015 historical periods:

 

   

mobile network: 0.23 UAH/min (US$0.0085)

 

   

fixed network on intercity level: 0.23 UAH/min (US$0.0085)

 

   

fixed network on local level: 0.11 UAH/min (US$0.0040)

 

   

fixed network on city level: 0.02 UAH/min (US$0.0007)

Uzbekistan. We have several interconnection agreements with mobile and fixed-line operators in Uzbekistan under which we provide traffic termination services. The MTR for the 90% state owned mobile operator Uzbektelecom JSC Perfectum Mobile was 0.05 sums (local Uzbek currency, US$0.0000154) in 2016, which was broadly stable as compared to the 2014 and 2015 historical periods.

Others . We have several agreements with mobile and fixed-line operators in each of the countries in our Others category under which we provide traffic termination services.

Licenses

We hold the following licenses in each of the countries in which we operate for mobile and fixed-line services. For a description of the risks associated with our licenses, please see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Our licenses may be suspended or revoked and we may be fined or penalized for alleged violations of law, regulations or license terms” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Our licenses are granted for specified periods and they may not be extended or replaced upon expiration,” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Industry—Our failure to keep pace with technological changes and evolving industry standards could harm our competitive position and, in turn, materially harm our business.”

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Russia

GSM Licenses

PJSC VimpelCom holds super-regional GSM licenses (GSM900, GSM1800, GSM900/1800 and 4G/LTE 1800 standards) for the following seven out of eight super-regions in Russia: Moscow, Central and Central Black Earth, North Caucasus, North-West, Siberia, Ural and Volga. These licenses will expire between September 2017 and April 2018, and we plan to file applications for renewal of all our licenses prior to their expiration.

 

73


Table of Contents

PJSC VimpelCom does not currently hold a GSM super-regional license for the Far East super-region of Russia, but it holds GSM licenses in a number of regions of the Far East super-region. These licenses expire on various dates between 2019 and 2021, and we plan to file applications for renewal of all of our licenses prior to their expiration.

In addition to the seven super-regional GSM licenses, PJSC VimpelCom holds a GSM license for the Orenburg region, and in total, our GSM licenses cover approximately 97% of Russia’s population.

3G Licenses

PJSC VimpelCom holds one of three 3G licenses in Russia. PJSC VimpelCom has extended its license, which was due to expire in May 2017, until May 2022.

LTE 2600 Licenses:

PJSC VimpelCom holds 4G/LTE 2600 licenses in 32 subjects of Russia. The licenses expire on April 15, 2026 and we plan to apply for renewal of these licenses prior to their expiration.

4G/LTE License

In July 2012, PJSC VimpelCom was awarded a mobile license, a data transmission license, a voice transmission license and a telematic license for the provision of 4G/LTE services in Russia. These licenses allow PJSC VimpelCom to provide services using radio-electronic devices in Russia via networks that use 4G/LTE standard equipment within any of the following frequency bands: 735-742.5/776-783.5 MHz; 813.5-821/854.5-862 MHz; and 2550-2560/2670-2680 MHz. Certain channels allocated to us in accordance with the licenses have restrictions on their use. To remove restrictions, we have to perform certain organizational technical measures including, among others, radio frequency bands releasing spectrum conversion, refarming and reallocation between operators. The roll out of the 4G/LTE network is using a phased approach based on a pre-defined schedule pursuant to the requirements of the license.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Pakistan

2G License

PMCL was awarded a 15-year 2G license in 1992. In 2007, PMCL renewed its 2G license for a further term of 15 years. As of December 31, 2016, PMCL had a balance of US$43.65 million to be paid to the PTA for the renewal of its 2G license. Such amount is payable in yearly installments of US$14.5 million, payable in December of each year, until December 2019. This 2G license does not entitle PMCL to provide services in AJK and GB.

3G License

In 2014, following a competitive auction process, PMCL was awarded a 15-year license to operate a nationwide 3G telecommunications network in Pakistan for an aggregate initial spectrum fee of US$300.9 million, which was paid at the time PMCL acquired the license. This 3G license does not entitle PMCL to provide services in AJK and GB. In 2006, PMCL was awarded a 15-year license to provide mobile telecommunications services in AJK and GB.

Further, Warid acquired a 15 year technology neutral license in 2004 for US$291 million. US$145.5 million was paid upfront while the rest was to be paid in ten equal annual installments starting with a four year grace period.

 

74


Table of Contents

In addition, PMCL and its subsidiaries have other licenses, including LDI, WLL, local loop licenses, licenses to provide non-voice communication services, and licenses to provide class VAS in Pakistan, AJK and GB. The licensees must also pay annual fees to the PTA and make universal service fund contributions and/or research and development fund contributions, as applicable, in a total amount equal to a percentage of the licensees’ annual gross revenues (less certain allowed deductions) for such services.

License fees

Under the terms of its 2G and 3G licenses, as well as its license for services in AJK and GB, PMCL must pay annual fees to the PTA and make universal service fund contributions and/or research and development fund contributions, as applicable (not all of the foregoing are applicable to all licenses), in a total amount equal to 2.5% of PMCL’s annual gross revenues (less certain allowed deductions) for such services, supplemental to spectrum administrative fees.

PMCL’s total license fees (annual license fees plus revenue sharing) in Pakistan (excluding the yearly installments noted above) were US$27.1 million, US$21.1 million and US$20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. PMCL’s total spectrum administrative fee payments in Pakistan were US$1.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Algeria

2G License

In 2001, OTA was awarded a 15-year license to operate a 2G telecommunications network for an aggregate fee of approximately US$737 million. The license expired in 2016; however, renewal is automatic if the holder has satisfied all of the obligations under the license, which we have. The Autorité de Régulation de la Poste et des Télécommunications (“ARPT”) must provide the holder with a notice of non-renewal six months prior to the expiry of the license if it will not be renewed. We have not received such notice. The renewal has not been made official because the Ministry of Post, Information Technology and Communications (“MPTIC”) is currently reviewing the GSM license terms and will publish a decree renewing the license. We anticipate that the decree will not be published before the fourth quarter of 2017 and that the license will be issued on the same economic terms.

VSAT License

In 2003, OTA acquired a VSAT data-voice license for an aggregate fee of US$2.05 million and renewed the license in 2014 for an additional period of five years, at no additional cost.

3G License

In 2013, OTA was awarded a 15-year license to operate a 3G telecommunications network for an aggregate fee of approximately US$38 million, which was paid in full in 2013. Under the terms of its 3G license, OTA is required to pay an additional annual revenue sharing fee of 1% based on 3G revenues less interconnection costs.

4G/LTE License

In 2016, Optimum was awarded a 15-year license to operate a 4G/LTE telecommunications network for an aggregate fee of US$36 million (based on then-current exchange rates), which was paid in full in 2016. Under the terms of its 4G/LTE license, Optimum is required to pay an additional annual revenue sharing fee of 1% based on 4G/LTE revenues less interconnection costs.

License fees

Under the terms of its 2G, 3G, 4G/LTE and VSAT licenses, OTA is required to pay revenue sharing allocations to the Algerian government and contributions for:

 

   

The universal service fund (3% of revenues less interconnection costs);

 

   

Management of the numbering plan (0.2% of revenues less interconnection costs); and

 

75


Table of Contents
   

Research, training and standardization (0.3% of revenues less interconnection costs).

OTA’s total license fees (spectrum charges plus revenue sharing) in Algeria were US$62.1 million, US$64.3 million and US$85.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, of which US$25.9 million, US$29.2 million and US$30.9 million was related to spectrum charges, and US$36.2 million, US$35.1 million and US$54.5 million was related to revenue sharing, respectively, over the same periods.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Bangladesh

2G License

In November 1996, BDCL was awarded a 15-year GSM license to establish, operate and maintain a digital mobile telephone network to provide 2G services throughout Bangladesh. The license was renewed in November 2011 for a further 15-year term.

3G License

In September 19, 2013, following a competitive auction process, BDCL was awarded a 15-year license to use 5 MHz of 3G spectrum, for which it paid a total cost of BDT 8,677.4 million (inclusive of 5% VAT) (US$111.6 million equivalent), including both a license acquisition fee and a spectrum assignment fee.

License fees

Under the terms of its 2G and 3G mobile licenses, BDCL is required to pay to the Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (“BTRC”) (i) an annual license fee of BDT 50.0 million (equivalent to US$0.6 million) for each mobile license; (ii) 5.5% of BDCL’s annual audited gross revenue, as adjusted pursuant to the applicable guidelines; and (iii) 1% of its annual audited gross revenue (payable to Bangladesh’s social obligation fund), as adjusted pursuant to the applicable guidelines. The annual license fees are payable in advance of each year, and the annual revenue sharing fees are each payable on a quarterly basis and reconciled at the end of each year.

BDCL’s total license fees (annual license fees plus revenue sharing) in Bangladesh were equivalent to US$41.68 million, US$40.6 million and US$37.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In addition to license fees, BDCL pays annual spectrum charges to the BTRC, calculated according to the size of BDCL’s network, its frequencies, the number of its customers and its bandwidth. The annual spectrum charges are payable on a quarterly basis and reconciled at the end of each year. BDCL’s annual spectrum charges were equivalent to US$9.8 million, US$9.9 million and US$9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Ukraine

GSM Licenses

In Ukraine, “Kyivstar” JSC holds GSM900 and GSM1800 cellular licenses to provide telecommunications services throughout the territory of Ukraine. These licenses were received on October 5, 2011 for a term of 15 years each and will expire on October 5, 2026.

3G Licenses

On February 25, 2015, after an auction process, “Kyivstar” JSC was awarded one of three licenses to provide nationwide 3G services in the 2100 MHz band. The license was issued on April 1, 2015 and is valid for a period of 15 years (until April 1, 2030).

 

76


Table of Contents

We have also obtained a range of national and regional radio frequency licenses for the use of radio frequency resources in the referred standards and in specified standards—RRL and WiMax. Our network covers approximately 98% of Ukraine’s population (except the Anti-Terrorist Operation (“ATO”) zone where “Kyivstar” JSC is not able to use and control its network).

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Uzbekistan

GSM900/1800, 3G and 4G/LTE

We hold a national license for GSM900/1800, 3G and 4G/LTE covering the entire territory of Uzbekistan. The most recent license was an extension granted in May 2016 for 15 years, is effective until August 7, 2031 and requires annual license fee payments.

Unitel LLC also has international communication services license valid until 2026 and for data transfer valid until 2019.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in the countries in Others

 

Country

  

Licenses (as of December 31, 2016)

  

License Expiration

Kazakhstan

   License to provide mobile services (GSM900/1800, UMTS/WCDMA2100, 4G/LTE800/1800)    Unlimited

Kyrgyzstan

  

National license to use radio spectrum of 800 MHz for the entire territory of Kyrgyzstan (technology neutral)

796-801MHz/83-842MHz

   September 28, 2025
   National license to use radio spectrum of 800 MHz for the entire territory of Kyrgyzstan (technology neutral) 791-796MHz/832-837MHz    December 27, 2026
   National license to use radio spectrum of 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 2100 MHz for the entire territory of Kyrgyzstan (technology neutral)   

October 30, 2019

   National license for electric communication service activity   

Unlimited term

   National license for base station transmission   

December 3, 2019

   National license for services on data traffic   

Unlimited term

Armenia

   Network operation license for the entire territory of Armenia    March 3, 2028
   National licenses to use radio spectrum of 900 MHz, 1800 MHz    March 3, 2023

 

77


Table of Contents

Country

  

Licenses (as of December 31, 2016)

  

License Expiration

   and 2100 MHz for the entire territory of Armenia (technology neutral)   

Tajikistan

   GSM900/1800 license, 3G license and data services license (with permission to use of 800 MHz frequency for 4G/LTE services) for the entire territory of Tajikistan, International call services license    May 12, 2019; July 13, 2020; and December 9, 2020, August 11, 2021 respectively

Georgia

   GSM1800 10 MHz frequency licenses    February 1, 2030
   GSM900 5.49 MHz frequency licenses    February 1, 2030
   LTE 800 10 MHz frequency licenses    February 1, 2030
   10 MHz 3G frequency license    December 29, 2031

Laos

   2G, 3G, WLL, ISP licenses for the entire territory of Laos    January 23, 2022 (2G and WLL); annual renewal (3G and ISP)

Licenses for Fixed-line Business in Russia

We have fixed-line, data and long distance licenses which are important to our fixed business in Russia, including licenses in respect of Local Communications Services (excluding local communications services using payphones and multiple access facilities, includes FMC), Local Communications Services using multiple access facilities (includes FMC), Leased Communications Circuits Services, Voice Communications Services in Data Transmission Networks (includes FMC), Telematic Services (includes FMC), Intra-zonal Communications Services, Data Transmission Services and Communications Services for the Purposes of Cable Broadcasting (includes FMC) in the main cities of Moscow, St. Petersburg, Ekaterinburg, Nizhny Novgorod, Khabarovsk, Novosibirsk, Rostov-on-Don and Krasnodar. These licenses will expire between October 4, 2017 and February 16, 2021. In addition, we have an International and National Communications Services license for the entire Russian Federation which will expire on December 13, 2019.

The following licenses expire in 2017:

 

   

Leased Communications Circuits Services in St. Petersburg (October 4, 2017); and

 

   

Data Transmission Services licenses in St. Petersburg, Nizhny Novgorod, Novosibirsk, Rostov-on-Don and Krasnodar (August 01, 2017).

We have filed, or will file, applications for renewal for all of our licenses that expire in 2017.

 

78


Table of Contents

Licenses for Fixed-line Business in Ukraine

The table below sets forth the principal terms of the licenses which are important to our fixed-line business in Ukraine.

 

License Type

  

Region

  

Expiration Date

International communication

   All of Ukraine    August 18, 2019

Long distance communication

   All of Ukraine    August 18, 2019

Local communication

   All of Ukraine    August 29, 2020

Licenses for Fixed-line Business in Uzbekistan

We have a fixed-line license valid until 2021, a data license valid until 2021 and long distance licenses which are valid until 2029. These licenses require the payment of annual fees and cover services including local, long distance and international communications, data transmission and internet.

Licenses for Fixed-line Business in Others

Kazakhstan. We have a long distance license which is important to our fixed business in Kazakhstan. This license has an unlimited term, no license fee and covers services including long distance and international connection, traffic termination and transit.

Armenia . We operate a nationwide fixed-line network in Armenia on the basis of a general (fixed and mobile) network operation license, expiring on March 3, 2028. We also have a license to use a 450MHz frequency band for the provision of fixed wireless voice telephony and broadband services in rural areas in Armenia, which expires on March 3, 2023.

Description of Operations of the Italy Joint Venture

As of November 5, 2016, VEON Ltd. owns a 50.0% share of the Italy Joint Venture. We account for the Italy Joint Venture using the equity method. We do not control the Italy Joint Venture. All information related to the Italy Joint Venture is the sole responsibility of the Italy Joint Venture’s management, and no information contained herein, including, but not limited to, the Italy Joint Venture’s financial and industry data, market projections and strategy, has been prepared by or on behalf of, or approved by, our management. VEON Ltd. is not making, and has not made, any written or oral representation or warranty, express or implied, of any nature whatsoever, with respect to any Italy Joint Venture information included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, other than the financial information that is derived directly from our financial statements. For further information on the Italy Joint Venture and its accounting treatment, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

79


Table of Contents

Mobile Business in Italy

Mobile Telecommunications Services

The Italy Joint Venture primarily offers mobile telecommunications services under two types of payment plans: postpaid and prepaid, and markets its mobile, internet, fixed-line voice and data offerings by employing a multibrand strategy for the “WIND” and “3” brands in their respective markets.

 

Service

  

Description

Consumer Voice Offerings

   The Italy Joint Venture’s consumer voice offerings are tailored to specific market segments, with a variety of option plans, extra telecommunications services and smart devices solutions.
   WIND customers can choose between tied postpaid (Fiscal Code or professional with VAT) and untied prepaid portfolios, according to their needs and willingness to pay. The postpaid offer is mainly focused on the Magnum Portfolio for Fiscal Code, with bundles of unlimited minutes/SMS and gigabyte allowances based on customer needs. For professional customers with VAT, WIND offers the all-inclusive portfolio, with differentiation by minutes, SMS and gigabytes. Postpaid customers can also rely on discounts by acquiring the latest devices (smartphones, tablets, etc.) through installment payments.
   For WIND, the untied range consists of three main pillars: all-inclusive with minutes, SMS and gigabytes included within the same offer; Noi Tutti, which is only a voice solution, and mobile broadband plans for data-heavy users. Additional gigabytes for all-inclusive bundles specifically targeting young people (under 30 years old) are available. WIND provides data-friendly users with the opportunity to manage their own account via digital channels such as the web, mobile apps and social networks.
   Based on the market evolution on one hand and the increased focus on gigabytes on the other, WIND also fosters data consumption by providing customers with appealing and seasonal promotions (e.g. Giga Max limited edition, Ricarica Max). Moreover, WIND offers promotional activities throughout the year, with promotions to boost data usage as well as reward customers with unlimited on-net calls.
   “3” offers three tariff plans on a weekly basis from the all-in brand to untied prepaid and to tied prepaid (on a monthly payment basis by credit card or bank account with a discount) that include a set amount of call minutes, SMSs and gigabytes of mobile internet access for a fixed fee. Tied customers with an all-in discounted option can add a smartphone to their offer starting from 0€/month, with a wide selection of smartphone for every budget. On the high value smartphone segment, “3” brand offers, with free prepaid and postpaid tariff plans and “all-in bundles” the chance to change their smartphone with a new one every year. Based on the market evolution on one hand and the increased focus on gigabytes on the other, “3” also fosters data consumption by providing customers with appealing and seasonal promotions.

 

80


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

Corporate Voice Offerings

   The Italy Joint Venture provides corporate voice services to large corporate customers, SMEs and SOHOs, through its corporate voice offerings. For large corporate customers, who often solicit tenders for their mobile telephone requirements on a competitive basis, the Italy Joint Venture offers customized services tailored to their specific requirements.
   For WIND SME clients, WIND offers a new mobile portfolio “Giga Smart Share,” which reinvents the value proposition with a disruptive product to address increasing needs in terms of data traffic, efficiency and flexibility. “Giga Smart Share” allows users to share the internet traffic in both multi-users and multi-device mode. Different data baskets and tariffs plans and additional options complete the portfolio.
   For WIND SOHO customers, WIND offers more standardized products, such as all-inclusive tariff plans that offer customers a set amount of calling minutes, SMSs and gigabytes of mobile internet access for a fixed monthly fee. WIND also offers a variety of add-on options to its standard corporate voice offerings. As interest in apps is growing, with the aim of bringing greater mobility to business processes, WIND launched the Enterprise Mobility Services through strategic partnerships and vertical System Integrator agreements. Innovative digital services have also been developed for corporate customers allowing them to create a personalized website, a certified web mail and Mobile POS.
   WIND and “3” offer SME and SOHO customers standardized products, such as all-inclusive tariff plans that offer customers a set amount of calling minutes, SMS and gigabytes of mobile internet access for a fixed monthly fee.
   During 2016, several commercial campaigns were carried for “3” business customers during which prepaid tariff plans Unlimited and Unlimited Plus without smartphones were promoted. Moreover, in February 2016, a new offer Ufficio 3 was launched and in April 2016, it was supported by the extended version of Ufficio 3 Plus. These two offers aim to satisfy the needs of professional and small office customers through a combined solution for voice/data mobile.

Data and Value Added Service Offerings.

   The Italy Joint Venture provides a variety of mobile data services and VAS for telephone and computer to its consumer and corporate customers. The Italy Joint Venture offers bundle options, suited for both prepaid and postpaid customers, which include minutes of voice traffic, SMS, and mobile internet browsing for a fixed fee.

Mobile Internet

   Mobile customers can connect their mobile phones to the internet using GSM, GPRS, 3G or 4G/LTE technologies. WIND renewed its data portfolio with innovative options like the “Internet 5 Giga” and “Open-Internet 12 GB,” which allows data customers to share the total amount of the data bundle with family members.

 

81


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

   “3” offers several different tariff data plans to fulfil the needs of every mobile internet user: untied prepaid plans for occasional or tablet users and tied prepaid offers (monthly payment by credit card or bank account) that include a Wi-Fi router and set amount of gigabytes for a fixed fee. Contract data plans include a Wi-Fi router and set amount of gigabytes, plus an overall advantage called “Night Free,” a special feature that allows customers unlimited data traffic free of charge every night from 0:00 to 8:00 am. Finally, “3” developed an innovative offer called “Express,” a single-use data SIM specially tailored for tourists that allows customer to buy a fixed amount of gigabytes and use them within a very long timeframe (3 months).

PC Mobile Internet

   Mobile customers can connect their mobile phones to a computer to be used as a modem to browse the internet using GSM, GPRS, 3G or 4G/LTE technologies. In addition, the Italy Joint Venture’s customers can directly connect their PC to the internet using a dongle with a SIM card.

SMS and MMS

   SMS offerings provide users with information such as news, sports, weather forecasts, horoscopes, finance and TV programming information, as well as a selection of games, ringtones, a chat service for customers as well as services specifically targeted at students. MMS provides multimedia (photo, video and sound) content, such as sports events, news, gossip and music.

Content and Innovative Services

   WIND renewed its partnership with Google and Microsoft for carrier billing and enhanced roll out of mobile ticketing. WIND is continually improving the MyWind App and launched the Wind Talk App, an Instant Messaging App connected to the MyWind App with exclusive features of airtime, credit transfer, P2P, and direct Chat with its Customer Care and with its shops.
   In 2014, WIND introduced a concept called “Digital Home & Life” in the main WIND store in Rome. In the store, as well as online, WIND’s customers can choose and buy new technological devices to interact with their smartphone and, within their house, to manage aspects of their life and home, such as wellness and entertainment.
   At the beginning of November 2016, WIND released on both the Android and IOS digital stores, the new VEON app. The app is an innovative engagement platform that combines traditional communication features with the most innovative OTT services. The new app is available to everyone, but WIND’s customers have additional advantages in terms of free data traffic and other exclusive rewards such as one gigabyte as a free welcome, 100 megabytes per day, chat and calls without consuming traffic and a 10% discount on the current offer when registering a credit card.
   The Italy Joint Venture is also continually improving and updating three main apps for former 3 customers under the “3” brand to offer the best user experience to its customers: Area Clienti 3, 3Mobility and MyWebFamily.

 

82


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

   Area Clienti 3 is a Self Care app that allows “3” customers to verify phone credit and keep thresholds for voice and data traffic under control. Customers can also use the app to configure and customize their tariff plan by activating/deactivating additional options and services. The app also has a dedicated area for the Top Up feature and a control panel to manage VAS deactivation. Area Clienti 3 is also used as a main channel for upselling new offers dedicated to customers.
   The 3Mobility App offers a simplified user interface to use the Mobile Ticketing service: through the app all “3” customers can purchase tickets for public transports (Bus, Metro, etc.), parking and ZTL using their phone credit or billing account. From the app, each customer can select the city where the service is available and get their ticket with one click. The ticket purchase is then confirmed by SMS.
   MyWebFamily is an app dedicated to 3 Mobile Broadband customers that allows them to remotely manage Wi-Fi devices such as WebCube and WebPocket. Customers can keep data traffic and thresholds under control, check the internet connection of their Wi-Fi router and manage all attached devices (Tablet, PC, smartphones, etc.).

Roaming

   The Italy Joint Venture’s mobile customers can use mobile services, including SMS, MMS and data services where available, while roaming in other countries. Roaming coverage outside Italy is provided through WIND’s roaming agreements with approximately 503 international operators in 220 countries as of December 31, 2016, as well as 3 Italia’s roaming agreements with approximately 491 international operators in 190 countries as of December 31, 2016.

Handset Offerings

   The Italy Joint Venture offers its customers a broad selection of handsets and internet devices sourced from a number of suppliers. The Italian market is a predominantly prepaid market and, as a result, mobile operators generally have provided limited handset subsidies and only to higher value customers.

Distribution—Mobile Business in Italy

For corporate customers in Italy, the Italy Joint Venture uses different marketing strategies depending on the nature and size of a customer’s business. For large corporate customers and SMEs, the Italy Joint Venture’s marketing efforts are more customized and institutional in nature, and include one-on-one meetings and presentations, local presentations and presentations at exhibitions. For the SOHO market, the Italy Joint Venture advertises in the professional and general press and use airport billboards.

The Italy Joint Venture sells consumer mobile products and services, including SIM cards, scratch cards and handsets through a significant number of points of sale. As of December 31, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture had 153 owned stores and 496 exclusive franchised outlets both operating under the WIND name as well as 486 flagship stores and 717 franchising operating under the “3” name. During 2016, the Italy Joint Venture has also utilized 3,037 non-exclusive points of sale and 804 electronic chain store outlets both coming from the WIND point of sales infrastructure, as well as 5,350 other point of sale coming from the “3” point of sales infrastructure. The Italy Joint Venture also sells a portion of its consumer services online through its websites.

 

83


Table of Contents

Customer experience is a strategic element of differentiation in the market for the Italy Joint Venture. Through the Customer Experience Development Function, the Italy Joint Venture aims to ensure the continuous improvement of customer satisfaction, developing a customer experience model with the fundamental support of all business functions. The model development is carried out using the Net Promoter System methodology. The NPS is an indicator that correlates loyalty and growth levels. NPS is now central to the Italy Joint Venture’s strategy; in addition to being measured periodically through market research, NPS is also used as a tool for continuous monitoring of customer perception when interacting with all of the Italy Joint Venture’s touch points. Using this measurement and through the mapping of all the phases of the customer journey, the Italy Joint Venture can better assess the level of customer satisfaction and implement improvement actions.

Competition—Mobile Business in Italy

The mobile telecommunication market in Italy in which the Italy Joint Venture operates is characterized by high levels of competition among service providers. The Italy Joint Venture expects this market to remain competitive in the near term, and competition may be exacerbated by further consolidation and globalization of the telecommunications industry. Additionally, in the second half of 2017, the French operator Iliad is expected to launch in the Italian market as a new mobile operator and as a beneficiary of the remedy package agreed with the European Commission for the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. In the Italian mobile telecommunications market, the Italy Joint Venture’s main competitors are Telecom Italia, operating under the “TIM” brand name, and Vodafone Italy, operating under the “Vodafone” brand name. Telecom Italia and Vodafone Italy have well established positions in the Italian mobile market. During 2016, Italian operators have continued to develop voice and data services offers with promotions, discounts, bundle upgrades and complementary services, with the intention of attracting new customers and maintaining established customers with advantages and/or discounts. The traffic cap in bundle offerings continued to increase over time, particularly in relation to internet navigation, while new value-added digital services were launched for both consumer (e.g. media) and professional users (e.g. business software and cloud services). The 4G/LTE network continued to be the core of the offerings of the major players and is frequently included in promotions. Innovative value added services continued to play an important role in operator strategies and were included in multimedia services offers, with a focus on M2M applications and IoT.

Telecom Italia, as the incumbent in the market, has the advantage of longstanding relationships with Italian customers. Vodafone Italy is well positioned in the market and is perceived as having a technologically advanced and reliable network in the market. According to Analysys Mason, the network operators in Italy offered mobile telecommunications services to approximately 85.9 million registered customers as of December 31, 2016, representing a mobile penetration rate of approximately 143.7% of the Italian population compared to 87.1 million customers and a mobile penetration rate of approximately 145.7% in 2015.

The following table shows the Italy Joint Venture’s and its principal competitors’ respective mobile customer numbers in Italy as of December 31, 2016:

 

Operator

   Customers
(in millions)
 

Italy Joint Venture (WIND plus 3 Italia)

     31.3  

Telecom Italia

     30.6  

Vodafone Italy

     24.1  

 

Source: Analysys Mason.

Mobile Telecommunications Licenses in Italy

GSM1800 and GSM900

The Italy Joint Venture has a license to provide mobile telephone services in Italy using digital GSM1800 and GSM900 technology. This license is due to expire on June 30, 2018. In the Italian Budget Law 2017, the

 

84


Table of Contents

Italian government sets out the conditions and formal procedure to be followed by operators holding GSM spectrum rights of use wishing to extend such rights until December 31, 2029 and also obtain freedom to use such spectrum under a technology neutrality regime.

3G license

Both WIND and 3 Italia (now comprising the Italy Joint Venture) acquired 3G licenses in 2001, which were initially expected to expire in 2021, but were extended to December 2029. In light of the authorization received from the Italian Ministry of Economic Development (“MISE”) regarding the transfer of spectrum rights of use from WIND and 3 Italia to the French operator, Iliad as remedy taker in the completion of the Italy Joint Venture (7 blocks of 2x5MHz each in 900, 1800, 2100 and 2600MHz bands), the Italy Joint Venture will have to submit a request for the extension to the MISE for the 2100MHz spectrum rights of use from December 2021 to December 2029.

4G/LTE

WIND and 3 Italia have licenses for 4G/LTE spectrum rights of use in 800, 1800 and 2600 MHz bands. Such spectrum rights are due to expire in December 2029. Below is a list of the mobile access spectrum blocks, on a band by band basis, that will be held by the Italy Joint Venture once the release of spectrum to Iliad has been completed, which the Italy Joint Venture anticipates will be by 2019:

 

   

800 Band—2 blocks of 2x5 MHz

 

   

900 Band—2 blocks of 2x5 MHz

 

   

1800 Band—4 blocks of 2x5 MHz

 

   

2000 TDD Band 5+5 MHz

 

   

2100 Band—4 blocks of 2x5 MHz

 

   

2600 Band—4 blocks of 2x5 MHz

 

   

2600 TDD Band 15+15 MHz

Fixed-line Business in Italy

Description of Fixed-line Services in Italy

In Italy, the Italy Joint Venture offers a wide range of fixed-line voice and internet broadband services. The Italy Joint Venture offers these services to both consumer and corporate customers under the Infostrada brand (our fixed-line voice, broadband and data services brand in Italy).

The Italy Joint Venture’s fixed-line voice customer base in Italy consisted of approximately 2.7 million customers as of December 31, 2016. Its direct customers mainly comprise LLU customers.

The Italy Joint Venture offers voice and broadband internet services to direct customers by renting from Telecom Italia the “last mile” of the access network, which is disconnected from Telecom Italia equipment and connected to the Italy Joint Venture’s equipment in telephone exchanges. In the areas where the Italy Joint Venture does not have direct access to the network via LLU, customers can request wholesale services though the Italy Joint Venture, though the Italy Joint Venture no longer actively markets such wholesale services. In April 2016, WIND signed a strategic and commercial partnership with Enel Open Fiber (“EOF”) for the nationwide development of the ultra-broadband fixed-line network in Italy. In May 2016, the first customers were connected in Perugia throughout the EOF infrastructure with the possibility to reach up to 250 municipalities in the future.

 

85


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

Internet and Data Services

   In the broadband access market in Italy, the Italy Joint Venture mainly offers its products directly through LLU and Fiber. The Italy Joint Venture offers broadband mainly to direct customers, so long as the line is ADSL or ADSL 2+ capable.
   In 2016, the contract offer “Casa3” was launched, which is dedicated to the home internet customer, as a competitive alternative to DSL, that includes a custom designed, 3-branded Wi-Fi router (PocketCube), plus “Night Free” functionality.
   The Italy Joint Venture also offers fixed-line voice and broadband services, both DSL and Fiber in Italy, through bundled offerings such as “All Inclusive” and “Absolute” packages, which for a fixed monthly fee, provide customers with a fixed-line voice service and unlimited connectivity to broadband. In addition, the Italy Joint Venture offers a discount to fixed-line customers who also are mobile subscribers with an All Inclusive postpaid or prepaid offer.
   For LLU customers only, the Italy Joint Venture continues to offer the “ADSL Vera” concept that allows a variable maximum download speed up to 20 Mbps, depending on the quality of the copper network utilized, with no additional charges. For Fiber customers may access a speed of up to 100 megabytes.
   For corporate customers, the Italy Joint Venture has developed several innovative and digital services such as Cloud including IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service), Data Center, and SaaS, characterized for being fast, simple and flexible.

Consumer Voice Offerings

   Throughout Italy, the Italy Joint Venture provides traditional analog voice telephone service, or “PSTN access,” digital fixed-line telephone service, or “ISDN access,” and VAS, such as caller ID, voicemail, conference calls, call restriction, information services and call forwarding. However, an increasing number of customers in Italy subscribe to bundled fixed-line voice and internet broadband offerings.
   The Italy Joint Venture provides PSTN, ISDN and VoIP fixed-line voice services, data services, VAS and connectivity services to corporate customers, including large corporate customers, SMEs and SOHOs.
   For larger corporate customers, the Italy Joint Venture typically tailors its offers to the needs of the customer and, where applicable, to competitive bidding requirements. The Italy Joint Venture offers its large corporate customers direct access to its network through microwave links, direct fiber optic connections or, where the Italy Joint Venture does not offer direct access, via LLU, dedicated lines leased from Telecom Italia. The Italy Joint Venture also offers large corporate customers national toll free and shared toll. The Italy Joint Venture typically offers SME and SOHO customers off the shelf plans rather than bespoke offerings.
   The Italy Joint Venture’s offerings are tailored for SOHO customers and include the “All Inclusive Business,” providing

 

86


Table of Contents

Service

  

Description

   unlimited calls to national fixed and mobile networks and unlimited internet access and the “WIND Impresa” offer, which provides 6 to 60 simultaneous voice calls on VoIP technology and a combined service for renting, running, and maintaining telephone switchboards. For SME customers, the Italy Joint Venture offers the “All Inclusive Aziende,” a VOIP and connectivity service with fiber up to 50 megabytes and the “Wind Smart Office,” small large and extra-large. The Virtual IP PBX offer provides 3/15 simultaneous calls to and from landline phones, fiber up to 50 megabytes and unlimited calls to all fixed and mobile national and international operators.

Distribution—Fixed-line Business in Italy

In Italy, the Italy Joint Venture markets its fixed-line voice, broadband and data services primarily through its “Infostrada” brand.

The main sales channels for fixed-line voice and broadband services are represented by the shops and the toll-free number “159.” In the internet access market for consumer customers, the “Infostrada” web portal is an important and growing distribution channel. The Italy Joint Venture utilize sales agencies, call centers and a direct sales force to target sales of fixed-line voice and internet services to corporate customers. In 2016, WIND, and subsequently the Italy Joint Venture, continued to adopt almost exclusively pull sales channels, which are more effective and efficient, in order to increase the fixed business marginality.

Competition—Fixed-line Business in Italy

In the Italian fixed-line voice market, the incumbent operator, Telecom Italia, maintains a dominant market position. Telecom Italia benefits from cost efficiencies inherent in its existing telecommunications infrastructure over which it provides its fixed-line coverage. As the main Italian telecommunications provider, Telecom Italia also benefits from corporate and public sector customers, coupled with recognition and familiarity. Swisscom and Vodafone have entered the fixed-line internet, voice and data markets by buying Fastweb S.p.A. and Tele2 (successively rebranded TeleTu), respectively. We expect that the fixed-line telecommunications market will remain competitive as a result of the presence of international competitors, with the introduction and growth of new technologies, products and services. During the 2016 year, operators have announced increasing speed in bundles, including digital services such as streaming video for consumer profiles and solutions supporting the digitalization of enterprises. Operators have continued the extension of the fiber optic network, with direct investment and with different agreements and partnerships. According to our internal estimates, four service providers, Telecom Italia, the Italy Joint Venture (with its fixed-line voice, broadband and data services brand Infostrada), Vodafone Italy and Fastweb accounted for approximately 94.5% of the total broadband fixed services actually accessed in the Italian market as of December 31, 2016.

Based on the Italy Joint Venture’s internal estimates, as of December 31, 2016, Telecom Italia had approximately 7.2 million broadband customers in Italy, representing a market share of approximately 48.6% of broadband retail connections, followed by FastWeb with approximately 2.4 million broadband customers, representing a market share of approximately 15.9% of broadband retail connections, the Italy Joint Venture with approximately 2.3 million active broadband customers, representing a market share of approximately 15.6% of broadband retail connections and by Vodafone, with approximately 2.1 million broadband customers representing a market share of approximately 14.3% of broadband retail connections. All other fixed-line operators had in the aggregate approximately 0.8 million broadband customers, representing a market share of approximately 5.5% of broadband retail connections.

 

87


Table of Contents

Licenses—Fixed-line Business in Italy

In Italy, fixed-line services are provided pursuant to several 20-year licenses obtained from the Italian Ministry of Economic Development in 1998. Such licenses expire in 2018 and are renewable according to Code of Communication terms.

Research and Development—Italy

The Italy Joint Venture has been providing significant additional investment to drive development of Italy’s digital infrastructure, increasing reliability, coverage and speed. During 2016, WIND, and following the Italy Joint Venture transaction, the Italy Joint Venture continued to invest in research initiatives for new technologies and broadband services in both the fixed-line and mobile sectors, with a particular focus on “green” aspects and opportunities from the big data approach. WIND established a Financed Projects team in 2008 to monitor, study and test technological and business trends from a medium/long-term perspective, in cooperation with internal business and technology divisions, to follow the innovation opportunities aligned with WIND’s strategy. The team developed relationships with leading national and international universities and research institutions, co-sponsoring new ideas and participating in EU development initiatives. We do not separate our research and development spending in our accounts.

Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Italy

The Italy Joint Venture has a tower services agreement with Galata for an initial term of 15 years for the provision of a broad range of services on the sites. As of December 31, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture owned 287 radio centers (for all of which it owns the towers and equipment rooms, and for approximately 120 out of 287, it also owns the land where the radio centers are located), 586 towers, approximately 1,800 towers on rented locations, excluding roof top sites, on which antennas for radio coverage are installed (considering also the effect of the Galata towers transaction), and approximately 1,000 other minor towers. For information regarding the sale of a majority stake of WIND Italy’s tower subsidiary, Galata, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Disposal of Non-Core Assets and Network and Tower Sharing Agreements.”

Fixed-line Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Italy

The Italy Joint Venture has an integrated network infrastructure providing high capacity transmission capabilities and extensive coverage throughout Italy. The Italy Joint Venture mobile and fixed-line networks are supported by over 34,997 kilometers of fiber optic cable backbone in Italy and 6,656 kilometers of fiber optic cable MANs, as of December 31, 2016. This network in Italy uses a common system platform, which is referred to as the “intelligent network,” for both our mobile and fixed-line networks.

As of December 31, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture had 1,938 LLU sites for direct customer connections (approximately 70% of the population is covered), and had interconnections with the incumbent operator in order to offer voice and data services to the rest of the population.

IP Network, based on MPLS hierarchical backbone and connected to main national and international operators, is developed in all of Italy and it is able to offer fixed and mobile broadband services to consumer and corporate customers.

The Italy Joint Venture internet network access is implemented by an all-IP network, with over 50 POPs, for direct (xDSL) and indirect internet access services, as well as VPN (xDSL, Fiber Optics). The IP nodes access network consists of 61 BRAS for consumer services and 84 Edge Routers for Business application, located in POPs to ensure optimal coverage of the national territory.

 

88


Table of Contents

WIND has a commercial agreement with Metroweb and Enel Open Fiber to enable WIND to provide customers with access to “fiber to the home” technology. WIND began to offer high-speed services in fiber to the home technology in Milan in 2013 under a contract with Metroweb, where it marketed offers in fiber optic technology, which allows the end user to reach download speeds of up to 100 Mbps and upload speeds of up to 10 Mbps. During 2016, our “fiber to the home” service has been extended to Torino, Bologna and Perugia with the intent, in the next future, to cover other cities through leveraging on the agreement signed with Enel Open Fiber. In 2015, WIND also developed a commercial offer based on Fiber to the Cabinet technologies.

Regulatory

For a description of the material effects of government regulations on our main telecommunications businesses, see “Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.”

Seasonality

Our mobile telecommunications business is subject to certain seasonal effects. Generally, revenue from our contract and prepaid tariff plans tends to increase during the December holiday season, and then decrease in January and February. Mobile revenue is also higher in the summer months, when roaming revenue increases significantly as customers tend to travel more during these months. Guest roaming revenue on our networks also tends to increase in the summer period. Our fixed-line telecommunications business is also subject to certain seasonal effects. Among the influencing factors is the number of working days in a given period, as well as periods of vacations. Generally, our revenue from our fixed-line telecommunications business is lower when there are fewer working days in a period or a greater number of customers are on vacation, such as during the December holiday season and in the summer months.

Research and Development

We are working to develop our digital interaction, and in 2016, opened software development centers in Amsterdam and London. These centers are focused primarily on developing the VEON internet platform. In addition, we are experimenting with a number of approaches to big data/analytics in order to facilitate data monetization across our operating companies.

We continue to move toward a high-speed broadband connection environment deploying new technologies in fixed-line and mobile networks. We are also introducing new network technologies aiming to improve customer experience, optimize network usage and increase investment efficiency, such as step-by-step migration to new Radio Access technologies and next generation architecture through NFV. We continue to implemented technologies to improve voice quality, such as TFO, TrFO, AMR, HD voice codecs and VoLTE. TFO and TrFO are technologies that remove voice transcoding operations during the call so the voice quality can be improved and resources in media gateways can be saved. AMR is a technology that dynamically adapts the coding rate to the radio conditions in order to deliver optimum voice quality. HD Voice is a set of high definition codecs that provides high-definition voice quality during the call. VoLTE is a technology that enables voice calls over 4G/LTE network with higher voice quality and lower call setup times. These technologies are being implemented in commercial networks in VEON Ltd.’s operational companies after testing to ensure the quality of the network. In addition, we are testing new technologies for Voice Over Wi-Fi, which will enable better indoor coverage for voice (and data) communication in our customer’s home and offices.

In the area of data services, we have successfully migrated all mobile data traffic in five countries to a virtualized technology, ZTE’s vEPC, which has proven to be a very stable technology that will bring substantial cost savings in operations and investments compared to legacy solutions for mobile data. For information on export and re-export controls on ZTE, see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Industry—We depend on third parties for certain services and products important to our business.” The introduction of network virtualization will continue in all countries of operation during 2017 based on procurement tender results achieved in 2016. It will then also include areas other than data services.

 

89


Table of Contents

We are investing in radio access technologies that will ensure a high level of quality of our mobile broadband services in the future, such as 3G/HSPA+ and 4G/LTE, and we are rolling out Single-RAN network technology to optimize our investments and support multiple mobile communications standards on a single network and set of equipment. We have acquired new spectrum in several operating companies to boost our network capacity, enhance spectral efficiency and enable the launch of new Radio Access Networks Technologies, e.g. the 4G/LTE spectrum in 1800 MHz band in Russia, Algeria and other countries. We have also migrated old solutions for fixed wireless replacement to 4G/LTE solutions in the 450 MHz band in Armenia, which will give data services comparable to ADSL to customers that did not have the possibility to get internet connectivity before, in addition to provide superior 4G/LTE coverage at very low cost.

We have now launched 4G/LTE in all countries, except in Ukraine and Bangladesh where the regulators have not yet released any 4G/LTE spectrum. The 4G/LTE spectrum in those countries is expected to be released in 2017.

In Pakistan, we achieved 4G/LTE service to Jazz (previously Mobilink) customers through the acquisition of Warid and the subsequent merger of the networks. The merger also enabled 3G services to all Warid customers, who previously only had 2G and 4G/LTE service. The two networks, including all technologies (2G/3G/4G/LTE), were fully merged during 2016. With the merged network, we are now able to dismantle overlapping base stations and merge the core network nodes into a common network, achieving major savings in operational costs.

In Russia, we have signed a letter of intent with Huawei for the joint research and testing of technologies underlying 5G networks. Our cooperation with Huawei is intended to define the steps for the development of 5G “Beeline” networks as part of VEON’s strategy of digital transformation. In addition, it will assist Huawei in creating solutions which fully meet market requirements. Under the agreement, we expect that in the first quarter of 2017, we will test innovative LTE-U technology (LTE-Unlicensed) and LTE-Advanced Pro features, designed to improve the user experience with respect to data transmission. These studies will help develop new technologies and standards, and assist PJSC VimpelCom in creating a next generation of network, improve service quality and launch new digital services to its customers.

We have also signed a management services agreement with Huawei for full network maintenance outsourcing in Russia for five years. In addition, we are in the advanced stages of negotiating an agreement concerning network management with Nokia in Russia, which we expect to execute in the near term.

We are also developing the IoT in Russia. Throughout 2017, several companies in Russia expect to develop and test IoT technology, computer interaction (M2M), virtual radio and solutions for public safety. In addition, the parties have agreed to test a number of features to increase network speed and reduce network latency during data transmission.

For a discussion of research and development for the Italy Joint Venture, please see “—Description of Operations of the Italy Joint Venture—Research and Development—Italy.”

For a discussion of the risks associated with new technology, please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Industry—Our failure to keep pace with technological changes and evolving industry standards could harm our competitive position and, in turn, materially harm our business.”

Property, Plant and Equipment

Information Technology

In June 2016, we entered into a US$1 billion long-term global software agreement with Ericsson. Under the agreement, Ericsson has agreed to develop, implement, and service over a seven year period, new software and cloud technologies across VEON’s customer-facing IT infrastructure. We continue to work closely with Ericsson on the timing and rollout of the development and implementation across the group. For a discussion of the risks associated with our dependence on third parties for certain services and products important to our business,

 

90


Table of Contents

please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Industry— We depend on third parties for certain services and products important to our business.”

Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations

Mobile Telecommunications Network Infrastructure

GSM, 3G and 4G/LTE Advanced technologies are based on “open 3GPP standards,” which means that standard compliant equipment from any supplier can be added to expand the initial network. Our GSM/GPRS/EDGE/3G/4G/LTE/LTE Advanced networks, which use mainly Ericsson, Huawei, Nokia Solutions and Networks, Cisco Systems and ZTE Corporation equipment, are integrated wireless networks of radio base station equipment, circuit and packet core equipment and digital wireless switches connected by fixed microwave transmission links, fiber optic cable links and leased lines. We manage all major suppliers centrally to benefit from the group’s purchasing scale and monitor the commercial terms across the group. We select suppliers based mainly on compliance with technical and functional requirements and total cost, seeking to optimize network operations and provide the best value and experience to our customers.

Site Procurement and Maintenance

We enter into agreements for the location of base stations in the form of either leases or cooperation agreements that provide us with the use of certain spaces for our base stations and equipment. Under these leases or cooperation agreements, we typically have the right to use premises located in attics or on the top floors of buildings for base stations, space on roofs of buildings for radio units and antennas or space on greenfield land to place our towers and equipment shelters.

During 2016, we entered into several agreements with other operators for radio network sharing, where we either share the passive equipment, physical site and towers, or active sharing, where we also combine the operation of the radio equipment and/or share spectrum with other operators. Network sharing brings not only substantial savings on site rentals and maintenance costs but also on investments in equipment for rollout of new base stations. In Russia, we have agreements with MTS and MegaFon in different regions and for different technology combinations, respectively. In August 2016, we have entered into a network sharing agreement with Kcell Joint Stock Company (“Kcell”) for the joint deployment of 4G/LTE services in Kazakhstan. The agreement aims to benefit customers without restricting competition between the two companies. The two mobile network operators will undertake joint planning of the combined network in order to generate greater cost efficiencies and a significantly accelerated roll-out of 4G/LTE across the country. The shared network will be managed by combined teams from Beeline Kazakhstan and Kcell.

For a discussion of the mobile telecommunications equipment and operations for the Italy Joint Venture, please see “—Description of Operations of the Italy Joint Venture—Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Italy.”

Fixed-line Telecommunications Equipment and Operations

Russia

Our fixed infrastructure consists of two primary parts – our transport network and fixed core network.

 

91


Table of Contents

Our transport network is designed and is continually developed to carry voice, data and internet traffic of mobile network, FTTB and our fixed-line customers. The main technologies in a transport network are fiber optics and microwave links. In some cases, satellites are used to provide connection with remote and hard-to-reach areas. Following and acquisition of fixed regional operators, we now have copper line connection, which we use in limited amounts for B2C services. Our fiber optics network consists of four parts designed for specific goals: international lines, domestic main lines, zonal and local.

International lines are located outside Russia and are designed to ensure connection with international operators and channels for our clients.

Main lines are the backbone of our fiber optics for Mobile, Fix and FTTB. Consisting of the Big European Ring (main fiber ring) and a few rings in the Central, Ural, Siberia and South and North Caucasus regions, the network connects the major cities in the Western part of Russia and the Eastern part up to and including Siberia. We also lease capacity from Rostelecom and TransTelecom to reach the Far-Eastern part of Russia, and our network extends to Yakutsk, Vladivostok and Sakhalin. Two chords links provide additional protection and capacity for the Big European Ring. The total length of our Intercity optical cable network is 63,195 kilometers. There are protected optical lines connecting Moscow and St. Petersburg, and which pass to Stockholm, London and Frankfurt. Two independent optical lines connect our optical networks in Russia and Ukraine. Three cross-boundary lines to Kazakhstan provide our connections to Kazakh, Uzbek and other Asian telecommunication operators. The active infrastructure of main lines is based on DWDM technology, with IP on top, and is organized into a single architecture called IP backbone. Zonal or intraregional transport networks connect our sites and sites in small towns and the countryside within each federal territory. We also have local fiber networks constructed in more than 220 cities, which are designed for multiservice traffic within city borders built on MEN technology. All of the networks are connected and share resources where required. The total length of our zonal and local fiber cables is 108,469 kilometers. Our primary vendors of active optical equipment are Cisco, Juniper, Huawei, Ciena and ECI. Microwave technology is mainly used to provide access to the final destination (base station or client). We use modern, high capacity (150+ Mbps) microwaves from leading telecommunication vendors such as Ericsson, Huawei, Nec, Aviat.

We use a three tiered architecture for our fixed core network (voice) to ensure correct and efficient traffic management and answer business demands: local, zonal and federal. The local voice networks are mainly used to provide telephony services for B2B customers and are in 189 cities. In an effort to minimize payments to incumbent local operators for voice transit and reduce traffic loop by direct connection with external mobile and fixed operators, we introduced zonal switches in 57 Russian regions (regional level).

Our federal transit network consists of six international transit exchanges, eight intercity communications transit exchanges installed in each of the federal districts of Russia, and connection points (access nodes) located in each region of Russia. We use this network to optimize our investments for serving of interregional and international traffic and to simplify architecture management, as well as realize our fixed operator federal license.

Ukraine

Our transport network is designed to provide a full range of telecommunications services for corporate and enterprise customers, including: Private Leasing Channel, voice, IP voice, L2VPN, IP VPN, and internet access. The information provided below does not include the Donetsk and Lugansk regions of Eastern Ukraine.

Our transport network is based on our optical cable network utilizing DWDM, SDH and IP/MPLS equipment. The DWDM and SDH networks connect all the main regional and mid-sized cities of Ukraine. All our DWDM and SDH optical networks are fully ring-protected (except for secondary towns) and can be self-healing which is necessary to prevent downtime of the transmission network. Our core IP/MPLS network is fully mesh-protected, meaning that the recovery mechanisms which provide different levels of protection or restoration against different failure modes are available for network uptime. It connects all the main regional cities of Ukraine. The total length of our fiber optic cables is 20,068 kilometers.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our interregional and metro transport networks are based on our optical cable and microwave systems utilizing SDH, PDH, Ethernet and IP/MPLS technologies. We have deployed metro SDH and IP/MPLS optical networks in more than 116 cities of Ukraine. The total length of fiber cables constructed within cities is 23,754 kilometers.

As of December 31, 2016, we had constructed and owned a 43,822 kilometer fiber optic network, including 20,068 kilometers between cities, 14,848 kilometers inside cities, and 8,906 kilometers of local FOL for FTTB, which is connected to the local PSTN in Kyiv, to other major metropolitan areas in Ukraine, and to our gateway.

Uzbekistan

In Uzbekistan, we provide a wide range of fixed-line services, such as network access and hardware and software solutions, including configuration and maintenance. Our joint venture’s (Buzton) network provides international telephony and internet access through JSC Uzbektelecom. Buzton’s network consists of 95 nodes situated throughout Uzbekistan. We have our own basic fiber optic digital network in the cities of Tashkent, Zarafshan, and Uchkuduk, covering more than 485 kilometers with connection to 30,456 FTTB ports, and copper cables, providing services through 14,848 ADSL ports, that allow users to connect and to access services in nearly all regions of Uzbekistan. Our main line in Tashkent is based on fiber optic equipment.

Armenia

ArmenTel’s fixed-line infrastructure covers all districts of Armenia with a full set of equipment (international gateway, digital-analog exchanges, remote access telephone nodes, MSANs, internet protocol digital customer line access multiplexers, fiber and copper wire access networks, fiber optic backbone network and data access network). Its network consists of 221,008 ADSL ports, 2,015 buildings provided with FTTB fiber access and 167 Central Offices (telephone exchanges, MSANs, remote nodes), of which 130 are digital. ArmenTel also provides interconnection with international operators and national mobile operators in Armenia. ArmenTel’s CDMA Wireless Local Loop network is used to provide fixed-line telephone services to rural customers but it will be replaced by a 4G/LTE solution on a 450 MHz spectrum. After successful trials, the replacement launched during 2016.

Kazakhstan

Our subsidiaries TNS-Plus LLP and KaR-Tell LLP provide a wide range of fixed-line telecommunications services, including internet access, ADSL, FTTB, Wi-Fi, WiMax, VoIP, VPN and VSAT. TNS-Plus owns more than 13,000 kilometers of fiber optic main lines across Kazakhstan, which are based on Huawei SDH/DWDM equipment. As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 260,000 customers connected via FTTB technology in Kazakhstan.

FTTB

Our company is rolling out FTTB networks in Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan. Technically, FTTB offers higher transmission speed, more bandwidth and better security compared to all existing xDSL and other quasi-broadband solutions. In Russia, where the local loop has not been unbundled and the quality of copper lines is generally poor, construction of fiber networks helps to create alternative high quality access to customers’ residences.

As of December 31, 2016, we had more than 2.1 million customers connected to our FTTB network in Russia. The network operates in 147 cities across Russia, 32 across Kazakhstan and three across Uzbekistan.

Italy Joint Venture

For a discussion of the fixed-line telecommunications equipment and operations for the Italy Joint Venture, please see “—Description of Operations of the Italy Joint Venture—Fixed-line Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Italy.”

 

93


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks and domain name registrations, copyright protection and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our technologies, brand name, logos, marketing designs and internet domain names. We have registered and applied to register certain trademarks and service marks in connection with our mobile telecommunications businesses. We have also registered and applied to register certain trademarks and service marks with the World Intellectual Property Organization in order to protect them.

Our registered trademarks and service marks include our brand name, logos and certain advertising features. Our copyrights are principally in the area of computer software for service applications developed in connection with our mobile and fixed-line network platform and for the language and designs we use in marketing and advertising our mobile services.

For a discussion of the risks associated with new technology, please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Industry—Our intellectual property rights are costly and difficult to protect, and we cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New intellectual property laws or regulations may require us to invest substantial resources in compliance or may be unclear.”

Buildings

The primary elements of our material tangible fixed assets are our networks, as discussed above at “ Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations” and “— Fixed-line Telecommunications Equipment and Operations.”

In Russia, we own five buildings consisting of approximately 26,000 square meters at 10, Ulitsa 8 Marta in Moscow. We use these buildings as an administrative office, technical center, warehouse and operating facility. In addition, we own five buildings on Lesnoryadsky Pereulok in Moscow, constituting approximately 15,360 square meters, which are used as an administrative office, warehouse and operating facility. These buildings also house the main switches for our Moscow 3G/GSM network and our main and reserve IT centers. We have other offices at 4, Krasnoproletarskaya Street, in the center of Moscow. These consist of two leased administrative buildings of approximately 30,000 square meters. We own a portion of a building in the center of Moscow on Ulitsa 1st Tverskaya Yamskaya consisting of approximately 3,000 square meters that we use as a customer service center, administrative and sales office. We also own office buildings in some of our regional license areas and lease space on an as-needed basis.

In Pakistan, our subsidiary PMCL owns a number of properties consisting of over 28,000 square meters in Karachi, Lahore, Faisalabad and Islamabad. These properties are used for PMCL’s operations and include data centers, office buildings and switching stations. PMCL also leases properties across Pakistan, AJK and GB, including its headquarters and BTS sites. In addition, Warid owns a number of properties totaling 21,686 square meters that are mostly used for MSCs, technical installations and data centers.

In Algeria, our subsidiary Optimum leases its headquarters, call center, transmission towers, sites for mobile switching centers and data centers and owns a small parcel of land used for a cable station in Ain Benian.

In Bangladesh, our subsidiary Banglalink does not own any material real property. Banglalink leases properties across Bangladesh, including its headquarters, call centers, towers, mobile switching centers and data centers.

In Ukraine, our subsidiary, “Kyivstar” JSC, owns a series of buildings consisting of 34,067 square meters at Degtyarivska, 53 in Kyiv. We use these buildings for offices, call centers, switching centers and a print center. In addition, we own a number of buildings throughout Ukraine consisting of over 62,258 square meters that we use as office space, switching centers, call centers, sales centers, date centers and storage units.

 

94


Table of Contents

In Uzbekistan, we own 11 buildings consisting of approximately 25,951 square meters, which are used as administrative offices, technical centers and switching centers. In addition, we lease properties across Uzbekistan that we use for offices, sales centers, warehouses, archive centers, switching centers and parking.

Corporate Social Responsibility

We have a long-term corporate responsibility strategy, consisting of two main elements: maintaining the trust of our stakeholders by behaving in a responsible way, which is key to securing our “license to operate;” and adding tangible value to society through products, services and social investments, by recognizing the opportunities to leverage our technology, our commercial expertise, and the commitment of our employees. To further our goals, we launched our, “Make Your Mark” corporate responsibility program in 2014.

Our approach to the identification, management and evaluation of corporate responsibility is guided by three main factors:

 

   

Stakeholders: A range of stakeholders have legitimate concerns and expectations about how our company operates. By engaging with them, we understand and evaluate these issues and plan how best to improve our business. We follow a number of multi-stakeholder defined standards and guidelines. Our reporting meets Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) version 4 guidelines at the “core” level, follows the guidance in the AA1000 Accountability Principles Standard and is influenced by the guidance issued by the International Integrated Reporting Council (“IIRC”). Several of our markets have adopted International Organization for Standardization standards, and the social accountability standard;

 

   

Materiality: We prioritize these issues logically, by assessing the materiality of individual issues to our strategy and their importance to our stakeholders. Each material issue is scored against pre-defined criteria; and

 

   

Responsiveness: Having identified the priorities, we form our strategy and governance approach, take appropriate action and report on our progress through our corporate strategy framework overview. This overview includes analysis of the strategy elements and business principles, relevance to the business strategy, relevance to stakeholders and finally, a status summary. Within the corporate responsibility (“CR”) report, CR performance is disclosed periodically, which is used by the corporate responsibility team to determine the effectiveness of policy and design novel policy and management approaches.

Our corporate responsibility program is overseen by our corporate responsibility team, which reports to our Group Chief External Affairs Officer who, in turn, reports to the Chief Executive Officer. The team has access to the top operational committee for issue-by-issue decisions.

We are accountable to our stakeholders and customers through the publication of our annual Corporate Responsibility report, which is published each year.

We share periodic updates with internal stakeholders, including members of management, to inform them about key corporate responsibility related developments.

Disclosure of Activities under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) to the Exchange Act, we are required to disclose whether we or any of our affiliates are knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or certain designated individuals or entities. Disclosure is required even when the activities were conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. entities—including non-U.S. entities that are not otherwise owned or controlled by U.S. entities or persons—and even when such activities were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following information is disclosed pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. None of these activities involved our U.S. affiliates.

 

   

Our Armenian subsidiary, ArmenTel, and Telecommunications Company of Iran, or “TCI,” an Iranian Government-owned company, have an agreement for the provision of voice services, which has been in place since 2003. Under the agreement, ArmenTel sent direct traffic to TCI and TCI sent both direct and transit traffic to ArmenTel. We (including ArmenTel) did not provide any telecommunications equipment or technology to TCI. However, in 2013 ArmenTel discontinued providing voice services under the agreement. During 2016, ArmenTel received traffic from TCI under the 2003 contract for voice services. The gross revenue received from these activities involving TCI was approximately US$370,407 and net profits were approximately US$275,537. During 2016, ArmenTel provided telecommunications services to the Embassy of Iran in Yerevan. The gross revenue for these services in 2016 was approximately US$28,000 and net profits were approximately US$24,000. ArmenTel intends to continue the services to the Embassy of Iran.

 

   

During 2001, our Russian subsidiary, PJSC VimpelCom, began providing telecommunications services, including mobile and fixed-line services, to the Embassy of Iran in Moscow. The gross revenue for these services in 2016 was approximately US$8,684 and net profits were approximately US$6,252. PJSC VimpelCom intends to continue the services to the Embassy of Iran.

 

   

During 2008, our Tajikistan subsidiary, LLC Tacom, began providing telecommunications services to the Embassy of Iran in Dushanbe. The gross revenue for these services in 2016 was approximately US$9,318 and net profits were approximately US$8,477. LLC Tacom intends to continue the services to the Embassy of Iran.

 

   

During 2014, our Kyrgyzstan subsidiary, Sky Mobile LLC, began providing mobile telecommunications services to the Embassy of Iran in Bishkek. The gross revenue for these services in 2016 was approximately US$1,140 and net profits were approximately US$524. Sky Mobile LLC intends to continue the services to the Embassy of Iran.

 

   

During 2016, our Algerian subsidiary, OTA and subsequently its wholly owned subsidiary, Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A. (“Optimum”), provided telecommunications services to the Embassy of Iran in Algiers. The gross revenue for these services in 2016 was approximately US$956 with net profits of approximately US$1,119. Optimum intends to continue the services to the Embassy of Iran.

 

   

We have active roaming agreements with GSM mobile network operators in various countries throughout the world, including with TCI, MTN Irancell, Taliya Mobile and Telecommunication Kish Company (also known as TKC KIFZO) and RighTel in Iran. TCI and MTN Irancell are owned or controlled by the Iranian Government, and our other roaming partners in Iran may be affiliated with the Iranian Government. Pursuant to our roaming agreements with these companies, our customers receive customary international roaming services on their networks, and their customers receive such services while roaming on our networks outside those countries. We intend to continue our roaming agreements with TCI, MTN Irancell, Taliya Mobile, TKC KIFZO and RighTel for the foreseeable future. During 2016, our gross revenue received from roaming arrangements with TCI, MTN Irancell and RighTel was approximately US$642,076, US$12,728 and US$1,340 respectively; net profits from roaming arrangements with TCI were US$567,445, and net losses from MTN Irancell and RighTel were approximately US$61,513 and US$4,289 respectively. During 2016, we received no gross revenue from roaming arrangements with Taliya Mobile and TKC KIFZO with no net profits.

Telenor may be deemed an affiliate based on its indirect share ownership in us through Telenor East and the officers of the Telenor Group who are on our board. Telenor East has provided us with the information included below relevant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. This information relates solely to activities conducted by Telenor subsidiaries and does not relate to any activities conducted by us. We are not representing the accuracy or completeness of such information and undertake no obligation to correct or update this information.

 

96


Table of Contents

Various Telenor subsidiaries have entered into roaming agreements and interconnection agreements with Iranian telecommunication companies. Pursuant to those roaming agreements, the Telenor subsidiaries’ customers are able to roam in the particular Iranian network (outbound roaming) and customers of such Iranian operators are able to roam in the relevant subsidiaries’ network (inbound roaming). For outbound roaming, Telenor subsidiaries pay the relevant Iranian operator roaming fees for use of its network by Telenor subsidiaries’ customers, and for inbound roaming the Iranian operator pays the relevant Telenor subsidiaries’ roaming fees for use of its network by its customers.

Telenor subsidiaries were party to the following roaming agreements and interconnection agreements with Iranian telecommunication companies in 2016:

(1) Telenor Norge AS, a Norwegian subsidiary, has roaming agreements with Mobile Telecommunication Company of Iran (“MCI”) and MTN Irancell. During 2016, Telenor Norge AS recorded net revenue related to these roaming agreements of US$8,319.45 to MCI and net expenses of US$249,335.76 to MTN Irancell.

(2) Telenor Sverige AB, a Swedish subsidiary, has roaming agreements with MCI, MTN Irancell and Taliya Mobile. During 2016, Telenor Sverige AB recorded net revenues related to its roaming agreement with MCI of US$27,552.27, net expenses related to its roaming agreement with MTN Irancell of US$41,558.97 and net expenses related to its roaming agreement with Taliya Mobile of US$19,379.55.

(3) Telenor A/S, a Danish subsidiary, has roaming agreements with MCI and MTN Irancell. During 2016, Telenor A/S recorded net expenses related to its roaming agreement with MCI of US$35,434 and net expenses related to its roaming agreement with MTN Irancell of US$100,279.

(4) Telenor d.o.o. Beograd Omladinskih brigada 90, a Serbian subsidiary, has a roaming agreement with MCI. During 2016, Telenor d.o.o. Beograd Omladinskih brigada 90 recorded net revenues of US$1,584.27 related to this roaming agreement.

(5) Telenor Hungary Plc, a Hungarian subsidiary, has a roaming agreement with MCI. During 2016, Telenor Hungary Plc, recorded net revenues of US$23,066.44 related to this roaming agreement.

(6) Telenor Bulgaria EAD, a Bulgarian subsidiary, has a roaming agreement with MCI. During 2016, Telenor Bulgaria EAD recorded net revenues of US$12,541.30 related to this roaming agreement.

(7) DiGi.Com Bhd, a Malaysian subsidiary, has a roaming agreement with MCI. During 2016, DiGi.Com Bhd recorded net revenues of US$23,055.68 related to this roaming agreement.

(8) Telenor Pakistan (Private) Ltd., a Pakistani subsidiary, has roaming agreements with MCI, MTN Irancell and Taliya. During 2016, Telenor Pakistan (Private) Ltd. recorded net expenses of US$892.69 related to the roaming agreement with MCI and net revenue of US$21,225.52 related to the roaming agreement with MTN Irancell.

(9) Total Access Communications Plc. (“dtac”), a Thai subsidiary, has roaming agreements with MCI and MTN Irancell. During 2016, dtac recorded net expenses related to these roaming agreements of US$39.63 to MCI and US$11.17 to MTN Irancell.

(10) Telenor Global Services AS, a Norwegian subsidiary, has an interconnection agreement with Telecommunication Company of Iran, the parent company of MCI. During 2016, Telenor Global Services recorded net revenue of US$355,951.23 related to this interconnection agreement.

Telenor and its subsidiaries intend to continue these agreements.

 

ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

97


Table of Contents
ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors, including the risks discussed in “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

Basis of Presentation of Financial Results

Our audited consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F include the accounts of VEON Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated. We have used the equity method of accounting for companies in which we have significant influence, such as the Italy Joint Venture. Generally, this represents voting rights of at least 20.0% and not more than 50.0%.

From January 1, 2016 to November 5, 2016, we classified our Italian business unit as an asset held for sale and discontinued operation in our consolidated financial statements. In connection with this classification, VEON Ltd. no longer accounted for depreciation and amortization expenses of the Italian operation. The financial data for 2015 and 2014 reflects the classification of Italy as an asset held for sale and a discontinued operation. The intercompany positions were disclosed as related party transactions and balances. On November 5, 2016, the balance sheet of Italy was deconsolidated and an investment in a joint venture, in which VEON Ltd. has joint control, was recorded. Please refer to Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information.

We and our subsidiaries paid taxes computed on income reported for local statutory tax purposes. We based this computation on local statutory tax rules, which differ substantially from IFRS. Certain items that are capitalized under IFRS are recognized under local statutory accounting principles as an expense in the year paid. In contrast, numerous expenses reported in the financial statements prepared under IFRS are not tax deductible under local legislation. As a consequence, our effective tax rate was different under IFRS from the statutory rate.

Critical Accounting Policies

Please refer to Notes 3 and 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Reportable Segments

We present our reportable segments based on economic environments and stages of development in different geographical areas, requiring different investment and marketing strategies.

As of December 31, 2016, our reportable segments consist of the seven following segments:

 

   

Russia;

 

   

Pakistan;

 

   

Algeria;

 

   

Bangladesh;

 

   

Ukraine;

 

   

Uzbekistan; and

 

   

HQ (transactions related to management activities within the group).

 

98


Table of Contents

Italy is no longer a reportable segment following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. For more information, please see Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” and “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture.”

For historical periods prior to the year ended December 31, 2016, we reported an “HQ and Others” segment, comprised of our current “HQ” segment and our current “Others” category (which includes customer numbers in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia and Laos). As of December 31, 2016, “Others” is no longer a reportable segment but only a reconciling column in our financial statements and therefore, we report revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for “Others” only as a reconciling line item between our seven reportable segments and our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA. For comparability purposes, the financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 has been represented to show our revenue and Adjusted EBITDA in each of HQ and Others on a stand-alone basis, with Others including Kazakhstan, as discussed further below. We also include herein customer numbers for the “Others” category, which includes our customers in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia and Laos.

From January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016, management organized our business in eight reportable segments consisting of our seven current reporting segments, taking into account the change described above from “HQ and Others” to solely “HQ,” and Kazakhstan. In the second quarter of 2016, management decided to no longer include Kazakhstan as a separate reportable segment due to the decreasing impact of operations in Kazakhstan on the overall business and therefore we included Kazakhstan in the “Others” category for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is now reported separately from “HQ”. Our annual consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been restated for this organizational change such that Kazakhstan is included in the “Others” reconciling column for those years. Customer numbers for Kazakhstan are included in our “Others” category presented herein.

Key Developments and Trends

Customer and revenue growth

The mobile markets in Russia, Algeria, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Georgia, Tajikistan and Italy have each reached mobile penetration rates exceeding 100.0%. As a result, we will focus less on customer market share growth and more on revenue market share growth in each of these markets. The key components of our growth strategy in these markets will be to increase our share of the high-value customer market, increase usage of data, improve customer loyalty and retain our customers.

The remaining mobile markets in which we operate, including Pakistan and Bangladesh, are still in a phase of customer growth with mobile penetration rates substantially lower than in our other markets. In these markets, our management expects revenue growth to come primarily from customer growth in the short-term and increasing usage of voice and data traffic in the medium term.

Our management expects revenue growth in our mobile business to come primarily from an increase in data revenue and the ability to upsell our customers, and in our fixed-line business from broadband, as well as business and corporate services.

New dividend policy

Our supervisory board approved a new dividend policy following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture, improved cash flows and stabilization of the macroeconomic environment. For the financial year ended December 31, 2016, we intend to pay a dividend in the aggregate amount of US$23 cents per share, comprised of US$3.5 cents per share paid as an interim dividend in December 2016 and US$19.5 cents per share, with a record date of March 30, 2017 and which is intended to be paid on April 12, 2017. Thereafter, we aim to pay a sustainable and progressive dividend based on the evolution of our equity free cash flow, which is defined as net cash flow from operating activities less net cash used in investing activities, as reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

Strong competition in Russia

In Russia, we see continued signs of strong competition in the market, with pricing pressure on devices and increased data allowances, while the macro environment remains challenging. We are aiming to improve the customer proposition in Russia by focusing on customer service, offering integrated bundles including voice, text, and data, and introducing innovative products and services.

Italy Joint Venture

On August 6, 2015, VEON Ltd., which indirectly owned 100% of Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. (“WIND”), together with its subsidiary VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., and Hutchison, together with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into a contribution and framework agreement to form an equal joint venture holding company, the “Italy Joint Venture,” that would own and operate their telecommunications businesses in Italy. On September 1, 2016, the European Commission approved the 50/50 Italy Joint Venture of WIND and 3 Italia, and the French operator Iliad as an appropriate remedy taker. On October 24, 2016, VEON and Hutchison also received final approval from the Ministry of Economic Development ( Ministero dello Sviluppo Economico ) (“MISE”) in Italy for their 50/50 Italy Joint Venture to merge their mobile businesses. The transaction was completed on November 5, 2016.

Each of Hutchison and VEON Ltd. indirectly holds 50% of the shares in the Italy Joint Venture, and therefore, as a consequence of the completion, VEON no longer owns a majority interest or has control over the operations of WIND. Pursuant to the terms of a shareholders’ deed, no party may reduce its aggregate indirect holding in the Italy Joint Venture below 50% for the first year following completion. After the first year, either party may sell its shares in the Italy Joint Venture to third parties after offering a right of first offer to the other party. Once three years following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture have elapsed, each shareholder can invoke a buy/sell mechanism at any time.

The scale and financial strength of the combined business, characterized by strong spectrum assets, will enable the Italy Joint Venture to improve coverage, accelerate 4G/LTE mobile broadband rollout and provide greater reliability and enhanced download speeds to its customers. The Italy Joint Venture benefits from scale and synergies which are expected to unlock investment in Italy’s digital infrastructure. Further, its delivery of mobile broadband is expected to play an important part in supporting the Italian government’s goal in its Digital Italy Plan, which aims to achieve 85% take-up of 100 megabytes broadband coverage by 2020. The investment will also complement the Enel Open Fibre project, which is already supported by WIND. As of December 31, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture had 31.3 million mobile customers.

We account for the Italy Joint Venture using the equity method. We do not control the Italy Joint Venture. For further information on the basis of finance treatment of the Italy operations see Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture.”

Pakistan Merger

On November 26, 2015, WTPL (the parent company and majority shareholder of Warid), Bank Alfalah, International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of GTH) and Pakistan Mobile Communications Ltd (an indirect subsidiary of VEON, “PMCL”) entered into an agreement to merge their telecommunications businesses in Pakistan (the “Pakistan Merger”). WTPL and Bank Alfalah (together the “Dhabi Group Shareholders”) agreed to acquire approximately 15% of the shares of PMCL in exchange for the acquisition of 100% of the shares of Warid by PMCL.

On July 1, 2016, the transaction to merge PMCL and Warid was completed. Accordingly, PMCL holds 100% of Warid’s shares, and the Dhabi Group Shareholders have acquired 15% of the shares of PMCL, subject to potential post-completion adjustments against a pre-agreed formula.

 

100


Table of Contents

Historically, Warid was in competition in Pakistan with subsidiaries of our shareholder, Telenor. Due to the structural and economic links between Telenor and VEON, the Competition Commission of Pakistan issued an order in 2011 and strengthened the order in 2016 following the merger, placing certain restrictions on the trading and sharing agreements between Telenor and the newly merged entity.

The historical Mobilink and Warid brands now operate on a joint basis under the “Jazz” brand. The combined entity now has a single board and management structure.

Over 50 million customers in Pakistan now benefit from high-speed mobile telecommunications and a best-in-class digital mobile network from the combined PMCL and Warid entity. It is expected that the combined entity will be the leading telecommunications provider of 2G, 3G and 4G/LTE services in Pakistan, providing higher quality national voice and data coverage, faster downloads, and a wider portfolio of products and services.

Disposal of Non-Core Assets and Network and Tower Sharing Agreements

As part of our strategy under our new VEON brand, we aim to move towards an asset-light network model through the disposal of non-core assets, potential sales of tower businesses and the sharing of networks.

On November 30, 2016, we exited the telecommunications market in Zimbabwe through the sale by GTH of Telecel International Limited to ZARNet (Private) Limited (“ZARNet”).

In March 2015, our wholly owned subsidiary, WIND Italy, sold 90% of the shares of its wholly owned towers subsidiary, Galata, to Cellnex. WIND Italy has a put option, and Cellnex has a call option, over the 10% of the share capital of Galata retained by WIND Italy. Through the historical WIND agreement, the Italy Joint Venture now has a tower services agreement with Galata for an initial term of 15 years for the provision of a broad range of services on the sites contributed to Galata by WIND Italy and the sites subsequently built by Galata hosting WIND Italy’s equipment.

In December 2014, our wholly owned subsidiary, PJSC VimpelCom, entered into an agreement with MTS for the joint planning, development and operation of 4G/LTE networks in 36 regions of Russia with an agreed extension of up to 41 regions. In December 2015, PJSC VimpelCom and MTS signed an amendment to the December 2014 agreement that provides for the sharing of 2600 MHz 4G/LTE frequencies in 20 of the 36 regions of Russia that were covered by the original 2014 agreement. In each of these regions, PJSC VimpelCom and MTS plan to share airwaves and radio frequency channels across all base stations that they jointly use pursuant to the 2014 agreement, and the amendment allows for further expansion of the list of regions covered by the agreement.

Similarly, in December 2015, PJSC VimpelCom entered into an agreement with MegaFon for the joint planning, development and operation of 4G/LTE networks in ten regions of Russia.

In August 2016, we have entered into a network sharing agreement with Kcell for the joint deployment of 4G/LTE services in Kazakhstan. For further information, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Property, Plant and Equipment—Mobile Telecommunications Equipment and Operations—Site Procurement and Maintenance.”

Multi-Currency Term Loan and Revolving Facilities Agreement

On February 16, 2017, VEON Ltd. entered into a new multi-currency term loan and revolving facilities agreement (the “TL/RCF”) of up to US$2.25 billion for VimpelCom Holdings B.V. (“VIP Holdings”). The TL/RCF replaced the now cancelled US$1.8 billion revolving credit facility signed in 2014. The term loan facility has a five-year tenor and the revolving credit facility has an initial tenor of three years, with VIP Holdings having the right to request two one-year extensions to the tenor of the revolving credit facility, subject

 

101


Table of Contents

to lender consent. Several international banks have committed to the TL/RCF in an aggregate amount of US$2.108 billion. The TL/RCF includes an option to increase the amount of the facility up to the full amount of US$2.25 billion, which would consist of a term loan facility of US$562,500,000 and a revolving credit facility of US$1,687,500,000. VIP Holdings will have the option to make each drawdown under the facilities in either U.S. dollars or euros.

Telenor Share Sale and Exchangeable Bond Issuance

In September 2016, Telenor East sold 163,875,000 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs pursuant to an underwritten offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the offering, and Telenor East’s sale of the ADSs did not result in dilution of our issued and outstanding shares. The ADSs were offered only by means of a prospectus and an accompanying prospectus supplement forming a part of the effective Registration Statement.

In addition, in a transaction outside the United States to non-US persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, Telenor East issued a US$1,000,000,000 0.25% bond due 2019 that is exchangeable under certain conditions for up to a total at issuance of 204,081,633 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs (subject to adjustment) at an exchange price representing a premium of 40% to the public offering price of the ADSs at the issue date.

Telenor East has announced its intention to divest the remainder of its stake in VEON Ltd.

Management Changes in Operating Companies

In 2016, we had management changes in key roles at several operating companies. On September 5, 2016 VEON accepted the resignation of Mikhail Slobodin as CEO of PJSC VimpelCom and appointed Kjell Johnsen, who leads VEON’s Major Markets, as Head of Russia. We also appointed a new CEO in Algeria and Aamir Ibrahim succeeded Jeffrey Hedberg as CEO in Pakistan following the Pakistan Merger and Mr. Hedberg’s new appointment as Group Chief People Officer. While we anticipate an integration period for these management changes, we believe that the new appointments will continue to drive the company’s transformation.

Biometric SIM verification in Bangladesh

In December 2015, the government of Bangladesh introduced biometric SIM verification, which is a mandated initiative that requires mobile phone operators to verify each customer using fingerprints in order to ensure authentic registration, proper accountability and increased security. This verification initiative has impacted revenue dynamics and customer growth across the market, resulted in 3.8 million SIM cards being blocked by Banglalink and may require additional funds and/or focus and resources on the part of BDCL’s or VEON Ltd.’s management.

GTH Share Buy-Back and Cancellation of GDR Program

In February 2017, our owned Egyptian subsidiary, GTH, completed a fixed price buy-back program to acquire up to 10% of the total issued share capital of GTH at a price per share of Egyptian pounds 7.90 and for a total consideration of up to Egyptian pounds 4.1 billion (the “Share Buy-Back”). GTH launched the Share Buy-Back primarily to maximize shareholder value, to reduce GTH’s share capital and as a supportive action to the cancellation of the listing of its GDRs on the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority and the trading of GDRs on the Main Market for Listed Securities of the London Stock Exchange (the “GDR Listing”), in order to provide the holders of GDRs in GTH an opportunity to dispose of all or some of their GDRs prior to the cancellation of the GDR Listing, which was approved during the extraordinary general assembly meeting of the shareholders on February 6, 2017. As a result, the GDR Listing ceased on March 20, 2017. GTH will keep its single listing on the Egyptian Stock Exchange in Cairo. Upon ratification by the Egyptian Financial Supervisory Authority of the board minutes for the cancellation of the GDR program, our shareholding in GTH will increase to 57.7% from 51.9%.

 

102


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Comparability of Our 2016, 2015 and 2014 Financial Position and Results of Operations

Our comparability between the periods presented below was affected by the classification of Italy as an asset held for sale and a discontinued operation from January 1, 2016 to November 5, 2016 and its subsequent deconsolidation and the acquisition of an investment in a joint venture. For more information, please see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” and “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture.”

On July 1, 2016, VEON Ltd., together with its subsidiary GTH, acquired 100% of the voting shares in Warid, a mobile telecommunications provider. VEON Ltd. consolidated Warid financials in the Pakistan segment starting from July 1, 2016, which affects comparability with previous periods. For more information regarding our acquisitions and dispositions, see “—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated herein.

We do not provide comparable financial information for periods preceding the date on which we acquired, consolidated or commenced operations in a particular country or segment, or following the date of disposal unless required by IFRS applied by VEON Ltd.

In general, our selected operating and financial data, audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the following discussion and analysis reflect the contribution of the operators we acquired from their respective dates of acquisition or consolidation and therefore such acquisitions affect the comparability of data between periods.

In 2016, we reached resolutions with the SEC, the DOJ and the OM relating to previously disclosed investigations under the FCPA and relevant Dutch laws and paid fines and disgorgements to the SEC, the DOJ and the OM. All fines are paid and accounted for in 2016, though we anticipate some ongoing compliance costs going forward. For further details related to these agreements, please see “Item 8—Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—A.7. Legal Proceedings,” Notes 25 and 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have incurred and are continuing to incur costs and related management oversight obligations in connection with our obligations under the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, which may be significant” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We could be subject to criminal prosecution or civil sanction if we breach the DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment or the Dutch Settlement Agreement, and we may face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM, including additional investigations and litigation” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations

Our financial position and results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2016 as reflected in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been influenced by the factors listed below. For a discussion of the key developments trends, commitments or events that are likely to have a material effect on our results of operation for the current financial year, see “—Key Developments and Trends.”

Economic trends

Our financial position and results of operations are affected by the economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, including a macroeconomic slowdown in Russia, Ukraine and other countries in 2014 and 2015. Low oil prices, together with the impact of economic sanctions – including those promulgated by the United States, which restrict certain financial transactions and dealings, even by non-U.S. persons, involving certain industries and parties in Russia and resulting from the current situation in Ukraine – and the significant

 

103


Table of Contents

devaluation of the ruble, negatively impacted the Russian economy and economic outlook. In both 2014 and 2015, the significant depreciation of the ruble against the U.S. dollar in particular negatively impacted our results of operations and resulted in a foreign currency exchange loss in 2014 and 2015. In addition, the significant devaluation of the Ukrainian hryvnia in 2015 (partly due to the National Bank of Ukraine’s decision in February 2015 to suspend its interventions to support the currency), the Algerian dinar in 2015, and the Kazakh tenge in 2015 (in the absence of a currency stabilization policy in Kazakhstan) negatively impacted revenues in our Ukraine and Algeria segments, and our historical Kazakhstan segment, respectively, and our results of operations in 2015. However, we have seen stabilization of most of the currencies and macroeconomic conditions in the countries in which we operate during 2016.

Inflation

Inflation affects the purchasing power of our mass market customers, as well as corporate clients. The values of the Russian, Ukrainian, Kazakh and Algerian currencies, for example, have declined significantly in response to political and economic issues since December 31, 2013, and, although the rates appeared to stabilize in some countries in 2016, they may continue to decline.

The table below shows the inflation rates for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and the source of the inflation rates.

 

     December 31,       

Country

   2016     2015     2014     

Source

Russia

     5.4     12.9     11.4    The Russian Federal State Statistics Service

Pakistan

     3.7     3.2     4.3    The Pakistan Bureau of Statistics

Algeria

     5.2 % (1)       4.4     5.3    The Central Bank of Algeria

Bangladesh

     5.0     6.1     6.1    The Central Bank of Bangladesh

Ukraine

     12.4     43.3     24.9    The State Statistics Committee of Ukraine

Uzbekistan

     8.0     9.1     9.8    The International Monetary Fund

Kyrgyzstan

     (0.5 )% (2)       4.9 % (3)       10.5    The International Monetary Fund

Armenia

     (1.1 )%      (0.1 )%      4.6    The National Statistical Service of the Republic of Armenia

Tajikistan

     7.0     11.7     7.4    The International Monetary Fund

Georgia

     1.8     4.9     2.0    The Ministry of Economic Development of the Republic of Georgia

Laos

     2.5     0.9     2.4    The Bank of the Lao People’s Democratic Republic

Kazakhstan

     8.5     13.6     7.4    The Agency of Statistics of the Republic of Kazakhstan

 

(1) As at October 31, 2016.
(2) As at November 30, 2016.
(3) As at October 31, 2015.

For a discussion of the inflation rates for the Italy Joint Venture, please see “—Italy—Inflation.”

Please also see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are exposed to foreign currency exchange loss and currency fluctuation and convertibility translation risks,” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Markets—The international economic environment could cause our business to decline.”

Foreign Currency Translation

Our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are presented in U.S. dollars. Amounts included in these financial statements were presented in accordance with IAS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, using the current rate method of currency translation with the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency. The current rate method assumes that assets and liabilities measured in the functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date; whereas revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated into U.S. dollars at historical exchange

 

104


Table of Contents

rates prevailing on the transaction dates. We translate income statement amounts using the average exchange rates for the period. Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating financial statements into U.S. dollars are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity.

Our results of operations are affected by increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar or our function currencies. A higher average exchange rate correlates to a weaker functional currency. We have listed below the relevant exchange rates for each of our countries of operation for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. These should not be construed as a representation that such currency will in the future be convertible into U.S. dollars or other foreign currency at the exchange rate shown, or at any other exchange rates.

Russia

The national currency of Russia is the Russian ruble. We have determined that the functional currency for Russia is the Russian ruble. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official Central Bank of Russia Russian ruble-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 60.66, 72.88 and 56.26 Russian rubles per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Russian ruble to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 10.0% higher than the average Russian ruble to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Russian ruble-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 58.7% higher than the average Russian ruble-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Pakistan

The national currency of Pakistan is the Pakistani rupee. We have determined that the functional currency for Pakistan is the Pakistani rupee. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Pakistani rupee-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 104.37, 104.73 and 100.52 Pakistani rupee per U.S. dollar respectively, as provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. During the 2016, the average Pakistani rupee to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 1.9% higher than the average Pakistani rupee to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Pakistani rupee-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 1.7% higher than the average Pakistani rupee-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Algeria

The national currency of Algeria is the Algerian dinar. We have determined that the functional currency for Algeria is the Algerian dinar. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Algerian dinar-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 110.40, 107.10 and 87.92 Algerian dinar per U.S. dollar respectively, as provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. During 2016, the average Algerian dinar to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 9.0% higher than the average Algerian dinar to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Algerian dinar-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 24.5% higher than the average Algerian dinar-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Bangladesh

The national currency of Bangladesh is the Bangladeshi taka. We have determined that the functional currency for Bangladesh is the Bangladeshi taka. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Bangladeshi taka-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 78.92, 78.25 and 77.93 Bangladeshi taka per U.S. dollar respectively, as provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. During 2016, the average Bangladeshi taka to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 0.6% higher than the average Bangladeshi taka to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Bangladeshi taka-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 0.5% higher than the average Bangladeshi taka-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Ukraine

The national currency of Ukraine is the Ukrainian hryvnia. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Ukraine is the Ukrainian hryvnia, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Ukrainian hryvnia is not a convertible currency outside Ukraine. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official National Bank of Ukraine (NBU) hryvnia-U.S. dollar

 

105


Table of Contents

exchange rates were 27.19, 24.00 and 15.77 Ukrainian hryvnia per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Ukrainian hryvnia to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 17.0% higher than the average Ukrainian hryvnia to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Ukrainian hryvnia-U.S. dollar NBU exchange rate was 83.3% higher than the average Ukrainian hryvnia-U.S. dollar NBU exchange rate during 2014.

Uzbekistan

The national currency of Uzbekistan is the Uzbek som. Historically, the functional currency of our operations in Uzbekistan has been the U.S. dollar as opposed to the Uzbek som. During 2014, we concluded that the Uzbek som should be the functional currency for Uzbekistan as it more clearly reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The change did not have material impact on our operations. The Uzbek som is not a convertible currency outside Uzbekistan. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan som-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 3,231.48, 2,809.98 and 2,422.4 Uzbek som per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Uzbek som to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 15.5% higher than the average Uzbek som to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Uzbek som-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 11.1% higher than the average Uzbek som-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Other Countries

Kazakhstan

The national currency of the Republic of Kazakhstan is the Kazakh tenge. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Kazakhstan is the Kazakh tenge, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Kazakh tenge is not a convertible currency outside Kazakhstan. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official National Bank of Kazakhstan tenge-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 333.29, 339.47 and 182.35 Kazakh tenge per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Kazakh tenge to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 53.8% higher than the average Kazakh tenge to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Kazakh tenge-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 24.1% higher than the average Kazakh tenge-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Kyrgyzstan

The national currency of Kyrgyzstan is the Kyrgyz som. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Kyrgyzstan is the Kyrgyz som, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Kyrgyz som is not a convertible currency outside Kyrgyzstan. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official National Bank of the Kyrgyz Republic Kyrgyz som-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 69.23, 75.90 and 58.89 Kyrgyz som per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Kyrgyz som to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 8.4% higher than the average Kyrgyz som to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Kyrgyz som-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 20.2% higher than the average Kyrgyz som-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Armenia

The national currency of Armenia is the Armenian dram. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Armenia is the Armenian dram, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Armenian dram is not a convertible currency outside Armenia. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official Central Bank of Armenia Armenian dram-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 483.94, 483.75 and 474.97 Armenian drams per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Armenian dram to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 0.6% higher than the average Armenian dram to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Armenian dram-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 14.9% higher than the average Armenian dram-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

 

106


Table of Contents

Tajikistan

The national currency of Tajikistan is the Tajik somoni. The Tajik somoni is not a convertible currency outside Tajikistan. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Tajikistan is the U.S. dollar, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company because the company generates most of its revenue from international traffic termination which is priced and paid in the U.S. dollars. In addition, a substantial part of capital expenditures is purchased from international suppliers and priced and paid in the U.S. dollars.

Georgia

The national currency of Georgia is the Georgian lari. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Georgia is the Georgian lari, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Georgian lari is not a convertible currency outside Georgia. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the official National Bank of Georgia Georgian lari-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 2.65, 2.39, and 1.86 Georgian lari per U.S. dollar, respectively. During 2016, the average Georgian lari to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 4.3% higher than the average Georgian lari to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Georgian lari-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 28.6% higher than the average Georgian lari-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Laos

The national currency of Laos is the Lao kip. We have determined that the functional currency of our subsidiary in Laos is the Lao kip, as it reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of the company. The Lao kip is not a convertible currency outside Laos. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, Lao kip-U.S. dollar exchange rates were 8,184.00, 8,148.00 and 8,099.05 Lao kip per U.S. dollar respectively, as provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. During 2016, the average Lao kip to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 0.1% lower than the average Lao kip to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average Lao kip-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 1.0% higher than the average Lao kip-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

Italy Joint Venture

For a discussion of foreign currency translation for the Italy Joint Venture, please see “—Italy—Foreign Currency Translation.”

We have implemented a number of risk management activities to minimize currency risk and exposure in certain of the countries in which we, or the Italy Joint Venture operates, as further described in the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Foreign Currency Controls and Currency Restrictions

We face currency restrictions or local regulations that impact our ability to extract cash from some of our operating companies.

The official currency in Uzbekistan is not convertible outside Uzbekistan due to local government or banking regulations, delays and restrictions on exchange rates. In addition, currency restrictions have made it difficult to acquire equipment produced outside of Uzbekistan for use in building and maintaining the company’s telecommunications network. In December 2016, a draft Resolution of the President of Uzbekistan was introduced outlining reforms in currency control planned in 2017, including gradual introduction of free conversion of currency. However, it is not yet clear what the changes will be, and when they will be introduced.

 

107


Table of Contents

In Ukraine, “Kyivstar” JSC cannot expatriate dividends to VEON Ltd. because of restrictions imposed by the National Bank of Ukraine in 2014 to regulate money, credit and currency in Ukraine. Although several of these restrictions were substantially softened and partially abolished in June 2016, several restrictions remain in place in order to prevent any negative impact of currency outflow on the financial market. For example, only dividends accrued in 2014-2015 may be distributed; the monthly amount subject to repatriation is limited to US$5.0 million (in equivalent); there is a detailed examination by the National Bank of Ukraine of all foreign currency purchases at the inter-bank currency market for more than US$50,000 equivalent; the purchase of currency (not to exceed US$50,000 equivalent) cannot be made earlier than on the third working day; there is a ban on the purchase of foreign currency if a client has a US$25,000 equivalent existing already on its accounts; and there is an obligatory sale of 65% of incomings in a foreign currency. For more information about risks related to currency exchange rate fluctuations, see “Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Notes 5 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The banking system in Algeria is still in a period of improvement. The Central Bank has increased the controls on banks, imports (including the implementation of specific licenses for some products), and on the international transfers of funds. From October 2013, a special dispensation from the Bank of Algeria was required for importing 3G equipment and systems. The dispensation was granted in October 2013 and required prior approval from the ARPT and the MPTIC of the detailed lists of equipment and systems to be imported. In addition, there was a ban in place for our non-3G equipment and systems, which, together with the approval procedure for 3G equipment and systems, caused delays in our procurement process. However, the ban was lifted on January 28, 2015, and from that date, Optimum has been able to import equipment and exchange foreign currency.

In Bangladesh, strict foreign exchange regulations require regulatory approval before a company can engage in certain foreign exchange transactions.

Similarly, in Pakistan, foreign currency financing agreements must be registered with the State Bank of Pakistan, and if there is a default, any default interest payment may require regulatory approval. In addition, the State Bank of Pakistan’s approval is also required for hedging loans denominated in foreign currencies.

Tax

In the future, we expect that our results of operations may be affected by a new finance law in Algeria, coming into effect in 2017, which will increase VAT from 7% to 19% on data services and from 17% to 19% on voice services, and additionally, will increase taxes on recharges from 5% to 7%.

For more information on the regulatory environment in which we operate, see Exhibit 99.2—Regulation of Telecommunications.

Certain Performance Indicators

The following discussion analyzes certain operating data, including Adjusted EBITDA, mobile customers, mobile MOU, mobile ARPU, mobile data customers and fixed-line broadband customers that are not included in our financial statements. We provide this operating data because it is regularly reviewed by our management and our management believes it is useful in evaluating our performance from period to period as set out below. Our management believes that presenting information about Adjusted EBITDA, customers, mobile MOU, mobile ARPU and mobile data customers is useful in assessing the usage and acceptance of our mobile and broadband products and services. This operating data is unaudited.

 

108


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

The following table shows our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-IFRS financial measures.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015 (1)     2014 (1)  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Other data:

  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

     3,232       2,875       5,560  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)

     36.4     29.9     41.2

 

(1) Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit/(loss) before tax for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, is presented below.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Adjusted EBITDA

     3,232       2,875       5,560  

Depreciation

     (1,439     (1,550     (1,996

Amortization

     (497     (517     (647

Impairment loss

     (192     (245     (976

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

     (20     (39     (68

Finance costs

     (830     (829     (1,077

Finance income

     69       52       52  

Other non-operating losses/(gains)

     (82     (42     121  

Shares of (loss)/profit of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     48       14       (38

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     (99     —         —    

Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)

     157       (314     (556

Profit/(loss) before tax

     347       (595     375  

The following table shows our cash flows as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

     As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Cash flow data:

      

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

     1,875       2,033       5,279  

from continued operations

     1,192       1,104       4,613  

from discontinued operations

     683       929       666  

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

     (2,671     (2,634     (3,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

from continued operations

     (2,022     (2,494     (2,993

from discontinued operations

     (649     (140     (984
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) before financing activities

     (796     (601     1,302  

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

     (126     (1,439     1,329  

from continued operations

     (106     (732     2,007  

from discontinued operations

     (20     (707     (678
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Mobile Customers

We offer both postpaid and prepaid services to mobile customers. As of December 31, 2016, the number of our mobile customers reached 207.5 million. Mobile customers are generally customers in the registered customer base as of a given measurement date who engaged in a revenue generating activity at any time during the three months prior to such measurement date. Such activity includes any outgoing calls, customer fee accruals, debits related to service, outgoing SMS and MMS, data transmission and receipt sessions, but does not include incoming calls, SMS and MMS or abandoned calls. Our total number of mobile customers also includes customers using mobile internet service via USB modems. The following table indicates our mobile customer figures in millions for the periods indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Russia

     58.3        59.8        57.2  

Pakistan

     51.6        36.2        38.5  

Algeria

     16.3        17.0        17.7  

Bangladesh

     30.4        32.3        30.8  

Ukraine

     26.1        25.4        26.2  

Uzbekistan

     9.5        9.9        10.6  

Others (1)

     15.3        15.7        16.1  

Total number of mobile customers (2)

     207.5        196.3        197.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes operations in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia and Laos for all periods. For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” category and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”
(2) The customer numbers for 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been adjusted to remove customers in operations that have been sold and exclude (i) the customers in our historical WIND business as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and (ii) the customers in the new Italy Joint Venture as of December 31, 2016.

MOU

Mobile MOU measures the monthly average minutes of voice service use per mobile customer. We generally calculate mobile MOU by dividing the total number of minutes of usage for incoming and outgoing calls during the relevant period (excluding guest roamers) by the average number of mobile customers during the period and dividing by the number of months in that period.

The Algeria, Pakistan and Bangladesh segments for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 measured mobile MOU based on billed minutes, which is calculated by the total number of minutes of usage for outgoing calls (and for Pakistan also includes minutes of usage generated from incoming revenue). This definition differs from the definition of MOU above. Mobile MOU in the Algeria, Pakistan and Bangladesh segments has been restated to use the group definition for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

ARPU

Mobile ARPU measures the monthly average revenue per mobile user. We generally calculate mobile ARPU by dividing our mobile service revenue during the relevant period, including data revenue, roaming revenue and interconnect revenue, but excluding revenue from connection fees, sales of handsets and accessories and other non-service revenue, by the average number of our mobile customers during the period and dividing by the number of months in that period.

Mobile Data Customers

Mobile data customers are mobile customers who have engaged in revenue generating activity during the three months prior to the measurement date as a result of activities including USB modem Internet access using 2.5G/3G/4G/LTE/HSPA+ technologies. Our historical WIND business measures mobile data customers based on

 

110


Table of Contents

the number of active contracts signed and includes customers who have performed at least one mobile Internet event during the previous month. For Algeria, mobile data customers are 3G customers who have performed at least one mobile data event on the 3G network during the previous four months.

Fixed-Line Broadband Customers

Fixed broadband customers are fixed customers in the registered customer base who were engaged in a revenue generating activity using fixed broadband Internet access in the three-month period prior to the measurement date. In Russia and Ukraine, such activity includes monthly internet access using FTTB, xDSL and Wi-Fi technologies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements not yet adopted by the company.

Results of Operations

Overview

Our total operating revenue was US$8,885 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to US$9,606 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our operating profit was US$1,084 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to US$524 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The profit for the year attributable to the owners of the parent was US$2,328 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a loss of US$655 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. For a discussion of the material changes between periods, see “—Consolidated Results—Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015.”

We use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency. The functional currencies of our group are the Russian ruble in Russia, the Pakistani rupee in Pakistan, the Algerian dinar in Algeria, the Bangladeshi taka in Bangladesh, the Ukrainian hryvnia in Ukraine, the Kazakh tenge in the Republic of Kazakhstan, the Uzbek som in Uzbekistan, the Kyrgyz som in Kyrgyzstan, the Armenian dram in the Republic of Armenia, the U.S. dollar in Tajikistan, the Georgian lari in Georgia and the Lao kip in Laos. The functional currency of the Italy Joint Venture is the euro.

Due to the significant fluctuation of the non-U.S. dollar functional currencies against the U.S. dollar in the periods covered by this discussion and analysis, changes in our consolidated operating results in functional currencies differ from changes in our operating results in reporting currencies during some of these periods. In the following discussion and analysis, we have indicated our operating results in both reporting and functional currencies and the devaluation or appreciation of functional currencies where it is material to explaining our operating results. For more information about exchange rates relating to our functional currencies, see “—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign Currency Translation” below.

 

111


Table of Contents

Consolidated results

The financial results for 2015 and 2014 reflect the classification of WIND as a discontinued operation. Our financial results for 2016 include the 10 months ended October 31, 2016 with WIND classified as a discontinued operation and the two months ended December 31, 2016 with the Italy Joint Venture accounted for as an equity investment.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015 (1)     2014 (1)  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars, except per
share amounts and as indicated)
 

Consolidated income statements data:

      

Service revenue

     8,553       9,313       13,200  

Sale of equipment and accessories

     184       190       218  

Other revenue

     148       103       68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     8,885       9,606       13,486  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Service costs

     1,769       1,937       2,931  

Cost of equipment and accessories

     216       231       252  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,668       4,563       4,743  

Depreciation

     1,439       1,550       1,996  

Amortization

     497       517       647  

Impairment loss

     192       245       976  

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

     20       39       68  

Total operating expenses

     7,801       9,082       11,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     1,084       524       1,873  

Finance costs

     830       829       1,077  

Finance income

     (69     (52     (52

Other non-operating losses/(gains)

     82       42       (121

Share of (profit) / loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     (48     (14     38  

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     99       —         —    

Net foreign exchange (gain)/ loss

     (157     314       556  

Profit/(loss) before tax

     347       (595     375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     635       220       598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

     (288     (815     (223
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

     920       262       (680

Profit on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     1,788       —         —    

Profit/(loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

     2,708       262       (680

Profit/(loss) for the year

     2,420       (553     (903

Attributable to:

      

The owners of the parent (continuing operations)

     (380     (917     33  

The owners of the parent (discontinued operations)

     2,708       262       (680

Non-controlling interest

     92       102       (256
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,420       (553     (903
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations

      

Basic, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     (0.22     (0.52     0.02  

Diluted, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     (0.22     (0.52     0.02  

Earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations

      

Basic, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     1.55       0.15       (0.39

Diluted, (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     1.55       0.15       (0.39

Weighted average number of common shares (millions)

     1,749       1,748       1,748  

Dividends declared per share

     0.23       0.035       0.035  

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

112


Table of Contents

The tables below show for the periods indicated selected information about the results of operations in each of our reportable segments. For more information regarding our segments, see Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Segmentation of Total Operating Revenue (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  
     in millions of U.S. dollars  

Russia (1)

     4,097        4,583        7,428  

Pakistan

     1,295        1,014        1,010  

Algeria

     1,040        1,273        1,692  

Bangladesh

     621        604        563  

Ukraine

     586        622        1,062  

Uzbekistan

     663        711        718  

HQ (2)

     10        —          —    

Others (3)

     573        799        1,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,885        9,606        13,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
(2) HQ includes transactions related to management activities within the group, reported as a stand-alone segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 and restated as a separate segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. For a discussion of the treatment of our “HQ” segment for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”
(3) Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2016, “Others” is no longer a reportable segment and therefore is included herein for the year December 31, 2016 only as a reconciling category between our total revenue and the revenue of our seven reportable segments. For historical periods, “Others” has been included as a stand-alone segment for purposes of reconciliation with the historical “HQ and Others” segment data. For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” segment and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”

Segmentation of Total Operating Revenue (as a percentage of total operating revenue)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  
    

(percentage of total

operating revenue)

 

Russia (1)

     46     48     55

Pakistan

     15     11     7

Algeria

     12     13     13

Bangladesh

     7     6     4

Ukraine

     7     6     8

Uzbekistan

     7     7     5

HQ (2)

     0     —         —    

Others (3)

     6     8     8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
(2) HQ includes transactions related to management activities within the group. For a discussion of the treatment of our “HQ” segment for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”
(3) Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2016, “Others” is no longer a reportable segment and therefore is included herein for the year December 31, 2016 only as a reconciling category between our total revenue and the revenue of our seven reportable segments. For historical periods, “Others” has been included as a stand-alone segment for purposes of reconciliation with the historical “HQ and Others” segment data. For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” segment and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”

 

113


Table of Contents

Segmentation of Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Russia (2)

     1,574       1,825       2,980  

Pakistan

     507       409       386  

Algeria

     547       684       857  

Bangladesh

     267       242       219  

Ukraine

     306       292       484  

Uzbekistan

     395       437       461  

HQ (3)

     (421     (1,291     (233

Others (4)

     57       277       406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,232       2,875       5,560  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, in “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA” and Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.
(2) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
(3) HQ includes transactions related to management activities within the group. Adjusted EBITDA for the HQ segment consists of costs incurred in our HQ segment. For a discussion of the treatment of our “HQ” segment for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”
(4) Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2016, “Others” is no longer a reportable segment and therefore is included herein for the year December 31, 2016 only as a reconciling category between our total Adjusted EBITDA and the Adjusted EBITDA our seven reportable segments. For historical periods, “Others” has been included as a stand-alone segment for purposes of reconciliation with the historical “HQ and Others” segment data. For a discussion of the treatment of our “Others” segment and our operations in Kazakhstan for each of the periods discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, please see “—Reportable Segments.”

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Total Operating Revenue

Our consolidated total operating revenue decreased by 8% to US$8,885 million during 2016 compared to US$9,606 million during 2015 primarily due to a decrease of total operating revenue of 11% in Russia, 18% in Algeria, 6% in Ukraine and 7% in Uzbekistan, due to the decrease in the average exchange rate from ruble to the U.S. dollar in Russia in 2016 (despite the increase of the spot exchange rate at December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015) and due to the depreciation of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar in Algeria, Ukraine and Uzbekistan, offset by an increase of total operating revenue of 28% in Pakistan, due to double-digit growth in Mobilink coupled with the consolidation of Warid following July 1, 2016 and 3% in Bangladesh, each as described in greater detail below. The discussion of revenue by reportable segments includes intersegment revenue. Our management assesses the performance of each reportable segment on this basis because it believes the inclusion of intersegment revenue better reflects the true performance of each segment on a stand-alone basis.

Total Operating Expenses

Our consolidated total operating expenses decreased by 14% to US$7,801 million during 2016 compared to US$9,082 million during 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a US$900 million provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2016. We also saw a decrease in service costs and cost of equipment and accessories of US$183 million, a decrease in impairment losses of US$53 million and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses of US$131 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015.

 

114


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12% to US$3,232 million during 2016 compared to US$2,875 million during 2015, primarily due to a US$900 million provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2016, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue during 2016. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, in “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA” and Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

Our consolidated depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by 6% to US$1,936 million in 2016 compared to US$2,067 million in 2015. The decrease was primarily the result of depreciation of our functional currencies against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by accelerated depreciation due to the equipment swap in Ukraine and Pakistan.

Impairment Loss

Our consolidated impairment loss decreased by 22% to US$192 million in 2016 compared to US$245 million in 2015. The impairment loss in 2016 primarily related to goodwill impairment in Kyrgyzstan of US$49 million; goodwill, property, equipment and intangible assets impairment in Tajikistan of US$76 million; property, equipment and intangible assets impairment in Georgia for US$29 million and a US$30 million impairment in connection with our transformation strategy and commitment to network modernization, including our plans for re-evaluating our existing network. The impairment loss in 2015 primarily related to goodwill impairment in Ukraine of US$51 million and in Armenia of US$44 million. For further information on our impairment loss, please see Note 10 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Loss on Disposals of Non-current Assets

Our consolidated loss on disposals of non-current assets decreased by 49% to US$20 million during 2016 compared to US$39 million during 2015, mainly due to relatively higher cash considerations received for assets sold.

Operating Profit

Our consolidated operating profit increased by 107% to US$1,084 million in 2016 compared to US$524 million in 2015 due to the decrease of a provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2016, and lower operating expenses, partially offset by overall decrease in revenue.

Non-operating Profits and Losses

Finance Costs and Finance Income

Our consolidated finance costs were broadly stable and amounted to US$830 million in 2016 compared to US$829 million in 2015. Our finance income increased by 33% to US$69 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to US$52 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to increased interest from bank deposits.

 

115


Table of Contents

Other Non-operating Losses/(Gains)

We recorded US$82 million in other non-operating losses during 2016 compared to US$42 million in losses during 2015, an increase of 95%. The change was primarily due to the negative fair value change of foreign exchange contracts by US$120 million in 2016, partially offset by the increased fair value of investments in financial assets by US$21 million and the increased fair value of embedded derivatives by US$12 million.

Shares of Loss/(Profit) of Associates and Joint Ventures Accounted for Using the Equity Method

We recorded a profit of US$48 million from our investments in associates and joint ventures in 2016 compared to a profit of US$14 million in 2015, an increase of 243%. This was mainly driven by profit from the Italy Joint Venture of US$59 million.

Impairment of Associates and Joint Ventures Accounted for Using the Equity Method

During 2016, an impairment of US$99 million was recorded in respect of the investment in Euroset, due to operational underperformance of the joint venture.

Net Foreign Exchange (Gain)/Loss

We recorded a gain of US$157 million from foreign currency exchange in 2016 compared to a loss of US$314 million from foreign currency exchange in 2015. This trend was primarily driven by the appreciation of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar in 2016 compared to the depreciation of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar in 2015.

Income Tax Expense

The statutory income tax rates during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 for each country in which we operate were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Russia

     20.0     20.0

Pakistan

     31.0     32.0

Algeria

     26.0     26.0

Bangladesh

     45.0     45.0

Ukraine

     18.0     18.0

Uzbekistan*

     50.0     7.5

Kazakhstan

     20.0     20.0

Kyrgyzstan

     10.0     10.0

Armenia

     10.0     20.0

Georgia

     15.0     15.0

Luxembourg

     22.47     22.47

Netherlands

     25.0     25.0

Tajikistan

     24.0     24.0

Laos

     20.0     20.0

Italy

     27.5     27.5

Italy regional tax

     3.9     4.8

 

* effective tax rate in Uzbekistan is 53.3% due to additional subnational tax

Our consolidated income tax expense increased by 189% to US$635 million in 2016 compared to US$220 million in 2015. The increase in income taxes was primarily due to an increase in tax rate in Uzbekistan from 7.5% to 50% and higher profits in countries with higher nominal tax rates. Furthermore, the historical WIND business has tax losses, for which a deferred tax asset has been recognized of approximately US$95 million. As a result of the Italy Joint Venture, we will no longer be able to offset these losses against future profits of the Italy Joint Venture. As a consequence, the deferred tax asset of US$95 million was written

 

116


Table of Contents

down. In addition, in 2015 we decreased the provisions for future withholding taxes on intercompany dividends by US$200 million. For information regarding our income tax, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

In 2016, our consolidated loss for the period from continuing operations was US$288 million, compared to US$815 million of loss in 2015, primarily as a result of the US$900 million provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2016, and for the other reasons described above. See “—Factors Affecting Comparability of Our 2016, 2015 and 2014 Financial Position and Results of Operations.”

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations

In 2016, our consolidated profit after tax for the period from discontinued operations, which is comprised primarily of our historical WIND operations in Italy, was US$2,708 million, compared to US$262 million of profit for the year ended December 31, 2015. The completion of the Italy Joint Venture transaction resulted in a non-cash gain on disposal of US$1,788 million, which is the difference between the book value of the deconsolidated Italian operations and the fair value of the investment in the new joint venture recorded on the balance sheet.

Profit for the Year Attributable to the Owners of the Parent

In 2016, the consolidated profit for the period attributable to the owners of the parent was US$2,328 million compared to a loss of US$655 million in 2015. The increase was mainly due to the gain recognized on the disposal of the discontinued operation and other factors as discussed above.

Profit for the Year Attributable to Non-controlling Interest

Our profit for the period attributable to non-controlling interest was US$92 million in 2016 compared to a profit of US$102 million, a decrease of 9.8%, in 2015 as a result of decreased profit for the year in Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan, partially offset by increased profit by Global Telecom Holding Group.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Total Operating Revenue

Our consolidated total operating revenue decreased by 29% to US$9,606 million during 2015 compared to US$13,486 million during 2014 primarily due to decreases of total operating revenue of 38% in Russia, 25% in Algeria and 41% in Ukraine, largely related to the depreciation of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar in 2015, as described in greater detail below. The discussion of revenue by reportable segments includes intersegment revenue. Our management assesses the performance of each reportable segment on this basis because it believes the inclusion of intersegment revenue better reflects the true performance of each segment on a stand-alone basis.

Total Operating Expenses

Our consolidated total operating expenses decreased by 22% to US$9,082 million during 2015 compared to US$11,613 million during 2014, and represented 95% and 86% of total operating revenue in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in absolute terms was primarily due to a decrease in service costs and cost of

 

117


Table of Contents

equipment and accessories of US$1,015 million, lower impairment losses by US$731 million and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses of US$576 million. Our service costs and cost of equipment and accessories was reclassified for the year ended December 31, 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Such decreases in 2015 compared to 2014, were largely related to depreciation of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar in 2015, partially offset by recognized exceptional items in a total amount of US$1,051 million in 2015, including the US$900 million provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, and transformation costs of US$138 million related to our performance transformation program. In 2014, we recognized exceptional items in a total amount of US$65 million, mainly related to the closing of the sale by GTH, of a non-controlling 51% interest in OTA to the Fonds National d’Investissement .

Service Costs

Our consolidated service costs decreased by 34% to US$1,937 million during 2015 compared to US$2,931 million during 2014. As a percentage of consolidated total operating revenue, our service costs decreased to 20% during 2015 compared to 22% during 2014. The decrease in absolute terms was primarily due to decreased revenues related to currency devaluations of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar.

Cost of Equipment and Accessories

Our consolidated cost of equipment and accessories decreased by 8% to US$231 million in 2015 compared to US$252 million in 2014. This decrease was primarily due to a devaluation of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 4% to US$4,563 million during 2015 compared to US$4,743 million during 2014. This decrease was primarily due to the depreciation of functional currencies against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by recognized exceptional items in a total amount of US$1,051 million in 2015, including the US$900 million Uzbekistan provision in connection with the investigations by the SEC, DOJ and OM and transformation costs of US$138 million related to our performance transformation program. In 2014, we recognized exceptional items in a total amount of US$65 million, mainly related to the closing of the Algeria Transaction. For more information about our provisions, see Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. As a percentage of consolidated total operating revenue, our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 47% in 2015 compared to 35% in 2014, mainly due to the exceptional items mentioned above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our consolidated adjusted EBITDA decreased by 48% to US$2,875 million during 2015 compared to US$5,560 million during 2014, primarily due to decreased revenues related to currency devaluations and the exceptional items mentioned above. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure, in “Item 5—Certain Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA” and Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

Our consolidated depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by 22% to US$2,067 million in 2015 compared to US$2,643 million in 2014. The decrease was primarily the result of depreciation of our functional currencies against the U.S. dollar.

 

118


Table of Contents

Impairment Loss

Our consolidated impairment loss was US$245 million in 2015 compared to US$976 million in 2014. The impairment loss in 2015 primarily related to impairment of obsolete network equipment in Pakistan of US$52 million, in Russia of US$28 million, obsolete network equipment and goodwill in Ukraine of US$66 million and impairment of goodwill in Armenia of US$44 million. The impairment loss in 2014 primarily related to impairment of goodwill and other assets related to Ukraine of US$767 million, in Pakistan of US$163 million, and goodwill and other assets in Laos, Georgia, Bangladesh, Burundi and Central African Republic of US$172 million which was partially offset by an impairment release as a result of the sale of our debt and equity interest in Wind Canada of US$110 million.

Loss on Disposals of Non-current Assets

Our consolidated loss on disposals of non-current assets decreased by 43% to US$39 million during 2015 compared to US$68 million during 2014, primarily due to depreciation of our functional currencies against the U.S. dollar.

Operating Profit

Our consolidated operating profit decreased to US$524 million in 2015 compared to US$1,873 million in 2014 due to an overall decrease in revenue and the exceptional items mentioned above, offset by lower impairment. Our consolidated operating profit as a percentage of total operating revenue in 2015 decreased to 5% compared to 14% in 2014.

Non-operating Profits and Losses

Finance Costs and Finance Income

Our consolidated finance costs decreased by 23% to US$829 million in 2015 compared to US$1,077 million in 2014, primarily due to a decrease in interest expense as a result of the redemption of certain bonds in April 2015 through a cash tender offer by VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. that resulted in the repurchase of US$1,838 million of bonds, as well as lower U.S. dollar equivalents of ruble-denominated interest expenses as a result of the ruble depreciation. Our consolidated finance income remained at US$52 million in 2015.

Other Non-operating Losses/(Gains)

We recorded US$42 million in other non-operating losses during 2015 compared to US$121 million in gains during 2014. The change was primarily due to the positive movement in fair value of other derivatives of US$114 million recorded in 2014.

Shares of Loss/(Profit) of Associates and Joint Ventures Accounted for Using the Equity Method

We recorded a profit of US$14 million from our equity in associates and joint ventures in 2015 compared to a loss of US$38 million in 2014. The change was primarily due to the improved results of Euroset and the loss recorded on the sale of Wind Canada in 2014.

Net Foreign Exchange (Gain)/Loss

We recorded a loss of US$314 million from foreign currency exchange in 2015 compared to a loss of US$556 million from foreign currency exchange in 2014. The loss in 2015 was primarily due to a revaluation of our U.S. dollar net financial liabilities in both Russia and Ukraine primarily due to depreciation of the Russian ruble and the Ukrainian hryvnia against the U.S. dollar in 2015. The loss in 2014 was primarily due to revaluation of our U.S. dollar net financial liabilities in Russia due to depreciation of the Russian ruble against the U.S. dollar in 2014.

 

119


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

The statutory income tax rates during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 for each country in which we operate were as follows:

 

             Year ended December 31,       
     2015      2014  

Russia

     20.0      20.0

Pakistan

     32.0      33.0

Algeria

     26.0      23.0

Bangladesh

     45.0      45.0

Ukraine

     18.0      18.0

Uzbekistan

     7.5      8.0

Kazakhstan

     20.0      20.0

Kyrgyzstan

     10.0      10.0

Armenia

     20.0      20.0

Georgia

     15.0      15.0

Luxembourg

     22.47      22.47

Netherlands

     25.0      25.0

Tajikistan

     24.0      25.0

Laos

     20.0      20.0

Italy

     27.5      27.5

Italy regional tax

     4.82      4.55

Our consolidated income tax expense decreased by 63% to US$220 million in 2015 compared to US$598 million in 2014. The decrease in income taxes was primarily due to a decrease in provisions for future withholding taxes on intercompany dividends booked in 2015. In addition, our income tax expenses were higher in 2014 due to the tax consequences relating to the sale by GTH of a non-controlling 51% interest in OTA to the Fonds National d’Investissement that were recorded in 2014.

For more information regarding income tax expenses please refer to Note 11 of our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations

In 2015, our consolidated loss for the year from continuing operations was US$815 million, compared to US$223 million of loss for 2014. The loss for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily attributable to exceptional items in total amount of US$1,051 million described above. See “—Key Developments and Trends—Investigations” and Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

(Loss)/profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations

In 2015, our consolidated profit after tax for the year from discontinued operations, which is comprised primarily of our historical WIND operations in Italy, was US$262 million, compared to US$680 million of loss for 2014. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue for WIND in Italy decreased by 4% in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to a decrease in our mobile revenues and a decrease in fixed-line revenues, attributable to a decline in voice volumes and a decrease in indirect customer base (subscribers who access WIND’s network through Telecom Italia’s network but who are managed commercially by WIND, including both corporate and consumer subscribers). The 2015 results were positively influenced by the net effect of WIND’s sale of 90% of the shares of its towers subsidiary, Galata, to Cellnex in the first quarter 2015 and a reduction in financial expenses resulting from refinancing activities carried out in 2014 and 2015.

 

120


Table of Contents

Profit for the Year Attributable to the Owners of the Parent

In 2015, the consolidated loss for the year attributable to the owners of the parent was US$655 million compared to a loss of US$647 million in 2014. The movement was mainly due to an overall decrease in revenue and the exceptional items mentioned above.

Profit for the Year Attributable to Non-controlling Interest

Our profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interest was US$102 million in 2015 compared to a loss of US$256 million in 2014, mainly due to the profit recorded at the GTH level. This primarily relates to the Algerian results and the change in ownership that occurred during 2015.

Russia

Results of operations in US$

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015 (1)     2014 (1)     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     4,097       4,583       7,428       (11 )%      (38 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     3,276       3,624       5,845       (10 )%      (38 )% 

—of which FMC

     23       —         —         —         —    

—of which mobile data

     778       719       1,003       8     (28 )% 

Fixed-line service revenue

     665       789       1,373       (16 )%      (42 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     156       170       210       (8 )%      (20 )% 

Operating expenses

     2,523       2,758       4,448       (9 )%      (38 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,574       1,825       2,980       (14 )%      (39 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     38     40     40     (1.4p.p.     (0.3p.p.

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Results of operations in RUB

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015 (1)     2014 (1)     % change  
     in millions of RUB (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     273,003       277,241       280,765       (2 )%      (1 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     218,192       219,031       220,305       0     (1 )% 

—of which FMC

     1,496       —         —         —         —    

—of which mobile data

     51,773       43,581       38,065       19     14

Fixed-line service revenue

     44,418       47,748       52,064       (7 )%      (8 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     10,393       10,462       8,396       (1 )%      25

Operating expenses

     168,213       167,096       168,830       1     (1 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     104,790       110,145       111,935       (5 )%      (2 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     38     40     40     (1.3p.p.     (0.1p.p.

 

(1) Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For more information, please refer to Note 8 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

121


Table of Contents

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015 (1)      2014 (1)  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     58.3        59.8        57.2  

ARPU in US$

     4.6        5.1        8.6  

ARPU in RUB

     306        310        323  

MOU in minutes

     326        310        304  

Mobile data customers

     36.6        34.3        31.9  

Fixed-Line

        

Broadband customers in millions

     2.2        2.2        2.3  

 

(1) Comparative amounts in Russia for ARPU in RUB in 2015 and 2014 have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. For further information, please see Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our total operating revenue in Russia decreased by 11% to US$4,097 million in 2016 compared to US$4,583 million in 2015 mainly due to the weakening of the average exchange rate from ruble to the U.S. dollar in 2016, particularly in the first half of the year. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Russia decreased by 2% due to decreased fixed-line service revenue, mainly driven by a change in B2B fixed-line contracts from U.S. dollar to ruble and lower B2C revenue. This was partially offset by an increase in mobile data revenue of 19% as a result of increased smart phone penetration, growth in mobile data customers, customer traffic growth and active bundle promotion. The increase in mobile data revenue was partially offset by lower voice and roaming revenue due to an average price per minute reduction as existing customers continued to migrate to the company’s current price plans. Mobile service revenue was stable, driven by strong growth in mobile data revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Russia Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 14% to US$1,574 million in 2016 compared to US$1,825 million in 2015, mainly due to the decrease in the average exchange rate from ruble to the U.S. dollar during 2016, particularly in the first half of the year. In functional currency terms, our Russia Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 5% in 2016 compared to previous year, primarily as a result of a revenue decrease, as discussed above, and negative foreign exchange effect on roaming and interconnect costs, which are incurred in U.S. dollars. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 58.3 million mobile customers in Russia, including 0.6 million FMC customers, representing a decrease of 3% from approximately 59.8 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015, which we believe was due to the lower number of seasonal workers during 2016 as a result of the macroeconomic developments in the country and increased churn, reflecting the increased competition in the market.

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Russia decreased by 10% to US$4.6 compared to US$5.1 in 2015, primarily as a result of foreign exchange effects. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Russia decreased by 1%, due to lower voice and roaming revenue attributed to an average price per minute reduction as existing customers migrated to new price plans, partially offset by an increase in mobile data revenue.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Russia increased by 5% to 326 minutes from 310 minutes in 2015, primarily as a result of on-net traffic growth caused by migration of customers to new offers and bundles.

 

122


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 36.6 million mobile data customers, representing an increase of 7% from approximately 34.3 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the increased smartphone penetration in the customer base as a result of device promotions.

The fixed-line broadband customers are mainly represented by FTTB customers. As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 2.2 million fixed-line customers in Russia, including 0.5 million FMC customers, compared to approximately 2.2 million fixed-line customers as of December 31, 2015.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our total operating revenue in Russia decreased by 38% to US$4,583 million in 2015 compared to US$7,428 million in 2014 mainly due to depreciation of the ruble against the U.S. dollar, as nearly all revenue generated by our operations in Russia are denominated in rubles. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Russia decreased by 1% due to a targeted shift away from lower margin traffic-termination revenue. Despite the macroeconomic slowdown in Russia, mobile data revenue increased by 14% due to the trend of increased data use. Our Russia total operating revenue consists of both mobile and fixed-line services.

Mobile Revenue

Our total mobile operating revenue in Russia decreased by 38% to US$3,624 million in 2015 compared to US$5,845 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, total mobile operating revenue increased by 1.2%.

During 2015, we generated US$1,817 million of our Russia segment service revenue from mobile voice services (i.e., airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees and roaming fees received from other mobile services operators for providing roaming services to their customers), or 47.4% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, compared to US$3,095 million, or 51.0% of the total mobile operating revenue in 2014. In U.S. dollars terms, our mobile voice services revenue in Russia decreased by 41.3%. In functional currency terms, it decreased by 5.7% due to a reduction in APPM, as existing customers migrated to new price plans.

During 2015, we generated US$1,224 million of our Russia segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, or 32.4% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, compared to US$1,789 million, or 30.0% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollars terms, the decrease was 31.7%, while in functional currency terms, our Russia segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, increased by 9.3% during 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to increased data usage in line with the trend seen in 2015.

During 2015, we generated US$611 million of our Russia segment service revenue from interconnect fees, or 15.9% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, compared to US$961 million, or 15.8% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollars terms, the decrease was 36.4%, while in functional currency terms, our Russia segment service revenue from interconnect fees increased by 1.9% during 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to the favorable impact of the ruble/U.S. dollar exchange rate in interconnection agreements with international operators based on U.S. dollar terms partially offset by a decline in local incoming traffic.

Our total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment also included revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. During 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue in Russia decreased by 19.1% to US$170 million, or 4.7% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment in 2015, from US$210 million, or 3.6% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Russia segment, in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Russia segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 29.8% during 2015 compared to 2014, primarily as a result of the active promotion of device sales.

 

123


Table of Contents

Fixed-line Revenue

In 2015, our total operating revenue from our fixed-line services in Russia decreased by 44.8% to US$766 million compared to US$1,388 million in 2014. Our total operating revenue from fixed-line services in Russia in 2015 consisted of US$317 million generated from business operations, US$246 million generated from wholesale operations and US$203 million generated from residential and FTTB operations. In functional currency terms, our total operating revenue from our Russia fixed-line services decreased by 12.8% during 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to a targeted shift away from lower margin traffic and the macroeconomic slowdown.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Russia adjusted EBITDA decreased by 38.8% to US$1,825 million in 2015 compared to US$2,980 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Russia adjusted EBITDA decreased by 1.5%, primarily as a result of negative foreign exchange effect on roaming and interconnect costs. In functional currency terms, adjusted EBITDA margin in 2015 in our Russia segment was 39.6%, which is 0.1 percentage points below adjusted EBITDA margin in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the negative effect of the depreciation of the ruble against the U.S. dollar. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 59.8 million mobile customers in Russia, representing an increase of 4.5% compared to approximately 57.2 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2014. Our mobile customer growth in Russia in 2015 was mainly due to improved customer retention linked to product improvements, loyalty program developments and the promotion of new bundled price plans. We also strengthened our distribution channels through the roll out of owned monobranded stores, the acquisition of franchise stores and the growth of sales through Svyaznoy (a large independent handset retailer in Russia).

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Russia decreased by 40.0% to US$5.1 compared to US$8.6 in 2014, primarily as a result of foreign exchange effects. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Russia decreased by 4% in 2015 compared to 2014, due to lower voice and roaming revenue attributed to an APPM reduction as existing customers migrated to new price plans.

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Russia increased by 2% to 310 compared to 304 in 2014, primarily as a result of on-net traffic growth caused by migration of customers to the new offers and bundles.

The fixed-line broadband customers are mainly represented by FTTB customers. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 2.2 million fixed-line customers in Russia, compared to approximately 2.3 million fixed-line customers as of December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to our strategy of focusing on profitable customers and therefore maximizing cash flow.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 34.3 million mobile data customers in Russia, representing an increase of approximately 7.6% from the approximately 31.9 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to an improved churn rate.

 

124


Table of Contents

Pakistan

Results of operations in US$

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     1,295       1,014       1,010       28     0

Mobile service revenue

     1,217       960       966       27     (1 )% 

—of which mobile data

     155       86       49       81     76

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     78       54       44       45     22

Operating expenses

     788       605       624       30     (3 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     507       409       386       24     6

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     39     40     38     (1.2p.p.     2.1p.p.  

Results of operations in PKR

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in billions of PKR (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     136       104       102       30     2

Mobile service revenue

     127       99       98       29     1

—of which mobile data

     —         —         —         —         —    

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     8       6       4       48     24

Operating expenses

     83       62       63       33     (1 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     53       42       39       26     8

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     39     40     38     (1.2p.p.     2.1p.p.  

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     51.6        36.2        38.5  

ARPU in US$

     2.3        2.1        2.1  

ARPU in PKR

     241        219        214  

MOU in minutes

     628        623        433  

Mobile data customers in millions

     25.1        16.8        14.4  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

On July 1, 2016, VEON Ltd., together with its subsidiary GTH, acquired 100% of the voting shares in Warid, a mobile telecommunications provider. VEON Ltd. consolidated Warid financials in the Pakistan segment starting from July 1, 2016, which affects comparability with previous periods. For more information regarding our acquisitions and dispositions, see “—Key Developments and Trends—Pakistan Merger” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated herein.

Mobile Revenue

Our Pakistan total operating revenue increased by 28% to US$1,295 million in 2016 compared to US$1,014 million in 2015, primarily as a result of the Pakistan Merger on July 1, 2016. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Pakistan increased by 30% as a result of the Pakistan Merger and an increase in

 

125


Table of Contents

voice, interconnect, SMS and data revenues supported by customer growth. Our data revenue grew by 81% as a result of the Pakistan Merger, successful data monetization initiatives, data device promotions and 3G network expansion. In addition, mobile financial services revenue grew by 46% in functional currency terms in 2016 as compared to 2015 due to an increase in the number of transactions and an increase in sales by our agents. Our Pakistan segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 45%, primarily driven by network sharing activities.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Adjusted EBITDA in Pakistan increased by 24% to US$507 million in 2016 compared to US$409 million in 2015. In functional currency terms, our Adjusted EBITDA increased by 26% in 2016 compared to the previous year, primarily due to the Pakistan Merger, higher revenue, as discussed above, performance transformation initiatives and a decrease in network costs. This increase was partially offset by integration costs. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 51.6 million customers in Pakistan, representing an increase from 36.2 million customers as of December 31, 2015, primarily as a result of the Pakistan Merger in July 1, 2016 and simplification of tariffs, resulting in higher gross additions.

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Pakistan increased by 8% to US$2.3 compared to US$2.1 in 2015. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Pakistan increased in 2016 by 10% compared to 2015, mainly due to data revenue growth and changes in customer pricing.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Pakistan increased 1% to 628 minutes from 623 minutes in 2015 as a result of the decrease in dual SIMs in the market following a SIM-verification process in Pakistan.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 25.1 million mobile data customers in Pakistan, representing an increase of approximately 50% from the approximately 16.8 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the Pakistan Merger on July 1, 2016, the 3G expansion and increased smartphone penetration in the customer base.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our Pakistan total operating revenue increased by 0.3% to US$1,014 million in 2015 compared to US$1,010 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Pakistan increased by 2.1% due to data revenue growth and higher MFS revenue, which was partially offset by a decline in voice revenue caused by changes to hybrid offerings with decreased voice content. Our Pakistan total operating revenue consists of revenue from providing mobile services.

Mobile Revenue

In 2015, we generated US$614 million of our Pakistan segment service revenue from mobile voice services (i.e., airtime charges from mobile contract and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees, as well as roaming fees received from other mobile service operators for providing roaming services to their customers), or 60.5% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, compared to US$653 million, or 64.7% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our mobile voice services revenue in Pakistan decreased by 6.0%. In functional currency terms, it decreased by 4.3%, primarily due to a decline in voice revenue caused by changes to hybrid offerings with decreased voice content.

 

126


Table of Contents

In 2015, we generated US$132 million of our Pakistan segment service revenue from interconnect fees, or 13.0% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, compared to US$135 million, or 13.4% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Pakistan segment service revenue from interconnect fees decreased by 2.5%, while in functional currency terms, it decreased by 0.8%, due to lower local incoming traffic.

In 2015, we generated US$214 million of our Pakistan segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, or 21.1% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, compared to US$178 million, or 17.6% of the total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Pakistan segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, increased by 20.2%, while in functional currency terms, it increased by 22.4%, due to data and MFS revenues growth, as a result of successful retail promotions and an increased footprint for our MFS agents in Pakistan.

Our total operating revenue in our Pakistan segment also includes revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. In 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue in Pakistan was US$54 million compared to US$44 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Pakistan segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 24.1%, primarily as a result of an increase in revenues from site sharing and other services such as leasing lines, DSL and wireless internet.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Pakistan adjusted EBITDA increased by 5.9% to US$409 million in 2015 compared to US$386 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Pakistan adjusted EBITDA increased by 7.7% in 2015, primarily due to slightly higher revenue and lower service costs as a result of cost efficiency initiatives, mainly in procurement and utilities. In functional currency terms, adjusted EBITDA margin in 2015 in our Pakistan segment was 40.4%, which is 2.1 percentage points higher than adjusted EBITDA margin in 2014. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 36.2 million customers in Pakistan, representing a decrease from 38.5 million customers as of December 31, 2014, primarily due to the required disconnection of approximately 5.6 million customers in May 2015 resulting from the implementation of the regulator’s SIM card re-verification procedures (see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business”).

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Pakistan remained stable at US$2.1 (equal to 2014). In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Pakistan increased in 2015 by 3% compared to 2014 mainly due to the successful completion of the SIM re-verification process, which resulted in the disconnection of lower revenue customers.

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Pakistan increased 44.0% to 623 from 433 in 2014 as a result of the success of our bundle offers and network modernization completed in 2014, which substantially increased network capacity.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 16.8 million mobile data customers in Pakistan, representing an increase of approximately 16.6% from the approximately 14.4 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to the 3G expansion and increased smartphone penetration in the customer base.

 

127


Table of Contents

Algeria

Results of operations in US$

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     1,040       1,273       1,692       (18 )%      (25 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     1,031       1,259       1,678       (18 )%      (25 )% 

—of which mobile data

     76       46       20       65     131

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     9       14       14       (36 )%      2

Operating expenses

     493       589       835       (16 )%      (29 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     547       684       857       (20 )%      (20 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     53     54     51     (1.1p.p.     3.0p.p.  

Results of operations in DZD

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in billions of DZD (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     114       128       136       (11 )%      (6 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     113       127       135       (11 )%      (7 )% 

—of which mobile data

     8       5       2       78     185

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     1       1       1       (31 )%      28

Operating expenses

     54       59       68       (9 )%      (13 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     60       69       69       (13 )%      0

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     53     54     50     (1.2p.p.     3.4p.p.  

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     16.3        17.0        17.7  

ARPU in US$

     5.1        6.0        7.9  

ARPU in DZD

     562        603        639  

MOU in minutes

     332        369        371  

Mobile data customers

     7.0        4.1        1.3  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our Algeria total operating revenue decreased by 18% to US$1,040 million in 2016 compared to US$1,273 million in 2015 partly due to the depreciation of the Algerian dinar against the U.S. dollar. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Algeria decreased by 11% due to a change in customer billing terms, the forced migration of customers from legacy tariffs, aggressive price competition and distribution challenges as compared to 2015. Our data revenue increased due to increased data usage in terms of amount of megabytes used and number of data users, primarily as a result of the revived 3G roll-out following the lifting of governmental restrictions in November 2015. Our segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue decreased by 36% due in part to the depreciation of the Algerian dinar against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by affordable device promotions launched during 2016. For a description of the risks associated with the current operating conditions in Algeria, see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to a large variety of laws and extensive regulatory requirements” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Unpredictable tax systems give rise to significant uncertainties and risks that could complicate our tax planning and business decisions.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Algeria Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 20% to US$547 million in 2016 compared to US$684 million in 2015. In functional currency terms, our Algeria Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 13% in 2016 compared to the previous year, primarily due to a decrease in total revenues, as discussed above, partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses due to commercial and other general and administrative expense cost optimization and headcount reduction as a result of our performance transformation program. In addition to the decrease in revenue, our Adjusted EBITDA in Algeria was negatively impacted by costs in relation to structural measures to improve performance and stabilize our customer base, including distribution transformation and monobrand roll-out, acceleration of our 4G/LTE network deployment and promotion of micro-campaigns with tailored services to increase satisfaction, data monetization activities and smartphone promotions, coupled with bundle offers. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

Customers in our Algeria segment decreased to approximately 16.3 million as of December 31, 2016 compared to 17.0 million customers as of December 31, 2015. The 4% decrease was mainly due to the combined impact of historic 3G coverage shortfalls, changes in customer billing terms, forced migration and distribution challenges.

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Algeria decreased by 15% to US$5.1 compared to US$6.0 in 2015. In functional currency terms, our mobile ARPU in Algeria decreased by 7%, mainly due to aggressive price competition and high-value customer churn.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Algeria decreased by 10% to 332 minutes compared to 369 minutes in 2015. This decrease was due to high-value customer churn.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 7.0 million mobile data customers in Algeria, representing an increase of approximately 69% from the approximately 4.1 million mobile data customers in Algeria as of December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the rapid 3G expansion during the last twelve months.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our Algeria total operating revenue decreased by 24.7% to US$1,273 million in 2015 compared to US$1,692 million in 2014 mainly due to the depreciation of the Algerian dinar against the U.S. dollar. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Algeria decreased by 6% due to aggressive price competition, device promotion by competitors and delays in the launch of OTA’s 3G network. Our Algeria total operating revenue consists of revenue from providing mobile services.

Mobile Revenue

In 2015, we generated US$1,041 million of our Algeria segment service revenue from mobile voice services (i.e., airtime charges from mobile contract and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees, as well as roaming fees received from other mobile service operators for providing roaming services to their customers), or 81.7% of our total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, compared to US$1,442 million, or 85.2% of the total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our mobile voice services revenue in Algeria decreased by 27.8% as a result of the depreciation of the Algerian dinar against the U.S. dollar. In functional currency terms, it decreased by 10.2% due to decreased voice ARPU resulting primarily from aggressive price competition.

In 2015, we generated US$99 million of our Algeria segment service revenue from interconnect fees, or 7.8% of the total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, compared to US$120 million, or 7.1% of the total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Algeria segment service revenue

 

129


Table of Contents

from interconnect fees decreased by 17.6%, while in functional currency terms, it increased by 3.1%, due to an increase in the MTRs set by the regulator in Algeria for Optimum from DZD 0.96 per minute to DZD 1.1 (approximately US$0.01 to US$0.011 as of December 31, 2015) per minute.

In 2015, we generated US$108 million of our Algeria segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, or 8.4% of the total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, compared to US$102 million, or 6.0% of the total operating revenue in our Algeria segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Algeria segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, increased by 5.1%, while in functional currency terms, it increased by 31.3%, due to increased data usage in terms of amount of megabytes used and number of data users (2.9 million users in 2015 compared with 0.8 million users in 2014).

Our total operating revenue in our Algeria segment also includes revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. During 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue in Algeria was US$14 million, whereas in 2014 revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue was US$14 million. In functional currency terms, our Algeria segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 28.3%, primarily as a result of subsidies offered and device promotions launched during 2015.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Algeria adjusted EBITDA decreased by 20.2% to US$684 million in 2015 compared to US$857 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Algeria adjusted EBITDA remained stable in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in total revenues (DZD 8,600 million (approximately US$86 million)), offset by a decrease in operating expenses (DZD 8,700 million (approximately US$87 million)) due to a one-off charge recorded in 2014 related to a provision for Cevital litigation of DZD 4,300 million (approximately US$53 million). In 2015, we recorded a one-off charge of DZD 120 million (approximately US$12 million) related to the performance transformation program, as well as a decrease in certain expenses such as personnel costs, security and billing in relation to operational improvements. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 17.0 million customers in our Algeria segment, in comparison with 17.7 million customers as of December 31, 2014. The 3.9% decrease was mainly due to a reduction of high-value customers.

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Algeria decreased by 23.8% to US$6.0 compared to US$7.9 in 2014. In functional currency terms, our mobile ARPU in Algeria decreased by 5.7%, mainly due to aggressive price competition.

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Algeria was mostly stable, slightly decreasing by 0.7% to 369 from 371 in 2014. This decrease was due to a slight decrease in total traffic (78.8 billion minutes in 2014 compared to 76.6 billion minutes in 2015) coupled with a slight decrease in average customer base (17.6 million in 2014 compared to 17.3 million in 2015).

We did not have broadband customers in Algeria as of December 31, 2015.

 

130


Table of Contents

Bangladesh

Results of operations in US$

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     621       604       563       3     7

Mobile service revenue

     606       596       556       2     7

of which mobile data

     63       42       23       50     80

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     15       8       7       76     18

Operating expenses

     354       362       344       (2 )%      5

Adjusted EBITDA

     267       242       219       10     10

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     43     40     39     3.0p.p.       1.1p.p.  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results of operations in BDT

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in billions of BDT (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     49       47       44       3     8

Mobile service revenue

     48       46       43       2     8

—of which mobile data

     5       3       2       51     81

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     1       1       1       77     19

Operating expenses

     28       28       27       (2 )%      6

Adjusted EBITDA

     21       19       17       11     11

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     43     40     39     3.0p.p.       1.1p.p.  

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     30.4        32.3        30.8  

ARPU in US$

     1.6        1.6        1.6  

ARPU in BDT

     126        122        120  

MOU in minutes

     312        306        197  

Mobile data customers in million

     14.9        14.0        12.2  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our Bangladesh total operating revenue increased by 3% to US$621 million in 2016 compared to US$604 million in 2015. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Bangladesh increased by 3% due to an increase in voice revenue driven by higher MOU and a significant increase in data revenue. The increase was offset by the imposition of an incremental 2% supplementary duty on recharges from June 2016, which is in addition to the additional 1% surcharge from March 2016. The main operational focus during 2016 was the SIM re-verification process. This government-mandated initiative started in December 2015 and required each mobile phone operator to verify all customers using fingerprints in order to ensure authentic registration, proper accountability and enhanced security and resulted in 3.8 million SIM cards being blocked by Banglalink. This program contributed to a slowdown of acquisition activity across the market, which affected revenue trends in 2016. In functional currency terms, our segment service revenue from data increased by 51%, primarily driven by an increase in active data users and data usage as a result of expanding 3G coverage and smartphone penetration. In functional currency terms, our Bangladesh segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 77% primarily as a result of higher handset sales in order to increase smartphone penetration.

 

131


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Bangladesh Adjusted EBITDA increased by 10% to US$267 million in 2016 compared to US$242 million in 2015. In functional currency terms, our Bangladesh Adjusted EBITDA increased by 11% in 2016 compared to the same period in the previous year, primarily due to increased revenue, as discussed above, and the implementation of performance transformation initiatives, in particular headcount reduction and a decrease in commercial costs. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 30.4 million customers in Bangladesh, representing a decrease from 32.3 million customers as of December 31, 2015, which was primarily due to an introduction of government mandated identity verification procedures at the end of 2015, which resulted in a slowdown of customer growth across the market and the blocking of unverified SIMs in 2016. For further information on the risks associated with SIM re-verification, see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Bangladesh did not change and was US$1.6. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Bangladesh increased in 2016 by 3% to BDT 126 compared to BDT 122 in 2015, mainly due to high growth in data revenue.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Bangladesh increased 2% to 312 minutes from 306 minutes in 2015 mainly due to lower average price per minute, driven by aggressive competition.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 14.9 million mobile data customers in Bangladesh, representing a decrease of approximately 7% from the approximately 14.0 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2015. The decrease is due to the blocking of unverified SIMs, discussed above, while active data users increased mainly due to the 3G expansion and increased smartphone penetration.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our Bangladesh total operating revenue increased by 7.3% to US$604 million in 2015 compared to US$563 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, total operating revenue in Bangladesh increased by 7.9% due to a 4.9% increase in the number of mobile customers and an increase in data usage in 2015, which was partially offset by the impact of intensified price competition and the negative impact of supplementary duties imposed in the third quarter of 2015. Our Bangladesh total operating revenue consists of revenue from providing mobile services.

Mobile Revenue

In 2015, we generated US$450 million of our Bangladesh segment service revenue from mobile voice services (i.e., airtime charges from mobile contract and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees, as well as roaming fees received from other mobile service operators for providing roaming services to their customers), or 74.5% of our total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, compared to US$440 million, or 78.1% of the total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our mobile voice services revenue in Bangladesh increased by 2.3%. In functional currency terms, it increased by 2.9%, primarily due to an increase in customer base and higher ARPU.

In 2015, we generated US$57 million of our Bangladesh segment service revenue from interconnect fees, or 9.4% of the total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, compared to US$53 million, or 9.4% of the total

 

132


Table of Contents

operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Bangladesh segment service revenue from interconnect fees increased by 7%. In functional currency terms, it increased by 7.5%, primarily due to an increase in our customer base, as well as higher MOU.

In 2015, we generated US$86 million of our Bangladesh segment service revenue from VAS, including data revenue, or 14.2% of the total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, compared to US$60 million, or 10.6% of the total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Bangladesh segment service revenue from VAS, including data and messaging revenue, increased by 43.6%. In functional currency terms, it increased by 44.4%, primarily due to increased data usage derived from the banglalink brand’s 3G network, as our network coverage expanded in 2015.

Our total operating revenue in our Bangladesh segment also includes revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. In 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue in Bangladesh was US$9 million, compared to US$7 million in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Bangladesh segment sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 17.9% primarily as a result of higher handset sales and an increase in revenues from site sharing.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Bangladesh adjusted EBITDA increased by 10.5% to US$242 million in 2015 compared to US$219 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Bangladesh adjusted EBITDA increased by 11% in 2015, primarily due to increased revenue and reduced SIM tax from BDT 300 (approximately US$3.8) to BDT 100 (approximately US$1.3) per connection, which was partially offset by a provision of US$12 million for a disputed SIM replacement tax with the tax authorities, a bad debt provision of US$6 million mainly for Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited (government owned PSTN) and a provision of US$4 million related to the performance transformation program. In functional currency terms, the adjusted EBITDA margin in 2015 in our Bangladesh segment was 40.1%, which was 1.1 percentage points higher than the adjusted EBITDA margin in 2014. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 32.3 million customers in Bangladesh, representing an increase from 30.8 million customers as of December 31, 2014, which was primarily due to our aggressive customer acquisition campaigns supported by competitive start-up offers.

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Bangladesh was stable at US$1.6 compared to 2014. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Bangladesh increased in 2015 by 1.6% compared to 2014 mainly due to high growth in data revenue.

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Bangladesh increased 56% to 306 from 197 in 2014 mainly due to the price elasticity impact of lower APPM driven by aggressive competition.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 14.0 million mobile data customers in Bangladesh, representing an increase of approximately 14.6% from the approximately 12.2 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to the 3G expansion and increased smartphone penetration in the customer base.

 

133


Table of Contents

Ukraine

Results of operations in US$

 

       Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     586       622       1,062       (6 )%      (41 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     542       576       970       (6 )%      (41 )% 

—of which mobile data

     99       66       85       49     (22 )% 

Fixed-line service revenue

     41       45       89       (8 )%      (50 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     3       1       3       46     (28 )% 

Operating expenses

     280       330       578       (15 )%      (43 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     306       292       484       5     (40 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     52     47     46     5.3p.p.       1.4p.p.  

Results of operations in UAH

 

       Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of UAH (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     14,960       13,475       12,231       11     10

Mobile service revenue

     13,851       12,475       11,190       11     11

—of which mobile data

     2,522       1,442       984       75     47

Fixed-line service revenue

     1,052       967       1,017       9     (5 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     57       33       24       71     35

Operating expenses

     7,149       7,143       6,705       0     7

Adjusted EBITDA

     7,811       6,332       5,526       23     15

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     52     47     45     5.2p.p.       1.8p.p.  

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     26.1        25.4        26.2  

ARPU in US$

     1.7        1.8        3.1  

ARPU in UAH

     44        40        36  

MOU in minutes

     559        543        508  

Mobile data customers (million)

     11.2        12.0        11.1  

Fixed-line

        

Broadband customers (millions)

     0.8        0.8        0.8  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our Ukraine total operating revenue decreased by 6% to US$586 million in 2016 compared to US$622 million in 2015, primarily due to the depreciation of the Ukrainian hryvnia against the U.S. dollar. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine total operating revenue in 2016 increased 11% compared to 2015 despite a challenging social, political and macroeconomic environment. The increase was primarily due to strong growth in mobile data revenue, as a result of continued 3G roll-out, increased smartphone penetration and data-oriented tariff plans. It was also driven by repricing initiatives for our mobile and fixed-line services; and increased fixed-line revenue as a result of improved quality of the customer base. This increase was partially offset by a decline in interconnection fees, as a result of a decrease in the volume of international incoming traffic, and a decrease in SMS messaging.

 

134


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Ukraine Adjusted EBITDA increased by 5% to US$306 million in 2016 compared to US$292 million in 2015. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine Adjusted EBITDA increased by 23% in 2016 compared to the previous year primarily due to higher revenues, as discussed above, and lower interconnect and technological maintenance costs, which were partially offset by an increase in frequency fees, roaming costs, inflation on rent and utilities and the negative effect of the depreciation of the hryvnia on our operating expenses, caused by higher roaming costs, denominated in U.S. dollars. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 26.1 million mobile customers in Ukraine compared to 25.4 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015, representing an increase of 3%, as a result of successful sales activities and improved churn following enhanced customer based management initiatives.

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Ukraine decreased by 6% to US$1.7 compared to US$1.8 in 2015, primarily due to devaluation of the hryvnia. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Ukraine increased in 2016 by 11% compared to 2015 mainly due to repricing initiatives and newly introduced tariffs.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Ukraine increased by 3% to 559 from 543 in 2015, mainly due to higher on-net traffic.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 0.8 million fixed-line broadband customers in Ukraine, which was broadly stable compared to December 31, 2015.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our Ukraine total operating revenue decreased by 41.4% to US$622 million in 2015 compared to US$1,062 million in 2014, primarily due to the depreciation of the Ukrainian hryvnia against the U.S. dollar. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine total operating revenue in 2015 was 10.2% higher compared to 2014, primarily due to increased international incoming call revenue and strong growth in mobile data revenue as a result of the launch of 3G, despite ongoing social unrest and the shutdown of networks in the ATO zone. Our Ukraine total operating revenue consists of revenue from providing mobile services as well as fixed-line services.

Mobile Revenue

In 2015, our revenue from mobile services in our Ukraine segment decreased by 40.6% to US$578 million compared to US$972 million during 2014, primarily due to the devaluation of the hryvnia by 52.2%.

In 2015, we generated US$290 million of our Ukraine segment service revenue from mobile voice services (i.e. airtime charges from mobile postpaid and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees, and roaming fees received from other mobile services operators for providing roaming services to their customers), or 50.2% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, compared to US$539 million, or 55.5% of the total mobile operating revenue in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, service revenue from airtime charges decreased by 46.3%, while in functional currency terms, it increased by 1.2%. The decrease in U.S. dollar terms was primarily due to weakening of the hryvnia. The increase in functional currency was due to the re-pricing of tariffs and 3G launch along with new tariff portfolio, and positive effect of currency devaluation on guest roaming revenues.

In 2015, we generated US$139 million of our Ukraine segment service revenue from VAS including data revenue, or 24.1% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, compared to US$211 million, or 21.7% of the total mobile operating revenue, in 2014. The 33.8% decrease in U.S. dollar terms in our service revenue from VAS including data revenue was primarily due to depreciation of the functional currency. In

 

135


Table of Contents

functional currency terms, our Ukraine segment service revenue from VAS including data revenue increased by 25.3% mainly due to strong growth in mobile data revenue as a result of 3G roll-out, active promotions of smartphones and data-oriented tariff plans.

In 2015, we generated US$147 million of our Ukraine segment service revenue from interconnect fees, or 25.4% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, compared to US$218 million, or 22.4% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our Ukraine segment service revenue from interconnect fees decreased by 32.8% primarily due to weakening of the hryvnia. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine segment service revenue from interconnect revenue increased by 24.2% due to positive currency devaluation effect on revenue from traffic from international operators.

In 2015, we generated US$0.1 million of other service revenue, or 0.0% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment in 2015, compared to US$2 million generated in 2014, or 0.2% of the total mobile operating revenue in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms, our other service revenue decreased by 93.6%, while in functional currency terms it decreased by 87.9%.

Our Ukraine total mobile operating revenue also included revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. During 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue comprised US$2 million, or 0.3% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, compared to US$2 million, or 0.2% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Ukraine segment, in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine segment revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue increased by 53.2% mainly due to higher revenue from sub-rent of premises driven by increase of floor spaces and rent rates.

Fixed-line Revenue

Our revenue from fixed-line services in Ukraine decreased by 50.1% to US$45 million in 2015 compared to US$89 million in 2014, primarily due to depreciation of national currency. In functional currency terms, our revenue from fixed-line services in Ukraine decreased by 5.2% mainly as a result of reduction in wholesale revenue.

Our revenue from fixed-line services in Ukraine in 2015 consisted of US$17 million generated from business operations, US$3 million generated from wholesale operations and US$24 million generated from residential and FTTB operations. Revenue from business operations decreased by 49.3% compared to US$34 million in 2014, revenue from wholesale operations decreased by 82.0% compared to US$16 million in 2014, and revenue from residential and FTTB operations decreased by 37.8% compared to US$39 million in 2014. In U.S. dollar terms the decrease was primarily due to national currency devaluation. In terms of functional currency, our revenue from business operations decreased by 4.1% driven by lower subscribers base. Revenue from wholesale operations decreased by 65.3% in terms of functional currency, primarily due to planned reduction in low margin transit traffic. Residential and FTTB performance increased by 17.7% in terms of functional currency, primarily due to a favorable FTTB re-pricing.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Ukraine adjusted EBITDA decreased by 39.6% to US$292 million in 2015 compared to US$484 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Ukraine adjusted EBITDA increased by 14.6% in 2015 primarily due to higher revenues, mainly data and interconnect revenues, and lower interconnect costs, which was partially offset by an increase in frequency fees due to the 3G license, higher utility and rental costs, and a negative currency devaluation effect. In functional currency terms, adjusted EBITDA margin in our Ukraine segment in 2015 was 47.0%, which is 1.8 percentage points higher than in 2014. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

 

136


Table of Contents

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 25.4 million mobile customers in Ukraine, in comparison with approximately 26.2 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2014. The decrease of our customer base by 3.1% was mainly due to customer losses in the ATO zone.

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Ukraine decreased by 41.0% to US$1.8 compared to US$3.1 in 2014 primarily due to national currency devaluation. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Ukraine increased in 2015 by 10.8% compared to 2014 mainly due to mobile data revenue growth.

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Ukraine increased by 7.0% to 543 from 508 in 2014, mainly due to the decrease in number of subscribers with lower MOU predominantly in the Eastern part of the country.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 0.8 million fixed-line broadband customers in Ukraine, compared to approximately 0.8 million as of December 31, 2014.

Uzbekistan

Results of operations in US$

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     663       711       718       (7 )%      (1 )% 

Mobile service revenue

     659       704       710       (6 )%      (1 )% 

—of which mobile data

     129       136       132       (6 )%      3

Fixed-line service revenue

     4       5       7       (15 )%      (22 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     —         2       1       (86 )%      19

Operating expenses

     268       274       257       (2 )%      7

Adjusted EBITDA

     395       437       461       (10 )%      (5 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     60     61     64     (1.9p.p.     (2.7p.p.

Results of operations in UZS

 

     Year ended December 31,     ‘15 – ‘16     ‘14 – ‘15  
     2016     2015     2014     % change  
     in billions of UZS (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     1,967       1,829       1,662       8     10

Mobile service revenue

     1,953       1,811       1,643       8     10

—of which mobile data

     381       350       306       9     14

Fixed-line service revenue

     13       13       16       (2 )%      (14 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     1       4       3       (84 )%      36

Operating expenses

     794       705       596       13     18

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,173       1,124       1,066       4     5

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     60     61     64     (1.8p.p.     (2.7p.p.

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile

        

Customers in millions

     9.5        9.9        10.5  

ARPU in US$

     5.6        5.7        5.6  

ARPU in UZS

     16,664        14,709        13,038  

MOU in minutes

     615        528        522  

Mobile data customers in millions

     4.6        4.7        5.4  

 

137


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our 2016, our Uzbekistan total operating revenue decreased by 7% to US$663 million compared to US$711 million in 2015. In Uzbekistan, all of our tariff plans are denominated in U.S. dollars. In functional currency terms, our Uzbekistan total operating revenue increased by 8%, due to the depreciation of the Uzbek som. The decrease on a U.S. dollar basis, was primarily driven by a revamp of tariff plans by Unitel in order improve competitiveness in the new environment following the reentry of MTS to the market and the entry of a new operator, UzMobile. This was partially offset by increased fees derived from termination of calls from other operators’ networks and increased smartphone penetration and promotions.

Adjusted EBITDA

In 2016, our Uzbekistan Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 10% to US$395 million compared to US$437 million in 2015, primarily due to the decrease in revenue, as discussed above, and increased structural operating expenses. Structural operating expenses were affected by increased customer-based taxes, which doubled in 2016, and higher business costs. In functional currency terms, our Uzbekistan Adjusted EBITDA increased by 4% in 2016 compared to 2015 because of the devaluation of the Uzbek som. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 9.5 million mobile customers in our Uzbekistan segment, representing a decrease of 4% compared to approximately 9.9 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2015. The decrease in our customer base in Uzbekistan was primarily due to the reentry of MTS to the market and the entry of a new operator, UzMobile.

In 2016, our mobile ARPU in Uzbekistan decreased by 1% to US$5.6 compared to US$5.7 in 2015. In functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Uzbekistan increased by 13% to UZS16,664 in 2016 compared to UZS 14,709 in 2015 mainly because Beeline Uzbekistan price plans are denominated in U.S. dollars and the Uzbek som depreciated. We also had growth of data ARPU, driven by a higher data usage driven by increased smartphone penetration and promotions.

In 2016, our mobile MOU in Uzbekistan increased by 17% to 615 from 528 in 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 4.6 million mobile data customers in Uzbekistan compared to approximately 4.7 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of 2% mainly due to the reentry of MTS to the market and the entry of, UzMobile.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our Uzbekistan total operating revenue decreased by 1.0% to US$711 million in 2015 from US$718 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Uzbekistan total operating revenue increased by 10.0%. Our Uzbekistan total operating revenue consists of revenue from providing mobile services as well as fixed-line services.

Mobile Revenue

In our Uzbekistan segment, revenue from mobile services decreased by 0.8% to US$704 million in 2015 from US$710 million in 2014, due to the reentry of MTS to the market and the entry of a new operator UzMobile. In functional currency terms, our revenue from mobile services for the Uzbekistan segment increased by 9.3% due to Beeline Uzbekistan price plans denominated in U.S. dollars.

In 2015, we generated US$515 million of our service revenue from airtime charges in the Uzbekistan segment from mobile contract and prepaid customers, including monthly contract fees and roaming fees, and

 

138


Table of Contents

roaming fees received from other mobile service operators for providing roaming services to their customers, or 73.0% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Uzbekistan segment, compared to US$535 million, or 75.2% of the total mobile operating revenue, in 2014. The 3.8% decrease in U.S. dollar terms during 2015 compared to 2014 was attributable to the reentry of MTS to the market and the entry of a new operator UzMobile. While 6.9% increase in functional currency terms due to Beeline Uzbekistan price plans denominated in U.S. dollars.

In 2015, we generated US$33 million of our mobile service revenue from interconnect fees in our Uzbekistan segment, or 4.6% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Uzbekistan segment, compared to US$25 million, or 3.6% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Uzbekistan segment, in 2014. The 32% increase in U.S. dollar terms in 2015 compared to 2014 was due to the entry of one new mobile operator and the re-entry of another. Additionally, 30.2% increase in functional currency terms also due to Beeline Uzbekistan price plans denominated in U.S. dollars.

In 2015, we generated US$156 million of our mobile service revenue in our Uzbekistan segment from VAS, including data revenue, or 22.1% of the total mobile operating revenue in our Uzbekistan segment, compared to US$149 million, or 21% of the total mobile operating revenue in the Uzbekistan segment, in 2014. In 2015 compared to 2014, this increased by 4.6% in U.S. dollar terms primarily due to focusing on increasing the number of regular smartphone data users. Additionally, 16.1% increase in functional currency terms also due to Beeline Uzbekistan price plans denominated in U.S. dollars.

Our Uzbekistan total mobile operating revenue also included revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue. In 2015, revenue from sales of equipment and accessories and other revenue in our Uzbekistan segment increased to US$1.3 million from US$1.1 million during 2014. The 26.8% increase in U.S. dollar terms and 45.4% increase in functional currency terms was mainly due to the promotion of smartphones sales.

Fixed-line Revenue

Our Uzbekistan total operating revenue from fixed-line services decreased by 22.2% to US$5.3 million in 2015 from US$6.8 million in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to price competition from the main operator UzbekTelecom, resulting in decreased fixed-line customers for Beeline.

Adjusted EBITDA

Our Uzbekistan adjusted EBITDA decreased by 5.1% to US$437 million in 2015 compared to US$461 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, our Uzbekistan adjusted EBITDA increased by 5.4% in 2015 primarily due to an increase of revenue, which was attributable to the fact that Beeline Uzbekistan price plans were denominated in U.S. dollars. In functional currency terms, our Uzbekistan adjusted EBITDA margin was 61.5% in 2015, which was 2.7 percentage points lower than in 2014 primarily due to increase in tax per customer and legal costs. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 9.9 million mobile customers in our Uzbekistan segment, representing a decrease of 5.5% from approximately 10.6 million mobile customers as of December 31, 2014. The decrease in our customer base in Uzbekistan was a result of the entry of one new mobile operator and the re-entry of another.

In 2015, our mobile ARPU in Uzbekistan increased by 1.5% to US$5.7 compared to 2014, while in functional currency terms, mobile ARPU in Uzbekistan increased in 2015 by 12.8% compared to 2014 mainly due to growth of data ARPU driven by a higher usage of data.

 

139


Table of Contents

In 2015, our mobile MOU in Uzbekistan increased by 1.1% to 528 from 522 in 2014 primarily due to the launch of offers with free traffic in exchange for top-up commitment.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 4.7 million data customers in Uzbekistan, consisting of approximately 4.7 million mobile data customers and an insignificant number of fixed-line data customers, compared to approximately 5.4 million mobile broadband customers and an insignificant number of fixed-line data customers as of December 31, 2014. The decrease was mainly due to the entry of one new mobile operator and the re-entry of another.

HQ

For historical periods prior to the year ended December 31, 2016, we reported an “HQ and Others” segment, comprised of our current “HQ” segment and the results of our current “Others” category. As of December 31, 2016, “Others” is no longer a reportable segment in our financial statements. Therefore, we have restated our results and analysis for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 to reflect our new HQ segment.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Our HQ Adjusted EBITDA increased by US$870 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 to negative US$421 million, from negative US$1,291 million, primarily due to the US$900 million provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2016. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Our HQ Adjusted EBITDA decreased by US$1,058 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 to negative US$1,291 million in 2015, from negative US$233 million, primarily due to the US$900 million Uzbekistan provision with respect to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, that was not included in our consolidated total operating expenses for 2014. Please see “Explanatory Note—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for more information on how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

Italy

Accounting Treatment

On November 5, 2016, we completed a transaction to form a joint venture holding company with Hutchison, through which we jointly own and operate our historical WIND and Hutchison’s historical 3 Italia telecommunications businesses in Italy. Italy is no longer a reportable segment. We account for the Italy Joint Venture using the equity method. However, financial and operational information for Italy is included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F because completion of the Italy Joint Venture occurred ten months into the 2016 financial year, and because the Italy Joint Venture is a significant part of our business.

All information related to the Italy Joint Venture is the sole responsibility of the Italy Joint Venture’s management, and no information contained herein, including, but not limited to, the Italy Joint Venture’s financial and industry data, market projections and strategy, has been prepared by or on behalf of, or approved by, our management. VEON Ltd. is not making, and has not made, any written or oral representation or warranty, express or implied, of any nature whatsoever, with respect to any Italy Joint Venture information included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, other than the financial information that is derived directly from our financial statements.

 

140


Table of Contents

From January 1, 2016 to November 5, 2016, we classified our Italian business unit as an asset held for sale and discontinued operation in our consolidated financial statements. In connection with this classification, VEON Ltd. no longer accounted for depreciation and amortization expenses of the Italian assets. The financial data for 2015 and 2014 reflects the classification of Italy as an asset held for sale and a discontinued operation. The intercompany positions were disclosed as related party transactions and balances. Under the transaction, VEON Ltd. contributed its entire shareholding in the operations in Italy, in exchange for a 50% interest in the newly formed Italy Joint Venture. As a result, the company does not control the Italy Joint Venture’s operations in Italy. Please refer to Notes 6, 13 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further information.

Included below is a comparison of the 10 months ended October 31, 2016 and 2015 and a comparison of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, each accounting for WIND as a discontinued operation. For the effect of the two months ended December 31, 2016, for which we accounted the Italy Joint Venture as an equity investment, please see “—Consolidated results—Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015—Non-operating Profits and Losses—Shares of Loss/(Profit) of Associates and Joint Ventures Accounted for Using the Equity Method.” For more information, please see “—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The Italy Joint Venture does not have any impact on VEON Ltd.’s current liquidity, as liquidity available at the level of the Italy Joint Venture is not available to VEON Ltd. due to covenants in debt agreements applicable to our historical WIND business, and now applicable to the Italy Joint Venture. The Italy Joint Venture results in a reduction of our net debt to Adjusted EBITDA, as neither the earnings nor the net debt of the Italy Joint Venture are included in the calculations or the determination of the covenant ratios.

Inflation

The inflation rates in Italy for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, were 0.4%, 0.0% and (0.1)%, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Italy Joint Venture is the euro. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rates used by VEON Ltd. to translate our historic WIND results were 0.95, 0.92 and 0.83 euro per U.S. dollar respectively, as provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. During 2016, the average euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate was 0.3% higher than the average euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2015. During 2015, the average euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 19.5% higher than the average Euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate during 2014.

From November 5, 2016, the Italy Joint Venture has been deconsolidated and may use different exchange rates to report its results than those used by VEON Ltd.

Contractual Restrictions

The Italy Joint Venture is restricted from making dividend distributions and certain other payments to VEON Ltd. by existing covenants in the financing documents governing WIND’s secured debt, which restrictions now apply to the successor entity, the Italy Joint Venture.

 

141


Table of Contents

Results of operations in US$

 

     10 months ended
October 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    10 months
ended
October 31,
2015-2016
    Year ended
December 31,
2014-2015
 
     2016     2015     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of U.S. dollars (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     4,135       4,034       4,913       6,155       2.5     (20.2 )% 

Service revenue

     3,701       3,726       4,450       5,537       (0.7 )%      (19.6 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     434       308       463       618       41.2     (25.1 )% 

Operating expenses

     2,511       2,504       3,035       3,739       0.3     (18.8 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,624       1,530       1,878       2,416       6.1     (22.3 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     39     38     38     39     1 p.p.       (1.1 p.p.
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results of operations in EUR

 

     10 months
ended
October 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    10 months
ended
October 31,
2015-2016
    Year ended
December 31,
2014-2015
 
     2016     2015     2015     2014     % change  
     in millions of EUR (except as indicated)  

Total operating revenue

     3,708       3,616       4,428       4,633       2.6     (4.4 )% 

Service revenue

     3,319       3,339       4,008       4,167       (0.6 )%      (3.8 )% 

Sales of equipment, accessories and other

     389       277       420       466       40.6     (10.0 )% 

Operating expenses

     2,251       2,244       2,735       2,813       0.3     (2.8 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,457       1,372       1,693       1,820       6.2     (7.0 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     39     38     38     39     1 p.p.       (1.1 p.p.
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Certain Performance Indicators

 

     10 months ended October 31,      Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014  

Mobile

           

Customers in millions

     20.6        21.3        21.1        21.6  

ARPU in US$ (1)

     12.8        12.5        12.5        14.6  

ARPU in EUR (1)

     11.5        11.2        11.3        11.3  

MOU in minutes (2)

     278        273        269        264  

Mobile data customers in millions (3)

     11.7        11.4        11.6        10.2  

Fixed-line

           

Broadband customers in millions (4)

     2.3        2.3        2.3        2.2  

 

(1) For our historical WIND business, ARPU is defined as the measure of the sum of mobile revenue in the period divided by the average number of mobile customers in the period (the average of each month’s average number of mobile customers (calculated as the average of the total number of mobile customers at the beginning of the month and the total number of mobile customers at the end of the month)) divided by the number of months in that period.
(2) For our historical WIND business in Italy, we calculate mobile MOU as the sum of the total traffic (in minutes) in a certain period divided by the average number of customers for the period (the average of each month’s average number of customers (calculated as the average of the total number of customers at the beginning of the month and the total number of customers at the end of the month)) divided by the number of months in that period.
(3)

For the Italy Joint Venture for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for our historical WIND business for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, prepaid mobile customers are counted in the customer base if they have activated a SIM card in the last 13 months (with respect to new customers) or if they have recharged their mobile telephone credit in the last 13 months and have not requested that their SIM card be deactivated and have not switched to another telecommunications operator via mobile number portability during this period (with respect to existing customers), unless a fraud event has occurred. Postpaid customers in Italy are

 

142


Table of Contents
  counted in the customer base if they have an active contract unless a fraud event has occurred or the subscription is deactivated due to payment default or because they have requested and obtained through mobile number portability a switch to another telecommunications operator.
(4) In Italy, we measure fixed-line broadband customers for our historical WIND business based on the number of active contracts signed.

Ten Months Ended October 31, 2016 Compared to 10 Months ended October 31, 2015 for our Historical WIND Business

WIND’s total operating revenue in Italy increased by 2.5% to US$4,135 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2016 compared to US$4,034 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2015 (in functional currency terms, the increase was 2.6%), mainly due to the increase in the sale of mobile telephone handsets of high-range terminals and increased interconnection traffic revenue mainly due to the increase in the incoming volume of mobile termination traffic, only partially offset by the general reduction of volume and unit tariffs of SMS and MMS based on market trends.

WIND’s total operating revenue from services was US$3,701 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2016, representing a decrease of 1% compared to US$3,726 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2015 (in functional currency terms, the decrease was 1%). The decrease was mainly due to the difficult macroeconomic situation and the contraction of the market, which was partially offset by WIND’s ability to maintain a stable mobile customer base and revenue from the development of new offers dedicated to internet navigation on mobile phones.

Adjusted EBITDA

WIND’s Adjusted EBITDA increased by 6.1% to US$1,624 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2016 compared to US$1,530 million in the ten months ended October 31, 2015 (in functional currency terms, the increase was 6.2%). In addition to the effects described on total operating revenues, the increase is the result of the solid performance in mobile coupled with cost control activities during the period, including savings initiatives in relation to commercial and human resources costs.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of October 31, 2016, we had approximately 20.6 million mobile customers in Italy in our historical WIND business, representing a decrease of 3.0% from approximately 21.3 million mobile customers as of October 31, 2015. The customer base decrease was in line with the overall market contraction and mainly due to a more rational approach to promotions offered in the period by the main three operators.

In the ten months ended October 31, 2016, WIND’s mobile ARPU in Italy increased by 3% in U.S. dollar terms as well as in functional currency terms.

In the ten months ended October 31, 2016, WIND’s mobile MOU in Italy increased by 1.8% to 278 minutes from 273 minutes in the ten months ended October 31, 2015, primarily as a result of the increased diffusion in the market of bundles including free minutes for a fixed fee.

As of October 31, 2016, WIND had approximately 11.7 million mobile data customers, representing an increase of 2.7% from approximately 11.4 million mobile data customers as of October 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to the increased demand for data in mobility coupled with a higher diffusion of smartphones in the market.

The fixed-line broadband customers for WIND as of October 31, 2016, were approximately 2.3 million in Italy, which was stable as compared to October 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to the increased demand in Italy for broadband connections.

 

143


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 for our Historical WIND Business

WIND’s Italy total operating revenue was US$4,913 million during 2015, representing a decrease of 20.2% compared to US$6,155 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, the total operating revenue decreased by 4.4%.

WIND’s total operating revenue from services was US$4,450 million in 2015, representing a decrease of 19.6% compared to US$5,537 million in 2014 (in functional currency terms, decreased by 3.8%). The decrease in service revenue was mainly due to a decrease in voice services as a result of the difficult macroeconomic situation and the contraction of the market.

In 2015, we generated US$3,847 million of our service revenue from mobile and fixed-line telecommunication services, including revenue from, among others, traffic, roaming revenue from our customers travelling abroad, fees and contributions from our mobile and fixed-line (including internet) businesses, or 86.5% of our service revenue, which decreased by 20.5% from US$4,837 million of revenue in 2014, or 87.4% of our service revenue, in 2014 (in functional currency terms, decreased by 4.8%). The decrease was mainly due to the difficult macroeconomic situation and the contraction of the market, which was partially offset by WIND’s ability to maintain a stable mobile customer base and revenue from the development of new offers dedicated to internet navigation on mobile phones.

In 2015, we generated US$422 million of our service revenue from interconnection traffic, relating to incoming calls from other operators’ networks to our mobile and fixed-line networks, or 9.5% of our service revenue, representing a decrease of 16.7% compared to US$506 million of revenue in 2014, or 9.1% of the total operating revenue from services in 2014 (in functional currency terms, decreased by 0.3%). The decrease was due to the effect of the reduction of unit tariffs only partially offset by an increase in mobile traffic volume and by an increase in interconnection traffic from VAS.

In 2015, we generated US$138 million of our service revenue from other types of services, which mainly relate to leased lines and access fees charged to telecommunications operators and penalties charged to mobile and fixed-line customers, or 3.1% of our service revenue, representing a decrease of 4.7% compared to US$145 million in 2014, or 2.6% of our service revenue. The decrease compared to 2014 is mainly due to the exchange rate impact.

In functional currency terms, service revenue from other types of services increased by 15.7% over 2014 mainly due to services provided to MVNOs.

WIND’s total operating revenue also included revenue from sales of equipment, mainly relating to the sale of SIM cards, mobile and fixed-line phones and related accessories. In 2015, revenue from sales of equipment was US$327 million, representing an increase of 8.9% from US$301 million in 2014, which was primarily due to the increase in the sale of high-range terminals. In functional currency terms, revenue from sales of equipment increased by 30.4%.

In 2015, WIND generated US$136 million from the settlement of commercial disputes and penalties charged to suppliers, representing a decrease of 57.3% from US$318 million in 2014. In functional currency terms, the decrease of 48.2% was mainly due to higher proceeds from a settlement recognized in 2014.

Adjusted EBITDA

WIND’s adjusted EBITDA decreased by 22.3% to US$1,878 million in 2015 from US$2,416 million in 2014 (in functional currency terms, the decrease was 7.0%); in addition to the effects described on total operating revenues, the decrease was due to higher costs 2015 related to the tower services agreement with Galata

 

144


Table of Contents

(following the sale by WIND of 90% of the shares of Galata in 2015 and to certain restructuring costs related to organizational streamlining and optimization). In functional currency terms, adjusted EBITDA margin in 2015 was 37.9%, which is 1.1 percentage points lower than the adjusted EBITDA margin in 2014.

Certain Performance Indicators

As of December 31, 2015, WIND had approximately 21.1 million mobile customers in Italy representing a decrease of 2.2% from approximately 21.6 million customers as of December 31, 2014. Our mobile customer base decrease in 2015 was in line with overall market contraction and mainly due to lower gross additions in the market coming from the more rational approach to promotions offered in 2015 by the main three operators.

In 2015, mobile ARPU in Italy decreased to US$12.5 from US$14.6. The decrease was mainly a result of the depreciation of functional currency against US$. In functional currency terms ARPU was stable at EUR11.3.

In 2015, mobile MOU in Italy increased by 1.9% to 269 from 264 in 2014, primarily due to the increased diffusion in the market of bundles including free minutes for a fixed fee.

As of December 31, 2015, WIND had approximately 11.6 million mobile data customers in Italy, representing an increase of approximately 14.3% over the approximately 10.2 million mobile data customers as of December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly driven by the increased demand for data in mobility coupled with a higher diffusion of smartphones in the market.

As of December 31, 2015, WIND had approximately 2.3 million fixed-line broadband customers in Italy, representing an increase of approximately 3.1% over the approximately 2.2 million mobile broadband customers as of December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly driven by the increased demand in Italy for broadband connections.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The data for 2015 and 2014 reflects the classification of WIND as a discontinued operation. The data for 2016 reflects 10 months of WIND classified as a discontinued operation and two months of WIND classified as an equity investment. For more information, please see “Explanatory Note—Accounting Treatment of our Historical WIND Business and the new Italy Joint Venture” and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The Italy Joint Venture does not have any impact on VEON Ltd.’s current liquidity, as liquidity available at the level of the Italy Joint Venture is not available to VEON Ltd. due to covenants in debt agreements. The Italy Joint Venture results in a reduction of our net debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio, as neither the earnings nor the net debt of the Italy Joint Venture are included in the calculations or the determination of the covenant ratios.

Working Capital

As of December 31, 2016, we had negative working capital of US$2,007 million, compared to negative working capital of US$156 million as of December 31, 2015. Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. The change in our working capital as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 was primarily due to increased current financial liabilities, mainly as a result of GTH Finance B.V.’s newly-issued senior notes; increased other liabilities, mainly due to the Pakistan Merger; decreased current financial assets, mainly due to maturing term deposits in banks; decreased cash and cash equivalents, mainly due to investments in property and equipment, and utilization of income tax advances against current income tax liabilities. This was partially offset by the decreased provision with the respect to the agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, increased trade and other receivables and an increase in other assets, mainly due to the Warid consolidation.

 

145


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, we had negative working capital of US$156 million, compared to negative working capital of US$938 million as of December 31, 2014. The change in our working capital as of December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 was mainly due to the classification of Italy as an asset held for sale and the additional provisions with respect to the agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM and other legal costs.

Our working capital is monitored on a regular basis by management. Our management expects to repay our debt as it becomes due from our operating cash flows or through additional borrowings. Although we have a negative working capital, our management believes that our cash balances and available credit facilities are sufficient to meet our present requirements.

Consolidated Cash Flow Summary

The following table shows our cash flows as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

 

     As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2014  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Cash flow data:

      

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

     1,875       2,033       5,279  

from continued operations

     1,192       1,104       4,613  

from discontinued operations

     683       929       666  

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

     (2,671     (2,634     (3,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

from continued operations

     (2,022     (2,494     (2,993

from discontinued operations

     (649     (140     (984
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) before financing activities

     (796     (601     1,302  

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

     (126     (1,439     1,329  

from continued operations

     (106     (732     2,007  

from discontinued operations

     (20     (707     (678
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we generated positive cash flow from our operating activities and negative cash flow from investing activities. Cash flow used in financing activities was negative during 2016 and 2015 and positive during 2014. The negative cash flow from financing activities during 2016 was mainly due to dividends paid to non-controlling interests and dividends paid to equity holders of the parent. The negative cash flow from financing activities during 2015 was mostly due to repayment of existing borrowings during 2015, partially offset by cash flows from new loans and bonds issued during 2015 and proceeds received from the completion of the sale by GTH of a non-controlling 51% interest in OTA to the Fonds National d’Investissement . The positive cash flow from financing activities during 2014 was mostly due to an increase in cash flows from new loans and bonds issued during 2014, partially offset by repayments of our existing facilities and dividend payments to our shareholders and non-controlling interest.

Operating Activities

During 2016, net cash flows from operating activities decreased from US$2,033 million of net cash flows from operating activities during 2015 to US$1,875 million in 2016. The decrease in net cash flows from operating activities was primarily due to higher payments for the provision for losses, higher investment in working capital and decreased cash flows from discontinued operations, partially offset by increased operating profit and lower income tax payment.

 

146


Table of Contents

The cash flow from our operating activities in 2016 was impacted primarily by the payment of US$795 million of fines and disgorgements in relation to agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, related legal costs of US$24 million as of December 31, 2016, and US$255 million cash outflow related to the performance transformation program.

During 2015, net cash flows from operating activities were US$2,033 million, a 61% decrease from the US$5,279 million of net cash flows from operating activities during 2014. The decrease in net cash flows from operating activities was primarily due to lower cash generated by our operations impacted by local currencies devaluation partially offset by lower interest paid during 2015. The cash flow from our operating activities in 2015 was impacted by the completion of the sale by GTH of a non-controlling 51% interest in OTA to the Fonds National d’Investissement , resulting in payments to the bank of Algeria of US$1.1 billion, payments to Cevital of US$50 million, and withholding tax of US$243 million related to the pre-closing dividend.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities included payments related to the purchase of equipment, frequency permissions and licenses, capitalized customer acquisition costs, software and other assets as a part of the ongoing development of our mobile networks and fixed-line business.

During 2016, our total payments for purchases of property and equipment, intangible assets, software and other assets were approximately US$1,651 million compared to US$2,207 million during 2015. The decrease was primarily due to decreased capital expenditures in Russia, functional currency depreciation against the U.S. dollar in Ukraine and decreased capital expenditures in Pakistan due to network modernization completed in 2015. This decrease was partially offset by prepayments for inventory made in Uzbekistan. In addition, we recorded a decrease from the disposal of discontinued operations of US$325 million, we received US$19 million from bank deposit accounts, paid US$87 million for purchased financial assets and recorded US$649 million of cash outflows from discontinued operations during 2016.

The cash flow from our investing activities in 2015 was impacted primarily by cash capital expenditures driven network investments, increased bank deposit accounts and cash receipts from investments in financial assets. During 2015, the cash flow from investing activities in the discontinued operations was positive due to net proceeds from the sale of towers in Italy.

During 2015, our total payments for purchases of property and equipment, intangible assets, software and other assets were approximately US$2,207 million compared to US$3,501 million during 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the local currencies’ devaluations against the U.S. dollar as the majority of the purchases are performed in local currencies. In addition, we have placed on deposit with financial institutions US$361 million and recorded US$140 million of cash outflows from discontinued operations during 2015. See also “—Acquisitions and Dispositions” below.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

For information regarding our acquisitions and dispositions, see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Financing Activities

During 2016, we repaid approximately US$1,816 million of indebtedness and raised approximately US$1,882 million, which amounts exclude the financing activities in relation to our historical WIND operations in Italy. As of December 31, 2016, the principal amounts of our external indebtedness for bank loans, bonds, equipment financing and loans from others amounted to approximately US$10.5 billion, compared to US$9.5 billion as of December 31, 2015. The increase in the principal amounts of our external indebtedness is mainly the result of the issuance of US$1.2 billion of bonds by GTH Finance B.V.

 

147


Table of Contents

During 2015, we repaid approximately US$4,840 million of indebtedness and raised approximately US$2,052 million, which amounts exclude the financing activities in relation to our historical WIND operations in Italy, following the classification of WIND as a discontinued operation in connection with the Italy Joint Venture. As of December 31, 2015, the principal amounts of our external indebtedness for bank loans, bonds, equipment financing, and loans from others amounted to approximately US$9.5 billion, compared to US$26.4 billion as of December 31, 2014. The decrease of the principal amounts of our external indebtedness is mainly the result of classifying our Italian operations as discontinued operations, the net repayment of indebtedness and foreign exchange revaluations.

During 2014, we repaid approximately US$3,765 million of indebtedness and raised approximately US$5,859 million, which amounts exclude the financing activities in relation to our historical WIND operations in Italy following the classification of WIND as a discontinued operation in connection with the Italy Joint Venture.

Information about our indebtedness is presented below. Many of the agreements relating to this indebtedness contain various covenants, including financial covenants relating to our financial performance or financial condition, as well as negative pledges, compliance with laws requirements, and restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain asset disposals, subject to agreed exceptions. In addition, certain of these agreements subject certain of our subsidiaries to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends, make loans or repay debts to us. Our financing agreements have various customary events of default which can be triggered by events including non-payment, breach of applicable covenants, loss of certain mobile licenses, non-payment cross-default, cross-acceleration, certain judgment defaults, certain material adverse events and certain insolvency events. Some of our financing agreements also contain “change of control” provisions that may allow the lenders to cancel the facility and/or to require us to make a prepayment if a person or group of persons (with limited exclusions) acquire beneficial or legal ownership of, or control over more than 50.0% of, the voting share capital, or in certain cases of VEON Ltd., ceases to control more than 50.0% of the borrower’s voting share capital.

On February 16, 2017, we entered into a new multi-currency term loan and revolving facilities agreement for up to US$2.25 billion for VimpelCom Holdings B.V., see “Item 5—Key Developments and Trends—Multi-Currency Term Loan And Revolving Facilities Agreement and Exhibit 2.6 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.” For additional information on our outstanding indebtedness, please refer to the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For information relating to our financing activities in 2016, and the period subsequent to December 31, 2016, see Note 18 and Note 28, respectively, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For a description of some of the risks associated with certain of our indebtedness, please refer to the sections of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations could materially decrease our cash flow, adversely affect our business and financial condition and prevent us from raising additional capital,” “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be able to raise additional capital,” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A disposition by one or both of our largest shareholders of their respective stakes in VEON Ltd. or a change in control of VEON Ltd. could harm our business.”

 

148


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of our outstanding indebtedness with an outstanding principal balance exceeding US$30.0 million as of December 31, 2016, excluding indebtedness of the Italy Joint Venture.

 

Borrower

 

Type ofdebt/original
lender

 

Interest rate

 

Outstanding
debt
(in millions)

 

Maturity date

 

Guarantor

 

Security

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   Notes   6.2546%   US$349   March 1, 2017   PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   Notes   7.5043%   US$1,280   March 1, 2022   PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   Notes   9.00%   US$198
(RUB 12,000)
  February 13, 2018   PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   Notes   5.20%   US$571   February 13, 2019   PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   Notes   5.95%   US$983   February 13, 2023   PJSC VimpelCom   None
GTH Finance B.V.   Notes   6.25%   US$500   April 26, 2020   VimpelCom Holdings   None
GTH Finance B.V.   Notes   7.25%   US$700   April 26, 2023   VimpelCom Holdings   None
VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.   Loan from China Development Bank Corp.   6 month LIBOR plus 3.30%   US$332   December 21, 2020   PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.   Loan from HSBC Bank plc   1.72%   US$191   July 31, 2022   EKN, PJSC VimpelCom   None
VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. (1)   Loan from AO “Alfa-Bank”   1 month LIBOR
plus 3.25%
  US$500   April 17, 2017   VimpelCom Holdings   None
VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. (2)   Loan from AO “Alfa-Bank”   1 month LIBOR
plus 3.25%
  US$500   May 3, 2017   VimpelCom Holdings   None
VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.   Loan from ING Bank N.V.   6 month LIBOR
plus 1.08%
  US$78   October 16, 2023   EKN, VimpelCom Holdings   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from VIP Finance Ireland Limited (funded by the issuance of loan participation notes by VIP Finance Ireland)   9.125%   US$499   April 30, 2018   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from VIP Finance Ireland (funded by the issuance of loan participation notes by VIP Finance Ireland)   7.748%   US$651   February 2, 2021   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   RUB denominated bonds   10.00%   US$248
(RUB 15,052)
  March 8, 2022 (3)   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   RUB denominated bonds   11.90%   US$412
(RUB 25,000)
  October 3, 2025 (4)   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from Sberbank   12.75% (5)   US$435
(RUB 26,357)
  April 11, 2018   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from Sberbank   12.75% (6)   US$92
(RUB 5,556)
  May 29, 2017   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from Sberbank   11.55%   US$495
(RUB 30,000)
  June 29, 2018   None   None
PJSC VimpelCom   Loan from HSBC Bank plc, Nordea Bank AB (publ)   3 month MosPRIME plus 1.00%   US$38 (RUB2,278)   April 30, 2019   EKN   None
PMCL   Syndicated loan via MCB Bank Limited   6 month KIBOR plus 1.25%   US$48
(PKR5,000)
  May 16, 2019   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)

 

149


Table of Contents

Borrower

 

Type ofdebt/original
lender

 

Interest rate

 

Outstanding
debt
(in millions)

 

Maturity date

 

Guarantor

 

Security

PMCL   Loan from Habib Bank Limited   6 month KIBOR plus 1.15%   US$36
(PKR3,750)
  May 16, 2019   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
PMCL   Loan from United Bank Limited   6 month KIBOR plus 1.10%   US$34
(PKR3,600)
  May 16, 2021   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
PMCL   Sukuk Certificates   3 month KIBOR plus 0.88%   US$66
(PKR6,900)
  December 22, 2019   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
PMCL   Loan from MCB Bank Limited   6 month KIBOR plus 0.80%   US$48
(PKR5,000)
  December 23, 2020   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)

PMCL

  Loan from ING Bank N.V.   6 month LIBOR plus 1.90%   US$231   December 31, 2020   EKN   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
PMCL   Syndicated mark-up agreement via Habib Bank Limited   6.00%   US$60 (PKR6,268)   December 31, 2023   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
PMCL   Syndicated mark-up agreement via Habib Bank Limited   6.00%   US$40 (PKR4,154)   December 31, 2023   None   Certain assets
of PMCL (7)
BDCL   Senior Notes   8.625%   US$300   May 6, 2019   None   None
OTA   Syndicated Loan Facility   Bank of Algeria Re-Discount Rate plus 2.00%   US$340
(DZD37,500)
  September 30, 2019   None   Dividend
assignment
Other loans, equipment financing and capital lease obligations   —     —     US$234   —     —     —  

 

(1) On March 29, 2017, we entered into an agreement to amend and extend this facility until October 17, 2017. Pursuant to this agreement, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. has replaced VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. as the borrower and the guarantee from VimpelCom Holdings B.V. was terminated. In addition, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. granted AO “Alfa-Bank” the right to novate some of the principal amount of the facility to other lenders. On March 29, 2017, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. received confirmation that US$350 of the extended facility had been novated by AO “Alfa-Bank” to Sberbank.
(2) We anticipate that we will enter into an agreement to amend and extend this facility prior to the maturity date.
(3) These bonds were subject to an investor put option at March 17, 2017 which was exercised. For further information, see Note 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
(4) These bonds are subject to an investor put option at October 13, 2017.
(5) The fixed interest rate applicable to these loans ranges from 9.0% to 14.0% depending on certain conditions set out in the agreements.
(6) The fixed interest rate applicable to these loans ranges from 10.75% to 14.0% depending on certain conditions set out in the agreements.
(7) Charges over moveable fixed assets, receivables, cash balances, investments, cash collections and book debts.

Cash and deposits subject to currency and contractual restrictions

As of December 31, 2016, the cash and deposit balances of VEON Group were equal to US$3,327 million. US$1,715 million (52% of total group cash and deposits) were denominated in U.S. dollars and approximately 80% of the U.S. dollar denominated cash is held in VEON Group headquarter entities.

As of December 31, 2016, the cash and deposits balances in Uzbekistan of US$727 million and Ukraine of US$3 million were restricted from repatriation due to local government or central bank regulations. As part of the closing of the transaction and settlement with the Algerian Government on January 30, 2015, the foreign exchange and import restrictions put in place by the Bank of Algeria against OTA on April 15, 2010 prohibiting the repatriation of cash balances in Algeria were lifted. Algerian foreign exchange regulations continue, however, to require strict regulatory approval before a company can engage in certain foreign exchange transactions. Bangladesh has similar requirements. For more information about the currency restrictions in our countries of operation, see “—Certain Ongoing Factors Affecting Our Financial Position and Results of Operations—Foreign

 

150


Table of Contents

Currency Controls and Currency Restrictions,” “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are exposed to foreign currency exchange loss and currency fluctuation and convertibility risks,” “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—As a holding company, VEON Ltd. depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and therefore on the performance of its subsidiaries, and is affected by changes in exchange controls and currency restrictions in the countries in which its subsidiaries operate” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Markets—The banking systems in many countries in which we operate remain underdeveloped, there are a limited number of creditworthy banks in these countries with which we can conduct business and currency control requirements restrict activities in certain markets in which we have operations,” as well as Notes 21 and 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Certain of the agreements relating to our indebtedness subject our subsidiaries to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends, make loans or repay debts to us. For additional information on our indebtedness, please see “—Financing Activities” and the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For a description of some of the risks associated with certain of our indebtedness, please see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations could materially decrease our cash flow, adversely affect our business and financial condition and prevent us from raising additional capital,” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be able to raise additional capital.”

Earnings subject to indefinite investment

During 2016, we recorded a deferred tax liability of US$73 million relating to the tax effect of our undistributed profits that will be distributed in the foreseeable future, primarily in relation to our Russian, Algerian and Pakistani operations. The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries (outside the Netherlands) which are indefinitely invested and will not be distributed in the foreseeable future, amounted to approximately US$8,495 million as of December 31, 2016. For more information, please see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Future Liquidity and Capital Requirements

Telecommunications service providers require significant amounts of capital to construct networks and attract customers. In the foreseeable future, our further expansion will require significant investment activity, including the purchase of equipment and possibly the acquisition of other companies.

Our capital expenditures include purchases of new licenses, equipment, new construction, upgrades, software, other long-lived assets and related reasonable costs incurred prior to intended use of the noncurrent assets, accounted at the earliest event of advance payment or delivery. Long-lived assets acquired in business combinations are not included in capital expenditures.

During 2016, our capital expenditures were approximately US$1,741 million compared to approximately US$2,034 million in 2015, in each case, excluding capital expenditures in Italy. The decrease in capital expenditures was primarily due to functional currency depreciation against the U.S. dollar and efficiencies reached by the performance transformation program.

During 2015, our capital expenditures were approximately US$2,034 million compared to approximately US$3,229 million during 2014, excluding capital expenditures in Italy. The decrease in capital expenditures in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to depreciation of functional currency against U.S. dollar.

 

151


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of capital expenditures (excluding licenses) to cash paid for purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Cash paid for purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     1,651       2,207       3,501  

Net difference between timing of recognition and payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     90       (173     (272

Capital expenditures

     1,741       2,034       3,229  

Less capital expenditures in licenses

     (148     (255     (396

Capital expenditures (excluding licenses)

     1,593       1,779       2,833  

We expect that our capital expenditures in 2017 will mainly consist of the maintenance of our existing networks as well as the increase of capacity due to data traffic growth and 3G and 4G/LTE deployment, in particular in relation to the new 4G/LTE license in Algeria and integration expenditures due to the Pakistan Merger. For a discussion of our spending on research and development and our development of new technologies including our VEON personal internet platform, see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Research and Development” and “Item 4—Information on the Company—Overview.”

Our management anticipates that the funds necessary to meet our current capital requirements and those to be incurred in the foreseeable future (including with respect to any possible acquisitions) will come from:

 

   

cash we currently hold;

 

   

operating cash flows;

 

   

export credit agency guaranteed financing;

 

   

borrowings under bank financings, including credit lines currently available to us;

 

   

syndicated loan facilities; and

 

   

debt financings from international and local capital markets.

As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we had an undrawn amount of US$2,417 million under existing credit facilities (excluding credit facilities in Italy). For more information on our existing undrawn credit facilities, please see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Our management expects positive cash flows from operations will continue to provide us with internal sources of funds. The availability of external financing is difficult to predict because it depends on many factors, including the success of our operations, contractual restrictions, availability of guarantees from export credit agencies, the financial position of international and local banks, the willingness of international banks to lend to our companies and the liquidity of international and local capital markets. The actual amount of debt financing that we will need to raise will be influenced by our financing needs, the actual pace of traffic growth over the period, network construction, our acquisition plans and our ability to continue revenue growth and stabilize ARPU. For related risks, see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Substantial amounts of indebtedness and debt service obligations could materially decrease our cash flow, adversely affect our business and financial condition and prevent us from raising additional capital,” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be able to raise additional capital.”

Our future cash needs are subject to significant uncertainties. For instance, we are exposed to the impact of future exchange rates on our U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations and future requirements for U.S. dollar denominated capital expenditures, which are generally funded by functional currency cash flows of our subsidiaries. Remittances from our subsidiaries may also be restricted by local regulations or subject to material

 

152


Table of Contents

taxes when remitted. In addition, we have recently had material cash outflows with respect to the agreements with the SEC, DOJ and OM, and we expect to have material cash outflows in the short-term for our performance transformation program. Despite these uncertainties, we believe that our cash flows from operations and other sources of funds described above will be sufficient to meet our short-term and foreseeable long-term cash requirements.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2016, we had the following contractual obligations in relation to our continuing operations, including long-term debt arrangements, equipment financing, capital leases, and commitments for future payments under non-cancellable lease arrangements and purchase obligations. We expect to meet our payment requirements under these obligations with cash flows from our operations and other financing arrangements. For information relating to our outstanding indebtedness subsequent to December 31, 2016, see Note 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

     Payments due by period (in millions of U.S. dollars)  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Contractual Obligations (1)

              

Bank loans and bonds (2)

     11,984        3,330        3,578        1,821        3,255  

Equipment financing (2)

     770        199        319        197        55  

Non-cancellable lease obligations

     637        121        236        132        148  

Purchase obligations (3)

     1,187        721        466        —          —    

Total

     14,578        4,371        4,599        2,150        3,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Debt payments could be accelerated upon violation of debt covenants.
(2) Obligations for bank loans and bonds, equipment financing and loans from others represent anticipated future cash flows, including interest. For further information on interest rates on our long-term debt, see “—Financing Activities” above.
(3) Purchase obligations primarily include our material contractual legal obligations for the future purchase of equipment and intangible assets.

Other than the debt obligations described under “—Financing Activities” and in Note 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have not had any material changes outside the ordinary course of our business in the specified contractual obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

Related Party Transactions

We have entered into transactions with related parties and affiliates. Please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” and Note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

153


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

As of March 15, 2017, the members of our supervisory board were as follows:

 

Name

   Age (1)   

Position

Alexey M. Reznikovich

   48    Chairman of supervisory board

Stan Chudnovsky

   46    Director

Mikhail M. Fridman

   52    Director

Gennady Gazin

   52    Director

Andrei Gusev

   44    Director

Gunnar Holt

   62    Director

Sir Julian Horn-Smith

   68    Director

Jørn P. Jensen

   53    Director

Nils Katla

   50    Director

 

(1) As of March 15, 2017.

The members of our current supervisory board were elected at the August 5, 2016 annual general meeting of shareholders in accordance with our bye-laws and will serve until the next annual general meeting, unless any members are removed from office or their offices are vacated in accordance with our bye-laws.

As of March 31, 2017, the members of our management board were as follows:

 

Name

   Age (1)   

Position

Jean-Yves Charlier

   53    Group Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Davies

   51    Group Chief Financial Officer

Scott Dresser

   49    Group General Counsel

Enrique Aznar

   53    Chief Values and Culture Transformation Officer

Jeffrey Hedberg

   55    Group Chief People Officer

Yogesh Malik

   44    Group Chief Technology Officer

Alexander Matuschka

   45    Group Chief Performance Officer

Christopher Schlaeffer

   47    Chief Digital Officer

Erik Aas

   50    Head of Bangladesh

Peter Chernyshov

   48    Head of Ukraine

Jon Eddy

   50    Head of Emerging Markets

Matthieu Galvani

   47    Chief Executive Officer of Algeria

Mikhail Gerchuk

   44    Head of Eurasia

Aamir Hafeez Ibrahim

   48    Head of Pakistan

Kjell Morten Johnsen

   49    Head of Major Markets and Chief Executive Officer of PJSC VimpelCom

Oleksandr Komarov

   44    Head of Kazakhstan

 

(1) As of March 15, 2017.

 

154


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board

Alexey M. Reznikovich has been Chairman of the VEON Ltd. supervisory board since December 2012 and a director of VEON Ltd. since April 2010. He also serves as chairman of VEON Ltd.’s compensation committee. Mr. Reznikovich was a member of the board of directors of PJSC VimpelCom from May 2002 until April 2010. Mr. Reznikovich has served as Managing Partner of LetterOne Telecom since June 2014. Prior to joining LetterOne Telecom, he was Chief Executive Officer of LLC Altimo from April 2005 to May 2014 and Chief Executive Officer of Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd. from June 2006 to May 2014. He has been a member of the supervisory board of the Alfa Group Consortium since 2002, with overall responsibility for business development and management supervision of the group’s assets. Mr. Reznikovich was a director of Golden Telecom from May 2007 until February 2008. In 2001, Mr. Reznikovich founded EMAX, a new business venture to develop internet centers in Russia and has been a director of EMAX and of CAFEMAX, an internet café chain, since February 2001. From December 1998 to 2000, Mr. Reznikovich was a partner at McKinsey & Co. Prior to his time at McKinsey, Mr. Reznikovich worked at Procter & Gamble in Italy and Transworld in the United States. He graduated from the Economics Faculty of the Moscow State University and received an M.B.A. from Georgetown University in the United States and from INSEAD in France.

Stan Chudnovsky has been a director of VEON Ltd. since August 2016. Mr. Chudnovsky is Head of Product for Messaging at Facebook. Before joining Facebook, Mr. Chudnovsky was Vice President of Growth, Global Strategy and Special Operations at PayPal after a company he co-founded, IronPearl, was acquired. Prior to this, Mr. Chudnovsky was involved in the establishment of Tickle Inc., one of the first social media companies, and grew it to become one of the largest websites in the world by 2003. Mr. Chudnovsky has a strong background as an entrepreneur, having co-founded several other successful internet companies including Jiff, NFX, Ooga Labs, and Wonderhill. He has served on a number of corporate boards, including Goodreads and Zinch. Originally from Moscow, Mr. Chudnovsky earned engineering degrees in Russia.

Mikhail M. Fridman has been a director of VEON Ltd. since April 2010. Mr. Fridman was a member of the board of directors of PJSC VimpelCom from July 2001 until April 2010. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of OJSC Alfa-Bank, as well as Chairman of the supervisory boards of the Alfa Group Consortium and LetterOne Holdings S.A. Mr. Fridman also serves as a member of the supervisory board of X5 Retail Group N.V. He is a member of the Public Chamber of the Russian Federation. Since 1989, Mr. Fridman has taken an active role in managing the Alfa Group, which includes Alfa Finance Holdings S.A. (Alfa Bank, Alfa Capital Holdings Limited and Medpoint Limited), Altimo and X5 Retail Group N.V. In 1988, Mr. Fridman co-founded the Alfa-Foto cooperative. From 1986 until 1988, Mr. Fridman served as an engineer at Elektrostal Metallurgical Works. Mr. Fridman graduated with honors from the Faculty of Non-Ferrous Metals of the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys in 1986.

Gennady Gazin has been an alternate director of VEON Ltd. since October 2014 and a director of VEON Ltd. since June 2015. Mr. Gazin is serving as a chairman of VEON Ltd.’s nominating and corporate governance committee and as a member of its finance and strategy committee and audit committee. He served as chairman of its special committee overseeing the internal investigation and the company’s response to the inquiries by various authorities until its dissolution on August 3, 2016. Mr. Gazin currently serves as Director at Interpipe, a producer of pipes and railroad wheels; Director at GeoAlliance, an oil and gas production company; and Chairman of the Board at Genesis Philanthropy Group. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Gazin served as CEO of EastOne, an international investment advisory group. Prior to EastOne, Mr. Gazin worked at McKinsey & Company’s New York and Moscow offices for 14 years, during which time he was an active member of the Telecommunications practice and also served as the Senior Partner responsible for McKinsey’s CIS practice. Mr. Gazin started his professional career as a systems and telecommunications engineer at Bell Communications Research/Tellcordia and General Dynamics in the USA. Mr. Gazin received a bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University in 1987, a master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University in 1988 and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania in 1993.

 

155


Table of Contents

Andrei Gusev has been a director of VEON Ltd. since April 2014. Mr. Gusev is serving as a chairman of VEON Ltd.’s finance and strategy committee and as a member of its nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee. Mr. Gusev is a senior partner at LetterOne Telecom (UK) LLP, joining in 2014, and was a managing director at Altimo from 2013 to 2014. Mr. Gusev was Chief Executive Officer of X5 Retail Group N.V. from 2011 to 2012 and prior to that, from 2006 to 2010, served as its Director of Business Development and M&A. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Gusev served as Managing Director of the Alfa Group with overall responsibility for investment planning. Prior to that, Mr. Gusev worked at Bain & Company and Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Gusev received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania in 2000 and a diploma with honors from the Department of Applied Mathematics and Computer Science at Lomonosov Moscow State University in 1994.

Gunnar Holt has been a director of VEON Ltd. since June 2015. Mr. Holt is serving as a member of VEON Ltd.’s finance and strategy committee and audit committee. Mr. Holt has been a Senior Advisor at Telenor ASA since 2006 and previously served as a Group Finance Director. From 1995 to 1999, he worked at Aker ASA and Aker RGI ASA, serving as Executive Vice President and CFO. From 1986 to 1995, he held various leadership positions in the Aker Group, including Deputy President of Norwegian Contractors AS, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aker Oil and Gas Technology AS, President of Aker Eiendom AS, and Finance and Accounting Director of Aker Norcem AS. From 1978 to 1986, he served as Executive Officer and Special Advisor in the Norwegian Ministry of Petroleum and Energy. Mr. Holt holds a Doctor of Business Administration degree and Advanced Postgraduate Diploma in Management Consultancy from Henley Management Collage, Brunel University, in the United Kingdom; an MBA from the University of Queensland in Australia, and an M.B.A. in finance from the University of Wisconsin. He also received a Diplomøkonom from The Norwegian School of Management. Mr. Holt has served on a number of corporate boards.

Sir Julian Horn-Smith has been a director of VEON Ltd. since July 2014. Sir Julian served as a member of VEON Ltd.’s special committee overseeing the internal investigation and the company’s response to the inquiries by various authorities until its dissolution on August 3, 2016. Sir Julian is active in the global telecommunications sector as a Senior Advisor to UBS Investment Bank, in London and Senior Advisor to CVC (Telecoms and Media). He also serves as an advisor to LetterOne. Sir Julian previously served as Senior Advisor to the Etisalat Group board from 2011 to 2014. Sir Julian was a member of the founding management team of Vodafone Group Plc. He retired from Vodafone in July 2006, where he held a number of senior positions, including Deputy Chief Executive Officer and member of the board. He currently serves as a member of the board of Digicel, a Caribbean and Pacific operator. Sir Julian is also Chairman of eBuilder, based in Sweden. He is a Pro Chancellor at Bath University and chairs the University’s School of Management Advisory Board. He is the Founder and Co-Chair of The TATLIDiL Conference (British and Turkish Conference). During his career in international telecommunications, Sir Julian has served as Chair of both the Mannesmann Supervisory and Management boards, as well as a Director on a number of company boards, including Lloyds Banking Group plc, Smiths Group, China Mobile, eAccess in Japan, De la Rue plc, Verizon Wireless and SFR in France. Sir Julian earned a Bachelor of Science in economics from University of London in 1970 and a Master of Science from University of Bath in the United Kingdom in 1979.

Jørn P. Jensen has been a director of VEON Ltd. since August 2016. Mr. Jensen has been a Director of Danske Bank A/S since March 2012 and has previously held senior roles, including Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, at Carlsberg between 2000 and 2015. Mr. Jensen has served as a Member of the Committee on Corporate Governance in Denmark since 2012, and has previously served on a number of corporate boards, including DONG Energy A/S (2010 to 2015), Brightpoint Inc., Lauritzen Fonden/Vesterhavet A/S, and Royal Scandinavia A/S. Mr. Jensen received a Bachelor of Science in Economics from Copenhagen Business School in 1986, and a Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration from Copenhagen Business School in 1988.

 

156


Table of Contents

Nils Katla has been a director of VEON Ltd. since June 2015. Mr. Katla is a member of VEON Ltd.’s nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee. Mr. Katla is a member of the Board of Directors for Telenor Hungary. Mr. Katla joined the Telenor Group in 2001 and has been responsible for growing Telenor’s Nordic and European positions, resulting in a number of acquisitions. He is currently serving as the Senior Vice President of Mergers & Acquisitions for Telenor ASA. From 2004 to 2007, he was a member of the Management Board of Telenor Norway. He has served on a number of Boards of Directors for Telenor Group companies. Before joining Telenor, Mr. Katla served as the Executive Vice President of the Consumer Division at Enitel from 2000 to 2001. He also headed the consumer division of TeliaSonera as the Senior Vice President from 1997 to 1999. He has also worked for McKinsey & Company from 1995 to 1997 and Arthur Andersen & Company (later Accenture) from 1990 to 1993. Mr. Katla holds a Master of Science degree in Computer Science and Telematics from the Norwegian Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from INSEAD.

Management Board

Jean-Yves Charlier was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of VEON Ltd. by the VEON Ltd. supervisory board in April 2015. Prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer of VEON Ltd., he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SFR in France from 2012 until 2014. While at SFR he completed the demerger of SFR from Vivendi in a transaction with cable operator Numericable. From 2007 until 2012, Mr. Charlier was the Chief Executive Officer for Promethean, an interactive learning company, and, from 2004 until 2007, Mr. Charlier was the Chief Executive Officer of Colt, an alternative carrier. He started his career with Wang in France and also held senior executive positions with Equant and BT Global Services. Mr. Charlier has been on the board of several other listed companies including Activision Blizzard and Vivendi. He holds an M.B.A. from the Wharton Business School and a Bachelor of Arts in international business administration from the American College in Paris, France.

Andrew Davies joined VEON Ltd. in November 2013 as Chief Financial Officer. From November 2010 to October 2013, Mr. Davies was the Chief Financial Officer at Verizon Wireless. Prior to his appointment at Verizon Wireless, Mr. Davies held a number of senior financial roles within Vodafone Group, most recently as Chief Financial Officer of Vodafone India and Vodafone Turkey as well as positions in Vodafone UK and Vodafone Japan, from 2003 until 2010. Prior to joining Vodafone in 2003, Mr. Davies was Chief Financial Officer of Singlepoint (4U) from 2001, which was acquired by Vodafone in 2003, and also held positions with Honeywell Inc. and General Electric after starting his career with KPMG in 1987. Mr. Davies serves as a member of the board of various subsidiaries of VEON Ltd. Mr. Davies earned a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics from Imperial College in London in 1987, is an Associate of the Royal College of Science and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Scott Dresser was appointed as Group General Counsel, with effect from September 1, 2014. Mr. Dresser was also appointed a member of the Group Executive Board and the Group Management Board. Mr. Dresser was most recently Vice President of Global Strategic Initiatives at BirdLife International, a global conservation organization. Between 2006 and 2012, Mr. Dresser was with Virgin Media in the UK, including service as General Counsel, where he led its legal department and acted as principal liaison with VEON Ltd.’s Board of Directors, as well as being a member of its Executive Management Team. He also previously held positions in the United States at White Mountains RE Group (which is the operating company of White Mountains Insurance Group Ltd), in the role of Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel from 2005-2006; as Senior Advisor for Legal and Financial Affairs for the International Global Conservation Fund (an international environmental conservation organization) from 2002-2005; and positions at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP and at Lord Day & Lord, Barrett Smith. Mr. Dresser studied at the Vanderbilt University School of Law and University of New Hampshire, and was admitted to the Bar, in New York and Connecticut, in 1993. Mr. Dresser is on the advisory boards of BirdLife International and the Caucasus Nature Fund.

 

157


Table of Contents

Enrique Aznar has been our Chief Values and Culture Transformation Officer since July 2016, prior to which he was our Group Chief Compliance Officer since August 2013, and he was appointed to the Management Board in October 2014. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Aznar was Head of Corporate Governance & Compliance—Chief Integrity Officer at Millicom International Cellular S.A., based in Luxembourg from 2011 until 2013; Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer at Nokia Siemens Networks, based in Helsinki from 2009 until 2011; Deputy General Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer for Europe, Middle East, and Africa for Tyco International from 2005 until 2009 and held different legal roles with Dell, Inc from 2000 to 2005, Freshfields from 1997 to 2000, Price Waterhouse from 1994 to 1997 and Arthur Andersen from 1989 to 1992. Enrique is a qualified lawyer in Spain, England and Wales. Mr. Aznar attended a Leadership Program at Stanford University in the United States in 2012. He earned a Business Management Program certificate (PDD Guildhall University (currently London Metropolitan University)) at IESE Business School in 2003, a Master of Arts in International & Comparative Business Law from London in 1993 and a Licenciatura en Derecho (Law Degree) from the University of Barcelona in 1988.

Jeffrey Hedberg has been Group Chief People Officer since November 2016 and Chief Executive Officer of Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited in Pakistan since July 2014. Previously, Mr. Hedberg worked at Boston Consulting Group from March 2013, where he was a Senior Advisor in the firm’s South Africa office and its Munich-based Technology, Media and Telecommunications Practice area. Mr. Hedberg served as a Private Equity Advisor from 2013 until 2014 and the Chief Operating Officer of Altech from 2011 to 2012. Mr. Hedberg served as CEO of Telekom South Africa from 2010 to 2011 and as CEO of Telkom’s Nigerian subsidiary, Multi-Links Nigeria in 2010. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Hedberg was CEO of Cell C in South Africa. Mr. Hedberg was appointed CEO and Chairman of Deutsche Telekom USA in 2002 and from 1999 to 2002, he was Executive Vice President and Member of the Board of Management of Deutsche Telekom AG where he developed the strategy for the International Division. Prior to that, Mr. Hedberg served as Executive Vice President of Swisscom International from 1997 to 1998 and as Deputy Director from 1996 to 1997. Mr. Hedberg currently serves as a member of the board of directors of various subsidiaries of VEON Ltd., including Business & Communication Systems (Pvt) Ltd., LinkDotNet Telecom Limited, LinkdotNET Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. and Waseela Microfinance Bank Limited. Mr. Hedberg received a Master’s degree in International Management from the University of Denver in 1992 and a Bachelor of Business Administration Degree from Northeastern University in 1985.

Yogesh Malik has served as Group Chief Technology Officer of VEON Ltd. since March 2014. Mr. Malik served as Chief Executive Officer of Uninor, an Indian mobile network operator majority owned by the Telenor Group, from May 2013 through November 2013 and prior to that, served in a variety of senior positions at Uninor from 2010, including COO covering the areas of Technology, Regulatory and Customer Care. Mr. Malik has also served as Head of Technology & Sourcing at Telenor Group headquarters in Norway, CTO of “Kyivstar” JSC in Ukraine and CTO of Grameenphone in Bangladesh. Prior to joining the Telenor Group, Mr. Malik worked for TIW, Tata/AT&T and Ericsson in various senior positions in a variety of countries. Mr. Malik has acted as the official spokesperson for the VEON Group and helped implement innovative technology to overhaul the group’s IT systems. Mr. Malik received an Engineering Degree in Electronics from MSU University, Baroda, India in 1993, and an Executive M.B.A. from IMD, Lausanne, Switzerland in 2008.

Alexander Matuschka has served as Group Chief Performance Officer since July 2015. Mr. Matuschka came to VEON from Nokia Networks, where he was Chief Transformation Officer from 2014 to 2015 and, previously, Chief Restructuring Officer from 2011 until 2014. Prior to joining Nokia, Mr. Matuschka gained extensive experience in in the automotive and machining industries with P&L responsibility in multiple areas, including restructuring, re-organization, procurement, logistics, supply chain management and lean manufacturing/assembly, including serving as the Interim Chief Operations Officer for ATU GmbH from 2010 until 2011 and Chief Executive Officer of EUROPART Holding GmbH from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Matuschka holds a business degree (Diplom-Kaufmann) in International Business Economy from International Business School Lippstadt in Germany and West Virginia University, USA.

Christopher Schlaeffer has served as Chief Digital Officer since January 2016, with responsibility for the development of new digital services and telecommunications propositions and for leading the Group’s global

 

158


Table of Contents

commercial functions. Mr. Schlaeffer joined VEON from his role as Founder and Chief Executive Officer of two tech startups in Berlin and London which he served from 2010 until 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Schlaeffer was with Deutsche Telekom for 12 years as the group’s Chief Product and Innovation Officer, Corporate Development Officer (with responsibility for Technology, IT, Innovation, R&D, and Venture Capital), Chief Strategy Officer and Chief Marketing Officer of the mobile division for T-Mobile International. He also served as a Member of the Executive Operating Board and played a key role in Deutsche Telekom’s transformation. Mr. Schlaeffer holds a Master’s degree from the Vienna University of Economics and is recognized as a “Young Global Leader” by the World Economic Forum.

Erik Aas has been Head of Bangladesh since December 2015. Mr. Aas previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Pt AXIS Telekom from 2007 until 2014. From 1997 to 2007, Mr. Aas served in various senior executive roles for the Telenor Group, including as the Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Board of Grameenphone. Mr. Aas is the Chairman and Managing Director of Lakeview Invest AS and Lakeview Trading AS since September 2014. Mr. Aas attended the International Directors Programme from INSEAD from 2012 to 2013. Mr. Aas received an Executive M.B.A. from IMD, Switzerland in 2001 and graduated with a Master of Science degree for Civil Engineering from the Norwegian University of Science and Technology in 1991.

Peter Chernyshov has been Head of Ukraine since June 2014. From 2006 to 2014, Mr. Chernyshov held various leadership roles in Carlsberg Ukraine and Slavutich Brewery (part of the Carlsberg Group). From 1999 to 2006, Mr. Chernyshov occupied several positions in the companies of BBH (Baltic Beverage Holding, now part of the Carlsberg Group), working at different times in three countries: from 1999 to 2000 as the Business controller for Russian operations in the BBH HQ Stockholm, Sweden; from 2001 to 2002, as the CFO of BBH in Kiev, Ukraine; from 2003 to April 2006, as the CEO of Vena Breweries, Saint Petersburg and Chelyabinsk, Russia; and from August 2005 to April 2006, as Vice President, Finance at Baltika, Saint Petersburg, Russia. Mr. Chernyshov has served as member of the board of the American Chamber of Commerce (ACC) in Ukraine. Mr. Chernyshov received a Master’s degree in mathematics from Ural State University in 1990 and an M.B.A. from Kingston University Business School in 2001.

Jon Eddy has been Head of Emerging Markets since January 2016. Mr. Eddy has extensive experience in leadership positions in the telecommunications industry in emerging markets, especially in Asia. He joined VEON from dtac, Thailand’s second largest mobile operator, where he was Chief Executive Officer from 2011 until 2014. Jon has previously been Chief Executive Officer of Telenor Pakistan from 2008 to 2011, Chief Operating Officer at Maxis Mobile in Malaysia from 2007 until 2008, and Chief Technology Officer at Digi Telecom in Malaysia from 2002 until 2007. Mr. Eddy currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of various subsidiaries of VEON Ltd. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Montana State University.

Matthieu Galvani has been Chief Executive Officer of VEON’s operations in Algeria, under the Djezzy brand since January 2016. Mr. Galvani has a deep knowledge of Algeria, with significant experience in senior executive roles in the industry and in the Middle East and North Africa. He was previously Chief Commercial Officer for VEON’s emerging markets, which serves 95 million customers in Algeria, Bangladesh and Pakistan. His previous roles include Chief Marketing & Communication Officer of KenCell in Kenya from 2000 to 2004; Chief Commercial Officer of OTA from 2005 to 2009; Chief Commercial Officer of Tunisie Telecom from 2009 to 2014, and Chief Commercial Officer of Zain in Saudi Arabia from 2014 to 2016. Mr. Galvani, a French national, holds a Master’s degree in Econometrics, and a post graduate degree in economics and energy from the University of Paris X.

Mikhail Gerchuk has been Head of Eurasia since October 2015. He served as Group Chief Commercial and Strategy Officer from July 2012 until October 2015, Acting Head of the former CIS Business Unit from February 2014 to January 2015, and Group Chief Commercial Officer from October 2011 to July 2012. Previously, Mr. Gerchuk served as Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of MTS from December 2008 until October 2011, having joined MTS in August 2007 as the Group Marketing Director. At MTS, he also served on the

 

159


Table of Contents

boards of directors of Comstar, MGTS, MTS Ukraine and several other MTS subsidiaries. Prior to joining MTS, Mr. Gerchuk was Chief Commercial Officer at Vodafone Malta from 2006 to 2007. He held senior marketing positions at Vodafone Group, UK between 2002 and 2006, including Head of Voice Propositions between 2004 and 2006 and Senior Global Marketing Manager between 2002 and 2004. Mr. Gerchuk also worked as an Associate at Booz Allen Hamilton in London from 1999 to 2002 and, before that, as Category Marketing Manager at PepsiCo and Marketing Manager at Mars, Inc. Mr. Gerchuk has been recognized as a leading commercial director and a leading young figure in telecommunications. Mr. Gerchuk received an M.B.A. from INSEAD in 1999 and an M.A. in Economic Geography and English from Moscow State University in 1994.

Aamir Hafeez Ibrahim has been the Chief Executive Officer of our operations in Pakistan since July 2016. Prior to his position as CEO, Mr. Ibrahim was Mobilink’s Deputy CEO and Chief Commercial Officer. Mr. Ibrahim has over two decades of international experience as a senior executive across multiple industries and continents. Prior to joining Mobilink, he was the Senior Vice President for Telenor Group, where he led distribution initiatives across Asia. Mr. Ibrahim has also held senior leadership positions at Ford Motor Company, Jaguar & Land Rover. Mr. Ibrahim has extensive experience specifically in strategic marketing, sales and distribution, analytics, product development, government and regulatory management, business planning, M&A, public relations and crisis management. Mr. Ibrahim is a Pakistani native, with an undergraduate degree in Accounting from the University of Texas and an MBA from IMD in Switzerland. In 2012, he received an Advanced Management Program diploma from Harvard Business School. Mr. Ibrahim has lived and worked across multiple cultures and countries including Thailand, Pakistan, the UK, the United Arab Emirates, Switzerland and the United States.

Kjell Morten Johnsen has been VEON’s Head of Major Markets and Chief Executive Officer of VEON Russia (PJSC VimpelCom), with responsibility for the Group’s business in Russia and the Italy Joint Venture since August 2016. Mr. Johnsen joined VEON from Telenor, where he was head of Telenor Europe with previous roles as CEO of Telenor Serbia, as well as Senior Vice President and Head of Telenor Russia, Telenor Central & Eastern Europe. He was also a member of VEON Ltd.’s supervisory board from 2010 until 2015 and PJSC’s Board of Directors from 2007 to 2013. Prior to entering the telecommunications industry in 2000, Mr. Johnsen worked for Norsk Hydro in France and Ukraine, and Scandsea International in Norway and Russia. Mr. Johnsen, has an MBA from the Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration, and has attended the University of Oslo, Norwegian School of Management, and Nord University Business School.

Oleksandr Komarov has been Head of Kazakhstan since January 2016. Mr. Komarov served as the Chief Commercial Officer at Beeline Kazakhstan from July 2013 until 2016. Previously, Mr. Komarov served as the Chief Executive Officer of GroupM from 2007 to 2013, Acting Chief Executive Officer of MediaCom from 2009 to 2010, the Chief Executive Officer of Video International Advertising Group Kiev from 2006 to 2007 and the Chief Executive Officer of Adell Saatchi & Saatchi from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Komarov received an Executive M.B.A. from the Stockholm School of Economics in 2006 as well as a Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing from the Chartered Institute of Marketing in 2001. Mr. Komarov received a degree in electronic devices engineering from the National Technical University of Ukraine ‘Kyiv Polytechnic Institute’ in 1995.

B. Compensation

We paid our directors and senior managers an aggregate amount of approximately US$75 million for services provided during 2016, including approximately US$37 million for short-term employee benefits and approximately US$34 million for long-term employee benefits.

For more information regarding our director and senior management compensation, including a description of applicable stock based and cash based plans, see Note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

160


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our bye-laws, we indemnify and hold harmless our directors and senior managers from and against all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses in connection with any act done, concurred in or omitted in the execution of our business, or their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, to the extent authorized by law. We may also advance moneys to our directors and officers for costs, charges and expenses incurred by any of them in defending any civil or criminal proceedings. The foregoing indemnity will not apply (and any funds advanced will be required to be repaid) with respect to a director or officer if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against such director or officer. We have also entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and senior managers pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify each of them within substantially the same scope as provided in the bye-laws.

We have obtained insurance on behalf of our senior managers and directors for liability arising out of their actions in their capacity as a senior manager or director.

We do not have any pension, retirement or similar benefit plans available to our directors or senior managers.

C. Board Practices

VEON Ltd. is governed by our supervisory board currently consisting of nine directors. Our bye-laws provide that our supervisory board consists of at least seven and no more than thirteen directors, as determined by the supervisory board and subject to approval by a majority of the shareholders voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting.

The supervisory board generally delegates management of our company to the management board which sub-delegates management to the CEO, subject to certain material business decisions that are reserved to the supervisory board. The management board consists of the CEO and other senior executives. The CEO has exclusive authority to identify and recommend our senior executives to the supervisory board for the supervisory board’s approval.

We have not entered into any service contracts with any of our current directors providing for benefits upon termination of service.

The committees of our supervisory board consist of: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a finance and strategy committee.

Our bye-laws provide that each member of the audit committee is required to satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time. The audit committee is primarily responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the auditors, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors. The audit committee also supervises activities related to the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement. The current members of our audit committee, Jørn Jensen (chairman), Gennady Gazin, Gunnar Holt, are expected to serve until our next annual general meeting.

Our compensation committee is responsible for approving the compensation of the directors, officers and employees of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries, our employee benefit plans, any equity compensation plans of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries, and any contract relating to a director, officer or shareholder of VEON Ltd. or any of our subsidiaries or their respective family members or affiliates. The current members of our compensation committee, Alexey Reznikovich (chairman), Andrei Gusev, Nils Katla, are expected to serve until our next annual general meeting.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for coordinating the selection process for candidates to become directors and recommending such candidates to the supervisory board. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee, Gennady Gazin (chairman), Andrei Gusev, Nils Katla, are expected to serve until our next annual general meeting.

 

161


Table of Contents

Our finance and strategy committee is responsible for reviewing financial transactions, policies, strategies and the capital structure of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries. The current members of our finance and strategy committee, Andrei Gusev (chairman), Gennady Gazin, Gunnar Holt, are expected to serve until our next annual general meeting.

Following notice of the investigations by the SEC, DOJ and OM, we established a special committee in March 2014 to oversee the internal investigation being conducted by VEON Ltd.’s external counsel and our response to the inquiries by various authorities. The special committee was dissolved on August 3, 2016, when it was determined by the supervisory board that the ongoing efforts of VEON Ltd. in relation to the DPA could be properly reviewed by the audit committee. The members of our special committee, Gennady Gazin (chairman) and Sir Julian Horn-Smith, served until the special committee was dissolved on August 3, 2016. For details related to the agreements related to the investigations by the SEC, the DOJ and the OM, please also see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have incurred and are continuing to incur costs and related management oversight obligations in connection with our obligations under the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, which may be significant,” “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We could be subject to criminal prosecution or civil sanction if we breach the DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment or the Dutch Settlement Agreement, and we may face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM, including additional investigations and litigation” and Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

D. Employees

The following chart sets forth the number of our employees as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Russia

     23,622        29,255        27,935  

Pakistan

     4,589        6,361        8,959  

Algeria

     2,815        3,669        3,732  

Bangladesh

     1,319        2,194        2,428  

Ukraine

     2,484        2,945        4,116  

Uzbekistan

     1,234        1,241        1,388  

HQ

     709        345        149  

Others (1)

     5,222        6,311        6,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (2)

     41,994        52,321        55,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The total employee numbers for 2015 and 2014 have been restated in Others because Kazakhstan is no longer a separate reportable segment and therefore it is included in Others for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, which is consistent with its classification in Others for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(2) The total employee numbers for 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been adjusted to remove employees in operations that have been sold and exclude (i) the employees in our historical WIND business as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and (ii) the employees from the new Italy Joint Venture as of December 31, 2016.

From time to time, we also employ external staff, who fulfill a position at the company for a temporary period of less than twelve months. We do not consider these employees to constitute a significant percentage of our employee totals and have not included them above.

 

162


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth the number of our employees as of December 31, 2016, according to geographic location and our estimates of main categories of activities:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  

Category of activity (1)

   Russia      Pakistan      Algeria      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan  

Executive and senior management

     10        10        8        9        11        11  

Engineering, construction and information technology

     4,529        948        789        498        1,001        300  

Sales, marketing and other commercial operations

     10,172        1,551        955        516        733        295  

Finance, administration and legal

     979        205        166        61        283        62  

Customer service

     5,658        812        465        115        138        291  

Procurement and logistics

     588        95        110        29        102        31  

Other support functions

     1,686        968        322        91        216        244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,622        4,589        2,815        1,319        2,484        1,234  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) A breakdown of employees by category of activity is not available for our HQ segment and Others category.

Our employees are represented by Unions or operate collective bargaining arrangements in Armenia, Algeria, Kyrgyzstan, Ukraine, as are the Italy Joint Venture’s employees. We consider relations with our employees to be generally good. In February 2016, BDCL experienced labor disruptions in connection with the implementation of our announced performance transformation program. Such disruptions have not had a significant impact on our operations. An application for the registration of a union within BDCL was rejected by the government authorities. A consequent notification has been made by UNI Global Union to the Dutch NCP and a process is ongoing. Please see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters.”

E. Share Ownership

To our knowledge, as of March 15, 2016, other than Mikhail Fridman, none of our directors or senior managers beneficially owned more than 1.0% of any class of our capital stock. To our knowledge, Mr. Fridman has an indirect economic benefit in our shares held for the account of L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. (“L1T VIP Holdings”) and, thus, may be considered under the definition of “beneficial owner” for purposes of SEC Form 20-F only, as a beneficial owner of the shares held for the account of L1T VIP Holdings. See the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders.”

To our knowledge, as of March 15, 2017, Jean-Yves Charlier owned 497,756 of the Company’s ADSs, Jon Eddy owned 620,000 of the Company’s ADSs and Erik Aas owned 100,000 of the Company’s ADSs.

To our knowledge, as of March 15, 2017, none of the other supervisory or management board members held any Common Shares or ADSs. To our knowledge, as of March 15, 2017, none of our directors or senior managers held any options on the Company’s common shares.

For more information regarding share ownership, including a description of applicable stock based plans and options, see Note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

163


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of VEON Ltd. as of March 15, 2017 by each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5.0% or more of our issued and outstanding shares. As of March 15, 2017, we had 1,756,731,135 issued and outstanding common shares and zero convertible preferred shares issued and outstanding. None of our shareholders has different voting rights.

 

Shareholder

   Number of VEON Ltd.
Common Shares
     Percent of VEON Ltd. Issued
and Outstanding Shares
 

L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. (1)

     840,625,001        47.9

Telenor East Holding II AS (2)

     416,703,840        23.7

Stichting Administratiekantoor Mobile Telecommunications Investor (3)

     145,947,562        8.3

 

(1) As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 19, filed on April 1, 2016, by L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. and LetterOne Investment Holdings S.A. with the SEC, L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. is the direct beneficial owner of 840,625,001 of VEON Ltd.’s common shares, representing approximately 47.9% of VEON Ltd.’s issued and outstanding shares. Each of L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. and LetterOne Investment Holdings S.A may be deemed the beneficial owner of 840,625,001 of VEON Ltd.’s common shares, representing approximately 47.9% of VEON Ltd.’s issued outstanding shares, held for the account of L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l.
(2) As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 36, filed on September 27, 2016, by Telenor East Holdings II AS, Telenor Mobile Holding AS and Telenor ASA (collectively, “Telenor”) with the SEC, Telenor is the direct beneficial owner of, and Telenor Mobile Holding AS and Telenor ASA may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of 416,703,840 of VEON Ltd.’s common shares. The common shares held by Telenor East represent approximately 23.7% of VEON Ltd.’s issued and outstanding shares.
(3) As reported on Schedule 13G, filed on April 1, 2016, by Stichting Administratiekantoor Mobile Telecommunications Investor (“Stichting”) with the SEC, Stichting is the direct beneficial owner of 145,947,562 of VEON Ltd.’s common shares. As the holder of depositary receipts issued by Stichting, L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. is entitled to the economic benefits (dividend payments, other distributions and sale proceeds) of such depositary receipts, and indirectly of the 145,947,562 common shares represented by the depositary receipts. Stichting is a foundation incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. The common shares held by Stichting represent approximately 8.3% of VEON Ltd.’s issued and outstanding shares.

Please see the sections of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A disposition by one or both of our largest shareholders of their respective stakes in VEON Ltd. or a change in control of VEON Ltd. could harm our business” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Litigation and disputes among our two largest shareholders and us could materially affect our business.”

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 12, filed on April 23, 2013 by Altimo Coöperatief U.A. with the SEC, on April 16, 2013, Altimo Coöperatief U.A. paid to VEON Ltd. a conversion premium of US$1,392,644,220 (or US$10.835 per share), and Altimo Coöperatief U.A.’s 128,532,000 VEON Ltd. convertible preferred shares automatically converted into 128,532,000 VEON Ltd. common shares.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 14, filed on December 13, 2013 by Altimo Coöperatief U.A. with the SEC: Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd. directly and indirectly owned 100% of the membership interests in Altimo Coöperatief U.A., Letterone Overseas Investments Limited directly owned a majority of the shares of Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Letterone Holdings S.A. was the sole shareholder of Letterone Overseas Investments Limited, Roniju Holdings Limited directly owned a majority of the shares of Letterone Holdings S.A., Crown Finance Foundation was the sole shareholder of Roniju Holdings Limited and each such entity, in such respective capacity, may have been deemed to be the beneficial owner of 986,572,563 VEON Ltd. common shares.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 15, filed on February 19, 2014 by Altimo Coöperatief U.A. with the SEC, Letterone Overseas Investments Limited completed an acquisition of all of the shares in Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd. held by the other shareholders of Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd.

 

164


Table of Contents

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 16, filed on December 18, 2014 by Altimo Coöperatief U.A. with the SEC, on December 16, 2014, Roniju Holdings Limited completed an internal reorganization, and as part of that reorganization, the shares in Letterone Holdings S.A. owned by Roniju Holdings Limited (which constituted a controlling interest in Letterone Overseas Investments Limited and the indirect ownership of the 986,572,563 VEON Ltd. common shares) were transferred to three separate entities.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 17, filed on November 6, 2015 by Letterone Investment Holdings S.à r.l. with the SEC, Letterone Holdings S.A. and its affiliates engaged in an internal reorganization, and as part of that reorganization, 986,572,563 VEON Ltd. common shares were transferred by Altimo Coöperatief U.A. to L1T VIP Holdings on October 30, 2015.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 18, filed on November 12, 2015 by L1T VIP Holdings with the SEC, Letterone Holdings S.A. and its affiliates engaged in an internal reorganization, and as part of that reorganization, on November 11, 2015, all of the shares in Letterone Investment Holdings S.A. owned by Letterone Holdings S.A. (which constituted a controlling interest in L1T VIP Holdings and the indirect ownership of the 986,572,563 VEON Ltd. common shares) were transferred to six separate entities.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 19, filed on April 1, 2016 by L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. and Letterone Investment Holdings S.A. with the SEC, L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. transferred 145,947,562 of ADSs, representing rights with respect to 145,947,562 of VEON Ltd.’s common stock, to Stichting.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment 34, filed on September 21, 2016 by Telenor East Holding II AS, Telenor Mobile Holding AS and Telenor ASA with the SEC, Telenor East Holding II AS sold 142,500,000 of ADSs in VEON Ltd. pursuant to an underwritten offering.

As reported on Schedule 13D, Amendment 36, filed on September 27, 2016 by Telenor East Holding II AS, Telenor Mobile Holding AS and Telenor ASA with the SEC, Telenor East Holding II AS sold 21,375,000 of ADSs in VEON Ltd. pursuant to an underwritten offering.

Based on a review of our register of members maintained in Bermuda, as of March 15, 2017 100% of our issued common shares were held of record by BNY (Nominees) Limited in the United Kingdom, as agent of The Bank of New York Mellon, for the purposes of our ADS program. As of March 15, 2017, 23 record holders of VEON Ltd.’s ADRs, holding an aggregate of 353,454,732 common shares (20.12%), were listed as having addresses in the United States.

B. Related Party Transactions

In addition to the transactions described below, VEON Ltd. has also entered into transactions with related parties as part of the ordinary course of business. These mainly relate to ordinary course telecommunications operations, such as interconnection, roaming, retail and management advisory services. Their terms vary according to the nature of the services provided thereunder. VEON Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries may, from time to time, also enter into general services agreements relating to the conduct of business and financing transactions within the VEON Group.

For more information on our related party transactions, see Note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Related Party Transactions with Major Shareholders and their Affiliates

Related Party Transactions with Telenor East and its Affiliates

Offering of ADSs and Exchangeable Bond

In September 2016, Telenor East sold 163,875,000 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs pursuant to an underwritten offering and further, announced its intention to divest the remainder of its stake in VEON Ltd. In addition,

 

165


Table of Contents

in a transaction outside the United States to non-US persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, Telenor East issued a US$1,000,000,000 0.25% bond due 2019 that is exchangeable under certain conditions for up to a total at issuance of 204,081,633 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs (subject to adjustment) at an exchange price representing a premium of 40% to the public offering price of the ADSs at the issue date. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Telenor Share Sale and Exchangeable Bond Issuance.”

Redemption of Telenor East Convertible Preferred Shares

As at April 1, 2016, pursuant to the terms of our bye-laws, the 305,000,000 preferred shares previously held by Telenor were compulsorily redeemed by VEON Ltd. at a redemption price of US$0.001 per share and are no longer outstanding.

Service Agreements

VEON Ltd. is a party to a service agreement with Telenor East, dated as of March 8, 2011, under which Telenor East renders to VEON Ltd. or its affiliates services related to telecommunication operations, including management advisory services, training, technical assistance and network maintenance, industry information research and consulting, implementation support for special projects and other services as mutually agreed by Telenor East and VEON Ltd. VEON Ltd. pays Telenor East US$1.5 million annually for the services.

A number of our operating companies have roaming agreements with the following mobile operators that are Telenor East affiliates: Grameenphone Limited (Bangladesh), Telenor Norge AS (Denmark), Telenor Magyarorszag Zrt. (Hungary), DiGi Telecommunications Sdn. Bhd. (Malaysia), Telenor (Montenegro), Telenor Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. (Pakistan), Telekom d.o.o. (Serbia), Telenor Sverige AB (Sweden) and Total Access Communication Public Company Limited (dtac) (Thailand).

Related Party Transactions with LetterOne and its Affiliates

Service Agreements

VEON Ltd. is a party to a General Services Agreement with L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited, dated December 1, 2010, under which L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited renders to VEON Ltd. and its affiliates services related to telecommunication operations, including management advisory services, training, technical assistance and network maintenance, industry information research and consulting, implementation support for special projects and other services as mutually agreed by L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited and VEON Ltd. VEON Ltd. pays L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited annually US$1.5 million for the services. VEON is also party to a Consultancy Deed with L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited, dated August 21, 2013, under which L1HS Corporate Advisor Limited provides additional consultancy services to VEON Ltd. for which VEON Ltd. pays annually US$3.5 million. The General Services Agreement and Consultancy Deed were originally entered into by VEON Ltd. and Altimo Management Services Ltd., but the latter was replaced first by LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited pursuant to a Deed of Assignment and Novation dated June 3, 2014, and later by LIHS Corporate Advisor Limited pursuant to a Deed of Novation and Amendment dated January 14, 2016.

Related Party Transactions with Alfa Group and its Affiliates

Credit Facilities

Please see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities” for information regarding two credit facilities between VimpelCom Amsterdam and Alfa-Bank.

 

166


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, we maintain some of our bank accounts, and place time deposits with, Alfa-Bank, which is part of the Alfa Group and also a corporate client of PJSC VimpelCom. We also have agreements in place with Alfa Strakhovaniye JSC, which is also part of the Alfa Group, for the provision of insurance coverage.

VEON Ltd. Registration Rights Agreements

The Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, between VEON Ltd., Telenor East and certain of its affiliates, Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd. and Altimo Coöperatief U.A. requires us to use our best efforts to effect a registration under the Securities Act, if requested by one of the shareholders party to the Registration Rights Agreement, of our securities held by such party in order to facilitate the sale and distribution of such securities. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have filed a registration statement on Form F-3 with the SEC using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, a selling shareholder may from time to time sell VEON Ltd. common shares, which may be represented by ADSs, in one or more offerings, upon the filing of one or more prospectus supplements or post effective amendments. As of the date of this report, we do not qualify as a well-known seasoned issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and, as a result, we and any selling shareholders are currently unable to use automatic shelf registration for the resale of such securities.

In connection with a private offering by the Telenor East of US$1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 0.25 per cent bonds due 2019 (the “Bonds”) that are exchangeable under certain conditions for up to a total at issuance of 204,081,633 of VEON Ltd.’s ADSs (subject to adjustment) to non-US persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, VEON Ltd. entered into a registration rights agreement, dated September 21, 2016 (the “New Registration Rights Agreement”) for the benefit of holders of the Bonds. Pursuant to the New Registration Rights Agreement, we filed a registration statement on Form F-3 with the SEC on September 30, 2016 using a “shelf” registration process, which Form F-3 was declared effective on October 13, 2016. The New Registration Rights Agreement requires us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by holders (subject to permitted suspension periods) for a period until the earliest of such time as all of the ADSs issuable or issued in exchange for or upon redemption of the Bonds have (i) been registered under the New Shelf Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith, (ii) become eligible to be transferred without condition as contemplated by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the SEC, or otherwise, no longer bear any restrictive legend and have become fungible with the VEON Ltd. ADSs issued under any VEON Ltd. ADS program or (iii) ceased to be outstanding.

Under these shelf registration processes, a selling shareholder may from time to time sell VEON Ltd. common shares, which may be represented by ADSs, in one or more offerings, upon the filing of one or more prospectus supplements or post effective amendments. As of the date of this report, we do not qualify as a well-known seasoned issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and, as a result, we and any selling shareholders are currently unable to use automatic shelf registration for the resale of such securities.

Related Party Transactions with Joint Ventures and Associates

Euroset

PJSC VimpelCom has commercial contracts with Euroset, which became an associate in October 2008. In 2016, PJSC VimpelCom recognized US$4.1 million of revenue from Euroset primarily for mobile and fixed-line services and from the sale of equipment and accessories. PJSC VimpelCom accrued to Euroset certain expenses totaling US$18.7 million in 2016, primarily dealer commissions and bonuses for services for acquisition of new customers, customer care and receipt of customers’ payments.

 

167


Table of Contents

We are evaluating our options in relation to Euroset, and we are in discussions with our joint venture partner, MegaFon, in this regard. There can be no assurance that any transaction will occur.

WIND

Following the classification of our operations in Italy as an asset held for sale and a discontinued operation from January 1, 2016 to November 5, 2016, the intercompany positions were disclosed as related party transactions and balances. Consequently, the outstanding balances and transactions occurred were treated as related party transactions during that period, mainly representing regular business activities, i.e., roaming and interconnect.

For a discussion of the contribution and framework agreement entered into to form the Italy Joint Venture and the Shareholders’ Deed and FinCo Shareholders’ Deed setting out the terms through which the Italy Joint Venture and its subsidiaries are owned, controlled, managed and financed, please see “Item 10—Additional Information —Material Contacts.”

Related Party Transactions with supervisory board and management board members

Compensation paid to the supervisory board and management board members is disclosed in “Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.” During 2016 and through the date of this Annual Report, none of our supervisory board and management board members have been involved in any related party transactions with us.

 

ITEM 8. Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Item 18—Financial Statements” and the financial statements referred to therein.

A.7. Legal Proceedings

For a discussion of legal or arbitration proceedings which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability, see Notes 25 (Provisions) and 27 (Risks, commitments, contingencies and uncertainties) to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We cannot predict the outcome of the various claims and legal actions in which we are involved beyond the information included in our financial statements, including any fines or penalties that may be imposed, and such fines or penalties could be significant.

For information about certain risks related to current and potential legal proceedings, see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks.” Please also see “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have incurred and are continuing to incur costs and related management oversight obligations in connection with our obligations under the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, which may be significant” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We could be subject to criminal prosecution or civil sanction if we breach the DPA with the DOJ, the SEC Judgment or Dutch Settlement Agreement, and we may face other potentially negative consequences relating to the investigations by, and agreements with, the DOJ, SEC and OM, including additional investigations and litigation.”

A.8. Policy on Dividend Distributions

In February 2017, our supervisory board approved a dividend policy pursuant to which for the financial year ending December 31, 2016, we intend to pay a dividend in the aggregate amount of US$23 cents per share, comprised of US$3.5 cents per share paid as an interim dividend in December 2016 and US$19.5 cents per share, with a record date of March 30, 2017 and which is intended to be paid on April 12, 2017. The record date for our shareholders entitled to receive the final dividend payment has been set for March 30, 2017. We will make appropriate tax withholdings of up to 15% when the dividend is paid to our share depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon. Thereafter, we are committed to paying a sustainable and progressive dividend based on the evolution of the our equity free cash flow. Equity free cash flow shall be defined as net cash flow from operating activities less net cash used in investing activities, as reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

168


Table of Contents

The precise amount and timing of dividends for a particular year is subject to the approval of our supervisory board and compliance with the Companies Act and other applicable law.

Pursuant to Bermuda law, we are prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due, or (b) the realizable value of our assets would, as a result of the dividend, be less than our liabilities. The supervisory board may, subject to our bye-laws and in accordance with the Companies Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the shareholders holding shares entitled to receive dividends, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in shares or other assets, including through the issuance of our shares or other securities, in which case the supervisory board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets, shares or securities. We are not required to pay interest on any unpaid dividend. In accordance with our bye-laws, dividends may be declared and paid in proportion to the amount paid up on each share. The holders of common shares are entitled to dividends if the payment of dividends is approved by the supervisory board. Convertible preferred shares, when and if issued, have no entitlement to dividends.

We cannot assure you we will continue to pay dividends on our common shares and ADSs in the future and any decision by VEON Ltd. not to pay dividends or to reduce dividend payments in the future could adversely affect the value of our common shares or ADSs. For more information regarding certain risks involved in connection with the recommendation and payment of dividends, please see “Item 10—Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Dividends and Dividend Rights,” “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—As a holding company, VEON Ltd. depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and therefore on the performance of its subsidiaries, and is affected by changes in exchange controls and currency restrictions in the countries in which its subsidiaries operate” and “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Ownership of Our ADSs—Various factors may hinder the declaration and payment of dividends.”

 

B. Significant Changes

Other than as disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, there have not been any significant changes since the date of the audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

169


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. The Offer and Listing

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

A.4. Price History

The following table sets out, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low market quotations for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for periods prior to September 10, 2013, when we switched the listing of our ADSs to the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Subsequent periods are based on NASDAQ Global Select Market quotations. Each of our ADSs represents one of our common shares.

 

       High      Low  

Monthly

     

September 2016

   US$ 3.25      US$ 3.33  

October 2016

   US$ 3.51      US$ 3.14  

November 2016

   US$ 3.47      US$ 3.23  

December 2016

   US$ 3.98      US$ 3.39  

January 2017

   US$ 4.28      US$ 3.93  

February 2017

   US$ 4.39      US$ 3.98  

Quarterly

     

First Quarter 2015

   US$ 5.61      US$ 3.43  

Second Quarter 2015

   US$ 6.37      US$ 4.95  

Third Quarter 2015

   US$ 5.97      US$ 4.09  

Fourth Quarter 2015

   US$ 4.30      US$ 3.01  

First Quarter 2016

   US$ 4.26      US$ 2.90  

Second Quarter 2016

   US$ 4.22      US$ 3.35  

Third Quarter 2016

   US$ 4.48      US$ 3.33  

Fourth Quarter 2016

   US$ 3.98      US$ 3.14  

Annually

     

2012

   US$ 12.50      US$ 7.23  

2013

   US$   14.55      US$   9.65  

2014

   US$ 12.80      US$ 3.29  

2015

   US$ 6.37      US$ 3.01  

2016

   US$ 4.48      US$ 2.90  

 

B. Plan of Distribution

Not required.

 

C. Markets

Our ADSs are listed and traded on NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “VEON.” NASDAQ Global Select Market is the principal trading market for the ADSs.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

Not required.

 

E. Dilution

Not required.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not required.

 

170


Table of Contents
ITEM 10. Additional Information

 

A. Share Capital

Not required.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

We describe below the material provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, certain provisions of Bermuda law relating to our organization and operation, and some of the terms of our share rights based on provisions of our memorandum of association, our current bye-laws, applicable Bermuda law and certain agreements relating to our shares. Although we believe that we have summarized the material terms of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, Bermuda legal requirements and our share capital, this summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum of association, our bye-laws and applicable Bermuda law. All references to our bye-laws herein, unless otherwise noted, are to Section B of our bye-laws, which were originally approved on April 20, 2010 by our shareholders and which were amended and again approved by our shareholders on September 25, 2013, and on March 30, 2017.

The affirmative vote of at least 75.0% of the shares voted at a shareholders meeting is required to approve amendments to our bye-laws.

General

VEON Ltd. is an exempted company limited by shares registered under the Companies Act on June 5, 2009, and our registered office is located at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda. Our registration number with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda is 43271. As set forth in paragraph 6 of our memorandum of association, VEON Ltd. was formed with unrestricted business objects. We are registered with the Dutch Trade Register (registration number 34374835) as a company formally registered abroad ( formeel buitenlandse kapitaalvennootschap ), as this term is referred to in the Dutch Companies Formally Registered Abroad Act ( Wet op de formeel buitenlandse vennootschappen ), which means that we are deemed a Dutch resident company for tax purposes in accordance with applicable Dutch tax regulations.

Our bye-laws are split into two distinct sub-sets: Section A and Section B. Section A of our bye-laws were in effect until the October 4, 2009 shareholders agreement among VEON Ltd., Altimo Coöperatief U.A. and Telenor East Holding II AS in relation to VEON Ltd. (the “VEON Shareholders Agreement”) terminated on December 10, 2011. Termination of the VEON Shareholders Agreement caused Section B of our bye-laws to automatically come into force to the exclusion of Section A of our bye-laws. References to our bye-laws in the following sections of this Item 10 are to Section B of our bye-laws.

Issued Share Capital

As at December 31, 2016, the authorized share capital was divided into 2,759,171,830 common shares, par value US$0.001, and 305,000,000 convertible preferred shares, par value US$0.001, of which 1,756,731,135 common shares were issued and outstanding and zero convertible preferred shares were issued and outstanding. All issued and outstanding shares are fully paid.

Subject to our bye-laws and to any shareholders’ resolution to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, our supervisory board has the power to issue any authorized but unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

We may increase, divide, consolidate, change the currency or denomination of or reduce our share capital with the approval of our shareholders.

 

171


Table of Contents

We may purchase our own shares for cancellation or acquire them as treasury shares in accordance with Bermuda law on such terms as the supervisory board may determine.

We may, under our bye-laws, at any time request any person we have cause to believe is interested in our shares to confirm details of our shares in which that person holds an interest.

Common Shares

The holders of common shares are, subject to our bye-laws and Bermuda law, generally entitled to enjoy all the rights attaching to common shares.

Except for treasury shares, each fully paid common share entitles its holder to:

 

   

participate in shareholder meetings;

 

   

have one vote on all issues voted upon at a shareholder meeting, except for the purposes of cumulative voting for the election of the supervisory board, in which case each common share shall have the same number of votes as the total number of members to be elected to the supervisory board and all such votes may be cast for a single candidate or may be distributed between or among two or more candidates;

 

   

receive dividends approved by the supervisory board (any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for seven years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the supervisory board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by VEON Ltd.);

 

   

in the event of our liquidation, receive a pro rata share of our surplus assets; and

 

   

exercise any other rights of a common shareholder set forth in our bye-laws and Bermuda law.

Convertible Preferred Shares

Except for treasury shares, each fully paid convertible preferred share, when and if issued, entitles its holder to:

 

   

participate in shareholder meetings;

 

   

have one vote on all issues voted upon at a shareholder meeting, except for the purposes of cumulative voting for the election of the supervisory board, in which case each preferred share shall have the same number of votes as the total number of members to be elected to the board of directors and all such votes may be cast for a single candidate or may be distributed between or among two or more candidates;

 

   

exercise any other rights of a preferred shareholder set forth in our bye-laws and Bermuda law.

As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have zero convertible preferred shares issued and outstanding. There are no sinking fund provisions attached to any of our shares. Holders of fully paid shares have no further liability to VEON Ltd. for capital calls.

All rights of any share of any class held in treasury are suspended and may not be exercised while the share is held by VEON Ltd. in treasury.

Shareholders’ Meetings

Shareholders’ meetings are convened and held in accordance with our bye-laws and Bermuda law. Registered holders of shares as of the record date for the shareholder meeting may attend and vote.

 

172


Table of Contents

Annual General Meeting

Our bye-laws and Bermuda law provide that our annual general meeting must be held each year at such time and place as the CEO or the supervisory board may determine.

Convening the annual general meeting requires that 30 clear days’ prior notice be given to each shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such annual general meeting. The notice must state the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of directors will take place and, as far as practicable, any other business to be conducted at the meeting.

Under Bermuda law, shareholders may, at their own expense (unless the company otherwise resolves), require a company to: (a) give notice to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting of any resolution that the shareholders may properly move at the next annual general meeting; and (b) circulate to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of any general meeting a statement in respect of any matter referred to in the proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at such general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either: (1) any number of shareholders representing not less than 5.0% of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates; or (2) not less than 100 registered shareholders.

Special General Meeting

The CEO or the supervisory board may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary. The supervisory board must, on the requisition in writing of shareholders holding not less than 10.0% of our paid up voting share capital, convene a special general meeting. Each special general meeting may be held at such time and place as the CEO or the supervisory board may appoint.

Convening a special general meeting requires that 30 clear days’ notice be given to each shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting. The notice must state the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held and as far as possible any other business to be conducted at the meeting.

Our bye-laws state that notice for all shareholders’ meetings may be given by:

 

   

delivering such notice to the shareholder in person;

 

   

sending such notice by letter or courier to the shareholder’s address as stated in the register of shareholders;

 

   

transmitting such notice by electronic means in accordance with directions given by the shareholder; or

 

   

accessing such notice on our website.

Shorter Notice for General Meetings

A shorter notice period will not invalidate a general meeting if it is approved by either: (a) in the case of an annual general meeting, all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting, or (b) in the case of a special general meeting, a majority of shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and together holding not less than 95.0% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting. The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any shareholder entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

The supervisory board may postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with the bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned by shareholders) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each shareholder before the time for such meeting.

 

173


Table of Contents

Quorum

Subject to the Companies Act and our bye-laws, at any general meeting, two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and holding or representing in person or by proxy at least 50.0% plus one share of our total issued and outstanding shares at the relevant time will form a quorum for the transaction of business.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed canceled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place, or to such other day, time or place as the CEO may determine.

Voting Rights

Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act.

Subject to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, a resolution may only be put to a vote at a general meeting of any class of shareholders if:

 

   

it is proposed by or at the direction of the supervisory board;

 

   

it is proposed at the direction of a court;

 

   

it is proposed on the requisition in writing of such number of shareholders as is prescribed by, and is made in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the Companies Act or our bye-laws; or

 

   

the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the resolution may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting.

In addition to those matters required by Bermuda law or by the NASDAQ rules to be approved by a simple majority of shareholders at any general meeting, the following actions require the approval of a simple majority of the votes cast at any general meeting:

 

   

any sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

the appointment of an auditor; and

 

   

removal of directors.

Any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting may be decided by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes cast, except for:

 

   

whitewash procedure for mandatory offers, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting, excluding the vote of the shareholder or shareholders in question and their affiliates;

 

   

voting for directors, which requires directors to be elected by cumulative voting at each annual general meeting;

 

   

changes to our bye-laws, which require a resolution to be passed by shareholders representing not less than 75.0% of the total voting rights of the shareholders who vote in person or by proxy on the resolution;

 

   

any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganization, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation, which requires a resolution to be passed by shareholders representing not less than 75.0% of the total voting rights of the shareholders who vote in person or by proxy on the resolution;

 

174


Table of Contents
   

loans to any director, which require a resolution to be passed by shareholders representing not less than 90.0% of the total voting rights of the shareholders who vote in person or by proxy on the resolution; and

 

   

the discontinuation of VEON Ltd. to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda, which requires a resolution to be passed by shareholders representing not less than 75.0% of the total voting rights of the shareholders who vote in person or by proxy on the resolution.

Our bye-laws require voting on any resolution at any meeting of the shareholders to be conducted by way of a poll vote. Except where cumulative voting is required, each person present and entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot or, in the case of a general meeting at which one or more shareholders are present by electronic means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

Voting Rights of Common Shares

The holders of common shares, subject to the provisions of our bye-laws, are entitled to one vote per common share, except where cumulative voting applies when electing directors.

Voting Rights of Convertible Preferred Shares

The provisions of our bye-laws entitle the holders of convertible preferred shares (if and when issued) to one vote per convertible preferred share, voting together with the common shares as a single class, except where cumulative voting applies when electing directors.

Transfer Restrictions

For such time as all of our shares are fully paid and listed on NASDAQ (or another appointed exchange, as determined from time to time by the Bermuda Monetary Authority), there are no Bermuda law transfer restrictions applicable to the shares. Were any of our shares to not be fully paid, our bye-laws permit the supervisory board to decline to register a transfer. At such time as our shares cease to be listed on NASDAQ (or another appointed exchange, as determined from time to time by the Bermuda Monetary Authority), the Bermuda Exchange Control Act 1972 and associated regulations require that the prior consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority be obtained for any transfers of shares.

Foreign Shareholders

Our bye-laws have no requirements or restrictions with respect to foreign ownership of our shares.

Supervisory Board and Management Board

VEON Ltd. is governed by our supervisory board currently consisting of nine directors.

The supervisory board generally delegates day-to-day management of our company to the management board which sub-delegates management to the CEO, subject to certain material business decisions that are reserved to the supervisory board. The management board consists of the CEO and other senior executives. The CEO has exclusive authority to identify and recommend our senior executives to the supervisory board for the supervisory board’s ratification.

All directors are elected by our shareholders through cumulative voting. Each voting share confers on its holder a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected. The holder may cast those votes for candidates in any proportion, including casting all votes for one candidate.

 

175


Table of Contents

Under our bye-laws, the amount of any fees or other remuneration payable to directors is determined by the supervisory board upon the recommendation of the compensation committee. We may repay to any director such reasonable costs and expenses as he may incur in the performance of his duties.

The supervisory board has the power to borrow on VEON Ltd.’s behalf and delegates that authority to the management board, subject to the restrictions set forth in our bye-laws, which require that financing transactions, incurrence of indebtedness, guarantee or provision of security in excess of US$300 million still require the approval of the supervisory board.

There is no requirement for the members of our supervisory board to own shares. A director who is not a shareholder will nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares.

Neither Bermuda law nor our bye-laws establish any mandatory retirement age for our directors or executive officers.

Dividends and Dividend Rights

Pursuant to Bermuda law, we are prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due, or (b) the realizable value of our assets would, as a result of the dividend, be less than the aggregate of our liabilities.

The supervisory board may, subject to our bye-laws and in accordance with the Companies Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the shareholders holding shares entitled to receive dividends, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in shares or other assets, including through the issuance of our shares or other securities, in which case the supervisory board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets, shares or securities. We are not required to pay interest on any unpaid dividend.

In accordance with our bye-laws, dividends may be declared and paid in proportion to the amount paid up on each share. The holders of common shares are entitled to dividends if the payment of dividends is approved by the supervisory board. Convertible preferred shares (if and when issued) have no entitlement to dividends.

Dividends unclaimed for a period of seven years from the date of payment may be forfeited.

Our bye-laws and Bermuda law do not provide for pre-emptive rights of shareholders in respect of new shares issued by us.

There is no statutory regulation of the conduct of takeover offers and transactions under Bermuda law. However, our bye-laws provide that any person who, individually or together with any of its affiliates or any other members of a group, acquires beneficial ownership of any shares which, taken together with shares already beneficially owned by it or any of its affiliates or its group, in any manner, carry 50.0% or more of the voting rights of our issued and outstanding shares, must, within 30 days of acquiring such shares, make a general offer to all holders of shares to purchase their shares.

Interested Party Transactions

The supervisory board and the management board have the right to approve transactions with interested parties, subject to compliance with Bermuda law. Prior to approval by the supervisory board or the management board, as the case may be, on such transaction, all interests must be fully disclosed. An interested director may participate in the discussion and vote on such a transaction, unless otherwise restricted by applicable law or in accordance with our bye-laws.

 

176


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

If VEON Ltd. is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

The liquidator may, with the same sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator thinks fit, but so that no shareholder may be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets on which there is any liability.

The holders of common shares, in the event of our winding-up or dissolution, are entitled to our surplus assets in respect of their holdings of common shares, pari passu and pro rata to the number of common shares held by each of them. Convertible preferred shares (if and when issued) do not entitle the holders thereof to any payment or distribution of surplus assets in the event of our winding-up or dissolution.

Share Registration, Transfers and Settlement

All of our issued shares are registered. The register of members of a company is generally open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

 

C. Material Contracts

The Contribution and Framework Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2015, as amended, by and among VEON Ltd., VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., Hutchison, Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l. and Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l., sets out the terms on which the parties will form the equal joint venture holding company to own and operate their telecommunication businesses in Italy. A copy of this agreement is included as Exhibit 4.4, to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The Shareholders’ Deed, dated as of August 6, 2015, as amended, by and among Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l., VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l., VEON Ltd. and Hutchison, sets out the terms on which Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l. and its subsidiaries are owned, controlled, managed and financed following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. A copy of this agreement is included as Exhibit 4.5, to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For more information regarding these agreements and the Italy Joint Venture, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture.”

The FinCo Shareholders’ Deed, dated as of November 5, 2016, by and among VIP-CKH Ireland Limited, VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l., VEON Ltd. and Hutchison, sets out the terms on which VIP-CKH Ireland Limited is owned, controlled, managed and financed following the completion of the Italy Joint Venture. A copy of this agreement is included as Exhibit 4.6 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For more information regarding the Italy Joint Venture, see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Key Developments and Trends—Italy Joint Venture.”

 

177


Table of Contents
D. Exchange Controls

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as non-resident of Bermuda for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to United States or other non-Bermuda residents who are holders of our common shares.

For the purposes of Bermuda exchange control regulations, for such time as our ADSs remain listed on an appointed stock exchange (which includes the NASDAQ Global Select Market), there are no limitations on the issue and free transferability of our common shares or our ADSs representing common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes. Certain issues and transfers of shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes may require the specific prior consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

 

E. Taxation

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary describes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (defined below) under present law of an investment in our ADSs or common shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold the ADSs or common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (as defined below) and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and, in some cases, proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as of the date of this Annual Report. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change or differing interpretation, which change or differing interpretation could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. The statements in this Annual Report are not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court, and thus we can provide no assurance that the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. Furthermore, this summary does not address any estate or gift tax consequences, any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences or any other tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences.

The following discussion does not describe all the tax consequences that may be relevant to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

   

banks and certain other financial institutions;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

traders that elect to mark to market;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

persons liable for alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income;

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons holding our ADSs or common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion or integrated transaction;

 

   

persons that actually or constructively own, or are treated as owning, 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

178


Table of Contents
   

persons that are resident or ordinarily resident in or have a permanent establishment in a jurisdiction outside the United States;

 

   

persons who acquired ADSs or common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

   

persons holding ADSs or common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities

U.S. Holders of our ADSs or common shares are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ADSs or common shares.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ADSs or common shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

The tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our ADSs or common shares generally will depend on such partner’s (or other owner’s) status and the activities of the partnership. A U.S. Holder that is a partner (or other owner) in such a partnership should consult its tax advisor.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. Generally, a holder of an ADS should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as holding the common shares represented by the ADS. As a result, no gain or loss will generally be recognized upon an exchange of ADSs for common shares. The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. Holders of ADSs. Accordingly, the creditabilities of foreign taxes, if any, as described below, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and us if as a result of such actions the holder of an ADS is not properly treated as the beneficial owner of underlying common shares.

Dividends and Other Distributions

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us with respect to the ADSs or common shares (including the amount of non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom, if any) generally will be includible as dividend income in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in the year received (or deemed received), but only to the extent such distributions are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect all cash distributions will be reported as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations with respect to dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

179


Table of Contents

Dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate, provided that (1) the ADSs or common shares, as applicable, are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (2) we are neither a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) nor treated as such with respect to the U.S. Holder for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid and the preceding taxable year, (3) the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements and (4) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Under IRS authority, common shares, or ADSs representing such shares, generally are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, as our ADSs are. However, based on existing guidance, it is not entirely clear whether any dividends you receive with respect to the common shares will be taxed as qualified dividend income, because the common shares are not themselves listed on a U.S. exchange for trading purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to the ADSs or common shares.

The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such currency, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such distribution is received by the depositary, in the case of ADSs, or by you, in the case of common shares, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any further gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the currency for a different U.S. dollar amount will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

The dividends will generally be foreign source and considered “passive category” income, and non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom, if any, may be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to applicable limitations. If the dividends constitute qualified dividend income as discussed above, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will generally be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate applicable to the qualified dividend income, divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for any foreign taxes paid or withheld.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the ADSs or Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the ADSs or common shares, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or common shares. Any such gain or loss generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in the ADSs or common shares exceeds one year. Non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gain at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Gain or loss, if any, realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or common shares generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

If the consideration received upon the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or common shares is paid in foreign currency, the amount realized will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale or other disposition. A U.S. Holder may realize additional gain or loss upon the subsequent sale or disposition of such currency, which will generally be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If the ADSs or common shares, as applicable, are treated as traded on an established securities market and the relevant U.S. Holder is either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer who has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS), such holder will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in foreign currency by

 

180


Table of Contents

translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale. If the ADSs or common shares, as applicable, are not treated as traded on an established securities market, or the relevant U.S. Holder is an accrual basis taxpayer that does not elect to determine the amount realized using the spot rate on the settlement date, such U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency gain or loss to the extent of any difference between the U.S. dollar amount realized on the date of sale or disposition (as determined above) and the U.S. dollar value of the currency received translated at the spot rate on the settlement date.

A U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the ADSs or common shares generally will equal the cost of such ADSs or common shares, as applicable. If a U.S. Holder used foreign currency to purchase the ADSs or common shares, the cost of the ADSs or common shares will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency purchase price on the date of purchase, translated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. If the ADSs or common shares, as applicable, are treated as traded on an established securities market and the relevant U.S. Holder is either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer who has made the special election described above, the U.S. Holder will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of such ADSs or common shares by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if either: (1) at least 75% of our gross income is “passive income” for purposes of the PFIC rules or (2) at least 50% of the value of our assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock. Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such investment unless (1) we cease to be a PFIC and (2) the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules.

Based on our financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our most recently closed taxable year. This is a factual determination, however, that must be made annually after the close of each taxable year and is subject to uncertainty in several respects. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares, any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of our ADSs or common shares, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) received by the U.S. Holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ADSs or common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For the purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ADSs or common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on our ADSs or common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our ADSs or common shares if VEON Ltd. is considered a PFIC.

If VEON Ltd. is considered a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will also be subject to annual information reporting requirements. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in our ADSs or common shares.

 

181


Table of Contents

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our ADSs or common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our ADSs or common shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. A U.S. Holder may be eligible for an exemption from backup withholding if the U.S. Holder furnishes a correct U.S. federal taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and such U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

Additional Information Reporting Requirements

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities may be required to file IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) or otherwise report information relating to an interest in ADSs or common shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ADSs or common shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). Penalties can apply if U.S. Holders fail to satisfy such reporting requirements. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these requirements to their acquisition and ownership of our ADSs or common shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ADSS OR COMMON SHARES UNDER THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Material Bermuda Tax Considerations

Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax in Bermuda on our income or capital gains.

Furthermore, we have obtained from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, an undertaking that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on any income or gains, that tax will not be applicable to us until March 31, 2035. This undertaking does not, however, prevent the imposition of any tax or duty on persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or any property tax on property interests we may have in Bermuda. We pay an annual government fee in Bermuda based on our authorized share capital and share premium. The annual government fee applicable to us is currently US$8,360.

Under current Bermuda law, no income, withholding or other taxes or stamp or other duties are imposed in Bermuda upon the issue, transfer or sale of our common shares or on any payments in respect of our common shares (except, in certain circumstances, to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda).

Dutch Tax Considerations

This summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of our ADSs or our common shares and does not purport to describe every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder. Tax matters are complex, and the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal to a particular holder of ADSs or common shares will depend in part on such holder’s circumstances. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal to you, including the applicability and effect of Dutch tax laws.

 

182


Table of Contents

Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law. Where in this summary the terms “the Netherlands” and “Dutch” are used, these refer solely to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands. This summary assumes that VEON Ltd. is organized, and that its business will be conducted, in the manner outlined in this Annual Report and Form 20-F. A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in which VEON Ltd. conducts its business may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such change.

This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands (unpublished case law not included) as it stands at the date of this Annual Report and Form 20-F. The tax law upon which this summary is based, is subject to changes, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect such change.

The summary in this Dutch tax considerations paragraph does not address your Dutch tax consequences if you are a holder of ADSs or common shares who:

 

  (i) may be deemed an owner of ADSs or common shares for Dutch tax purposes pursuant to specific statutory attribution rules in Dutch tax law;

 

  (ii) is, although in principle subject to Dutch corporation tax, in whole or in part, specifically exempt from that tax in connection with income from ADSs or common shares;

 

  (iii) is an investment institution as defined in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969;

 

  (iv) owns ADSs or common shares in connection with a membership of a management board or a supervisory board, an employment relationship, a deemed employment relationship or management role; or

 

  (v) has a substantial interest in VEON Ltd. or a deemed substantial interest in VEON Ltd. for Dutch tax purposes. Generally, you hold a substantial interest if (a) you – either alone or, in the case of an individual, together with your partner or any of your relatives by blood or by marriage in the direct line (including foster-children) or of those of your partner for Dutch tax purposes – own or are deemed to own, directly or indirectly, ADSs or common shares representing 5.0% or more of the shares or of any class of shares of VEON Ltd., or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, ADSs or common shares representing such an interest in the shares of VEON Ltd. or profit participating certificates relating to 5.0% or more of the annual profits or to 5.0% or more of the liquidation proceeds of VEON Ltd., or (b) your ADSs or common shares, rights to acquire ADSs or common shares or profit participating certificates in VEON Ltd. are held by you following the application of a non-recognition provision.

Taxes on income and capital gains

Non-resident individuals

If you are an individual who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax, you will not be subject to Dutch income tax in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from or in connection with your ADSs or common shares, except if:

 

  (i) you derive profits from an enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a shareholder, and such enterprise is carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands, and your ADSs or common shares are attributable to such permanent establishment or permanent representative; or

 

  (ii) you derive benefits or are deemed to derive benefits from or in connection with ADSs or common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities performed in the Netherlands.

 

183


Table of Contents

Non-resident corporate entities

If you are a corporate entity, or an entity including an association, a partnership and a mutual fund, taxable as a corporate entity, which is neither resident, nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch corporation tax, you will not be subject to Dutch corporation tax in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from or in connection with ADSs, except if:

 

  (i) you derive profits from an enterprise directly which is carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative which is taxable in the Netherlands, and to which permanent establishment or permanent representative your ADSs are attributable; or

 

  (ii) you derive profits pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of an enterprise which is managed in the Netherlands, other than as a holder of securities, and to which enterprise your ADSs are attributable.

General

If you are neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, you will for Dutch tax purposes not carry on or be deemed to carry on an enterprise, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands by reason only of the execution and/or enforcement of the documents relating to the issue of ADSs or the performance by VEON Ltd. of its obligations under such documents or under the ADSs.

Dividend withholding tax

General

VEON Ltd. is generally required to withhold Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15.0% from dividends distributed by VEON Ltd., subject to possible relief under Dutch domestic law, the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union or an applicable Dutch income tax treaty depending on a particular holder of ADSs’ or common shares individual circumstances.

The concept “dividends distributed by VEON Ltd.” as used in this Dutch tax considerations paragraph includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

   

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

   

liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of ADSs or common shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

   

the par value of ADSs or common shares issued by VEON Ltd.to a holder of its ADSs or common shares or an increase of the par value of ADSs or common shares, as the case may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and

 

   

partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits, unless (a) VEON Ltd.’s shareholders have resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the ADSs or common shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment to its memorandum of association.

Gift and inheritance taxes

No Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance tax will arise with respect to an acquisition or deemed acquisition of ADSs or common shares by way of gift by, or upon the death of, a holder of ADSs or common shares who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance

 

184


Table of Contents

tax except if, in the event of a gift whilst not being a resident nor being a deemed resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance tax, the holder of ADSs or common shares becomes a resident or a deemed resident in the Netherlands and dies within 180 days after the date of the gift.

For purposes of Dutch gift tax and Dutch inheritance tax, a gift of ADSs or common shares made under a condition precedent is deemed to be made at the time the condition precedent is satisfied.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not required.

 

G. Statement by Experts

Not required.

 

H. Documents on Display

We file and submit reports and other information with the SEC. Any documents that we file and submit with the SEC may be read and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. We file our annual reports on Form 20-F and submit our quarterly results and other current reports on Form 6-K.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

Not required.

 

ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates on our obligations.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the largest currency exposure risks for the group were in relation to the Russian ruble, the euro, the Pakistani rupee, the Algerian dinar, the Bangladeshi taka, the Ukrainian hryvnia, the Kazakh tenge and the Uzbek som, because the majority of our cash flows from operating activities in Russia, Pakistan, Algeria, Bangladesh, Ukraine and Uzbekistan and the Italy Joint Venture’s cash flows from operating activities are denominated in these functional currencies, respectively, while our debt, if not incurred in or hedged to the aforementioned currencies, is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars.

We hold approximately 52% of our readily available cash (in U.S. dollars) at the group level in order to hedge against the risk of functional currency devaluation. We also hold part of our debt in Russian rubles and other currencies to manage part of this risk. Nonetheless, if the U.S. dollar value of the Russian ruble, euro, Algerian dinar, Pakistani rupee, Bangladeshi taka, Ukrainian hryvnia, Kazakh tenge or Uzbek som were to dramatically decline, it could negatively impact our ability to repay or refinance our U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness. Fluctuations in the value of the Russian ruble, euro, Algerian dinar, Pakistani rupee, Bangladeshi taka, Ukrainian hryvnia, Kazakh tenge or Uzbek som against the U.S. dollar could adversely affect VEON Ltd.’s financial condition and results of operations due to potential revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness affecting net income through foreign exchange gain/loss.

Our treasury function has developed risk management policies that establish guidelines for limiting foreign currency exchange rate risk. For more information on risks associated with currency exchange rates, see the section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are exposed to foreign currency exchange loss and currency fluctuation and convertibility risks.”

 

185


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2016, about the maturity of our financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates, primarily represented by foreign currency denominated debt obligations:

 

     Aggregate nominal amount of total
debt denominated in foreign currency
outstanding as of December 31,
    More
than

5  years
     Fair
Value
as of
December 31,

2016
 
     2017     2018     2019     2020     2021       

Total debt:

               

Fixed Rate (US$)

     1,639       1,090       726       652       1       —          1,830  

Average interest rate

     7.8     7.4     7.3     7.7     0.0     —       

Fixed Rate (RUB)

     198       —         —         —         —         —          196  

Average interest rate

     9.0     —         —         —         —         —       

Fixed Rate (other currencies)

     27       27       19       11       —         —          21  

Average interest rate

     5.7     5.7     5.7     5.7     —         —       

Variable Rate (US$)

     —         —         —         —         —         —       

Average interest rate

     —         —         —         —         —         —       

Variable Rate (other currencies)

     —         —         —         —         —         —       

Average interest rate

     —         —         —         —         —         —       
     1,864       1,116       745       663       1       —          2,047  

In accordance with our policies, we do not enter into any treasury management transactions of a speculative nature.

As of December 31, 2016, the variable interest rate risk on the financing of our group was limited as 81% of the group’s total debt was fixed rate debt.

For more information on our market risks and financial risk management for derivatives and other financial instruments, see Notes 5 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

ITEM 12. Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

 

A. Debt Securities

Not required.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

Not required.

 

C. Other Securities

Not required.

 

186


Table of Contents
D. American Depositary Shares

 

D.3. Fees paid by our ADS holders

The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary for our ADSs. Our depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors (or their intermediaries) depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. According to our deposit agreement with our depositary, dated March 26, 2010 (the “Deposit Agreement”), holders of our ADSs may have to pay our depositary, either directly or indirectly, fees or charges up to the amounts set forth in the table below.

 

For:

  

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders
must pay to the depositary:

Issuance of ADRs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of our shares or rights or other property    US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates    US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
Any cash distribution to ADS holders    US$0.02 (or less) per ADS
Depositary service    US$0.02 (or less) per ADS per calendar year
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities that are distributed to ADS holders    A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited for ADS issuance
Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when a shareholder deposits or withdraws shares    Registration or transfer fees
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)    Expenses of the depositary
Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars    Expenses of the depositary
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary
Any charges incurred by the ADS depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

 

D.4. Fees Payable by the Depositary to Us

Our depositary has agreed to reimburse us or pay us for:

 

   

certain maintenance costs for the ADS program, including expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of U.S. Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls; and

 

   

certain investor relationship programs or special investor relations promotional activities.

In certain instances, our depositary has agreed to provide additional payments to us based on changes in certain conditions relating to the ADS facility and to waive certain fees and expenses.

 

187


Table of Contents

From January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the depositary reimbursed us or paid on our behalf approximately US$2.51 million for investor relationship programs or special investor relations promotional activities.

PART II

 

ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

 

ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

 

ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, or “CEO,” and Chief Financial Officer, or “CFO,” of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F. These disclosure controls and procedures include our Disclosure Review Committee’s review of the preparation of our Exchange Act reports. The Disclosure Review Committee also provides an additional verification of our disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon the evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2016, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of VEON Ltd.’s published consolidated financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the company’s policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making its assessment, our management has utilized the criteria set forth in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the

 

188


Table of Contents

Treadway Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Guidance Regarding Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

As a result of management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

(c) Attestation report Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. (“PwC”), VEON Ltd.’s independent registered public accounting firm, has audited and issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of VEON Ltd.’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, a copy of which appears in Item 18.

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with an evaluation thereof that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 15T. Controls and Procedures

Not required.

 

ITEM 16. [Reserved]

 

ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The supervisory board has determined that Jørn P. Jensen, a member of our audit committee, is a “financial expert,” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Mr. Jensen is “independent,” as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. For a description of Mr. Jensen’s experience, please see “Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management—Supervisory Board—Jørn P. Jensen.”

 

ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics

Our group-wide Code of Conduct applies to all of VEON’s employees, officers and directors, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer. The Code of Conduct includes a code of ethics, as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act, that provides group-wide standards designed primarily to deter wrongdoing and promote honest and ethical conduct, compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, prompt internal reporting of violations and accountability for adherence to the code. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at http://www.veon.com (information appearing on the website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report). We will disclose any amendment to the provisions of such code of ethics or any waiver, including any implicit waiver that our supervisory board may grant on our website at the same address.

 

189


Table of Contents
ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. have served as our independent public accountants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, for which audited financial statements appear in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and other services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. and their member firms in 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015  
     (in millions of U.S. dollars)  

Audit Fees

     10.3        9.7  

Audit-Related Fees

     0.7        1.0  

Tax Fees

     0.3        0.2  

All Other Fees

     0.2        0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11.5        11.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Audit Fees

Audit Fees mainly consisted of fees for the audit of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the review of quarterly consolidated financial statements and services provided in connection with regulatory and statutory filings, including comfort letters, consents and Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 attestation services.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-Related Fees are fees for assurance and related services which are reasonably related to the performance of audit or review and generally include audit and assurance services related to transactional offerings and reporting procedures and other agreed-upon services related to accounting and billing records.

Tax Fees

Tax Fees consisted of fees for permissible review of tax compliance, services for preparation of corporate and personal income tax returns for statutory tax purposes and tax-related surveys.

All Other Fees

All Other Fees include fees for permissible strategy advisory, consulting and survey services as well as agreed-upon procedures not related to accounting and billing records.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 required VEON Ltd. to implement a pre-approval process for all engagements with its independent public accountants. In compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley requirements pertaining to auditor independence, VEON Ltd.’s audit committee pre-approves the engagement terms and fees of VEON Ltd.’s independent public accountant for audit and non-audit services, including tax services. VEON Ltd.’s audit committee pre-approved the engagement terms and fees of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. and its affiliates for all services performed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

None.

 

ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

 

190


Table of Contents
ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

 

ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance

We comply with the corporate governance rules applicable to foreign private issuers listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

We are permitted to follow “home country practice” in Bermuda in lieu of the provisions of NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules, except that we are required to: (1) have a qualifying audit committee under NASDAQ listing rule 5605(c)(3); (2) ensure that our audit committee’s members meet the independence requirement under NASDAQ listing rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii); and (3) comply with the voting rights requirements under NASDAQ listing rule 5640.

In accordance with NASDAQ listing rule 5615(a)(3)(B), the following is a summary of the “home country practices” in Bermuda that we follow in lieu of the relevant NASDAQ listing rules.

Disclosure of Third Party Director and Nominee Compensation

NASDAQ listing rule 5250(b)(3) provides that each U.S. company listed on NASDAQ must disclose the material terms of all agreements and arrangements between any director or nominee for director, and any person or entity other than the company, relating to compensation or other payment in connection with such person’s candidacy or service as a director of the company. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with this NASDAQ requirement, and some of our directors have agreements with persons or entities other than the company.

Director Independence

NASDAQ listing rule 5605(b)(1) provides that each U.S. company listed on NASDAQ must have a majority of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. Bermuda law does not require that we have a majority of independent directors. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with this NASDAQ requirement, and we do not currently have a majority of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules.

Executive Sessions

NASDAQ listing rule 5605(b)(2) requires that the independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules, of a U.S. company listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only such independent directors are present. Bermuda law does not impose any such requirement on VEON Ltd. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with this NASDAQ requirement and our internal corporate governance rules and procedures do not currently require independent directors to meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions.

Our board does not, however, include any members of our management, and, from time to time, the board has requested that management not be present for portions of board meetings in order to allow the board to serve as a more effective check on management.

Independent Director Oversight of Director Nominations

NASDAQ rule 5605(e)(1) requires that director nominees of U.S. listed companies are selected, or recommended for the board’s selection, either by (1) a majority of the board’s independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules, in a vote in which only such independent directors participate or (2) a nominations

 

191


Table of Contents

committee composed solely of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. Bermuda law does not impose any such requirement on VEON Ltd. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with the NASDAQ requirement regarding independent director oversight of director nominations. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying and selecting candidates to serve as directors, but it is not composed solely of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules.

Compensation Committee

NASDAQ rule 5605(d)(2) requires that U.S. listed companies have a compensation committee with at least two members and composed entirely of independent directors, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. In addition, the NASDAQ rules require a U.S. listed company’s compensation committee to have a charter that meets the requirements of rule 5605(d)(1) and the responsibilities and authorities listed in rule 5605(d)(3). Bermuda law does not impose any such requirements on VEON Ltd. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with the NASDAQ requirements described in this paragraph. However, our supervisory board has established a compensation committee, which currently comprises three directors and acts in an advisory capacity to our supervisory board with respect to compensation issues. The compensation committee is responsible for approving the compensation of the directors, officers and employees of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries, our employee benefit plans, any equity compensation plans of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries, and any contract relating to a director, officer or shareholder of VEON Ltd or any of our subsidiaries or their respective family members or affiliates.

We do not have a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors (as defined under the NASDAQ listing rules) because our internal corporate governance rules do not require us to have independent directors (as defined under NASDAQ rules). We believe the structure and responsibilities of our compensation committee are adequate to ensure that appropriate incentives are in place for our officers and employees, and the current members of our compensation committee are not officers or employees of VEON Ltd.

Audit Committee

NASDAQ rule 5605(c)(2)(A) requires that U.S. listed companies have an audit committee composed of at least three members, each of whom is an independent director, as defined in the NASDAQ rules. Bermuda law does not impose any such requirement on VEON Ltd. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with the NASDAQ requirement to have an audit committee with at least three members. However, our audit committee currently comprises three directors, all of whom meet the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The audit committee is primarily responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the auditors, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors.

Equity Compensation Plans

NASDAQ rule 5635(c) requires that U.S. listed companies give shareholders an opportunity to vote on all stock option or other equity compensation plans and material amendments thereto (with specific exceptions). Bermuda law does not impose any such requirement on VEON Ltd. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from complying with this NASDAQ requirement, and no equity compensation plans have been submitted for approval by our shareholders.

 

ITEM 16H Mine Safety Disclosure

Not required.

 

192


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 17. Financial Statements

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this Item.

 

ITEM 18. Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF VEON LTD.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated income statements

     F-4  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     F-5  

Consolidated statement of financial position

     F-6  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

     F-7  

Consolidated statement of cash flows

     F-9  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-10  

 

193


Table of Contents
ITEM 19. Exhibits

List of Exhibits.

 

          Incorporated by Reference

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Date

    

Filed
Herewith

1.1    Bye-laws of VEON Ltd. adopted on April 20, 2010 and Amended and Restated on March 30, 2017                *
1.2    Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Memorandum of Association                *
2.1    Form of Deposit Agreement (common shares) between VimpelCom Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary      F-4        333-164770        4.1        2/8/2010     
2.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as October 4, 2009, between and among VimpelCom Ltd., Eco Telecom Limited, Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Altimo Coöperatief U.A., Telenor Mobile Communications AS and Telenor East Invest AS      F-4        333-164770        2.3        2/8/2010     
2.3    Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013, by and among VimpelCom Ltd., Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Altimo Coöperatief U.A., Telenor Mobile Communications AS, Telenor East Invest AS and Telenor East Holding II AS      13D        005-85442        99.1        12/5/2013     
2.4    Assignment, Assumption and Second Amendment Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2016, by and among VimpelCom Ltd., Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Altimo Coöperatief U.A., Letterone Investment Holdings S.A., L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l., Telenor Mobile Communications AS and Telenor East Holding II AS      6-K        001-34694        4.1        26/9/2016     
2.5    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2016, by and among VimpelCom Ltd., Telenor East Holding and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, J.P. Morgan Securities plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited      6-K        001-34694        4.1        22/9/2016     

 

194


Table of Contents
          Incorporated by Reference

Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Date

    

Filed
Herewith

2.6    Multicurrency Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2017, by and among, inter alios , VimpelCom Holdings B.V. and Citibank Europe plc, UK Branch                *
4.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement      20-F        001-34694        4.5        6/30/2011     
4.2    Executive Investment Plan      S-8        333-180368        4.3        3/27/2012     
4.3    Director Investment Plan      S-8        333-183294        4.3        8/14/2012     
4.4    Amendment and Restatement Deed relating to the Contribution and Framework Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2016, by and among VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., VimpelCom Ltd., Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l., CK Hutchison Holdings Limited and Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l. (1)                *
4.5    Amendment and Restatement Deed relating to Shareholders’ Deed, dated as of November 4, 2016, by and among Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l., VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l., VimpelCom Ltd. and CK Hutchison Holdings Limited                *
4.6    FINCO Shareholders’ Deed, dated as of November 5, 2016, by and among VIP-CKH Ireland Limited, VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l, Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l, VimpelCom Ltd and CK Hutchison Holdings Limited                *
8    List of Subsidiaries                *
12.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. Section 7241                *
12.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. Section 7241                *
13.1    Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350                *
15.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.                *
99.1    Glossary of Telecommunications Terms                *
99.2    Regulation of Telecommunications                *

 

(1) Confidential treatment has been granted for certain confidential portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with Rule 24b-2, these confidential portions have been omitted from this exhibit and furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

195


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd. has not filed as exhibits instruments relating to long-term debt, under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. VEON Ltd. agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

196


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on Form 20-F on its behalf.

 

VEON LTD.
By:   /s/ Jean-Yves Charlier
Name:   Jean-Yves Charlier
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   April 3, 2017

 

197


Table of Contents

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

VEON Ltd.

(formerly VimpelCom Ltd.)

As at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and

For the three years ended

December 31, 2016


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To: the Supervisory Board and Shareholders of VEON Ltd. (formerly VimpelCom Ltd.) (“the Company”)

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries at 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015, and the result of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15(b). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United Stated). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts an disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statement for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions an dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Amsterdam, 3 April 2017

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

/s/ F.P. Izeboud RA, CPA

F.P. Izeboud RA, CPA

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

     F-4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     F-5  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     F-6  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     F-7  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

     F-9  
1    GENERAL INFORMATION      F-10  
2    BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      F-11  
3   

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES THAT RELATE TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS A WHOLE

     F-12  
4    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS      F-13  
5    FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT      F-16  
6    SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS      F-22  
7    SEGMENT INFORMATION      F-28  
8    REVENUE      F-30  
9    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES      F-32  
10    IMPAIRMENT      F-33  
11    INCOME TAXES      F-39  
12    INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES      F-46  
13    INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES      F-50  
14    OTHER NON-OPERATING LOSSES / (GAINS)      F-52  
15    EARNINGS PER SHARE      F-52  
16    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT      F-54  
17    INTANGIBLE ASSETS      F-56  
18    FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES      F-57  
19    OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES      F-68  
20    INVENTORIES      F-69  
21    TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES      F-69  
22    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS      F-70  
23    ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES      F-71  
24    DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED      F-72  
25    PROVISIONS      F-73  
26    RELATED PARTIES      F-75  
27    RISKS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND UNCERTAINTIES      F-81  
28    EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD      F-87  
29    CONDENSED SEPARATE FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF VEON LTD.      F-88  

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated income statement

for the years ended December 31

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except amounts per share)                          

Service revenues**

        8,553       9,313       13,200  

Sale of equipment and accessories

        184       190       218  

Other revenues / other income

        148       103       68  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     8        8,885       9,606       13,486  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service costs**

        1,769       1,937       2,931  

Cost of equipment and accessories

        216       231       252  

Selling, general and administrative expenses*

     9        3,668       4,563       4,743  

Depreciation

     16        1,439       1,550       1,996  

Amortization

     17        497       517       647  

Impairment loss

     10        192       245       976  

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

        20       39       68  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        7,801       9,082       11,613  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        1,084       524       1,873  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs

        830       829       1,077  

Finance income

        (69     (52     (52

Other non-operating losses / (gains)

     14        82       42       (121

Share of (profit) / loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     13        (48     (14     38  

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     13        99       —         —    

Net foreign exchange (gain) / loss

        (157     314       556  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

        347       (595     375  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     11        635       220       598  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period from continuing operations

        (288     (815     (223
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

     6        920       262       (680

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     6        1,788       —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the period from discontinued operations

        2,708       262       (680
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the period

        2,420       (553     (903
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

The owners of the parent (continuing operations)

        (380     (917     33  

The owners of the parent (discontinued operations)

        2,708       262       (680

Non-controlling interest

     12        92       102       (256
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,420       (553     (903
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings / (loss) per share from continued operations

         

Basic and diluted, (loss) / profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     15      ($ 0.22   ($ 0.52    $ 0.02  

Earnings / (loss) per share from discontinued operations

         

Basic and diluted, profit / (loss) for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

     15       $ 1.55      $ 0.15     ($ 0.39

Total earnings / loss per share

         

Basic and diluted, profit / (loss) for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

       $ 1.33     ($ 0.37   ($ 0.37

 

* Expenses have been presented based on the nature of the expense in the consolidated income statement other than Selling, general and administrative expenses, which has been presented based on the function of the expense.
** Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation (Note 8).

Amounts for 2014 have been re-presented to reflect the reclassification of Italy as discontinued operations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the years ended December 31

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  
( In millions of U.S. dollars)                          

Profit / (loss) for the period

        2,420       (553 )       (903 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

         

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

         

Net movement on cash flow hedges (net of tax of US$5, US$5 and US$5 for 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively)

     18        7       13       145  

Foreign currency translation

     23        85       (1,836     (4,228

Other

        6       31       5  

Items reclassified to profit or loss

         

Reclassification of accumulated foreign currency translation reserve to profit or loss on disposal of discontinued operation (net of tax US$0)

     6        (259     —         —    

Reclassification of accumulated cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss on disposal of discontinued operation (net of tax of US$7)

     6        53       —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax

        (108     (1,792     (4,078
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive profit / (loss) for the period

        2,312       (2,345     (4,981
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

The owners of the parent

        2,233       (1,727     (4,633

Non-controlling interests

        79       (618     (348
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,312       (2,345     (4,981
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated statement of financial position

as at December 31

 

     Note      2016      2015  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)                     

Assets

        

Non-current assets

        

Property and equipment

     16        6,719        6,239  

Intangible assets

     17        2,257        2,224  

Goodwill

     10        4,696        4,223  

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     13        2,179        201  

Deferred tax assets

     11        343        150  

Non-current income tax advance

     11        25        28  

Other financial assets

     18        306        164  

Other assets

     19        118        105  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        16,643        13,334  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        

Inventories

     20        125        104  

Trade and other receivables

     21        685        677  

Other assets

     19        439        334  

Current income tax assets

     11        169        259  

Other financial assets

     18        190        395  

Cash and cash equivalents

     22        2,942        3,614  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

        4,550        5,383  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets classified as held for sale

     6        —          15,137  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        21,193        33,854  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

        

Equity

        

Equity attributable to equity owners of the parent

     23,24        5,960        3,765  

Non-controlling interests

     12        83        129  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

        6,043        3,894  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Financial liabilities

     18        8,070        8,095  

Provisions

     25        148        350  

Other liabilities

     19        44        95  

Deferred tax liabilities

     11        331        404  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        8,593        8,944  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

        1,744        1,768  

Other liabilities

     19        1,236        1,039  

Other financial liabilities

     18        3,046        1,693  

Current income tax payables

     11        57        19  

Provisions

     25        474        1,020  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        6,557        5,539  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

     6        —          15,477  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        21,193        33,854  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the years ended December 31

 

     Attributable to equity owners of the parent              
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except for share amounts)    Number of
shares
outstanding
     Issued
capital
     Capital
Surplus*
     Other
capital
reserves*
     Retained
earnings
    Foreign
currency
translation*
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2016

     1,749,004,648        2        12,753        667        (2,706     (6,951     3,765       129       3,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the period

        —          —          —          2,328       —         2,328       92       2,420  

Other comprehensive income

        —          —          63        —         (158     (95     (13     (108
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        —          —          63        2,328       (158     2,233       79       2,312  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared (Note 24)

        —          —          —          (61     —         (61     (106     (167

Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control

        —          —          23        —         —         23       (19     4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2016

     1,749,004,648        2        12,753        753        (439     (7,109     5,960       83       6,043  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Please refer to Note 23 for further description of the nature of the account

 

     Attributable to equity owners of the parent              
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except for share amounts)    Number of
shares
outstanding
     Issued
capital
     Capital
Surplus*
     Other
capital
reserves*
    Retained
earnings
    Foreign
currency
translation*
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2015

     1,748,598,146        2        12,746        84       (1,990     (5,836     5,006       (1,030     3,976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the period

        —          —          —         (655     —         (655     102       (553

Other comprehensive income

        —          —          43       —         (1,115     (1,072     (720     (1,792
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        —          —          43       (655     (1,115     (1,727     (618     (2,345
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared

        —          —          —         (61     —         (61     (188     (249

Sale of 51% shareholding in Omnium Telecom Algerie, net of tax of US$350 (Note 6)

        —          —          644       —         —         644       1,607       2,251  

Share-based payment transactions and exercise of stock options

     406,502        —          7        (6     —         —         1       —         1  

Restructuring of the Company’s ownership in LLC “Sky Mobile” and LLP “KaR-Tel” (Note 6)

        —          —          (98     —         —         (98     358       260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015

     1,749,004,648        2        12,753        667       (2,706     (6,951     3,765       129       3,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Please refer to Note 23 for further description of the nature of the account

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)

 

    Attributable to equity owners of the parent              
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except for share amounts)   Number of
shares
outstanding
    Issued
capital
    Capital
Surplus*
    Other
capital
reserves*
    Retained
earnings
    Foreign
currency
translation*
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2014

    1,748,243,739       2       12,732       (42     (1,286     (1,673     9,733       (655     9,078  

Profit / (loss) for the period

      —         —         —         (647     —         (647     (256     (903

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         138       —         (4,124     (3,986     (92     (4,078
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         138       (647     (4,124     (4,633     (348     (4,981
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared

      —         —         —         (58     —         (58     (21     (79

Changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control

      —         —         (7     —         (39     (46     (10     (56

Exercise of stock options

    354,407       —         7       (4     —         —         3       —         3  

Share-based payment transactions

      —         7       (1     1       —         7       —         7  

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

      —         —         —         —         —         —         4       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014

    1,748,598,146       2       12,746       84       (1,990     (5,836     5,006       (1,030     3,976  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Please refer to Note 23 for further description of the nature of the account

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VEON Ltd.

Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the years ended December 31

 

(In millions of U.S. dollars)    Note      2016     2015     2014  

Operating activities

         

(Loss) for the year from continuing operations

        (288     (815     (223

Tax expense

     11        635       220       598  

Profit / (loss) before tax

        347       (595     375  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash adjustment to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows:

 

      

Depreciation

     16        1,439       1,550       1,996  

Amortization

     17        497       517       647  

Impairment loss

     10        192       245       976  

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

        20       39       68  

Finance income

        (69     (52     (52

Finance costs

        830       829       1,077  

Other non-operating losses / (gains)

     14        82       42       (121

Share of loss / (profit) of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     13        (48     (14     38  

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     13        99       —         —    

Net foreign exchange (gain) / loss

        (157     314       556  

Movements in provisions and pensions

        (645     (185     110  

Working capital adjustments:

         

Changes in trade and other receivables and prepayments

        (129     (287     (2

Changes in inventories

        (13     (43     15  

Changes in trade and other payables

        (107     173       327  

Interest paid

        (789     (807     (1,002

Interest received

        63       49       47  

Income tax paid

        (420     (671     (442

Net cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations

        683       929       666  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

        1,875       2,033       5,279  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

         

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

        15       18       22  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

        (1,651     (2,207     (3,501

Loans granted

        —         (102     (23

Repayment of loans granted

        —         101       110  

Receipts from / (payments on) deposits

        19       (361     290  

(Payments for) / receipts from investments in financial assets

        (87     74       38  

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

     6        7       (17     —    

Proceeds from sale of shares in subsidiaries, net of cash disposed

     6        (325     —         69  

Receipt of dividends

        —         —         2  

Net cash flow used in investing activities of discontinued operations

        (649     (140     (984
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        (2,671     (2,634     (3,977
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

         

Net proceeds from exercise of share options and purchase of treasury shares

        —         2       3  

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

        (5     (4     —    

Proceeds from borrowings, net of fees paid*

        1,882       2,052       5,859  

Repayment of borrowings

        (1,816     (4,840     (3,765

Proceeds from sale of non-controlling interest, net of fees paid

        —         2,307       —    

Dividends paid to equity owners of the parent

     24        (61     (61     (71

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     24        (106     (188     (19

Net cash flow used in financing activities of discontinued operations

        (20     (707     (678
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities

        (126     (1,439     1,329  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (922     (2,040     2,631  

Net foreign exchange difference

        (64     (374     (743

Opening balance of cash and cash equivalents of disposal group classified as held for sale

        314       —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale

        —         (314     —    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     22        3,614       6,342       4,454  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period**

     22        2,942       3,614       6,342  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Fees paid for borrowings were equal to US$31 (2015: US$6, 2014: US$56)
** Refer to Note 22 for details regarding restricted cash balances.

Amounts for 2014 have been re-presented to reflect the classification of Italy as held for sale and discontinued operation.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

1 General information

VEON Ltd. (“ VEON ”, the “ Company ”, and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “ Group ” or “ we ”) was incorporated in Bermuda on June 5, 2009. The registered office of VEON is Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda. VEON’s headquarters and principal place of business is located at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

The Company has changed its name from VimpelCom Ltd. to VEON Ltd., effective as of March 30, 2017.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars (“ U.S. dollar ” or “ US$ ”). In these notes, U.S. dollar amounts are presented in millions, except for share and per share (or American Depository Share (“ ADS ”)) amounts and as otherwise indicated.

VEON’s ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“ NASDAQ ”).

Share information

As at December 31, 2016, the Company’s largest shareholders and the remaining free float are as follows:

 

Shareholder

   Common shares      % of common and voting shares  

L1T VIP Holdings S.à r.l. (“ LetterOne ”)

     840,625,001        47.9

Telenor East Holding II AS (“ Telenor ”)

     416,703,840        23.7

Stichting Administratiekantoor Mobile Telecommunications Investor (“ Stichting ”)

     145,947,562        8.3

Free Float

     353,454,732        20.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding common shares

     1,756,731,135        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

     

Shares held by the Company or its subsidiaries (“ Treasury shares ”)

     7,726,487        0.4

As at April 15, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bye-laws, the 305,000,000 preferred shares held by Telenor had been redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of US$0.001 per share and are no longer outstanding.

On September 21, 2016 and September 27, 2016, Telenor completed the sale of 142,500,000 and 21,375,000 American Depositary Shares, respectively, in total representing approximately 9.3% of VEON’s total outstanding common shares. Further, on September 21, 2016, Telenor also issued a US$1 billion 0.25% 3-year bond that is guaranteed by the ultimate parent company of Telenor, Telenor ASA, and exchangeable under certain circumstances for up to a total of 204,081,633 ADS of VEON.

On March 31, 2016, LetterOne announced the transfer of 145,947,562 VEON ADS (representing approximately 8.3% of VEON’s total outstanding common shares) to Stichting Administratiekantoor Mobile Telecommunications Investor. However, LetterOne is entitled to the economic benefits (dividend payments, other distributions and sale proceeds) of such common shares.

For more information related to shares of VEON please refer to Notes 23, 24 and 26.

Nature of operations and principal activities

VEON earns revenues by providing telecommunication services through a range of traditional and broadband mobile and fixed-line technologies.

As at December 31, 2016, the Company operated telecommunications services in Russia, Pakistan, Algeria, Bangladesh, Ukraine, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, Armenia, Tajikistan, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan and Laos, and in Italy via a 50/50 joint venture.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

On November 5, 2016 VEON finalized the transaction of combining the operations in Italy into a new 50/50 joint venture with 3 Italia S.p.A. (“ 3 Italia ”). Please refer to Note 6 for further details in respect of this transaction, as well as significant transactions affecting Pakistan and Zimbabwe.

During the year 2016, several local currencies demonstrated significant volatility against the U.S. dollar, which impacted the Group’s financial position and results of operations upon the translation of non-U.S. currency amounts into U.S. dollars for consolidation purposes. In particular, in U.S. dollar terms, the devaluation of local currencies caused a 8% decrease in total revenue for the Group during 2016 as compared with 2015. Please refer to Note 5 for further details regarding foreign currency sensitivities.

In addition, the foreign exchange rate used to translate the local currency in Uzbekistan into U.S. dollars for consolidation purposes is an official rate published by the Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, this exchange rate is not achievable in expatriating funds out of the country due to restrictions imposed by the local government. The net assets of our business in Uzbekistan represented US$910 of the net assets in the Company’s statement of financial position as at December 31, 2016 (US$891 as at December 31, 2015). However, if the Company applied the exchange rate implied by market transactions, rather than the exchange rate used to translate the local currency into U.S. dollars, the assets held in Uzbekistan would decrease significantly in U.S. dollar terms.

2 Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“ IASB ”), effective at the time of preparing the consolidated financial statements and applied by VEON. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, unless disclosed otherwise.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements has required management to apply accounting policies and methodologies based on complex and subjective judgments, estimates based on past experience and assumptions determined to be reasonable and realistic based on the related circumstances (Note 3 and Note 4). The use of these judgments, estimates and assumptions affects the amounts reported in the statement of financial position, the income statement, statement of cash flows, statement of changes in equity, as well as the notes. The final amounts for items for which estimates and assumptions were made in the consolidated financial statements may differ from those reported in these statements due to the uncertainties that characterize the assumptions and conditions on which the estimates are based.

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Company has control. Please refer to Note 12 for a list of significant subsidiaries.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. When necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform with the Group’s accounting policies.

When the Group ceases to consolidate a subsidiary due to loss of control, the related subsidiary’s assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity are de-recognized. This may mean that amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Any consideration received is recognized at fair value, and any investment retained is re-measured to its fair value and this fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest. Any resultant gain or loss is recognized in the income statement.

Foreign currency translation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in U.S. dollars. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and amounts included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency.

Upon consolidation, the assets and liabilities measured in the functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date; whereas revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated into U.S. dollars at historical exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. The income statement amounts are translated using the average exchange rates for the period. Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating financial statements into U.S. dollars are reported in other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity (i.e. cumulative translation adjustment).

3 Significant accounting policies that relate to the consolidated financial statements as a whole

Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to these consolidated financial statements.

New accounting pronouncements not yet adopted by the Company

The following are significant and relevant new standards that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of the issuance of the Group’s financial statements, and which have not been early adopted by the Company:

 

   

IFRS 15, ‘ Revenue from contracts with customers ’ replaces IAS 18 ‘ Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘ Construction contracts’ and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The primary impact on revenue reporting will be that when the Group sells subsidized devices together with airtime service agreements to customers, revenue allocated to equipment and recognized when control of the device passes to the customer will increase and revenue recognized as services are delivered will reduce. In addition, certain incremental costs incurred in acquiring a contract with a customer will be deferred in the consolidated statement of financial position and amortized as revenue is recognized under the related contract; this will generally lead to the later recognition of charges for some commissions payable to third party dealers and employees. The Group is continuing to assess the impact of IFRS 15, however, based on the analysis performed so far, the Company does not expect any material impact on revenue recognition due to currently existing product offering (i.e. pre-paid service offering). However, the Company does expect potential impact stemming from capitalization of costs incurred in acquiring a contract with a customer.

 

   

IFRS 9, ‘ Financial instruments ’ replaces the guidance in IAS 39 ‘ Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ regarding the classification and measurement of financial instruments. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The Group has yet to assess the impact of IFRS 9, which may be material impact to the consolidated income statement and consolidated financial position upon adoption in 2018.

 

   

IFRS 16, Leases replaces the guidance in IAS 17 Leases whereby the most material impact will be the elimination of the distinction between “operating” and “finance” leases and the requirement to report all leases within the statement of financial position. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Group has yet to assess the impact of IFRS 16, which may be material to the consolidated income statement and consolidated financial position upon adoption in 2019.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

4 Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue consists primarily of revenue from sale of telecommunications services and periodic subscriptions. The Group offers customers, via multiple element agreements (‘bundles’) or otherwise, a number of different services with different price plans, and provides discounts in various types and forms, often in connection with different campaigns, over the contractual or average customer relationship period. Determining the fair value of each deliverable can require complex estimates due to the nature of the goods and services provided. The Group also sells wholesale products to other operators and vendors in different countries and across borders. Management has to make estimates related to revenue recognition, relying to some extent on information from other third party operators regarding values of services delivered. Management also makes estimates for the final outcome in instances where the other parties dispute the amounts charged. Furthermore, management has to estimate the average customer relationship for revenue that is initially recognized as deferred revenue in the statement of financial position and thereafter recognized in the income statement over a future period, for example, revenue from connection fees. Management also applies judgment in evaluating gross or net presentation of revenue and associated fees. In this case, among others, the main factor is whether the Company is considered as the primary obligor in the transactions, and the extent of latitude in establishing prices.

See Note 8 for further information regarding revenue recognized by the Company.

Impairment of non-current assets

The Group has significant investments in property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and other investments.

Estimating recoverable amounts of assets and cash generating units (“ CGUs ”) must, in part, be based on management’s evaluations, including the determination of the appropriate CGUs, the relevant discount rate, estimation of future performance, the revenue-generating capacity of assets, timing and amount of future purchases of property and equipment, assumptions of future market conditions and the long-term growth rate into perpetuity (terminal value). In doing this, management needs to assume a market participant perspective. Changing the assumptions selected by management, in particular, the discount rate and growth rate assumptions used to estimate the recoverable amounts of assets, could significantly impact the Group’s impairment evaluation and hence results.

A significant part of the Group’s operations is in countries with emerging markets. The political and economic situation in these countries may change rapidly and recession may potentially have a significant impact on these countries. On-going recessionary effects in the world economy and increased macroeconomic risks impact our assessment of cash flow forecasts and the discount rates applied.

There are significant variations between different markets with respect to growth, mobile penetration, average revenue per user (“ ARPU ”), market share and similar parameters, resulting in differences in operating margins. The future development of operating margins is important in the Group’s impairment assessments, and the long-term estimates of these margins are highly uncertain. In particular, this is the case for emerging markets that are still not in a mature phase.

See Note 10 for further information regarding the results of impairment testing for goodwill and other non-current assets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Investment in Italy Joint Venture

On August 6, 2015, VEON entered into an agreement with CK Hutchison Holdings to establish a joint venture under which they would jointly own and operate the 3 Italia and WIND businesses in Italy. The completion of the transaction resulted in the Company contributing the entire Wind Acquisition Holding Finance (“ WAHF ”) Group into VIP-CKH Luxembourg S.à.r.l in exchange for:

 

   

50% of the issued share capital of VIP-CKH Luxembourg S.à.r.l and its subsidiaries (which hold the combined businesses of WIND and 3 Italia and includes a EUR 5,114 million Shareholder Loan payable); and

 

   

a 50% investment in newly incorporated financing entity, VIP-CKH Ireland Limited (which includes the EUR 5,114 million Shareholder Loan receivable).

(together, the “ Italy Joint Venture ”).

Both joint arrangements are classified as joint ventures in accordance with IFRS 11 ‘ Joint Arrangements ’, based on the following:

 

   

The legal structure of the arrangement and the legal rights and obligations arise from the limited liability company, which grant equal shareholdings and profit rights to the shareholders;

 

   

The activities relevant for the purposes of determining control require unanimous consent from both shareholders, and the decisions to be made by the Board are deemed to be operational in nature to ensure smooth daily decisions.

In this context, it was also concluded that the investment in the two joint ventures shall be considered to be accounted for in the aggregate, rather than as two separate joint ventures. A key consideration in this determination was the shareholder agreement which stipulates that decisions about the activities of the joint ventures (including dividend distributions and shareholder loan repayments) require unanimous consent from both shareholders. This conclusion required substantial judgment as to the application of accounting guidance. Refer Note 6 and Note 13 for more details regarding the Company’s investment in the Italy Joint Venture.

Control over subsidiaries

Subsidiaries, which are those entities over which the Company is deemed to have control, are consolidated. The Company controls an entity when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In certain circumstances, significant judgment is required to assess if the Company is deemed to have control over entities where the Company’s ownership interest does not exceed 50%. See Note 12 for further information regarding the Company’s subsidiaries.

Depreciation and amortization of non-current assets

Depreciation and amortization expenses are based on management estimates of useful life, residual value and amortization method of property and equipment and intangible assets. Estimates may change due to technological developments, competition, changes in market conditions and other factors and may result in changes in the estimated useful life and in the amortization or depreciation charges. Technological developments are difficult to predict and our views on the trends and pace of development may change over time. Some of the assets and technologies, in which the Group invested several years ago, are still in use and provide the basis for new technologies. Significant estimates in the evaluation of useful lives for intangible assets include, but are not limited to, the estimated average customer relationship based on churn, the remaining license or concession period and the expected developments in technology and markets.

The useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets are reviewed at least annually, taking into consideration the factors mentioned above and all other relevant factors. Estimated useful lives for similar types of assets may vary between different entities in the Group due to local factors such as growth rate, maturity of the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

market, historical and expected replacements or transfer of assets and quality of components used. The actual economic lives of intangible assets may be different than estimated useful lives, thereby resulting in a different carrying value of intangible assets with finite lives. We continue to evaluate the amortization period for intangible assets with finite lives to determine whether events or circumstances warrant revised amortization periods. A change in estimated useful lives is a change in accounting estimate, and depreciation and amortization charges are adjusted prospectively.

See Note 16 and Note 17 for further information regarding property and equipment and intangible assets respectively.

Deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets will be realized. Significant judgment is required to determine the amount that can be recognized and depends foremost on the expected timing, level of taxable profits, tax planning strategies and the existence of taxable temporary differences. Estimates made relate primarily to losses carried forward in some of the Group’s foreign operations. When an entity has a history of recent losses, the deferred tax asset arising from unused tax losses is recognized only to the extent that there is convincing evidence that sufficient future taxable profit will be generated. Estimated future taxable profit is not considered such evidence unless that entity has demonstrated the ability by generating significant taxable profit for the current year or there are certain other events providing sufficient evidence of future taxable profit. New transactions and the introduction of new tax rules may also affect judgments due to uncertainty concerning the interpretation of the rules and any transitional rules.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is probable that a tax position will not be sustained and the amount can be reliably measured. The expected resolution of uncertain tax positions is based upon management’s judgment of the likelihood of sustaining a position taken through tax audits, tax courts and/or arbitration, if necessary. Circumstances and interpretations of the amount or likelihood of sustaining a position may change through the settlement process. Furthermore, the resolution of uncertain tax positions is not always within the control of the Group and it is often dependent on the efficiency of the legal processes in the relevant taxing jurisdictions in which the Group operates. Issues can, and often do, take many years to resolve.

See Note 11 and Note 27 for further information.

Fair value of financial instruments

Where the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the statement of financial position cannot be derived from active markets, their fair value is determined using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models. The inputs to these models are taken from observable markets where possible, but when this is not feasible, a degree of judgment is required in establishing fair values. The judgments include considerations of inputs such as liquidity risk, credit risk and volatility. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments. See Note 18 for further information regarding financial assets and liabilities.

Provisions

The Group is involved in various legal proceedings, disputes and claims, including regulatory discussions related to the Group’s business, licenses, tax positions and investments, and the outcomes of these are subject to significant uncertainty. Management evaluates, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. Unanticipated events or changes in these factors may require the Group to increase or decrease the amount recorded for a matter that has not been previously recorded because it was not considered probable.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

For certain operations in emerging markets, the Group is involved in various regulatory discussions. Management’s estimates relating to regulatory discussions in these countries involve a high level of uncertainty. See Note 25 and Note 27 for further information.

5 Financial risk management

The Group’s principal financial liabilities, other than derivatives, consist of loans and borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Group’s operations. The Group has trade and other receivables, and cash and short-term deposits that are derived directly from its operations. The Company views derivative instruments as risk management tools and does not use them for trading or speculative purposes.

The Group is exposed to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Company’s Management Board oversees the management of these risks. The Company’s Management Board is supported by the treasury department who advises on financial risks and the appropriate financial risk governance framework for the Company. The Finance and Strategy Committee provides assurance to the Company’s Management Board that the Group’s financial risk management activities are governed by appropriate policies and procedures, and that financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with Group policies and the Group’s risk appetite. All derivative activities for risk management purposes are carried out by specialist teams with appropriate skills, experience and supervision.

The Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief Financial Officer (“ CFO ”) and other senior management of the Company review and agree on policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarized below.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates. The Company manages its interest rate risk exposure by having a balanced portfolio of fixed and variable rate loans and borrowings and through hedging activities.

At December 31, 2016, after taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately 81% of the Company’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest (2015: 77%).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Interest rate sensitivity

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to possible changes in interest rates on variable interest loans and borrowings, taking into account the related derivative financial instruments, cash and cash equivalents and current deposits. With all other variables held constant, the Company’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings while the Company’s equity is affected through the impact of a parallel shift of the yield curve on the fair value of derivatives to which cash flow hedge accounting is applied as follows:

 

     Increase / decrease in
basis points
     Effect on profit /
(loss) before tax
    Effect on other
components of
equity
 

2016

       

Algerian Dinar (“ DZD ”)

     +100        (1     —    

Uzbek Som

     +100        7       —    

Pakistani Rupee (“ PKR ”)

     +100        —         2  

Ukrainian Hryvnia

     +100        1       —    

Other currencies

     +100        2       —    

Algerian Dinar

     -100        1       —    

Uzbek Som

     -100        (7     —    

Pakistani Rupee

     -100        —         (2

Ukrainian Hryvnia

     -100        (1     —    

Other currencies

     -100        (2     —    

2015

       

US Dollar

     +100        12       —    

Algerian Dinar

     +100        (1     —    

Uzbek Som

     +100        8       —    

Pakistani Rupee

     +100        (1     3  

Other currencies

     +100        1       —    

US Dollar

     -100        (12     —    

Algerian Dinar

     -100        1       —    

Uzbek Som

     -100        (8     —    

Pakistani Rupee

     -100        1       (3

Other currencies

     -100        (1     —    

Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the debt at subsidiary level denominated in currencies other than their functional currency, the Company’s operating activities (predominantly capital expenditures at subsidiary level denominated in a different currency from the subsidiary’s functional currency) and the Company’s net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

The Company manages its foreign currency risk by selectively hedging cash flow exposures that are expected to occur within a maximum 18-month period.

The Company hedges part of its exposure to fluctuations on the translation into U.S. dollars of its foreign operations by holding net borrowings in foreign currencies, and can use foreign currency swaps and forwards for this purpose as well.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a possible change in exchange rates against the US dollar with all other variables held constant. Additional sensitivity changes to the indicated currencies are expected to be approximately proportionate. The table shows the effect on the Company’s profit before tax (due to changes in the value of monetary assets and liabilities, including non-designated foreign currency derivatives) and equity (due to the effect on the cash flow hedge reserve and/or effect on currency translation reserve for quasi equity loans). The Company’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies is not material.

 

    

Change in foreign exchange rate
against US$

   Effect on profit /
(loss) before tax
    Effect on other
components of
equity
 

2016

       

Russian Ruble (“ RUB ”)

   10% depreciation      (80     30  

Bangladeshi Taka

   10% depreciation      (68     —    

Pakistani Rupee

   10% depreciation      (30     —    

Kazakh Tenge ( KZT ”)

   10% depreciation      5       —    

Uzbek Som

   10% depreciation      (4     (27

Georgian Lari (“ GEL ”)

   10% depreciation      (30     —    

Armenian dram

   10% depreciation      18       —    

Euro (“ EUR ”)

   10% depreciation      (9     —    

Algerian Dinar

   10% depreciation      (3     —    

Other currencies

   10% depreciation      (5     —    

Russian Ruble

   10% appreciation      84       (33

Bangladeshi Taka

   10% appreciation      75       —    

Pakistani Rupee

   10% appreciation      33       —    

Kazakh Tenge

   10% appreciation      (5     —    

Uzbek Som

   10% appreciation      4       30  

Georgian Lari

   10% appreciation      33       —    

Armenian dram

   10% appreciation      (20     —    

Euro

   10% appreciation      10       —    

Algerian Dinar

   10% appreciation      4       —    

Other currencies

   10% appreciation      5       —    

2015

       

Russian Ruble

   10% depreciation      (61     27  

Bangladeshi Taka

   10% depreciation      (66     —    

Kazakh Tenge

   10% depreciation      17       —    

Uzbek Som

   10% depreciation      (0     (27

Georgian Lari

   10% depreciation      (26     —    

Algerian Dinar

   10% depreciation      —         —    

Other currencies

   10% depreciation      11       —    

Russian Ruble

   10% appreciation      67       (30

Bangladeshi Taka

   10% appreciation      72       —    

Kazakh Tenge

   10% appreciation      (19     —    

Uzbek Som

   10% appreciation      0       30  

Georgian Lari

   10% appreciation      29       —    

Algerian Dinar

   10% appreciation      —         —    

Other currencies

   10% appreciation      (9     —    

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily from trade receivables), and from its treasury activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments. See Note 22 for further information on restrictions on cash balances.

Trade receivables consist of amounts due from customers for airtime usage and amounts due from dealers and customers for equipment sales. In certain circumstances, VEON requires deposits as collateral for airtime usage. In addition, VEON has introduced a prepaid service and equipment sales are typically paid in advance of delivery, except for equipment sold to dealers on credit terms. VEON’s credit risk arising from the services the company provides to customers is mitigated to a large extent due to no less than 87.9% of its active customers being subscribed to a prepaid service as of December 31, 2016 (2015: 94%) and, accordingly, not giving rise to credit risk.

VEON’s credit risk arising from its trade receivables from dealers is mitigated due to the risk being spread across a large number of dealers. Management periodically reviews the history of payments and credit worthiness of the dealers. The Company also has receivables from other local and international operators from interconnect and roaming services provided to their customers, as well as receivables from customers using fixed-line services, such as business services, wholesale services and services to residents. Receivables from other operators for roaming services are settled through clearing houses, which helps to mitigate credit risk in this regard.

VEON holds available cash in bank accounts, as well as other financial assets with financial institutions in countries where it operates. To manage credit risk associated with such asset holdings, VEON allocates its available cash to a variety of local banks and local affiliates of international banks within the limits set forth by its treasury policy. Management periodically reviews the credit worthiness of the banks with which it holds assets. In respect of financial instruments used by the Company’s treasury function, the aggregate credit risk the Group may have with one counterparty is limited by reference to, amongst others, the long-term credit ratings assigned for that counterparty by Moody’s, Fitch Ratings and Standard & Poor’s and CDS spreads of that counterparty. Counterparty credit limits are reviewed and approved by the Company’s CFO. The limits are set to minimize the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty’s failure.

Value Added Tax (“ VAT ”) is recoverable from tax authorities by offsetting it against VAT payable to the tax authorities on VEON’s revenue or direct cash receipts from the tax authorities. Management periodically reviews the recoverability of the balance of input value added tax and believes it is fully recoverable.

VEON issues advances to a variety of its vendors of property and equipment for its network development. The contractual arrangements with the most significant vendors provide for equipment financing in respect of certain deliveries of equipment. VEON periodically reviews the financial position of vendors and their compliance with the contract terms.

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the statement of financial position at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is the carrying amount as illustrated in Note 18 and Note 21.

Liquidity risk

The Company monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a recurring liquidity planning tool. The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, debentures, preference shares, financial and operating leases. The Company’s policy is that not more than 35% of borrowings should mature in a single year. As at December 31, 2016, 27% (2015:

 

F-19


Table of Contents

16%) of the Company’s debt will mature in less than one year based on the carrying value of bank loans, equipment financing and loans from others reflected in the financial statements. The Company assessed the concentration of risk with respect to refinancing its debt and concluded it to be low based on liquidity in the markets the Company has access to, and recent history of refinancing. The Company believes that access to sources of funding is sufficiently available and the Company’s policy is to diversify the funding sources where possible.

The Company had the following available Facilities as at the dates indicated below:

 

At December 31, 2016

        Amounts in millions of transaction
currency
    US$ equivalent amounts  

Facility

  Final availability
period
    Facility
amount
    Utilized     Available     Facility
amount
    Utilized     Available  

VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.—Revolving Credit Facility*

    March 2017       US$1,800       —         US$1,800       1,800       —         1,800  

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.—Vendor Financing Facility China Development Bank

    September 2018      
RMB700
million
 
 
   
RMB149
million
 
 
   
RMB551
million
 
 
    101       21       80  

PSJC Vimpel Communications (“ PJSC VimpelCom ”)—Revolving Credit Facility Sberbank

    May 2017      
RUB15,000
million
 
 
    —        
RUB15,000
million
 
 
    247       —         247  

Optimum Telecom Algérie SpA—Term Loan Facility

    December 2017      
DZD32,000
million
 
 
    —        
DZD32,000
million
 
 
    290       —         290  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

            2,438       21       2,417  

 

* VimpelCom Holdings B.V. has signed a new revolving credit facility subsequent to the reporting date. Refer to Note 28.

 

At December 31, 2015

        Amounts in millions of transaction
currency
    US$ equivalent amounts  

Facility

  Final availability
period
    Facility
amount
    Utilized     Available     Facility
amount
    Utilized     Available  

VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.— Revolving Credit Facility

    March 2017       US$1,800       —         US$1,800       1,800       —         1,800  

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.— Vendor Financing Facility China Development Bank

    September 2018      
RMB700
million
 
 
    —        

RMB700

million


 

    108       —         108  

PJSC VimpelCom—Revolving Credit Facility Sberbank

    May 2017      

RUB15,000

million


 

    —        

RUB15,000

million


 

    206       —         206  

PJSC VimpelCom—Credit Facility Sberbank

    March 2016      

RUB30,000

million


 

    —        

RUB30,000

million


 

    412       —         412  

Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited—Islamic financing facility

    December 2016      

PKR16,000

million


 

   

PKR1,000

million


 

   

PKR15,000

million


 

    153       10       143  

Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited—Credit facility Habib Bank Limited

    June 2016      

PKR4,000

million


 

   

PKR500

million


 

   

PKR3,500

million


 

    38       5       33  

Optimum Telecom Algérie SpA —Term Loan Facility

    December 2017      

DZD32,000

million


 

    —        

DZD32,000

million


 

    299       —         299  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

            3,016       15       3,001  
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments. Payments related to variable interest rate financial liabilities and derivatives are included based on the interest rates applicable as at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The total amounts in the table differ from the carrying amounts as stated in Note 18 as the below table includes both notional amounts and interest while the carrying amounts are based on amongst others notional amounts, fair value adjustments and unamortized fees.

 

     Less than
1 year
    1-3
years
     3-5 years      More
than
5 years
     Total  

At December 31, 2016

             

Bank loans and bonds

     3,330       3,578        1,821        3,255        11,984  

Equipment financing

     199       319        197        55        770  

Derivative financial instruments—liabilities

             

—Gross cash inflows

     (451     —          —          —          (451

—Gross cash outflows

     495       2        —          —          497  

Trade and other payables and dividend payables

     1,744       —          —          —          1,744  

Other financial liabilities

     29       44        —          —          73  

Warid non-controlling interest put option liability

     —         —          290        —          290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     5,346       3,943        2,308        3,310        14,907  

Related derivatives financial instruments—assets

             

—Gross cash inflows

     (29     —          —          —          (29

—Gross cash outflows

     27       —          —          —          27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Related derivative financial instruments—assets

     (2     —          —          —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities net of derivative assets

     5,344       3,943        2,308        3,310        14,905  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Less than
1 year
    1-3
years
    3-5 years      More
than
5 years
     Total  

At December 31, 2015

            

Bank loans and bonds

     1,970       4,242       1,520        3,254        10,986  

Equipment financing

     206       321       248        65        840  

Derivative financial instruments—liabilities

            

—Gross cash inflows

     —         —         —          —          —    

—Gross cash outflows

     3       4       1        —          8  

Trade and other payables and dividend payables

     1,768       —         —          —          1,768  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     3,947       4,567       1,769        3,319        13,602  

Related derivatives financial instruments—assets

            

—Gross cash inflows

     (558     (23     —          —          (581

—Gross cash outflows

     531       22       —          —          553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Related derivative financial instruments—assets

     (27     (1     —          —          (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities net of derivative assets

     3,920       4,566       1,769        3,319        13,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital management

The primary objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains at least a BB-/Ba3 credit rating, with an aim to improve this further, and to maintain healthy capital ratios in order to secure access to debt and capital markets at all times and maximize shareholder value. The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. In February 2017, our Supervisory Board approved a dividend policy pursuant to which from 2016 the Company aims to pay a sustainable and progressive dividend based on the evolution of the Company’s equity free cash flow, which is defined as net cash flow from operating activities less net cash used in investing activities, as reported in the consolidated financial statements.

The Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio is an important measure used by the Company to assess its capital structure in light of maintaining a strong credit rating. Further, this ratio is included as a financial covenant in the credit facilities of VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. and VimpelCom Holdings B.V.. Net Debt represents the amount of interest-bearing debt at amortized costs and guarantees given less cash and cash equivalents and current and non-current bank deposits adjusted for derivatives designated as hedges. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment, loss on disposals of non-current assets, other non-operating losses and share of profit / (loss) of joint ventures. For reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Profit before tax please refer to Note 7.

For most facilities entered into by VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. and VimpelCom Holdings B.V., Net Debt will be calculated as Total Debt of VEON Ltd., VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. and VimpelCom Holdings B.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries minus Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of VimpelCom Holdings B.V. on a consolidated basis.

Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated at the VimpelCom Holdings B.V. on a consolidated basis and “pro-forma” adjusted for acquisitions and divestments of any business bought or sold during the relevant period. The required Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio is 3.5x. As at December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio was 2.1x and 1.4x, respectively.

For a discussion on how the Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio is calculated under the new multi-currency term and revolving facilities of up to US$2,250, entered into subsequent to the reporting date, please refer to Note 28.

Certain of the credit facilities of VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. and VimpelCom Holdings B.V. also contain financial covenants with respect to the Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio relevant to the Company’s Russian subsidiary PJSC VimpelCom, which holds and/or guarantees a major part of the debt of the Company. The required ratio for PJSC VimpelCom is <3.5x (2015: <3.5x) in the relevant financings of VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. and VimpelCom Holdings B.V.. As at December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio for PJSC VimpelCom was 3.1x and 2.6x, respectively. The ratio is calculated based on the consolidated financial statements of PJSC VimpelCom prepared under IFRS in Russian rubles as translated into U.S. Dollars.

6 Significant transactions

Accounting policies

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group.

The acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities are recognized at their fair values at the acquisition date. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, among other items, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates and other characteristics of the asset or liability that a market participant would take into account when pricing the asset or liability at measurement date. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

For each business combination, VEON elects whether to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share in the recognized amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred in the income statement.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree, if any, over the net amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

The Group may enter into business combinations which include options (call, put, or a combination of both) over the shares of the non-controlling interest. The Group considers such options to assess possible implications on control, if any.

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions—that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction or loss of control rather than through continuing use, and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortized while they are classified as held for sale.

Assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position.

A discontinued operation is a component that is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount in the income statement. All other notes to the financial statements include amounts for continuing operations, unless otherwise mentioned.

Transactions during 2016

Joint venture in Italy

The Company signed an agreement with Hutchison Europe Telecommunications Sarl, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CK Hutchison Holdings Ltd (“ HET ”), which indirectly owns 100% of Italian mobile operator 3 Italia, on August 6, 2015 to combine its operations in Italy with 3 Italia in a 50/50 joint venture. As a result of the expected loss of control from the agreement, the Company classified its operations in Italy as an asset held for sale and discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements.

The transaction was successfully completed on November 5, 2016 following satisfaction of the necessary conditions precedent, which included receipt of approvals from the European Commission and the Italian

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Ministry of Economic Development. In connection with these approvals, the Italy Joint Venture and its shareholders signed agreements with Iliad SA (“ Iliad ”) for the sale of spectrum and sites and an undertaking to provide other services including national roaming, to enable the French telecommunication operator to enter the Italian market.

Under the transaction, the Company contributed its entire shareholding in the operations in Italy, in exchange for a 50% interest in the newly-formed Italy Joint Venture and subject to customary working capital and net cash adjustments. As a result, the Company has lost control of its operation in Italy.

On completion of the transaction, the assets and liabilities of Italy were deconsolidated and an investment in joint venture, in which the Company has joint control, was recorded at fair value of EUR 1,897 million (US$2,113). The initial investment in the joint venture is based on a Level 3 fair value derived from a discounted cash flow model, incorporating the expected realization of synergies adjusted for market expectations and the impact of agreements entered into with Iliad, as described above. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model are as follows:

 

       November 5, 2016  

Discount rate (functional currency)

     6.88

Average annual revenue growth rate during forecast period (functional currency)

     (2.3 )% 

Terminal growth rate

     0.5

Average operating (EBITDA) margin during forecast period

     35.7

Average capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue

     21

The investment in the Italy Joint Venture is equity accounted from November 5, 2016, refer to Note 13 for further details regarding investments in joint ventures and associates.

The effect of the disposal of Italy for the current year is detailed below:

 

     Note      2016  

Fair value of investment in joint venture

     13        2,113  

Cash consideration receivable*

        28  
     

 

 

 

Total consideration on disposal

        2,141  

Derecognition of assets classified as held for sale

        15,974  

Derecognition of liabilities classified as held for sale

        (15,414

Release cumulative other comprehensive income related to Italy

        (207
     

 

 

 

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

        1,788  
     

 

 

 

 

* Cash consideration receivable relates to a Final Adjustment payable by HET to the Company based on contributed Working Capital and Net Cash.

From August 2015, Italy is no longer a reportable segment subsequent to its classification as a discontinued operation. The comparative information has been adjusted accordingly (Note 7). Transactions between the Group and its operation in Italy are disclosed as Related Party transactions and balances (Note 26).

Financial information related to the discontinued operation is set out below. Financial year 2016 includes 10 months of results for the Italy operations, compared with 12 months for financial years 2015 and 2014.

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  

Total operating revenues

        4,135       4,913       6,155  

Total operating expenses

        (2,556     (3,765     (5,440
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        1,579       1,148       715  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expenses) / income

        (217     (722     (1,272
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

        1,362       426       (557
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) / benefit

        (442     (164     (123
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) after tax for the period from discontinued operations

        920       262       (680
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Acquisition in Pakistan

On November 26, 2015, International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited and Pakistan Mobile Communications Ltd (“ PMCL ”), each indirect subsidiaries of the Company, signed an agreement with Warid Telecom Pakistan LLC and Bank Alfalah Limited, to combine their operations in Pakistan. On July 1, 2016, the transaction was closed and PMCL acquired 100% of the voting shares in Warid Telecom (Pvt) Limited (“ Warid” ) for a consideration of 15% of the shares in PMCL. As a result, the Company gained control over Warid.

VEON elected to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value.

The fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Warid at the date of acquisition were:

 

     Fair value recognized on
acquisition
 

Non-current assets

  

Property and equipment

     199  

Intangible assets

     201  

Deferred tax assets

     308  

Other financial assets

     2  

Current assets

  

Inventories

     1  

Trade and other receivables

     26  

Other non-financial assets

     23  

Current income tax assets

     17  

Cash and cash equivalents

     7  

Non-current liabilities

  

Financial liabilities

     (402

Provisions

     (6

Other non-financial liabilities

     (15

Current liabilities

  

Trade and other payables

     (113

Other non-financial liabilities

     (83

Other financial liabilities

     (45
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

     120  

Purchase consideration

     321  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from the acquisition

     201  
  

 

 

 

Purchase consideration

  

Share issued by PMCL

     274  

Contingent consideration liability

     47  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

     321  
  

 

 

 

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition

  

Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)

     7  
  

 

 

 

Net cash flow on acquisition

     7  
  

 

 

 

There have been no period adjustments to the provisional fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration to date.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The goodwill of US$201 comprises the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition. The goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

The fair value of the trade receivables amounts to US$26. The gross amount of trade receivables is US$33, of which US$7 is expected not to be collected.

From the date of acquisition, Warid contributed US$161 of revenue and a loss of US$6 to loss before tax from continuing operations of the Group. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of the year, the contribution to revenue from continuing operations would have been US$313, and the contribution to the results before tax from continuing operations for the Group would have been a loss of US$37.

PMCL issued 679,604,049 ordinary shares as consideration for the 100% interest in Warid. The fair value of the shares is based on a Level 3 fair value derived from a discounted cash flow model, incorporating the expected realization of synergies adjusted for market expectations. The discount rate applied was 14.1% with a 4% percent terminal growth rate.

As part of the share purchase agreement, an earn-out payment has been agreed in the event that a tower transaction is effected by PMCL within four years from the acquisition date. The earn-out also applies if another telecommunications operator in Pakistan effects a tower transaction, provided the transaction meets certain parameters, in the same timeframe. The contingent consideration will be settled with a share transfer of PMCL shares. At the acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated to be US$47 using a discounted cash flow technique.

There were no changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration since the acquisition date, other than the unwinding of discount.

The fair value of the non-controlling interest in PMCL related to the Warid acquisition has been estimated by applying a discounted cash flow technique.

As part of the acquisition agreement, the Company also agreed put-call options over the entire non-controlling interest, whereby the Company has the ability to call, and the non-controlling interest has the ability to put the entire non-controlling interest of PMCL. The options are exercisable four years from the acquisition date at the fair market value of the PMCL shares.

The put-call options over the non-controlling interest of PMCL are accounted for as a put-option redemption liability which is classified as a financial liability in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (Note 18). The put-option redemption liability is measured at the discounted redemption amount with a value of US$274 at the acquisition date. Interest over the put-option redemption liability will accrue until the options have been exercised or are expired. As a result, no non-controlling interest will be recognized over the non-controlling interest in PMCL in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Interest expense and foreign exchange loss over the option’s redemption liability amounted to US$21 and US$1 respectively, for the period ended December 31, 2016. In addition, PMCL declared dividends of US$7 attributable to the non-controlling interest of PMCL (Note 24), which has reduced the put-option redemption liability. As at December 31, 2016 the resulting carrying value of put-option redemption liability was US$290 (Note 18).

Following the acquisition of Warid, the legal merger of Mobilink and Warid occurred by way of a scheme of arrangement under Pakistani law as approved by a merger order of the Islamabad High Court dated December 15, 2016, whereby Warid merged into PMCL and (the former) ceased to exist. The court order provides for a merger effective date of July 1, 2016.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Acquisition of additional interest in 2Day Telecom LLP and KazEuroMobile LLP

On September 30, 2016 the Company acquired an additional interest of 16% in 2Day Telecom LLP, increasing its interest to 75%, for cash consideration of US$7. On the same date, the Company acquired an additional 24% interest in KazEuroMobile LLP for KZT 1, increasing its interest to 75%. The purpose of these transactions is to streamline the ownership structure of the Group. The transactions were accounted for through equity by increasing other capital reserves.

The transactions resulted in a decrease in equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent of US$9 and US$1 respectively.

Sale of operations in Zimbabwe

On November 18, 2015, the Company, together with its subsidiary Global Telecom Holding S.A.E (“ GTH ”), entered into an agreement with ZARNet (Private) Limited to sell its stake in Telecel International Limited for US$40. Telecel International Limited owns 60% of Telecel Zimbabwe (Pvt) Ltd. ZARNet is wholly owned by the Government of the Republic of Zimbabwe through the Ministry of Information & Communication Technology, Postal and Courier Services.

Due to constraints in ZARNet’s ability to pay the full US$40 outside of Zimbabwe, it was agreed that ZARNet will satisfy the purchase price consideration with US$21 cash (of which US$10 was received in 2015 and US$11 was received in 2016), and a US$19 Vendor Note payable in three years to Global Telecom Netherlands B.V., a subsidiary of GTH. Due to the currency restrictions in Zimbabwe, management have not included the Vendor Note in determining the result of the sale, as it is currently uncertain whether it will be recoverable.

The transaction closed on November 30, 2016, resulting in a gain of US$21.

Transactions of 2015

Sale of 51% shareholding in Omnium Telecom Algeria (OTA) and settlement of disputes with the Algerian State

On January 30, 2015, the Company and its subsidiary GTH completed the sale of a non-controlling 51% interests in Omnium Telecom Algeria S.p.A. (formerly known as Orascom Telecom Algérie S.p.A.) (“ OTA ”) to the Fonds National d’Investissement, the Algerian National Investment Fund (“ FNI ”), for a purchase consideration of US$2,643. The Company and the FNI have entered into a shareholders agreement which governs their relationship as shareholders in OTA going forward. The Company will continue to exercise operational control over OTA and, as a result, will continue to fully consolidate OTA.

Immediately prior to the transaction, the Company owned 50.12% of OTA’s share and the carrying amount of the existing 49.88% non-controlling interest in OTA was US$1,010. As the Company will retain control of OTA, the transaction was accounted for as an equity transaction and the non-controlling interest was adjusted by US$1,607 to reflect the new ownership interest in OTA. Parent equity was adjusted for the difference between the fair value of the consideration received and the adjustment to the non-controlling interest of US$644.

The capital gain tax payable amounted to US$428, of which US$350 was recorded directly in equity, and US$78 was expensed in the income statement. The transaction costs totaled US$42. An existing tax credit of US$130 was utilized against the capital gain tax payable. Net proceeds received, after deducting capital gains taxes and transaction costs were US$2,307.

At closing, GTH terminated its international arbitration against the Algerian State initiated on April 12, 2012 and the parties to the arbitration settled the arbitration and all claims relating thereto. At the same time, the

 

F-27


Table of Contents

foreign exchange and import restrictions put in place by the Bank of Algeria against OTA on April 15, 2010 were lifted, following the cash payment of the fine of DZD 99 billion (US$1,112) to the Algerian Treasury which resulted in a decrease of provisions in the current liabilities from December 31, 2014 by the same amount.

Prior to closing, OTA paid a dividend to its shareholders in the amount of US$1,862. Shortly prior to closing, OTA and its wholly-owned subsidiary Optimum Telecom Algerie S.p.A. established credit facilities with a syndicate of Algerian and international banks in an amount of DZD 82 billion (US$920), and immediately drew down DZD 50 billion (US$561). In addition to this, on June 11, 2015 OTA fully drew down under two new credit facilities with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Algerie for an amount of DZD 2.2 billion (US$22) and with BNP Paribas El Djazair SPA and Natixis Algerie SPA for an amount of DZD 2.8 billion (US$29).

GTH and Cevital S.p.A. (“ Cevital ”), a non-controlling interest’s shareholder in OTA, amended their previously disclosed Framework Agreement. Pursuant to the amended Framework Agreement, following closing, Cevital continued to be a shareholder in OTA holding 3.43% of the share capital of OTA. At closing, the existing OTA shareholder arrangements to which Cevital was a party were terminated and Cevital dismissed all pending litigation against OTA in settlement for a dinar payment by OTA equating to US$50 plus Cevital’s entitled share of the US$1,862 pre-closing dividend paid by OTA to its shareholders.

Restructuring of the Company’s ownership in LLC “Sky Mobile” (Kyrgyzstan) and LLP “KaR-Tel” (Kazakhstan)

During Q2 2015 the Company completed the process of restructuring its ownership in LLC “Sky Mobile” (“ Sky Mobile ”) and LLP “KaR-Tel” (“ KaR-Tel ”). Key changes as a result of the restructuring included:

 

   

moving the ownership from Cyprus to Swiss holding companies;

 

   

increasing the Company’s ownership in KaR-Tel from 71.5% to 75% and decreasing the Company’s ownership in Sky Mobile from 71.5% to 50.2%;

 

   

termination of an existing put option liability of US$271, which was held by the non-controlling interest holder and call option (value nil) held by the Company; and

No cash consideration was exchanged in connection with the above restructuring and the Company continues to control KaR-Tel and Sky Mobile subsequent to the transaction. The changes in ownership and termination of the put option were treated as an equity transaction with a non-controlling interest holder since VEON did not lose control of the subsidiaries, and resulted in a net decrease to parent equity of US$98 and increase to non-controlling interest of US$358. Following the completion of the restructuring, the portion of the deferred tax liabilities amounting to US$75 was credited to the income tax expense for the period.

7 Segment information

Management analyzes the Company’s operating segments separately due to the different economic environments and stages of development in different geographical areas, requiring different investment and marketing strategies. Management does not analyze assets or liabilities by operating segments.

Management evaluates the performance of the Company’s segments on a regular basis, primarily based on earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, impairment loss, loss on disposals of non-current assets, other non-operating losses and shares of profit / (loss) of associates and joint ventures (“ Adjusted EBITDA ”).

Subsequent to the transaction disclosed in Note 6, Italy is no longer a reportable segment. The comparative information has been adjusted accordingly.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2016, management decided to no longer include Kazakhstan as a separate reportable segment due to the decreasing impact of operations in Kazakhstan on the overall business. As a result, the activities in Kazakhstan have been integrated into Other. The comparative figures for the 2015 and 2014 periods set out in the tables below have been re-presented to reflect this change.

Reportable segments

Financial information by reportable segment for the three years ended December 31, 2016, is presented in the following tables. Inter-segment revenues are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. The segment data for acquired operations are reflected herein from the date of their respective acquisition.

 

Year ended December 31, 2016                                                             
     Russia      Algeria      Pakistan      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      HQ     Other     Total
Segments
 

Revenue

                        

External customers

     4,059        1,040        1,293        621        566        662        10       634       8,885  

Inter-segment

     38        —          2        —          20        1        —         (61     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     4,097        1,040        1,295        621        586        663        10       573       8,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,574        547        507        267        306        395        (421     57       3,232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other disclosures

                        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     663        201        215        137        106        174        27       218       1,741  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015                                                             
     Russia      Algeria      Pakistan      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      HQ     Other     Total
Segments
 

Revenue

                        

External customers*

     4,528        1,273        1,014        604        592        710        —         885       9,606  

Inter-segment

     55        —          —          —          30        1        —         (86     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     4,583        1,273        1,014        604        622        711        —         799       9,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,825        684        409        242        292        437        (1,291     277       2,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other disclosures

                        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     910        189        238        134        299        55        16       193       2,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

     Russia      Algeria      Pakistan      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      HQ     Other     Total
Segments
 

Revenue

                        

External customers*

     7,338        1,692        1,010        563        1,008        717        —         1,158       13,486  

Inter-segment

     90        —          —          —          54        1        —         (145     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,428        1,692        1,010        563        1,062        718        —         1,013       13,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     2,980        857        386        219        484        461        (233     406       5,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other disclosures

                        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     1,559        415        651        178        138        79        12       197       3,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Amounts have been re-presented to confirm with current year presentation, refer Note 8.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The following table provides the reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated income statement before tax for the three years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

     3,232       2,875       5,560  

Depreciation

     (1,439     (1,550     (1,996

Amortization

     (497     (517     (647

Impairment loss

     (192     (245     (976

Loss on disposals of non-current assets

     (20     (39     (68

Finance costs

     (830     (829     (1,077

Finance income

     69       52       52  

Other non-operating (losses) / gains

     (82     (42     121  

Share of (loss) / profit of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     48       14       (38

Impairment of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

     (99     —         —    

Net foreign exchange gain / (loss)

     157       (314     (556
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

     347       (595     375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Geographical information of non-current assets

The total of non-current assets (other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, which are included in Other, along with consolidation eliminations), broken down by location of the assets, is shown in the following tables:

 

December 31, 2016                                                               
     Russia      Algeria      Pakistan      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      HQ      Other      Total
Segments
 

Non-current assets

     7,717        2,324        2,169        1,104        556        509        38        2,312        16,729  

December 31, 2015

 

     Russia      Algeria      Pakistan      Bangladesh      Ukraine      Uzbekistan      HQ      Other      Total
Segments
 

Non-current assets

     5,370        2,456        1,624        1,140        694        472        22        1,556        13,334  

8 Revenue

The following table provides a breakdown of total operating revenue from external customers by mobile and fixed line for the three years ended December 31:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Mobile services

     8,089        8,797        12,133  

Fixed line services

     796        809        1,353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,885        9,606        13,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue recognition (accounting policy)

VEON generates revenue from providing voice, data and other telecommunication services through a range of wireless, fixed and broadband Internet services, as well as selling equipment and accessories. Products and services may be sold separately or in bundled packages.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Generally, revenue for products is recorded when the equipment is sold or upon transfer of the associated risks and rewards, and revenue for services is recorded when the services are rendered. Revenue for bundled packages is recorded based on the relative fair value allocation of each component in the bundle.

Mobile services

Service revenue includes revenue from airtime charges from contract and prepaid customers, monthly contract fees, interconnect revenue, roaming charges and charges for value added services (“ VAS ”). VAS includes short messages, multimedia messages, caller number identification, call waiting, data transmission, mobile internet, downloadable content, mobile finance services, machine-to-machine and other services. The content revenue relating to VAS is presented net of related costs when the Company acts as an agent of the content providers and gross when the Company acts as the primary obligor of the transaction.

In 2016, the Group has aligned its practices for content revenue across the group, and re-presented the comparative periods 2015 and 2014 reducing revenue and operating costs for the periods. The impact of this refinement in policy was not material for any periods presented, and reduced the revenue and the operating costs by US$20 in 2016, US$19 in 2015 and US$31 in 2014. The net results, financial position and operating cash flows for these periods remained unaffected. The Company concluded that net presentation of the content revenue better reflected the actual nature and substance of the arrangements with content providers.

More specifically, the accounting for revenue sharing agreements and delivery of content depends on the analysis of the facts and circumstances surrounding these transactions, which will determine if the revenue is recognized gross or net.

Service revenue is generally recognized when the services (including VAS and roaming revenue) are rendered. Sales of prepaid cards, used as a method of cash collection, is accounted for as customer advances for future services and the respective revenue is deferred until the customer uses the airtime. Prepaid cards might not have expiration dates but are subject to statutory expiration periods, and unused prepaid balances are added to service revenue based on an estimate of the expected balance that will expire unused. VEON charges customers a fixed monthly fee for the use of certain services. Such fees are recognized as revenue in the respective month when earned.

Some tariffs include bundle rollovers which effectively allow customers to rollover unused minutes from one month to the following month. For these tariffs, the portion of the access fee representing the fair value of the rolled over minutes is deferred until the service is delivered.

Fixed-line services

Revenue from traditional voice services and other service contracts is accounted for when the services are provided. Revenue from Internet services is measured primarily by monthly fees and internet-traffic volume which has not been included in monthly fees. Payments from customers for fixed-line equipment are not recognized as revenue until installation and testing of such equipment are completed and the equipment is accepted by the customer. Domestic Long Distance/International Long Distance (“ DLD/ILD ”) and zonal revenue are recorded gross or net depending on the contractual arrangements with the end-users.

Connection fees

VEON defers upfront telecommunications connection fees. The deferral of revenue is recognized over the estimated average customer life or the minimum contractual term, whichever is shorter. The Company also defers direct incremental costs related to connection fees for fixed line customers, in an amount not exceeding the revenue deferred.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Sales of equipment

Revenue from mobile equipment sales, such as handsets, are recognized in the period in which the equipment is sold to either a network customer or, if sold via an intermediary, when the significant risks and rewards associated with the device have passed to the intermediary and the intermediary has no general right of return or if a right of return exists, when such right has expired.

Multiple elements agreements (“ MEA ”)

MEA are agreements under which VEON provides more than one service. Services / products may be provided or ‘bundled’ under different agreements or in groups of agreements which are interrelated to such an extent that, in substance, they are elements of one agreement. In the event of an MEA, each element is accounted for separately if it can be distinguished from the other elements and has a fair value on a standalone basis. The customer’s perspective is important in determining whether the transaction contains multiple elements or is just a single element arrangement. The relative fair value method is applied in determining the value to be allocated to each element of an MEA. Fair value is determined as the selling price of the individual item. If an item has not been sold separately by the Group yet, but is sold by other suppliers, the fair value is the price at which the items are sold by the other suppliers.

9 Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of the following:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Network and IT costs

     1,043        1,017        1,402  

Personnel cost

     775        848        1,122  

Customer associated costs

     822        860        1,190  

Losses on receivables

     58        51        53  

Taxes, other than income taxes

     244        227        295  

Provisions related to the Algeria transaction

     —          —          50  

Other

     726        1,560        631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,668        4,563        4,743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in Other for the period ended December 31, 2015, is the provision expense related to the Uzbekistan investigation (see Note 25 for further details).

Dealer commissions

Dealer commissions are expensed in the consolidated income statement when the services are provided unless they meet the definition of an asset. Dealer commissions are part of customer associated costs.

Operating lease expenses

The rental payable under operating leases is recognized as an operating lease expenses in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of VEON’s benefit. No asset is capitalized. If the periodic payments or part of the periodic payments has been prepaid, the Company recognizes these prepayments in the statement of financial position as other non-financial assets.

Total operating lease expense recognized in the consolidated income statement amounted to US$408 (2015: US$385, 2014: US$557). Please refer to Note 27 for details regarding operating lease commitments.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (leases)

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of the leased asset to VEON. All other leases are classified as operating leases. The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the inception date, or when the terms of the agreement are modified.

Finance leases

At the commencement of a finance lease term, VEON recognizes the assets and liabilities in its statement of financial position at amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments as determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a finance lease obligation.

The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments is the interest rate implicit in the lease. If there is no interest rate in the lease, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate is used. Any initial direct costs of VEON related to the lease are added to the amount recognized as an asset.

Operating leases

The rental payable under operating leases is recognized as an operating lease expenses in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of VEON’s benefit. No asset is capitalized. If the periodic payments or part of the periodic payments has been prepaid, the Company recognizes these prepayments in the statement of financial position as other non-financial assets.

10 Impairment

Accounting policies

Goodwill

Goodwill is recognized for the future economic benefits arising from net assets acquired that are not individually identified and separately recognized.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually and as necessary when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGUs. These budgets and forecast calculations are prepared for a period of five years. For longer periods, a long-term growth rate is applied in order to project future cash flows after the fifth year.

Impairment of assets

Property and equipment, and intangible assets are tested for impairment. The Company assesses, at the end of each reporting period, whether there are any indicators that an asset may be impaired. If there are such indicators (i.e. asset becoming idle, damaged or no longer in use), the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset.

Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognized in the income statement in a separate line item.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The impairment charge relates to the following:

 

     Note      2016      2015      2014  

Property and equipment

     10,16        100        150        —    

Intangible assets

     10,17        14        —          —    

Goodwill

     10        78        95        976  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        192        245        976  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount of goodwill and cash-generating units

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to CGUs for impairment testing as follows:

 

Year ended December 31, 2016                                 

CGU

   2016      Impairment     Acquisition      Translation
adjustment
    2015  

Russia

     2,312        —         —          388       1,924  

Algeria

     1,393        —         —          (42     1,435  

Pakistan

     497        —         201        1       295  

Kazakhstan

     176        —         —          3       173  

Kyrgyzstan

     145        (49     —          17       177  

Uzbekistan

     114        —         —          (17     131  

Armenia

     59        —         —          —         59  

Tajikistan

     —          (21     —          —         21  

Others

     —          (8     —          —         8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,696        (78     201        350       4,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015                                       

CGU

   2015      Impairment     Acquisition      Translation
adjustment
    Classification as
held for sale
    2014**  

Italy*

     —          —         —          (452     (4,381     4,833  

Russia

     1,924        —         2        (568     —         2,490  

Ukraine

     —          (51     —          (24     —         75  

Algeria

     1,435        —         —          (321     —         1,756  

Pakistan

     295        —         —          (12     —         307  

Kazakhstan

     173        —         —          (149     —         322  

Kyrgyzstan

     177        —            (51     —         228  

Uzbekistan

     131        —         —          (12     —         143  

Armenia

     59        (44     —          (1     —         104  

Tajikistan

     21        —         —          —         —         21  

Others

     8        —         —          2       —         6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,223        (95     2        (1,588     (4,381     10,285  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Italy has been classified as held for sale and discontinued operation as at August 2015 (Note 6)
** The 2014 balances for Italy and Algeria were decreased and increased, respectively, by US$54 to correct for a misallocation between the segments.

There were no changes to the methodology of goodwill allocation to CGUs.

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as at October 1, 2016. The Company considers the relationship between market capitalization and its book value, changes in country risk premiums and

 

F-34


Table of Contents

significant decreases in the operating results of its CGUs versus budgeted amounts, among other factors, when reviewing for indicators of impairment on a quarterly basis. As at the impairment test date, the market capitalization of the Group was not below the book value of its equity. The Company further performed an assessment for the period between October 1, and December 31, 2016 for any adverse developments that could have negatively impacted the valuations.

The recoverable amounts of CGUs have been determined based on fair value less costs of disposal calculations, using cash flow projections from business plans approved in the first quarter of 2016 by the Group’s senior management. These plans were updated for subsequent changes in the actual performances as well as any changes in the existing networks, renewal of the telecom licenses, any restructurings and other business initiatives. To the extent the business initiatives would not be valued by the market due to their early stages, they were not included in the cash flow projections. The business plans cover a period of five years. The key assumptions and outcomes of the impairment test are discussed separately below.

Impairment losses

2016

During the 2016 annual impairment test, the Company concluded impairments for the CGUs Georgia and Kyrgyzstan in amounts of US$29 and US$49, respectively. The impairments were concluded largely due to lower operating performances in those countries. The recoverable amounts of US$53 and US$219, respectively, were determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal calculation using the latest cash flow projections (Level 3 fair value). The Company applied a post-tax discount rate of 10.3% and 14.5%, respectively.

For Georgia CGU, the carrying amount of goodwill was already nil prior to the impairment test. As such, the total amount of the impairment loss was allocated to the carrying amounts of property and equipment and intangible assets based on relative carrying value before the impairment as follows:

 

Account

   Impairment loss  

Property and equipment

     16  

Intangible assets

     13  
  

 

 

 

Total

     29  
  

 

 

 

In Q4 2016, the Company also concluded an impairment for CGU Tajikistan in an amount of US$88 due to negative cash flow outlook primarily driven by excessive tax levies. The impairment was allocated to all non-current and current assets, including goodwill:

 

Account

   Impairment loss  

Property and equipment

     54  

Intangible assets

     1  

Goodwill

     21  

Other assets*

     12  
  

 

 

 

Total

     88  
  

 

 

 

 

* Other assets includes trade and other receivables and deferred tax assets. The impairments on these assets have been recognized on the income statement accounts relating to these assets, i.e. Selling, general and administrative expenses and Income tax expense.

Additionally, in connection with the rollout of the Company’s transformation strategy and commitment to network modernization, the Company has re-evaluated the plans for its existing network, including equipment purchased but not installed, and consequently recorded an impairment loss of US$30.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

2015

In Q1 2015, due to higher weighted average cost of capital for Ukraine by 1.0% as compared to October 1, 2014, the Group recorded an impairment loss of US$51 in the Ukraine CGU. The recoverable amount was determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal calculation using the latest cash flow projections (Level 3 fair value). Due to the macroeconomic and geopolitical situation in the country, the Company applied higher post-tax discount factors for the first two years in the explicit period of 27.1% in 2015 and 20.4% in 2016, followed by normalized post-tax discount rate of 17.8% as at March 31, 2015.

Also, due to higher weighted average costs of capital for the CGU Armenia, an impairment was reported in Q1 2015 for the amount of US$44. The recoverable amount was determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal calculation using the latest cash flow projections (Level 3 fair value). The Company applied post-tax discount rate of 12.1% as at March 31, 2015.

Based on the annual goodwill impairment test as at October 1, 2015, there were no other impairment losses identified for these and other CGUs.

Several countries exhibited very limited headroom, and these are discussed in more details later in this Note.

Additionally, in connection with the rollout of the Company’s transformation strategy and commitment to network modernization, the Company has re-evaluated the plans for its existing network, including equipment purchased but not installed, and consequently recorded an impairment loss of US$150.

2014

Driven by continued volatile economic and political environment in Ukraine as well as deteriorated operating performance in the country, the Company concluded an impairment of US$767. The recoverable amount was determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal calculation using the latest cash flow projections including the awarded 3G license as well as cost optimization restructurings and necessity to renew 2G licenses in the future (Level 3 fair value). Due to the macroeconomic and geopolitical situation in the country, the Company applied higher post-tax discount factors for the first two years in the explicit period of 26.1% in 2015 and 19.4% 2016 followed by normalized post-tax discount rate of 16.8%.

The Company also concluded an impairment pertaining to its operations in Pakistan in an amount of US$163. The impairment was mainly driven by significantly higher capital expenditures to expand the 3G telecommunication network planned for 2015 in order to regain the market share in the country following its contraction in 2014. The recoverable amount was determined based on a fair value less costs of disposal calculation using the latest cash flow projections including the expected capital expenditures to expand the network as well as necessity to renew 2G and 3G licenses in the future (Level 3 fair value). The post-tax discount rate applied was 16.6%.

Other impairment concluded related to goodwill in Laos of US$34. The recoverable amounts were determined based on the fair value less costs of disposal calculations using the latest cash flow projections and a post-tax discount rate of 16.2% for Laos and 13.1% for other CGUs (Level 3 fair value).

In addition, the Company recorded an impairment for other non-current assets for the total amount of US$110, which was offset by an impairment reversal pertaining to the sale by VEON and GTH of all of our debt and equity interest in the Globalive group of companies in Canada in 2014.

Key assumptions

The key assumptions and inputs used by the Company in determining the recoverable amount are:

 

   

the discount rate,

 

   

average revenue growth rate (excluding perpetuity period),

 

F-36


Table of Contents
   

terminal growth rate,

 

   

average operating margin and

 

   

average capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue.

The Company estimates operating margin calculated based on Adjusted EBITDA divided by Total Operating Revenue for each CGU and each future year.

Capital expenditure is defined as purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill.

The discount rates used in the impairment test were initially determined in US$ based on the risk free rate for 20-year maturity bonds of the United States Treasury, adjusted for a risk premium to reflect both the increased risk of investing in equities and the systematic risk of the specific CGU relative to the market as a whole.

The equity market risk premium used was 5.5% (2015: 5.5%, 2014: 5.5%). The systematic risk, beta, represents the median of the raw betas of the entities comparable in size and geographic footprint with the ones of the Company (“Peer Group”).

The debt risk premium is based on the median of Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating of the Peer Group.

The weighted average cost of capital is determined based on target debt-to-equity ratios representing the median historical five-year capital structure for each entity from the Peer Group.

The discount rate in functional currency of a CGU is adjusted for the long-term inflation forecast of the respective country in which the business operates, as well as the applicable country risk premium. Due to the current macroeconomic situation in Russia and Ukraine, the Company applied higher discount rates for the last quarter of 2016 and the year 2017.

 

Discount rate (functional currency)

       2016             2015             2014      

Russia*

     9.7     11.2     11.2

Ukraine*

     17.2     18.2     16.8

Algeria

     9.8     11.4     10.8

Pakistan

     14.3     15.7     16.6

Bangladesh

     11.9     13.4     12.9

Kazakhstan

     12.4     12.3     11.4

Kyrgyzstan

     14.5     14.2     16.5

Uzbekistan

     15.4     18.4     10.2

Armenia

     12.0     12.9     11.7

Georgia

     10.3     12.6     13.1

Tajikistan

     n.a.       13.5     12.7

 

* Due to the current macroeconomic situation in Russia and Ukraine, the Company applied higher discount rates for the last quarter of 2016 and the year 2017 as follows:
  Russia: 12.7% (2016) and 10.7% (2017)
  Ukraine: 26.9% (2016) and 23.0% (2017)

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The revenue growth rates vary based on numerous factors, including size of market, GDP (Gross Domestic Product), foreign currency projections, traffic growth, market share and others.

 

Average annual revenue growth rate during forecast period (functional currency)

   2016     2015     2014  

Russia

     2.4     2.4     1.2

Ukraine

     3.6     3.9     4.6

Algeria

     (0.8 )%      (0.9 %)      6.0

Pakistan

     7.6     4.8     6.1

Bangladesh

     6.4     6.5     9.6

Kazakhstan

     4.4     3.5     2.9

Kyrgyzstan

     (1.8 )%      2.4     2.7

Uzbekistan

     1.7     1.7     (3.6 %) 

Armenia

     (2.8 )%      (0.7 %)      2.1

Georgia

     6.4     6.5     5.8

Tajikistan

     n.a.       (4.2 %)      6.4

Terminal growth rate is estimated based on a percentage that is lower than or equal to the country long-term inflation forecast, depending on the CGU.

 

Terminal growth rate

   2016     2015     2014  

Russia

     1.0     1.0     1.0

Ukraine

     1.0     3.0     2.0

Algeria

     3.0     4.0     4.0

Pakistan

     4.0     5.0     6.0

Bangladesh

     4.7     5.9     5.7

Kazakhstan

     2.0     3.0     3.0

Kyrgyzstan

     2.5     2.5     3.0

Uzbekistan

     1.0     2.0     2.0

Armenia

     1.0     2.0     4.0

Georgia

     1.0     3.0     3.0

Tajikistan

     n.a.       2.0     2.0

The forecasted operating margin is based on the budget of the following year and assumes cost optimization initiatives which are part of on-going operations, as well as regulatory and technological changes known to date, such as telecommunication license issues and price regulation among others. Similarly, the capital expenditures are based on the budget of the following year and network roll-out plans.

 

Average operating (EBITDA) margin

   2016     2015     2014  

Russia

     38.6     44.1     38.8

Ukraine

     44.9     44.9     45.1

Algeria

     50.8     48.7     52.3

Pakistan

     33.3     39.2     39.6

Bangladesh

     44.9     41.2     41.3

Kazakhstan

     43.6     52.3     47.1

Kyrgyzstan

     43.9     54.1     50.5

Uzbekistan

     58.2     61.2     56.3

Armenia

     37.8     35.5     35.9

Georgia

     25.7     32.2     22.8

Tajikistan

     n.a.       42.4     47.9

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Average capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue

   2016     2015     2014  

Russia

     15.9     16.5     17.5

Ukraine

     17.0     19.1     22.6

Algeria

     15.8     16.3     13.6

Pakistan

     14.3     14.1     20.9

Bangladesh

     14.6     15.8     17.8

Kazakhstan

     18.8     20.3     13.0

Kyrgyzstan

     17.0     12.3     14.1

Uzbekistan

     18.2     16.3     20.0

Armenia

     14.1     11.8     15.7

Georgia

     17.3     16.4     18.9

Tajikistan

     n.a.       13.6     12.9

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

The following table illustrates the CGUs with limited headroom and potential impairments that would need to be recorded if certain key parameters would adversely change by one percentage point. Any additional adverse changes in the key parameters by more than one percentage point would increase the amount of impairment exposure approximately proportionally.

 

            Potential impairment if an assumption changes by 1%  

CGU

   Headroom
in USD
     Discount Rate      Avg. growth
rate
     Avg. operating
margin
     Avg. CAPEX /
Revenue
     Terminal
growth rate
 

Armenia

     —          12        7        6        4        9  

11 Income taxes

Accounting policies

Income taxes

Income tax expense represents the aggregate amount determined on the profit for the period based on current tax and deferred tax.

In circumstances where the tax relates to items that are charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity, the tax is also charged respectively to other comprehensive income or directly to equity.

Uncertain tax positions

The Group’s policy is to comply with the applicable tax regulations in the jurisdictions in which its operations are subject to income taxes. The Group’s estimates of current income tax expense and liabilities are calculated assuming that all tax computations filed by the Company’s subsidiaries will be subject to a review or audit by the relevant tax authorities. The Company and the relevant tax authorities may have different interpretations of how regulations should be applied to actual transactions (refer Note 25 and Note 27, respectively, for further details regarding provisions recognized and risks and uncertainties). Such uncertain tax positions are accounted for in accordance with IAS 12 ‘ Income Taxes ’.

Deferred taxation

Deferred taxes are recognized using the liability method and thus are computed as the taxes recoverable or payable in future periods in respect of deductible or taxable temporary differences.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Income tax expense

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

Current tax

   2016     2015     2014  

Current year

     615       712       601  

Adjustments in respect of previous years

     (3     38       (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     612       750       561  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax

      

Origination / (reversal) of temporary difference

     (217     (782     (52

Changes in tax rates

     (7     24       (4

Current year tax losses unrecognized

     172       207       72  

(De)recognition and utilization of previously unrecognized tax loss / tax credit

     (15     (23     (12

Expiration of tax losses

     2       —         5  

Derecognition of previously recognized tax losses

     95       32       20  

Write off / (reversal of write off) of deferred tax asset temporary differences

     —         7       14  

Adjustments of previous years

     —         6       (15

(Un)recognized other carry forwards

     (7     (1     10  

Other deferred tax effects

     —         —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     23       (530     37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     635       220       598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Any penalties or interests relating to income tax claims or litigations are included in the income tax line item.

The table below outlines the reconciliation between the statutory tax rate in the Netherlands (25%) and effective corporate income tax rates for the Group, together with the corresponding amounts:

 

Reconciliation between statutory and effective income tax:

   Year ended
December 31,  2016
    Year ended
December 31,  2015
    Year ended
December 31, 2014
 

Profit / (loss) before tax from continued operations

     347       (595     375  

Income tax expense / (benefit) computed on profit before taxes at statutory tax rate

     87       (148     94  

Difference due to the effects of:

      

Different tax rates in different jurisdictions

     152       (76     (150

Non-deductible expenses

     89       320       481  

Non-taxable income

     (81     (11     (106

Prior year adjustments

     (3     44       (54

Change in recognition of deferred tax assets

     247       230       3  

Withholding taxes

     62       (179     262  

Tax claims

     59       5       97  

Change in Income tax rate

     (7     28       (4

Other

     30       7       (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax charge for the period

     635       220       598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rate amounts to 183.0% in 2016 (2015: 37.0%, 2014: 159.5%).

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Explanatory notes to the effective tax rate

Different tax rates

US$152 adjustment is due to different tax rates of countries that are higher compared to the Dutch statutory tax rate of 25%. The US$152 mainly relates to Uzbekistan which has a profit before tax of US$339 and a statutory tax rate of 50%.

Permanent differences

The non-deductible expenses have an increasing effect on the effective tax rate (US$89).

The 2016 non-deductible expenses mainly relate to GTH (US$24), Pakistan (US$20) and Tajikistan (US$18). The main item of GTH non-deductible expenses in the amount of US$24 represents a legal provision due to the Iraqna case (refer to Note 25). The non-deductible expenses of US$20 within Pakistan mainly relate to permanent differences due to Final Tax Regime (“ FTR ”) on mobile financial services and site sharing expenses. The FTR is a final tax liability on source income arising from sales, contracts and import of goods and services. Therefore, expenses incurred in deriving such income are treated as non-deductible. For Tajikistan, the non-deductible expenses mainly relate to on charged intercompany expenses.

The 2015 non-deductible expenses mainly relate to the provision recognized regarding the Uzbekistan investigations (Note 25) being non-tax deductible (US$199 tax impact), non-deductible interest expenses recorded in Egypt and non-deductible impairment losses.

Change in recognition of deferred tax assets

In 2016, the effective tax rate was impacted by a US$247 change in recognition of deferred tax assets resulting mainly from tax losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized in the Netherlands. Furthermore WIND Telecom SpA has tax losses for which a deferred tax assets had been recognized of US$95. As a result of the Italy Joint Venture we will no longer be able to offset these losses against future profits of our Italian operating company, as a consequence the deferred tax asset of US$95 was written down. At the same time, Bangladesh starts to be profit making and utilizing its tax losses. During 2016, the (positive) results of Bangladesh have been monitored closely. As there were sufficient arguments to start recognizing some of the deferred tax assets on losses, an amount of US$21 was recognized as at December 31, 2016.

In 2015, the effective tax rate was impacted by a US$220 change in recognition of deferred tax assets resulting mainly from tax losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized in Georgia, Egypt and the Netherlands and a re-measurement of deferred tax asset on previous year tax losses in Luxembourg.

Withholding taxes

In 2016, the expense related to withholding taxes amounted to US$62. US$25 of such withholding taxes relate to amounts due as a result of a dividend from Russia of US$500 to be paid in 2017. The withholding tax on dividends at CIS level mainly relates to withholding taxes on a dividend from Kyrgyzstan that increased due to expected future dividend distributions during 2017. Furthermore, it is expected that Algeria and Pakistan will distribute dividends being subject to withholding tax in the foreseeable future resulting in an increase in accruals in 2016.

In 2015, the effect of withholding taxes on undistributed earnings resulted in a tax benefit of US$179. The amount includes a tax benefit of US$61 relating to a release of accrued Russian withholding taxes on dividends that will be distributed and a release of accrued withholding taxes for the Algerian capital gain taxes and distributed dividends (US$59).

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the Company released the accrued withholding taxes on distribution of dividends from the former CIS region after the restructuring of Kar-tel and Sky-Mobile (US$75). The Company also accrued for withholding taxes on future distributions resulting in a net impact of US$58.

Prior year adjustments

The effect of prior year adjustments of US$3 decreased the effective tax rate and mainly relate to Luxembourg for an amount of US$3 due to adjustment in carry forward losses arising due to filing to annual tax return.

Tax claims

The tax claims relate to provisions for uncertain income tax positions (see Note 25).

Changes in income tax rates

Changes in income tax rates of US$7 decreased the effective tax rate. The nominal tax rate decreased in Pakistan (from 32% to 31% in 2016).

In 2015, the increase of the effective tax rate was mainly caused by the nominal tax rate increase in Uzbekistan (from 7.5% to 53% as from 2016).

Minimum taxes and other

US$30 mainly relates to recorded alternative minimum taxes (US$11) and tax credits (US$14) for Pakistan.

Deferred taxes

As at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Group reported the following deferred tax assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position:

 

     December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Deferred tax assets

     343       150  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (331     (404
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax position

     12       (254
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The following table shows the movements of the deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2016:

 

           Movements in Deferred taxes        
       Opening
balance
    Net income
statement
movement
    Changes in
composition
of the group
    Other
comprehensive
income  &

Other
    Currency
translation
    Tax rate
changes
    Ending
balance
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     (499     32       74       26       (54     1       (420

Intangible assets, net

     (228     32       (3     37       (3     (1     (166

Trade accounts receivable

     21       13       —         (1     (3     —         30  

Other assets

     (5     3       —         —         (1     —         (3

Provisions

     23       3       3       (1     1       —         29  

Long-term debt

     9       9       —         (1     8       —         25  

Accounts payable

     71       8       —         1       14       —         94  

Other liabilities

     45       7       1       (2     2       —         53  

Other movements and temporary differences

     20       —         —         1       1       —         23  

Deferred subnational income taxes and other

     (2     1       (2     2       —         —         (1

Withholding tax on undistributed earnings

     (45     (26     —         —         (2     —         (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (590     82       73       62       (37     —         (409

Tax losses and other carry forwards*

     2,613       (89     233       (14     (298     (174     2,270  

Non recognized deferred tax assets on losses and credits*

     (2,263     —         —         (44     311       174       (1,822

Non recognized deferred tax assets on temporary differences

     (14     (16     —           3       —         (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax position

     (254     (23     306       4       (21     —         12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* The deferred tax movements in other comprehensive income for the period ended December 31, 2016 relates to non-recognized deferred tax asset on losses of US$3 for Wind Telecom S.p.A.

The movement in net deferred tax position mainly relates to recognition of losses for Pakistan due to the acquisition of Warid Telecom.

As at December 31, 2016, the amount of deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset is recognized amounts to US$27 for Georgia.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The following table shows the movements of the deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2015:

 

           Movements in Deferred taxes        
       Opening
balance
    Net income
statement
movement
    Changes in
composition
of the group
    Other
comprehensive
income  &

Other
    Currency
translation
    Tax rate
changes
    Ending
balance
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     (547     (9     (8     —         95       (30     (499

Intangible assets, net

     (774     73       401       —         80       (8     (228

Trade accounts receivable

     74       25       (80     —         (6     8       21  

Other assets

     303       (162     (131     —         (13     (2     (5

Provisions

     42       (5     (21     —         (8     1       9  

Long-term debt

     (19     24       19       —         (2     1       23  

Accounts payable

     69       37       (18     —         (25     8       71  

Other liabilities

     84       (32     —         —         (12     5       45  

Other movements and temporary differences

     7       (3     —         18       (2     —         20  

Deferred subnational income taxes and other

     (6     (10     16       —         (2     —         (2

Withholding tax on undistributed earnings

     (599     540       —         —         14       —         (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,366     478       178       18       119       (17     (590

Tax losses and other carry forwards*

     3,116       (72     (384     (20     (20     (7     2,613  

Non recognized deferred tax assets on losses and credits*

     (2,646     —         384       —         (1     —         (2,263

Non recognized deferred tax assets on temporary differences

     (166     153       —         —         (1     —         (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax position

     (1,062     559       178       (2     97       (24     (254
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

VEON recognizes a deferred tax asset for the carry forward of unused tax losses and other carry forwards to the extent that it is probable that the deferred tax asset will be utilized. The amount and expiry date of deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and other carry forwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized are as follows as at December 31, 2016:

 

Tax losses year of expiration

   Recognized losses     Recognized DTA      Non-recognized
losses
    Non-recognized DTA  

0 - 5 years

     (47     —          (1,016     237  

6 - 10 years

     —         9        (2,148     537  

> 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

Indefinitely

     (1,223     402        (5,137     1,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (1,270     411        (8,301     1,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other carry forwards year of expiration

   Recognized credits     Recognized DTA      Non-recognized
other carry forwards
    Non-recognized DTA  

0 - 5 years

     (37     37        —         —    

6 - 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

> 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

Indefinitely

     —         —          (187     45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (37     37        (187     45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The losses mainly relate to Luxembourg (US$5,126) and Dutch holding entities (US$2,148) of which US$80 of losses is recognized.

The following tables show the recognized and not recognized deferred income tax assets as at December 31, 2015 for comparison purposes:

 

Tax losses year of expiration

   Recognized losses     Recognized DTA      Non-recognized
losses
    Non-recognized DTA  

0 - 5 years

     —         —          (2,217     548  

6 - 10 years

     (32     6        (1,290     322  

> 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

Indefinitely

     (907     308        (5,671     1,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (939     314        (9,178     2,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other carry forwards year of expiration

   Recognized credits     Recognized DTA      Non-recognized
other carry forwards
    Non-recognized DTA  

0 - 5 years

     (35     35        —         —    

6 - 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

> 10 years

     —         —          —         —    

Indefinitely

     —         —          (193     53  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (35     35        (193     53  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

VEON reports the tax effect of the existence of undistributed profits that will be distributed in the foreseeable future. The Company has a deferred tax liability of US$73 relating to the tax effect of the undistributed profits that will be distributed in the foreseeable future, primarily in relation to its Russian, Algerian and Pakistan operations.

At December 31, 2016, undistributed earnings of VEON’s foreign subsidiaries (outside the Netherlands) which are indefinitely invested and will not be distributed in the foreseeable future, amounted to US$8,495 (2015: US$8,239). Accordingly, no deferred tax liability is recognized for this amount of undistributed profits.

Taxes recorded outside the income statement

In 2015, the amount of current and deferred taxes reported outside of the income statement amounts to US$348 comprising of US$345 current tax charge and US$(3) deferred tax charge. The current tax charge mainly relates to the Algerian capital gain tax of US$428, out of which US$350 was recognized directly in equity (Note 6).

Non-current income tax assets

The Company reported both current and non-current income tax assets, totaling US$194. This mainly relates to advanced tax payments in Pakistan, Bangladesh and Ukraine which can only be offset against income tax liabilities in fiscal periods subsequent to 2016.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

12 Investments in subsidiaries

Information about significant subsidiaries

 

Name of significant subsidiaries

   Country of
incorporation
   Nature of the
subsidiary
   Ownership held by the Group
(%)
 
               2016     2015  

VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.

   Netherlands    Holding      100     100

Wind Telecom S.p.A.

   Italy    Holding      100     100

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands    Holding      100     100

PJSC VimpelCom

   Russia    Operating      100     100

“Kyivstar” PJSC

   Ukraine    Operating      100     100

LLP “KaR-Tel”

   Kazakhstan    Operating      75.0     75.0

LLC “Tacom”

   Tajikistan    Operating      98.0     98.0

LLC “Unitel”

   Uzbekistan    Operating      100     100

LLC “Mobitel”

   Georgia    Operating      80.0     80.0

CJSC “ArmenTel”

   Armenia    Operating      100     100

LLC “Sky Mobile” (see Note 6 for transaction description )

   Kyrgyzstan    Operating      50.1     50.1

VimpelCom Lao Co. Ltd.

   Lao PDR    Operating      78.0     78.0

Weather Capital S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg    Holding      100     100

Weather Capital Special Purpose 1 S.A.

   Luxembourg    Holding      100     100

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E

   Egypt    Holding      51.9     51.9

Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A.*

   Algeria    Operating      23.7     23.7

Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A.*

   Algeria    Operating      23.7     23.7

Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited (see Note 6 for transaction description )

   Pakistan    Operating      44.0     51.9

Banglalink Digital Communications Limited

   Bangladesh    Operating      51.9     51.9

WIND Acquisition Holdings Finance S.p.A**

   Italy    Holding      n/a       100

WIND Retail S.r.l.**

   Italy    Operating      n/a       100

WIND Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.**

   Italy    Operating      n/a       100

 

* The Group has concluded that it controls OmniumTelecom Algérie S.p.A and Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A even though its subsidiary, Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. owns less than 50% of the ordinary shares. This is because the Company can exercise operational control through a shareholders’ agreement. (Note 6)
** Please refer to Note 13 for further description of investment in the Italy Joint Venture.

The company holds and controls its investments in Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A., Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A, Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited, Warid Telecom Limited and Banglalink Digital Communications Limited though its subsidiary Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. in which it holds a 51.9% interest as at December 31, 2016. The equity interest presented in the table above represents the economic rights available to the Company.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Material partly-owned subsidiaries

Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:

 

Name of significant subsidiaries

  

Country of operation

   Equity interest held by
non-controlling interest in %
 
          2016     2015  

LLP “KaR-Tel”

   Kazakhstan      25.0     25.0

LLC “Sky Mobile”

   Kyrgyzstan      49.8     49.8

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E. (comprising Pakistan, Bangladesh and Algeria)

   Egypt      48.1     48.1

Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A.**

   Algeria      76.3     76.3

Book values of material non-controlling interests

       

LLP “KaR-Tel”

   Kazakhstan      253       241  

LLC “Sky Mobile”

   Kyrgyzstan      164       225  

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E.

   Egypt      (219     (224

Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A.**

   Algeria      1,332       1,404  

Profit/(loss) allocated to material non-controlling interests

       

LLP “KaR-Tel”

   Kazakhstan      10       44  

LLC “Sky Mobile”

   Kyrgyzstan      (21     40  

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E.

   Egypt      116       26  

Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A.**

   Algeria      141       132  

The summarized financial information of these subsidiaries before inter-company eliminations is as follows:

Summarized income statement:

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating revenue

     308       136       2,955       1,040  

Operating expenses

     (255     (162     (2,463     (753

Other costs / income

     2       (12     (213     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

     55       (38     279       254  

Income tax expense

     (14     (5     (144     (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the year

     41       (43     135       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     41       (43     135       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to non-controlling interest

     10       (21     116       141  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest

     —         —         —         —    

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2015

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating revenue

     534       164       2,894       1,273  

Operating expenses

     (410     (93     (2,462     (922

Other costs / income

     97       29       (364     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

     221       100       68       279  

Income tax expense

     (51     (10     (115     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the year

     170       90       (47     173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     170       90       (47     173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to non-controlling interest

     44       40       26       132  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest

     —         —         —         (57

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating revenue

     690       178       3,331       1,692  

Operating expenses

     (513     (109     (2,972     (1,211

Other costs / income

     25       22       (758     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before tax

     202       91       (399     451  

Income tax expense

     (49     (10     (286     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) for the year

     153       81       (685     391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     153       81       (685     391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to non-controlling interest

     49       23       (324     194  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest

     —         —         —         —    

Summarized statement of financial position:

 

As at December 31, 2016

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Property and equipment

     203       80       2,314       531  

Intangible assets

     91       14       1,356       394  

Other non-current assets

     205       147       2,268       1,417  

Trade and other receivables

     16       6       222       44  

Cash and cash equivalents

     29       33       606       309  

Other current assets

     64       3       337       84  

Financial liabilities

     —         —         (2,903     (343

Provisions

     (7     (15     (396     (28

Other liabilities

     (94     (29     (1,787     (492
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     507       239       2,017       1,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to equity holders of parent

     254       75       2,236       584  

Non-controlling interest

     253       164       (219     1,332  

 

F-48


Table of Contents

As at December 31, 2015

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Property and equipment

     199       67       2,125       522  

Intangible assets

     11       11       1,358       493  

Other non-current assets

     183       178       1,770       1,538  

Trade and other receivables

     20       15       253       135  

Cash and cash equivalents

     136       45       508       402  

Other current assets

     79       75       406       76  

Financial liabilities

     (13     —         (2,490     (539

Provisions

     (7     —         (374     (31

Other liabilities

     (84     (29     (1,548     (585
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     524       362       2,008       2,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to equity holders of parent

     283       137       2,232       607  

Non-controlling interest

     241       225       (224     1,404  

Summarized cash flow statement:

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating

     99       58       1,077       446  

Investing

     (124     45       (473     (238

Financing

     (83     (115     (492     (288

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1       (1     (14     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash equivalents

     (107     (12     98       (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating

     137       81       (339     (706

Investing

     (363     (65     (823     (201

Financing

     (110     (88     (1,032     (1,270

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (5     (3     (151     (153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash equivalents

     (341     (75     (2,345     (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

   LLP “KaR-Tel”     LLC “Sky
Mobile”
    Global Telecom
Holding S.A.E.
    Omnium Telecom
Algérie S.p.A.**
 

Operating

     255       82       (362     793  

Investing

     45       21       252       (393

Financing

     (72     —         102       —    

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (14     (2     1       (317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash equivalents

     214       101       (7     83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

** The amount of non-controlling interests presented for Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A. of 76.3% represents the non-controlling interests in Algeria of 54.5% and the non-controlling interests in the intermediate parent company in Egypt Global Telecom Holding S.A.E of 48.1%.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

13 Investments in associates and joint ventures

Accounting policies

The Company’s investments in its associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment in an associate or a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognize changes in the Company’s share of net profit after tax, other comprehensive income and equity of the associate or joint venture since the acquisition date.

The Company assesses, at the end of each reporting period, whether there are any indicators that an investment in an associate or joint venture may be impaired. If there are such indicators (i.e. joint venture making losses), the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the joint venture after applying the equity method.

 

Significant joint ventures

   Country of
incorporation
   Nature of entity    Ownership held by the Group
(%)
 
               2016     2015  

VIP-CKH Luxembourg S.à.r.l.*

   Luxembourg    Holding      50     —    

VIP-CKH Ireland Limited*

   Ireland    Financing      50     —    

Euroset Holding N.V. (“ Euroset ”)

   Russia    Operating      50     50

 

* Together, the Italy Joint Venture (see Note 4).

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

   2016      2015  

Italy Joint Venture

     2,053        —    

Euroset

     126        199  

Other investments in associates and joint ventures

     —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,179        201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Share of profit / (loss) of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

   2016     2015     2014  

Italy Joint Venture

     59       —         —    

Euroset

     (10     18       (8

Other associates and joint ventures

     (1     (4     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     48       14       (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Italy Joint Venture

The Italy Joint Venture includes VIP-CKH Luxembourg S.à.r.l and its subsidiaries, which hold the combined businesses of Wind and 3 Italia, and the financing company VIP-CKH Ireland Limited.

On November 5, 2016, the Company completed the transaction with CK Hutchison to form a joint venture in Italy, combining their respective businesses. Refer to Note 4 for significant judgments made and Note 6 for further details regarding this transaction.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The information of the Italy Joint Venture disclosed below reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of the relevant joint venture’s and not the Group’s share of those amounts. The information presented below has been amended to reflect adjustments made by the Company when using the equity method, including fair value adjustments and modifications for differences in accounting policy.

 

Income statement

   2016*  

Revenue

     1,250  

Operating expenses

     (1,058

Other (expenses) / income

     (20

Income tax expense

     (54

Profit for the period

     118  

Other comprehensive income

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     118  
  

 

 

 

 

* Results are included from November 5, 2016, being the date the joint venture was formed.

 

Statement of financial position

   December 31, 2016  

Current assets

     2,579  

Non-current assets

     17,469  

Assets held for sale

     53  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     20,101  

Current liabilities

     (3,322

Non-current liabilities

     (12,673
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (15,995
  

 

 

 

Net assets

     4,106  
  

 

 

 

Reconciliation to carrying amounts

  

Company’s share (%)

     50

Company’s share of JV net assets

     2,053  
  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

     2,053  
  

 

 

 

Included in the balances reposted above are the following:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     666  

Current financial liabilities*

     186  

Non-current financial liabilities*

     12,409  

 

* Financial liabilities exclude trade and other payables and provisions.

Included within operating expenses is US$290 of depreciation and amortization expense. Included within Other (expenses) / income is US$68 of interest expense.

There were no dividends received from the Italy Joint Venture in 2016.

The Italy Joint Venture is restricted from making dividend distributions and certain other payments to VEON as a result of existing covenants in the financing documents, which govern the secured debt of the Italy Joint Venture.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Impairment of Euroset

In Q4 2016, due to operational underperformance of Euroset, the Company recorded an impairment of US$99. The recoverable amount of Euroset has been determined based on fair value less costs of disposal calculations, using the most recent cash flow projections.

 

Key assumptions

   December 31, 2016  

Discount rate (functional currency)

     16.0

Average annual revenue growth rate during forecast period (functional currency )

     4.5

Terminal growth rate

     1.0

Average operating (EBITDA) margin during forecast period

     3.7

Average capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue

     0.4

14 Other non-operating losses / (gains)

Other non-operating losses / (gains) consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Change of fair value of embedded derivative

     (12     —         —    

Change of fair value of other derivatives

     120       15       (114

Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

     —         6       (7

Gain on sale of financial assets

     (21     (4     (2

Early debt redemption fees

       (4     —    

Other (gains) / losses

     (5     29       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     82       42       (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in fair value of other derivatives mainly relates to derivatives in Russia (refer to Note 18).

15 Earnings per share

Earnings per common share for all periods presented has been determined by dividing profit available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“ EPS ”):

 

     Year ended December 31  

Continuing operations

   2016     2015     2014  
     (In millions of U.S. dollars,
except share amounts)
 

Numerator:

      

(Loss)/profit for the period attributable to the owners of the parent

     (380     (917     33  

Denominator:

      

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted average common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,749       1,748       1,748  

Effect of dilutive securities: Employee stock options (millions)

     —         1       1  

Denominator for diluted earnings per share—assumed conversions (millions)

     1,749       1,749       1,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

   ($ 0.22   ($ 0.52   $ 0.02  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

   ($ 0.22   ($ 0.52   $ 0.02  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Employee stock options, representing 100,000 shares that are all out of the money as at December 31, 2016, were excluded in the computation of diluted EPS because inclusion of the options would have been antidilutive for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended December 31  

Discontinued operations

   2016      2015      2014  
     (In millions of U.S. dollars,
except share amounts)
 

Numerator:

        

(Loss) / profit for the period attributable to the owners of the parent

     2,708        262        (680

Denominator:

        

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted average common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,749        1,748        1,748  

Effect of dilutive securities: Employee stock options (millions)

     —          1        1  

Denominator for diluted earnings per share—assumed conversions (millions)

     1,749        1,749        1,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

   $ 1.55      $ 0.15      ($ 0.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

   $ 1.55      $ 0.15      ($ 0.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

16 Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    Telecommunications
equipment
    Land, buildings
and
constructions
    Office and
measuring
equipment
    Other
Equipment
    Equipment
not installed
and assets
under
construction
    Total  

Cost

           

At January 1, 2015

    17,354       561       1,227       417       1,502       21,061  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification to AHFS*

    (5,085     —         (163     (29     (233     (5,510

Additions

    342       9       40       2       1,486       1,879  

Disposals

    (1,126     (28     (148     (7     (8     (1,317

Transfer

    1,403       34       806       (660     (1,583     —    

Acquisitions

    1       —         2       1       —         4  

Translation adjustment

    (2,821     (153     (341     (34     (245     (3,594
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

    10,068       423       1,423       (310     919       12,523  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition (Note 6)

    116       10       39       —         34       199  

Additions

    62       7       19       2       1,322       1,412  

Disposals

    (444     (9     (30     (3     (22     (508

Transfer

    1,153       9       (603     655       (1,214     —    

Translation adjustment

    1,137       21       109       18       (53     1,232  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

    12,092       461       957       362       986       14,858  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and impairment

           

At January 1, 2015

    (7,976     (187     (761     (279     (9     (9,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification to AHFS*

    1,921       —         99       25       —         2,045  

Transfer

    73       (3     (680     686       (90     (14

Depreciation charge for the year

    (1,765     (35     (136     (30     —         (1,966

Disposals

    1,069       7       145       5       —         1,226  

Impairment

    (45     (7     —         (1     (97     (150

Translation adjustment

    1,502       46       241       (2     —         1,787  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

    (5,221     (179     (1,092     404       (196     (6,284
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Divestment

           

Transfer

    (17     (1     658       (637     (3     —    

Depreciation charge for the year

    (1,266     (33     (116     (24     —         (1,439

Disposals

    415       6       27       2       14       464  

Impairment

    (65     (2     (4     (2     (27     (100

Translation adjustment

    (772     (9     (71     (8     80       (780
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

    (6,926     (218     (598     (265     (132     (8,139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

           

At January 1, 2015

    9,378       374       466       138       1,493       11,849  

At December 31, 2015

    4,847       244       331       94       723       6,239  

At December 31, 2016

    5,166       243       359       97       854       6,719  

 

* AHFS – Asset held for sale

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Property and equipment pledged as security for bank borrowings amounts to US$1,029 as of December 31, 2016 (US$955 as of December 31, 2015) and primarily relate to securities for borrowings of PMCL (please refer to Note 18 for the details of borrowing).

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

   

Telecommunication equipment 3-20 years;

 

   

Buildings and constructions 10-50 years;

 

   

Office and measuring equipment 3-10 years; and

 

   

Other equipment 3-10 years.

Each asset’s residual value, useful life and method of depreciation is reviewed at the end of each financial year and adjusted prospectively, if necessary.

Depreciation charge from Italy for comparative periods

The depreciation charge for 2015 includes depreciation charges from the Italy segment of US$416 before the segment was classified as held for sale and discontinued operations.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time (longer than six months) to get ready for its intended use are capitalized as part of the cost of the respective qualifying assets. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period incurred.

During 2016, VEON capitalized interest in the cost of property and equipment in the amount of US$5 (2015: US$9). In 2016, the capitalization rate was 10.3% (2015: 9.7%).

Change in estimate

During 2016 there were no other material change in estimates related to property and equipment other than the impairment described in Note 10 of US$100 (2015: US$150), and accelerated depreciation in Bangladesh, Pakistan and Ukraine pertaining to network modernization activities US$153 (2015: US$100 related to Pakistan network modernization activities).

Non-cash investing activities

In 2016, VEON acquired property and equipment in the amount of US$699 (2015: US$560), which was not paid for as at respective year end.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

17 Intangible assets

The total gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of VEON’s intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

      Telecommunications
licenses, frequencies
and permissions
    Software     Brands and
trademarks
    Customer
relationships
    Telephone
line
capacity
    Other
intangible
assets
    Total  

Cost

             

At January 1, 2015

    5,661       1,882       1,831       4,762       104       523       14,763  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions

    1       —         —         —         —         13       14  

Reclassification to AHFS*

    (3,338     (530     (1,063     (2,370     —         (269     (7,570

Additions

    235       288       —         38       —         78       639  

Disposals

    (128     (478     (1     —         —         (34     (641

Transfer

    4       1       —         —         —         (5     —    

Translation adjustment

    (674     (336     (203     (692     (21     (76     (2,002
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

    1,761       827       564       1,738       83       230       5,203  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions (Note 6)

    70       1       30       100       —         —         201  

Additions

    164       176       —         —         —         (11     329  

Disposals

    (16     (63     —         (6     (13     (2     (100

Transfer

    —         11       —         —         (1     (10     —    

Translation adjustment

    38       86       (17     21       6       (19     115  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

    2,017       1,038       577       1,853       75       188       5,748  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization and impairment

             

At January 1, 2015

    (1,571     (1,221     (397     (3,756     (88     (13     (7,046
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification to AHFS*

    709       276       228       2,088       —         (125     3,176  

Amortization charge for the year

    (269     (227     (70     (274     (6     (37     (883

Disposals

    128       473       1       —         —         34       636  

Transfer

    —         18       —         14       —         (32     —    

Translation adjustment

    298       223       49       527       18       23       1,138  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

    (705     (458     (189     (1,401     (76     (150     (2,979
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization charge for the year

    (161     (187     (37     (97     (4     (11     (497

Disposals

    16       60       —         6       13       —         95  

Impairment

    (12     (2     —         —         —         —         (14

Translation adjustment

    (27     (71     7       (24     (4     23       (96
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

    (889     (658     (219     (1,516     (71     (138     (3,491
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

             

At January 1, 2015

    4,090       661       1,434       1,006       16       510       7,717  

At December 31, 2015

    1,056       369       375       337       7       80       2,224  

At December 31, 2016

    1,128       380       358       337       4       50       2,257  

 

* AHFS - Asset held for sale

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured initially at cost, and are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are generally amortized with the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the intangible asset.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The amortization period and the amortization method for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least annually.

Additional information

As at December 31, 2016, no intangible assets were pledged as collateral and no assets have restrictions on title.

During 2016 and 2015, VEON did not capitalize any interest within the cost of intangible assets.

Non-cash investing activities

During 2016, VEON acquired intangible assets in the amount of US$194 (2015: US$105), which was not paid for as at respective year end.

Amortization charge from Italy for comparative periods

The amortization charge for 2015 includes amortization charges from the Italy segment of US$365 before the segment was classified as held for sale and discontinued operations.

18 Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets

The Company holds the following financial assets as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

     

Derivatives not designated as hedges

     

Cross-currency interest rate exchange contracts

     —          1  

Foreign exchange contracts

     2        15  

Embedded derivatives in notes

     12        —    

Financial instruments at fair value

     

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

     

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          17  

Available for sale financial instruments

     71        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial instruments at fair value

     85        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans granted, deposits and other financial assets at amortized cost

     

Bank deposits

     383        432  

Interest receivable

     2        1  

Other investment

     24        46  

Other loans granted

     2        2  

Total loans granted, deposits and other financial assets

     411        481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     496        559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current

     306        164  

Total current

     190        395  

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Financial liabilities

The Company has the following financial liabilities as at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Financial instruments at fair value

    

Derivatives not designated as hedges

    

Foreign exchange contracts

     29       1  

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

    

Foreign exchange contracts

     4       —    

Interest rate exchange contracts

     3       3  

Contingent consideration

     47       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial instruments at fair value

     83       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities at amortized cost

    

Bank loans and bonds

    

Bank loans and bonds, principal

     9,786       8,784  

Interest accrued

     169       176  

Discounts, unamortized fees

     66       83  

Equipment financing

    

Equipment financing principal

     703       760  

Discounts, unamortized fees on equipment financing

     (26     (23

Interest accrued on equipment financing

     4       4  

Put-option liability over non-controlling interest

     290       —    

Other financial liabilities

     41       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities at amortized cost

     11,033       9,784  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     11,116       9,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current

     8,070       8,095  

Total current

     3,046       1,693  

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Bank loans and bonds

The Company has the following principal amounts outstanding for interest-bearing loans and bonds as at December 31:

 

Borrower

 

Type of Debt

 

Interest rate

  Maturity    

Currency

  2016     2015    

Guarantor

VIP Finance Ireland

  Eurobonds   6.5-9.1%     2016-2021     US$     1,150       1,680     None

PJSC VimpelCom

  Sberbank   12.75%     2017-2018     RUB     1,021       831     None

PJSC VimpelCom

  Ruble Bonds   10.0-11.9%     2017     RUB     660       550     None

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

 

Notes

  5.2-7.5%     2017-2023     US$     3,183       3,183     PJSC VimpelCom

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

 

Notes

  9.0%     2018     RUB     198       165     PJSC VimpelCom

VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.

 

Alfa Bank

  1mLibor + 3.3%     2017     US$     1,000       1,000     None

GTH Finance B.V.

  Notes   6.25%-7,25%     2020-2023     US$     1,200       —       VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

Banglalink Digital Communications Ltd.

  Senior Notes   8.6%     2019     US$     300       300     None

Omnium Telecom Algeria SpA

 

Syndicated loan (Algeria)

  Bank of Algeria re-discount rate + 2.0%     2019     DZD     340       467     None
  Other loans           734       608    
 

Total bank loans and bonds

          9,786       8,784    
         

 

 

   

 

 

   
 

Less current portion

          (2,683     (1,342  
 

Long-term portion of bank loans and bonds

          7,103       7,442    

Treasury events during 2016

Facility agreement with ING Bank N.V.

On January 29, 2016, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. signed a committed facility agreement with ING Bank N.V. for a U.S. dollar denominated Swedish export credit facility supported by Exportkreditnämnden (“ EKN ”), for a total principal amount of US$200. On March 7, 2016, the total principal amount available under the facility was partially cancelled in an amount of US$110. The purpose of the facility is to finance equipment and services provided to PJSC Kyivstar and PJSC “Vimpel-Communications” by Ericsson AB and its affiliates on a reimbursement basis. The committed facility bears interest at a rate of 6m LIBOR plus 1.08% per annum. The facility must be repaid in substantially equal semi-annual installments, with the final repayment on October 15, 2023. VimpelCom Holdings B.V. has guaranteed VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.’s payment obligations under this facility.

On April 6, 2016, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. drew down the credit facility for the full remaining total principal amount of US$90. The total outstanding amount as at December 31, 2016 is US$78.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Draw down credit facility agreement with Sberbank of Russia

On December 30, 2015, PJSC VimpelCom entered into a credit facility agreement with Sberbank of Russia for the amount of RUB 30 billion (US$414) with an availability period until March 31, 2016. This facility bears interest at a rate of 11.55% per annum and matures on June 29, 2018.

The facility was fully drawn on March 31, 2016. The total outstanding amount as at December 31, 2016 is RUB 30 billion (US$495).

Senior Notes issued by GTH Finance B.V., guaranteed by VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

On April 26, 2016, GTH Finance B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued US$500 6.25% Senior Notes due 2020 and US$700 7.25% Senior Notes due 2023, guaranteed by VimpelCom Holdings B.V. The proceeds of the offering were loaned to and used by GTH to repay, in part, the shareholder loan from VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., and used by VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. for general corporate purposes.

The total outstanding amount as at December 31, 2016 is US$1,200.

Pakistan Mobile Communications Ltd. financing

On June 30, 2016, PMCL drew down PKR 4 billion (US$38) under the syndicated facility with several banks entered into on December 3, 2015 for the amount of PKR 16 billion (US$152 as at December 3, 2015). This facility bears interest at 6 month Karachi Inter Bank Offer Rates (“ KIBOR ”) plus 0.8% per annum. Repayment will take place through periodic instalments between June 23, 2018 and December 23, 2020. The total outstanding amount as at December 31, 2016 is PKR 5 billion (US$48).

On June 29, 2016, PMCL drew down PKR 1.5 billion (US$14 as at June 29, 2016) under the credit facility with Habib Bank Limited entered into on December 7, 2015 for the total amount of PKR 4 billion (US$38 as at December 7, 2015). This facility bears interest at 6 month KIBOR plus 0.9% per annum. Repayment will take place through periodic instalments between June 22, 2018 and December 23, 2020. The total outstanding amount as at December 31, 2016 is PKR 2 billion (US$19).

On June 30, 2016 PMCL provided a loan to Warid Telecom Private Limited in the amount of PKR 8,545 million (US$82) to repay its external debt as part of the acquisition in Pakistan (Note 6). This facility bears interest at 6 month KIBOR plus 0.7% per annum. As at July 1, 2016 the loan became the intercompany and was eliminated upon consolidation of Warid (Note 6).

Warid debt

On July 1, 2016, the Group assumed the following debt facilities resulting from the acquisition of Warid (Note 6):

 

                          2016  

Lender

 

Type of Debt

  

Interest rate

  Maturity      Currency     July 1     December 31  

ING Bank N.V.

 

EKN vendor financing

   6m Libor+1.9%     2020        US$       250       231  

Habib Bank Limited

 

Syndicated term facilities

  

6.0%,

6m Kibor+1.0%

    2023        PKR       110       107  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              360       338  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hedging activities and derivatives

Financial instruments and hedging policy

The Company applies cash flow hedge accounting using financial instruments (usually derivatives) to mitigate some or all of the risk of a hedged item. Any gains or losses on the hedging instrument (generally a

 

F-60


Table of Contents

derivative) are initially recorded in other comprehensive income. The amount included in other comprehensive income is the lesser of the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item. Where the hedging instrument has a fair value greater than the hedged item, the excess is recorded in profit or loss as ineffectiveness. Gains or losses deferred in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement when the hedged item affects the income statement.

Any derivative instruments for which no hedge accounting is applied are recorded at fair value with any fair value changes recognized directly in profit or loss.

Derivative financial instruments

VEON uses derivative instruments, including swaps, forward contracts and options to manage certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company has designated a portion of its derivative contracts, which mainly relate to hedging the interest and foreign exchange risk of external debt, as formal hedges and applies hedge accounting on these derivative contracts.

All derivatives are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, except for derivative instruments for which hedge accounting is applied. Cash flows from derivative instruments are reported in the statement of cash flows in the same line where the underlying cash flows of the hedged item are recorded.

Put options over non-controlling interest of a subsidiary are accounted for as financial liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The put-option redemption liability is measured at the discounted redemption amount. Interest over the put-option redemption liability will accrue in line with the effective interest rate method, until the options have been exercised or are expired.

Embedded derivatives in notes

The Notes issued by the Company’s Bangladesh subsidiary, Banglalink Digital Communications Ltd. (“ Banglalink ”), include early repayment options. Accordingly, Banglalink can repay the debt at certain dates prior to the maturity date at agreed redemption prices. These embedded derivatives are accounted for as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Foreign exchange contracts

VEON enters into short-term forward agreements with several banks in order to protect cash flows of its short-term financial and non-financial obligations denominated in US$ from adverse US$-RUB movements. As at December 31, 2016, the notional amount outstanding of these derivative contracts was US$451 (2015: US$490) with an average FX rate 66.11 (2015: 69.02).

Cross currency interest rate exchange contracts

The Company’s Pakistan subsidiary, PMCL, entered into several Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swap Agreements to reduce the volatility of cash flows on US$ denominated debt with current outstanding balances of US$7 (2015: US$14) to PKR 697 (2015: PKR 1,455), and related interest with maturities until December 15, 2017. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company’s Pakistan subsidiary pays floating interest rate of 6 month KIBOR minus 0.32% - 2.60%.

Interest rate swap contracts

The Company’s Pakistan subsidiary, PMCL, entered into several Interest Rate Swap Agreements to reduce the cash flow volatility due to variable debt interest payments. Pursuant to these agreements, Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited pays a fixed rate of 8.15% - 8.72% and receives KIBOR three- or six-month floating

 

F-61


Table of Contents

rate on an outstanding notional amount of PKR 16,483 as at December 31, 2016 (2015: PKR 19,400) , which will amortize until maturity along with the principal of the underlying debt. The swaps expire between May 16, 2019 and December 23, 2019.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

The Company uses foreign currency denominated borrowings, foreign exchange swaps, options and forward currency contracts to manage its transaction exposures. These currency forward contracts are not designated as cash flow, fair value or net investment hedges and are entered into for periods consistent with currency transaction exposures, generally from one to six months. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as a commercial hedge and offset the underlying transaction when they occur.

Derivatives under hedge accounting

The Company uses cross currency interest rate swaps, interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forwards / swaps, options and zero cost collars to manage its exposure to variability in cash flows that is attributable to foreign exchange and interest rate risk to loans and borrowings. Most of these derivative contracts are either designated as cash flow or fair value hedges and are entered into for periods up to the maturity date of the hedged loans and borrowings.

The company applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the risk on future foreign currency cash flows and floating interest rate cash flows.

The Company’s hedge accounting is summarized below:

 

            At December 31, 2016      At December 31, 2015  
     Risk
being
hedged
     Nominal
value
     Fair value
assets
     Fair value
liabilities
     Nominal
value
     Fair value
assets
     Fair value
liabilities
 

Cash flow hedge accounting

                    

Cross currency interest rate exchange contracts

     Currency        —          —          —          —          —          —    

Interest rate exchange contracts

     Interest        158        —          3        185        —          3  

Foreign exchange contracts

     Currency        73           4        298        17        —    

No hedge accounting

                    

Cross currency interest rate exchange contracts

     Currency        7        —          —          14        1        —    

Foreign exchange contracts

     Currency        407        2        29        266        15        1  

The following table shows the periods in which the cash flows of the derivatives, to which cash flow hedge accounting applies, are expected to occur:

 

     Less than
1 year
    1-3
years
    3-5 years      More
than
5 years
     Total  

At December 31, 2016

            

Cash flows

     (9     (2     —          —          (11

Cash flow hedge reserve*

               (—  

 

* Cash flow hedge reserve approximately US$300 thousand.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
     Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
    3-5 years     More
than
5 years
     Total  

At December 31, 2015

            

Cash flows

     13        (4     (1     —          8  

Cash flow hedge reserve

               2  

Fair values

Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are recognized in the consolidated financial statements as at December 31 (based on future cash flows discounted at current market rates), other than those with carrying amounts that are reasonable approximations of fair values:

 

     Carrying value      Fair value  
     2016      2015      2016      2015  

Financial assets

           

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Cross-currency interest rate exchange contracts

     —          1        —          1  

Foreign exchange contracts

     2        15        2        15  

Embedded derivatives in notes

     12        —          12        —    

Financial instruments at fair value

           

Derivatives designated as cash-flow hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          17        —          17  

Available for sale financial instruments

     71        45        71        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial instruments at fair value, assets

     85        78        85        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans granted, deposits and other financial assets

           

Bank deposits

     383        432        383        432  

Interest receivable

     2        1        2        1  

Other investment

     24        46        24        46  

Other loans granted

     2        2        2        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans granted, deposits and other financial assets

     410        481        410        481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     496        559        496        559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial instruments at fair value

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     29        1        29        1  

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     4        —          4        —    

Interest rate exchange contracts

     3        3        3        3  

Contingent consideration

     47        —          47        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial instruments at fair value, liabilities

     83        4        83        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities at amortized cost

     11,033        9,784        11,487        9,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     11,116        9,788        11,570        9,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair values were estimated based on quoted market prices for our bonds, derived from market prices or by using discounted cash flows under the agreement at the rate applicable for the instruments with similar maturity and risk profile.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables approximate their respective fair values.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is determined using present value techniques such as discounted cash flow techniques, Monte Carlo simulation and/or the Black-Scholes model. These valuation techniques are commonly used for valuation of derivative. Observable inputs (Level 2) used in the valuation techniques includes LIBOR, EURIBOR, swap curves, basis swap spreads, foreign exchange rates and credit default spreads of both counterparties and our own entities.

The fair value of Available for Sale financial instruments are determined through comparison of various multiples and reference to market valuation of similar entities quoted in an active market. If information is not available, a discounted cash flow method is used.

Fair value measurements for financial liabilities at amortized cost are based on quoted market prices, where available. If the quoted market price is not available, the fair value measurement is based on discounted expected future cash flows using a market interest rate curve, credit spreads and maturities.

Fair value hierarchy

As at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized financial instruments at fair value in the statement of financial position.

The fair value hierarchy ranks fair value measurements based on the type of inputs used in the valuation; it does not depend on the type of valuation techniques used:

 

   

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

   

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

   

Level 3: inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The following table provides the disclosure of fair value measurements separately for each major class of assets and liabilities.

 

As at December 31, 2016

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          2        —          2  

Embedded derivatives in notes

     —          12        —          12  

Financial instruments at fair value

           —       

Available for sale financial instruments

     —          42        29        71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets at fair value

     —          56        29        85  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets for which fair values are disclosed

           

Loans granted, deposits and other financial assets

           

Bank deposits

     —          383        —          383  

Interest receivable

     —          2        —          2  

Other investment

     —          24        —          24  

Other loans granted

     —          2        —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets for which fair values are disclosed

     —          410        —          410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          29        —          29  

Financial liabilities at fair value

           

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

           

Foreign exchange contract

     —          4        —          4  

Interest rate exchange contracts

     —          3        —          3  

Contingent consideration

     —          —          47        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities at fair value

     —          36        47        83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

           

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     7,264        3,891        332        11,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

     7,264        3,891        332        11,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

As at December 31, 2015

Description

   (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Cross-currency and Interest rate exchange contracts

     —          1        —          1  

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          15        —          15  

Financial assets at fair value

           

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          17        —          17  

Available for sale financial instruments

     —          18        27        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets at fair value

     —          51        27        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets for which fair values are disclosed

           

Loans granted, deposits and other financial assets

           

Bank deposits

     —          432        —          432  

Interest receivable

     —          1        —          1  

Other investment

     —          46        —          46  

Other loans granted

     —          2        —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets for which fair values are disclosed

     —          481        —          481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

           

Derivatives not designated as hedges

           

Foreign exchange contracts

     —          1        —          1  

Financial liabilities at fair value

           

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

           

Interest rate exchange contracts

     —          3        —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities at fair value

     —          4        —          4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

           

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     5,658        4,062        —          9,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

     5,658        4,062        —          9,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of movements relating to financial instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

      As  at
Dec.31,

2015
    Currency
translation
adjustment
    Change in
fair value
reported in
earnings
    Change in
fair  value
reported in
other
comprehensive

income
    Purchased
/incurred
    As at  Dec.31,
2016
 

Financial instruments at fair value

           

Available for sale financial instruments

    27       (3     —         5       —         29  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets at fair value

    27       (3     —         5       —         29  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial instruments at fair value

           

Contingent consideration

    —         —         —         —         47       47  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities at fair value

    —         —         —         —         47       47  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents
      As  at
Dec.31,

2014
    Currency
translation
adjustment
    Change in
fair value
reported in
earnings
    Change in
fair  value
reported in
other
comprehensive

income
    Purchased     Transferred
to Level 2
    As  at
Dec.31,

2015
 

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

             

Derivatives not designated as hedges

             

Embedded derivatives in notes

    8       —         —         —         —         (8     —    

Financial instruments at fair value

             

Available for sale financial instruments

    22       (2     —         7       —         —         27  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets at fair value

    30       (2     —         7       —         (8     27  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy levels are recognized at the end of the reporting period (or the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer). On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews if there are any indicators for a possible transfer between the Level 2 and Level 3. This depends on how the Company is able to obtain the underlying input parameters when assessing the fair valuations.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, embedded derivative fair value measurements were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 as the primary calculations used in the valuation of these instruments are based on market observable inputs such as forward curve data, discount factors, swaption volatilities and credit spreads.

There were no other movements for financial instruments measured at the fair value using unobservable inputs (Level 3) other than change of fair value and currency translation adjustment.

Any changes in fair values of financial instruments are unrealized and recorded in “Other non-operating losses” in the Statement of comprehensive income.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

For the financial assets and liabilities subject to netting arrangements, each agreement between the Group and the counterparty allows for net settlement of the relevant financial assets and liabilities when both elect to settle on a net basis. In the absence of such an election, financial assets and liabilities are settled on a gross basis.

The major arrangements applicable for the Group are agreements with national and international interconnect operators and agreements with roaming partners.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Several entities of the Group have entered into International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ ISDA ”) Master Agreements or equivalent documents with their counterparties, governing the derivative transactions entered into between these entities and their counterparties. Based on these documents, only in case of an Event of Default of either the entity or the counterparty, is it allowed to offset any derivative positions outstanding.

 

                      Related amounts not set off
in the consolidated statement
of  financial position
       

As at December 31, 2016

  Gross
amounts
recognized
    Gross amounts
set off in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position
    Net amounts
presented in the
consolidated
statement of
financial
position
    Financial
instruments
    Cash
collateral
received
    Net
amount
 

Other financial assets (non-current)

    306       —         306       —         —         306  

Other financial liabilities (non-current)

    8,070       —         8,070       —         —         8,070  

Other financial assets (current)

    190       —         190       —         —         190  

Other financial liabilities (current)

    3,047       (1     3,046       —         —         3,046  

Trade and other receivables

    783       (98     685       —         —         685  

Trade and other payables

    1,843       (99     1,744       —         —         1,744  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                      Related amounts not set off
in the consolidated statement
of  financial position
       

As at December 31, 2015

  Gross
amounts
recognized
    Gross amounts
set off in the
consolidated
statement of
financial position
    Net amounts
presented in the
consolidated
statement of
financial
position
    Financial
instruments
    Cash
collateral
received
    Net
amount
 

Other financial assets (non-current)

    164       —         164       —         —         164  

Other financial liabilities (non-current)

    8,095       —         8,095       —         —         8,095  

Other financial assets (current)

    395       —         395       —         —         395  

Other financial liabilities (current)

    1,693       —         1,693       —         —         1,693  

Trade and other receivables

    720       (43     677       —         —         677  

Trade and other payables

    1,811       (43     1,768       —         —         1,768  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

19 Other assets and liabilities

Other assets consisted of the following as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Advances to suppliers

     21        3  

Deferred costs related to connection fees

     11        10  

Indemnification assets

     86        92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets, non-current

     118        105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents
     2016      2015  

Advances to suppliers

     203        162  

Input value added tax

     179        129  

Prepaid taxes

     26        21  

Deferred costs related to connection fees

     12        8  

Other assets

     19        14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets, current

     439        334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities consisted of the following as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Long-term deferred revenue

     14        15  

Provision for pensions and other post-employment benefits

     17        33  

Other liabilities

     13        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities, non-current

     44        95  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2016      2015  

Customer advances

     234        231  

Short-term deferred revenue

     163        146  

Customer deposits

     156        80  

Other taxes payable

     365        268  

Other payments to authorities

     84        45  

Due to employees

     136        168  

Other liabilities

     98        101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities, current

     1,236        1,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

20 Inventories

Inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net-realizable value and carried at the weighted average cost basis.

Inventories consisted of the following as at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Telephone handsets and accessories for sale

     117       96  

SIM-Cards

     16       11  

Other inventory

     18       20  

Inventory write-offs

     (26     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     125       104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

21 Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are measured at amortized cost and include invoiced amounts less appropriate allowances for estimated uncollectible amounts.

Estimated uncollectible amounts are calculated based on the ageing of the receivable balances, payment history and other evidence of collectability. Receivable balances are written off when management deems them not to be collectible.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Trade and other receivables consisted of the following as at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Trade accounts receivable, gross

     769       724  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (160     (182
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

     609       542  

Other receivables

     76       135  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     685       677  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2016, trade receivables with a value of US$160 (2015: US$182) were impaired and, thus, fully provided for. See below the movements in the allowance for the impairment of receivables:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Balance as at January 1,

     182       582       795  

Acquisition of a subsidiary

     9       1       —    

Divestment of a subsidiary

     (57     —         —    

Classified as held for sale

     —         (386     (4

Allowance for doubtful debts

     73       72       208  

Recoveries

     (5     —         (7

Accounts receivable written off

     (44     (24     (292

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     2       (63     (118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at December 31,

     160       182       582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2016, the aging analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

 

     Total      Neither past due
nor impaired
     Past due but not impaired  
         < 30 days      30–120 days      > 120 days  

2016

     609        371        86        81        71  

2015

     542        337        99        68        38  

22 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments rather than for investment or other purposes. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash at bank and on hand and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, are subject to only an insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of less than three months.

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following items as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Cash at bank and on hand

     1,707        1,644  

Short-term deposits with original maturity of less than three months

     1,235        1,970  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     2,942        3,614  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Company, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

The cash balances as at December 31, 2016 in Uzbekistan of US$347 (2015: US$495) and in Ukraine of US$3 (2015: US$4) are restricted due to local government or central bank regulations and therefore cannot currently be repatriated. In addition, US$372 (2015: US$255) of short and long terms deposit at financial institutions in Uzbekistan are also subject to the same restrictions.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Cash balances as at December 31, 2016 include investments in money market funds of US$578 (2015: US$1,174).

23 Issued capital and reserves

The details of common shares of the Company are as follows, as at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Authorized common shares with a nominal value of US$0.001 per share

     2,759,171,830       2,759,171,830  

Of which:

    

Issued shares (Note 1)

     1,756,731,135       1,756,731,135  

Treasury shares

     (7,726,487     (7,726,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding shares

     1,749,004,648       1,749,004,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The holders of common shares are, subject to our by-laws and Bermuda law, generally entitled to enjoy all the rights attaching to common shares.

Each fully paid common share entitles its holder to:

 

   

participate in shareholder meetings;

 

   

have one vote on all issues voted upon at a shareholder meeting, except for the purposes of cumulative voting for the election of the Supervisory Board, in which case each common share shall have the same number of votes as the total number of members to be elected to the Supervisory Board and all such votes may be cast for a single candidate or may be distributed between or among two or more candidates;

 

   

receive dividends approved by the Supervisory Board;

 

   

in the event of our liquidation, receive a pro rata share of our surplus assets; and

 

   

exercise any other rights of a common shareholder set forth in our bye-laws and Bermuda law.

Share options exercised in each respective year have been settled using the Treasury shares of the Company. The reduction in the Treasury shares equity component is equal to the cost incurred to acquire the shares, on a weighted average basis. Any excess between the cash received from employees and reduction in Treasury shares is recorded in capital surplus.

As at December 31, 2016, there were no (2015: 305,000,000) VEON convertible preferred shares authorized and outstanding, with a nominal value of US$0.001 per share. The preference shares were convertible into VEON common shares at the option of the shareholder (Telenor) any time between October 15, 2013 and April 15, 2016 at a price based on the NASDAQ price of VEON ADSs. The redemption value of convertible preference shares were reflected in other financial liabilities in 2015. Each convertible preference share entitled its holder to one vote per convertible preferred share, voting together with the common shares as a single class, except where cumulative voting applied when electing directors. Convertible preferred shares did not have dividend rights. The holders of convertible preferred shares, in the event of our winding-up or dissolution, were not entitled to any payment or distribution in respect of our surplus assets.

As at April 15, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bye-laws, the 305,000,000 preferred shares held by Telenor had been redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of US$0.001 per share and are no longer outstanding.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Nature and purpose of reserves

Other capital reserves

Other capital reserves are mainly used to recognize the value of equity-settled share-based payment transactions provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration (Note 26), to record the accumulated impact of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (Note 18) and recognize the results of transactions that do not result in a change of control with non-controlling interest (Note 6).

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries. The decrease in the foreign currency reserve relates mainly to the strengthening of the US Dollar and the depreciation of emerging markets currencies in which VEON operates.

24 Dividends paid and proposed

Pursuant to Bermuda law, VEON is restricted from declaring or paying a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) VEON is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (b) the realizable value of VEON assets would, as a result of the dividend, be less than the aggregate of VEON liabilities.

On November 2, 2016, the Supervisory Board has approved and authorized the payment of an interim cash dividend relating to its 2016 results from its freely distributable reserves in the amount of US 3.5 cents per common share, representing a total dividend payment of US$61. The dividend was paid on December 7, 2016.

Subsequent to year end, VEON announced that the VEON Supervisory Board has approved a new dividend policy, refer Note 28 for further details.

In addition to the dividend paid on December 7, 2016 the Supervisory Board, on February 27, 2017, authorized a proposed cash dividend relating to its 2016 results from its freely distributable reserves in the amount of US 19.5 cents per common share, representing a total dividend payment of US 23 cents per common share.

On November 6, 2015 the Company announced that the Supervisory Board authorized the payment of a dividend of US 3.5 cents per ADS. The dividend was paid on December 7, 2015.

On November 11, 2014, the Supervisory Board authorized the payment of a dividend of US$3.5 cents per ADS. The dividend was paid on December 8, 2014.

The Company made appropriate tax withholdings of up to 15% when the dividends is paid to the Company’s ADS depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon.

Dividends declared to non-controlling interests

On June 22, 2016, Omnium Telecom Algeria S.p.A, a subsidiary of the Company, declared dividends to its shareholders which were paid on September 1, on September 2 and on September 6, 2016. The portion of dividends paid to the minority shareholders amounted to US$69.

On July 28, 2016, VimpelCom Kazakhstan Holding AG, a subsidiary of the Company, declared dividends to its shareholders which were paid on August 2, 2016. The portion of dividends paid to the minority shareholder amounted to US$18.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

On September 1, 2016, TNS Plus LLP, a subsidiary of the Company, declared dividends to its shareholders which were paid on September 2, 2016. The portion of dividends paid to the minority shareholder amounted to US$18.

On November 18, 2016, PMCL, a subsidiary of the Company, declared divides to its shareholders. The portion of dividends paid to the minority shareholder amounted to US$7. At December 31, 2016, the dividends payable to minority interest is included in Trade and Other Payables.

On July 17, 2015 and August 17, 2015, VimpelCom Kazakhstan Holding AG and VimpelCom Kyrgyzstan Holding AG paid dividends to its shareholders whereby the portions paid to the minority shareholder amounted to US$104 and US$23 respectfully.

25 Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate if the time value of money is significant.

The following table summarizes the movement in provisions for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

       Income
taxes
provisions
    Tax
provisions
other
than for
income tax
    Provision for
decommissioning
    Legal
provisions
    Other
provisions
    Total
provisions
 

At January 1, 2015

     353       60       190       44       1,248       1,895  

Arising during the year

     92       31       15       945       37       1,120  

Utilized

     (28     —         (1     (4     (1,170     (1,203

Reclassification to HFS

     (46     —         (41     (27     (41     (155

Reclassification

     21       (9     1       3       (16     —    

Unused amounts reversed

     (67     (13     (55     (36     (16     (187

Discount rate adjustment and imputed interest (change in estimates)

     —         —         6       —         —         6  

Translation adjustments and other

     (43     (4     (28     (6     (25     (106

At December 31, 2015

     282       65       87       919       17       1,370  

Total non-current

     164       29       87       70       —         350  

Total current

     118       36       —         849       17       1,020  

At January 1, 2016

     282       65       87       919       17       1,370  

Acquisitions

     —         —         5       1       —         6  

Divestments

     —         (3     —         —         (1     (4

Arising during the year

     67       63       1       75       45       251  

Utilized

     (21     (24     —         (821     (30     (896

Unused amounts reversed

     (13     (5     (1     (16     1       (34

Discount rate adjustment and imputed interest (change in estimates)

     —         —         1       —         —         1  

Translation adjustments and other

     (71     —         5       (1     (5     (72

At December 31, 2016

     244       96       98       157       27       622  

Total non-current

     3       —         98       45       2       148  

Total current

     241       96       —         112       25       474  

 

F-73


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2016, legal provisions include the provision of US$66 in connection with the investigations relating to our business in Uzbekistan, and US$66 relating to GTH—Iraqna Litigation, as further discussed below.

During 2016, the Company also recorded provisions for a number of tax disputes in Pakistan and Bangladesh, including disputes relating to the supply of SIM cards.

The timing of payments in respect of non-current provisions is, with few exceptions, not contractually fixed and cannot be estimated with certainty. Key assumptions and sources of uncertainty are discussed in Note 4.

Significant tax and legal proceedings are discussed in Note 27. Given the uncertainties inherent in such proceedings, there can be no guarantee that the ultimate outcome will be in line with VEON’s current view.

The Group has recognized a provision for decommissioning obligations associated with future dismantling of its towers in various jurisdictions.

Investigations by SEC/DOJ/OM

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company reached resolutions through agreements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), the U.S. Department of Justice (“ DOJ ”), and the Dutch Public Prosecution Service (Openbaar Ministerie) (“ OM ”) relating to the previously disclosed investigations under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “ FCPA ”) and relevant Dutch laws, pertaining to the Company’s business in Uzbekistan and prior dealings with Takilant Ltd. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company paid an aggregate amount of US$795 in fines and disgorgements to the SEC, the DOJ and the OM in the first quarter of 2016.

On February 18, 2016, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ District Court ”) approved the agreements with the DOJ relating to charges that the Company and its subsidiary violated the anti-bribery, books-and-records and internal controls provisions of the FCPA. These agreements consisted of the deferred prosecution agreement (the “ DPA ”), entered into by VEON and the DOJ and a guilty plea by Unitel LLC (“ Unitel ”), a subsidiary of VEON operating in Uzbekistan. Under the agreements with the DOJ, VEON agreed to pay a total criminal penalty of US$230 to the United States, including US$40 in forfeiture.

In connection with the investigation by the OM, VEON and Silkway Holding BV, a wholly owned subsidiary of VEON, entered into a settlement agreement (the “ Dutch Settlement Agreement ”) related to anti-bribery and false books-and-records provisions of Dutch law. Pursuant to the Dutch Settlement Agreement, VEON agreed to pay criminal fines of US$230 and to disgorge a total of US$375, which was satisfied by the forfeiture to the DOJ of US$40, a disgorgement to the SEC of US$167.5 and a further payment to the OM of US$167.5 beyond the criminal fines.

VEON also consented to the entry of a judgment and incorporated consent (the “ SEC Judgment ”), which was approved by the District Court on February 22, 2016, relating to the SEC’s complaint against VEON, which charged violations of the anti-bribery, books-and-records and internal controls provisions of the FCPA. Pursuant to the SEC Judgment, VEON agreed to a judgment ordering disgorgement of US$375, to be satisfied by the forfeiture to the DOJ of US$40, the disgorgement to the OM of US$167.5, and a payment to the SEC of US$167.5, and imposing a permanent injunction against future violations of the U.S. federal securities laws.

The DPA, the guilty plea, the Dutch Settlement Agreement and the SEC Judgment comprise the terms of the resolution of the Company’s potential liabilities in the previously disclosed DOJ, SEC and OM investigations regarding VEON and Unitel.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

All amounts to be paid under the DPA, the guilty plea, the Dutch Settlement Agreement and the SEC Judgment were paid in the first quarter of 2016 and were deducted from the already existing provision of US$900 recorded in the third quarter of 2015 and disclosed in the 2015 annual consolidated financial statements. The remaining provision of US$105 related to future direct and incremental expected legal fees associated with the resolutions. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had paid US$24 in legal fees utilizing this provision, and changed its estimate by reducing the provision by US$16 resulting in the remaining balance of the provision of US$66. The Company cannot currently estimate the magnitude of future costs to be incurred to comply with the DPA, the SEC Judgment and the Dutch Settlement Agreement, but these costs could be significant.

GTH—Iraqna Litigation

On November 19, 2012, Atheer Telecom Iraq Limited (“ Atheer ”, an affiliate of the Zain Group) initiated English High Court proceedings in London against Orascom Telecom Iraq Ltd. (“ OTIL ”) (a Maltese subsidiary of GTH) and GTH in relation to a dispute arising out of the sale by OTIL of its Iraqi mobile subsidiary, Iraqna, in 2007 to Atheer. Atheer’s claim is founded on the tax covenants in the underlying share purchase agreement (“ Iraqna SPA ”) between the parties. In particular, Atheer is seeking declarations from the Court that OTIL and GTH are liable to indemnify it in respect of three alleged tax liabilities: (i) a capital gains tax liability in the sum of Iraqi dinar (“ IQD ”) 219 billion (US$198), which Atheer claims is in respect of the transaction that formed the subject-matter of the Iraqna SPA; (ii) an income tax liability in the sum of IQD 96 billion (US$87) in respect of the years 2004-2007; and (iii) a withholding tax liability in the sum of IQD 7 billion (US$6). OTIL and GTH dispute these claims and are vigorously defending them.

The dispute was listed for trial on July 20, 2015. As a result of delays by Atheer in providing disclosure, occasioning the parties to amend their respective statements of case, the trial was adjourned to the week commencing November 14, 2016. Atheer’s amendments included withdrawing its claim for unjust enrichment in the amount of IQD 219 billion (US$198) and conceding that its contractual claims are capped at a total possible recovery of US$60.

The trial was heard November 14-18, 2016. On February 17, 2017, the court found GTH liable. Following a hearing on March 1, 2017, GTH and OTIL were ordered to pay Atheer the amounts of US$60, plus approximately US$8 in accrued interest, and an interim payment of GBP 1.25 million (US$2) for legal costs pending submission of a detailed schedule of costs by Atheer. The trial court judge denied GTH’s and OTIL’s request for leave to appeal and did not stay enforcement pending appeal. An application for Leave to Appeal the trial decision at the Court of Appeal was filed on March 22, 2017, and remains pending. The Company provided for the Court’s judgment including the related legal fees.

26 Related parties

As at December 31, 2016, the Company is primarily owned by two major shareholders, being LetterOne and Telenor. The Company has no ultimate controlling shareholder. See also Note 1 for details regarding changes in the ownership structure.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties and balances of accounts with them for the relevant financial periods:

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Revenue from LetterOne

     —          2  

Revenue from Telenor

     60        51  

Revenue from discontinued operations

     68        60  

Revenue from associates and joint ventures

     19        6  

Revenue from other related parties

     —          6  

Finance income from related parties

     —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     148        126  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Services from LetterOne

     8        8  

Services from Telenor

     64        44  

Services from discontinued operations

     6        5  

Services from associates and joint ventures

     19        20  

Services from other related parties

     —          5  

Finance costs to other related parties

     —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     97        83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Accounts receivable from Telenor

     13        10  

Accounts receivable from associates and joint ventures

     24        8  

Accounts receivable due from discontinued operations

     —          84  

Other assets due from RP

     3        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     40        103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable to LetterOne

     1        —    

Accounts payable to Telenor

     9        8  

Accounts payable due to discontinued operations

     —          146  

Accounts payable due to associates and joint ventures

     5        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15        156  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Related Party Transactions with Major Shareholders and their Affiliates

Related Party Transactions with Telenor and its Affiliates

Service Agreements

VEON is a party to a service agreement with Telenor, dated March 8, 2011, under which Telenor renders to VEON or its affiliates services related to telecommunication operations, including management advisory services, training, technical assistance and network maintenance, industry information research and consulting, implementation support for special projects and other services as mutually agreed by Telenor and VEON. VEON pays Telenor annually US$1.5 for the services.

A number of our operating companies have roaming agreements with the following mobile operators that are Telenor affiliates: Grameenphone Limited (Bangladesh), Telenor Norge AS (Denmark), Telenor Magyarorszag Zrt. (Hungary), DiGi Telecommunications Sdn. Bhd. (Malaysia), Telenor (Montenegro), Telenor Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. (Pakistan), Telekom d.o.o. (Serbia), Telenor Sverige AB (Sweden) and Total Access Communication Public Company Limited (dtac) (Thailand).

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions with LetterOne and its Affiliates

Service Agreements

VEON is a party to a General Services Agreement with LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited, dated December 1, 2010, under which LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited renders to VEON and its affiliates services related to telecommunication operations, including management advisory services, training, technical assistance and network maintenance, industry information research and consulting, implementation support for special projects and other services as mutually agreed by LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited and VEON. VEON pays LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited annually US$1.5 for the services. VEON is also party to a Consultancy Deed with LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited, dated August 21, 2013, under which LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited provides additional consultancy services to VEON for which VEON pays annually US$3.5. The General Services Agreement and Consultancy Deed were originally entered into by VEON and Altimo Management Services Ltd., but the latter was replaced first by LetterOne Corporate Advisor Limited pursuant to a Deed of Assignment and Novation dated June 3, 2014, and later by LIHS Corporate Advisor Limited pursuant to a Deed of Novation and Amendment dated January 14, 2016.

Related Party Transactions with Joint Ventures

Italy Joint Venture

VEON has commercial contracts with the newly established joint venture in Italy, largely relating to roaming and interconnect which are transacted at arm’s length and presented in the table above.

Euroset

PJSC VimpelCom has commercial contracts with Euroset, which became an associate in October 2008. In 2016 PJSC VimpelCom recognized US$4 (2015: US$5) of revenue from Euroset primarily for mobile and fixed line services and from the sale of equipment and accessories. PJSC VimpelCom accrued to Euroset certain expenses totaling US$19 (2015: US$20) in 2016, primarily dealer commissions and bonuses for services for acquisition of new customers, customer care and receipt of customers’ payments.

Balances and transactions from discontinued operations (Note 6)

Following the reclassification of the operations in Italy as an asset held for sale and discontinued operation, the intercompany positions between the continued and discontinued portions of the Group were are treated as Related Party mainly representing regular business activities, i.e. roaming and interconnect.

Prior to classification as held for sale and discontinued operations, on February 27, 2015, the Company’s fully owned subsidiary in Italy, WIND Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. (“ WIND Italy ”), entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of 90% of the shares of WIND Italy’s fully owned subsidiary Galata S.p.A. to Abertis Telecom Terrestre SAU. Following the closing of this transaction in March 2015, Galata S.p.A. is treated in Italy as an Investment in Associate, and therefore it continues to be presented as a Related Party transactions in the Company’s IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Company

Under the Company’s bye-laws, the Supervisory Board of the Company established the Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee” ), which has the overall responsibility for approving and evaluating the compensation and benefit plans, policies and programs of the Company’s directors, officers and employees and for supervising the administration of the Company’s equity incentive plans and other compensation and incentive programs.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee’s rules and competences are set forth in the Company’s Compensation Committee Charter, which forms part of the Company’s bye-laws adopted on April 20, 2010, as amended and restated on September 2, 2013.

The Compensation Committee adheres to the following objectives in setting out compensation policies for the group:

 

  1. To incentivize and reward individual and collective performance in a balanced and fair manner throughout the group;

 

  2. To set and communicate clear targets based on the group’s strategic priorities; and

 

  3. To unify and standardize the rules for incentives across the group’s headquarters in Amsterdam and its offices in London, Regional headquarters and Operational Companies (the “ OpCos ”).

The aim of the group’s compensation and benefit policies and incentive plans is to stimulate and reward leadership efforts that result in sustainable success, improve our local and global performance, build increased trust and sponsorship and support long-term value creation. The group’s compensation includes base salary, as well as short and long-term incentive schemes.

To ensure the overall competitiveness of the Company’s and the group’s pay levels, these levels are benchmarked against a peer group which consists of companies that are comparable in terms of size and scope, as listed on the NASDAQ stock exchange. The Compensation Committee regularly reviews the peer group to ensure that its composition is still appropriate. The composition of the peer group might be adjusted as a result of mergers or other corporate activities. The relative size of the Company and the group it belongs to is taken into account when determining whether the pay levels within the group are in line with the market-median levels.

Each year, the Compensation Committee conducts a scenario analysis, which includes the calculation and composition of the remuneration under different scenarios. The Compensation Committee concluded that the current policy has proven to function well in terms of a relationship between the strategic objectives and the chosen performance criteria and believes that the short and long-term incentive plans support this relationship.

The Company’s Short Term Incentive Scheme (the “ STI Scheme ”) provides cash pay-outs to participating employees based on the achievement of established Key Performance Indicators (“ KPI ”) over the period of one calendar year. KPIs are set every year at the beginning of the year and evaluated in the first quarter of the next year. The KPIs are partially based on the performance of the Company (or the affiliated entity employing the employee) and partially based on the performance of the individual. The target pay range is between 15% and 100% of the participant’s annual gross base salary.

To stimulate and reward leadership efforts that result in sustainable success, the Value-Growth Cash Based Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ LTI Plan ”) has been designed for members of our recognized leadership community. The participants in the LTI Plan may receive cash payouts after the LTI Plan cycle, which is currently 42 months (e.g. January 1, 2014 to June 30, 2017 with a potential payout by Q4 of 2017 at the latest). The target pay aims at 50% to 100% of a participant’s annual gross base salary and since 2016 is based on the Total Shareholder Return (“ TSR ”) of the Company compared to peer companies in the markets in which we operate. The KPIs are based on the TSR evolution compared to peer companies in the markets in which we operate. This pay structure enables the Company to attract, incentivize and retain highly skilled senior management with highly valuable experience and backgrounds.

The Company furthermore considers from time to time new long term incentive plans, which may result in additional payouts not described above.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Executives of the Company may also be invited to participate in the Company’s Executive Investment Plan (the Executive Investment Plan ), which provides for payment of a matching investment subject to satisfaction of KPIs determined by the Committee. Currently, there are no such plans active and the last plan expired in 2016 without matching investments being due.

Members of the Supervisory Board and Management Board of the Company are the key management personnel. The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to key management personnel:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Short-term employee benefits

     37        36        26  

Long-term employee benefits

     34        27        19  

Share-based payment transactions

     —          3        2  

Termination benefits

     4        2        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

     75        68        48  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each of our unaffiliated directors currently receives an annual retainer of EUR 150,000 (US$163 thousand). Each affiliated director receives an annual retainer of EUR 40,000 (US$43 thousand), and our current chairman of the Supervisory Board receives an additional annual retainer of EUR 4,000 (US$4 thousand). In addition, each unaffiliated director who serves on any official committees of our Supervisory Board receives additional annual compensation of EUR 30,000 (US$33 thousand) per committee (for serving as the head of any such committee) or EUR 25,000 (US$27 thousand) committee (for serving as a member of any such committee). In 2016 the chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was awarded an additional one-off discretionary compensation of EUR 345,000 (US$372 thousand). All of our directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with service as a member of our Supervisory Board. Currently, five of the Company’s directors are considered “affiliated directors” (as defined in the Company’s bye-laws) because they are affiliated with LetterOne or Telenor (or their affiliates). The remaining four directors are considered “unaffiliated directors”.

Members of our senior Management and Supervisory Board are eligible to participate in cash based long term incentive plans discussed below.

The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to the key management board members in 2016 (gross amounts in EUR and US$ equivalent):

 

     Group CEO
Jean-Yves  Charlier
     Group CFO
Andrew  Davies
     Group General Counsel
Scott Dresser
 
     EUR      US$      EUR      US$      EUR      US$  

Base salary (incl. holiday pay)

     2,500,000        2,750,000        1,100,000        1,210,000        750,000        825,000  

Bonus 2015 (STI)

     2,130,000        2,343,000        850,000        935,000        460,000        506,000  

Other

     26,000        28,600              20,000        22,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross remuneration

     4,656,000        5,121,600        1,950,000        2,145,000        1,230,000        1,353,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013-2015 Cash-based Long Term Incentive Plan

In 2013, a cash based long term incentive plan ( LTI Plan 2013 ) was adopted for members of our recognized leadership team. Under the LTI Plan 2013, the target amount that can be earned during the three year performance period (2013-2015) was determined at the time of the grant. The actual amount that can be earned is subject to the attainment of KPIs, which KPIs were set at the grant date for the duration of the three year performance period and looked at business and strategic objectives such as EBITDA market share and revenue market share. The award vested in three annual tranches (2013, 2014 and 2015), assuming a full time participation in the plan as of January 1, 2013 up to and including 2015. All unvested tranches lapsed if the employment was terminated before the end of the performance period.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

In 2015, EUR 3.6 million (US$4) was banked / paid in relation to amounts vested under the 2014 tranche. The total of target bonus amounts for the 2015 tranches was US$ nil, as the 2013-2015 Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan was discontinued from January 1, 2015 and replaced by the Value Growth Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan discussed below.

2014 - 2016 and 2015 - 2017 Value Growth Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan

The 2014 - 2016 LTI award

In January 2015, a new cash based long term incentive plan was adopted for senior management, replacing the LTI Plan 2013. The first award that was launched under this new plan was the 2014 LTI award. Under the new LTI Plan, the 2014 awards are granted annually, the vesting of which is subject to the attainment of KPIs over a three and a half year (42 months) performance period (January 1, 2014 to June 30, 2017). The maximum target amount that may be earned under an award is determined at the time of the grant. The vesting of an award is subject to continued employment (except in limited “good leaver” circumstances) and to the Committee’s determination of the attainment of set KPIs after the relevant performance period (in the third quarter of 2017). The award was initially subject to the attainment of KPIs, generally with an equal or comparable weight, subject to individual discrepancies, that were business and strategy related, such as EBITDA market share and revenue market share and the TSR evolution compared to peer companies in the markets in which we operate for our OpCos. For our HQ, the amount of the award was based on TSR evolution compared to selected peer companies. In the course of 2016, the plan was modified in such way that also for our OpCos, the amount of the award also entirely depended on TSR. For participants joining after the start of a performance period and for participants leaving during the first three years of the performance period (in the LTI Plan referred to as Qualifying Period ) , vested awards will be subject to pro-rata reduction in accordance with the actual period of employment during this Qualifying Period. Awards may vest early upon the occurrence of certain corporate events relating to VEON Ltd., subject to the Committee’s determination of the attainment of KPIs at the time of the relevant event and a potential pro-rata reduction to reflect the early vesting.

The 2015 - 2017 LTI award

In January 2015, a new award was launched for senior management under the Value Growth Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan, the vesting of which is subject to the attainment of KPIs over a three and a half year (42 months) performance period (January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2018 for the first awards). The KPIs are principally based on the TSR evolution compared to peer companies in the markets in which we operate. The Committee regularly reviews the peer group to ensure that its composition is still appropriate. The same principles as for the 2014-2016 LTI Plan apply. The pay-out is based on TSR evolution in the markets in which we operate.

As at December 31, 2016, the total target amount (all unvested) granted under the 2014 and 2015 awards of the 2014-2016 Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan was US$22.

Director Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan

In December 2014, our Supervisory Board approved a cash based Long Term Incentive Plan for our unaffiliated directors (the Director LTI Plan ). Under the Director LTI Plan, awards are granted annually, covering a three year performance period (January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2016 for the first awards, with an additional performance measurement over the first six months of 2017 and, January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2018 for the second awards). The actual amount that may be earned under an award is determined on the basis of the annual retainer of the unaffiliated director and the actual payout to headquarters participants in the corresponding tranches of the Cash Based Long Term Incentive Plan (discussed above). For participants leaving before the end, or joining after the start, of a performance period, vested awards will be subject to pro-rata reduction, provided that the participant has served as an unaffiliated director for at least 12 months during the performance period. Awards may vest early upon the occurrence of certain corporate events relating to VEON Ltd., subject to the compensation committee’s determination of the attainment of KPIs at the time of the relevant event and a potential pro-rata reduction to reflect the early vesting.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

As at December 31, 2016, the total amount granted under the 2014 and 2015 awards of the Director LTI Plan was EUR 0.9 million (US$1).

Short Term Incentive Plan

The Compensation Committee has approved the following key objectives for the STI Plan in 2017:

 

  1. To incentivize and reward individual and collective short-term performance in a balanced and fair manner throughout the Group;

 

  2. To set and communicate clear short-term targets based on the Group’s strategic priorities—in particular, execution of the digital agenda, new operating model and cultural transformation; and

 

  3. To unify and standardize the rules for short term incentives across the Group’s HQ (Amsterdam and London), Regional HQs and OpCos.

The Company’s Short Term Incentive Scheme (the “ STI Scheme ”) provides that the participating employees may receive cash payouts based on achievement of set KPIs over the period of one calendar year. KPIs are set every year at the beginning of the year and evaluated in the first quarter of the next year. The KPIs are partially based on the performance of the Company and partially based on the performance by the individual and look at business and strategic objectives of the Company. The KPIs relate to the financial and operational results of the Company (such as EBITDA and total operating revenue) as well as to individual targets that are agreed upon with the participant at the start of the performance period based on his or her specific role and activities. The weight of each KPI is decided on an individual basis. The target pay ranges between 15% and 100% of the annual gross base salary.

Pay-out of the STI award is scheduled in March of the year following the assessment year and is subject to continued active employment during the year of assessment (except in limited “good leaver” circumstances in which case there is a pro-rata reduction) and is also subject to a pro-rata reduction if the participant commenced employment after the start of the year of assessment.

Executive Investment Plan

Executives of the Company may also be invited to participate in the Company’s Executive Investment Plan (the “ Executive Investment Plan ”), which provides for payment of a matching investment subject to satisfaction of KPIs determined by the Committee. Currently, there are no such plans active and the last plan expired in 2016 without matching investments being due.

27 Risks, commitments, contingencies and uncertainties

Risks

Currency control risks

The imposition of currency exchange controls or other similar restrictions on currency convertibility in the countries in which VEON operates, including Ukraine and Uzbekistan, could limit VEON’s ability to convert local currencies or repatriate local cash in a timely manner or at all, as well as remit dividends from the respective countries. Any such restrictions could have a material adverse effect on VEON’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The continued success and stability of the economies of these countries will be significantly impacted by their respective governments’ continued actions with regard to supervisory, legal and economic reforms. Refer to Note 22 for further information regarding restricted cash.

Domestic and global economy risks

The Company has significant operations in Russia and Ukraine, which represents 52% and 36% of the Group’s revenues and assets excluding intercompany transactions and balances, respectively. Both countries are

 

F-81


Table of Contents

currently experiencing a period of significant political and macroeconomic volatility, the outcome of which cannot be predicted and could negatively affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and business prospects.

While management believes it is taking the appropriate measures to support the sustainability of VEON’s business in the current circumstances, unexpected further deterioration in the areas could negatively affect the Company’s results and financial position in a manner not currently determinable.

Change in law and compliance risks

In the ordinary course of business, VEON may be party to various legal and tax proceedings, including as it relates to compliance with the rules of the telecom regulators in the countries in which VEON operates, competition law and anti-bribery and corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“ FCPA ”). Non-compliance with such rules and laws may cause VEON to be subject to claims, some of which may relate to the developing markets and evolving fiscal and regulatory environments in which VEON operates. In the opinion of management, VEON’s liability, if any, in all pending litigation, other legal proceeding or other matters, other than what is discussed in this Note, will not have a material effect upon the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of VEON.

Tax risks

The tax legislation in the markets in which VEON operates is unpredictable and gives rise to significant uncertainties, which could complicate our tax planning and business decisions. Tax laws in many of the emerging markets in which we operate have been in force for a relatively short period of time as compared to tax laws in more developed market economies. Tax authorities in our markets are often somewhat less advanced in their interpretation of tax laws, as well as in their enforcement and tax collection methods.

Any sudden and unforeseen amendments of tax laws or changes in the tax authorities’ interpretations of the respective tax laws and/or double tax treaties, could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, cash flows or the amounts of dividends available for distribution to shareholders in a particular period (e.g. introduction of transfer pricing rules, Controlled Foreign Operation (“ CFC ”) legislation and more strict tax residency rules).

Management believes that VEON has paid or accrued all taxes that are applicable. Where uncertainty exists, VEON has accrued tax liabilities based on management’s best estimate. From time to time, we may also identify tax contingencies for which we have not recorded an accrual. Such unaccrued tax contingencies could materialize and require us to pay additional amounts of tax.

Commitments

Capital commitments for the future purchase of equipment and intangible assets are as follows as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015      2014*  

Property, plant and equipment

        

Less than 1 year

     689        382        290  

Between 1 and 3 years

     448        463        448  

Between 3 and 5 years

     —          224        448  

Intangible assets

        

Less than 1 year

     32        1        9  

Between 1 and 3 years

     18        11        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,187        1,081        1,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Excluding capital commitments of the Group’s operations in Italy as at December 31, 2014 of US$396.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Telecom Licenses Capital Commitments

VEON’s ability to generate revenue in the countries it operates is dependent upon the operation of the wireless telecommunications networks authorized under its various licenses under GSM-900/1800 and “3G” (UMTS / WCDMA) mobile radiotelephony communications services and “4G” (LTE). Under the license agreements, operating companies are subject to certain commitments, such as territory or population coverage, level of capital expenditures, and number of base stations to be fulfilled within a certain timeframe. After expiration of the license, our operating companies might be subject to additional payments for renewals, as well as new license capital and other commitments.

In July 2012, PJSC VimpelCom was awarded a mobile license, a data transmission license, a voice transmission license and a telematic license for the provision of LTE services in Russia. The roll-out of the LTE network will occur through a phased approach based on a pre-defined schedule pursuant to the requirements of the license. The LTE services were launched in the middle of 2013 and offered in six regions in Russia by the end of the year. The services must be extended to a specific number of additional regions each year through to December 1, 2019 by when services must cover all of Russia. PJSC VimpelCom is required to comply with the following conditions among others under the terms of the license: (i) invest at least RUB 15 billion (US$224) in each calendar year, for which the Company continues to comply with to date in the construction of its federal LTE network until the network is completed, which must occur before December 1, 2019; (ii) provide certain data transmission services in all secondary and higher educational institutions in specified areas with population over 50 thousand; and (iii) provide interconnection capability to telecommunications operators that provide mobile services using virtual networks in any five regions in Russia not later than July 25, 2016. The latter requirement was fulfilled by PJSC VimpelCom within the required time.

Operating lease commitments

Operating lease commitments are as follows as at December 31:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Less than 1 year

     121        60        209  

Between 1 and 5 years

     368        153        365  

More than 5 years

     148        66        200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     637        279        774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments mainly relate to the lease of base station sites and office spaces. Operating leases can be renewed but may be subject to renegotiations with lessors.

Contingencies

VEON—Securities Class Action

On November 4, 2015, a class action lawsuit was filed in the United States against VEON and certain of its current and former officers by Charles Kux-Kardos, on behalf of himself and other investors in the Company alleging certain violations of the United States federal securities laws in connection with the Company’s public disclosures relating to its operations in Uzbekistan. On December 4, 2015, a second complaint was filed by Westway Alliance Corp. that asserts essentially the same claims in connection with essentially the same disclosures.

On April 27, 2016, the court consolidated the two actions and appointed Westway as lead plaintiff. On May 6, 2016, a motion for reconsideration was filed on the appointment of Westway as lead plaintiff and on September 26, 2016, the court affirmed the selection of Westway as the lead plaintiff. An amended complaint was filed on December 9, 2016. Briefing on VEON’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint will be completed by May 2017. No date has been set for any hearing, and the timing of the court’s resolution of the motion is unknown.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

GTH—Licence Fees Tax Litigation

The Egyptian Tax Authority (“ ETA ”) conducted a review of GTH’s tax filings for the years 2000-2004. Following the review, in May 2010, the Internal Committee of the ETA assessed additional tax liabilities in the amount of approximately Egyptian pound (“ EGP ”) 2 billion (US$256) against GTH for these years. The basis for the assessment was that, according to the ETA, GTH’s investments in Algeria, Syria, Iraq, Tunisia and Sub-Saharan Africa during these years were actually license fees paid to foreign governments for which Egyptian withholding tax was due according to Egyptian tax laws.

GTH challenged the Internal Committee’s ETA’s assessment before the Appellate Committee of the ETA. On May 14, 2012, the Appellate Committee cancelled the Internal Committee’s assessment of EGP 2 billion (US$256) in part and reduced the assessed amount to EGP 323 million (US$41).

GTH agreed to pay the assessed amount of EGP 323 million (US$41) in instalments on a without prejudice basis, which it has satisfied, and also appealed the Appellate Committee’s decision to the North Cairo Court of First Instance. The ETA also challenged the Appellate Committee’s decision and is seeking to reinstitute its original assessment of EGP 2 billion (US$256) plus late payment interest. The proceedings remain ongoing before the court.

Separately, on January 18, 2016, GTH, through its tax advisors, received a demand from the ETA claiming an amount of EGP 429 million (US$55) in late payment interest on the Appellate Committee’s assessment of EGP 323 million (US$41). The demand threatened administrative seizure of GTH’s assets in the event of non-payment. On February 17, 2016, GTH filed an appeal in the Administrative Court to challenge the demand and intends to vigorously defend itself. On February 24, 2016, GTH received an updated demand from the ETA, which GTH objected to on March 24, 2016. On May 3, 2016, the ETA resent the same demand, which GTH again objected to on May 7, 2016.

GTH—Iraqi Profits and Dividends Tax Litigation

Tax year 2005

In March 2011, the ETA conducted an audit of GTH’s tax filings for the year 2005. Following its review, the ETA concluded that income derived by OTIL from Iraqna (“ OTIL-Iraqna Income ”) for that year should be included in GTH’s tax return and taxed at 20%, and accordingly claimed additional corporate income tax of EGP 235 million (US$30).

GTH challenged the ETA’s claim before the Internal Committee of the ETA arguing that the OTIL-Iraqna Income should be fully exempt from Egyptian corporate income tax pursuant to the Iraq-Egypt double taxation treaty.

On October 2, 2011, the Internal Committee ruled that the OTIL-Iraqna Income should be taxed at 20% in the amount of EGP 235 million (US$30) but that credit should be given for taxes paid by OTIL in Iraq. GTH’s appeal to the Appellate Committee of the ETA was dismissed on August 1, 2015.

On November 11, 2015, GTH appealed the Appellate Committee’s decision to the Administrative Court where proceedings are ongoing.

Separately, on January 18, 2016, GTH, through its tax advisors, received a demand from the ETA claiming an amount of EGP 235 million (US$30) assessed by the Appellate Committee together with late payment interest of EGP 258 million (US$33). The demand threatened administrative seizure of GTH’s assets in the event of non-payment. On February 17, 2016, GTH filed an appeal in the Administrative Court to challenge the demand and intends to vigorously defend itself. On February 24, 2016, GTH received an updated demand from the ETA claiming EGP 505 million (EGP 235 million principal plus EGP 270 million interest), which GTH objected to on March 24, 2016. On May 3, 2016, the ETA sent a new demand, which GTH objected to on May 7, 2016.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Tax year 2007

During the audit conducted by the ETA in 2011 in respect GTH’s tax filings for the year 2007, the ETA concluded that GTH owed additional corporate income tax of EGP 282 million (US$36) in respect of dividends distributed by Iraqna to OTIL in 2007. After GTH disputed the claim on the basis of the Iraq-Egypt double taxation treaty, the ETA referred the dispute to the Internal Committee, who upheld the ETA’s position. GTH appealed the Internal Committee’s decision to the Appeal Committee, where proceedings are ongoing.

VAT on Replacement SIMs

On April 1, 2012, the National Board of Revenue (“ NBR ”) issued a demand to Banglalink for BDT 7.74 billion (US$98 as of December 31, 2016) for unpaid SIM tax (VAT and supplementary duty). The NBR alleged that Banglalink evaded SIM tax on new SIM cards by issuing them as replacements. On the basis of 5 random SIM card purchases made by the NBR, the NBR concluded that all SIM card replacements issued by Banglalink between June 2009 and December 2011 (7,021,834 in total) were new SIM connections and subject to tax. Similar notices were sent to three other operators in Bangladesh. Banglalink and the other operators filed separate petitions in the High Court, which stayed enforcement of the demands.

In an attempt to assist the NBR in resolving the dispute, the Government ordered the NBR to form a Review Committee comprised of the NBR, the Commissioner of Taxes (“ LTU ”), Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (“ BTRC ”), AMTOB and the operators (including Banglalink). The Review Committee identified a methodology to determine the amount of unpaid SIM tax and, after analyzing 1,200 randomly selected SIM cards issued Banglalink, determined that only 4.83% were incorrectly registered as replacements. The Review Committee’s interim report was signed off by all the parties, however, the Convenor of the Review Committee reneged on the interim report and unilaterally published a final report that was not based on the interim report or the findings of the Review Committee. The operators objected to the final report.

The NBR Chairman and operators’ representative agreed that the BTRC would prepare further guidelines for verification of SIM users. Although the BTRC submitted its guidelines (under which Bangalink’s exposure was determined to be 8.5% of the original demand), the Convenor of the Review Committee submitted a supplementary report which disregarded the BTRC’s guidelines and assessed Banglalink’s liability for SIM tax to be BDT 7.62 billion (US$97 as of December 31, 2016). The operators refused to sign the supplementary report.

On May 18, 2015, Banglalink received an updated demand from the LTU claiming Banglalink had incorrectly issued 6,887,633 SIM cards as replacement SIM cards between June 2009 and December 2011 and required Banglalink to pay BDT 5.32 billion (US$67 as of December 31, 2016) in SIM tax. The demand also stated that interest may be payable. Similar demands were sent to the other operators.

On June 25, 2015, Banglalink filed an application to the High Court to stay the updated demand, and a stay was granted. On August 13, 2015, Banglalink filed its appeal against the demand before the Appellate Tribunal and deposited 10% of the amount demanded in order to proceed. The other operators also appealed their demands. On April 26, 2016, Banglalink presented its legal arguments and on September 28, 2016, the appeals of all the operators were heard together. The Appellate Tribunal has yet to make its decision, which decision can be appealed to the High Court. Banglalink and the operators continue to engage in discussions with the government in an attempt to resolve the dispute.

Catalyst Litigation

VEON Ltd. (the “Company”) is a defendant in an action brought in 2016 by The Catalyst Capital Group Inc. (“Catalyst”) for CAD$750 million alleging breach of contract in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada (the “Court”). In 2014, Catalyst and the Company entered into an exclusivity agreement in connection with negotiations for the sale of the Company’s WIND Mobile business. Catalyst alleges that the Company and its financial advisor, UBS Securities Canada Inc., breached their exclusivity agreement obligations, which in turn enabled the sale of WIND Mobile to a consortium of other investors, who are also named co-defendants. The

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Company and all co-defendants have filed motions to dismiss the claim, and those motions are scheduled to be heard in August 2017 and therefore remain pending with the Court. In addition, the Company has filed a Statement of Defence denying all allegations and intends to vigorously contest the matter.

KaR-Tel—Turkish Savings Deposit Insurance Fund Litigation

In 2005, the Savings Deposit Insurance Fund (the “ SDIF ”), a Turkish state agency responsible for collecting state claims arising from bank insolvencies, issued a payment order against KaR-Tel for Turkish Lira (“ TRY ”) 7.55 billion (US$2,588). The Payment Order was based on the SDIF’s claim against the Turkish Uzan Group, which the SDIF alleged was a debtor of T. Imar Bankasi, an insolvent Turkish bank. Two entities in the Uzan Group (the “ Former Shareholders ”) held a 60% equity interest in KaR-Tel until November 2003 when KaR-Tel redeemed the Former Shareholders’ equity interest pursuant to a decision of the Almaty City Court of June 6, 2003, which was confirmed by the Kazakhstan Supreme Court on July 23, 2003 (the “ Kazakh Judgment ”).

On October 20, 2009, KaR-Tel filed with the Sisli 3d Court of the First Instance in Istanbul an application for the recognition of the Kazakh Judgment in Turkey. Following a number of hearings and appeals, on January 30, 2013, the Supreme Court upheld earlier court decisions and confirmed the recognition of the Kazakh Judgment in Turkey.

On October 20, 2009, KaR-Tel also filed with the 4th Administrative Court of Istanbul (the “ 4th Administrative Court ”) a petition asking the court to treat the recognition of the Kazakh Judgment as a court precedent and to suspend the enforcement proceedings in relation to the Order to Pay. On October 25, 2010, the 4th Administrative Court ruled that the Order to Pay was illegal and annulled it. The Court’s decision was appealed by the SDIF.

On March 22, 2012, the SDIF’s appeal of the decision of the 4th Administrative Court was reviewed by the Prosecution Office of the Council of State and sent to the 13th Chamber of the Council of State (the “ Chamber ”) for review on the merits.

On April 10, 2015, the Chamber upheld the decision of the 4th Administrative Court and ruled in KaR-Tel’s favor. The SDIF filed a claim for correction of the Chamber’s decision on June 8, 2015.

On April 26, 2016, the Chamber rejected the SDIF’s claim for correction and ruled in favor of KaR-Tel. No further appellate rights are available so the case is now fully concluded.

Contingent tax liabilities

Multinational groups of the size of VEON are exposed to varying degrees of uncertainty related to tax planning changes in tax law and periodic tax audits. VEON accounts for its income taxes on the basis of its own internal analyses, supported by external advice. VEON continually monitors its global tax position, and whenever uncertainties arise, VEON assesses the potential consequences and either accrues the liability or discloses a contingent liability in its financial statements, depending on the strength of the Company’s position and the resulting risk of loss.

Contingencies and uncertainties

In addition to the individual matters mentioned above, the Company is involved in other disputes, litigation and regulatory inquiries and investigations, both pending and threatened, in the ordinary course of its business. The total value of all other individual contingencies above US$5 other than disclosed above amounts to US$29. The Company does not expect any liability arising from these contingencies to have a material effect on the results of operations, liquidity, capital resources or financial position of the Company. Furthermore, the Company believes it has provided for all probable liabilities arising in the ordinary course of its business.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

For the ongoing matters described above, where the Company has concluded that the potential loss arising from a negative outcome in the matter cannot be estimated, the Company has not recorded an accrual for the potential loss. However, in the event a loss is incurred, it may have an adverse effect on the results of operations, liquidity, capital resources, or financial position of the Company.

28 Events after the reporting period

GTH share buyback

GTH bought back 524,569,062 ordinary shares from its shareholders for EGP 4.1 billion (US$258), for which the transaction settled on February 21, 2017. VEON did not take part in the share buyback. As a result of the share buyback, the Company’s interest in GTH will increase from 51.92% to 57.69% following the cancellation of the shares purchased in the share buyback. The cancellation of the 524,569,062 ordinary shares was approved at an extraordinary general meeting of GTH’s shareholders on March 19, 2017 and will take effect pending ratification by the Egyptian Financial Supervisory Authority of the minutes of the March 19, 2017 extraordinary general meeting. The increase of the Company’s interest in GTH will be accounted for directly in equity in the Q1 2017 interim financial statements.

New GTH Loan facility

GTH entered into an unsecured short-term loan agreement with Citi and ING Bank for a principal amount of US$200, on February 5, 2017. The loan agreement has an initial term of six months (the “ Initial Term ”), which is capable of being extended until December 15, 2017, and carries interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.00% per annum during the Initial Term (rising to LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum for the period from the expiry of the Initial Term to December 15, 2017 in the event the term of the loan agreement is extended), with two of the GTH’s fully owned subsidiaries (International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited and Telecom Ventures Limited) acting as guarantors. Subject to the terms of the loan agreement, the loan amount will be used for funding the share buyback of GTH.

New dividend policy approved by supervisory board; final 2016 dividend of US 19.5 cents per ADS

On February 28, 2017, VEON Supervisory Board approved a new dividend policy following the Company’s completion of the Italy transaction, improvement of its cash flows and stabilization of the macro-economic environment in markets where the Company operates. For the financial year ending December 31, 2016, VEON intends to pay a dividend in the aggregate amount of US 23.0 cents per share comprised of US 3.5 cents per share paid as an interim dividend in December 2016 and US 19.5 cents per share as a final dividend. It is expected that the dividend will be paid on or about April 12, 2017. The Company will make appropriate tax withholdings of up to 15% when the dividend is paid to the Company’s ADS depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon.

New multi-currency term and revolving facilities up to US$2,250

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. entered into a new multi-currency term and revolving facilities agreement (the “ TL/RCF ”) of up to US$2,250 on February 16, 2017. The TL/RCF replaces the existing US$1,800 revolving credit facility signed in 2014. The term facility has a five-year tenor and the revolving credit facility has an initial tenor of three years, with VimpelCom Holdings B.V. having the right to request two one-year extensions to the tenor of the revolving credit facility, subject to lender consent. Several international banks have committed to the TL/RCF in an aggregate amount of US$2,108. The TL/RCF includes an option to increase the amount of the facility up to the full amount US$2,250, which would consist of a term facility of US$562.5 and a revolving credit facility of US$1,687.5. VimpelCom Holdings B.V. will have the option to make each drawdown under the facilities in either US Dollars or Euros. Under this facilities agreement, the Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA covenant ratio will be calculated on the basis of the consolidated financial statements of VEON Ltd. and “pro-forma” adjusted for acquisitions and divestments of any business bought or sold during the relevant period.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Dividends declared to non-controlling interests

On February 13, 2017, VimpelCom Kyrgyzstan Holding AG, a subsidiary of the Company, declared dividends to its shareholders which were paid on February 16, 2017. The portion of dividends paid to the minority shareholder amounted to US$55.

Volatility of local currencies

As at March 23, 2017 the main developments in currencies are depreciation of GEL, RUB and KZT against US$ of 7.8%, 4.4% and 5.3% respectively and depreciation of UZS against US$ of 8.3%.

Redemption of Ruble bonds

On March 2, 2017, PJSC VimpelCom announced the reset of the coupon rate on its 10% Ruble bonds with a principal amount of RUB 15,052 million (US$258) maturing on March 8, 2022. The new coupon rate of 7.00% per annum will be applicable for the next six coupon periods (i.e. next three years) and will reset on March 3, 2020. Following the reset of the coupon rate, a number of bondholders exercised their put options with respect to the Ruble bonds in aggregate principal amounts of RUB14,459 million (US$248) which was repaid on March 17, 2017. Subsequent to the settlement, the total outstanding amount of 7% Ruble bonds was RUB 597 million (US$10).

Sberbank Drawdown

On March 16, 2017 PJSC VimpelCom drew down RUB 4,000 million under its revolving credit facility with Sberbank. The drawdown matures on May 29, 2017.

Alfa-Bank credit facility amendment and extension

On March 29, 2017, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., as original borrower, and VimpelCom Holdings B.V., as new borrower, entered into an amendment agreement with respect to a US$500 million facility agreement with AO “Alfa-Bank,” as the original lender and agent, dated April 2, 2014. Pursuant to the amendment agreement, the tenor of this facility has been extended until October 17, 2017. Further, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. has replaced VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. as the borrower, and the guarantee from VimpelCom Holdings B.V. was terminated. In addition, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. granted AO “Alfa-Bank” the right to novate some of the principal amount of the facility to other lenders. On March 29, 2017, VimpelCom Holdings B.V. received confirmation that US$350 of the extended facility had been novated by AO “Alfa-Bank” to Sberbank.

29 Condensed separate financial information of VEON Ltd.

Certain of the consolidated entities by VEON Ltd are restricted from remitting funds in the form of cash dividends or loans by a variety of regulations, contractual or local statutory requirements. These restrictions are related to standard requirements to maintain debt service coverage ratios and currency control regulations imposed by local governments in some countries where the Company operates.

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4- 08 (e) (3) “General Notes to Financial Statements” and Rule 5-04 (c) “What schedules are to be filed” and concluded the restricted net assets exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company as at December 31, 2015. Therefore, separate condensed financial statements of VEON Ltd. are presented.

The Company follows the accounting policies as described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of VEON Ltd. and its subsidiaries with the exception of its investments in subsidiaries for which the Company uses the equity method of accounting.

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

The separate financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto.

At December 31, 2016, VEON Ltd. had restricted net assets of US$1,840 (2015: US$2,731), or 29% (2015: 71%) of total net assets.

Condensed statement of financial position:

As at December 31

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Non-current assets

        

Property and equipment

     4        6        7  

Intangible assets

     39        16        9  

Investments

     6,499        5,270        5,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     6,542        5,292        5,591  

Total current assets

     349        171        116  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     6,891        5,463        5,707  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     5,960        3,765        5,006  

Non-current liabilities

     655        561        561  

Current liabilities

     276        1,137        140  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

     6,891        5,463        5,707  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed income statements:

for the years ended December 31

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (264     (1,251     (213

Depreciation and amortization

     (7     (5     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (271     (1,256     (217

Finance income and (costs)

     (47     8       5  

Other non-operating income

     83       18       2  

Share in result of subsidiaries after tax

     2,563       575       (437

Total non-operating income and expenses

     2,599       601       (430
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     2,328       (655     (647
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Condensed statements of comprehensive income:

for the years ended December 31

 

     2016      2015     2014  

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

     2,233        (1,727     (4,633
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Condensed statement of cash flows:

for the years ended December 31

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Net cash flows from operating activities

     (1,182     (266     (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     (30     (11     (7

Receipt of dividends

     362       —         75  

Repayments of share premiums

     900       309       134  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     1,232       298       202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from borrowings net of fees paid

     290       87       23  

Repayment of borrowings

     (290     (37     (10

Dividends paid to equity owners of the parent

     (61     (61     (71

Share capital issued and paid

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities

     (61     (11     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (9     21       (5

Net foreign exchange difference

     (4     1       (1

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     39       17       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     26       39       17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amsterdam, March 31, 2017

VEON Ltd.

 

F-90

Exhibit 1.1

VEON LTD.

 

 

Company number: 43271

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981 OF BERMUDA

VEON LTD.

 

 

BYE-LAWS

Adopted on 20 April 2010

Amended and Restated on 25 September 2013

Further Amended and Restated on 30 March 2017

 

 

 

 

 

Page 1  

The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda

VEON Ltd. - Bye-Laws


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

BYE-LAWS

of

VEON LTD.

INTRODUCTION

 

1. Preliminary

These regulations constitute the bye-laws of Veon Ltd. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalised terms in this Introduction shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section A below.

 

2. Application of Sections

 

  2.1 For so long as the shareholders agreement (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”) dated October 4, 2009, between and among the Company, Eco Telecom Limited, Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Altimo Cooperatief U.A., Telenor Mobile Communications AS, Telenor East Invest AS, and such other Members as shall be party thereto from time to time (as it may be amended or restated from time to time) has not been terminated in accordance with its terms the bye-laws contained in Section A below shall constitute the bye-laws of the Company to the exclusion of the bye-laws contained in Section B below.

 

  2.2 Immediately on termination of the Shareholders Agreement, and without any further action on the part of any Person, the bye-laws contained in Section A below shall cease to have any further effect and the bye-laws contained in Section B below shall constitute the bye-laws of the Company to the exclusion of the bye-laws contained in Section A below.

 

3. Continuing Authority

 

  3.1 If, as a consequence of the termination of the Shareholders Agreement, the bye-laws contained in Section A below shall cease to have affect:

 

  (a) such cessation shall not invalidate any prior act of the Company, Supervisory Board, Management Board, CEO or any other Person which would have been valid if that Section had not ceased to have effect; and

 

  (b) all then existing authorities of any board, committee or Person shall continue save as otherwise provided in the bye-laws contained in Section B below.

 

 

Page 2


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

SECTION A

 

 

Page 3


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Interpretation

1. Definitions

Shares

2. Power to Issue Shares
3. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares
4. Rights Attaching to Shares
5. Calls on Shares
6. Prohibition on Financial Assistance
7. Forfeiture of Shares
8. Share Certificates
9. Trading Facilities
10. Fractional Shares

Registration of Shares

11. Register of Members
12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner
13. Transfer of Registered Shares
14. Foreign Securities Laws
15. Transmission of Registered Shares
16. Mandatory Offers

Alteration of Share Capital

17. Power to Alter Capital
18. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

Dividends and Capitalisation

19. Dividends
20. Power to Set Aside Profits
21. Method of Payment
22. Capitalisation

Meetings of Members

23. Annual General Meetings
24. Special General Meetings
25. Notice
26. Giving Notice and Access
27. Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting
28. Attendance and Security at General Meetings
29. Quorum at General Meetings
30. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings
31. Voting on Resolutions
32. Voting on a Poll Required
33. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares
34. Instrument of Proxy
35. Representation of Corporate Member
36. Adjournment of General Meeting
37. Written Resolutions
38. Directors’ Attendance at General Meetings

Directors and Officers

39. Composition of the Supervisory Board
40. Nominated Directors
41. Unaffiliated Directors
42. Election of Directors
43. No Share Qualification
44. Alternate Directors
45. Removal of Directors
46. Vacancy in the Office of Director
47. Remuneration of Directors
48. Defect in Appointment of Director
49. Register of Directors and Officers
50. Governance Structure
51. Appointment of Chairman, CEO, Officers and Secretary
52. Duties and Remuneration of Officers and Senior Executives
53. Duties and Remuneration of the Secretary
54. Powers and Committees of the Supervisory Board
55. Authority Matrix
56. M&A Transactions
57. Conflicts of Interest
58. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

Meetings of the Supervisory Board

59. Supervisory Board Meetings
60. Notice of Supervisory Board Meetings
61. Conduct of Supervisory Board Meetings
62. Supervisory Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy
63. Management Board Meetings
64. Conduct of Management Board Meetings
65. Written Resolutions
66. Validity of Prior Acts of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board

Corporate Records

67. Minutes
68. Place Where Corporate Records Kept
69. Form and Use of Seal

Accounts

70. Books of Account
71. Financial Year End

Audits

72. Annual Audit
73. Appointment of Auditor
74. Remuneration of Auditor
75. Duties of Auditor
76. Access to Records
77. Financial Statements
78. Distribution of Auditor’s Report
79. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

Registered Office; Headquarters

80. Registered Office
81. Headquarters

Voluntary Winding-Up and Dissolution

82. Winding-Up

Changes to Constitution

83. Changes to Bye-laws

Company Investigations into Interests in Shares

84. Provisions applicable to Bye-laws 86 and 87
85. Power of the Company to Investigate Interests in Shares
86. Failure to Disclose Interests in Shares
 

 

 

Page 4


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

Act    the Companies Act 1981;
Action    any legal, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding or other action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration, mediation, alternative dispute resolution procedure, inquiry or investigation by or before any arbitrator, mediator, court or other Governmental Entity;
Advance Notice Date    the meaning given in Bye-law 41.5;
Affiliate    with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person, including, if such Person is an individual, any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse of such Person, any one of whom has the same home as such Person, and also including any trust or estate for which any such Person(s) specified herein, directly or indirectly, serves as a trustee, executor or in a similar capacity (including any protector or settlor of a trust) or in which such Person(s) specified herein, directly or indirectly, has a substantial beneficial interest and any Person who is controlled by any such trust or estate. As used in this definition, “control”
(including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by Contract, or otherwise) of such Person; provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition, neither the Company nor any of its Controlled Affiliates shall be deemed Affiliates of any Member;
Alternate Director    an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;
Auditor    includes an individual, body corporate or partnership;
Authority Threshold    US$50 million in the aggregate in one or several related transactions over one or several years;
Beneficial Ownership    the power to vote or direct the voting of, or to dispose or direct the disposition of, the assets in question, and “Beneficially Owned” shall be construed accordingly;
Business Day    a day on which banks are generally open for business in each of Tortola, the British Virgin Islands; Gibraltar; Hamilton, Bermuda; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Oslo, Norway; New York, New York; Moscow, Russian Federation and London, England;

 

 

Page 5


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Business Plan    the annual budget and business plan for the Group;
CEO    the chief executive officer of the Company and any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to perform any of the duties of the chief executive officer;
Clear Days    in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day on which the notice is given or served, or deemed to be given or served, and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;
Common Shares    common shares of par value US$0.001 each (or such other par value as may result from any reorganisation of capital) in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Bye-laws;
Company    the company for which these Bye-laws are adopted;
Compensation Committee    the committee of the Supervisory Board established pursuant to Bye-law 54.3(c);
Contract    any agreement, letter of intent, lease, license, evidence of indebtedness, mortgage, indenture, security agreement or other contract or understanding (whether written or oral), in each case, to the extent legally binding;
Controlled Affiliate    with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person in which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, securities having more than 50 per cent of the voting power for the election of directors or other governing body thereof or more than 50 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner);
Controlling Person    with respect to any Person, any other Person which owns or controls, directly or indirectly, securities of such Person having more than 50 per cent of the voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of such first Person or more than 50 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner of such first Person);
Conversion Date    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(i);
Conversion Notice    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(i);
Conversion Premium    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(v);
Convertible Preferred Shares    convertible preferred shares of par value US$0.001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Bye-laws;

 

 

Page 6


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

CPI    the meaning given in Bye-law 81.3;
Cumulative Voting    the system of voting for Directors in which each voting share confers on its holder a total number of votes which is equal to the total number of Directors to be elected and which the holder may cast for candidates in any proportion (including, without limitation, casting all votes for a single candidate);
Debt Obligation    with respect to any Person, without double counting, any obligation of such Person (a) for borrowed money; (b) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments; (c) for the deferred purchase price of goods or services or created under a conditional sale or retention of title agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (in each case, other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business); (d) arising out of any credit facility or similar financial accommodation; (e) arising under any lease that would be capitalised on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with accounting standards applicable to such Person that is otherwise in substance a financing lease; (f) arising in respect of any acceptance under an acceptance credit or bill discount facility or a reimbursement obligation under a standby or documentary letter of credit or any receivables sold or discounted other than on a non recourse basis; (g) for trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business the payment for which is due for more than 90 days; (h) in respect of any liabilities and obligations of third parties (referred to in but not excluded in paragraphs (a) to (g) above) to the extent that they are secured by any Lien upon property owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations; (i) without double counting, arising in connection with any liability in respect of a guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to but not excluded in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; and (j) arising in connection with any other transaction that, in accordance with accounting standards applicable to such Person, results in such obligation being treated as “indebtedness”;
Director    a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;
Eligible Shareholder    a Member, other than a Nominating Shareholder or an Affiliate of a Nominating Shareholder, that complies with all applicable provisions of these Bye-laws and, together with its Affiliates, holds, at the time it proposes a candidate to the Nominating Committee, at least one per cent of the voting shares of the Company;
Enterprise Value    the value of the equity (as implied by the acquisition price) of the Target plus the aggregate amount of all Debt Obligations and preferred shares, minus cash and cash equivalents;

 

 

Page 7


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Fundamental Transaction    a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation involving any Group Company;
Governmental Entity    in any applicable jurisdiction or international forum, any (a) federal, state, territorial, oblast, okrug, regional, municipal, local or foreign government, (b) court, arbitral or other tribunal, (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any political subdivision, instrumentality, branch, department, official or entity), and including international organisations having jurisdiction over matters concerning intellectual property or (d) agency, commission, ministry, committee, inspectorate, authority or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature;
Group    the Company and its Subsidiaries;
Group Company    any of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
Headquarters Budget    the annual budget of operating costs for the headquarters of the Company which shall specifically exclude the CEO’s remuneration and extraordinary costs, such as legal, consulting and accounting fees in connection with any litigation, acquisition, restructuring or financing, any financial advisory fees, any capitalised expenses and any other non-recurring items, and which shall be prepared by the Management Board;
Indebtedness    with respect to any Person, without duplication, all obligations of such Person, whether incurred as principal or surety and whether present, future, actual or contingent, for the payment or repayment of money, net of unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and loans receivable in relation to capital leases, including: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (b) all vendor financing obligations; (c) any amounts payable by such Person under capital leases or similar arrangements over their respective periods; (d) any credit to such Person from a supplier of goods or under any instalment purchase or other similar arrangement; (e) any liabilities and obligations of third parties to the extent that they are guaranteed by such Person or such Person has otherwise assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations or to the extent that they are secured by any Lien upon property owned by such Person whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations; (f) any accrued dividends in respect of any capital stock or other ownership, membership or equity interests, whether declared or not; and (g) all accrued and unpaid obligations in respect of employee salaries and benefits, other than those arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

 

Page 8


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Independent    a Director who is “independent” within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the NYSE;
Independent Shareholder    any Member other than a Nominating Shareholder or any of the Permitted Transferees or Affiliates of a Nominating Shareholder;
Initial Budget Period    the meaning given in Bye-law 81.2;
Investment Bank    any of Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG, Goldman Sachs & Co. or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated;
Issue Notice    the meaning given in Bye-law 2.3;
Law    any law, statute, constitution, treaty, rule, regulation, policy, guideline, directive, ordinance, code, judgment, ruling, order, writ, decree, normative act, instruction, information letter, injunction or determination of any Governmental Entity or any other pronouncement having the effect of law or regulation of any other country or any state, county, city or other political subdivision;
Lien    any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, lease, lien, adverse claim, levy, charge or other encumbrance, or any conditional sale Contract, title retention Contract or other Contract to give any of the foregoing;
Limit    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.1;
M&A Transaction    the purchase or acquisition, or the entry into an agreement to purchase or acquire, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of an interest in one or more companies, assets, businesses or similar transaction, including a transaction in which (a) the Company issues new equity interests (or derivative securities representing an interest therein) representing less than ten per cent of the issued Common and Convertible Preferred Shares and/or (b) any of the Company’s Subsidiaries issue or transfer any equity interests (or derivative securities representing an interest therein) in such Subsidiary, in each case in any one transaction or series of related transactions;
Management Board    the management board comprising the CEO and those Senior Executives appointed pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or such of those persons as are present at a meeting at which there is a quorum;
Member    the Person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more Persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the Person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;

 

 

Page 9


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

New Issue    the meaning given in Bye-law 2.3;
Nominated Director    a Director nominated by a Nominating Shareholder;
Nominating Committee    the committee of the Supervisory Board established pursuant to Bye-law 54.3(a);
Nominating Shareholder    that Member of a Significant Shareholder Group that holds the greatest number of voting shares of the Company;
Non Pre-emptive Issue    an issue of Common Shares (or interests in Common Shares) (a) in connection with employee compensation awards; (b) in connection with a Related M&A Transaction; or (c) on the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares;
NYSE    the New York Stock Exchange;
Officer    any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to hold an office in the Company;
Ordinary Shares    ordinary shares of par value US$0.001 each (or such other par value as may result from any reorganisation of capital) in the capital of the Company , having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Bye-laws;
Permitted Transferee    with respect to any Member, (a) any Affiliate of such Member in which such Member owns or controls, directly or indirectly, on a consolidated basis, more than 66 per cent of the securities having voting power for the election of directors or other governing body thereof or more than 66 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner), (b) any other Person which owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 66 per cent of the securities, on a consolidated basis, of such Member having voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of such first Person or more than 66 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner of such first Person), and (c) with respect to any individual Member, such transferees as are specifically designated “Permitted Transferees” pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement;
Person    any natural person, corporation, general partnership, simple partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, proprietorship, other business organisation, trust, union, association or Governmental Entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated;

Potentially Competitive

Transaction

   an investment opportunity or an ownership increase in respect of an existing investment in a market or country where a party to the Shareholders Agreement at the time already has a direct or indirect interest or investment;

 

 

Page 10


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Pre-emptive Shareholders    those Members who are party to the Shareholders Agreement who hold Common Shares or Convertible Preferred Shares;
Register of Members    the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws (including any branch register of members maintained by the Company);
Registered Office    the registered office of the Company for the time being;
Related M&A Transaction    an M&A Transaction in which a Member that is a party to the Shareholders Agreement at that time (or any of its Affiliates, shareholders, principals, officers or directors) has any direct or indirect equity interest (other than equity interests with a fair market value less than US$25 million and that represent less than five per cent of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the counterparty or its Affiliates) in any counterparty, a Controlling Person of the counterparty or a Controlled Affiliate of the counterparty in such M&A Transaction;
Related Party Agreement    any loan, extension of credit, service, consultancy or similar agreement or arrangement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a Significant Shareholder or any of its Affiliates; provided that a Related M&A Transaction shall not constitute a Related Party Agreement;
Relevant Shares    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.3(d);
Resident Representative    any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;
Rule 10A-3    the meaning given in Bye-law 54.3(b);
Search Consultant    an internationally recognised reputable executive search firm with offices globally; provided that the Search Consultant is not then engaged by a Nominating Shareholder or any of its Affiliates and is not otherwise conflicted. The partner of the Search Consultant who is running the relevant search shall have his or her seat in Western Europe or the United States and shall engage, to the extent necessary, the Search Consultant’s branch offices, or a local search consultant, in Russia and the CIS to fulfil the assignment;
Second Budget Period    the meaning given in Bye-law 81.3;
Secretary    the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;
Section 13(d) Group    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.1;

 

 

Page 11


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Senior Executives    the Company’s chief financial officer; the general director of any significant Subsidiary of the Company; the Company’s general counsel; the Company’s chief operating officer; the Company’s chief marketing officer; the Company’s head of investor relations; and the Company’s chief technology officer and the Company’s head of international M&A;
Shareholders Agreement    the Shareholders Agreement dated October 4, 2009, between and among the Company, Eco Telecom Limited, Altimo Holdings & Investments Ltd., Altimo Cooperatief U.A., Telenor Mobile Communications AS, Telenor East Invest AS, and such other Members as shall be party thereto from time to time, as amended or restated from time to time;
Significant Shareholder    any Member which, together with its Affiliates, its Controlling Persons and the Controlled Affiliates of those Controlling Persons, directly or indirectly owns or controls 25 per cent or more of the issued voting shares of the Company;
Significant Shareholder Group    a set of Members consisting of any Member and all of its Permitted Transferees, which set together holds, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 25 per cent of the issued voting shares of the Company; provided that (a) if at any time there are more than two such sets of Members that would otherwise qualify as Significant Shareholder Groups, the “Significant Shareholder Groups” shall be those two of such sets of Members with the greatest aggregate number of voting shares of the Company; and (b) if a Significant Shareholder Group ceases to hold, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 25 per cent of the issued voting shares of the Company, it shall continue to qualify as a Significant Shareholder Group for a further period of 6 months from the date of such cessation;

Special Election General

Meeting

   the meaning given in Bye-law 51.3(f);
Special Resolution    a resolution of the Company passed by Members representing not less than 75 per cent of the total voting rights of the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution;
Subsidiary    with respect to any Person, any other Person in which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50 per cent of the securities having voting power for the election of directors or other governing body thereof or more than 50 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner);
Supervisory Board    the board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;

 

 

Page 12


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Target    in relation to an M&A Transaction, collectively the target company(ies), business(es) and/or asset(s) on a consolidated basis;
Treasury Share    a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled;
Unaffiliated    an individual who is not an Affiliate of a party to the Shareholders Agreement at that time and who (a) is not and, within three years of any reference date, has not been an employee, officer, director, consultant, agent or greater-than-ten per cent shareholder of a party to the Shareholders Agreement at that time or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a party to the Shareholders Agreement at that time, (b) is not a relative or family member of any Person described in (a), and (c) is otherwise independent of each party to the Shareholders Agreement at that time under the NYSE’s definition of “independence”;
Unaffiliated Director    a Director who is Unaffiliated and Independent;
Unrelated M&A Transaction    an M&A Transaction that is not a Related M&A Transaction; and
US$    United States Dollars.

 

1.2 In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

  (c) the words:

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d) a corporation shall be deemed to be present in person at a meeting if its representative, duly authorised pursuant to these Bye-laws, is present;

 

  (e) references to a company include any body corporate or other legal entity, whether incorporated or established in Bermuda or elsewhere;

 

  (f) references to writing include typewriting, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form;

 

  (g) a reference to anything being done by electronic means includes its being done by means of any electronic or other communications equipment or facilities and references to any communication being delivered or received, or being delivered or received at a particular place, include the transmission of an electronic or similar communication, and to a recipient identified in such manner or by such means, as the Supervisory Board may from time to time approve or prescribe, either generally or for a particular purpose;

 

 

Page 13


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (h) references to a signature or to anything being signed or executed include such forms of electronic signature or other means of verifying the authenticity of an electronic or similar communication as the Supervisory Board may from time to time approve or prescribe, either generally or for a particular purpose;

 

  (i) references to a dividend include a distribution paid in respect of shares to Members out of contributed surplus or any other distributable reserve;

 

  (j) any reference to any statute or statutory provision (whether of Bermuda or elsewhere) includes a reference to any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force and to every rule, regulation or order made under it (or under any such modification or re-enactment) and for the time being in force and any reference to any rule, regulation or order made under any such statute or statutory provision includes a reference to any modification or replacement of such rule, regulation or order for the time being in force;

 

  (k) references to shares carrying the general right to vote at general meetings of the Company are to those shares (of any class or series) carrying the right to vote, other than shares which entitle the holders to vote only in limited circumstances or upon the occurrence of a specified event or condition (whether or not those circumstances have arisen or that event or condition has occurred); and

 

  (l) unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws, except that the definition of “attorney” in the Act shall not apply.

 

1.3 Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

SHARES

 

2. Power to Issue Shares

 

  2.1 Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Supervisory Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares of the Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

 

  2.2 No new Ordinary Shares may be issued after the adoption of these Bye-laws.

 

  2.3 Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Supervisory Board before the issue or conversion.

 

  2.4

If the Company proposes to issue Common Shares other than pursuant to a Non Pre-emptive Issue (a “ New Issue ”), it shall give the Pre-emptive Shareholders a written notice (an “ Issue Notice ”) of its intention to issue new Common Shares, the price per Common Share, which shall be a price in cash equal to the lowest price per Common Share at which any other Person is entitled to acquire Common Shares in that share issue (or the cash equivalent value thereof on the date of issue), the identity of the subscriber(s) and the principal terms on which the Company proposes to issue such new Common Shares.

 

 

Page 14


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Each Pre-emptive Shareholder shall have ten Business Days from the delivery date of an Issue Notice to elect to subscribe for up to its entitlement to Common Shares for the price and on the terms specified in the Issue Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating the number of Common Shares to be subscribed for (which number may not be greater than its entitlement). Each Pre-emptive Shareholder shall be entitled to subscribe for so many Common Shares as ensures that its percentage interest in voting shares in the Company is maintained after the issue of any Common Shares to other Persons. The issue of new Common Shares to any Pre-emptive Shareholder exercising its pre-emption right under this Bye-law and the payment therefor shall be completed simultaneously with the completion of the first issue and subscription for Common Shares in the New Issue.

 

3. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

  3.1 The Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Supervisory Board shall think fit.

 

  3.2 The Supervisory Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

4. Rights Attaching to Shares

 

  4.1 At the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the authorised share capital of the Company is divided into Common Shares, Ordinary Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares. All of the authorised Ordinary Shares are issued as at the date of adoption of these Bye-laws and it is intended that the Company will repurchase and cancel all of the issued Ordinary Shares immediately following the adoption of these Bye-laws.

 

  4.2 The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) except where Cumulative Voting applies, be entitled to one vote per Common Share, voting together with the holders of Ordinary Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares as a single class;

 

  (b) be entitled to such dividends as the Supervisory Board may from time to time declare (the Common Shares and the Ordinary Shares ranking equally for this purpose);

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company (subject to the rights of the holders of any preference shares in the Company then in issue having preferred rights on a return of capital) in respect of their holdings of Common Shares, pari passu and pro rata to the number of Common Shares held by each of them (the Common Shares and the Ordinary Shares ranking equally for this purpose, subject to Bye –law 4.3(c)); and

 

  (d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to common shares.

 

  4.3 The holders of Ordinary Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) except where Cumulative Voting applies, be entitled to one vote per Ordinary Share, voting together with the holders of Common Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares as a single class;

 

 

Page 15


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) be entitled to such dividends as the Supervisory Board may from time to time declare (the Ordinary Shares and the Common Shares ranking equally for this purpose);

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company less US$0.001 (or the equivalent in the currency of payment at the relevant time) per share (subject to the rights of the holders of any preference shares in the Company then in issue having preferred rights on a return of capital) in respect of their holdings of Ordinary Shares, pari passu and pro rata to the number of Ordinary Shares held by each of them (the Ordinary Shares and the Common Shares ranking equally for this purpose, subject to this Bye–law 4.3(c)); and

 

  (d) otherwise, generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to common shares.

 

  4.4 The holders of Convertible Preferred Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) except where Cumulative Voting applies, be entitled to one vote per share, voting together with the holders of Common Shares and Ordinary Shares as a single class;

 

  (b) not be entitled to receive dividends;

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, not be entitled to any payment or distribution in respect of the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (d) be entitled to convert their Convertible Preferred Shares, at their option and at any time (x) after the date which is two years and six calendar months after the date of issue of the relevant Convertible Preferred Shares but before the date which is five years after such date of issue and (y) during the period between the date on which a general offer under Bye-law 16.1 is announced and the final Business Day such offer is open for acceptance, in each case, in whole or in part, into Common Shares on the basis of one Common Share for one Convertible Preferred Share, on the following terms:

 

  (i) A holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall notify the Company of an intended conversion at least 10 Business Days prior to the intended conversion date which must be a Business Day (the “ Conversion Date ”) by written notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) (if any) delivered to the Secretary at the Registered Office, with a copy to the CEO, which notice shall be signed by or on behalf of the holder and shall state the Conversion Date and the number of Convertible Preferred Shares to be converted.

 

  (ii)

On the Conversion Date for any Convertible Preferred Shares, subject to the Company having received the relevant Conversion Premium and share certificate(s) (if any), such Convertible Preferred Shares shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or

 

 

Page 16


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  any other Person be redesignated as Common Shares and the rights and restrictions attaching thereto shall be varied so that such Convertible Preferred Shares have all the rights and restrictions attaching to Common Shares.

 

  (iii) If any such redesignation or variation is then unlawful, the Company shall undertake all action permitted by Law for the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Shares at the earliest possible date, which action may include, without limitation, the repurchase of any shares, bonus or other issues of shares (in each case as approved by the Supervisory Board), the prosecution or defence of any legal proceedings to enable conversion to occur or any combination thereof.

 

  (iv) The Company shall not close its books against the transfer of Convertible Preferred Shares or Common Shares issued or issuable on conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares in any manner that interferes with the timely conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares. The Company shall assist and co-operate (but the Company shall not be required to expend substantial efforts or funds) with any holder of Convertible Preferred Shares required to make any filings with or obtain any approval from any Governmental Entity prior to or in connection with any conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by or obtaining any approvals required to be obtained by the Company).

 

  (v) Prior to the Conversion Date for any Convertible Preferred Shares, the holder thereof shall pay to the Company in cleared funds an amount (the “ Conversion Premium ”) equal to the number of Common Shares into which the Convertible Preferred Shares are to be converted multiplied by the greater of (A) the closing mid market price for Common Shares on the NYSE on the date of the Conversion Notice; and (B) the 30 day volume weighted average price on the NYSE of the Common Shares on the date of the Conversion Notice; provided that the date of the Conversion Notice for purposes of determining the amount of the Conversion Premium due to an event described by Bye-law 4.3(d)(vii) or Bye-law 16.1 shall be the Business Day prior to the date on which such transaction or general offer is announced publicly and the Conversion Premium per convertible Preference Share shall be the lower of (A) the closing mid market price for Common Shares on the NYSE on the date of the Conversion Notice; and (B) the 30 day volume weighted average price on the NYSE of the Common Shares on the date of the Conversion Notice. On conversion, the Conversion Premium shall be treated as contributed surplus, unless and to the extent applicable Law requires it to be treated as share capital, share premium or in some other manner.

 

  (vi) No consolidation or sub-division of Common Shares shall occur unless the Convertible Preferred Shares are consolidated or sub-divided in the same manner at the same time.

 

  (vii)

If, before the conversion of any Convertible Preferred Shares, there is any Fundamental Transaction involving the Company or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which results in a distribution of money, securities or other property to the holders of Common Shares, then, as part of such transaction, provision shall be

 

 

Page 17


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  made so that the holders of Convertible Preferred Shares shall have the right to receive, upon the deemed conversion of such Convertible Preferred Shares, the number of shares or securities or property of the Company to which a holder of the number of Common Shares deliverable on conversion of such Convertible Preferred Shares would have been entitled in connection with such transaction if such holder had converted its Convertible Preferred Shares and paid the applicable Conversion Premium immediately prior to the completion of such transaction, subject to a reduction equal to the amount of the deemed Conversion Premium. The Company shall make appropriate provisions to ensure that the requirements of this paragraph are effected.

 

  (viii) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorised but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of issue on the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares, not less than the number of Common Shares issuable on the conversion of all Convertible Preferred Shares that may then be converted. All Common Shares which are so issuable shall, when issued and on payment of the Conversion Premium, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such Common Shares may be so issued without violation of any applicable Law or any requirements of the NYSE (except for official notice of issue which shall be immediately delivered by the Company on each such issue).

 

  (ix) Any Convertible Preferred Shares which have not been converted into Common Shares by the date which is five years after the date of their issue shall be immediately redeemed by the Company on such date on payment to the holders thereof of a redemption price of US$0.001 per share. Redemption shall be effected by a written notice from the Company to the holders thereof stating: (A) the redemption date; (B) the number of Convertible Preferred Shares to be redeemed; and (C) the place or places where certificates for such Convertible Preferred Shares (if any) are to be surrendered and shall be accompanied by the redemption price for the Convertible Preferred Shares to be redeemed (rounded up to the nearest whole cent). Convertible Preferred Shares which have been redeemed shall be cancelled and shall not be available for re-issue.

 

  4.5 Subject to the rights provided in Bye-law 2.4, at the discretion of the Supervisory Board, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares (other than Ordinary Shares), option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Supervisory Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any Person or Persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the Person or Persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.

 

  4.6 All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

 

 

Page 18


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

5. Calls on Shares

 

  5.1 The Supervisory Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any moneys (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue), including any amounts unpaid in respect of any part of the Conversion Premium, and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Supervisory Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Supervisory Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Supervisory Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

  5.2 Any amount which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable, on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, costs, charges and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.

 

  5.3 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof.

 

  5.4 The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.

 

6. Prohibition on Financial Assistance

The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of the acquisition or proposed acquisition by any Person of any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-law shall prohibit transactions permitted under the Act.

 

7. Forfeiture of Shares

 

  7.1 If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Supervisory Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward to such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

[●] Ltd.

(the “Company”)

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [●] day of [●], 20[●], in respect of the [number and class] share(s) standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [●] day of [●],

 

 

Page 19


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

20[●], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [●] per annum computed from the said [●] day of [●], 20[●] at the Registered Office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

Dated this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

                                                             

[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Supervisory Board

 

  7.2 If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Supervisory Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Supervisory Board shall determine.

 

  7.3 A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

  7.4 The Supervisory Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

8. Share Certificates

 

  8.1 Unless the Supervisory Board determines that shares in the capital of the Company shall not be certificated, every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal of the Company or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or Officer or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Supervisory Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

  8.2 The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the Person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

  8.3 If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Supervisory Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Supervisory Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

9. Trading Facilities

 

  9.1

Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws, the Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated

 

 

Page 20


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  form. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors and permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no Person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

  9.2 Without prejudice to Bye-law 9.1 but notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bye-laws, the Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement and/or approve any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of interests in shares in the capital of the Company in the form of depositary receipts or similar interests, instruments or securities, and the holding and transfer of such receipts, interests, instruments or securities in uncertificated form and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer thereof or the shares in the capital of the Company represented thereby. The Directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements.

 

10. Fractional Shares

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares of the relevant class.

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

11. Register of Members

 

  11.1 The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

  11.2 The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the Registered Office on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Supervisory Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year.

 

12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other Person.

 

13. Transfer of Registered Shares

 

  13.1 An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Supervisory Board may accept:

Transfer of a Share or Shares

[●] Ltd.

(the “Company”)

 

 

Page 21


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                    [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address], [number and class] of shares of the Company.

DATED this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

 

Signed by:    In the presence of:

 

  

 

  
Transferor    Witness

 

  

 

  
Transferee    Witness

 

  13.2 Except as otherwise provided in these Bye-laws, such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Supervisory Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

  13.3 If shares are certificated, the Supervisory Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Supervisory Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

  13.4 The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

  13.5 The Supervisory Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid. The Supervisory Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained.

 

  13.6 The Supervisory Board may in its absolute discretion refuse to register the transfer of a share if the proposed transfer would not, if registered, comply with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

  13.7

The Supervisory Board may in its absolute discretion refuse to register the transfer of a share if following the registration of such transfer, any such transferee would (directly or indirectly, by itself or together with its Affiliates or a group of transferees which are Controlled Affiliates of the same Controlling Person) become a Significant Shareholder but such transferee has not become a party to the Shareholders Agreement prior to such transfer; provided that this Bye-law shall not apply to a transfer where the transferee acquires shares in the market from a third party resulting in the transferee becoming a

 

 

Page 22


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Significant Shareholder if the Supervisory Board determines that the transferor had no knowledge of the transferee’s intent to acquire such additional shares at the time of transfer.

 

  13.8 If the Supervisory Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

14. Foreign Securities Laws

 

  14.1 The Supervisory Board may, in its absolute and unfettered discretion, decline to register the transfer of any shares if it believes that registration of such shares or transfer is required under the laws of any jurisdiction and such registration has not been effected, save that the Supervisory Board may request and rely on an opinion of counsel to the transferor or transferee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Supervisory Board, that no such registration is required.

 

  14.2 The Supervisory Board shall have the authority to request from any direct or indirect holder of shares, and such holder shall provide, such information as the Supervisory Board may request for the purpose of determining whether any transfer contemplated by Bye-law 14.1 should be permitted.

 

15. Transmission of Registered Shares

 

  15.1 In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other Persons. Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other Person as the Supervisory Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

  15.2 Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Supervisory Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some Person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the Person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member

[●] Ltd. (the “Company”)

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member] to [number and class] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

 

Page 23


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

DATED this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

  
Signed by:    In the presence of:

 

  

 

  
Transferor    Witness

 

  

 

  
Transferee    Witness

 

  15.3 On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Supervisory Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Supervisory Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Supervisory Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

  15.4 Where two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

16. Mandatory Offers

 

  16.1 Any Person who, individually or together with any of its Affiliates or any other members of a “group”, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “ Section 13(d) Group ”) of which it is a part, directly or indirectly, in any manner, acquires Beneficial Ownership of any Common Shares or Ordinary Shares or Convertible Preferred Shares (including, without limitation, through the acquisition of ownership or control of another Member or a Controlling Person of another Member or through the direct or indirect acquisition of derivative securities) which, taken together with Common Shares or Ordinary Shares or Convertible Preferred Shares already Beneficially Owned by it or any of its Affiliates or its Section 13(d) Group, in any manner, carry 50 per cent. or more of the voting rights of the Company (the “ Limit ”), shall, within 30 days of acquiring such shares, make a general offer to all holders of Common Shares (including any Common Shares issued on the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares during the offer period) and Ordinary Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares to purchase their shares complying with Bye-law 16.4. For the purposes of this Bye-law 16.1, none of a Nominating Shareholder and its Permitted Transferees shall be deemed to form a Section 13(d) Group with any other Nominating Shareholder or any of its Permitted Transferees, nor shall a party to the Shareholders Agreement be deemed to form part of a Section 13(d) Group with any other party to the Shareholders Agreement solely by virtue of any such party’s rights and obligations under the Shareholders Agreement.

 

 

Page 24


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  16.2 Where any Person breaches the Limit and does not make an offer as required by Bye-law 16.1, that Person is in breach of these Bye-laws.

 

  16.3 The Supervisory Board may do all or any of the following where it has reason to believe that the Limit is or may be breached:

 

  (a) require any Member or Person appearing or purporting to be interested in any shares of the Company to provide such information as the Supervisory Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Bye-law 16;

 

  (b) have regard to such public filings as it considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Bye-law 16;

 

  (c) make such determinations under this Bye-law 16 as it thinks fit, either after calling for submissions from affected Members or other Persons or without calling for such submissions;

 

  (d) determine that the voting rights attached to all shares held by such Persons, or in which such Persons are or may be interested (“ Relevant Shares” ) are from a particular time suspended and incapable of being exercised for a definite or indefinite period and such Person (and any proxy to the extent appointed by him to act in that capacity) shall for this period of time cease to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of the Members;

 

  (e) determine that some or all of the Relevant Shares will not carry any right to any dividends or other distributions from a particular time for a definite or indefinite period; and

 

  (f) take such other action as it thinks fit for the purposes of this Bye-law 16 including:

 

  (i) prescribing rules (not inconsistent with this Bye-law 16);

 

  (ii) setting deadlines for the provision of information;

 

  (iii) drawing adverse inferences where information requested is not provided;

 

  (iv) making determinations or interim determinations;

 

  (v) executing documents on behalf of a Member;

 

  (vi) converting any Relevant Shares held in uncertificated form into certificated form, or vice-versa; and

 

  (vii) changing any decision or determination or rule previously made.

 

  16.4 A general offer under Bye-law 16.1 complies with this Bye-law if:

 

  (a) the offer is unconditional in all respects and is open for acceptance for a period of not less than 30 days;

 

 

Page 25


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) the making or implementation of the offer is not dependent on the passing of a resolution at any meeting of shareholders of the offeror; and

 

  (c) the offer is in cash or is accompanied by a cash alternative, in each case, at an offer price:

 

  (i) per Common Share and per Ordinary Share not less than the greater of:

 

  (1) the highest price paid by the offeror, any of its Affiliates or any member of its Section 13(d) Group for any interest in Common Shares during the six months prior to the date on the Limit was exceeded;

 

  (2) the 180 day volume weighted average price on the NYSE of the Common Shares on the date on which the Limit was exceeded; and

 

  (3) if, before the offer closes for acceptance, the offeror, any of its Affiliates or any member of its Section 13(d) Group acquires any interest in Common Shares at above the offer price, the highest price paid for the interest in the shares so acquired

(the “ Offer Price ”); and

 

  (ii) per Convertible Preferred Share equal to the Offer Price less the Conversion Premium calculated in accordance with Bye-law 4.3(d)(v).

 

  16.5 The requirement for an offer to be made in accordance with this Bye-law may be waived by a vote of a majority of Members voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting, excluding for all purposes of the vote the Member or Members in question and their Affiliates.

 

  16.6 Any one or more of the Directors may act as the attorney(s) of any Member in relation to the execution of documents and other actions to be taken for the sale of Relevant Shares determined by the Supervisory Board under this Bye-law 16.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

17. Power to Alter Capital

 

  17.1 The Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

  17.2 Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Supervisory Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit including (without limitation) in the way prescribed in Bye-law 17.3 below.

 

  17.3

The Supervisory Board may sell shares representing the fractions to any Person (including the Company) for the best price reasonably obtainable and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the Persons to whom such fractions are attributable (except that if the amount due to a Person is less than US$5.00, or such other sum as the Supervisory Board may decide, the Company may retain such sum for

 

 

Page 26


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  its own benefit). To give effect to such sale the Supervisory Board may authorise a Person to execute an instrument of transfer of shares in the name and on behalf of the holder of, or the Person entitled by transmission to, them to the purchaser or as the purchaser may direct or implement any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares.

 

  17.4 The purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys in respect of any such sale. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings connected with the sale or transfer. Any instrument or exercise referred to in Bye-law 17.3 shall be effective as if it had been executed or exercised by the holder of the shares to which it relates.

 

18. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

  18.1 Subject to the Act and, if relevant, the approval required pursuant to Bye-law 83 and save for a conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares effected by a variation of rights pursuant to Bye-law 4.3(d), all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to any class of shares for the time being in issue may, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up), be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of the issued shares of such class carrying 75 per cent or more of all of the votes capable of being cast at the relevant time at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class by a majority of the votes cast.

 

  18.2 All the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to general meetings of the Company shall apply mutatis mutandis to any separate general meeting of any class of Members, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Members present in person or by proxy holding or representing at least 50 per cent plus one share of the shares of the relevant class.

 

  18.3 The special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be altered or abrogated by (a) the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them, (b) the creation or issue for full value (as determined by the Supervisory Board) of further shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company or otherwise in priority to them or (c) the purchase or redemption by the Company of any of its own shares.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

19. Dividends

 

  19.1 The Supervisory Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members holding shares entitled to the payment of dividends, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie, including without limitation the issue by the Company of shares or other securities, in which case the Supervisory Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets, shares or securities. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company. The exact amount and timing of any dividend declarations and payments shall, subject to the requirements of the Act, be determined by the Supervisory Board.

 

 

Page 27


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  19.2 The Supervisory Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

  19.3 The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

  19.4 The Supervisory Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members holding shares entitled to distributions as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

  19.5 Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares otherwise provide:

 

  (a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of a call may be treated for the purpose of this Bye-law as paid up on the share; and

 

  (b) dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

20. Power to Set Aside Profits

The Supervisory Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for any other purpose.

 

21. Method of Payment

 

  21.1 Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the address of the Member in the Register of Members (in the case of joint Members, the senior joint holder, seniority being determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members), or by direct transfer to such bank account as such Member may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to such Persons as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque,    warrant or direct transfer shall be sent at the risk of the Person entitled to the money represented thereby. If two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one of them can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

  21.2 The Supervisory Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member (either alone or jointly with another) by the Company in respect of any shares all moneys (if any) due from such Member (either alone or jointly with another) to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

  21.3 Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for six years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Supervisory Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

 

Page 28


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  21.4 The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and warrants by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least three consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or warrant.

 

22. Capitalisation

 

  22.1 The Supervisory Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid up bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members.

 

  22.2 The Supervisory Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly or nil paid up shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

23. Annual General Meetings

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the CEO or the Supervisory Board shall appoint.

 

24. Special General Meetings

The CEO or the Supervisory Board may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary. The Supervisory Board shall, on the requisition in writing of Members holding such number of shares as is prescribed by, and made in accordance with, the Act, convene a special general meeting in accordance with the Act. Each special general meeting shall, subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, be held at such time and place as the CEO or the Supervisory Board shall appoint.

 

25. Notice

 

  25.1 At least 30 Clear Days notice of an annual general meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

  25.2 At least 30 Clear Days notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

 

Page 29


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  25.3 The CEO or Supervisory Board may fix any date that is not more than 60 Clear Days prior to any general meeting as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at such general meeting.

 

  25.4 A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and together holding not less than 95 per cent in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

  25.5 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any Person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any annual general meeting or special general meeting of the holders of any class of shares shall be deemed to have received proper notice of that meeting and, where required, the purpose for which it was called.

 

26. Giving Notice and Access

 

  26.1 A notice or other document may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

  (a) by delivering it to such Member in person; or

 

  (b) by sending it by letter mail or courier to such Member’s address in the Register of Members; or

 

  (c) (excluding a share certificate) by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose or by such other means as the Supervisory Board may decide and which are permitted by applicable laws or regulations and not prohibited by the Act; or

 

  (d) in accordance with Bye-law 26.3.

 

  26.2 Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more Persons, be given to whichever of such Persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

  26.3 Each Member shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that any notice or other document (excluding a share certificate) may be provided by the Company by way of accessing them on a website instead of being provided by other means.

 

  26.4 Save as provided by Bye-laws 26.5 and 26.6, any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, at the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or transmitted by facsimile, electronic mail, or such other method as the case may be.

 

  26.5 Notice delivered by letter mail shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail of any member state of the European Union, the United States, or Bermuda.

 

 

Page 30


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  26.6 In the case of information or documents delivered in accordance with Bye-law 26.3, service shall be deemed to have occurred when (i) the Member is notified in accordance with Bye-law 26.1 of the website posting; and (ii) the information or document is published on the website.

 

  26.7 The Company shall be under no obligation to send a notice or other document to the address shown for any particular Member in the Register of Members if the Supervisory Board considers that the legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any regulatory body or relevant stock exchange in, the territory in which that address is situated are such that it is necessary or expedient not to send the notice or document concerned to such Member at such address and may require a Member with such an address to provide the Company with an alternative acceptable address for delivery of notices by the Company.

 

  26.8 If at any time, by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within Bermuda or any other territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a notice advertised in at least one national newspaper published in the territory concerned and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on each Person entitled to receive it in that territory on the day, or on the first day, on which the advertisement appears. In any such case, the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post if at least five Clear Days before the meeting the posting of notices to addresses throughout that territory again becomes practicable.

 

27. Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

The Supervisory Board may postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for a postponed meeting shall be given to the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

28. Attendance and Security at General Meetings

 

  28.1 If so permitted by the Supervisory Board or the chairman in relation to a general meeting, members may participate in such general meeting by such electronic means as permit all Persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  28.2 The Supervisory Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Supervisory Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a Person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

 

Page 31


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

29. Quorum at General Meetings

 

  29.1 Except as otherwise provided by the Act or these Bye-laws, at any general meeting two or more Persons present in person at the start of the meeting and having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and holding or representing in person or by proxy at least 50 per cent plus one voting share of the total issued voting shares in the Company at the relevant time shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

  29.2 If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the CEO may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the CEO shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting being adjourned. If the CEO shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws. A meeting may not be adjourned under this Bye-law 29.2 to a day which is more than 90 days after the day originally appointed for the meeting.

 

30. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the chairman of the Supervisory Board, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members at which such person is present. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present shall appoint one of their number who is willing to act as chairman or, if only one Director is present, he shall act as chairman, if willing to act. If none of the Directors present is willing to act as chairman, the Director or Directors present may appoint any other Officer who is present and willing to act as chairman. In default of any such appointment, the Persons present and entitled to vote shall elect any Officer who is present and willing to act as chairman or, if no Officer is present or if none of the Officers present is willing to act as chairman, one of their number to be chairman.

 

31. Voting on Resolutions

 

  31.1 Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, a resolution may only be put to a vote at a general meeting of the Company or of any class of Members if:

 

  (a) it is proposed by or at the direction of the Supervisory Board;

 

  (b) it is proposed at the direction of a court;

 

  (c) it is proposed on the requisition in writing of such number of Members as is prescribed by, and is made in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the Act or these Bye-laws provided that any such resolution concerning the subject matter addressed in Bye-laws 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 51.2, 51.3, 51.4, 56 or 83 which has not been authorised or recommended by the Supervisory Board or is otherwise in contravention of these Bye-laws shall require a resolution of the Company passed by Members representing not less than 66.66 per cent of the total voting rights of the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution; or

 

  (d) the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the resolution may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting.

 

 

Page 32


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  31.2 Subject to the Act and to the Bye-laws specified below:

 

  (a) 16.5 ( Whitewash for Mandatory Offers );

 

  (b) 31.1(c) ( Approval of certain resolutions requisitioned by Members );

 

  (c) 42.2 ( Cumulative voting for Directors );

 

  (d) 51.3(f) ( Voting at Special Election General Meetings );

 

  (e) 55.4(c) ( Fundamental Transactions involving the Company );

 

  (f) 56.3 ( M&A Transactions ); and

 

  (g) 83 ( Changes to the Bye-laws )

any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of such meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.

 

  31.3 No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls or other sums presently payable on all shares held by such Member.

 

  31.4 No amendment may be made to a resolution, at or before the time when it is put to a vote, unless the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the amendment or the amended resolution may properly be put to a vote at that meeting. At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

  31.5 At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

32. Voting on a Poll Required

 

  32.1 Notwithstanding anything in these Bye-laws to the contrary, at any meeting of the Members a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in each instance, be voted upon by a poll. Except where Cumulative Voting applies, every Person present at a meeting of the Members shall have one vote for each share of which such Person is the holder or for which such Person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by electronic means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A Person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

  32.2 A poll for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman of the meeting may direct.

 

 

Page 33


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  32.3 Each Person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such Person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken. Each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. Each Person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman shall direct. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Persons appointed by the chairman for the purpose or an independent scrutineer at the chairman’s discretion. The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

33. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

34. Instrument of Proxy

 

  34.1 A Member may appoint a proxy by (a) an instrument appointing a proxy in writing in such form as the Supervisory Board may determine from time to time; or (b) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

  34.2 The appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative in relation to a particular meeting shall, unless the contrary is stated, be valid for any adjournment of the meeting.

 

  34.3 A Member may appoint one or more standing proxies, with or without the power of substitution, or (if a corporation) one or more standing representatives by delivery to the Registered Office (or at such other place as the Supervisory Board may from time to time specify for such purpose) of evidence of such appointment(s). If a Member appoints more than one standing proxy or standing representative which appointments may allow the standing proxy or standing representative to vote generally or only in respect of a specified item of business, each appointment shall specify the number and class of shares held by the relevant Member in respect of which the standing proxy or standing representative has been appointed and any restrictions or limitations pursuant to which the standing proxy or standing representative is subject. The appointment of such a standing proxy or representative shall be valid for every general meeting and adjourned meeting until such time as it is revoked by notice to the Company or the Member ceases to be a Member, but:

 

  (a) the appointment of a standing proxy or representative may be made on an irrevocable basis and may be limited to any particular item or items of business or be unlimited and the Company shall recognise the vote or abstention of the proxy or representative given in accordance with the terms of such an appointment, to the exclusion of the vote of the Member, until such time as the appointment ceases to be effective in accordance with its terms;

 

  (b) (subject to Bye-law 34.3(a)) the appointment of a standing proxy or representative shall be deemed to be suspended at any meeting or poll taken at any meeting at which the Member is present or in respect of which the Member has specifically appointed another proxy or representative; and

 

 

Page 34


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (c) the Supervisory Board may from time to time require such evidence as it deems necessary as to the due execution and continuing validity of the appointment of any proxy or representative and, if it does so, the appointment of the proxy or representative shall be deemed to be suspended until such time as the Supervisory Board determines that it has received the required evidence or other evidence satisfactory to it.

 

  34.4 The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the Registered Office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the Person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and an appointment of proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted may be treated as invalid. The Supervisory Board may waive any requirements as to the delivery of proxies, either generally or in any particular case.

 

  34.5 Subject to Bye-law 34.10 and subject as mentioned in this Bye-law, an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or corporate representative shall not be treated as valid until 24 hours after the time at which it, together with such evidence as to its due execution as the Supervisory Board may from time to time require, is delivered to the Registered Office (or to such other place or places as the Supervisory Board may from time to time specify for the purpose).

 

  34.6 If the terms of appointment of a proxy include a power of substitution, any proxy appointed by substitution under such power shall be deemed to be the proxy of the Member who conferred such power. All the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the execution and delivery of an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the instrument or other form of communication effecting or evidencing such an appointment by substitution.

 

  34.7 The appointment of a proxy, whether a standing proxy or a proxy relating to a particular meeting, shall be deemed, unless the contrary is stated, to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution and on any other resolution put to a meeting for which it is valid in such manner as the proxy thinks fit.

 

  34.8 A vote given by proxy, whether a standing proxy or a proxy relating to a particular meeting, shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the appointment of the proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, unless notice of such death, insanity or revocation was received by the Company at the Registered Office (or at any other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments or other forms of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of proxies in the notice convening the meeting or in any other information sent to Members by or on behalf of the Supervisory Board in relation to the meeting) at least one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or by such later time as the Supervisory Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case.

 

  34.9

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of these Bye-laws, the Supervisory Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case, to treat an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative as properly delivered for the purposes of these Bye-laws if a copy or facsimile image of the instrument is sent by electronic means to the Registered Office (or

 

 

Page 35


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  to such place as may be specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case, in any other information sent by or on behalf of the Supervisory Board in relation to the meeting or adjourned meeting).

 

  34.10 Subject to the Act, the Supervisory Board may also at its discretion waive any of the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the execution and deposit of an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative or any ancillary matter (including, without limitation, any requirement for the production or delivery of any instrument or other communication to any particular place or by any particular time or in any particular way) and, in any case in which it considers it appropriate, may accept such verbal or other assurances as it thinks fit as to the right of any Person to attend and vote on behalf of any Member at any general meeting.

 

  34.11 A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy, with or without the power of substitution, to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

  34.12 A proxy need not be a Member.

 

35. Representation of Corporate Member

 

  35.1 A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

  35.2 A Member which is a corporation may, by written instrument, appoint more than one such authorised representative (with or without appointing any Persons in the alternative) at any such meeting provided that such appointment specifies the number of shares in respect of which each such appointee is authorised to act as representative, not exceeding in aggregate the number of shares held by the appointor and carrying the right to attend and vote at the relevant meeting.

 

  35.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

36. Adjournment of General Meeting

 

  36.1 The chairman of any general meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy), adjourn the meeting.

 

  36.2 In addition, the chairman may adjourn the meeting to another time and place or sine die without such consent or direction, and whether or not a quorum is present, at the direction of the Supervisory Board (prior to or at the meeting) or if it appears to him that:

 

  (a) it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

 

Page 36


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) the unruly conduct of Persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

  (c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

  36.3 Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

  36.4 When a meeting is adjourned for three months or more or sine die , not less than ten Clear Days notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as in the case of the original meeting. Except as expressly provided by these Bye laws, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

37. Written resolutions

Section 77A of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

38. Directors’ Attendance at General Meetings

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

39. Composition of the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board shall consist of:

 

  39.1 three Unaffiliated Directors; and

 

  39.2 six Nominated Directors, three of whom shall be nominated by each Nominating Shareholder in accordance with Bye-law 40.

 

40. Nominated Directors

 

  40.1 At least six months prior to the proposed date of an annual general meeting, the Nominating Committee shall request nominations from each Nominating Shareholder for candidates to become Nominated Directors. Nominations of Nominated Directors shall be by notice to the Nominating Committee not less than 40 Clear Days before the proposed date of an annual general meeting and shall be signed by or on behalf of the relevant Nominating Shareholder and shall take effect on delivery to the Nominating Committee at the Registered Office or, if earlier, on service on the CEO.

 

  40.2 Persons so nominated shall be put forward by the Nominating Committee to the Supervisory Board and shall be proposed by the Supervisory Board for election as Directors by the Members at the annual general meeting in question. For the avoidance of doubt, the Supervisory Board shall have no discretion to refuse to put forward for election any candidate so nominated.

 

 

Page 37


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  40.3 If a Nominating Shareholder defaults in nominating any or all of its Nominated Directors as provided in Bye-law 40.1, the Nominating Committee shall select candidates to fill any vacant position(s) on that Nominating Shareholder’s behalf. These candidates shall be selected from those candidates identified to fill the position of Unaffiliated Director pursuant to Bye-law 41.1 and shall be the last candidate(s) to be eliminated as Unaffiliated Director candidates pursuant to the procedure set out in Bye-law 41.1. Any Directors so nominated shall, on election be considered Nominated Directors nominated by the Nominating Shareholder in default, subject to that Nominating Shareholder’s rights to remove and replace the such Nominated Director(s) at any time pursuant to Bye-laws 45.1 and 46.2.

 

41. Unaffiliated Directors

 

  41.1 At least six months prior to the proposed date of an annual general meeting, the Nominating Committee shall notify each Nominating Shareholder of the Nominating Committee’s intention to select candidates for the three Unaffiliated Directors. Each Nominating Shareholder may nominate up to three candidates. If, at that time, at least two of the Nominated Directors previously nominated by each Nominating Shareholder propose to the Nominating Committee that the three then-current Unaffiliated Directors each serve another term as a Director, and each Unaffiliated Director agrees to serve another term as a Director, then the Nominating Committee shall accept such recommendation. If such a proposal is not received from at least two of the Nominated Directors previously nominated by each Nominating Shareholder or if any then-current Unaffiliated Director does not so agree, the Nominating Committee shall engage a Search Consultant selected by the committee members to propose ten candidates who meet the candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 41.2 to become the three Unaffiliated Directors (which proposal shall include all then-current Unaffiliated Directors unless any Unaffiliated Director explicitly requests not to be considered for another term). Each Nominating Shareholder may propose up to three candidates to the Search Consultant but the Search Consultant shall not be required to include any such candidate in its proposal. As soon as possible after the Nominating Committee receives the Search Consultant’s proposal, it shall provide a copy of the proposal to the Supervisory Board and convene a meeting of the Nominating Committee at which one of the Nominated Directors previously nominated by each Nominating Shareholder shall also attend. The Nominating Committee shall remove three proposed candidates at the request of each Nominated Director (six candidates in the aggregate) in a process where each Nominated Director alternates in removing one candidate at a time, and continuing sequentially until up to six candidates have been eliminated (and the Nominating Shareholders shall alternate, in even and odd numbered calendar years, in having their Nominated Director select the first candidate to be removed). The Nominating Committee shall then select three candidates from the remaining list of four candidates as its recommendation to the Supervisory Board and who shall be proposed by the Supervisory Board for election as the three Unaffiliated Directors at the annual general meeting. For the avoidance of doubt, the Supervisory Board shall have no discretion to refuse to put forward for election any candidate so nominated by the Nominating Committee.

 

  41.2 Unless otherwise specified, each item listed below shall be a requirement for an Unaffiliated Director candidate selected by the Search Consultant:

 

  (i) Unaffiliated;

 

  (ii) Fluency in English;

 

 

Page 38


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (iii) Ability and willingness to travel to attend Supervisory Board meetings on a regular basis;

 

  (iv) Ability and willingness to serve on the Nominating Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and any other committee of the Supervisory Board;

 

  (v) Ability and willingness to serve as chairman of the Supervisory Board; and

 

  (vi) Experience in telecommunications is a plus, but not a requirement.

 

  41.3 Up to and until the end of the first fiscal year in which the Group derives more than 33 per cent of its consolidated revenue from sources outside Russia and Ukraine, (a) at least 6 of the Unaffiliated Director candidates selected by the Search Consultant shall be required to meet the criteria specified in item (i) below and of those candidates, at least 4 must also be conversant in Russian, and (b) at least 6 of the Unaffiliated Director candidates selected by the Search Consultant shall be required to meet the criteria specified in item (ii) below:

 

  (i) Meaningful experience in Russia, Ukraine or countries in the CIS where the Company is operational and preferably other emerging markets (as a senior executive or as a director); and

 

  (ii) Experience as a senior executive or director in a large, publicly traded international company (with annual revenues exceeding US$3 billion) that is listed in Western Europe, North America, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong or Australia.

 

  41.4 No Member, nor any Director nominated by it, shall commence any Action in respect of, or otherwise challenge, any proposal from the Search Consultant identifying candidates for election as Unaffiliated Directors on the basis of a claim that one or more of the candidates identified in such proposal do not meet the applicable criteria specified in Bye-law 41.2.

 

  41.5 Subject to Bye-law 41.2, in addition to the candidates submitted to the Nominating Committee pursuant to Bye-law 41.1, during the period commencing six months after the immediately preceding annual general meeting (the “ Advance Notice Date” ) and ending nine months after such meeting date, an Eligible Shareholder may suggest one, and not more than one, candidate for consideration as an Unaffiliated Director to the Nominating Committee in accordance with this Bye-law 41.5. The Nominating Committee shall not be required to consider any candidate proposed pursuant to this Bye-law 41.1 unless such candidate satisfies the candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 41.2 and would, if elected to the Supervisory Board, constitute an Unaffiliated Director. Notwithstanding any such candidate’s compliance with the candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 41.2, the Nominating Committee shall not be obliged to include any such candidate among those it puts forward to the Supervisory Board for proposal to the Members. Any such recommendations that, in the opinion of the Nominating Committee, satisfy the candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 41.2, shall be provided to the Search Consultant for inclusion in the Search Consultant’s list of proposed candidates to become an Unaffiliated Director.

 

 

Page 39


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  41.6 A maximum of two candidates suggested by Eligible Shareholders shall be considered by the Nominating Committee. If the Nominating Committee receives more than two suggested candidates from Eligible Shareholders in compliance with these Bye-laws, then the two candidates to be considered shall be determined by the size (from largest to smallest) of the Beneficial Ownership of the suggesting Eligible Shareholders of voting shares in the Company as at the Advance Notice Date.

 

  41.7 Bye-law 41.5 provide the exclusive method for Members (other than Nominating Shareholders and their Affiliates) to suggest candidates for Unaffiliated Directors to the Nominating Committee.

 

  41.8 Persons recommended by the Nominating Committee to become the three Unaffiliated Directors in accordance with this Bye-law 41 shall be proposed by the Supervisory Board for election as Unaffiliated Directors by the Members at the annual general meeting.

 

42. Election of Directors

 

  42.1 The Directors shall be elected at each annual general meeting of the Company.

 

  42.2 All Directors shall be elected by Cumulative Voting. By way of illustration only, if there were ten candidates proposed to the Members at a general meeting for election as Directors but only nine available Director positions, a Member holding 100 voting shares would be entitled to apportion 900 votes among the ten candidates, and the nine candidates achieving the highest number of votes of all the voting Members would be elected to the Supervisory Board.

 

  42.3 A Director shall (unless he is removed from office or his office is vacated in accordance with these Bye-laws) hold office until the next following annual general meeting in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

  42.4 Unless otherwise required by the Act, at any general meeting where the election of Directors is presented to the Members, the Nominating Shareholders shall not propose more candidates to the Members than there are available Director positions to be filled.

 

  42.5 Subject to the right of:

 

  (a) any number of Members representing not less than one-twentieth of the total voting rights of all the Members, or

 

  (b) not less than one hundred Members,

acting in accordance with the Act, to nominate any Person as an Unaffiliated Director at a general meeting, no other Person shall be appointed a Director unless such Person is proposed by the Supervisory Board based on the Nominating Committee’s recommendation.

 

  42.6 All Directors, upon election or appointment (but not on re-appointment), must provide written acceptance of their appointment, in such form as the Supervisory Board may think fit, by notice in writing to the Registered Office within 30 days of their appointment.

 

43. No Share Qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the capital of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company

 

 

Page 40


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

44. Alternate Directors

 

  44.1 Any Director nominated by a Nominating Shareholder may appoint another Director nominated by such Nominating Shareholder to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice in writing to the Registered Office. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

  44.2 An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Supervisory Board and committees of the Supervisory Board of which the appointing Director is a member and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director.

 

  44.3 An Alternate Director shall cease to be such if the Director for whom he was appointed to act as a Director in the alternative ceases for any reason to be a Director, but he may be re-appointed by the Supervisory Board as an alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

45. Removal of Directors

 

  45.1 Each Nominating Shareholder shall be entitled, by written notice to the Company from time to time, to remove any Nominated Director nominated by such Nominating Shareholder. Any such notice shall be signed by the remover and shall take effect on delivery to the Registered Office or, if earlier, on service on the CEO. Any vacancy in the Supervisory Board caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Bye-law 46.2.

 

  45.2 An Unaffiliated Director may be removed at any time and for any reason prior to the expiration of such Director’s period of office by a resolution of the Supervisory Board passed or approved by the three Nominated Directors nominated by each Nominating Shareholder. To the extent permitted thereby, the provisions of the Act relating to removal of any Director by the Members shall not apply to the Company.

 

46. Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

  46.1 The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

  (d) resigns his office by notice to the Company; or

 

  (e) on his term of office expiring.

 

  46.2

Each Nominating Shareholder shall have the power to appoint any person as a Nominated Director to fill a vacancy on the Supervisory Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification, removal or resignation of any Nominated Director

 

 

Page 41


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  nominated by such Nominating Shareholder. Any such appointment shall be by notice to the Company and shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor and shall take effect on delivery to the Registered Office or, if earlier, on service on the CEO.

 

  46.3 If the office of an Unaffiliated Director is vacated as a result of the death, disability, disqualification, removal or resignation of such Unaffiliated Director, the remaining members of the Nominating Committee shall work with a Search Consultant to identify and select as promptly as practical a candidate who satisfies the candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 41.2 to serve as an Unaffiliated Director. The Supervisory Board may then appoint any such candidate as an Unaffiliated Director; provided that such appointment shall require the affirmative vote of at least three of the Directors nominated by each Nominating Shareholder and such candidate shall satisfy the criteria in Bye-law 41.2.

 

  46.4 Any person appointed by a Nominating Shareholder or the Supervisory Board to fill a vacancy occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification, removal or resignation of a Director shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting of the Company but shall be eligible for re-election.

 

47. Remuneration of Directors

 

  47.1 The amount of any fees payable to Directors shall be determined by the Supervisory Board upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. Directors who are also employees of a Group Company shall not be paid any such fees by the Company in addition to their remuneration as an employee.

 

  47.2 Any Director who serves on any committee, or who, at the request of the Supervisory Board, goes or resides abroad, makes any special journey or otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Supervisory Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the Supervisory Board may determine in addition to or in lieu of any fee payable to him for his services as Director pursuant to these Bye-laws.

 

  47.3 The Company shall repay to any Director all such reasonable expenses as he may properly incur in the performance of his duties including attending meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or debentures of the Company or otherwise in or about the business of the Company.

 

  47.4 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to, any individuals who are or were at any time in the employment or service of or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any Person which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and the families and dependants of any such individuals, and also establish and subsidise or subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs or funds calculated to be for the benefit of or to advance the interests and well-being of the Company, any such Subsidiary or Affiliate or any such other Person, or of any such individuals as aforesaid, and, subject to the Act, make payments for or towards the insurance of any such individuals as aforesaid, and do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other Person.

 

 

Page 42


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

48. Defect in Appointment of Director

All acts done in good faith by the Supervisory Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Supervisory Board, any person to whom the Supervisory Board may have delegated any of its powers or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

49. Register of Directors and Officers

The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the Registered Office a register of directors and officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

50. Governance Structure

 

  50.1 The governance of the Company shall comprise:

 

  (a) the Supervisory Board elected by the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (b) the CEO appointed by the Supervisory Board in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (c) the Management Board appointed by the CEO, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, in accordance with these Bye-laws; and

 

  (d) Senior Executives appointed by the CEO, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

51. Appointment of Chairman, CEO, Officers and Secretary

 

  51.1 The chairman of the Supervisory Board shall be Unaffiliated (except with respect to any prior service on the Supervisory Board) and shall be selected by the Supervisory Board. If no Unaffiliated Director is willing to serve as chairman of the Supervisory Board, any Director nominated by a Nominating Shareholder shall be selected by the Supervisory Board. The chairman of the Supervisory Board shall not have a casting vote.

 

  51.2 The CEO shall be selected as follows. The Compensation Committee shall select and engage on commercially reasonable terms a Search Consultant which shall identify and present to the Compensation Committee a proposal for a maximum of five candidates for CEO who meet the applicable candidate considerations set out in Bye-law 51.4. Any Director may suggest candidates to the Search Consultant for inclusion in the proposal to the Compensation Committee, although the Search Consultant shall not be required to include any such candidate in its proposal. The Compensation Committee’s goal shall be the unanimous selection of a single candidate to recommend to the full Supervisory Board. If the Compensation Committee is unable unanimously to agree on a single candidate, the Compensation Committee shall reduce the list to a maximum of two candidates, with at least one candidate supported by each Nominating Shareholder, for recommendation to the full Supervisory Board. The CEO shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board from among these candidates in accordance with Bye-law 51.3. The CEO may be removed by the affirmative vote of at least six Directors.

 

 

Page 43


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  51.3 Any vote of the Supervisory Board to approve the appointment of the CEO shall be determined as follows:

 

  (a) if any two Directors have so requested at the start of the relevant Supervisory Board meeting, the vote in relation to the appointment of a CEO must take place by way of secret ballot;

 

  (b) if the Supervisory Board is considering only one CEO candidate, six or more Directors must vote in favor of approving the appointment of such candidate, whereupon such candidate shall be appointed as CEO by the Supervisory Board;

 

  (c) if the Supervisory Board is considering two CEO candidates, the candidate receiving six or more affirmative votes of all Directors present and voting shall be appointed as the CEO by the Supervisory Board;

 

  (d) if no candidate receives six or more affirmative votes, (i) the chairman of such Supervisory Board meeting shall cause another vote to be taken in respect of the approval of such candidate(s) one hour after completion of the first vote, (ii) if following such vote no candidate has received six affirmative votes, each Nominating Shareholder (acting through its chief executive officer or such other person nominated by the Nominating Shareholder) shall, during the week immediately following the second vote meet and confer concerning candidates for the CEO position and (iii) a third vote shall be taken at the same location as the previous Supervisory Board meeting one week after the second vote. If, after such second or third vote, a candidate has received six or more affirmative votes, the candidate so elected shall be appointed as the CEO by the Supervisory Board;

 

  (e) if following the completion of the process specified in Bye-laws 51.3(a) to (d) no such candidate is elected and appointed as CEO by the Supervisory Board and the then current CEO is still acting as the CEO, the Company shall offer to the then current CEO the opportunity to serve for one more year on such reasonable terms and conditions as may be agreed between the Company and the then current CEO; provided that an extension of the CEO’s term of service pursuant to this Bye-law shall not occur more than once sequentially. If the then current CEO agrees to serve for such further one year period, a search for a new CEO shall be commenced immediately in accordance with Bye-law 51.2; and

 

  (f)

if (i) there is no then current CEO (due to death, disability, resignation, removal or otherwise), (ii) the then current CEO has not accepted, within twenty Business Days following the latest Supervisory Board vote specified in Bye-law 51.3(d) above, to serve for a further one year period or (iii) an extension of the CEO’s term of service is not permitted due to the CEO having already served for a further one year period, the Unaffiliated Director who is a member of the Compensation Committee shall immediately and without any further action by any Person cease to be a member of the Compensation Committee and the Supervisory Board shall convene a general meeting as soon as practicable to select one of the three then current Unaffiliated Directors as a member of the Compensation Committee (a “ Special Election General Meeting ”). At the Special Election General Meeting, on a single vote to select between the candidates, the Unaffiliated Director receiving the highest number of affirmative votes of those Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy in such Special Election General Meeting shall be selected as the member of the

 

 

Page 44


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Compensation Committee. Following the election at a Special Election General Meeting and appointment of an Unaffiliated Director as a member of the Compensation Committee, if both of the two candidates for CEO who had been previously proposed to and considered by the Supervisory Board in accordance with Bye-laws 51.2 and 51.3(c) are still under consideration, a meeting of the Compensation Committee shall be held as soon as practicable at which such candidates shall be considered by the Compensation Committee. The candidate receiving two or more affirmative votes of members of the Compensation Committee present and voting shall be appointed as the CEO without the need for any further consideration, approval or determination by the Supervisory Board or any other Person. If no such candidate receives two affirmative votes of members of the Compensation Committee, the selection process shall be re-commenced as soon as practicable in accordance with Bye-law 51.2. If, following the election at a Special Election General Meeting of an Unaffiliated Director as a member of the Compensation Committee, either or both of the two candidates for CEO who have been previously proposed to and considered by the Supervisory Board in accordance with Bye-laws 51.2 and 51.3(c) are no longer under consideration, then the selection process shall be re-commenced as soon as practicable in accordance with Bye-laws 51.2 and 51.3(a) to (d); provided that if following the completion of such process, no CEO has been selected, a meeting of the Compensation Committee shall be held as soon as practicable at which such candidates shall be considered by the Compensation Committee. The candidate receiving two or more affirmative votes of members of the Compensation Committee present and voting shall be appointed as the CEO.

 

  51.4 Each item listed below shall be a requirement for a CEO candidate selected by the Search Consultant:

 

  (a) Unless otherwise agreed by the Nominating Shareholders, Unaffiliated;

 

  (b) Fluency in English;

 

  (c) If not then resident in the Netherlands, ability and willingness to relocate immediately to the Netherlands;

 

  (d) Meaningful experience as a senior executive in emerging markets with a preference for experience in Russia, Ukraine, or countries in Central and Eastern Europe;

 

  (e) Meaningful experience as a senior executive in a large international company (with annual revenues exceeding US$3 billion).

 

  (f) Experience in telecommunications or consumer goods is a plus, but not a requirement.

 

  (g) Ability to travel extensively on business.

 

  (h) Russian language capability is a plus but not a requirement; provided that, following the end of the first fiscal year in which the Group derives not less than 67 per cent of its consolidated revenue from sources inside Russian and Ukraine, this requirement shall not apply.

 

  (i) General qualities expected of a CEO, including leadership, experience, communication and other skills.

 

 

Page 45


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  51.5 The Supervisory Board may appoint such Officers (who shall not be permitted to be Directors) as the Supervisory Board may determine. The CEO shall have exclusive authority to identify and recommend to the Supervisory Board for the Supervisory Board’s ratification the Company’s Senior Executives.

 

  51.6 The Secretary and (if relevant) Resident Representative shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

52. Duties and Remuneration of Officers and Senior Executives

 

  52.1 The Officers and Senior Executives shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Supervisory Board or Management Board from time to time.

 

  52.2 The Officers and Senior Executives shall receive such remuneration as the Supervisory Board may determine.

 

53. Duties and Remuneration of the Secretary

 

  53.1 The duties of the Secretary shall be those prescribed by the Act, together with such other duties as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Supervisory Board.

 

  53.2 A provision of the Act or these Bye-laws requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same Person acting both as Director and as, or in the place of, the Secretary.

 

  53.3 The Secretary shall receive such remuneration as the Supervisory Board may determine.

 

54. Powers and Committees of the Supervisory Board

 

  54.1 The Supervisory Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting or delegated to the Management Board or the CEO.

 

  54.2 Subject to these Bye-laws, the Supervisory Board may delegate to any company, firm, person, or body of persons any power of the Supervisory Board (including the power to sub-delegate). The Supervisory Board may appoint by power of attorney of any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Supervisory Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Supervisory Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Supervisory Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney.

 

  54.3 The Supervisory Board shall establish and maintain:

 

  (a) a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee the (“ Nominating Committee ”) which shall comprise three Unaffiliated Directors from time to time and shall be responsible for coordinating the selection process for candidates to become Directors and recommending such candidates to the Supervisory Board;

 

 

Page 46


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) an Audit Committee, which (i) shall comprise three Directors, one of whom shall be appointed by each Nominating Shareholder and one of whom shall be an Unaffiliated Director, all of whom shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time (“ Rule 10A-3 ”), and which shall have the authority required by Rule 10A-3, including responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the Auditor, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors;

 

  (c) a Compensation Committee, which shall comprise three Directors, one of which shall be appointed by each Nominating Shareholder and one of which shall be an Unaffiliated Director and shall be responsible for (i) approving the compensation of the Group’s directors, officers and employees, the Group’s employee benefit plans and equity compensation plans, and any contract relating to a Group Company director, officer or shareholder, their respective family members or Affiliates; and (ii) selecting and nominating a CEO; and

 

  (d) if agreed to by the Supervisory Board, a Financial Committee, which shall comprise three Directors, one of which shall be appointed by each Nominating Shareholder and one of which shall be an Unaffiliated Director and shall be responsible for reviewing financial transactions, policies, strategies and the Group’s capital structure.

 

  54.4 All committee members shall be Directors who are elected or confirmed by the Supervisory Board annually. The committees shall adopt and operate on the basis of publicly available, written committee charters adopted by the Supervisory Board that meet the NYSE’s requirements for such a committee (with any amendments thereto approved by the affirmative vote of any six Directors). Each committee’s authority shall be to provide recommendations to the full Supervisory Board on the respective matters delegated to such committee. The quorum for any meeting of a committee shall be two members of such committee, and the affirmative vote of two members of a committee must approve matters before such committee.

 

55. Authority Matrix

 

  55.1 Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, the Supervisory Board shall ensure that the business of the Company shall be managed by the CEO and the Management Board. The following actions shall require the approval of the Supervisory Board:

 

  (a) the approval of the Business Plan and, subject to and in accordance with Bye-law 81, the Headquarters Budget;

 

  (b) the approval of M&A Transactions, subject to and in accordance with Bye-law 56;

 

  (c) the acquisition or construction of a capital asset not included in the Business Plan if the total expenditures by a Group Company would exceed the Authority Threshold;

 

  (d) any suspension, cessation or abandonment of any activity which exceeded the Authority Threshold in revenues for the most recent fiscal year;

 

 

Page 47


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (e) any Group Company’s exit from or closing of a business or business segment, or a down-sizing, reduction in force or streamlining of any operation, that results in cash expenditures outside the ordinary course of business for which the aggregate cash expense would exceed the Authority Threshold for any such projects or series of related projects;

 

  (f) any Fundamental Transaction;

 

  (g) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any Group Company;

 

  (h) any financing transaction that exceeds the Authority Threshold between two or more Group Companies where one or more of the companies is not wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company;

 

  (i) any organisational or reporting changes to the management structure of the Company;

 

  (j) any Group Company incurring or guaranteeing any debt in an amount greater than the Authority Threshold;

 

  (k) any Group Company providing a guarantee of indebtedness or granting security in respect of indebtedness, in each case in an amount greater than the Authority Threshold;

 

  (l) the payment of any dividends by a Group Company other than (1) dividends paid by a Group Company which is wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company or (2) preferred dividends required by law or by the charter of such Group Company;

 

  (m) except for issues of shares, or interest in shares, in connection with employee compensation awards (which authority shall be delegated to the Compensation Committee), the issue or repurchase of any shares in the Company or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares or interests in shares of the Company, or the right to subscribe for any shares or securities of the Company, as well as the issue or repurchase of other forms of security of the Company;

 

  (n) any change in the authorised or issued share capital of any Group Company if as a result of such change the shareholding of any person not forming part of the Group increases;

 

  (o) the approval of the audited accounts of any Group Company;

 

  (p) the appointment of the auditors of any Group Company (other than the Company);

 

  (q) the entry into any contract (whether by renewal or otherwise) or group of related contracts by any Group Company with a value, or requiring aggregate payments to or from that Group Company, in excess of the Authority Threshold;

 

  (r) the entry into or continuation of any Related Party Agreement by any Group Company subject to any additional requirements for disinterested director approval under applicable Law and in accordance with Bye-law 59.1;

 

  (s) the approval, amendment or variation of the Group’s exchange rates, hedging or futures policy to the extent that the Company’s chief financial officer has determined such approval, amendment or variation could, in aggregate, have a financial impact on the Group in excess of the Authority Threshold in any financial year;

 

 

Page 48


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (t) any Group Company’s initiation of any litigation, claim, arbitration or other legal matter that the Supervisory Board or Management Board believes is material to the reputation or operations of the Group or is expected at the time of initiation to result in counterclaims or a series of counterclaims exceeding the Authority Threshold;

 

  (u) the settlement by the Group of any action, suit, claim or proceeding, including any investigation by a governmental authority, that would impose any material restrictions on the operations of the Group, or pursuant to which the amount to be paid by the Group, together with any other related expected financial impact, exceeds US$10 million per matter or series of related matters;

 

  (v) any Group Company’s entry into any lease obligation wherein the present value of the aggregate lease obligation as estimated by the CEO is greater than the Authority Threshold;

 

  (w) any Group Company’s entry into a transaction that is not specifically contemplated in the Business Plan involving the purchase, sale, lease or other acquisition or disposition of interests in land, buildings, fixtures, machinery, equipment and appurtenances in any case for consideration that exceeds the Authority Threshold in any transaction or series of related transactions;

 

  (x) any Group Company’s incurrence of incremental Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of greater than US$50 million per transaction (whether in the form of one or a series of related closings or transactions), other than under existing credit facilities previously approved by the Supervisory Board;

 

  (y) the entry into any management contract (whether by renewal or otherwise) by, or in relation to, any Group Company’s chief executive functions;

 

  (z) the appointment, re-appointment or early termination of the employment of the CEO or any other Senior Executive;

 

  (aa) any amendments to the delegation of authority to the CEO and approval of delegations of authority to any Officer;

 

  (bb) the voting of shares of any Group Company in respect of an election of directors of such company or in respect of any matter referred to in this Bye-law 55.1 which is to be undertaken by a Group Company;

 

  (cc) except in respect of ordinary course, routine matters, the issuing of instructions to the CEO for voting or taking other Company action, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of shareholders (or with respect to any action of such shareholders) of any other corporation or entity in which the Group may hold securities and any exercise of rights and powers which the Group may possess by reason of its ownership of securities of such other corporation or entity;

 

  (dd) the approval of any matter to be submitted to the Members for a vote;

 

 

Page 49


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (ee) the employment of such accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, independent contractors and other advisors; the execution and delivery of such papers, documents and instruments; the payment of such fees and other amounts; and the doing of such acts, in each case as determined to be necessary or desirable in furtherance of the exercise of the Supervisory Board’s authority;

 

  (ff) the appointment or termination of members of the Supervisory Board to committees of the Supervisory Board and the delegation of the Supervisory Board’s authority to such committees, subject to the requirements of these Bye-laws; and

 

  (gg) the refusal to register the transfer of any shares that were attempted to be transferred in violation of these Bye-laws.

 

  55.2 Other than those actions that require the approval of the Supervisory Board or the Members as set out in this Bye-law 55, or as otherwise required by the Act or by applicable Law, the Supervisory Board shall delegate power to the Management Board (and shall have no authority or discretion to do otherwise) so that the Management Board has the authority to take the following actions, among others, without the approval of the Supervisory Board or the Members:

 

  (a) in respect of any item described in Bye-law 55.1 that is limited to matters exceeding the Authority Threshold, the Management Board shall have authority to take action in respect of each such matter to the extent that the Management Board determines in good faith that the maximum amount of any Group Company’s obligation or liability is limited to, or is not expected to exceed, the Authority Threshold;

 

  (b) any M&A Transaction that is specifically included in the Business Plan, or any other M&A Transaction with an aggregate value, when combined with all other such M&A Transactions approved by the Management Board without Supervisory Board consent during any fiscal year, of less than the Authority Threshold;

 

  (c) any Group Company’s entry into ordinary course transactions permitted under existing credit, loan, debt or other borrowing facilities previously approved by the Supervisory Board, including borrowings and repayments of principal and interest, including (i) draw-downs under existing revolving credit facilities, (ii) accelerated, unscheduled or other non-mandatory payments or pre-payments of principal or interest, and (iii) issuances of letters of credit and other credit enhancement or performance bonds or securities;

 

  (d) any Group Company’s grant of liens in, and other pledges of collateral to secure, any indebtedness which is approved by the Supervisory Board or is under the authority granted to the Management Board as described above;

 

  (e) any Group Company’s incurrence of indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of US$50 million or less per transaction (whether in the form of one or a series of related closings or transactions), other than under existing credit facilities previously approved by the Supervisory Board;

 

  (f) any Group Company’s making of non-material changes to existing credit approved by the Supervisory Board or under the authority granted to the Management Board as described above;

 

 

Page 50


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (g) actions required to be taken in order for a Group Company to obtain or maintain all governmental approvals, licenses and permits;

 

  (h) the settlement by the Group of any action, suit, claim or proceeding, including any investigation by a governmental authority, that would not impose any material restrictions on the operations of the Group, or pursuant to which the amount to be paid by the Group, together with any other related expected financial impact, is not expected to exceed US$10 million per matter or series of related matters. This authorisation shall not extend to matters which are subject to an internal investigation being coordinated by the Supervisory Board or a committee of the Supervisory Board or impacting any Director in his personal capacity;

 

  (i) any Group Company’s entry into contracts for the purchase or lease of goods and services for use in the ordinary course of business (so long as in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice), except where the counterparty to any such contract is a director or officer of the Group or to their respective family members or Affiliates;

 

  (j) voting and otherwise taking action on behalf of the Company, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of shareholders (or with respect to any action of such shareholders) of any other corporation or entity in which a Group Company may hold securities and otherwise exercise any and all rights and powers which the Group may possess by reason of its ownership of securities of such other corporation or entity, acting in accordance with the instructions of the Supervisory Board, to the extent required by Bye-law 55.1;

 

  (k) the delegation (including authority to sub-delegate and re-delegate) of any authority of the Management Board set out in these Bye-laws to any officer or employee or agent of a Group Company, or to any team, committee or other group that includes such officers or employees or agent;

 

  (l) the employment of such accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, independent contractors and other advisors; the execution and delivery of such papers, documents and instruments; the payment of such fees and other amounts; and the doing of such acts, in each case as determined to be necessary or desirable in furtherance of the exercise of the Management Board’s authority; and

 

  (m) such other ordinary course of business activities as are customarily within the authority of a management board and are not reserved for the Supervisory Board or a committee of the Supervisory Board and such other authority as is delegated to the Management Board by the Supervisory Board or any committee of the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

  55.3 Unless otherwise specified in these Bye-laws or as otherwise required by applicable Law or a specific grant of authority by the CEO to a Senior Executive or Officer or pursuant to a resolution of the Management Board passed in accordance with Bye-law 59, the Management Board delegates power to the CEO as the chairman of the Management Board pursuant to resolutions of the Management Board passed in accordance with Bye-law 63.

 

 

Page 51


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  55.4 In addition to those matters required by applicable Law or the NYSE’s rules, the following actions shall require the approval of a simple majority (unless a higher approval threshold is specifically stated in these Bye-laws) of the votes cast at a general meeting:

 

  (a) subject to Bye-law 83, any amendment to, or revision of, these Bye-laws or a change in the Company’s legal name, each of which shall require a Special Resolution;

 

  (b) any change in the authorised share capital of the Company, including the creation of a new class of shares which are preferred in respect of voting, dividend or return of capital to the Common Shares;

 

  (c) any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation involving the Company, which shall require a Special Resolution (in addition to any approval that may be required pursuant to Bye-law 55.4(d) in respect of an M&A Transaction that is also a Fundamental Transaction involving the Company);

 

  (d) any M&A Transaction for which shareholder approval is contemplated by Bye-law 56;

 

  (e) any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

  (f) any issue of securities of the Company that requires shareholder approval under the NYSE rules (including the NYSE rules regarding any equity issue (i)  to a related party in excess of 1 per cent or 5 per cent (as applicable) of the number of shares or voting power outstanding, (ii)  of 20 per cent or more of the voting power or of the shares outstanding unless such equity issue is carried out through a public offering for cash or a bona fide private financing (as such term is defined in the NYSE rules) or (iii)  that will result in a change of control of the Company);

 

  (g) any consolidation or sub-division of the Company’s shares;

 

  (h) the appointment of the Auditor;

 

  (i) loans to any Director, which will be subject to the Act; and

 

  (j) the discontinuance of the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act, which shall require a Special Resolution.

 

56. M&A Transactions

 

  56.1 The CEO shall have exclusive authority to identify, negotiate and propose to the Supervisory Board M&A Transactions.

 

  56.2 Except as otherwise required by applicable Law or the NYSE’s rules, the vote necessary to approve any M&A Transaction shall be determined as follows:

 

  (a) If five or more Directors vote to approve an Unrelated M&A Transaction, such Unrelated M&A Transaction shall be approved by the Supervisory Board. If five or more Directors vote against the approval of an Unrelated M&A Transaction, such Unrelated M&A Transaction shall not proceed and no further action shall be taken in respect of such transaction.

 

 

Page 52


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) If fewer than five Directors vote to approve an Unrelated M&A Transaction, and if fewer than five Directors vote against the approval of an Unrelated M&A Transaction, then:

 

  (i) where the Target has an Enterprise Value of less than US$200 million, the Unrelated M&A Transaction shall not proceed and no further action shall be taken in respect of such transaction; and

 

  (ii) where the Target has an Enterprise Value equal to or greater than US$200 million, the approval of the Unrelated M&A Transaction will require an affirmative vote by the Members to approve such Unrelated M&A Transaction in accordance with Bye-law 56.3, unless five or more Directors vote against a motion to call a special general meeting for the purpose of seeking approval of such Unrelated M&A Transaction, in which case, the Unrelated M&A Transaction shall not proceed and no further action shall be taken in respect of such transaction; and

 

  (c) If six or more Directors vote to approve a Related M&A Transaction, such Related M&A Transaction shall be approved by the Supervisory Board. If fewer than six Directors vote to approve the Related M&A Transaction, such Related M&A Transaction shall not proceed and no further action shall be taken in respect of such transaction.

 

  56.3 If an M&A Transaction requires the approval of Members in accordance with this Bye-law or otherwise under applicable Law or the NYSE’s rules, the following quorum requirements and voting thresholds shall apply:

 

  (a) If the Target has an Enterprise Value equal to or greater than US$200 million but less than US$500 million:

 

  (i) a simple majority of the votes cast at the meeting must vote to approve the M&A Transaction;

 

  (ii) a simple majority of the votes cast at the meeting by Independent Shareholders must vote to approve the M&A Transaction; and

 

  (iii) in addition to the quorum requirements of Bye-law 29.1, Independent Shareholders holding at least 25 per cent of all issued voting shares that are held by Independent Shareholders must be present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting for consideration of the M&A Transaction.

 

  (b) If the Target has an Enterprise Value of US$500 million or greater:

 

  (i) a simple majority of the votes cast at the meeting must vote to approve the M&A Transaction; and

 

  (ii) in addition to the quorum requirements of Bye-law 29.1, Independent Shareholders holding at least 25 per cent of all issued voting shares that are held by the Independent Shareholders must be present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting for consideration of the M&A Transaction.

 

 

Page 53


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  56.4 Prior to the Supervisory Board’s consideration of the Company entering into any Related M&A Transaction or any Potentially Competitive Transaction, the Company shall deliver to the Supervisory Board at least one fairness opinion from an Investment Bank and, in respect of any Potentially Competitive Transaction, a memorandum from an independent law firm acceptable to each Nominating Shareholder addressing the regulatory implications for each such Member and their respective Affiliates in respect of the Company entering into any such transaction.

 

  56.5 If there is no quorum at a general meeting to consider an M&A Transaction as required by Bye-laws 56.3(a)(iii) or 56.3(b)(ii) and, as a consequence, an M&A Transaction is not approved, such meeting shall stand adjourned and an adjourned general meeting shall be held within the following fifteen days. If there is no quorum at the adjourned general meeting, then the M&A Transaction shall be deemed not to have been approved by the Members.

 

57. Conflicts of Interest

 

  57.1 Interests of any kind, whether direct or indirect, of the Directors, their nominating Members or employers, as the case may be, and their nominating Member’s or employer’s respective Affiliates in any transaction or matter in respect of the Company or any Group Company to be considered by the Supervisory Board or the Management Board must be fully disclosed to the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, as applicable, in all material respects at the first opportunity at a meeting of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board and prior to any discussion of, or voting on, such transaction matter by the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, as applicable. Any Director who discloses an interest in any transaction or matter before the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, even if such transaction or matter presents a conflict of interest (including in respect of the Supervisory Board’s approval of a Related Party Agreement), may participate in the discussion of and vote on such transaction or matter, unless otherwise restricted by applicable Law.

 

  57.2 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit with any Group Company (except that of auditor) in addition to his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Supervisory Board may determine and may be paid such extra remuneration for so doing (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Supervisory Board may determine, in addition to any remuneration or other amounts payable to a Director pursuant to any other Bye-law.

 

  57.3 A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

  57.4 Subject to the Act and full and complete compliance with Bye-law 57.1, a Director, notwithstanding his office (a) may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with any Group Company or in which any Group Company is otherwise interested and (b) may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any company or other Person promoted by any Group Company or in which any Group Company is interested. The Supervisory Board may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company or other Person held or owned by any Group Company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as the Supervisory Board thinks fit, including the exercise of votes in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company or Person or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to any such Directors as the directors or officers of such other company or Person.

 

 

Page 54


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  57.5 So long as, where it is necessary, he declares the nature of his interest in accordance with Bye-law 57.1, a Director shall not by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any office or employment to which these Bye-laws allow him to be appointed or from any transaction or arrangement in which these Bye-laws allow him to be interested, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

58. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

  58.1 The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Supervisory Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company, any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of the Company’s business, or their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity and exemption shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer. The indemnity provided to the persons specified in this Bye-law shall apply if those persons are acting in the reasonable belief that they have been appointed or elected to any office or trust of the Company, or any subsidiary thereof, notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election.

 

  58.2 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act or otherwise in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

  58.3 The Company may advance moneys to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against him.

 

  58.4 No amendment or repeal of any provision of this Bye-law shall alter detrimentally the rights to the advancement of expenses or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

 

Page 55


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD AND THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

59. Supervisory Board Meetings

The Supervisory Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit provided that a majority of Supervisory Board meetings in any calendar year shall take place in the Netherlands. Unless otherwise specified in these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of any five Directors, except for the Supervisory Board’s approval of:

 

  59.1 any Related Party Agreement, which shall require the affirmative vote of any six Directors;

 

  59.2 issues by the Company of new shares or debt convertible into shares where the aggregate amount of such issue would exceed ten per cent of the Company’s then-currently issued shares of all classes, which shall require the affirmative vote of any six Directors;

 

  59.3 the removal of Unaffiliated Directors, which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified under Bye-law 45.2;

 

  59.4 the removal of the CEO, which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified under Bye-law 51.2;

 

  59.5 the appointment of a CEO, which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified under Bye-law 51.3;

 

  59.6 any amendments to the charters of the Nominating Committee, Audit Committee or Remuneration Committee or Financial Committee which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified under Bye-law 54.4;

 

  59.7 the approval of M&A Transactions, which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified under Bye-law 56.2 or 56.3; and

 

  59.8 the approval of the Headquarters Budget, which shall require the number of affirmative votes specified in Bye-laws 81.2 or 81.3, as relevant.

 

60. Notice of Supervisory Board Meetings

A Director or the CEO may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director or the CEO shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Supervisory Board. Save in the case of an emergency when notice of a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose, all Directors must receive written notice of any meeting of the Supervisory Board at least ten days prior to such meeting, unless the notice requirement is waived by all Directors. A Director present at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be deemed to have waived any irregularity in the giving of notice.

 

 

Page 56


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

61. Conduct of Supervisory Board Meetings

 

  61.1 Directors may participate in any meeting by such electronic means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be considered to take place where the chairman of the meeting establishes that the meeting is held.

 

  61.2 The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be six Directors.

 

  61.3 Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Supervisory Board at which such person is present. In his absence a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

62. Supervisory Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

The Supervisory Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Supervisory Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

63. Management Board Meetings

 

  63.1 The Management Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit provided that a majority of Management Board meetings in any calendar year shall take place in the Netherlands. Subject to these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Management Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of those members of the Management Board attending the meeting,

 

  63.2 The CEO may at any time summon a meeting of the Management Board. Notice of a meeting of the Management Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a member of the Management Board if it is given to him verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to him by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at his last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by him to the CEO for this purpose. A member of the Management Board present at a meeting of the Management Board shall be deemed to have waived any irregularity in the giving of notice

 

64. Conduct of Management Board Meetings

 

  64.1 Members of the Management Board may participate in any meeting by such electronic means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be considered to take place where the CEO establishes that the meeting is held.

 

  64.2 The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Management Board shall be the CEO and one other member of the Management Board.

 

 

Page 57


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  64.3 The CEO shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Management Board and, in the case of an equality of votes of the members of the Management Board, shall be entitled to a casting vote.

 

65. Written Resolutions

A resolution signed by all the members of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective at the place and on the date on which the last member signs the resolution.

 

66. Validity of Prior Acts of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

67. Minutes

The Supervisory Board and each committee thereof shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Supervisory Board and of any committee appointed by the Supervisory Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Supervisory Board, and meetings of committees appointed by the Supervisory Board.

 

68. Place Where Corporate Records Kept

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Management Board in the Netherlands and by the Secretary at the Registered Office.

 

69. Form and Use of Seal

 

  69.1 The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Supervisory Board may determine. The Supervisory Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

  69.2 A seal may, but need not, be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (a) any Director, or (b) any Officer, or (c) the Secretary, or (d) any person authorised by the Supervisory Board for that purpose.

 

  69.3 A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.

 

 

Page 58


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS

 

70. Books of Account

 

  70.1 The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

  70.2 Such records of account shall be kept at the Registered Office, or subject to the Act, at such other place as the Supervisory Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

71. Financial Year End

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Supervisory Board and failing such resolution shall be 31 st December in each year.

AUDITS

 

72. Annual Audit

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

73. Appointment of Auditor

 

  73.1 Subject to the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint one or more Auditors to hold office until the close of the next annual general meeting.

 

  73.2 No Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

74. Remuneration of Auditor

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

 

75. Duties of Auditor

 

  75.1 The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

  75.2 The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

 

Page 59


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

76. Access to Records

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

77. Financial Statements

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

 

78. Distribution of Auditor’s Report

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

79. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death or the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the vacancy thereby created shall be filled in accordance with the Act.

REGISTERED OFFICE; HEADQUARTERS

 

80. Registered Office

The Registered Office shall be at such place in Bermuda as the Supervisory Board from time to time decides.

 

81. Headquarters

 

  81.1 The headquarters of the Company shall be located in, and the residence of the Company for corporate tax purposes shall be, the Netherlands. The Company shall at all times maintain a fully functioning head office in the Netherlands, where a majority of the Senior Executives shall reside.

 

  81.2 For the period from the date of adoption of these Bye-laws until the end of the second full fiscal year after the year in which these Bye-laws are adopted (the “ Initial Budget Period ”), the Company’s headquarters shall be run with the purpose of managing and operating the Group, including the headquarters itself, in the most cost effective manner. Furthermore during the Initial Budget Period at each annual budget discussion, the Headquarters Budget shall be presented to the Supervisory Board as a separate agenda item and shall require the approval of at least six Directors in the first meeting. If the Headquarters Budget is not approved by at least six Directors in the first meeting, the Management Board shall revise the Headquarters Budget taking into account the Supervisory Board’s concerns and present the revised Headquarters Budget at the next Supervisory Board meeting, where an approval by any five Directors shall be sufficient. If the Headquarters Budget is not approved at the first Supervisory Board meeting, a second Supervisory Board meeting shall be convened within thirty days of the first meeting.

 

 

Page 60


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  81.3 Following the Initial Budget Period and until the end of the sixth full fiscal year after the year in which these Bye-laws are adopted (the “ Second Budget Period ”), the Company’s headquarters shall, in terms of costs, continue to be run with the purpose of managing and operating the Group, including the headquarters itself, in the most cost effective manner. Furthermore during the Second Budget Period at each annual budget discussion starting with the discussion and approval of the Headquarters Budget for the third full fiscal year, the Headquarters Budget shall be presented to the Supervisory Board as a separate agenda item and shall require the approval of at least six Directors for either a budgetary decrease, or a budgetary increase in an amount (expressed as a percentage) that exceeds the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for the Netherlands over the prior year, as determined by Statistics Netherlands (CBS) or its officially designated successor (the “ CPI ”). If the Headquarters Budget is not approved at the first Supervisory Board meeting, the next Supervisory Board meeting shall be held within thirty days of the first meeting. If the Headquarters Budget is not approved at either of those two Supervisory Board meetings, the previous year’s Headquarters Budget (adjusted for the percentage increase, if any, in the CPI) shall apply for the new fiscal year or until such time as a revised Headquarters Budget has been approved.

 

  81.4 After the Second Budget Period has ended, the Company’s headquarters shall, in terms of costs, continue to be run with the purpose of managing and operating the Group, including the headquarters itself, in the most cost effective manner. Furthermore at each annual budget discussion, the Headquarters Budget shall be presented to the Supervisory Board as a separate agenda item and shall require the approval of at least six Directors in the first Supervisory Board meeting. If the Headquarters Budget is not approved by at least six Directors in the first meeting, the Management Board will be required to revise the Headquarters Budget taking into account the Supervisory Board’s concerns and present the revised Headquarters Budget at the next Supervisory Board meeting, where an approval by any five Directors shall be sufficient. If the Headquarters Budget is not approved at the first Supervisory Board meeting, the next Supervisory Board meeting shall be convened within thirty days of the first meeting.

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

82. Winding-Up

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

83. Changes to Bye-laws

No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Supervisory Board and by a Special Resolution of the Members.

 

 

Page 61


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

COMPANY INVESTIGATIONS INTO INTERESTS IN SHARES

 

84. Provisions applicable to Bye-laws 85 and 86.

 

  84.1 For the purposes of Bye-laws 85 and 86:

 

  (a) Relevant Share Capital ” means any class of the Company’s issued share capital; and for the avoidance of doubt, any adjustment to or restriction on the voting rights attached to shares shall not affect the application of this Bye-law in relation to interests in those or any other shares;

 

  (b) interest ” means, in relation to Relevant Share Capital, any interest of any kind whatsoever in any shares comprised therein (disregarding any restraints or restrictions to which the exercise of any right attached to the interest in the share is, or may be, subject) and without limiting the meaning of “ interest ” a person shall be taken to have an interest in a share if:

 

  (i) he enters into a contract for its purchase by him (whether for cash or other consideration); or

 

  (ii) not being the registered holder, he is entitled to exercise any right conferred by the holding of the share or is entitled to control the exercise of any such right; or

 

  (iii) he is a beneficiary of a trust where the property held on trust includes an interest in the share; or

 

  (iv) otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he has a right to call for delivery of the share to himself or to his order; or

 

  (v) otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he has a right to acquire an interest in the share or is under an obligation to take an interest in the share; or

 

  (vi) he has a right to subscribe for the share,

whether in any case the contract, right or obligation is absolute or conditional, legally enforceable or not and evidenced in writing or not, and it shall be immaterial that a share in which a person has an interest is unidentifiable;

 

  (c) a person is taken to be interested in any shares in which his spouse or civil partner or any infant child or step-child of his is interested; and “ infant ” means a person under the age of 18 years;

 

  (d) a person is taken to be interested in shares if a body corporate is interested in them and:

 

  (i) that body or its directors are accustomed to act in accordance with his directions or instructions; or

 

  (ii) he is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of that company,

PROVIDED THAT (a) where a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of a company and that company is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of any

 

 

Page 62


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

of the voting power at general meetings of another company (the “effective voting power ”) then, for purposes of Bye-law 84.1(d)(ii) above, the effective voting power is taken as exercisable by that person and (b) for purposes of this Bye-law 84.1(d), a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of voting power if he has a right (whether subject to conditions or not) the exercise of which would make him so entitled or he is under an obligation (whether or not so subject) the fulfilment of which would make him so entitled.

 

  84.2 The provisions of Bye-laws 85 and 86 are in addition to any and separate from other rights or obligations arising at law or otherwise.

 

85. Power of the Company to Investigate Interests in Shares

 

  85.1 The Company may give notice under this Bye-law (a “ Request Notice ”) to any person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe:

 

  (a) to be interested in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital; or

 

  (b) to have been so interested at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued.

 

  85.2 The Request Notice may request the person:

 

  (a) to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to indicate whether or not it is the case; and

 

  (b) if he holds, or has during that time held, any such interest, to give such further information as may be requested in accordance with this Bye-law 86.

 

  85.3 A Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed to give particulars of his own past or present interest in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital (held by him at any time during the three year period mentioned in Bye-law 85.1).

 

  85.4 The Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed, where:

 

  (a) the interest is a present interest and any other interest in the shares subsists; or

 

  (b) another interest in the shares subsisted during that three year period at a time when his own interest subsisted,

to give, so far as lies within his knowledge, such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be requested by the notice including the identity of persons interested in the shares in question.

 

  85.5 The Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed where his interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

 

  85.6 The information requested by a Request Notice must be given within such time as may be specified in the notice, being a period of not less than 5 days following service thereof.

 

 

Page 63


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  85.7 For the purposes of this Bye-law 85:

 

  (a) a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the Member holding such shares has given to the Company a notification whether following service of a Request Notice or otherwise which either:

 

  (i) names such person as being so interested; or

 

  (ii) (after taking into account any such notification and any other relevant information in the possession of the Company) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares.

 

86. Failure to Disclose Interests in Shares

 

  86.1 For the purpose of this Bye-law:

 

  (a) Exempt Transfer ” means, in relation to shares held by a Member,

a transfer by way of, or in pursuance of, acceptance of a takeover offer for the Company meaning an offer to acquire all the shares, or all the shares of any class or classes, in the Company (other than shares which at the date of the offer are already held by the offeror), being an offer on terms which are the same in relation to all the shares to which the offer relates or, where those shares include shares of different classes, in relation to all the shares of each class (or an amalgamation or scheme of arrangement having equivalent effect).

 

  (b) interested ” is construed as it is for the purpose of Bye-law 85;

 

  (c) a person, other than the Member holding a share, shall be treated as appearing to be interested in such share if the Member has informed the Company that the person is or may be so interested, or if the Company (after taking account of information obtained from the Member or, pursuant to a Request Notice, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is or may be so interested;

 

  (d) reference to a person having failed to give to the Company information required by Bye-law 85, or being in default of supplying such information, includes references to his having:

 

  (i) failed or refused to give all or any part of such information; and

 

  (ii) given information which he knows to be false in a material particular or recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; and

 

  (e) transfer ” means a transfer of a share or (where applicable) a renunciation of a renounceable letter of allotment or other renounceable document of title relating to a share.

 

  86.2 Where a Request Notice is given by the Company to a Member, or another person appearing to be interested in shares held by such Member, and the Member or other person has failed in relation to any shares (“ Default Shares ”, which expression applies also to any shares issued after the date of the Request Notice in respect of those shares and to any other shares registered in the name of such Member at any time whilst the default subsists) to give the Company the information required within fourteen days after the date of service of the Request Notice (and whether or not the Request Notice specified a different period), unless the Supervisory Board in its absolute discretion otherwise decides:

 

  (a) the Member is not entitled in respect of the Default Shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by proxy) at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of a class of shares or at an adjourned meeting or on a poll, or to exercise other rights conferred by membership in relation to any such meeting or poll; and

 

 

Page 64


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25 per cent in nominal value of the issued shares of their class:

 

  (i) a dividend (or any part of a dividend) payable in respect of the Default Shares (except on a winding up of the Company) may be withheld by the Company, which shall have no obligation to pay interest on such dividend;

 

  (ii) the Member shall not be entitled to elect to receive shares instead of a dividend; and

 

  (iii) the Supervisory Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of any Default Shares unless:

 

  (1) the transfer is an Exempt Transfer; or

 

  (2) the Member is not himself in default in supplying the information required and proves to the satisfaction of the Supervisory Board that no person in default of supplying the information required is interested in any of the shares which are the subject of the transfer.

 

  86.3 The sanctions under Bye-law 86.2 shall cease to apply seven days after the earlier of:

 

  (a) receipt by the Company of notice of an Exempt Transfer, but only in relation to the shares transferred; and

 

  (b) receipt by the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Supervisory Board, of all the information required by the Request Notice.

 

  86.4 The Supervisory Board may:

 

  (a) give notice in writing to any Member holding Default Shares in uncertificated form requiring the Member:

 

  (i) to change his holding of such shares from uncertificated form into certificated form within a specified period; and

 

  (ii) then to hold such Default Shares in certificated form for so long as the default subsists; and

 

  (b) appoint any person to take any steps in the name of any holder of Default Shares as may be required to change such shares from uncertificated form into certificated form (and such steps shall be effective as if they had been taken by such holder).

 

 

Page 65


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  86.5 Any notice referred to in this Bye-law may be served by the Company upon the addressee either personally or by sending it through the post in a pre paid letter addressed to the addressee at his usual or last known address.

 

 

Page 66


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

SECTION B

 

 

Page 67


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Interpretation

1. Definitions

Shares

2. Power to Issue Shares
3. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares
4. Rights Attaching to Shares
5. Calls on Shares
6. Prohibition on Financial Assistance
7. Forfeiture of Shares
8. Share Certificates
9. Trading Facilities
10. Fractional Shares

Registration of Shares

11. Register of Members
12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner
13. Transfer of Registered Shares
14. Foreign Securities Laws
15. Transmission of Registered Shares
16. Mandatory Offers

Alteration of Share Capital

17. Power to Alter Capital
18. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

Dividends and Capitalisation

19. Dividends
20. Power to Set Aside Profits
21. Method of Payment
22. Capitalisation

Meetings of Members

23. Annual General Meetings
24. Special General Meetings
25. Notice
26. Giving Notice and Access
27. Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting
28. Attendance and Security at General Meetings
29. Quorum at General Meetings
30. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings
31. Voting on Resolutions
32. Voting on a Poll Required
33. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares
34. Instrument of Proxy
35. Representation of Corporate Member
36. Adjournment of General Meeting
37. Directors’ Attendance at General Meetings

Directors and Officers

38. Composition of the Supervisory Board
39. Election of Directors
40. No Share Qualification
41. Alternate Directors
42. Removal of Directors
43. Vacancy in the Office of Director
44. Remuneration of Directors
45. Defect in Appointment of Director
46. Register of Directors and Officers
47. Governance Structure
48. Appointment of Chairman, CEO, Officers and Secretary
49. Duties and Remuneration of Officers and Senior Executives
50. Duties and Remuneration of the Secretary
51. Powers of the Supervisory Board
52. Authority Matrix
53. Conflicts of Interest
54. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

Meetings of the Supervisory Board

55. Supervisory Board Meetings
56. Notice of Supervisory Board Meetings
57. Conduct of Supervisory Board Meetings
58. Supervisory Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy
59. Management Board Meetings
60. Conduct of Management Board Meetings
61. Written Resolutions
62. Validity of Prior Acts of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board

Corporate Records

63. Minutes
64. Place Where Corporate Records Kept
65. Form and Use of Seal

Accounts

66. Books of Account
67. Financial Year End

Audits

68. Annual Audit
69. Appointment of Auditor
70. Remuneration of Auditor
71. Duties of Auditor
72. Access to Records
73. Financial Statements
74. Distribution of Auditor’s Report
75. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

Registered Office; Headquarters

76. Registered Office
77. Headquarters

Voluntary Winding-Up and Dissolution

78. Winding-Up

Changes to Constitution

79. Changes to Bye-laws

Company Investigations into Interests in Shares

80. Provisions applicable to Bye-laws 81 and 82
81. Power of the Company to Investigate Interests in Shares
82. Failure to Disclose Interests in Shares
 

 

 

Page 68


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

Act    the Companies Act 1981;
Affiliate    with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person, including, if such Person is an individual, any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse of such Person, any one of whom has the same home as such Person, and also including any trust or estate for which any such Person(s) specified herein, directly or indirectly, serves as a trustee, executor or in a similar capacity (including any protector or settlor of a trust) or in which such Person(s) specified herein, directly or indirectly, has a substantial beneficial interest and any Person who is controlled by any such trust or estate. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by Contract, or otherwise) of such Person; provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition, neither the Company nor any of its Controlled Affiliates shall be deemed Affiliates of any Member;
Alternate Director    an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;
Auditor    includes an individual, body corporate or partnership;
Authority Threshold    US$50 million in the aggregate in one or several related transactions over one or several years;
Beneficial Ownership    the power to vote or direct the voting of, or to dispose or direct the disposition of, the assets in question, and “Beneficially Owned” shall be construed accordingly;
Business Day    a day on which banks are generally open for business in each of Tortola, the British Virgin Islands; Gibraltar; Hamilton, Bermuda; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Oslo, Norway; New York, New York; Moscow, Russian Federation; and London, England;
Business Plan    the annual budget and business plan for the Group;

 

 

Page 69


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

CEO    the chief executive officer of the Company and any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to perform any of the duties of the chief executive officer;
CFO    the chief financial officer of the Company;
Clear Days    in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day on which the notice is given or served, or deemed to be given or served, and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;
Common Shares    common shares of par value US$0.001 each (or such other par value as may result from any reorganisation of capital) in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Bye-laws;
Company    the company for which these Bye-laws are adopted;
Compensation Committee    the compensation committee established by the Supervisory Board;
Contract    any agreement, letter of intent, lease, license, evidence of indebtedness, mortgage, indenture, security agreement or other contract or understanding (whether written or oral), in each case, to the extent legally binding;
Controlled Affiliate    with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person in which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, securities having more than 50 per cent of the voting power for the election of directors or other governing body thereof or more than 50 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner);
Conversion Date    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(i);
Conversion Notice    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(i);
Conversion Premium    the meaning given in Bye-law 4.3(d)(v);
Convertible Preferred Shares    convertible preferred shares of par value US$0.001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Bye-laws;
Cumulative Voting    the system of voting for Directors in which each voting share confers on its holder a total number of votes which is equal to the total number of Directors to be elected and which the holder may cast for candidates in any proportion (including, without limitation, casting all votes for a single candidate);
Director    a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;

 

 

Page 70


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Fundamental Transaction    a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation involving any Group Company;
General Counsel    the general counsel of the Company;
Governmental Entity    in any applicable jurisdiction or international forum, any (a) federal, state, territorial, oblast, okrug, regional, municipal, local or foreign government, (b) court, arbitral or other tribunal, (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any political subdivision, instrumentality, branch, department, official or entity), and including international organisations having jurisdiction over matters concerning intellectual property or (d) agency, commission, ministry, committee, inspectorate, authority or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature;
Group    the Company and its Subsidiaries;
Group Company    any of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
Indebtedness    with respect to any Person, without duplication, all obligations of such Person, whether incurred as principal or surety and whether present, future, actual or contingent, for the payment or repayment of money, net of unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and loans receivable in relation to capital leases, including: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (b) all vendor financing obligations; (c) any amounts payable by such Person under capital leases or similar arrangements over their respective periods; (d) any credit to such Person from a supplier of goods or under any instalment purchase or other similar arrangement; (e) any liabilities and obligations of third parties to the extent that they are guaranteed by such Person or such Person has otherwise assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations or to the extent that they are secured by any Lien upon property owned by such Person whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations; (f) any accrued dividends in respect of any capital stock or other ownership, membership or equity interests, whether declared or not; and (g) all accrued and unpaid obligations in respect of employee salaries and benefits, other than those arising in the ordinary course of business;
Initial Period    the period of six months from the date that the Bye-laws in this Section B take effect pursuant to Clause 2 of the Introduction;
Law    any law, statute, constitution, treaty, rule, regulation, policy, guideline, directive, ordinance, code, judgment, ruling, order, writ, decree, normative act, instruction, information letter,

 

 

Page 71


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

   injunction or determination of any Governmental Entity or any other pronouncement having the effect of law or regulation of any other country or any state, county, city or other political subdivision;
Lien    any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, lease, lien, adverse claim, levy, charge or other encumbrance, or any conditional sale Contract, title retention Contract or other Contract to give any of the foregoing;
Limit    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.1;
M&A Transaction    the purchase or acquisition, or the entry into an agreement to purchase or acquire, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of an interest in one or more companies, assets, businesses or similar transaction, including a transaction in which (a) the Company issues new equity interests (or derivative securities representing an interest therein) representing less than ten per cent of the issued Common and Convertible Preferred Shares and/or (b) any of the Company’s Subsidiaries issue or transfer any equity interests (or derivative securities representing an interest therein) in such Subsidiary, in each case in any one transaction or series of related transactions;
Management Board    the management board comprising the CEO and those Senior Executives appointed pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or such of those persons as are present at a meeting at which there is a quorum;
Member    the Person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more Persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the Person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such Persons, as the context so requires;
NASDAQ    The NASDAQ Stock Market;
Nominating Shareholder    the meaning given to it in Section A of these Bye-laws;
Officer    any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to hold an office in the Company;
Ordinary Course Contract    any contract (a) entered into by any Group Company on a regular basis as part of the day-to-day operation of its principal business, or (b) that is otherwise consistent with the Business Plan, in each case, as reasonably determined (with respect to an individual contract or type of contract) by the CEO, the CFO and the General Counsel. Ordinary Course Contract does not include any contract involving a potential conflict of interest (as described in Bye-law 53), as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

 

Page 72


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Person    any natural person, corporation, general partnership, simple partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, proprietorship, other business organisation, trust, union, association or Governmental Entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated;
Register of Members    the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws (including any branch register of members maintained by the Company);
Registered Office    the registered office of the Company for the time being;
Relevant Shares    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.3(d);
Requisition Date    the meaning given in Bye-law 24.4;
Resident Representative    any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;
Secretary    the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Supervisory Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;
Section 13(d) Group    the meaning given in Bye-law 16.1;
Senior Executives    the CFO; the general director of any significant Subsidiary of the Company; the General Counsel; the Company’s chief operating officer; the Company’s chief marketing officer; the Company’s head of investor relations; the Company’s chief technology officer and the Company’s head of International M&A;
Special Resolution    a resolution of the Company passed by Members representing not less than 75 per cent of the total voting rights of the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution;
Subsidiary    with respect to any Person, any other Person in which such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50 per cent of the securities having voting power for the election of directors or other governing body thereof or more than 50 per cent of the partnership or other ownership interests therein (other than as a limited partner);
Supervisory Board    the board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;
Target    in relation to an M&A Transaction, collectively the target company(ies), business(es) and/or asset(s) on a consolidated basis;

 

 

Page 73


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

Treasury Share    a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled; and
US$    United States Dollars.

 

  1.2 In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

  (c) the words:

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d) a corporation shall be deemed to be present in person at a meeting if its representative, duly authorised pursuant to these Bye-laws, is present;

 

  (e) references to a company include any body corporate or other legal entity, whether incorporated or established in Bermuda or elsewhere;

 

  (f) references to writing include typewriting, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form;

 

  (g) a reference to anything being done by electronic means includes its being done by means of any electronic or other communications equipment or facilities and references to any communication being delivered or received, or being delivered or received at a particular place, include the transmission of an electronic or similar communication, and to a recipient identified in such manner or by such means, as the Supervisory Board may from time to time approve or prescribe, either generally or for a particular purpose;

 

  (h) references to a signature or to anything being signed or executed include such forms of electronic signature or other means of verifying the authenticity of an electronic or similar communication as the Supervisory Board may from time to time approve or prescribe, either generally or for a particular purpose;

 

  (i) references to a dividend include a distribution paid in respect of shares to Members out of contributed surplus or any other distributable reserve;

 

  (j) any reference to any statute or statutory provision (whether of Bermuda or elsewhere) includes a reference to any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force and to every rule, regulation or order made under it (or under any such modification or re-enactment) and for the time being in force and any reference to any rule, regulation or order made under any such statute or statutory provision includes a reference to any modification or replacement of such rule, regulation or order for the time being in force;

 

 

Page 74


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (k) references to shares carrying the general right to vote at general meetings of the Company are to those shares (of any class or series) carrying the right to vote, other than shares which entitle the holders to vote only in limited circumstances or upon the occurrence of a specified event or condition (whether or not those circumstances have arisen or that event or condition has occurred); and

 

  (l) unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws, except that the definition of “attorney” in the Act shall not apply.

 

  1.3 Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

SHARES

 

2. Power to Issue Shares

 

  2.1 Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Supervisory Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares of the Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

 

  2.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Supervisory Board before the issue or conversion.

 

3. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

  3.1 The Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Supervisory Board shall think fit.

 

  3.2 The Supervisory Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

4. Rights Attaching to Shares

 

  4.1 At the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the authorised share capital of the Company is divided into Common Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares.

 

  4.2 The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) except where Cumulative Voting applies, be entitled to one vote per Common Share, voting together with the holders of Convertible Preferred Shares as a single class;

 

  (b) be entitled to such dividends as the Supervisory Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company (subject to the rights of the holders of any preference shares in the Company then in issue having preferred rights on a return of capital) in respect of their holdings of Common Shares, pari passu and pro rata to the number of Common Shares held by each of them; and

 

 

Page 75


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to common shares.

 

  4.3 The holders of Convertible Preferred Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) except where Cumulative Voting applies, be entitled to one vote per share, voting together with the holders of Common Shares as a single class;

 

  (b) not be entitled to receive dividends;

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, not be entitled to any payment or distribution in respect of the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (d) be entitled to convert their Convertible Preferred Shares, at their option and at any time (x) after the date which is two years and six calendar months after the date of issue of the relevant Convertible Preferred Shares but before the date which is five years after such date of issue and (y) during the period between the date on which a general offer under Bye-law 16.1 is announced and the final Business Day such offer is open for acceptance, in each case, in whole or in part, into Common Shares on the basis of one Common Share for one Convertible Preferred Share, on the following terms:

 

  (i) A holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall notify the Company of an intended conversion at least 10 Business Days prior to the intended conversion date which must be a Business Day (the “ Conversion Date ”) by written notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) (if any) delivered to the Secretary at the Registered Office, with a copy to the CEO, which notice shall be signed by or on behalf of the holder and shall state the Conversion Date and the number of Convertible Preferred Shares to be converted.

 

  (ii) On the Conversion Date for any Convertible Preferred Shares, subject to the Company having received the relevant Conversion Premium and share certificate(s) (if any), such Convertible Preferred Shares shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or any other Person be redesignated as Common Shares and the rights and restrictions attaching thereto shall be varied so that such Convertible Preferred Shares have all the rights and restrictions attaching to Common Shares.

 

  (iii) If any such redesignation or variation is then unlawful, the Company shall undertake all action permitted by Law for the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Shares at the earliest possible date, which action may include, without limitation, the repurchase of any shares, bonus or other issues of shares (in each case as approved by the Supervisory Board), the prosecution or defence of any legal proceedings to enable conversion to occur or any combination thereof.

 

 

Page 76


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (iv) The Company shall not close its books against the transfer of Convertible Preferred Shares or Common Shares issued or issuable on conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares in any manner that interferes with the timely conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares. The Company shall assist and co-operate (but the Company shall not be required to expend substantial efforts or funds) with any holder of Convertible Preferred Shares required to make any filings with or obtain any approval from any Governmental Entity prior to or in connection with any conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by or obtaining any approvals required to be obtained by the Company).

 

  (v) Prior to the Conversion Date for any Convertible Preferred Shares, the holder thereof shall pay to the Company in cleared funds an amount (the “ Conversion Premium ”) equal to the number of Common Shares into which the Convertible Preferred Shares are to be converted multiplied by the greater of (A) the closing price for Common Shares on NASDAQ on the date of the Conversion Notice; and (B) the 30 day volume weighted average price on NASDAQ of the Common Shares on the date of the Conversion Notice; provided that the date of the Conversion Notice for purposes of determining the amount of the Conversion Premium due to an event described by Bye-law 4.3(d)(vii) or Bye-law 16.1 shall be the Business Day prior to the date on which such transaction or general offer is announced publicly and the Conversion Premium per convertible Preference Share shall be the lower of (A) the closing price for Common shares on NASDAQ on the date of the Conversion Notice; and (B) the 30 day volume weighted average price on NASDAQ of the Common Shares on the date of the Conversion Notice. In the event that the Conversion Premium is to be determined under this Bye-law 4.3(d)(v) by reference to a period which includes any time prior to the date upon which the listing of Common Shares on NASDAQ became effective, the determination shall be made, for that part of the period before that date, by reference to the applicable price of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange. In this Bye-law, a reference to the price of a Common Share will be deemed to include the price of a depository receipt or similar interest representing a Common Share, if Common Shares are evidenced by listed depository receipts or similar interests at any applicable time. On conversion the Conversion Premium shall be treated as contributed surplus unless and to the extent applicable Law requires it to be treated as share capital, share premium or in some other manner.

 

  (vi) No consolidation or sub-division of Common Shares shall occur unless the Convertible Preferred Shares are consolidated or sub-divided in the same manner at the same time.

 

  (vii)

If before the conversion of any Convertible Preferred Shares, there is any Fundamental Transaction involving the Company or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which results in a distribution of money, securities or other property to the holders of Common Shares, then, as part of such transaction, provision shall be made so that the holders of Convertible Preferred Shares shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the deemed conversion of such Convertible Preferred Shares, the number of shares or securities or property of the Company to which a holder of the number of Common

 

 

Page 77


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Shares deliverable on conversion of such Convertible Preferred Shares would have been entitled in connection with such transaction if such holder had converted its Convertible Preferred Shares and paid the applicable Conversion Premium immediately prior to the completion of such transaction, subject to a reduction equal to the amount of the deemed Conversion Premium. The Company shall make appropriate provisions to ensure that the requirements of this paragraph are effected.

 

  (viii) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorised but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of issue on the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares, not less than the number of Common Shares issuable on the conversion of all Convertible Preferred Shares that may then be converted. All Common Shares which are so issuable shall, when issued and upon payment of the Conversion Premium, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such Common Shares may be so issued without violation of any applicable Law or any requirements of NASDAQ (except for official notice of issue which shall be immediately delivered by the Company on each such issue).

 

  (ix) Any Convertible Preferred Shares which have not been converted into Common Shares by the date which is five years after the date of their issue shall be immediately redeemed by the Company on such date on payment to the holders thereof of a redemption price of US$0.001 per share. Redemption shall be effected by a written notice from the Company to the holders thereof stating: (A) the redemption date; (B) the number of Convertible Preferred Shares to be redeemed; and (C) the place or places where certificates for such Convertible Preferred Shares (if any) are to be surrendered and shall be accompanied by the redemption price for the Convertible Preferred Shares to be redeemed (rounded up to the nearest whole cent). Convertible Preferred Shares which have been redeemed shall be cancelled and shall not be available for re-issue.

 

  4.4 At the discretion of the Supervisory Board, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Supervisory Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any Person or Persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the Person or Persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.

 

  4.5 All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

 

 

Page 78


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

5. Calls on Shares

 

  5.1 The Supervisory Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any moneys (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue), including any amounts unpaid in respect of any part of the Conversion Premium, and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Supervisory Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Supervisory Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Supervisory Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

  5.2 Any amount which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable, on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, costs, charges and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.

 

  5.3 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof.

 

  5.4 The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.

 

6. [RESERVED]

 

7. Forfeiture of Shares

 

  7.1 If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Supervisory Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

[●] Ltd.

(the “Company”)

 

 

Page 79


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [●] day of [●], 20[●], in respect of the [number and class] share(s) standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [●] day of [●], 20[●], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [●] per annum computed from the said [●] day of [●], 20[●] at the Registered Office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

Dated this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

                                                             

[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Supervisory Board

 

  7.2 If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Supervisory Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Supervisory Board shall determine.

 

  7.3 A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

  7.4 The Supervisory Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

8. Share Certificates

 

  8.1 Unless the Supervisory Board determines that shares in the capital of the Company shall not be certificated, every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal of the Company or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or Officer or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Supervisory Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

  8.2 The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the Person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

  8.3 If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Supervisory Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Supervisory Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

 

Page 80


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

9. Trading Facilities

 

  9.1 Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws, the Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors and permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no Person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

  9.2 Without prejudice to Bye-law 9.1 but notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bye-laws, the Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement and/or approve any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of interests in shares in the capital of the Company in the form of depositary receipts or similar interests, instruments or securities, and the holding and transfer of such receipts, interests, instruments or securities in uncertificated form and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer thereof or the shares in the capital of the Company represented thereby. The Directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements.

 

10. Fractional Shares

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares of the relevant class.

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

11. Register of Members

 

  11.1 The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

  11.2 The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the Registered Office on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Supervisory Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year.

 

 

Page 81


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

12. Registered Holder Absolute Owner

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other Person.

 

13. Transfer of Registered Shares

 

  13.1 An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Supervisory Board may accept:

Transfer of a Share or Shares

[●] Ltd.

(the “Company”)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                      [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address], [number and class] of shares of the Company.

DATED this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

 

Signed by:    In the presence of:

 

  

 

  
Transferor    Witness

 

  

 

  
Transferee    Witness

 

  13.2 Except as otherwise provided in these Bye-laws, such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Supervisory Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

  13.3 If shares are certificated, the Supervisory Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Supervisory Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

  13.4 The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

  13.5 The Supervisory Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid. The Supervisory Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained.

 

 

Page 82


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  13.6 If the Supervisory Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

14. Foreign Securities Laws

 

  14.1 The Supervisory Board may, in its absolute and unfettered discretion, decline to register the transfer of any shares if it believes that registration of such shares or transfer is required under the laws of any jurisdiction and such registration has not been effected, save that the Supervisory Board may request and rely on an opinion of counsel to the transferor or transferee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Supervisory Board, that no such registration is required.

 

  14.2 The Supervisory Board shall have the authority to request from any direct or indirect holder of shares, and such holder shall provide, such information as the Supervisory Board may request for the purpose of determining whether any transfer contemplated by Bye-law 14.1 should be permitted.

 

15. Transmission of Registered Shares

 

  15.1 In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other Persons. Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other Person as the Supervisory Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

  15.2 Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Supervisory Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some Person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the Person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy

of a Member [●] Ltd. (the “Company”)

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member] to [number and class] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

DATED this [●] day of [●], 20[●]

 

Signed by:    In the presence of:

 

  

 

  
Transferor    Witness

 

  

 

  
Transferee    Witness

 

 

Page 83


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  15.3 On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Supervisory Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Supervisory Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Supervisory Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

  15.4 Where two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

16. Mandatory Offers

 

  16.1 Any Person who, individually or together with any of its Affiliates or any other members of a “group”, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “ Section 13(d) Group ”) of which it is a part, directly or indirectly, in any manner, acquires Beneficial Ownership of any Common Shares or Convertible Preferred Shares (including, without limitation, through the acquisition of ownership or control of another Member or a Controlling Person of another Member or through the direct or indirect acquisition of derivative securities) which, taken together with Common Shares or Convertible Preferred Shares already Beneficially Owned by it or any of its Affiliates or its Section 13(d) Group, in any manner, carry 50 per cent or more of the voting rights of the Company (the “ Limit ”), shall, within 30 days of acquiring such shares, make a general offer to all holders of Common Shares (including any Common Shares issued on the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares during the offer period) and Convertible Preferred Shares. For the purposes of this Bye-law 16.1, none of a Nominating Shareholder and its Permitted Transferees shall be deemed to form a Section 13(d) Group with any other Nominating Shareholder or any of its Permitted Transferees, nor shall a party to the Shareholders Agreement be deemed to form part of a Section 13(d) Group with any other party to the Shareholders Agreement solely by virtue of any such party’s rights and obligations under the Shareholders Agreement.

 

  16.2 Where any Person breaches the Limit and does not make an offer as required by Bye-law 16.1, that Person is in breach of these Bye-laws.

 

 

Page 84


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  16.3 The Supervisory Board may do all or any of the following where it has reason to believe that the Limit is or may be breached:

 

  (a) require any Member or Person appearing or purporting to be interested in any shares of the Company to provide such information as the Supervisory Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Bye-law 16;

 

  (b) have regard to such public filings as it considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Bye-law 16;

 

  (c) make such determinations under this Bye-law 16 as it thinks fit, either after calling for submissions from affected Members or other Persons or without calling for such submissions;

 

  (d) determine that the voting rights attached to all shares held by such Persons, or in which such Persons are or may be interested (“ Relevant Shares” ) are from a particular time suspended and incapable of being exercised for a definite or indefinite period and such Person (and any proxy to the extent appointed by him to act in that capacity) shall for this period of time cease to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of the Members;

 

  (e) determine that some or all of the Relevant Shares will not carry any right to any dividends or other distributions from a particular time for a definite or indefinite period; and

 

  (f) take such other action as it thinks fit for the purposes of this Bye-law 16 including:

 

  (i) prescribing rules (not inconsistent with this Bye-law 16);

 

  (ii) setting deadlines for the provision of information;

 

  (iii) drawing adverse inferences where information requested is not provided;

 

  (iv) making determinations or interim determinations;

 

  (v) executing documents on behalf of a Member;

 

  (vi) converting any Relevant Shares held in uncertificated form into certificated form, or vice-versa; and

 

  (vii) changing any decision or determination or rule previously made.

 

  16.4 A general offer under Bye-law 16.1 complies with this Bye-law if:

 

  (a) the offer is unconditional in all respects and is open for acceptance for a period of not less than 30 days;

 

  (b) the making or implementation of the offer is not dependent on the passing of a resolution at any meeting of shareholders of the offeror; and

 

  (c) the offer is in cash or is accompanied by a cash alternative, in each case, at an offer price:

 

  (i) per Common Share not less than the greater of:

 

  (1) the highest price paid by the offeror, any of its Affiliates or any member of its Section 13(d) Group for any interest in Common Shares during the six months prior to the date on the Limit was exceeded,

 

 

Page 85


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (2) the 180 day volume weighted average price on NASDAQ of the Common Shares on the date on which the Limit was exceeded. In the event that the offer price is to be determined under this Bye-law 16.4(c)(i)(2) by reference to a period which includes any time prior to the date upon which the listing of Common Shares on NASDAQ became effective, the determination shall be made, for that part of the period before that date, by reference to the applicable price of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange. In this Bye-law, a reference to the price of a Common Share will be deemed to include the price of a depository receipt or similar interest representing a Common Share, if Common Shares are evidenced by listed depository receipts or similar interests at any applicable time, and

 

  (3) if, before the offer closes for acceptance, the offeror, any of its Affiliates or any member of its Section 13(d) Group acquires any interest in Common Shares at above the offer price, the highest price paid for the interest in the Common Shares so acquired,

(the “ Offer Price ”); and

 

  (ii) per Convertible Preferred Share equal to the Offer Price less the Conversion Premium calculated in accordance with Bye-law 4.3(d)(v).

 

  16.5 The requirement for an offer to be made in accordance with this Bye-law may be waived by a vote of a majority of Members voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting, excluding for all purposes of the vote the Member or Members in question and their Affiliates.

 

  16.6 Any one or more of the Directors may act as the attorney(s) of any Member in relation to the execution of documents and other actions to be taken for the sale of Relevant Shares determined by the Supervisory Board under this Bye-law 16.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

17. Power to Alter Capital

 

  17.1 The Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

  17.2 Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Supervisory Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit including (without limitation) in the way prescribed in Bye-law 17.3 below.

 

  17.3

The Supervisory Board may sell shares representing the fractions to any Person (including the Company) for the best price reasonably obtainable and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the Persons to whom such fractions are

 

 

Page 86


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  attributable (except that if the amount due to a Person is less than US$5.00, or such other sum as the Supervisory Board may decide, the Company may retain such sum for its own benefit). To give effect to such sale the Supervisory Board may authorise a Person to execute an instrument of transfer of shares in the name and on behalf of the holder of, or the Person entitled by transmission to, them to the purchaser or as the purchaser may direct or implement any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares.

 

  17.4 The purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys in respect of any such sale. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings connected with the sale or transfer. Any instrument or exercise referred to in Bye-law 17.3 shall be effective as if it had been executed or exercised by the holder of the shares to which it relates.

 

18. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

  18.1 Subject to the Act and, if relevant, the approval required pursuant to Bye-law 79 and save for a conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares effected by a variation of rights pursuant to Bye-law 4.3(d), all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to any class of shares for the time being in issue may, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up), be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of the issued shares of such class carrying 75 per cent or more of all of the votes capable of being cast at the relevant time at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class by a majority of the votes cast.

 

  18.2 All the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to general meetings of the Company shall apply mutatis mutandis to any separate general meeting of any class of Members, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Members present in person or by proxy holding or representing at least one third of the shares of the relevant class.

 

  18.3 The special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be altered or abrogated by (a) the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them, (b) the creation or issue for full value (as determined by the Supervisory Board) of further shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company or otherwise in priority to them or (c) the purchase or redemption by the Company of any of its own shares.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

19. Dividends

 

  19.1 The Supervisory Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members holding shares entitled to the payment of dividends, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie, including without limitation the issue by the Company of shares or other securities, in which case the Supervisory Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets, shares or securities. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company. The exact amount and timing of any dividend declarations and payments shall, subject to the requirements of the Act, be determined by the Supervisory Board.

 

 

Page 87


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  19.2 The Supervisory Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

  19.3 The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

  19.4 The Supervisory Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members holding shares entitled to distributions as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

  19.5 Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares otherwise provide:

 

  (a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of a call may be treated for the purpose of this Bye-law as paid up on the share; and

 

  (b) dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

20. Power to Set Aside Profits

The Supervisory Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for any other purpose.

 

21. Method of Payment

 

  21.1 Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the address of the Member in the Register of Members (in the case of joint Members, the senior joint holder, seniority being determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members), or by direct transfer to such bank account as such Member may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to such Persons as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque,    warrant or direct transfer shall be sent at the risk of the Person entitled to the money represented thereby. If two or more Persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one of them can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

  21.2 The Supervisory Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member (either alone or jointly with another) by the Company in respect of any shares all moneys (if any) due from such Member (either alone or jointly with another) to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

  21.3

Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for seven years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Supervisory Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

 

 

Page 88


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

  21.4 The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and warrants by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least three consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or warrant.

 

22. Capitalisation

 

  22.1 The Supervisory Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid up bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members.

 

  22.2 The Supervisory Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly or nil paid up shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

23. Annual General Meetings

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the CEO or the Supervisory Board shall appoint.

 

24. Special General Meetings

The CEO or the Supervisory Board may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary. The Supervisory Board shall, on the requisition in writing of Members holding such number of shares as is prescribed by, and made in accordance with, the Act, convene a special general meeting in accordance with the Act. Each special general meeting shall, subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, be held at such time and place as the CEO or the Supervisory Board shall appoint.

 

25. Notice

 

  25.1 At least 30 Clear Days notice of an annual general meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

  25.2 At least 30 Clear Days notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

 

Page 89


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  25.3 The CEO or Supervisory Board may fix any date that is not more than 60 Clear Days prior to any general meeting as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at such general meeting.

 

  25.4 A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and together holding not less than 95 per cent in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

  25.5 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any Person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any annual general meeting or special general meeting of the holders of any class of shares shall be deemed to have received proper notice of that meeting and, where required, the purpose for which it was called.

 

26. Giving Notice and Access

 

  26.1 A notice or other document may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

  (a) by delivering it to such Member in person; or

 

  (b) by sending it by letter mail or courier to such Member’s address in the Register of Members; or

 

  (c) (excluding a share certificate) by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose or by such other means as the Supervisory Board may decide and which are permitted by applicable laws or regulations and not prohibited by the Act; or

 

  (d) in accordance with Bye-law 26.3.

 

  26.2 Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more Persons, be given to whichever of such Persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

  26.3 Each Member shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that any notice or other document (excluding a share certificate) may be provided by the Company by way of accessing them on a website instead of being provided by other means.

 

  26.4 Save as provided by Bye-laws 26.5 and 26.6, any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, at the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or transmitted by facsimile, electronic mail, or such other method as the case may be.

 

 

Page 90


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  26.5 Notice delivered by letter mail shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail of any member state of the European Union, the United States, or Bermuda.

 

  26.6 In the case of information or documents delivered in accordance with Bye-law 26.3, service shall be deemed to have occurred when (i) the Member is notified in accordance with Bye-law 26.1 of the website posting; and (ii) the information or document is published on the website.

 

  26.7 The Company shall be under no obligation to send a notice or other document to the address shown for any particular Member in the Register of Members if the Supervisory Board considers that the legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any regulatory body or relevant stock exchange in, the territory in which that address is situated are such that it is necessary or expedient not to send the notice or document concerned to such Member at such address and may require a Member with such an address to provide the Company with an alternative acceptable address for delivery of notices by the Company.

 

  26.8 If at any time, by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within Bermuda or any other territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a notice advertised in at least one national newspaper published in the territory concerned and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on each Person entitled to receive it in that territory on the day, or on the first day, on which the advertisement appears. In any such case, the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post if at least five Clear Days before the meeting the posting of notices to addresses throughout that territory again becomes practicable.

 

27. Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

The Supervisory Board may postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for a postponed meeting shall be given to the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

28. Attendance and Security at General Meetings

 

  28.1 If so permitted by the Supervisory Board or the chairman in relation to a general meeting, members may participate in such general meeting by such electronic means as permit all Persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  28.2 The Supervisory Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Supervisory Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a Person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

 

Page 91


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

29. Quorum at General Meetings

 

  29.1 Except as otherwise provided by the Act or these Bye-laws, at any general meeting two or more Persons present in person at the start of the meeting and having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and holding or representing in person or by proxy at least 50 per cent plus one voting share of the total issued voting shares in the Company at the relevant time shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

  29.2 If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the CEO may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the CEO shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting being adjourned. If the CEO shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws. A meeting may not be adjourned under this Bye-law 29.2 to a day which is more than 90 days after the day originally appointed for the meeting.

 

30. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the chairman of the Supervisory Board, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members at which such person is present. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present shall appoint one of their number who is willing to act as chairman or, if only one Director is present, he shall act as chairman, if willing to act. If none of the Directors present is willing to act as chairman, the Director or Directors present may appoint any other Officer who is present and willing to act as chairman. In default of any such appointment, the Persons present and entitled to vote shall elect any Officer who is present and willing to act as chairman or, if no Officer is present or if none of the Officers present is willing to act as chairman, one of their number to be chairman.

 

31. Voting on Resolutions

 

  31.1 Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, a resolution may only be put to a vote at a general meeting of the Company or of any class of Members if:

 

  (a) it is proposed by or at the direction of the Supervisory Board;

 

  (b) it is proposed at the direction of a court;

 

  (c) it is proposed on the requisition in writing of such number of Members as is prescribed by, and is made in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the Act or these Bye-laws; or

 

  (d) the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the resolution may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting.

 

 

Page 92


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  31.2 Subject to the Act, the requirements of NASDAQ and the Bye-laws specified below:

 

  (a) 16.5 ( Whitewash for Mandatory Offers );

 

  (b) 39.2 ( Cumulative voting for Directors );

 

  (c) 42.1 ( Removal of Directors );

 

  (d) 51.4 ( CEO and M&A Transactions );

 

  (e) 52.4 ( Certain shareholder approvals ); and

 

  (f) 79 ( Changes to the Bye-laws )

any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of such meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote and the resolution shall fail.

 

  31.3 No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls or other sums presently payable on all shares held by such Member.

 

  31.4 No amendment may be made to a resolution, at or before the time when it is put to a vote, unless the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the amendment or the amended resolution may properly be put to a vote at that meeting. At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

  31.5 At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

  31.6 Section 77A of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

32. Voting on a Poll Required

 

  32.1 Notwithstanding anything in these Bye-laws to the contrary, at any meeting of the Members a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in each instance, be voted upon by a poll. Except where Cumulative Voting applies, every Person present at a meeting of the Members shall have one vote for each share of which such Person is the holder or for which such Person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by electronic means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A Person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

  32.2 A poll for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman of the meeting may direct.

 

 

Page 93


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  32.3 Each Person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such Person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken. Each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. Each Person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman shall direct. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Persons appointed by the chairman for the purpose or an independent scrutineer at the Chairman’s discretion. The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

33. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

34. Instrument of Proxy

 

  34.1 A Member may appoint a proxy by (a) an instrument appointing a proxy in writing in substantially the following form or such other form as the Supervisory Board may determine from time to time; or (b) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

  34.2 The appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative in relation to a particular meeting shall, unless the contrary is stated, be valid for any adjournment of the meeting.

 

  34.3 A Member may appoint one or more standing proxies, with or without the power of substitution, or (if a corporation) one or more standing representatives by delivery to the Registered Office (or at such other place as the Supervisory Board may from time to time specify for such purpose) of evidence of such appointment(s). If a Member appoints more than one standing proxy or standing representative which appointments may allow the standing proxy or standing representative to vote generally or only in respect of a specified item of business, each appointment shall specify the number and class of shares held by the relevant Member in respect of which the standing proxy or standing representative has been appointed and any restrictions or limitations pursuant to which the standing proxy or standing representative is subject. The appointment of such a standing proxy or representative shall be valid for every general meeting and adjourned meeting until such time as it is revoked by notice to the Company or the Member ceases to be a Member, but:

 

  (a) the appointment of a standing proxy or representative may be made on an irrevocable basis and may be limited to any particular item or items of business or be unlimited and the Company shall recognise the vote or abstention of the proxy or representative given in accordance with the terms of such an appointment, to the exclusion of the vote of the Member, until such time as the appointment ceases to be effective in accordance with its terms;

 

  (b) (subject to Bye-law 34.3(a)) the appointment of a standing proxy or representative shall be deemed to be suspended at any meeting or poll taken at any meeting at which the Member is present or in respect of which the Member has specifically appointed another proxy or representative; and

 

 

Page 94


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (c) the Supervisory Board may from time to time require such evidence as it deems necessary as to the due execution and continuing validity of the appointment of any proxy or representative and, if it does so, the appointment of the proxy or representative shall be deemed to be suspended until such time as the Supervisory Board determines that it has received the required evidence or other evidence satisfactory to it.

 

  34.4 The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the Registered Office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the Person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and an appointment of proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted may be treated as invalid. The Supervisory Board may waive any requirements as to the delivery of proxies, either generally or in any particular case.

 

  34.5 Subject to Bye-law 34.10 and subject as mentioned in this Bye-law, an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or corporate representative shall not be treated as valid until 24 hours after the time at which it, together with such evidence as to its due execution as the Supervisory Board may from time to time require, is delivered to the Registered Office (or to such other place or places as the Supervisory Board may from time to time specify for the purpose).

 

  34.6 If the terms of appointment of a proxy include a power of substitution, any proxy appointed by substitution under such power shall be deemed to be the proxy of the Member who conferred such power. All the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the execution and delivery of an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the instrument or other form of communication effecting or evidencing such an appointment by substitution.

 

  34.7 The appointment of a proxy, whether a standing proxy or a proxy relating to a particular meeting, shall be deemed, unless the contrary is stated, to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution and on any other resolution put to a meeting for which it is valid in such manner as the proxy thinks fit.

 

  34.8 A vote given by proxy, whether a standing proxy or a proxy relating to a particular meeting, shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the appointment of the proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, unless notice of such death, insanity or revocation was received by the Company at the Registered Office (or at any other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments or other forms of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of proxies in the notice convening the meeting or in any other information sent to Members by or on behalf of the Supervisory Board in relation to the meeting) at least one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or by such later time as the Supervisory Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case.

 

  34.9 Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of these Bye-laws, the Supervisory Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case, to treat an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative as properly delivered for the purposes of these Bye-laws if a copy or facsimile image of the instrument is sent by electronic means to the Registered Office (or to such place as may be specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case, in any other information sent by or on behalf of the Supervisory Board in relation to the meeting or adjourned meeting).

 

 

Page 95


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  34.10 Subject to the Act, the Supervisory Board may also at its discretion waive any of the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the execution and deposit of an instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative or any ancillary matter (including, without limitation, any requirement for the production or delivery of any instrument or other communication to any particular place or by any particular time or in any particular way) and, in any case in which it considers it appropriate, may accept such verbal or other assurances as it thinks fit as to the right of any Person to attend and vote on behalf of any Member at any general meeting.

 

  34.11 A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy, with or without the power of substitution, to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

  34.12 A proxy need not be a Member.

 

35. Representation of Corporate Member

 

  35.1 A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

  35.2 A Member which is a corporation may, by written instrument, appoint more than one such authorised representative (with or without appointing any Persons in the alternative) at any such meeting provided that such appointment specifies the number of shares in respect of which each such appointee is authorised to act as representative, not exceeding in aggregate the number of shares held by the appointor and carrying the right to attend and vote at the relevant meeting.

 

  35.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

36. Adjournment of General Meeting

 

  36.1 The chairman of any general meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy), adjourn the meeting.

 

  36.2 In addition, the chairman may adjourn the meeting to another time and place or sine die without such consent or direction, and whether or not a quorum is present, at the direction of the Supervisory Board (prior to or at the meeting) or if it appears to him that:

 

  (a) it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

 

Page 96


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) the unruly conduct of Persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

  (c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

  36.3 Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

  36.4 When a meeting is adjourned for three months or more or sine die , not less than ten Clear Days notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as in the case of the original meeting. Except as expressly provided by these Bye laws, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

37. Directors’ Attendance at General Meetings

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

38. Composition of the Supervisory Board

During the Initial Period, the Supervisory Board shall consist of nine Directors. After the Initial Period, the Supervisory Board shall consist of such number of Directors being not less than seven Directors and not more than thirteen Directors, as the Supervisory Board from time to time determines, subject to approval by a resolution of the Company passed by the Members representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of the Members, who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution at a general meeting.

 

39. Election of Directors

 

  39.1 The Directors shall be elected at each annual general meeting of the Company.

 

  39.2 All Directors shall be elected by Cumulative Voting. By way of illustration only, if there are ten candidates proposed to the Members at a general meeting for election as Directors but only nine available Director positions, a Member holding 100 voting shares would be entitled to apportion 900 votes from among the ten candidates, and the nine candidates achieving the highest number of votes of all the voting Members would be elected to the Supervisory Board.

 

  39.3 A Director shall (unless he is removed from office or his office is vacated in accordance with these Bye-laws) hold office until the next following annual general meeting in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

  39.4
  (a)

During the Initial Period, if there is a vacancy on the Supervisory Board in respect of a Director who was nominated by a Nominating Shareholder who, at the time of such vacancy, remains a Member, such Nominating Shareholder shall have the power to appoint any person as a replacement Director to fill such vacancy.

 

 

Page 97


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Any such appointment shall be by notice to the Company and shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor and shall take effect on delivery to the Registered Office, or if earlier, on service on the CEO; and

 

  (b) After the Initial Period:

 

  (i) If there is a vacancy in respect of two or more Directors in the period falling between annual general meetings, then the Directors shall forthwith convene a special general meeting in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws, such meeting to be held within three months of the date on which the second vacancy occurred; provided that no such special general meeting shall be convened if the second vacancy occurs within the period falling three months before the next successive annual general meeting;

 

  (ii) The purpose of the special general meeting shall be the re-election of the Supervisory Board;

 

  (iii) At such special general meeting, all Directors shall retire from office but be eligible for re-election, together with any other persons nominated by a Member or Members holding not less than one-twentieth of the issued voting shares of the Company, details of such nominations to be given to the Members in accordance with Bye-law 26 at least five Clear Days in advance of the date of such special general meeting; and

 

  (iv) A vacancy in respect of one Director shall remain open and unfilled until the next successive annual general meeting, unless otherwise provided in this Bye-law.

 

  (c) Any Director appointed or elected pursuant to this Bye-law shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting of the Company but shall be eligible for re-election.

 

  39.5 All Directors, upon election or appointment (but not on re-appointment), must provide written acceptance of their appointment, in such form as the Supervisory Board may think fit, by notice in writing to the Registered Office within 30 days of their appointment.

 

40. No Share Qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the capital of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company

 

41. Alternate Directors

 

  41.1 Any Director may appoint another Director or an individual approved by the Supervisory Board to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice in writing to the Registered Office. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

 

Page 98


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  41.2 An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Supervisory Board and committees of the Supervisory Board of which the appointing Director is a member and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director.

 

  41.3 An Alternate Director shall cease to be such if the Director for whom he was appointed to act as a Director in the alternative ceases for any reason to be a Director, but he may be re-appointed by the Supervisory Board as an alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

42. Removal of Directors

 

  42.1 The Members holding voting shares may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director:

 

  (a) during the Initial Period, by a resolution of the Company passed by Members representing not less than 66.66 per cent of the total voting rights of the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution; and

 

  (b) after the Initial Period, by a resolution of the Company passed by Members representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of the Members, who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution.

provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

  42.2 If a Director is removed from the Board under the provisions of Bye-law 42.1 the Members may fill the vacancy at the special general meeting at which such Director is removed only if a Member or Members holding such number of shares as is prescribed by, and made in accordance with, the Act has requisitioned in writing a proposal to nominate at least one replacement candidate for Director stating the information listed below with respect to such nominee(s) and such proposal is given to the Members in accordance with Bye-law 26 at least 5 Clear Days in advance of the date of such special general meeting:

 

  (a) the name and address of the Members who intend to make the nomination(s);

 

  (b) a representation that the Members are holders of shares in the Company and that the Members intend to vote such shares at such meeting;

 

  (c) the name, age, business address and residence address of each nominee proposed in the notice;

 

  (d) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee;

 

  (e) the number of shares in the Company which are beneficially owned by each nominee;

 

  (f) the consent in writing of each nominee to serve as a Director if so elected;

 

 

Page 99


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (g) a representation that the Members intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate each person specified in the notice;

 

  (h) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Members and each nominee or any other Person (naming such Person) pursuant to which each nomination is to be made by the Members; and

 

  (i) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed to Members in connection with the election of Directors pursuant to applicable law and regulations, including without limitation the requirements of NASDAQ, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board.

In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.

 

43. Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

  43.1 The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

  (d) resigns his office by notice to the Company; or

 

  (e) on his term of office expiring.

 

  43.2 Any person appointed to fill a vacancy occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a Director shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting of the Company but shall be eligible for re-election.

 

44. Remuneration of Directors

 

  44.1 The amount of any fees payable to Directors shall be determined by the Supervisory Board upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. Directors who are also employees of a Group Company shall not be paid any such fees by the Company in addition to their remuneration as an employee.

 

  44.2 Any Director who serves on any committee, or who, at the request of the Supervisory Board, goes or resides abroad, makes any special journey or otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Supervisory Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the Supervisory Board may determine in addition to or in lieu of any fee payable to him for his services as Director pursuant to these Bye-laws.

 

  44.3 The Company shall repay to any Director all such reasonable expenses as he may properly incur in the performance of his duties including attending meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or debentures of the Company or otherwise in or about the business of the Company.

 

 

Page 100


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  44.4 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, and give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to, any individuals who are or were at any time in the employment or service of or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any Person which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and the families and dependants of any such individuals, and also establish and subsidise or subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs or funds calculated to be for the benefit of or to advance the interests and well-being of the Company, any such Subsidiary or Affiliate or any such other Person, or of any such individuals as aforesaid, and, subject to the Act, make payments for or towards the insurance of any such individuals as aforesaid, and do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or in conjunction with any such other Person.

 

45. Defect in Appointment of Director

All acts done in good faith by the Supervisory Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Supervisory Board, any person to whom the Supervisory Board may have delegated any of its powers or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

46. Register of Directors and Officers

The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the Registered Office a register of directors and officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

47. Governance Structure

 

  47.1 The governance of the Company shall comprise:

 

  (a) the Supervisory Board elected by the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (b) the CEO appointed by the Supervisory Board in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (c) the Management Board appointed by the CEO, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, in accordance with these Bye-laws; and

 

  (d) Senior Executives appointed by the CEO, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

48. Appointment of Chairman, CEO, Officers and Secretary

 

  48.1 The chairman of the Supervisory Board shall be selected by the Supervisory Board. The chairman of the Supervisory Board shall not have a casting vote.

 

  48.2 The CEO shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board.

 

 

Page 101


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  48.3 The Supervisory Board may appoint such Officers as the Supervisory Board may determine, provided that no member of the Management Board may also serve as a member of the Supervisory Board. The CEO shall have exclusive authority to identify and recommend to the Supervisory Board for the Supervisory Board’s ratification the Company’s Senior Executives.

 

  48.4 The Secretary and (if relevant) Resident Representative shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

49. Duties and Remuneration of Officers and Senior Executives

 

  49.1 The Officers and Senior Executives shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Supervisory Board or Management Board from time to time.

 

  49.2 The Officers and Senior Executives shall receive such remuneration as the Supervisory Board may determine.

 

50. Duties and Remuneration of the Secretary

 

  50.1 The duties of the Secretary shall be those prescribed by the Act, together with such other duties as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Supervisory Board.

 

  50.2 A provision of the Act or these Bye-laws requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same Person acting both as Director and as, or in the place of, the Secretary.

 

  50.3 The Secretary shall receive such remuneration as the Supervisory Board may determine.

 

51. Powers of the Supervisory Board

 

  51.1 The Supervisory Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting or delegated to the Management Board or the CEO.

 

  51.2 Subject to these Bye-laws, the Supervisory Board may delegate to any company, firm, person, or body of persons any power of the Supervisory Board (including the power to sub-delegate). The Supervisory Board may appoint by power of attorney any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Supervisory Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Supervisory Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Supervisory Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney.

 

  51.3 The Supervisory Board shall establish and maintain at least the following committees:

 

  (a) a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which shall be responsible for coordinating the selection process for candidates to become Directors and recommending such candidates to the Supervisory Board;

 

 

Page 102


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) an Audit Committee, all of whom shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time, and which shall have the authority required thereby, including responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the Auditor, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors; and

 

  (c) a Compensation Committee, which shall be responsible for approving the compensation of the Group’s directors, officers and employees, the Group’s employee benefit plans and equity compensation plans, and any contract relating to a Group Company director, officer or shareholder, their respective family members or Affiliates.

 

  51.4 During the Initial Period, in the absence of approval by a simple majority of the Supervisory Board, any proposal properly requisitioned by the Members to appoint a CEO or to approve an M&A Transaction shall require a resolution passed by Members representing not less than 66.66 per cent of the total voting rights of the Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy on the resolution.

 

52. Authority Matrix

 

  52.1 Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, the business of the Company shall be managed by the CEO and the Management Board. The following actions shall require the approval of the Supervisory Board, except to the extent that the authority to approve such actions has been granted to the Management Board pursuant to Bye-law 52.2:

 

  (a) the approval of the Business Plan;

 

  (b) the approval of M&A Transactions;

 

  (c) the acquisition or construction of a capital asset not included in the Business Plan if the total expenditures by a Group Company would exceed the Authority Threshold, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (d) any suspension, cessation or abandonment of any activity which exceeded the Authority Threshold in revenues for the most recent fiscal year, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (e) any Group Company’s exit from or closing of a business or business segment, or a down-sizing, reduction in force or streamlining of any operation, that results in cash expenditures outside the ordinary course of business for which the aggregate cash expense would exceed the Authority Threshold for any such projects or series of related projects, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (f) any Fundamental Transaction;

 

  (g) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any Group Company;

 

  (h) any financing transaction, incurrence of Indebtedness, guarantee or provision of security that (1)(X) exceeds US$300 million and (Y) is not solely among Group Companies or (2) involves pledging or otherwise encumbering the shares of any Group Company (or any Affiliate of any Group Company) with respect to Indebtedness in an amount greater than the Authority Threshold, in each case, as determined by the CFO and General Counsel;

 

 

Page 103


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (i) any organisational or reporting changes to the management structure of the Company;

 

  (j) [RESERVED];

 

  (k) [RESERVED];

 

  (l) the declaration, payment, settlement or transfer of any dividend or other distribution by (1) the Company, or (2) any other Group Company that results in payment to one or more shareholders outside of the Group in an amount in excess of the Authority Threshold, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel, in each case other than preferred dividends required by law or by the charter of such Group Company;

 

  (m) except for issues of shares, or interest in shares, in connection with employee compensation awards (which authority shall be delegated to the Compensation Committee), the issue or repurchase of any shares in the Company or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares or interests in shares of the Company, or the right to subscribe for any shares or securities of the Company, as well as the issue or repurchase of other forms of security of the Company;

 

  (n) any change in the authorised or issued share capital of any Group Company if as a result of such change the shareholding of any person not forming part of the Group increases;

 

  (o) the approval of the audited accounts of the Company;

 

  (p) the recommendation for appointment of the Auditors of the Company by the Members;

 

  (q) the entry by any Group Company (whether by renewal or otherwise) into any contract or group of related contracts involving obligations or requiring payments by one or more Group Companies, in the case of Ordinary Course Contracts, in excess of US$150 million, and in the case of other contracts, in excess of the Authority Threshold, in each case, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (r) the approval, amendment or variation of the Group’s exchange rates, hedging or futures policy to the extent that the CFO has determined such approval, amendment or variation could, in aggregate, have a financial impact on the Group in excess of the Authority Threshold in any financial year, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (s) any Group Company’s initiation of any litigation, claim, arbitration or other legal matter that the Supervisory Board or Management Board believes is material to the reputation or operations of the Group or is expected at the time of initiation to result in counterclaims or a series of counterclaims exceeding the Authority Threshold, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

 

Page 104


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (t) the settlement by the Group of any action, suit, claim or proceeding, including any investigation by a governmental authority, whether or not a Group Company is a claimant or defendant in such action, suit, claim or proceeding, (1) that would impose any material restrictions on the operations of the Group, (2) pursuant to which the amount to be paid by the Group, together with any other related expected financial impact, exceeds, in the case of tax claims, the Authority Threshold, and in other cases, US$30 million, per matter or series of related matters, in each case, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel or (3) that involves matters which are subject to an internal investigation being coordinated by the Supervisory Board or a committee of the Supervisory Board or impacting any Director in his or her personal capacity;

 

  (u) any Group Company’s entry into any lease obligation wherein the present value of the aggregate lease obligation as estimated by the CEO is greater than the Authority Threshold;

 

  (v) any Group Company’s entry into a transaction that is not specifically contemplated in the Business Plan involving the purchase, sale, lease or other acquisition or disposition of interests in land, buildings, fixtures, machinery, equipment and appurtenances in any case for consideration that exceeds the Authority Threshold in any transaction or series of related transactions as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (w) [RESERVED];

 

  (x) the entry into any management contract (whether by renewal or otherwise) by, or in relation to, any Group Company’s chief executive functions;

 

  (y) the appointment, re-appointment or early termination of the employment of the CEO or any other Senior Executive;

 

  (z) any amendments to the delegation of authority to the CEO and approval of delegations of authority to any Officer;

 

  (aa) the voting of shares of any Group Company in respect of an election of directors of such Group Company or in respect of any matter referred to in this Bye-law 52.1 which is to be undertaken by a Group Company;

 

  (bb) except in respect of ordinary course, routine matters, the issuing of instructions to the CEO for voting or taking other Company action, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of shareholders (or with respect to any action of such shareholders) of any other corporation or entity in which the Group may hold securities and any exercise of rights and powers which the Group may possess by reason of its ownership of securities of such other corporation or entity;

 

  (cc) the approval of any matter to be submitted to the Members for a vote;

 

  (dd) the employment of such accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, independent contractors and other advisors; the execution and delivery of such papers, documents and instruments; the payment of such fees and other amounts; and the doing of such acts, in each case as determined to be necessary or desirable in furtherance of the exercise of the Supervisory Board’s authority;

 

  (ee) the appointment or termination of members of the Supervisory Board to committees of the Supervisory Board and the delegation of the Supervisory Board’s authority to such committees, subject to the requirements of these Bye-laws; and

 

 

Page 105


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (ff) the refusal to register the transfer of any shares that were attempted to be transferred in violation of these Bye-laws.

 

  52.2 Other than those actions that require the approval of the Supervisory Board or the Members as set out in this Bye-law 52, or as otherwise required by the Act or by applicable Law, the Management Board shall have the authority to approve the following actions without the need for any further approval by the Supervisory Board:

 

  (a) in respect of any item described in Bye-law 52.1 that is limited to matters exceeding the Authority Threshold and except as otherwise specified therein, the Management Board shall have authority to take action in respect of each such matter to the extent that the Management Board determines in good faith that the maximum amount of any Group Company’s obligation or liability is limited to, or is not expected to exceed, the Authority Threshold;

 

  (b) any M&A Transaction with a value of up to the Authority Threshold (in any transaction or series of related transactions) that, when combined with all other such M&A Transactions approved pursuant to this Bye-law 52.2(b) during any fiscal year, does not in the aggregate exceed US$200 million (and is not otherwise considered to be material, as determined by the CEO, the CFO and the General Counsel). For purposes of this Bye-law 52.2(b): (1) in the case of the acquisition of a business, the value shall mean the enterprise value of the acquired business; (2) in the case of a merger, the value shall mean the enterprise value of the business contributed by Group Companies; and (3) in the case of an asset acquisition, the value shall mean the higher of the gross purchase price (excluding any assumed liabilities) and the book value of the acquired assets, in each of the above cases, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (c) any Group Company’s entry into ordinary course transactions permitted under existing credit, loan, debt or other borrowing facilities previously approved by the Supervisory Board, including borrowings and repayments of principal and interest, including (i) draw-downs under existing revolving credit facilities, (ii) accelerated, unscheduled or other non-mandatory payments or pre-payments of principal or interest, and (iii) issuances of letters of credit and other credit enhancement or performance bonds or securities;

 

  (d) [RESERVED];

 

  (e) any financing transaction, incurrence of Indebtedness, guarantee or provision of security that (1)(X) does not exceed US$300 million (as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel) or (Y) is solely among Group Companies, and (2) does not involve pledging or otherwise encumbering the shares of any Group Company (or any Affiliate of any Group Company) in respect of Indebtedness in an amount greater than the Authority Threshold, in each case, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (f) any Group Company’s making of non-material changes to existing credit facilities approved by the Supervisory Board or under the authority granted to the Management Board as described above;

 

 

Page 106


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (g) actions required to be taken in order for a Group Company to obtain or maintain all governmental approvals, licenses and permits;

 

  (h) the settlement by the Group of any action, suit, claim or proceeding, including any investigation by a governmental authority, whether or not a Group Company is a claimant or defendant in such action, suit, claim or proceeding, (1) that would not impose any material restrictions on the operations of the Group, (2) pursuant to which the amount to be paid by the Group, together with any other related expected financial impact, does not exceed, in the case of tax claims, the Authority Threshold, and in other cases, US$30 million, per matter or series of related matters, in each case, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel and (3) that does not involve matters which are subject to an internal investigation being coordinated by the Supervisory Board or a committee of the Supervisory Board or impacting any Director in his or her personal capacity;

 

  (i) the entry by any Group Company (whether by renewal or otherwise) into any contract or group of related contracts involving obligations or requiring payments by one or more Group Companies, in the case of Ordinary Course Contracts, not in excess of US$150 million, and in the case of other contracts, not in excess of the Authority Threshold, in each case, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (j) the exercise of rights and powers which the Group may possess in entities that are not Group Companies. This authorisation shall not apply to the exercise of any such rights and powers in relation to any matter that would otherwise be subject to Supervisory Board approval with respect to Group Companies under Bye-laws 52.1 and 52.2;

 

  (k) the delegation (including authority to sub-delegate and re-delegate) of any authority of the Management Board set out in these Bye-laws to any officer or employee or agent of a Group Company, or to any team, committee or other group that includes such officers or employees or agent;

 

  (l) the sale of assets of any Group Company (1) with an aggregate value not in excess of the Authority Threshold in any transaction or series of related transactions to one or more entities that are not Group Companies and (2) that does not result in the Group’s exit or closing of the Group’s operations comprising one or more segments by country. This authorisation shall not apply to the sale of shares of any Group Company (or any Affiliate of any Group Company). For purposes of this Bye-law 52.2(l), the value shall mean the higher of the gross sale price (excluding any assumed liabilities) and the book value of the assets being sold, in each case, as determined by the CFO and General Counsel;

 

  (m) any Fundamental Transaction which involves solely direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of any Group Company, provided that such Fundamental Transaction is not expected to result in a net increase in liability for the Group in excess of US$20 million, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

  (n) the declaration, payment, settlement or transfer of any dividend or other distribution by a Group Company (other than the Company) that does not result in payment to one or more shareholders outside of the Group in excess of the Authority Threshold, as determined by the CFO and the General Counsel;

 

 

Page 107


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (o) the approval of the audited accounts of any Group Company (other than the Company);

 

  (p) the appointment of the auditors of any Group Company (other than the Company);

 

  (q) the voting of shares of any Group Company (other than the Company) in respect of an election of directors of such Group Company. This authorisation shall not apply to the election of directors of any operating company with service revenues in excess of US$500 million in the most recent fiscal year;

 

  (r) any exchange rate, hedging or futures transaction that is undertaken in accordance with the applicable exchange rates, hedging or futures policy of the Company as approved by the Supervisory Board in accordance with Bye-law 52.1(r);

 

  (s) the employment of such accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, independent contractors and other advisors; the execution and delivery of such papers, documents and instruments; the payment of such fees and other amounts; and the doing of such acts, in each case as determined to be necessary or desirable in furtherance of the exercise of the Management Board’s authority; and

 

  (t) such other ordinary course of business activities as are customarily within the authority of a management board and are not reserved for the Supervisory Board or a committee of the Supervisory Board and such other authority as is delegated to the Management Board by the Supervisory Board or any committee of the Supervisory Board from time to time.

 

  52.3 Unless otherwise specified in these Bye-laws or as otherwise required by applicable Law or a specific grant of authority by the CEO to a Senior Executive or Officer or pursuant to a resolution of the Management Board passed in accordance with Bye-law 59, the Management Board delegates power to the CEO as the chairman of the Management Board pursuant to resolutions of the Management Board passed in accordance with Bye-law 59, provided that the delegation of power under Bye-law 52.2(o) and Bye-law 52.2(p) shall be to the CEO and the CFO, acting jointly.

 

  52.4 In addition to those matters for which a vote of the Members is required by applicable Law or NASDAQ’s regulations, the following actions shall require the approval of the Members at a general meeting:

 

  (a) any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation involving the Company, which shall require a Special Resolution;

 

  (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, which shall require a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by the Members;

 

  (c) any issue of securities of the Company described under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635 ( Shareholder Approval ) (or any successor thereto), except that approval of the Members will not be required under this Bye-law for any stock option plans or other equity compensation plans or in any other circumstance described under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) ( Equity Compensation ) (or any successor thereto);

 

 

Page 108


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (d) the appointment of the Auditor, which shall require a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by the Members;

 

  (e) loans to any Director, the approval of which shall be subject to the Act; and

 

  (f) the discontinuance of the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act, which shall require a Special Resolution.

 

53. Conflicts of Interest

 

  53.1 Interests of any kind, whether direct or indirect, of the Officers, the Directors, their nominating Members or employers, as the case may be, and their nominating Member’s or employer’s respective Affiliates in any transaction or matter in respect of the Company or any Group Company to be considered by the Supervisory Board or the Management Board must be fully disclosed to the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, as applicable, in all material respects at the first opportunity at a meeting of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board and prior to any discussion of, or voting on, such transaction or matter by the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, as applicable.

 

  53.2 Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Supervisory Board or Management Board meeting, an Officer or a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Officer or Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum for such meeting.

 

  53.3 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit with any Group Company (except that of auditor) in addition to his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Supervisory Board may determine and may be paid such extra remuneration for so doing (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Supervisory Board may determine, in addition to any remuneration or other amounts payable to a Director pursuant to any other Bye-law.

 

  53.4 A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

  53.5 Subject to the Act, a Director, notwithstanding his office (a) may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with any Group Company or in which any Group Company is otherwise interested and (b) may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any company or other Person promoted by any Group Company or in which any Group Company is interested. The Supervisory Board may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company or other Person held or owned by any Group Company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as the Supervisory Board thinks fit, including the exercise of votes in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company or Person or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to any such Directors as the directors or officers of such other company or Person.

 

  53.6

So long as, where it is necessary, he declares the nature of his interest in accordance with Bye-law 53.1, a Director shall not by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any office or employment to which these

 

 

Page 109


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  Bye-laws allow him to be appointed or from any transaction or arrangement in which these Bye-laws allow him to be interested, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

54. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

  54.1 The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Supervisory Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company, any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of the Company’s business, or their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity and exemption shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer. The indemnity provided to the persons specified in this Bye-law shall apply if those persons are acting in the reasonable belief that they have been appointed or elected to any office or trust of the Company, or any subsidiary thereof, notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election.

 

  54.2 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

  54.3 The Company may advance moneys to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against him.

 

  54.4 No amendment or repeal of any provision of this Bye-law shall alter detrimentally the rights to the advancement of expenses or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

 

Page 110


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD AND THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

55. Supervisory Board Meetings

The Supervisory Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit provided that a majority of Supervisory Board meetings in any calendar year shall take place in the Netherlands. Unless otherwise specified in these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority in number of those Directors attending such meeting,

 

56. Notice of Supervisory Board Meetings

A Director or the CEO may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director or the CEO shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Supervisory Board. Save in the case of an emergency when notice of a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose, all Directors must receive written notice of any meeting of the Supervisory Board at least ten days prior to such meeting, unless the notice requirement is waived by all Directors. A Director present at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be deemed to have waived any irregularity in the giving of notice.

 

57. Conduct of Supervisory Board Meetings

 

  57.1 Directors may participate in any meeting by such electronic means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be considered to take place where the chairman of the meeting establishes that the meeting is held.

 

  57.2 In the Initial Period, the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be six Directors. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other time or place as the chairman may determine. If within half an hour from the time appointed for such adjourned meeting six Directors are not present, then the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at such adjourned meeting shall be five Directors.

 

  57.3 After the Initial Period, the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall be 2/3 of the Directors as at the date of the meeting.

 

  57.4 Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Supervisory Board at which such person is present. In his absence a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

58. Supervisory Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

The Supervisory Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Supervisory Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

 

Page 111


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

59. Management Board Meetings

 

  59.1 The Management Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit provided that a majority of Management Board meetings in any calendar year shall take place in the Netherlands. Subject to these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Management Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of those members of the Management Board attending the meeting,

 

  59.2 The CEO may at any time summon a meeting of the Management Board. Notice of a meeting of the Management Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a member of the Management Board if it is given to him verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to him by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at his last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by him to the CEO for this purpose. A member of the Management Board present at a meeting of the Management Board shall be deemed to have waived any irregularity in the giving of notice

 

60. Conduct of Management Board Meetings

 

  60.1 Members of the Management Board may participate in any meeting by such electronic means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be considered to take place where the CEO establishes that the meeting is held.

 

  60.2 The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Management Board shall be the CEO and one other member of the Management Board.

 

  60.3 The CEO shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Management Board and, in the case of an equality of votes of the members of the Management Board, shall be entitled to a casting vote.

 

61. Written Resolutions

A resolution signed by all the members of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective at the place and on the date on which the last member signs the resolution.

 

62. Validity of Prior Acts of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

 

 

Page 112


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

63. Minutes

The Supervisory Board and each committee thereof shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Supervisory Board and of any committee appointed by the Supervisory Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Supervisory Board, and meetings of committees appointed by the Supervisory Board.

 

64. Place Where Corporate Records Kept

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Management Board in the Netherlands and by the Secretary at the Registered Office.

 

65. Form and Use of Seal

 

  65.1 The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Supervisory Board may determine. The Supervisory Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

  65.2 A seal may, but need not, be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (a) any Director, or (b) any Officer, or (c) the Secretary, or (d) any person authorised by the Supervisory Board for that purpose.

 

  65.3 A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.

ACCOUNTS

 

66. Books of Account

 

  66.1 The Supervisory Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

  66.2 Such records of account shall be kept at the Registered Office, or subject to the Act, at such other place as the Supervisory Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

67. Financial Year End

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Supervisory Board and failing such resolution shall be 31 st December in each year.

 

 

Page 113


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

AUDITS

 

68. Annual Audit

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

69. Appointment of Auditor

 

  69.1 Subject to the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint one or more Auditors to hold office until the close of the next annual general meeting.

 

  69.2 No Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

70. Remuneration of Auditor

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

 

71. Duties of Auditor

 

  71.1 The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

  71.2 The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

72. Access to Records

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

73. Financial Statements

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

 

74. Distribution of Auditor’s Report

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

75. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death or the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the vacancy thereby created shall be filled in accordance with the Act.

 

 

Page 114


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

REGISTERED OFFICE; HEADQUARTERS

 

76. Registered Office

The Registered Office shall be at such place in Bermuda as the Supervisory Board from time to time decides.

 

77. Headquarters

The headquarters of the Company shall be located in, and the residence of the Company for corporate tax purposes shall be, the Netherlands. The Company shall at all times maintain a fully functioning head office in the Netherlands, where a majority of the Senior Executives shall reside.

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

78. Winding-Up

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

79. Changes to Bye-laws

No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Supervisory Board and by a Special Resolution.

COMPANY INVESTIGATIONS INTO INTERESTS IN SHARES

 

80. Provisions applicable to Bye-laws 80 and 81.

 

  80.1 For the purposes of Bye-laws 80 and 81:

 

  (a) Relevant Share Capital ” means any class of the Company’s issued share capital; and for the avoidance of doubt, any adjustment to or restriction on the voting rights attached to shares shall not affect the application of this Bye-law in relation to interests in those or any other shares;

 

  (b) interest ” means, in relation to Relevant Share Capital, any interest of any kind whatsoever in any shares comprised therein (disregarding any restraints or restrictions to which the exercise of any right attached to the interest in the share is, or may be, subject) and without limiting the meaning of “ interest ” a person shall be taken to have an interest in a share if:

 

  (i) he enters into a contract for its purchase by him (whether for cash or other consideration); or

 

 

Page 115


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (ii) not being the registered holder, he is entitled to exercise any right conferred by the holding of the share or is entitled to control the exercise of any such right; or

 

  (iii) he is a beneficiary of a trust where the property held on trust includes an interest in the share; or

 

  (iv) otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he has a right to call for delivery of the share to himself or to his order; or

 

  (v) otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he has a right to acquire an interest in the share or is under an obligation to take an interest in the share; or

 

  (vi) he has a right to subscribe for the share,

whether in any case the contract, right or obligation is absolute or conditional, legally enforceable or not and evidenced in writing or not, and it shall be immaterial that a share in which a person has an interest is unidentifiable;

 

  (c) a person is taken to be interested in any shares in which his spouse or civil partner or any infant child or step-child of his is interested; and “ infant ” means a person under the age of 18 years;

 

  (d) a person is taken to be interested in shares if a body corporate is interested in them and:

 

  (i) that body or its directors are accustomed to act in accordance with his directions or instructions; or

 

  (ii) he is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of that company,

PROVIDED THAT (a) where a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of a company and that company is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of any of the voting power at general meetings of another company (the “effective voting power ”) then, for purposes of Bye-law 80.1(d)(ii) above, the effective voting power is taken as exercisable by that person and (b) for purposes of this Bye-law 80.1(d), a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of voting power if he has a right (whether subject to conditions or not) the exercise of which would make him so entitled or he is under an obligation (whether or not so subject) the fulfilment of which would make him so entitled.

 

  80.2 The provisions of Bye-laws 80 and 81 are in addition to any and separate from other rights or obligations arising at law or otherwise.

 

81. Power of the Company to Investigate Interests in Shares

 

  81.1 The Company may give notice under this Bye-law (a “ Request Notice ”) to any person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe:

 

  (a) to be interested in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital; or

 

 

Page 116


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (b) to have been so interested at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued.

 

  81.2 The Request Notice may request the person:

 

  (a) to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to indicate whether or not it is the case; and

 

  (b) if he holds, or has during that time held, any such interest, to give such further information as may be requested in accordance with this Bye-law 81.

 

  81.3 A Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed to give particulars of his own past or present interest in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital (held by him at any time during the three year period mentioned in Bye-law 81.1).

 

  81.4 The Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed, where:

 

  (a) the interest is a present interest and any other interest in the shares subsists; or

 

  (b) another interest in the shares subsisted during that three year period at a time when his own interest subsisted,

to give, so far as lies within his knowledge, such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be requested by the notice including the identity of persons interested in the shares in question.

 

  81.5 The Request Notice may request the person to whom it is addressed where his interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

 

  81.6 The information requested by a Request Notice must be given within such time as may be specified in the notice, being a period of not less than 5 days following service thereof.

 

  81.7 For the purposes of this Bye-law 81:

 

  (a) a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the Member holding such shares has given to the Company a notification whether following service of a Request Notice or otherwise which either:

 

  (i) names such person as being so interested; or

 

  (ii) (after taking into account any such notification and any other relevant information in the possession of the Company) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares.

 

82. Failure to Disclose Interests in Shares

 

  82.1 For the purpose of this Bye-law:

 

  (a) Exempt Transfer ” means, in relation to shares held by a Member,

a transfer by way of, or in pursuance of, acceptance of a takeover offer for the Company meaning an offer to acquire all the shares, or all the shares of any

 

 

Page 117


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  class or classes, in the Company (other than shares which at the date of the offer are already held by the offeror), being an offer on terms which are the same in relation to all the shares to which the offer relates or, where those shares include shares of different classes, in relation to all the shares of each class (or an amalgamation or scheme of arrangement having equivalent effect).

 

  (b) interested ” is construed as it is for the purpose of Bye-law 81;

 

  (c) a person, other than the Member holding a share, shall be treated as appearing to be interested in such share if the Member has informed the Company that the person is or may be so interested, or if the Company (after taking account of information obtained from the Member or, pursuant to a Request Notice, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is or may be so interested;

 

  (d) reference to a person having failed to give to the Company information required by Bye-law 81, or being in default of supplying such information, includes references to his having:

 

  (i) failed or refused to give all or any part of such information; and

 

  (ii) given information which he knows to be false in a material particular or recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; and

 

  (e) transfer ” means a transfer of a share or (where applicable) a renunciation of a renounceable letter of allotment or other renounceable document of title relating to a share.

 

  82.2 Where a Request Notice is given by the Company to a Member, or another person appearing to be interested in shares held by such Member, and the Member or other person has failed in relation to any shares (“ Default Shares ”, which expression applies also to any shares issued after the date of the Request Notice in respect of those shares and to any other shares registered in the name of such Member at any time whilst the default subsists) to give the Company the information required within fourteen days after the date of service of the Request Notice (and whether or not the Request Notice specified a different period), unless the Supervisory Board in its absolute discretion otherwise decides:

 

  (a) the Member is not entitled in respect of the Default Shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by proxy) at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of a class of shares or at an adjourned meeting or on a poll, or to exercise other rights conferred by membership in relation to any such meeting or poll; and

 

  (b) where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25 per cent. in nominal value of the issued shares of their class:

 

  (i) a dividend (or any part of a dividend) payable in respect of the Default Shares (except on a winding up of the Company) may be withheld by the Company, which shall have no obligation to pay interest on such dividend;

 

  (ii) the Member shall not be entitled to elect to receive shares instead of a dividend; and

 

 

Page 118


VEON LTD.

 

 

 

  (iii) the Supervisory Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of any Default Shares unless:

 

  (1) the transfer is an Exempt Transfer; or

 

  (2) the Member is not himself in default in supplying the information required and proves to the satisfaction of the Supervisory Board that no person in default of supplying the information required is interested in any of the shares which are the subject of the transfer.

 

  82.3 The sanctions under Bye-law 82.2 shall cease to apply seven days after the earlier of:

 

  (a) receipt by the Company of notice of an Exempt Transfer, but only in relation to the shares transferred; and

 

  (b) receipt by the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Supervisory Board, of all the information required by the Request Notice.

 

  82.4 The Supervisory Board may:

 

  (a) give notice in writing to any Member holding Default Shares in uncertificated form requiring the Member:

 

  (i) to change his holding of such shares from uncertificated form into certificated form within a specified period; and

 

  (ii) then to hold such Default Shares in certificated form for so long as the default subsists; and

 

  (b) appoint any person to take any steps in the name of any holder of Default Shares as may be required to change such shares from uncertificated form into certificated form (and such steps shall be effective as if they had been taken by such holder).

 

  82.5 Any notice referred to in this Bye-law may be served by the Company upon the addressee either personally or by sending it through the post in a pre paid letter addressed to the addressee at his usual or last known address.

 

 

Page 119

Exhibit 1.2

 

LOGO

 

BERMUDA

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 19S1 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 5th day of June, 2009 New Spring Company Ltd. was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company. Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 8th day of June, 2009


LOGO

 

FORM NO. 3a Registration No. 43271

BERMUDA

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION ON CHANGE OF NAME

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section 10 of the Companies Act 1981

New Spring Company Ltd. by resolution and with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as VimpclCom Ltd. on the 1st day of October, 2009.

Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 1st day of October, 2009


LOGO

 

‘A’

FORM NO. 3a Registration No. 43271

BERM UDA

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ON CHANGE OF NAME

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section I 0 of the Companies Act 1981 Vimpel Com Ltd. with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as VEON Ltd. the 30th day of March 2017.

Given under my hand and the Seal of

the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this

30th day of March 2017

Lindsay K Gaugain

for Registrar of Companies


LOGO

 

BERMUDA

 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Section 7(1) and (2)

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

New Spring Company Ltd.

 

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1.   The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (If any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.   We, the undersigned, namely,

 

Name and Address   

Bermudian Status

(Yes or No)

   Nationality    Number of Shares
Subscribed

Jan Stone

       No        British    1

Samantha L Hayward

       Yes        British    1

Marlies Smith

       No        Canadian    1

 

All of:    Victoria Place
     31 Victoria Street
     Hamilton HM 10,
     Bermuda

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.


3.   The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.   The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding N/A in all, including the following parcels:-

 

N/A

 

5.   The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000 divided into 10,000,000 shares of par value US$0.001 each.

 

6.   The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are:-

 

Unrestricted and the Company shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person.

 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof:-

 

LOGO

 

Subscribed this 4 day of June 2009.

Exhibit 2.6

 

LOGO    EXECUTION VERSION

 

                                     DATED                           16 FEBRUARY 2017

(1) VIMPELCOM HOLDINGS B.V.

as Borrower

(2) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

LISTED IN PART 2 OF SCHEDULE 1

as Mandated Lead Arrangers and (as applicable) Bookrunners

(3) THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

as defined in this Agreement

- and -

(4) CITIBANK EUROPE PLC, UK BRANCH

as Agent

US$2,108,000,000

MULTICURRENCY TERM AND

REVOLVING FACILITIES

AGREEMENT

 

 


CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1 INTERPRETATION

     1  

1.

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1  

SECTION 2 THE FACILITIES

     23  

2.

  

THE FACILITIES

     23  

3.

  

PURPOSE

     30  

4.

  

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

     30  

SECTION 3 UTILISATION

     31  

5.

  

UTILISATION

     31  

6.

  

OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

     33  

SECTION 4 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     35  

7.

  

REPAYMENT

     35  

8.

  

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     37  

SECTION 5 COSTS OF UTILISATION

     42  

9.

  

INTEREST

     42  

10.

  

INTEREST PERIODS

     44  

11.

  

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     45  

12.

  

FEES

     47  

SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     48  

13.

  

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

     48  

14.

  

INCREASED COSTS

     53  

15.

  

OTHER INDEMNITIES

     54  

16.

  

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

     55  

17.

  

COSTS AND EXPENSES

     56  

SECTION 7 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     57  

18.

  

REPRESENTATIONS

     57  

19.

  

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

     61  

20.

  

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     65  

21.

  

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

     69  

22.

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     73  

SECTION 8 CHANGES TO PARTIES

     78  

23.

  

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

     78  

24.

  

CHANGES TO THE BORROWER

     84  

SECTION 9 THE FINANCE PARTIES

     85  

25.

  

ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

     85  

26.

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

     93  

 

 


27.

  

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

     93  

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION

     95  

28.

  

PAYMENT MECHANICS

     95  

29.

  

SET-OFF

     98  

30.

  

NOTICES

     98  

31.

  

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

     100  

32.

  

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

     100  

33.

  

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

     100  

34.

  

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     100  

35.

  

COUNTERPARTS

     106  

36.

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     106  

37.

  

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

     109  

SECTION 11 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     112  

38.

  

GOVERNING LAW

     112  

39.

  

ENFORCEMENT

     112  

SCHEDULE 1: THE ORIGINAL LENDERS, MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND BOOKRUNNERS

     113  
  

Part 1: The Original Lenders

     113  
  

Part 2: The Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

     114  

SCHEDULE 2: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     115  

SCHEDULE 3: REQUESTS

     117  
  

Part 1: Utilisation Request

     117  
  

Part 2: Selection Notice applicable to a Facility A Loan

     119  
  

Part 3: Form of Transfer Certificate

     120  
  

Part 4: Form of Assignment Agreement

     122  
  

Part 5: Form of Increase Confirmation

     125  

SCHEDULE 4: FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     127  

SCHEDULE 5: EXISTING SECURED INDEBTEDNESS

     128  

SCHEDULE 6: FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

     131  

SCHEDULE 7: FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

     135  
  

Part 1: Form of Notice on Entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction

     135  
  

Part 2: Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction/Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Borrower Affiliate

     136  

SCHEDULE 8: TIMETABLES

     137  

SCHEDULE 9: FORM OF ACCORDION INCREASE REQUEST

     138  

SCHEDULE 10: FORM OF ACCORDION INCREASE CONFIRMATION

     140  

 

 


THIS AGREEMENT is made on      16 FEBRUARY 2017

BETWEEN:

 

(1) VIMPELCOM HOLDINGS B.V. , a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) having its official seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and having its registered office address at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the Dutch trade register of the Chamber of Commerce under number 34345993 (the “Borrower” );

 

(2) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in part 2 ( The Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ) of schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ) as Mandated Lead Arrangers and (as applicable) Bookrunners (the “Mandated Lead Arrangers” );

 

(3) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in part 1 ( The Original Lenders ) of schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ) as lenders (the “Original Lenders” ); and

 

(4) CITIBANK EUROPE PLC, UK BRANCH as facility agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent” ).

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

“Accordion Increase Amount” means, in respect of an Accordion Increase Request, the amount of the increase in the Commitments requested in that Accordion Increase Request;

“Accordion Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in schedule 10 ( Form of Accordion Increase Confirmation );

“Accordion Increase Date” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.4 ( Accordion optio n);

“Accordion Increase Lender” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.4 ( Accordion optio n);

“Accordion Increase Request” means a request substantially in the form set out in schedule 9 ( Form of Accordion Increase Request );

“Affiliate” means (i) in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company; and (ii) in relation to Raiffeisen Bank International AG, also includes all members of the Austrian Raiffeisen Banking Group (i.e. all credit institutions being members of the Austrian Association of Raiffeisen Banks ( Fachverband der Raiffeisenbanken );

“Agency Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated on or about the Signing Date between the Agent and the Borrower setting out the fee referred to in clause 12.3 ( Agency fee );

 

 

1


“Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00am on a particular day;

“Amount” means the aggregate principal amount, whether drawn or committed (subject to satisfaction of conditions) and undrawn;

“Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in part 4 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) of schedule 3 ( Requests ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee;

“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

“Availability Period” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Facility A, the period from and including the Signing Date to and including the date falling six Months after the Signing Date; and

 

  (b) in relation to Facility B, the period from and including the Signing Date to and including the date that falls 30 days before the Maturity Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such day);

“Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, at the time of any determination thereof, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:

 

  (a) the Base Currency Amount of such Lender’s participation in any outstanding Loans at such time under that Facility; and

 

  (b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation of that Facility, the Base Currency Amount of such Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under Facility B only, that Lender’s participation in any Facility B Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date;

“Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate at such time of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility;

“Base Currency” means US Dollars;

“Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request or Selection Notice requesting a change of currency) adjusted to reflect any repayment (other than, in relation to Facility A, a repayment arising from a change of currency), prepayment, consolidation or division of a Loan;

“Basel III” means:

 

  (a)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement,

 

 

2


  standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III;

“Borrower Affiliate” means any person with an interest (direct or indirect) in at least 35 per cent. of the shares in the Borrower;

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and Amsterdam and:

 

  (a) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency;

 

  (b) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day; or

 

  (c) for the purposes of determining a Quotation Day, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

“Commitment” means a Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment;

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in schedule 4 ( Form of Compliance Certificate );

“Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary, the VIP Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

  (a) the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary, any member of the VIP Group or any of their respective advisers; or

 

 

3


  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary, any member of the VIP Group or any of their respective advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information, but excludes:

 

  (i) information that:

 

  (A) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 36 ( Confidentiality );

 

  (B) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the VIP Group or any of their respective advisers; or

 

  (C) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary, or a member of the VIP Group and which, in each case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

  (ii) any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation;

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the form attached hereto as schedule 6 ( Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent;

“CRD  IV” means:

 

  (a) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

  (b) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC;

“CRR” means the Council Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012;

“Debt Purchase Transaction” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

 

  (a) purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

  (b) enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

 

4


  (c) enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement;

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 22 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period set forth in clause 22 ( Events of Default ), the giving of notice, the making of any determination under clause 22 ( Events of Default ) or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default;

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and,

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question;

“Designated Sub -Participation” means a sub-participation (of any kind) by a Lender of its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents to another person, if such person has the right to direct (but not merely be consulted with regarding) how that Lender responds to any request from the Borrower for a consent, waiver, amendment or confirmation of, or in relation to, any of the terms of any Finance Document (with such person being a “Designated Sub -Participant” );

“Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that Party, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

5


  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

“Dutch Civil Code” means the Dutch Civil Code ( Burgerlijk Wetboek );

“EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.4 ( Definitions );

“EUR” , “euro” and  ” denote the lawful currency of the Participating Member States;

“EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

 

  (b) as otherwise determined pursuant to clause 11.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;

“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 22 ( Events of Default );

“Facility” means Facility A or Facility B;

“Facility  A” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2.1 ( The Facilities );

“Facility  A Commitment” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “ Facility A Commitment ” in part 1 ( The Original Lenders ) of schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.3 ( Increase ) or clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ); and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.3 ( Increase ) or clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement;

“Facility  A Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

“Facility A Repayment Date” means the date falling:

 

  (a) 39 Months after the Signing Date; and

 

  (b) on the end of each successive third Month thereafter until the Maturity Date for Facility A;

 

 

6


“Facility  B” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2.1 ( The Facilities );

“Facility  B Commitment” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “ Facility B Commitment ” in part 1 ( The Original Lenders ) of schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders, Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.3 ( Increase ) or clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ); and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.3 ( Increase ) or clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement;

“Facility  B Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

“Facility  Fee Letter” means a fee letter dated on or about the Signing Date between the Agent and the Borrower or a Mandated Lead Arranger or, as the case may be, a Lender and the Borrower setting out the fee referred to in clause 12.2 ( Facility  fee );

“Facility  Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement;

“Fallback Interest Period” means one Month;

“FATCA” means:

 

  (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

  (b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States of America and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the United States Internal Revenue Service, the government of the United States of America or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

“FATCA Application Date” means:

 

  (a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the United States of America), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the United States of America), 1 January 2019; or

 

 

7


  (c) in relation to a “pass thru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above 1 January 2019,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA after the date of this Agreement;

“FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

“FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

“Fee Letter” means each of the Facility Fee Letters, the Agency Fee Letter, any Fee Letter entered into pursuant to paragraph (f) of clause 2.3 ( Increase ) and any Fee Letter entered into pursuant to paragraph (g) of clause 2.4 ( Accordion option );

“Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Increase Confirmation, any Accordion Increase Request, any Accordion Increase Confirmation and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower;

“Finance Party” means the Agent, a Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender;

“Financial Indebtedness” means, without duplication, any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS in effect on 31 December 2015, be treated as a finance or capital lease, but not including any lease which would, in accordance with IFRS in effect on 31 December 2015, be treated as an operating lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis, or on a limited recourse basis where recourse is limited to customary guarantees of title);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  (h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

 

8


  (i) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

Financial Indebtedness does not include (i) counter-indemnity obligations in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit, performance guarantee or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution, entered into on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise having been issued in respect of Financial Indebtedness, (ii) amounts in respect of accounts payable or other indebtedness owing to trade creditors (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment and network suppliers) in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of assets, goods or services together with any extended payment terms relating thereto; (iii) any federal, state or local Tax liabilities; (iv) amounts in respect of obligations arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or capital stock or other equity securities, provided that the aggregate amount of the liabilities incurred under this paragraph (iv) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received in connection with such disposition; and (v) amounts in respect of obligations of any persons (A) arising from the honouring by a bank or other financial institution of a cheque, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such obligations are extinguished within two Business Days of their incurrence unless covered by an overdraft line; and (B) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices;

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.;

Funding Rate ” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to clause 11.3(a)(ii);

“GTH” means Global Telecom Holding S.A.E., which is incorporated as a joint stock company under the laws of the Republic of Egypt;

“Hedging Obligation” means any obligation pursuant to any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or arrangement;

“Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day;

“Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which such first person is a Subsidiary;

“IASB” means the International Accounting Standards Board;

“IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

“Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b) the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

 

9


  (c) (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

  (e) unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and

 

  (ii) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (iii) the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question;

“Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in part 5 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ) of schedule 3 ( Requests );

“Increase Lender” has the meaning given to that term in clause 2.3 ( Increase );

“Insolvency Default” means an Event of Default in respect of clause 22.6 ( Insolvency ) or 22.7 ( Insolvency proceedings );

“Insolvency Event ” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

 

10


  (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above);

 

  (h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts;

“Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 10 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 9.4 ( Default interest );

“Interpolated Historic Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded upwards to four decimal places) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a) the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b) the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day;

“Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded upwards to four decimal places) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan;

“Lender” means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

 

11


  (b) any person which has become a Party in accordance with clause 2.3 ( Increase ), clause 2.4 ( Accordion optio n) or clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

“LetterOne Group” means any company or group of companies affiliated with the European based international investment business which at the Signing Date is operating under the commonly known group name LetterOne;

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan (other than euro) and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

 

  (b) as otherwise determined pursuant to clause 11.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;

“Licence Event” means the suspension, loss, revocation, termination or cessation of effectiveness of a Mobile Licence;

“Loan” means a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan;

“Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66  2 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66  2 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction);

“Margin” means the applicable margin determined and adjusted in accordance with clause 9.2 ( Calculation of Margin );

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of the VIP Group taken as a whole;

 

  (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform and comply with its payment obligations and its financial covenants under any Finance Document to which it is a party; or

 

  (c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document, or of any rights or remedies of any Finance Party thereunder;

“Material Subsidiaries” means from time to time, any member of the VIP Group that:

 

  (a) holds or has the right, title or interest to or in any telecommunications licence which licence is responsible for generating more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower;

 

  (b) for the most recent fiscal year of the Borrower, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower; or

 

  (c) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Borrower, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower,

in each case of sub-paragraphs (a) to (c) above, as set forth in the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as applicable for such fiscal year, but excluding on any date any person who is no longer a member of the VIP Group on such date;

 

 

12


“Maturity Date” means:

 

  (a) in relation to Facility A the date falling 60 Months after the Signing Date; and

 

  (b) in relation to Facility B, subject to clause 2.2 ( Extension Option - Facility  B ), the date falling 36 Months after the Signing Date;

“Mobile Licence means any one or more mobile telecommunications licences of the Material Subsidiaries required for the provision of mobile telecommunications services, including mobile internet and e-commerce services;

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one or, if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  (c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period;

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service Limited;

“Non-PJSC Borrower” means a person who is not a member of the PJSC Group;

“Non-Public Lender” means: (i) until interpretation of the term “public” as referred to in Article 4.1 (1) of the CRR has been published by the relevant authority/ies: an entity that provides repayable funds to the Borrower for a minimum initial amount of EUR 100,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) or an entity otherwise qualifying as not forming part of the public; and (ii) following the publication of an interpretation of the term “public” as referred to in Article 4.1 (1) of the CRR by the relevant authority/ies: such amount or such criterion as a result of which such entity shall qualify as not forming part of the public;

“Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of clause 34.5 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Borrower Affiliates );

“Omnium” means Omnium Telecom Algérie S.p.A. a Joint Stock company existing under the Laws of Algeria, having its registered address at Immeuble Djezzy Nationale N° 5, Rue Mouloud Feraoune, lot n°8 A, Dar el Beida, Alger-Algeria, registered at Algiers Trade Registry under Number: 0015635 B01.;

“Optimum” means Optimum Telecom Algérie S.p.A., a Joint Stock company existing under the Laws of Algeria, having its registered address at 1 Avenue Mohammedi, Bir Mourad Rais, Alger-Algeria, registered at Algiers Trade Registry under Number: 16/00 0991890 B13;

 

 

13


“Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies );

“Original Borrower Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ended 31 December 2015, prepared in accordance with IFRS and together with any related notes thereto;

“Original Financial Statements” means the Original Borrower Financial Statements, the Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements and the Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements or any of them;

“Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of PJSC VimpelCom for the financial year ended 31 December 2015, prepared in accordance with IFRS and together with the related notes thereto;

“Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. for the financial year ended 31 December 2015, prepared in accordance with IFRS and together with any related notes thereto;

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union;

“Party” means a party to this Agreement;

“Permitted Security” means:

 

  (a) any Security or Quasi-Security on any asset or assets securing indebtedness incurred by PMCL, Optimum and/or Omnium, and/or each of their consolidated Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) any Security or Quasi-Security existing on the Signing Date and granted by the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary to secure amounts payable in respect of the indebtedness described in schedule 5 ( Existing Secured Indebtedness );

 

  (c) any Security or Quasi-Security on any assets of any person or Subsidiary of such person existing at the time such person is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event, provided that no such Security or Quasi-Security shall extend to any other assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;

 

  (d) any Security or Quasi-Security existing on any assets prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such acquisition, provided that no such Security or Quasi-Security shall extend to any other assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;

 

  (e) any Security or Quasi-Security on any assets securing indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or part of the cost of engineering, constructing, installing, developing, improving, acquiring, repairing or refurbishing such assets, provided that:

 

  (i) no such Security or Quasi-Security shall extend to any other assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than any improvements thereto or proceeds thereof);

 

 

14


  (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all indebtedness secured by such Security or Quasi-Security on such assets shall not exceed the engineering, construction, installation, development, improvement, repair or refurbishment cost or, as the case may be, purchase price of such assets; and

 

  (iii) such Security or Quasi-Security attaches to such assets concurrently with the engineering, construction, installation, development, improvement, repair or refurbishing thereof or within 180 days after the acquisition thereof, as the case may be;

 

  (f) statutory and common law Security or Quasi-Security of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, material men, repairmen or other similar Security or Quasi-Security, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and any other similar charges or encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;

 

  (h) Security or Quasi-Security securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are not speculative;

 

  (i) pledges or deposits by the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Financial Indebtedness) or leases to which the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary is a party or to secure public or statutory obligations of the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary or deposits or cash or government bonds to secure bid, surety or appeal bonds to which the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary is a party, or for contested taxes or import or custom duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (j) Security imposed by law, and Security in favour of customs authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by IFRS shall have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (k) Security for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided reserves required pursuant to IFRS have been taken on the books of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

  (l) Security in respect of a judgment not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Security is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (m) Security or Quasi-Security arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository institution; provided that (x) such deposit account is not a pledged cash collateral account and (y) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or the relevant Material Subsidiary (as applicable) to provide collateral to the depository institution (and, for the avoidance of doubt, netting or set-off arrangements substantially similar to those set forth in this Agreement are permitted hereunder);

 

 

15


  (n) any Security or Quasi-Security created pursuant to the general terms and conditions of a bank operating in the Netherlands based on article 24 and 25 of the general terms and conditions drawn up by the Netherlands Bankers’ Association ( Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken ) and the Consumers Union ( Consumentenbond );

 

  (o) any extension, renewal or replacement of any Security or Quasi-Security described in paragraphs (a) to (n) above, provided that:

 

  (i) such extension, renewal or replacement shall be no more extensive in any material respect than the original Security or Quasi-Security;

 

  (ii) the amount of indebtedness secured by such Security or Quasi-Security is not increased; and

 

  (iii) if the assets securing the indebtedness subject to such Security or Quasi-Security are changed in connection with such refinancing, extension or replacement, the fair market value of the assets is not increased;

 

  (p) Security or Quasi-Security arising by virtue of cash pooling activities of members of the VIP Group in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

  (q) any other Security or Quasi-Security (excluding any Security or Quasi-Security described in paragraphs (a) to (p) above) securing indebtedness of the Borrower or the relevant Material Subsidiary (as applicable) provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all such indebtedness does not at any time exceed 7.5% of Total Assets;

“PJSC Group” means, at any time, PJSC VimpelCom and its Subsidiaries at such time;

“PJSC VimpelCom” means Public Joint Stock Company “Vimpel-Communications”, a public joint stock company established and existing under the laws of the Russian Federation and having its registered address at 8 Marta str., 10, bldg. 14, 127083 Moscow, Russian Federation;

“PMCL” means Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan with registered number 0022993 and having its registered office in Islamabad, Pakistan;

“Pre-Fall Away Guarantees” means the guarantees provided by PJSC VimpelCom in respect of the following notes issued by VimpelCom Holdings B.V. and governed by trust deeds dated 13 February 2013:

 

  (a) US$600,000,000 5.20% Notes due 2019;

 

  (b) US$1,000,000,000 5.95% Notes due 2023; and

 

  (c) RUB12,000,000,000 9.00% Notes due 2018;

“Pre-Fall Away Period” means the period commencing on the Signing Date and ending on the date that all of the Pre-Fall Away Guarantees are terminated and/or cease to have effect;

“Quasi-Security” means any transaction described in paragraph (b) (with respect to the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary) of clause 21.4 ( Negative pledge );

“Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for the relevant currency, in which case the Quotation Day for

 

 

16


that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market for the relevant currency (and if quotations for that currency and period would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market for the relevant currency on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);

“Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks:

 

  (a) in relation to LIBOR as either:

 

  (i) if:

 

  (A) the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and

 

  (B) it consists of a single figure,

the rate applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

  (ii) in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market;

 

  (b) in relation to EURIBOR:

 

  (i) (other than where paragraph (ii) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

 

  (ii) if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator;

“Reference Banks” means such banks that accept to act as Reference Banks as named by the Agent after consultation with the Borrower;

“Relevant Interbank Market” means, in relation to euro, the European interbank market, and in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market;

“Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.4 ( Definitions );

“Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in clause 18.1 ( Status ), clause 18.2 ( Binding obligations ), paragraphs (b) and (c) of clause 18.3 ( Non-conflict with other obligations ), clause 18.4 ( Power and authority ), clause 18.6 ( Governing law and enforcement ), clause 18.16 ( Compliance with laws ), paragraph (a) of clause 18.20 ( Sanctions ) and clause 18.21 ( Centre of main interests and establishments );

“Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian;

 

 

17


“Rollover Loan” means one or more Facility B Loans:

 

  (a) made or to be made on the same day that one or more maturing Facility B Loans is or are due to be repaid;

 

  (b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Facility B Loan(s);

 

  (c) in the same currency as the maturing Facility B Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

  (d) made or to be made to the Borrower for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Facility B Loan(s);

“Sanctioned Country” means a country or territory which is, or whose government is, at any time, the subject or target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions;

“Sanctions” means any economic sanctions laws and regulations administered, enacted or enforced by any Sanctions Authority;

“Sanctions Authority” means any or all of:

 

  (a) the United States of America;

 

  (b) the United Nations;

 

  (c) the European Union;

 

  (d) the United Kingdom;

 

  (e) the Netherlands;

 

  (f) France; or

 

  (g) any governmental or regulatory authority, institution or agency of any of the foregoing including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ), the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Justice and Her Majesty’s Treasury ( “HMT” );

“Sanctions List” means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and the List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the List of Persons Subject to Restrictive Measures in View of Russia’s Actions Destabilising the Situation in Ukraine maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any other Sanctions-related list maintained by a Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

“Sanctions Restricted Person” means a person that is listed on or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf or at the direction of a person listed on a Sanctions List, or located or resident in or organised under the laws of a Sanctioned Country or otherwise a target of Sanctions;

“Screen Rate” means:

 

  (a) in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

 

18


  (b) in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate),

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;

“Security” means a mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or other security interest securing any obligations of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect;

“Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in part 2 ( Selection Notice applicable to a Facility A Loan ) of schedule 3 ( Requests ) in relation to Facility A;

“Separate Loan” has the meaning given to that term in clause 7.2 ( Repayment of Facility  B Loans );

“Signing Date” means the date of this Agreement;

“Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with schedule 8 ( Timetables );

“Standard  & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services;

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any person:

 

  (a) a corporation more than 50% of whose capital stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect a majority of the directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such person, by such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such person;

 

  (b) a partnership in which such person or a Subsidiary of such person is, at the time, a general partner of such partnership; or

 

  (c) any other person in which such person, one or more Subsidiaries of such person, or such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has:

 

  (i) over a 50% ownership interest; or

 

  (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors, members of the board of directors or other governing body of such person;

“TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007;

“TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro;

 

 

19


“Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

“Telenor” means Telenor ASA, a company organised and existing under the laws of Norway, with its registered address at Snarøyveien 30, N-1331 Fornebu, Norway;

“Total Assets” means:

 

  (a) subject to paragraph (b) below, at any time, the book value of the consolidated total assets of the VIP Group as determined by reference to the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower delivered in accordance with clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) or, prior to the first delivery, to the Original Borrower Financial Statements; and

 

  (b) for the purposes of paragraph (b)(viii) of clause 21.5 ( Disposals ) and paragraph (b)(v) of clause 21.7 ( Restriction on acquisitions ) only, the book value of the consolidated total assets of the VIP Group as determined by reference to the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower delivered to the Agent prior to the Signing Date (which, for the purposes paragraph (b)(viii) of clause 21.5 ( Disposals ) shall exclude the assets attributable to the Wind Tre Group);

“Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments (as each such amount may be increased pursuant to clause 2.4 ( Accordion option )), being US$2,108,000,000 at the Signing Date;

“Total Facility  A Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments (as may be increased pursuant to clause 2.4 ( Accordion option )) being US$527,000,000 at the Signing Date;

“Total Facility  B Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments (as may be increased pursuant to clause 2.4 ( Accordion option )) being US$1,581,000,000 at the Signing Date;

“Total Net Debt” has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.4 ( Definitions );

“Tower Infrastructure” means towers and other physical structures (including, without limitation, roof sites) on which telecommunications and transmission equipment and/or other assets are placed, together with passive infrastructure and equipment relating to such assets including without limitation tower lights, lightning rods, shelters, cooling systems, power supply, generators, battery sets, alarms, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fencing, private access road and other facilities at a site, as well as interests in the real property (including without limitation site leases, guarantees and tenant leases) on which any such assets are located, but excluding, for avoidance of doubt, any such active telecommunications and transmission equipment;

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in part 3 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) of schedule 3 ( Requests ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower;

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

 

20


  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate;

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents on the date such sum was due and payable;

“US Dollars” , “Dollars” , “USD” , “US$” and “$” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America;

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of a Facility;

“Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is made;

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in part 1 ( Utilisation Request ) of schedule 3 ( Requests );

“VAT” means:

 

  (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a), or imposed elsewhere;

“VimpelCom Ltd.” means VimpelCom Ltd., an exempted company established and existing under the laws of Bermuda under number 43271 and whose business address is at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD Amsterdam, the Netherlands and whose registered address is at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM10, Bermuda;

“VimpelCom Ltd. Group” means, at any time, VimpelCom Ltd. and its Subsidiaries at such time;

“VIP Group” means, at any time, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time; and

“Wind Tre Group” means Wind Tre Italia S.p.A (formerly 3 Italia S.p.A. and WIND Acquisition Holdings Finance S.p.A.), Wind Tre S.p.A. (formerly H3G S.p.A. and WIND Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.), Wind Retail S.a.r.l., 3Lettronica S.p.A. ,Wind Acquisition Finance S.A. any other Subsidiary of Wind Tre Italia S.p.A from time to time.

 

1.2 Construction

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i) the “Agent” , any “Mandated Lead Arranger” , any “Finance Party” , any “Lender” , the “Borrower” , any “Party” and any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (ii) “assets” includes present and future properties, monies and rights of every description;

 

 

21


  (iii) a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

  (iv) “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money;

 

  (v) “know your customer” checks, procedures and requirements refer to identification checks, procedures and requirements in order to meet obligations under any anti-money laundering laws and negotiations to identify a person who is (or is to become) a customer;

 

  (vi) a “person” includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

  (vii) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other governmental, intergovernmental or supranational authority or organisation ( “Governmental Authority” ) (provided that such regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline has been published or is otherwise publicly available, or the Borrower is aware of its existence);

 

  (viii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended, replaced or re-enacted; and

 

  (ix) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b) The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (c) Section, clause and schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (e) A Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied (if it is capable of being remedied) or waived.

 

  (f) The phrases “other than as notified by the Borrower to the Agent before the Signing Date” , “other than as notified in writing to the Agent before the Signing Date” and substantially similar phrases means the information contained in VimpelCom Ltd.’s public filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission in documents:

 

  (i) Financial Year 2015 Annual Report on Form 20-F;

 

  (ii) Form F-3 dated 16 September 2016;

 

  (iii) Form F-3 dated 30 September 2016; and

 

  (iv) Form 6-K dated 3 November 2016.

 

 

22


  (g) In this Agreement, where it relates to a Dutch entity, a reference to:

 

  (i) an action to authorise, where applicable, includes without limitation:

 

  (A) any action required to comply with the Dutch Works Council Act ( Wet op de ondernemingsraden ); and

 

  (B) obtaining unconditional positive advice ( advies ) from each competent works council;

 

  (ii) a liquidation, bankruptcy, winding up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard ) or dissolved ( ontbonden );

 

  (iii) a moratorium includes surséance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes surséance verleend ;

 

  (iv) insolvency includes a bankruptcy, moratorium and emergency regulation ( noodregeling );

 

  (v) a liquidator or trustee includes a curator ;

 

  (vi) a receiver or an administrative receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder ;

 

  (vii) an administrator includes a bewindvoerder ;

 

  (viii) “security interest” includes any mortgage ( hypotheek ), pledge ( pandrecht ), financial collateral agreement ( financiëlezekerheidsovereenkomst ), retention of title arrangement ( eigendomsvoorbehoud ), right of retention ( recht van retentie ), right to reclaim goods ( recht van reclame ), and, in general, any right in rem ( beperkt recht ), created for the purpose of granting security ( goederenrechtelijke zekerheid ); and

 

  (ix) an attachment includes a beslag .

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

  (a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the consent of a person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or modify this Agreement at any time.

SECTION 2

THE FACILITIES

 

2. THE FACILITIES

 

2.1 The Facilities

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower during the Availability Period:

 

  (a) a multicurrency term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and

 

 

23


  (b) a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.

 

2.2 Extension Option - Facility B

 

  (a) The Borrower may, by giving notice to the Agent (the “First Extension Request” ) not less than 45 days and not more than 75 days prior to the date falling one year after the Signing Date, request that the Maturity Date for Facility B be extended to the date falling four years after the Signing Date.

 

  (b) The Borrower may, by giving notice to the Agent (the “Second Extension Request” ) not less than 45 days and not more than 75 days prior to the date falling two years after the date of the Signing Date, request that the Maturity Date for Facility B:

 

  (i) with respect to Lenders who have agreed to the First Extension Request, be extended for a further period of one year to the date falling five years after the Signing Date; or

 

  (ii) with respect to Lenders who have not agreed to the First Extension Request, be extended for a period of either:

 

  (A) one year to the date falling four years after the Signing Date; or

 

  (B) two years to the date falling five years after the Signing Date.

 

  (c) The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders upon receipt by the Agent of the First Extension Request and the Second Extension Request (each an “Extension Request” ).

 

  (d) Each Lender may, in its sole discretion, agree to any Extension Request by notifying the Agent in writing and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each such response. Each Lender that agrees to an Extension Request (each an “Extending Lender” ) by the date specified by the Borrower in the relevant Extension Request (which date shall be no earlier than the date falling 10 Business Days after the date of receipt by the Lenders of the relevant Extension Request) (the “Relevant Extension Deadline” ), will extend its Facility B Commitment for a further period of one year or two years (as applicable) from the then applicable Maturity Date and the Maturity Date with respect to the Facility B Commitment of that Extending Lender will be extended accordingly, provided that on such date:

 

  (i) no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of the Extension Request; and

 

  (ii) the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects.

 

  (e) If any Lender fails to reply to an Extension Request on or before the Relevant Extension Deadline, it will be deemed to have refused that Extension Request and its portion of the Facility B Commitments will not be extended.

 

  (f) If one or more (but not all) of the Lenders agree to an Extension Request by the Relevant Extension Deadline, then the Agent must, promptly following the Relevant Extension Deadline, notify the Borrower as to which Lenders have agreed to such Extension Request and which Lenders have not agreed to such Extension Request.

 

 

24


  (g) The Borrower shall pay to a relevant Extending Lender an extension fee on the Amount extended pursuant to the relevant Extension Request in the amount agreed between the Borrower and that Extending Lender at the time of an extension of the Maturity Date for Facility B pursuant to this clause 2.2.

 

  (h) At any time when more than one Maturity Date is applicable to the Facility B Commitments of the Lenders:

 

  (i) references to the “Maturity Date” shall be construed as references to the “applicable Maturity Date”;

 

  (ii) if, but for this clause 2.2, a Lender (a “Non-Extending Lender” ) would be obliged to participate in a Loan the term of which would end after the Maturity Date applicable to it, it shall not be obliged to participate in that Loan and the participations in that Loan of each Lender which is not a Non-Extending Lender will be calculated ignoring the Available Commitments of the Non-Extending Lender; and

 

  (iii) the Borrower shall ensure that all amounts (if any) in respect of such Non-Extending Lender’s Commitment which are outstanding under the Finance Documents applicable to that Non-Extending Lender are paid or repaid in full on the Maturity Date applicable to that Non-Extending Lender.

 

2.3 Increase

 

  (a) The Borrower may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i) the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (g) of clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ); or

 

  (ii) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

  (A) clause 8.1 ( Illegality ); or

 

  (B) paragraph (a) of clause 8.7 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ),

request that the Commitments relating to any Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to that Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

  (1) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an “Increase Lender” ) selected by the Borrower and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

 

25


  (2) the Borrower and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Borrower and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (3) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (4) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (5) any increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrower in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b) An increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility will only be effective on:

 

  (i) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

  (ii) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

  (c) Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d) The Borrower shall, promptly on demand, pay the Agent the amount of all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this clause 2.3.

 

  (e) The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under clause 23.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

  (f) The Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrower and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph.

 

  (g) clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.3 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

  (i) an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

 

26


  (ii) the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender” ; and

 

  (iii) a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment” .

 

2.4 Accordion option

 

  (a) The Borrower may, by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Accordion Increase Request, request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) as described in, and in accordance with, this clause 2.4.

 

  (b) The increase in the Total Commitments requested in an Accordion Increase Request is subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an “ Accordion Increase Lender ”) selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) which shall become a Party as a Lender;

 

  (ii) the increased Commitments shall take the form of increased Facility A Commitments equal to 25% of the amount by which the Total Commitments have increased and increased Facility B Commitments equal to 75% of the amount by which the Total Commitments have increased;

 

  (iii) the Agent receives the Accordion Increase Request no later than 10 Business Days before the proposed Accordion Increase Date;

 

  (iv) the Accordion Increase Date is a date falling no later than 12 months after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (v) the Accordion Increase Amount is a maximum aggregate amount of US$150,000,000 (when combined with any other increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to this clause 2.4) or any greater amount agreed to by all the Lenders;

 

  (vi) no amendment shall be made to the Maturity Date;

 

  (vii) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed increase, in each case on the date of the Accordion Increase Request or the Accordion Increase Date;

 

  (viii) in respect of each Accordion Increase Lender:

 

  (A) the Agent has received and executed a duly completed Accordion Increase Confirmation from that Accordion Increase Lender; and

 

  (B) in relation to an Accordion Increase Lender which is not already a Lender on the date of the Accordion Increase Confirmation, the Agent has performed all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the additional Commitments by that Accordion Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Borrower and the Accordion Increase Lender; and

 

 

27


  (ix) the Accordion Increase Lender(s) agree(s) to assume additional Commitments in an aggregate amount equal to the Accordion Increase Amount.

 

  (c) The increase in the Total Commitments and the assumption of the additional Commitments by the Accordion Increase Lenders will take effect on the date (the “ Accordion Increase Date ”) which is the later of:

 

  (i) the date specified by the Borrower in the Accordion Increase Request; and

 

  (ii) the date on which all of the conditions described in paragraph (b) above have been met.

 

  (d) On and from the Accordion Increase Date:

 

  (i) the Total Commitments will be increased by the Accordion Increase Amount (in aggregate and comprising the increased Facility A Commitments and increased Facility B Commitments in the proportions set out in paragraph (b)(ii) above);  

 

  (ii) each Accordion Increase Lender will assume all the obligations of a Lender in respect of the additional Commitments specified in the Accordion Increase Confirmation of that Accordion Increase Lender;

 

  (iii) the Borrower and each Accordion Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the Accordion Increase Date shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Borrower and the Accordion Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) each Accordion Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the Accordion Increase Date shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any such Accordion Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Accordion Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (v) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect;

 

  (vi) where there is an increase in the Total Commitments and there are one or more Loans outstanding on the Accordion Increase Date, the Accordion Increase Lender shall pay to the Agent, for distribution to the other Lenders on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to that Loan, such amount as is required to ensure that the amount of each Lender’s participation in each such Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by such Lender’s Facility A Commitment (in the case of an outstanding Facility A Loan) or Facility B Commitment (in the case of an outstanding Facility B Loan) in relation to the Total Facility A Commitments or Total Facility B Commitments respectively (taking into account, in each instance, the Accordion Increase Amount). For the avoidance of doubt, no distribution of monies to any Lender under this clause 2.4(d)(vi) shall constitute a repayment or prepayment of any Loan or cancellation of any Commitment.

 

 

28


  (e) Each Accordion Increase Lender, by executing the Accordion Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (f) The Borrower shall, on the Accordion Increase Date, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under clause 23.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and the Borrower shall promptly on demand pay to the Agent the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in under this clause 2.4.

 

  (g) The Borrower shall pay to an Accordion Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Accordion Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrower and the Accordion Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph (g).

 

  (h) No Lender shall be under any obligation to execute any Accordion Increase Confirmation.

 

  (i) There shall be no more than three Accordion Increase Dates.

 

  (j) Clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.4 in relation to an Accordion Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i) an “ Existing Lender ” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii) the “ New Lender ” were references to that “Accordion Increase Lender”; and

 

  (iii) a “ re-transfer ” and “ re-assignment ” were references to respectively a “ transfer ” and “ assignment ”.

 

2.5 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by the Borrower which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in a Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the Borrower.

 

 

29


  (c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under each Facility towards its general corporate purposes.

 

3.2 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

  (a) The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless:

 

  (i) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall so notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied; and

 

  (ii) all representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents are true in all respects as at the Signing Date.

 

  (b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in clause 4.1(a), the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

  (a) The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if, on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (i) in the case of any Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of the requested Loan; and

 

  (ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by the Borrower are true in all material respects.

 

  (b) The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 6.3 ( Change of currency ) if, on the first day of an Interest Period, no Default is continuing or would result from the change of currency and the Repeating Representations to be made by the Borrower are true in all material respects.

 

 

30


4.3 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

  (a) A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if:

 

  (i) it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the wholesale market for that currency on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and

 

  (ii) it is euro or has been approved by the Agent (in its own right and separately acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request or Selection Notice for that Loan.

 

  (b) If the Agent has received a written request from the Borrower for a currency to be approved under clause 4.3(a)(ii), the Agent will confirm to the Borrower by the Specified Time:

 

  (i) whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

 

  (ii) if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

 

4.4 Maximum number of Loans

 

  (a) The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than four Facility A Loans would be outstanding.

 

  (b) The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 20 Facility B Loans would be outstanding.

 

  (c) Any Separate Loan or any Loan made by a single Lender under clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ) shall not be taken into account in this clause 4.4.

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5. UTILISATION

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

The Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i) it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

  (ii) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility;

 

 

31


  (iii) the currency and amount of the requested Utilisation complies with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

  (iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 10 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

  (v) it specifies the account and bank to which the proceeds of the Utilisation are to be credited.

 

  (b) Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

  (a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

  (b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

 

  (i) if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum amount of US$25,000,000 for Facility A and US$25,000,000 for Facility B or in either case, if less, the Available Facility;

 

  (ii) if the currency selected is euro, a minimum amount of EUR 25,000,000 for Facility A and EUR 25,000,000 for Facility B or in either case, if less, the Available Facility;

 

  (iii) if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to clause 4.3(b)(ii) or, if less, the Available Facility; and

 

  (iv) in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

  (a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through such Lender’s Facility Office.

 

  (b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan under a Facility will be equal to the proportion borne by such Lender’s Available Commitment under that Facility to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to making that Loan.

 

  (c) The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the currency and the Base Currency Amount of that Loan) and the amount of such Lender’s participation in that Loan and in the case of a Facility B Loan and if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

  (a) The Facility A Commitments which, at the time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility A.

 

 

32


  (b) The Facility B Commitments which, at the time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B.

 

6. OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

6.1 Selection of currency

 

  (a) The Borrower shall select the currency of a Loan:

 

  (i) (in the case of an initial Utilisation) in a Utilisation Request; and

 

  (ii) (afterwards in relation to a Facility A Loan made to it) in a Selection Notice.

 

  (b) If the Borrower fails to issue a Selection Notice in relation to a Facility A Loan, the Loan will remain denominated for its next Interest Period in the same currency as that in which it is denominated pursuant to clause 6.1(a) for its current Interest Period.

 

  (c) If the Borrower issues a Selection Notice requesting a change of currency and the first day of the requested Interest Period is not a Business Day for the new currency, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders and the Loan will remain in the existing currency (with Interest Periods running from one Business Day until the next Business Day and with the rate of interest applying to the Loan for any such Interest Periods remaining the existing rate) until the next day which is a Business Day for both currencies, on which day the requested Interest Period will begin.

 

6.2 Unavailability of a currency

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

  (a) a Lender notifies the Agent (and the Agent acknowledges receipt of such notification) that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

  (b) a Lender notifies the Agent (and the Agent acknowledges receipt of such notification) that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Agent will give notice to the Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

6.3 Change of currency

 

  (a) If a Facility A Loan is to be denominated in different currencies during two successive Interest Periods:

 

  (i) if the currency for the second Interest Period is an Optional Currency, the amount of the Loan in that Optional Currency will be calculated by the Agent as the amount of that Optional Currency equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Loan at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange at the Specified Time;

 

 

33


  (ii) if the currency for the second Interest Period is the Base Currency, the amount of the Loan will be equal to the Base Currency Amount;

 

  (iii) the Borrower shall repay the Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period in the currency in which it was denominated, pursuant to this clause 6, for that Interest Period; and

 

  (iv) (subject to clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )) the Lenders shall re-advance the Loan in the new currency in accordance with clause 6.5 ( Agent’s calculations ).

 

  (b) Any repayment or re-advance made pursuant to this clause 6.3 shall not constitute a repayment or re-advance for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement. For example a re-advance to the Borrower by a Lender under this clause 6.3 shall not constitute a re-borrowing of Facility A which would otherwise be in breach of 7.1(c).

 

6.4 Same Optional Currency during successive Interest Periods

 

  (a) Subject to clause 6.4(c), if a Facility A Loan is to be denominated, pursuant to this clause 6, in the same Optional Currency during two or more successive Interest Periods, the Agent shall calculate the amount of the Facility A Loan in the Optional Currency for the latest of those Interest Periods (by calculating the amount of Optional Currency equal to the Base Currency Amount of that Facility A Loan at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange at the Specified Time) and (subject to clause 6.4(b)):

 

  (i) if the amount calculated is less than the amount of that Facility A Loan in the Optional Currency during the first Interest Period that applied to that Facility A Loan following its conversion into the relevant Optional Currency (adjusted to take into account any payments made pursuant to this clause 6.4(a)), promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall pay, on the last day of the preceding Interest Period, an amount equal to the difference; or

 

  (ii) if the amount calculated is more than the existing amount of that Facility A Loan in the Optional Currency during the first Interest Period that applied to that Facility A Loan following its conversion into the relevant Optional Currency (adjusted to take into account any payments made pursuant to this clause 6.4(a)), promptly notify each Lender and, if no Default is continuing, each Lender shall, on the last day of the preceding Interest Period, pay its participation in an amount equal to the difference.

 

  (b) If the calculation made by the Agent pursuant to clause 6.4(a) shows that the amount of the Facility A Loan in the Optional Currency for the latest Interest Period converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange at the Specified Time has increased or decreased by less than five per cent. compared to its Base Currency Amount (taking into account any payments made pursuant to clause 6.4(a)), no notification shall be made by the Agent and no payment shall be required under clause 6.4(a).

 

  (c) This clause 6.4 shall not apply to any Facility A Loan which remains drawn in the currency in which it was drawn on its Utilisation Date, and such currency has not changed since its Utilisation Date.

 

 

34


6.5 Agent’s calculations

 

  (a) All calculations made by the Agent pursuant to this clause 6 will take into account any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of Facility A Loans to be made on the last day of the first Interest Period.

 

  (b) Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will, subject to clause 6.5(a), be determined in accordance with clause 5.4(b).

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7. REPAYMENT

 

7.1 Repayment of Facility A Loans

 

  (a) The Borrower shall repay the aggregate Facility A Loans in equal quarterly instalments on each Facility A Repayment Date. The equal quarterly instalments for a Facility A Loan shall be calculated with reference to the currency in which that Facility A Loan was drawn on its Utilisation Date, unless such currency has changed since its Utilisation Date, in which case the remaining equal quarterly instalments for that Facility A Loan shall, following such currency change, be calculated with reference to the Base Currency.

 

  (b) Any amount of any Facility A Loan still outstanding on its Maturity Date shall be repaid in full on that date.

 

  (c) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of Facility A which is repaid.

 

7.2 Repayment of Facility B Loans

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall repay each Facility B Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

  (b) Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if:

 

  (i) one or more Facility B Loans are made available to the Borrower:

 

  (A) on the same day that a maturing Facility B Loan is due to be repaid by the Borrower;

 

  (B) in the same currency as the maturing Facility B Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

  (C) in whole or in part, for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Facility B Loan; and

 

  (ii) the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the maturing Facility B Loan to the amount of that maturing Facility B Loan is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the new Facility B Loans to the aggregate amount of those new Facility B Loans,

 

 

35


the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans shall, unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Facility B Loan respectively so that:

 

  (A) if the amount of the maturing Facility B Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans:

 

  (1) the Borrower will only be required to make a payment under clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in an amount in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

  (2) each Lender’s participation in the new Facility B Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Facility B Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Facility B Loans; and

 

  (B) if the amount of the maturing Facility B Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans:

 

  (1) the Borrower will not be required to make a payment under clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ); and

 

  (2) each Lender will be required to make a payment under clause 28.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Facility B Loans only to the extent that its participation in the new Facility B Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation in the maturing Facility B Loans and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Facility B Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Facility B Loan.

 

  (c) At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Facility B Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Maturity Date applicable to Facility B and will be treated as separate Facility B Loans (the “ Separate Loans ”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

  (d) If the Borrower makes a prepayment of a Facility B Loan pursuant to clause 8.4 ( Voluntary prepayment of Facility B Loans ), the Borrower may prepay an outstanding Separate Loan by giving not less than five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

  (e) Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (f) The terms of this Agreement relating to Facility B Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

 

36


8. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1 Illegality

If:

 

  (a) it is or becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender; or

 

  (b) any applicable Sanctions (including, without limitation, those issued by a Sanctions Authority in the United States of America in relation to processing of US dollar payments) would be breached were a Lender,

to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so, unless the position has been remedied such that it is no longer unlawful or in breach of applicable Sanctions:

 

  (A) that Lender may promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event with reasonable details of the basis of such occurrence and the particular laws or Sanctions giving rise to the occurrence (and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower with the same level of detail);

 

  (B) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  (C) the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in any outstanding Loan(s) on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the Loans repaid.

 

8.2 Mandatory prepayment – change of control, unlawfulness

 

  (a) If there is a Mandatory Prepayment Event:

 

  (i) the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (ii) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund its participation in a Utilisation; and

 

  (iii) if any Lender so requires (and irrespective of whether the Borrower has given notice under paragraph (a)(i)), the Agent shall, by not less than five Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, cancel that Lender’s Commitment and declare the participation of that Lender in the outstanding amount of each Loan, together with accrued interest and all other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which are owed to that Lender, immediately due and payable, whereupon that Lender’s Commitment will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable, provided that, other than in respect of a Mandatory Prepayment Event under paragraph (b)(ii) ( Unlawfulness ) below, if a Lender has not exercised its rights under this paragraph (a)(iii) within 60 Business Days after the Borrower has notified the Agent of the occurrence of such Mandatory Prepayment Event, such rights of that Lender shall terminate with respect to that Mandatory Prepayment Event.

 

 

37


  (b) In this clause 8.2 “Mandatory Prepayment Event” means any of the following events or circumstances:

 

  (i) Change of control – Borrower

Any person or group of persons (except for a Designated Person) acting in concert, directly or through one or more intermediaries, acquires beneficial or legal ownership of or control over:

 

  (A) shares entitling the holder to vote for the election of a majority of directors to the Board of Directors of the Borrower; or

 

  (B) more than 50% of the voting share capital of the Borrower.

“Designated Person” means:

 

  (a) Telenor or any Subsidiary thereof;

 

  (b) LetterOne Group or any Subsidiary thereof;

 

  (c) any person in which Telenor (or any Subsidiary thereof) and the LetterOne Group (or any Subsidiary thereof) (whether individually or collectively) directly or indirectly own or owns more than 50% of the share capital; or

 

  (d) any reputable international telecommunications operator which is rated (immediately after gaining ownership or control of the Borrower) at least BBB+ by Standard & Poor’s or at least Baa1 by Moody’s or at least BBB+ by Fitch.

With respect to any entity described in paragraph (d) above, the Borrower shall provide the Agent and each Lender with the requisite “know your customer” or similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations prior to completion of any such change of control, and, if such an entity does not satisfy such checks for a Lender, with the checks administered in accordance with its customary practice, the Lender may elect not to treat the entity as a Designated Person and may elect to exercise its rights under clause 8.2(a) ( Mandatory prepayment – change of control, unlawfulness ).

 

  (ii) Unlawfulness

It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of this clause 8.2 may be amended or waived with the consent of the Majority Lenders and any such amendment shall be binding on all Parties.

 

8.3 Voluntary prepayment of Facility A Loans

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of this clause 8.3, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of any Facility A Loan, provided that it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice.

 

 

38


  (b) Any prepayment of a Facility A Loan in part under this clause 8.3 must reduce the Base Currency Amount of that Facility A Loan (or, if more than one Facility A Loan is being prepaid at the same time, those Facility A Loans in aggregate) by a minimum amount of US$10,000,000 (or, if lower, the remaining amount of that Facility A Loan (or aggregate amount of those Facility A Loans as the case may be) outstanding at such time).

 

  (c) A Facility A Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period for Facility A (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero).

 

  (d) Any prepayment under this clause 8.3 shall satisfy the obligations under clause 7.1 ( Repayment of Facility  A Loans ) and shall be applied pro rata against the remaining scheduled quarterly instalments.

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment of Facility B Loans

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of this clause 8.4 the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of any Facility B Loan, provided that it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice.

 

  (b) Any prepayment of a Facility B Loan in part under this clause 8.4 must reduce the Base Currency Amount of that Facility B Loan (or, if more than one Facility B Loan is being prepaid at the same time, those Facility B Loans in aggregate) by a minimum amount of US$10,000,000 (or, if lower, the remaining amount of that Facility B Loan (or aggregate amount of such Facility B Loans as the case may be) outstanding at such time).

 

8.5 Voluntary cancellation

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of this clause 8.5, the Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part of an Available Facility.

 

  (b) Any cancellation of the part of an Available Facility under this clause 8.5 must be in a minimum amount of US$25,000,000 (or, if lower, the remaining Available Facility).

 

  (c) Any cancellation of an Available Facility under this clause 8.5 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Available Facility.

 

8.6 Prepayment and cancellation in case of Default

 

  (a) If a Default (other than an Insolvency Default) has occurred and is continuing and the Facilities have not already been accelerated under paragraph (a) of clause 22.15 ( Acceleration ), the Borrower may provide the Agent with written notice of its intention to prepay all the Loans in full under this clause 8.6.

 

  (b) If the Borrower delivers a notice under paragraph (a) above, all Commitments of the Lenders shall be immediately and automatically cancelled in full, and the Borrower shall prepay all the Loans in full on or prior to the day falling five Business Days after the date of such notice.

 

 

39


8.7 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) any sum payable to any Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

  (ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 14 ( Increased costs ),

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 8.7(d).

 

  (b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in clause 8.7(a) above, the Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c) On the last day of any Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under clause 8.7(a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans together with accrued interest and all other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which are owed to that Lender.

 

  (d) If:

 

  (i) any of the circumstances set out in clause 8.7(a) apply to a Lender; or

 

  (ii) the Borrower becomes obliged to pay any amount in accordance with clause 8.1 ( Illegality ) to any Lender,

the Borrower may, on five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant and subject to clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under clause 23.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 8.7(d) shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

  (iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 8.7(d) be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to clause 8.7(d) once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

 

40


  (f) A Lender shall perform the checks described in clause 8.7(e)(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in clause 8.7(d) and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  (g)

 

  (i) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

  (ii) On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (iii) The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

8.8 Restrictions

 

  (a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  (c) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of Facility A which is prepaid.

 

  (d) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of Facility B which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (e) The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (f) Subject to clause 2.3 ( Increase ) and clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (g) Any cancellation, prepayment or repayment of a Loan shall be made in the currency of that Loan.

 

  (h) If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 8, it shall promptly notify either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate. If a Lender requires prepayment of its participation in the Loans pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of clause 8.2 ( Mandatory prepayment – change of control, unlawfulness ), the Agent shall so notify the other Lenders.

 

  (i)

If all or part of any Lender’s participation in a Loan under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )), an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the Base

 

 

41


  Currency Amount of the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

8.9 Application of prepayments

Any prepayment of a Loan pursuant to clause 8.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Facility A Loans ), clause 8.4 ( Voluntary prepayment of Facility B Loans ) or clause 8.6 ( Prepayment and cancellation in case of Default ) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that Loan.

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin; and

 

  (b) LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

9.2 Calculation of Margin

 

  (a) On the Signing Date, the Margin for any Facility A Loan shall be 2.75 per cent. per annum and the Margin in relation to any Facility B Loan shall be 2.25 per cent. per annum.

 

  (b) Subject to paragraphs (c) to (e) below, the Margin for a Facility shall be the percentage rate per annum specified for that Facility opposite, and adjusted by reference to, the relevant Total Net Debt to EBITDA ratio of VimpelCom Ltd. (as evidenced in the Compliance Certificate for the most recent period and set of consolidated financial statements of VimeplCom Ltd. in respect thereof received by the Agent pursuant to clause 19 ( Information undertakings )) in the following table:

 

Total Net Debt to EBITDA of VimpelCom Ltd.

   Facility A
Margin
% per
annum
     Facility B
Margin
% per
annum
 

Less than or equal to 1.5 : 1

     2.25        1.75  

Greater than 1.5 : 1 but less than or equal to 2.0 : 1

     2.50        2.00  

Greater than 2.0 : 1 but less than or equal to 2.5 : 1

     2.75        2.25  

Greater than 2.5 : 1 but less than or equal to 3.0 : 1

     3.00        2.50  

Greater than 3.0 : 1

     3.50        3.00  

 

 

42


  (c) Any adjustment to the Margin under paragraph (b) above shall take effect on the third Business Day immediately following the date that the Compliance Certificate and set of financial statements in respect thereof is received by the Agent.

 

  (d) If the Borrower does not provide a Compliance Certificate and set of financial statements in respect thereof for VimpelCom Ltd. within the time period required by this Agreement, the Margin in relation to any Facility A Loan shall equal 3.50 per cent. per annum and the Margin in relation to any Facility B Loan shall be 3.00 per cent. per annum from the latest date such Compliance Certificate and financial statements were required to be provided until the date such Compliance Certificate and financial statements are provided.

 

  (e) While an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin in relation to any Facility A Loan shall equal 3.50 per cent. per annum and the Margin in relation to any Facility B Loan shall be 3.00 per cent. per annum.

 

9.3 Payment of interest

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan, in the currency of that Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

9.4 Default interest

 

  (a) If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is the sum of 2% and the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this clause 9.4 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  (i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  (ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be the sum of 2% and the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

 

43


  (c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.5 Notification of rates of interest

 

  (a) The Agent shall promptly on the relevant Quotation Day notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

  (b) The Agent shall promptly on the first day of each Interest Period notify the Borrower of the amount of the interest payable for such Interest Period, provided that any failure by the Agent to notify the Borrower of any such amount, or any error in so notifying, shall not relieve the Borrower of, nor in any way affect, its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (c) The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

 

10. INTEREST PERIODS

 

10.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a) The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

  (b) Each Selection Notice for a Facility A Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

 

  (c) Subject to this clause 10, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of:

 

  (i) (in relation to Facility A) three Months; and

 

  (ii) (in relation to Facility B) one, three, or six Months,

or of any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

  (d) An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date applicable to its Facility.

 

  (e) Each Interest Period for a Facility A Loan shall start on its Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

  (f) Each Interest Period for a Facility A Loan shall, to the extent it would otherwise extend beyond a Facility A Repayment Date, end on such Facility A Repayment Date.

 

  (g) A Facility B Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

10.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10.3 Consolidation and division of Facility A Loans

 

  (a) If at any time more than one Facility A Loan is outstanding, the first Interest Period of any second or subsequent Facility A Loan shall end on the same date as the first Facility A Loan’s Interest Period.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 10.3(c), if two or more Interest Periods:

 

  (i) relate to Facility A Loans in the same currency made to the Borrower; and

 

  (ii) end on the same date,

 

 

44


those Facility A Loans will, unless the Borrower specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Facility A Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

  (c) Subject to clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ), if the Borrower requests in a Selection Notice that a Facility A Loan be divided into two or more Facility A Loans, that Facility A Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided with Base Currency Amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Facility A Loan immediately before its division.

 

11. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

11.1 Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

  (a) Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (b) Shortened Interest Period : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for:

 

  (i) the currency of a Loan; or

 

  (ii) the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

 

  (c) Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate : If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to clause 11.1(b), either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable EURIBOR for:

 

  (i) the currency of that Loan; or

 

  (ii) the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

 

  (d) Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate : If clause 11.1(c) applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (e) Reference Bank Rate : If clause 11.1(d) applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to clause 11.1(b), revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

 

45


  (f) Cost of funds : If clause 11.1(e) applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or EURIBOR for that Loan and clause 11.3 ( Market disruption ) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

11.2 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

 

  (a) Subject to clause 11.2(b), if LIBOR or EURIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

  (b) If at or about 11:00am on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

11.3 Market disruption

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin; and

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select, provided that such Lender shall provide reasonably detailed calculations of its determination to the Agent and the Borrower.

 

  (b) In this Agreement, “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

  (i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the Base Currency (or, if applicable, EURIBOR) for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35% of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the wholesale market for the relevant currency would be in excess of LIBOR (or, if applicable, EURIBOR).

 

  (c) If this clause 11.3 applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in clause 11.3(a)(ii) the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

 

 

46


11.4 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

11.5 Break Costs

 

  (a) The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate specifying in reasonable detail the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue and, promptly upon receipt of such certificate, the Agent shall provide a copy thereof to the Borrower.

 

12. FEES

 

12.1 Commitment fee

 

  (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee during the Availability Period computed at the rate of:

 

  (i) 35 per cent. per annum of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility A for the Availability Period applicable to Facility A; and

 

  (ii) 35 per cent. per annum of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility B,

as a commission for that Lender holding its Available Commitment.

 

  (b) The commitment fee will be calculated on a daily basis, will accrue from (and including) the Signing Date and is payable in arrear on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if a Lender’s Commitment is cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

  (c) Any commitment fee in respect of a Lender’s Commitment shall be payable in the Base Currency.

 

  (d) No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

 

47


12.2 Facility fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, or as the case may be, a Lender) or direct to each Mandated Lead Arranger, or as the case may be, Lender, facility fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in the Facility Fee Letters.

 

12.3 Agency fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in the Agency Fee Letter.

 

12.4 Utilisation fee - Facility B

 

  (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of, on any day on which the aggregate outstanding Facility B Loans are:

 

  (i) greater than 0 per cent., but less than or equal to 33 per cent. of the Total Facility B Commitments, 0.15 per cent. per annum on the aggregate principal amount of such Facility B Loans then outstanding;

 

  (ii) greater than 33 per cent., but less than or equal to 66 per cent., of the Total Facility B Commitments, 0.25 per cent. per annum on the aggregate principal amount of such Facility B Loans then outstanding; or

 

  (iii) greater than 66 per cent. of the Total Facility B Commitments, 0.50 per cent. per annum of the aggregate principal amount of such Facility B Loans then outstanding.

 

  (b) The accrued utilisation fee is payable quarterly in arrear on the last day of each successive period of three Months, on the Maturity Date and, if cancelled in full, at the time the cancellation of a Lender’s Facility B Commitment is effective or, if later, the last day on which any such Lender’s participation in the Facility B Loans becomes repayable.

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

13. TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

13.1 Definitions

 

  (a) In this Agreement:

“Bank Levy” means:

 

  (i) the Netherlands bank levy as set out in the bank levy act ( Wet bankenbelasting ) and the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011; and

 

  (ii) any levy, fee or tax of a similar nature to such bank levy referred to in paragraph (i) imposed in any jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions in each case as in force as at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

48


“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

“Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Finance Party under clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

  (b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 13, a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

13.2 Tax gross-up

 

  (a) The Borrower shall make all payments required to be made by it under the Finance Documents to the Finance Parties without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b) The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender, it shall notify the Borrower.

 

  (c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower to the applicable Finance Party shall be increased to an amount which (after the making of any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  (d) If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction to the relevant taxing authority within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  (e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment an original receipt (or certified copy thereof) or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party showing that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

13.3 Tax indemnity

 

  (a) The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party (acting reasonably) determines has been suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

 

49


  (b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction; or

 

  (C) under the laws of the Netherlands to the extent such Tax becomes payable as a result of such Finance Party having a substantial interest ( aanmerkelijk belang ) in the Borrower as laid down in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 ( Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001 ),

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A) is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (C) arises on account of the Bank Levy; or

 

  (D) is suffered or incurred with respect to the Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of the Bank Levy).

 

  (c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent in reasonable detail of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

  (d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from the Borrower under this clause 13.3, notify the Agent.

 

13.4 Tax Credit

If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay promptly an amount to that the Borrower which that Finance Party determines will leave the Finance Party (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been made by the Borrower.

 

13.5 Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that such Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, save for any stamp duty, registration or other similar taxes payable in respect of an assignment or transfer by a Finance Party or any of its rights or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

 

50


13.6 Value added tax

 

  (a) All consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable on such consideration, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (or directly to the appropriate tax authority, if so required by law) (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (upon the receipt of an appropriate VAT invoice issued by such Finance Party).

 

  (b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier” ) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient” ) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party” ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an amount equal to the amount of VAT upon the receipt of an appropriate VAT invoice issued by the Recipient. The Recipient must promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply upon the receipt of an appropriate VAT invoice issued by the Recipient but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay or indemnify (as the case may be) the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses.

 

  (d) Any reference in this clause 13.6 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes (including but not limited to a fiscale eenheid , as defined in Article 7 Dutch Value Added Tax Act 1968 ( Wet op de omzetbelasting 1968 )), include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC, as amended or as implemented by a member state of the European Union).

 

  (e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

 

51


13.7 FATCA information

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, agreement or exchange of information regime.

 

  (b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and paragraph (a)(iii) shall not require any other party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i) any law or regulation;

 

  (ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

  (d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

13.8 FATCA Deduction

 

  (a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  (b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

52


14. INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1 Increased Costs

 

  (a) Subject to clause 14.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the Signing Date or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signing Date.

 

  (b) In this Agreement, “Increased Costs” means:

 

  (i) a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

  (c) For purposes of this clause 14 only, the construction of the term “regulation” as set out in clause 1.2 ( Construction ) shall be modified by deleting the phrase “(having the force of law)” and adding the phrase “(whether or not having the force of law)” after the word “guideline”.

 

14.2 Increased Cost claims

 

  (a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 14.1 ( Increased Costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate specifying in reasonable detail the amount of its Increased Costs and, promptly upon receipt of such certificate, the Agent shall provide a copy thereof to the Borrower.

 

14.3 Exceptions

 

  (a) Clause 14.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  (ii) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (iii) compensated for by clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

  (iv) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

 

53


  (v) attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III or CRD IV which law or regulation is existing as of the date of this Agreement (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

  (vi) attributable to the Bank Levy.

 

  (b) In this clause 14.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in clause 13.1 ( Definitions ).

15. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

15.1 Currency indemnity

 

  (a) If any sum due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (a “Sum” ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency” ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency” ) for the purpose of:

 

  (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower; or

 

  (ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

  (b) The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

15.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 27 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

 

54


15.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting in such capacity and acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

  (c) at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement.

 

15.4 All risks indemnity

 

  (a) The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless each of the Finance Parties from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, legal expenses and expenses (together “ Losses ”), properly incurred by or awarded against the relevant Finance Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with any claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding (or the preparation of any defence with respect thereto) commenced in relation to the Finance Documents (or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby) or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of each Facility.

 

  (b) This indemnity shall apply whether or not such claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s shareholders or creditors, except to the extent such Losses are found to have resulted from such Finance Party’s fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct or its breach of any Finance Document. A Finance Party seeking indemnification under this indemnity in respect of a particular event shall not, without the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle, compromise, consent to entry of any judgment or otherwise seek to terminate any claim which may give rise to liability of the Borrower under this indemnity in respect of that event (unless consulting with the Borrower or obtaining its consent in relation to any of the foregoing would violate applicable law or regulation, or any ruling or written directive from any Governmental Authority).

16. MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

16.1 Mitigation

 

  (a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 8.1 ( Illegality ), 13 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or 14.1 ( Increased Costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

 

55


16.2 Limitation of liability

 

  (a) The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

  (b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it (provided that incurrence of immaterial administrative costs and expenses shall not for these purposes be considered prejudicial).

17. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

17.1 Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers the amount of all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and arranging of any Finance Document, subject in all cases to any caps that have been agreed with the Borrower on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

17.2 Amendment costs

If (a) the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to clause 28.9 ( Change of currency ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

17.3 Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

 

56


SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18. REPRESENTATIONS

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance Party on the Signing Date.

 

18.1 Status

 

  (a) The Borrower is a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ), duly established, registered and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

  (b) The Borrower has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Borrower in the Finance Documents to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations, subject to insolvency and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, principles of equity and any other general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

18.3 Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by the Borrower of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

  (c) any other agreement or instrument binding upon the Borrower or any assets of the Borrower, breach of which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.4 Power and authority

The Borrower has the corporate power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

18.5 Authorisations

All Authorisations required:

 

  (a) to enable the Borrower lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (b) for the Borrower to carry on its business; and

 

 

57


  (c) to make the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is party admissible in evidence in the Netherlands or England (whether in arbitration proceedings or otherwise),

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except where failure to obtain or effect such Authorisations would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

 

  (a) The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in the Netherlands.

 

  (b) Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in the Netherlands.

 

18.7 No bankruptcy proceedings

Neither the Borrower nor any Material Subsidiary has taken any corporate action nor have any formal legal steps been taken or legal proceedings been started against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary for:

 

  (a) its liquidation or bankruptcy or the appointment of a liquidator or a liquidation commission, temporary manager, administrative manager, external manager, bankruptcy manager or a similar officer of the Borrower or Material Subsidiary;

 

  (b) the institution of supervision, financial rehabilitation, external management or bankruptcy management or similar process in respect of the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary; or

 

  (c) any analogous act in respect of the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.8 Solvency

 

  (a) Neither the Borrower nor any Material Subsidiary is unable or admits or has admitted its inability to pay its debts or has suspended making payment on its debts generally.

 

  (b) Neither the Borrower nor any Material Subsidiary by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  (c) The value of the assets (as determined in accordance with IFRS) of each of the Borrower and the Material Subsidiaries is not less than its liabilities (as determined in accordance with IFRS, and taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities to the extent required to be recognised under IFRS, but excluding guarantees given in respect of indebtedness of the Borrower and without double counting).

 

  (d) No moratorium has been or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future, be declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary.

 

18.9 Deduction of Tax

The Borrower is not required under the laws of the Netherlands to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

 

58


18.10 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of the Netherlands, it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, except for court registration fees in connection with any enforcement proceedings in such court.

 

18.11 No default

 

  (a) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event of Default might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

  (b) No event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, or to which the assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary are subject, which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.12 No misleading information

All material written information (as supplemented from time to time) that has been made available to the Finance Parties by the Borrower or any of its representatives prior to the Signing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents is complete and correct in all material respects as at the date at which it was stated or provided and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made.

 

18.13 Financial statements

 

  (a) The Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

 

  (b) The Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

 

  (c) The Original Borrower Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

 

  (d) The Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements and the Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the VimpelCom Ltd. Group and the PJSC Group, respectively, and the Original Borrower Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and the VIP Group, in each case as at the dates at which they were prepared.

 

  (e) There has been no material adverse change in the business, financial condition or operations of the VIP Group (taken as a whole), since the date of the Original Vimpelcom Ltd. Financial Statements.

 

18.14 Pari passu ranking

The claims of the Finance Parties against the Borrower under the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all the Borrower’s other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

 

59


18.15 No proceedings pending

Other than as notified by the Borrower to the Agent prior to the Signing Date, no litigation, arbitration, investigative or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have, to the best of its knowledge and belief (after due and careful enquiry), been started against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary which are reasonably likely to be adversely determined, and if adversely determined would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.16 Compliance with laws

Other than as notified in writing to the Agent prior to the Signing Date, the Borrower is conducting its business and operations in compliance with all laws and regulations and all directives of any government agency having legal force applicable or relevant to it, excluding any such non-compliance which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 No Security

There is no Security or Quasi-Security existing over any assets of the Borrower except for Permitted Security.

 

18.18 Works Council

No works council ( ondernemingsraad ) advice in relation to the entry into and performance of the Finance Documents is required.

 

18.19 Anti-corruption law

To the best of its knowledge and belief (after due and careful enquiry), the Borrower is conducting its businesses in all material respects in accordance with VimpelCom Ltd.’s Code of Conduct and applicable laws and regulations concerning the prevention of bribery and corruption (including but not limited to legislation implemented in furtherance of the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions).

 

18.20 Sanctions

 

  (a) The Borrower is not, and none of the directors or other officers of the Borrower is, a Sanctions Restricted Person.

 

  (b) Save as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing prior to the date of this Agreement, no member of the VIP Group and none of the directors or other officers of any member of the VIP Group is a Sanctions Restricted Person.

 

18.21 Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation” ), the centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) of the Borrower is situated in the Netherlands and the Borrower does not have an “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

60


18.22 Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request, and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

19. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this clause 19 remain in force from the Signing Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force (unless indicated otherwise).

 

19.1 Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

  (a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years:

 

  (i) the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year of VimpelCom Ltd.; and

 

  (iii) during the Pre-Fall Away Period only, the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year of PJSC VimpelCom;

 

  (b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its first three financial quarters of each year:

 

  (i) the unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) the unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter of VimpelCom Ltd.; and

 

  (iii) during the Pre-Fall Away period only, the unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter of PJSC VimpelCom.

The Borrower may supply electronic copies of its financial statements to the Agent by electronic mail for those Lenders agreeing to communication by electronic mail pursuant to clause 30.6 ( Electronic communication ).

 

19.2 Compliance Certificate

 

  (a) The Borrower shall supply to the Agent with each set of financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. and of PJSC VimpelCom (during the Pre-Fall Away Period only) delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) a Compliance Certificate as to compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up (and shall, within five Business Days of a request by the Agent, provide the Agent with the computations (in reasonable detail) on which the Compliance Certificate was based).

 

 

61


  (b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by any two of the following individuals authorised or approved by the Borrower:

 

  (i) the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Director Corporate Finance or the Group Director Financial Control of VimpelCom Ltd. (or such successor titles as are notified to the Agent from time to time);

 

  (ii) any director of the Borrower; or

 

  (iii) any other authorised signatory of the Borrower or VimpelCom Ltd..

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

  (a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by an authorised officer of the Borrower (or PJSC VimpelCom or VimpelCom Ltd., as applicable) as fairly representing in all material respects its (or, as the case may be, its consolidated) financial position as at the dates at which they were prepared.

 

  (b) The Borrower shall ensure that each set of consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. and PJSC VimpelCom (during the Pre-Fall Away Period Only) delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using the IFRS as adopted by IASB (and disregarding any potential differences arising in IFRS as adopted by the European Union), accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the relevant Original Financial Statements (as appropriate for interim financial statements, where applicable) unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in the IFRS, the accounting practices or reference periods, and the Borrower delivers to the Agent:

 

  (i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the relevant Original Financial Statements were prepared (to the extent not described in the notes to those financial statements); and

 

  (ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with, to determine the Margin and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and in the relevant Original Financial Statements.

For the avoidance of doubt, the information in this paragraph (b) shall be provided to the Agent only once with respect to each change in IFRS, accounting practices or reference periods.

 

  (c) The Borrower shall ensure that each set of financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS.

 

19.4 Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

  (a) promptly after they are dispatched, all material documents dispatched to all creditors generally of the Borrower and Material Subsidiaries (being such documents contemplating a composition, compromise or pre-insolvency arrangement with their respective creditors);

 

 

62


  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them and to the extent and in such manner as is possible without loss of legal privilege, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency (including, but not limited to, investigative proceedings and any proceedings relating to overdue tax liabilities) which are current or pending against the Borrower which are reasonably likely to be adversely determined, and which would, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c) promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request;

 

  (d) promptly, (i) notification to the Agent following the Borrower becoming aware if any member of the VIP Group or any director or officer of the VIP Group becomes a Sanctions Restricted Person, and (ii) upon the Borrower becoming aware of the same, supply to the Agent, to the extent possible without loss of privilege, details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against any member of the VIP Group with respect to Sanctions; and

 

  (e) promptly, following the end of the Pre-Fall Away Period, notice to the Agent that the Pre-Fall Away Guarantees are terminated or have ceased to have effect,

 

19.5 Notification of Default

 

  (a) The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default that occurs and is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, provided that such notification requirement shall cease to apply in respect of a Default following the time such Default is no longer continuing.

 

  (b) Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two authorised officers of the Borrower, on its behalf, certifying that no Default is continuing (or, if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  (c) For the purposes of this clause 19.5 only, the definition of Default in clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) shall be amended to exclude the phrase “the making of any determination under clause 22 ( Events of Default )”.

 

19.6 Know your customer checks

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) the existing law and/or introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signing Date;

 

  (ii) any change in the status of the Borrower or the composition of its shareholders or board of directors after the Signing Date; or

 

  (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

 

63


obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19.7 Electronic notification

 

  (a) The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders” ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the “Designated Website” ) if:

 

  (i) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii) both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender” ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event, the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

  (b) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent.

 

  (c) The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

 

64


  (iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (v) the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Borrower notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

  (d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

20. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

The financial undertakings in this clause 20 shall remain in force from the Signing Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force (unless indicated otherwise).

 

20.1 Financial condition

The Borrower shall ensure that at any time:

 

  (a) the ratio of Total Net Debt to EBITDA of VimpelCom Ltd. (on a consolidated basis) for the then most recently ended Relevant Period will not exceed 3.5:1.0; and

 

  (b) the ratio of EBITDA to Finance Costs of VimpelCom Ltd. (on a consolidated basis) in respect of any Relevant Period will not be less than 3.5:1.0.

 

20.2 PJSC VimpelCom financial condition during the Pre-Fall Away Period

 

  (a) The Borrower shall, during the Pre-Fall Away Period, ensure that the ratio of Total PJSC Net Debt to EBITDA of PJSC VimpelCom (on a consolidated basis) for the then most recently ended Relevant Period will not exceed 3.5:1.0.

 

  (b) This clause 20.2 shall automatically terminate at the end of the Pre-Fall Away Period.

 

20.3 Financial covenant calculations

 

  (a) Total Debt, Total Net Debt, Total PJSC Debt, Total PJSC Net Debt, EBITDA, and Finance Costs shall be calculated and interpreted on a consolidated basis in accordance with the IFRS applicable to the Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements and the Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements, as applicable, and shall be expressed in Dollars.

 

 

65


  (b) For the purposes of calculating any ratio in clause 20.1(a) and clause 20.2(a) as at the end of any Relevant Period there shall be:

 

  (i) included, in determining EBITDA of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom for the Relevant Period, as the case may be (the “Reference Entity” ), the consolidated profit from continuing operations before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) of a person (or attributable to a business or assets) acquired by the Reference Entity and its Subsidiaries during the Relevant Period for the full duration of the Relevant Period (including the portion occurring prior to the acquisition date); and

 

  (ii) excluded, in determining EBITDA of the Reference Entity for the Relevant Period, the consolidated profit from continuing operations before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis at EBITDA) attributable to any person, business or assets disposed of by the Reference Entity and its Subsidiaries during the Relevant Period for that part of the Relevant Period after its disposal or (as the case may be) after the disposal of the business or assets.

 

20.4 Definitions

In this clause 20:

“Cash” means any amounts which are or would be included as “cash” in the Statement of financial position contained in the consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable, delivered under paragraphs (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) (other than any unutilised amounts under any overdraft facilities (of any kind) that are or would be so included) plus any credit balance on any current or other account, and any cash in hand, not otherwise included as “cash” in such balance sheet, which is:

 

  (a) freely withdrawable on demand (whether or not any such withdrawal would incur a penalty of any kind);

 

  (b) not subject to any Security, other than Security created in respect of indebtedness (of any kind) where the amount of the maximum aggregate liability under such indebtedness is included in the amount of Total Debt;

 

  (c) denominated and payable (i) in currency that is freely transferable and convertible or (ii) in currency that would be treated as “cash” in the consolidated audited financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable; and

 

  (d) capable of being remitted to VimpelCom Ltd. (or one of its consolidated Subsidiaries) or PJSC VimpelCom (or one of its consolidated Subsidiaries), as applicable.

“Cash Equivalent Investments” means any amounts which are or would be included as “cash equivalents” in the Statement of financial position contained in the consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable, delivered under paragraphs (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) (other than any unutilised amounts under any overdraft facilities (of any kind) that are or would be so included) plus any of the following not otherwise included as “cash equivalents” on such balance sheet:

 

  (a) securities with a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or fully insured by the Government of the United States or any member state of the European Union which is rated at least AA by Standard & Poor’s or Aa2 by Moody’s;

 

  (b) commercial paper or other debt securities issued by an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or P-1 by Moody’s and with a maturity of less than 12 months; and

 

 

66


  (c) certificates of deposit or time deposits of any commercial bank (which has outstanding debt) and with a maturity of less than 12 months and any credit balance on any short or long term deposit and savings accounts,

in each case not subject to any Security, denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency and the proceeds of which are capable of being remitted to VimpelCom Ltd. (or one of its consolidated Subsidiaries) or PJSC VimpelCom (or one of its consolidated Subsidiaries), as applicable.

“EBITDA” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the total consolidated profit for the period from continuing operations (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries) of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable, for that Relevant Period:

 

  (a) before taking into account:

 

  (i) Finance Costs;

 

  (ii) Finance income;

 

  (iii) Other non-operating gains/losses;

 

  (iv) Income tax expense;

 

  (v) net foreign exchange gain/loss;

 

  (vi) gain/loss from disposal of non-current assets;

 

  (vii) share of the profit/loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method; and

 

  (viii) extraordinary and exceptional items; and

 

  (b) after adding back all amounts provided for depreciation, amortisation and impairment for that Relevant Period,

as determined (except as needed to reflect the terms of this clause 20) from the consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable, delivered under paragraphs (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ).

“Finance Costs” means, in relation to any Relevant Period:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount of interest and any other finance charges reported in VimpelCom Ltd.’s consolidated financial statements for that Relevant Period under the Income statement under the category titled “Finance costs” (or any replacement category or line), but excluding up-front and other non-recurring fees and expenses associated with the raising of funding; plus

 

  (b) to the extent not already included in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate amount of interest and any other finance charges (whether or not paid, payable or capitalised) accrued by VimpelCom Ltd. in that Relevant Period in respect of its Total Debt including:

 

  (i) the interest element of finance leasing and hire purchase payments;

 

 

67


  (ii) commitment fees, other recurring fees and guarantee fees; and

 

  (iii) amounts in the nature of interest payable in respect of any shares other than equity share capital,

as determined (except as needed to reflect the terms of this clause 20) from the consolidated financial statements of VimpelCom Ltd. delivered under paragraphs (a)(ii) and (b)(ii) of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ).

“Relevant Period” means each period of 12 consecutive Months ending on the last day of each financial year and financial quarter of VimpelCom Ltd. or PJSC VimpelCom, as applicable.

“Total Debt” means, as at any particular time and without duplication, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount of the Financial Indebtedness (and (i) any fixed or minimum premium payable at the final stated maturity or due date and not any earlier, and (ii) in respect of a guarantee, surety or similar instrument constituting Financial Indebtedness, any liability thereunder in respect of principal, capital or nominal amounts that would be crystallised in the event of a demand, call or similar request under any such instrument) of VimpelCom Ltd. (and its consolidated Subsidiaries), but excluding any indebtedness referred to in paragraph (g) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness and any liability under a guarantee, surety or similar instrument in respect of that indebtedness.

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating Total Debt, the liability of an entity under any guarantee, surety or similar instrument shall not include undrawn or repaid indebtedness.

For this purpose, any amount outstanding or repayable in a currency other than Dollars shall on that day be taken into account in its Dollar equivalent at the rate of exchange that would have been used had an audited consolidated Statement of financial position of VimpelCom Ltd. been prepared as at that day in accordance with the IFRS applicable to the Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements.

“Total Net Debt” means Total Debt minus Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of VimpelCom Ltd. (on a consolidated basis).

“Total PJSC Debt” means, as at any particular time and without duplication, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount of the Financial Indebtedness (and (i) any fixed or minimum premium payable at the final stated maturity or due date and not any earlier, and (ii) in respect of a guarantee, surety or similar instrument constituting Financial Indebtedness, any liability thereunder in respect of principal, capital or nominal amounts that would be crystallised in the event of a demand, call or similar request under any such instrument) of PJSC VimpelCom (and its consolidated Subsidiaries), but excluding (x) any Financial Indebtedness owed by PJSC VimpelCom or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries to VimpelCom Ltd. or any consolidated Subsidiary of VimpelCom Ltd., and (y) any indebtedness referred to in paragraph (g) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness and any liability under a guarantee, surety or similar instrument in respect of that indebtedness.

For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating Total PJSC Debt, the liability of an entity under any guarantee, surety or similar instrument shall not include undrawn or repaid indebtedness.

For this purpose, any amount outstanding or repayable in a currency other than Dollars shall on that day be taken into account in its Dollar equivalent at the rate of exchange that would have been used had an audited consolidated Statement of financial position of PJSC VimpelCom been prepared as at that day in accordance with the IFRS applicable to the Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements.

 

 

68


“Total PJSC Net Debt” means Total PJSC Debt minus Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of PJSC VimpelCom (on a consolidated basis).

 

20.5 Changes to IFRS

Upon the introduction of new accounting standards, including, without limitation, new IFRS 9, IFRS 15 and IFRS 16, the Parties will (acting reasonably) negotiate in good faith for a period of 45 days to agree to such modifications to the Finance Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect such change and to provide the Lenders with no better or worse protection and pricing than the terms of this Agreement. Pending agreement of such modifications (or in the event that such agreement is not reached), such covenants shall be tested on the basis of the accounting bases, policies and procedures applied in preparing the Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements and the Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements (as applicable).

 

21. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this clause 21 remain in force from the Signing Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force (unless indicated otherwise).

 

21.1 Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

21.2 Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, excluding any such non-compliance which would not reasonably be expected to materially impair its ability to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3 Maintenance of existence

The Borrower shall maintain its corporate existence.

 

21.4 Negative pledge

 

  (a) The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no Material Subsidiary will, create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

 

69


  (b) The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no Material Subsidiary will:

 

  (i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Borrower or the relevant Material Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to Permitted Security.

 

21.5 Disposals

 

  (a) The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no member of the VIP Group will, enter into a single transaction or a series of related transactions to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

 

  (i) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity and on arm’s length terms;

 

  (ii) of obsolete assets or assets that are no longer useful in the business of the applicable member of the VIP Group;

 

  (iii) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

  (iv) made by any member of the VIP Group to another member of the VIP Group;

 

  (v) that is Permitted Security;

 

  (vi) of Tower Infrastructure on arm’s length commercial terms;

 

  (vii) of the assets of, or direct or indirect interests in (including for the avoidance of doubt, shares and other interests), the Wind Tre Group (or any part thereof); or

 

  (viii) where the book value of the asset disposed of (when aggregated with the book value of any other asset disposed of under this paragraph (viii)) does not, for the period starting on the Signing Date and ending on the date on which all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and the Total Commitments cancelled in full, exceed 25% of the Total Assets.

 

21.6 Restriction on mergers

 

  (a) The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), enter into any amalgamation, demerger, consolidation, merger or corporate reconstruction, or any analogous transaction in any relevant jurisdiction.

 

 

70


  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply if the relevant transaction is between the Borrower and:

 

  (i) another company whose principal business is the telecommunications, media and technology business; or

 

  (ii) a member of the VIP Group,

and, in each case, (x) the Borrower is the sole surviving entity; (y) the Borrower retains or assumes by operation of law substantially all of the assets and all of the obligations under the Finance Documents of the two entities at the time of the relevant transaction; and (z) no Default is continuing on the date of such reorganisation or transaction or would occur as a result of such reorganisation or transaction.

 

21.7 Restriction on acquisitions

 

  (a) The Borrower shall ensure that no member of the VIP Group will:

 

  (i) acquire any share in or any equity security issued by any person, or any interest therein; or

 

  (ii) acquire any business or going concern, or the whole or substantially the whole of the assets or business of any person, or any assets that constitute a division or operating unit of the business of any person.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

  (i) any acquisition where the seller or the acquired entity is, before the date of such acquisition, a member of the VIP Group;

 

  (ii) any acquisitions of assets of, or direct or indirect interests in (including for the avoidance of doubt, shares and other interests), the Wind Tre Group (or any part thereof);

 

  (iii) any direct or indirect interests in GTH not already owned by the VIP Group;

 

  (iv) any direct or indirect interests in PMCL; and

 

  (v) any acquisition where the purchase price (when aggregated with the purchase price of each other acquisition under this paragraph (b)) does not, for the period starting on the Signing Date and ending on the date on which all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and the Total Commitments cancelled in full, exceed 25% of Total Assets.

 

  (c) Promptly upon completion of an acquisition permitted under paragraph (b) above, the Borrower shall notify the Agent of such acquisition.

 

  (d)

If any member of the VIP Group intends to enter into a transaction that is otherwise prohibited by this clause 21.7, the Borrower may make a written request to the Agent for approval of such transaction together with a description of the transaction setting forth in reasonable detail the material terms of the transaction. If the Agent has not

 

 

71


  responded to such request (whether positively or negatively or by requesting further information (acting reasonably)) within 15 Business Days of the Agent confirming receipt of such request, such approval shall be deemed to have been given. Any approval given under this clause 21.7 shall be effective so long as the final terms of such transaction do not differ materially from the terms set forth in the request for approval.

 

21.8 Change of business

The Borrower shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the VIP Group taken as a whole from that carried on at the Signing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the digital transformation of the VIP Group and the changes resulting from such transformation shall not be considered to be a substantial change made to the general nature of the business of the VIP Group taken as a whole.

 

21.9 Pari passu

The Borrower shall ensure that any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of the Finance Parties against the Borrower under the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all that Borrower’s other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law.

 

21.10 Restriction on guarantees by PJSC VimpelCom and its Subsidiaries during the Pre-Fall Away Period

 

  (a) During the Pre-Fall Away Period only, the Borrower shall take such action to ensure that PJSC VimpelCom and its Subsidiaries will not guarantee any Financial Indebtedness of a Non-PJSC Borrower, except where such Amount of Financial Indebtedness of the Non-PJSC Borrower guaranteed by PJSC VimpelCom and its Subsidiaries, together with the Amount of any other Financial Indebtedness of a Non-PJSC Borrower then guaranteed by PJSC VimpelCom and its Subsidiaries, does not exceed US$3,889,000,000 (and other amounts under this clause 21.10 will be the USD Amount or USD equivalent as of the date of the relevant new guarantee).

 

  (b) Clause 21.10(a) does not apply to any declaration of joint and several liability of a Dutch entity issued for the purpose of Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability ( overblijvende aansprakelijkheid ) under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code).

 

  (c) Clause 21.10(a) does not apply to any Financial Indebtedness arising as a result of a fiscal unity between any members of the VIP Group.

 

21.11 Priority Debt

 

  (a) The Borrower shall ensure that Priority Debt shall not, after the Pre-Fall Away Period, exceed 30% of Total Assets.

 

  (b) In this clause 21.11:

“Priority Debt” means, without double-counting:

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Borrower from time to time (including for the avoidance of doubt any guarantees by a Subsidiary of Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower) and excluding:

 

  (A) any Financial Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary to any member of the VimpelCom Ltd. Group;

 

 

72


  (B) any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Wind Tre Group other than to the extent it is guaranteed by or secured by a member of the VimpelCom Ltd. Group which is not a member of the Wind Tre Group; and

 

  (C) until the date which is 18 months following the Signing Date, the Financial Indebtedness represented by the existing notes issued by GTH Finance B.V.; and

 

  (ii) any secured Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

21.12 Sanctions

The Borrower:

 

  (a) shall not (and will procure that no member of the VIP Group will) directly or (knowingly) indirectly use or permit to be used all or any part of the proceeds of the Facility, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds directly or (knowingly) indirectly to any Sanctions Restricted Person or in any Sanctioned Country, in any manner that would cause a violation of any Sanctions by a Finance Party;

 

  (b) shall ensure that (i) no person that is a Sanctioned Restricted Person will have any legal or beneficial interest in any funds repaid or remitted by the Borrower to any Finance Party in connection with the Facility, and (ii) it does not (and will procure that no member of the VIP Group will) directly or (knowingly) indirectly fund all or part of any payment under the Facility out of proceeds directly or indirectly derived from transactions which would cause a Finance Party to be in breach of any Sanctions; and

 

  (c) shall implement and maintain appropriate safeguards designed to prevent any action that would be contrary to paragraph (a) or (b) above.

 

22. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this clause 22 is an Event of Default.

 

22.1 Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (i) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

 

22.2 Financial covenants

Any requirement of clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

 

73


22.3 Other obligations

 

  (a) The Borrower does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents to which it is a party (other than those referred to in clauses 22.1 ( Non-payment ) or 22.2 ( Financial covenants )).

 

  (b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

22.4 Misrepresentation

 

  (a) Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or in any Utilisation Request or any Compliance Certificate is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

  (b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the misrepresentation or statement is capable of being rendered correct and not misleading, and it is rendered correct and not misleading within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower becoming aware of the same.

 

22.5 Cross default

 

  (a) Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

  (b) Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (c) No Event of Default will occur under this clause 22.5 if the aggregate outstanding amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) and (b) above is less than US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

22.6 Insolvency

 

  (a) The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is unable or admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on its debts generally or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  (b) The value of the assets (as determined in accordance with IFRS) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (as determined in accordance with IFRS, and taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  (c) A moratorium has been declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary.

 

  (d) The Borrower gives notice under section 36(2) of the Dutch 1990 Tax Collection Act ( Invorderingswet 1990 ).

 

 

74


22.7 Insolvency proceedings

Any corporate action is taken by the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, or any formal legal steps or any legal proceedings are taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation (other than a voluntary and solvent reorganisation not prohibited under this Agreement) or liquidation of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (and such legal proceedings continue for at least 60 days);

 

  (b) the suspension of payments or a moratorium on any indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (and such suspension or moratorium continues for at least 60 days);

 

  (c) the presentation or filing of a petition (or similar document) in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary in any court or before any other authority in respect of the bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or liquidation of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (and such petition has not been discharged within 60 days);

 

  (d) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or any asset or assets with an aggregate book value in excess of US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (and such appointment continues for at least 60 days); or

 

  (e) the enforcement of any Security over any asset or assets with an aggregate book value in excess of US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (unless such enforcement is stayed within 60 days),

or any analogous procedure or formal legal step (subject to the same applicable thresholds and grace periods) is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

22.8 Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution is effected against any asset or assets with an aggregate book value in excess of US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and is not discharged within 45 days.

 

22.9 Judgment

The rendering against the Borrower of a final, non-appealable judgment, order or award of a court or arbitral tribunal of competent jurisdiction that is enforceable against the Borrower for the payment of money in an amount in excess of US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) (a “Judgment” ) and the continuance of any such Judgment unsatisfied and in effect for any period of 60 consecutive days following the entry of the Judgment without a stay of execution or, if later, a period ending on the date specified or agreed for payment by the Judgment (unless the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Majority Lenders that such judgment, order or award will be promptly paid in full from the proceeds of an insurance policy underwritten or guaranteed by, or reinsured with, an international insurance company with a rating of at least A- by Standard & Poor’s or at least A3 by Moody’s or at least A- by Fitch).

 

 

75


22.10 Loss of Mobile Licence

 

  (a)

 

  (i) Subject to paragraph (ii) below, any Mobile Licence is suspended, lost, revoked, terminated or ceases to be effective, as a result of which any relevant Material Subsidiary would cease to hold or have the benefit of such Mobile Licence for a period of more than 90 days, and by the end of such 90-day period such Mobile Licence has not been re-issued, replaced or reinstated with any Material Subsidiary.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, there will be no Event of Default if the revenues from the services rendered under the Mobile Licence referred to in said paragraph (i) above (after giving effect to the 90-day grace period referred to in said paragraph (i) above) accounted for less than 35% of the consolidated revenues of the VIP Group during the 12 Months ended at the latest reported calendar quarter.

For the avoidance of doubt, each relevant Material Subsidiary shall be deemed to have the benefit of a Mobile Licence if, notwithstanding any Licence Event with respect to such Mobile Licence, that Material Subsidiary or any other member of the VIP Group is permitted to continue to render the services rendered pursuant to such Mobile Licence prior to such Licence Event.

 

  (b) Any Mobile Licence is amended, or any conditions are imposed with respect to any Mobile Licence, and:

 

  (i) such amendments or conditions stay in effect for a period of more than 90 days; and

 

  (ii) assuming that all such amendments and conditions with respect to each such Mobile Licence had been in effect for the entire 12 Month period ended at the latest reported calendar quarter, the consolidated revenues of the VIP Group for such period would have decreased by at least 35%.

 

  (c) Any Mobile Licence, which individually or in the aggregate account for at least 35% of the VIP Group’s revenues on a consolidated basis during the 12 Months ending on the latest reported calendar quarter, is sold, leased or otherwise transferred to any person that is not a member of the VIP Group (and, if the sale, lease or transfer is outside the control of a member of the VIP Group, such event is not remedied within 90 days).

 

22.11 Cessation of business

The VIP Group taken as a whole suspends, ceases or takes any action to suspend or cease carrying on all or a substantial part of its business (except as otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents).

 

22.12 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations or proceedings are commenced against the Borrower or its assets which are reasonably likely to be adversely determined, and if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform and comply with its payment obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

 

76


22.13 Repudiation

The Borrower repudiates a Finance Document or takes any action to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

22.14 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.15 Acceleration

 

  (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

  (i) cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

  (ii) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and

 

  (iii) declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b) If:

 

  (i) the Borrower has provided a notice to prepay all the Loans in full to the Agent in accordance with clause 8.6 ( Prepayment and cancellation in case of Default ); and

 

  (ii) the Agent has not, before the date it receives such notice from the Borrower, delivered a notice under paragraph (a) above,

the Agent shall not exercise its rights under this clause 22.15 unless and until the earlier of:

 

  (A) a failure by the Borrower to prepay all the Loans in full in accordance with clause 8.6 ( Prepayment and cancellation in case of Default ); and

 

  (B) the occurrence of an Insolvency Default.

 

 

77


SECTION 8

CHANGES TO PARTIES

23. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

23.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

  (a) Subject to this clause 23, a Lender (the “Existing Lender” ) may:

 

  (i) assign any of its rights; or

 

  (ii) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, a fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender” ), provided that the New Lender is a Non-Public Lender.

 

  (b) Subject to this clause 23, a Lender may grant any sub-participation (of any kind) in relation to any of its rights or obligations to any person.

 

23.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a) Subject to paragraphs (b) to (d) below, the consent of the Borrower shall be required for any assignment, transfer, or grant of any Designated Sub-Participation, by an Existing Lender.

 

  (b) The consent of the Borrower shall not be required if:

 

  (i) other than in the circumstances described in paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) below, the New Lender or Designated Sub-Participant is an Original Lender or an Affiliate of any Original Lender; or

 

  (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

  (c) Other than in the circumstances described in paragraph (d) below:

 

  (i) the consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer or Designated Sub-Participation must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

 

  (ii) the Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after its receipt of a written request for consent from a Lender unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this clause 23.2 and other than where an Event of Default has occurred and its continuing, the parties agree and acknowledge, subject to paragraph (e) below, that the consent of the Borrower shall be required and may be withheld at its sole discretion where:

 

  (i) a proposed assignment or transfer would result in the Commitment of any Lender, when combined with the Commitments of any Affiliate of that Lender, exceeding 15% of the Total Commitments;

 

 

78


  (ii) a proposed Designated Sub-Participation would result in any person controlling voting rights attached to more than 15% of the Total Commitments, when combined with the voting rights held by any Affiliate of that person; and/or

 

  (iii) the New Lender or Designated Sub-Participant is rated below BBB by Standard & Poor’s or below Baa2 by Moody’s or below BBB by Fitch.

 

  (e) Paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) above shall not apply in respect of any assignment, transfer or grant of a Designated Sub-Participation in favour of an Affiliate of an Existing Lender provided that such assignment, transfer or grant does not result in an increase in:

 

  (i) the aggregate Commitments held by the Existing Lender, the New Lender and their respective Affiliates; or

 

  (ii) the aggregate voting rights attaching to any Commitments held by the grantor of any Designated Sub-Participation, the Designated Sub-Participant and their respective Affiliates.

 

  (f) An assignment or transfer may be made, or Designated Sub-Participation granted, by a Lender under the Facilities in accordance with this clause 23.

 

  (g) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i) receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was the Original Lender; and

 

  (ii) performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (h) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

  (i) An assignment or transfer will only be effective if it assigns or transfers a minimum principal or Commitment amount of US$10,000,000.

 

  (j) If:

 

  (i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under clause 13 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or 14.1 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

 

79


  (k) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

23.3 Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000.

 

23.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii) the financial condition of the Borrower;

 

  (iii) the performance and observance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and any related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and any related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this clause 23; or

 

  (ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

 

80


23.5 Procedure for transfer

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions set out in clauses 23.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the Lenders ) and 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

  (c) Subject to clause 23.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents, the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations” );

 

  (ii) the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii) the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

23.6 Procedure for assignment

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions set out in clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 23.6(c), when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to clause 23.6(b), as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

 

81


  (c) Subject to clause 23.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

  (ii) the Existing Lender will be released by the Borrower and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant Obligations” ) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

  (iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

  (d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this clause 23.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Borrower or unless in accordance with clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by the Borrower from the obligations owed to the Borrower by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer ) and provided further that the relevant Lender delivers to the Agent a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement (as applicable).

 

23.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Borrower

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

23.8 Replacement of a Lender

 

  (a) If at any time any Lender becomes a Non Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by causing it to (and that Lender shall) transfer pursuant and subject to this clause 23 all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other person selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent and each other Lender (each acting reasonably) for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest and fees and other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement.

 

  (b) The Borrower shall have no right to replace Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Agent and none of the foregoing nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such entity.

 

  (c) No Lender replaced under this clause 23.8 may be required to pay or surrender to that replacement Lender or other entity any of the fees received by it.

 

  (d) For the purposes of this clause 23.8, a “Non Consenting Lender” is a Lender who does not agree to a consent or amendment where:

 

  (i) the Agent has requested the Lenders to consent to a departure from or waiver of any provision of the Finance Documents or to agree to any amendment thereto;

 

 

82


  (ii) the consent or amendment in question requires the agreement of all Lenders;

 

  (iii) a period of not less than 14 days has elapsed from the date the consent or amendment was requested;

 

  (iv) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 75% of the Total Commitments have agreed to such consent or amendment; and

 

  (v) the Borrower has notified the Lender that it will treat it as a Non Consenting Lender.

 

23.9 Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this clause 23, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  (b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

  (c) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (d) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

23.10 Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to clause 23.6 ( Procedure for assignment )) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

  (a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date ( “Accrued Amounts” ) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

  (b) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

 

 

83


  (ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this clause 23.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

24. CHANGES TO THE BORROWER

The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

 

84


SECTION 9

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

25. ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

25.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to it under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

25.2 Duties of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (c) If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.

 

  (d) If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e) The Agent shall provide to the Borrower within five Business Days of a request by the Borrower (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request and their respective Commitments.

 

  (f) The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

  (g) Without prejudice to clause 23.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Borrower ), clause 25.2(f) shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation.

 

25.3 Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.4 No fiduciary duties

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or any Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

 

85


  (b) Neither the Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

25.5 Business with the VIP Group

The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower or any member of the VIP Group.

 

25.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may rely on:

 

  (i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any representation contained in a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation); and

 

  (ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

  (b) The Agent may assume, unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, that:

 

  (i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 22.1 ( Non-payment )); and

 

  (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.

 

  (c) The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d) The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

  (e) The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

  (f) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent:

 

  (i) may disclose; and

 

  (ii) on the written request of the Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose,

the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Borrower and to the other Finance Parties.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

 

86


  (h) The Agent may refrain without liability from doing anything that would, in its reasonable opinion, be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the United States of America (or any jurisdiction forming a part of it) and England and Wales), or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction, in each case to the extent they are applicable and binding on the Agent, and may without liability do anything which is, in its reasonable opinion, necessary to comply with such law, directive or regulation.

 

25.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b) The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  (c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

  (d) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

  (e) The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such indemnification or security as it may require in its absolute discretion for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (f) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (g) The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

25.8 Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Borrower or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

 

87


  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.9 No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  (a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

  (b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  (c) whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

25.10 Exclusion of liability

 

  (a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

 

  (i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

  (iii) without prejudice to the generality of clauses 25.10(a)(i) and 25.10(a)(ii), any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

 

  (A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  (B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

  (b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in

 

 

88


  relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause 25.10 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  (c) The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose.

 

  (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers to carry out:

 

  (i) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

  (ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

  (e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

25.11 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to clause 28.10 ( Disruption to payment systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

25.12 Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

  (b)

Alternatively, the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent, provided that if an entity does not satisfy

 

 

89


  the know your customer checks for the Agent in accordance with clause 8.2(b)(i), with such checks administered in accordance with its customary practice, the Agent may, after providing the Borrower with reasonable details of the basis of such non-satisfaction, resign without the above mentioned 30 days’ notice period applying to such resignation.

 

  (c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (d) The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to its successor such documents and records and provide such assistance as its successor may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under clause 25.12(d)) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of clause 15.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ) and this clause 25. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (g) The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (i) the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 13.7 ( FATCA information ) and the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (ii) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 13.7 ( FATCA information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (iii) the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

25.13 Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a) After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

 

90


  (b) The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent ) and this clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d) Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

25.14 Confidentiality

 

  (a) In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

  (b) If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

25.15 Relationship with the Lenders

Subject to clause 28.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ), the Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

25.16 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of the Borrower and each member of the VIP Group;

 

 

91


  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.17 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (in each case, which accepts to act as a Reference Bank) to replace that Reference Bank.

 

25.18 Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under clauses 15.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), 17 ( Costs and expenses ) and 25.11 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 12 ( Fees ).

 

25.19 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

25.20 Role of Reference Banks

 

  (a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

  (b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this clause 25.20 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

 

92


25.21 Third party Reference Banks

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on clause 25.20 ( Role of Reference Banks ), and clause 37 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

26. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

27. SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

27.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party” ) receives or recovers any amount by payment, by way of set-off or otherwise from the Borrower other than in accordance with clause 28 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 28 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment” ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 28.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

27.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with clause 28.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

93


27.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

  (a) On a distribution by the Agent under clause 27.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.

 

  (b) If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

 

27.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to clause 27.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 

  (b) that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the Borrower will be liable to the reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed.

 

27.5 Exceptions

 

  (a) This clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause 27, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower.

 

  (b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

 

94


SECTION 10

ADMINISTRATION

28. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

28.1 Payments to the Agent

 

  (a) On each date on which the Borrower or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to the euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as reasonably specified by the Agent) and with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

28.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clauses 28.3 ( Distributions to the Borrower ) and 28.4 ( Clawback ), be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).

 

28.3 Distributions to the Borrower

The Agent may (with the Borrower’s consent or in accordance with clause 29 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

28.4 Clawback

 

  (a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b) If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

 

95


28.5 Partial payments

 

  (a) If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Mandated Lead Arrangers under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (v) fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(iii) to (v) above.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.

 

28.6 No set-off by the Borrower

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

28.7 Business Days

 

  (a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

28.8 Currency of account

 

  (a) Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document.

 

  (b) A repayment of a Loan or an Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or an Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c) Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

  (d) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

 

96


28.9 Change of currency

 

  (a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

  (ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit into another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

28.10 Disruption to payment systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 34 ( Amendments and waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 28.10; and

 

  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

 

97


29. SET-OFF

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower authorises each Finance Party to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is entitled on any account of the Borrower with any Finance Party in satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to a Finance Party under this Agreement but unpaid; for this purpose, the Finance Party is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application (provided that this right shall not apply with respect to any account which the Borrower is under a contractual or other obligation to maintain).

30. NOTICES

 

30.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

30.2 Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of the Borrower, that identified on its signature page to this Agreement;

 

  (b) in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent, that identified on its signature page to this Agreement,

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

30.3 Delivery

 

  (a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being sent by internationally recognised courier to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 30.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with its signature below (or any substitute department or officer as it shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c) All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.

 

 

98


  (d) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

30.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

30.5 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

30.6 Electronic communication

 

  (a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents, may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

  (i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days.

 

  (b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

  (c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  (d) Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this clause 30.6.

 

30.7 English language

 

  (a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i) in English; or

 

 

99


  (ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

31. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

31.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

31.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

31.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

32. PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

33. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No waiver or election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

34. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

34.1 Required consents

 

  (a) Subject to clause 34.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause 34.1.

 

 

100


34.2 Exceptions

 

  (a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (i) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in accordance with clause 2.2 (Extension Option - Facility B ));

 

  (iii) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (iv) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) an increase in or an extension of any Commitment or Total Commitments (other than in accordance with clause 2.2 (Extension Option - Facility B ) and clause 2.3 ( Increase ));

 

  (vi) a change to the Borrower;

 

  (vii) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (viii) a change to any of the following provisions: clause 2.4 ( Accordion option ); clause 2.5 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ); clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ); and 27 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), this clause 34, clause 38 ( Governing law ), clause 39.1 ( Jurisdiction ), clause 39.3 ( Waiver of immunity ) and paragraph 5(a) of schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ); and

 

  (ix) a change to any of the following Sanctions related provisions: clause 8.1 ( Illegality ), clause 18.16 ( Compliance with laws ), clause 18.19 ( Anti-corruption law ), clause 18.20 ( Sanctions ), paragraph (d) of clause 19.4 ( Information: miscellaneous ), clause 21.2 ( Compliance with laws ) and clause 21.12 ( Sanctions ),

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  (b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers, as the case may be.

 

  (c) Subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, if any Lender fails to respond positively or negatively to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment or confirmation of or in relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document (a “Consent Request” ) within:

 

  (i) 15 Business Days, where such amendment or waiver requires Majority Lender consent; or

 

  (ii) 20 Business Days, where such amendment or waiver requires all Lender consent,

(unless, in each case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made, its Commitment and/or participation in the Loans then outstanding shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations in the Loans when ascertaining whether the

 

 

101


relevant percentage of Total Commitments and/or participations necessary to achieve approval of the Majority Lenders (or, as the case may be, all the Lenders) has been obtained to approve that request.

 

  (d) If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request Consent Request within 10 Business Days, and at such time all other Lenders have responded to such Consent Request, the Defaulting Lender’s Commitment and/or participation in the Loans then outstanding shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations in the Loans when ascertaining whether the relevant percentage of Total Commitments and/or participations necessary to achieve approval of the Majority Lenders (or, as the case may be, all the Lenders) has been obtained to approve that request.

 

  (e) If the Borrower delivers an amendment to a Consent Request to the Agent (other than an amendment to correct a manifest error of a typographical or grammatical nature) (a “Consent Request Amendment” ) during the applicable time limits specified above in clause 34.2(c), the time limit specified in:

 

  (i) clause 34.2(c)(i) shall automatically become the later of:

 

  (A) 15 Business Days following the Consent Request being made; and

 

  (B) 5 Business Days following the Consent Request Amendment being made; and

 

  (ii) clause 34.2(c)(ii) shall automatically become the later of:

 

  (A) 20 Business Days following the Consent Request being made; and

 

  (B) 5 Business Days following the Consent Request Amendment being made,

and in addition, any amendment to correct a manifest error of a typographical or grammatical nature shall not constitute either a new Consent Request nor a Consent Request Amendment and shall not affect the time limits specified in clause 34.2(c)(i) and clause 34.2(c)(ii) above.

 

34.3 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

  (i) the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (ii) whether:

 

  (A) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facilities; or

 

  (B) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents,

 

 

102


that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under the Facilities will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitment under the Facilities and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this clause 34.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (ii) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

34.4 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a) The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant and subject to clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (ii) require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant and subject to clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Facility B Commitment of the Lender; or

 

  (iii) require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant and subject to clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of Facility B,

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 23 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (A) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under clause 23.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (B) in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above.

 

  (b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause 34.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

 

103


  (ii) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii) the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;

 

  (iv) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v) the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  (c) The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

34.5 Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Borrower Affiliates

 

  (a) For so long as a Borrower Affiliate:

 

  (i) beneficially owns a Commitment; or

 

  (ii) has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated,

in ascertaining:

 

  (A) the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (B) whether:

 

  (1) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (2) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed to be zero and such Borrower Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (A) and (B) above (unless in the case of a person not being a Borrower Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).

 

  (b) Each Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with a Borrower Affiliate (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction” ), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in part 1 of schedule 7 ( Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice ).

 

 

104


  (c) A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party:

 

  (i) is terminated; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be with a Borrower Affiliate,

such notification to be substantially in the form set out in part 2 of schedule 7 ( Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice ).

 

  (d) Each Borrower Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:

 

  (i) in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent or, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

 

  (ii) in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

 

34.6 Borrower Affiliates’ notification to other Lenders of Debt Purchase Transactions

Any Borrower Affiliate which is or becomes a Lender and which enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction as a purchaser or a participant shall, by 5.00 pm on the Business Day following the day on which it entered into that Debt Purchase Transaction, notify the Agent of the extent of the Commitment(s) or amount outstanding to which that Debt Purchase Transaction relates. The Agent shall promptly disclose such information to the Lenders.

 

34.7 Anti-boycott laws

In relation to each Lender that notifies the Agent that it elects to fall within the provisions of this clause 34.7 (each a “Restricted Lender” ), clauses 8.1 ( Illegality ), 18.20 ( Sanctions ), 18.16 ( Compliance with laws ) and 21.12 ( Sanctions ) shall only apply for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that the above provisions would not result in (i) any violation of, conflict with or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (ii) a violation or conflict with section 7 foreign trade rules (AWV) ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung ) (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1 a no. 3 foreign trade law (AWG) ( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz )) or a similar anti-boycott statute. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of clauses 8.1 ( Illegality ), 18.20 ( Sanctions ), 18.16 ( Compliance with laws ) or 21.12 ( Sanctions ) of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit:

 

  (a) the Commitment of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made; and

 

  (b) if as a result of a breach of clauses 8.1 ( Illegality ), 18.20 ( Sanctions ), 18.16 ( Compliance with laws ) or 21.12 ( Sanctions ) the Majority Lenders direct the Agent to require that all or part of the Loans are immediately due and payable under clause 22.15 ( Acceleration ), that Restricted Lender may, by notice to the Agent and the Borrower, elect that its participation in the Loans is not so accelerated and is instead payable in accordance with the original schedule under clause 7 ( Repayment ).

 

 

105


35. COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

36. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

36.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees that it shall (and shall ensure that its Affiliates shall, and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that its and its Affiliates’ Representatives shall) keep all Confidential Information confidential and not disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 36.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and clause 36.5 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

36.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose Confidential Information:

 

  (a) on a “need to know basis”, to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, insurers, auditors, professional advisers or agents (collectively, the “Representatives” ) who (i) have been informed in writing of the confidential nature of such information or (ii) have been informed of the confidential nature of such information and are otherwise subject to confidentiality obligations as a matter of law, contract or professional obligation;

 

  (b) to any person:

 

  (i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates or Representatives;

 

  (ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and to any of that person’s Affiliates or Representatives;

 

  (iii) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

  (iv) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (v) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (vi) with the consent of the Borrower;

 

 

106


  (vii) to whom or for whose benefit it charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) as set out in paragraph (a) clause 23.9 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );

 

  (viii) to whom or for whose benefit it charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) as set out in clause 23.9 ( Security over Lenders’ rights ), other than as set out in paragraph (a) of clause 23.9 ( Security over Lenders’ rights ); or

 

  (ix) who is a Party

if:

 

  (A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii) and (b)(viii) above, the person (other than an Affiliate of a Finance Party) to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking, except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; and

 

  (B) in relation to paragraphs (b)(iv), (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the reasonable opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

  (c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall provide for third party enforcement rights of the Borrower and the VIP Group) or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party.

 

36.3 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges (and will inform its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ Representatives who receive Confidential Information) that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse (as well as applicable stock exchange regulations) and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use (and to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that its Affiliates do not use) any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

 

107


36.4 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of clause 36.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 36.

 

36.5 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  (a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or the Borrower the following information:

 

  (i) name of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) country of domicile of the Borrower;

 

  (iii) place of incorporation of the Borrower;

 

  (iv) date of this Agreement;

 

  (v) the names of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers;

 

  (vi) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (vii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (viii) currencies of the Facilities;

 

  (ix) type of Facilities;

 

  (x) ranking of Facilities;

 

  (xi) Maturity Date for Facilities;

 

  (xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

  (xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more of the Borrower by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (c) The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

 

108


  (d) The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more of the Borrower; and

 

  (ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more of the Borrower by such numbering service provider.

 

36.6 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this clause 36 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of two years from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

36.7 Entire agreement

This clause 36 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

37. CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

37.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

 

  (a) The Agent and the Borrower agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clauses 37.1(b), 37.1(c) and 37.1(d).

 

  (b) The Agent may disclose:

 

  (i) any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to clause 9.5 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

  (ii) any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

 

109


  (c) The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and the Borrower may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

  (i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this clause 37.1(c)(i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

  (ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  (d) The Agent’s obligations in this clause 37 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under clause 9.5 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to clause 37.1(b)(i)) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

37.2 Related obligations

 

  (a) The Agent and the Borrower acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and the Borrower undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (b) The Agent and the Borrower agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

  (i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to clause 37.1(c)(ii) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 37.

 

 

110


37.3 No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under clause 22.3 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of the Borrower’s failure to comply with this clause 37.

 

 

111


SECTION 11

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

38. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

39. ENFORCEMENT

 

39.1 Jurisdiction

 

  (a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute” ).

 

  (b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c) This clause 39.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

39.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited, located at the date hereof at 5 th Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, England, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts commenced in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  (b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

39.3 Waiver of immunity

The Borrower irrevocably agrees that, should any party take any proceedings anywhere (whether for an injunction, specific performance, damages or otherwise), no immunity (to the extent that it may at any time exist, whether on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise) from those proceedings, from attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) of its assets or from execution of judgment shall be claimed by it or on behalf of it or with respect to its assets, any such immunity being irrevocably waived. The Borrower irrevocably agrees that it and its assets are, and shall be, subject to such proceedings, attachment or execution in respect of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

 

112


SCHEDULE 1:

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS, MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND BOOKRUNNERS

Part 1: The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original Lender

   Facility A Commitment      Facility B Commitment  

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

HSBC Bank plc

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Bank of China (Hungary) Close Ltd

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Barclays Bank PLC

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

BNP Paribas, Succursale Italia

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Crédit Agricole CIB

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Credit Suisse AG, London Branch

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited., Luxembourg Branch

   US$ 27,500,000      US$ 82,500,000  

Bank ICBC (JSC)

   US$ 5,000,000      US$ 15,000,000  

ING Bank N.V.

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Intesa Sanpaolo Bank Luxembourg SA

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch

   US$ 34,000,000      US$ 102,000,000  

Mediobanca International (Luxembourg) S.A.

   US$ 18,500,000      US$ 55,500,000  

Raiffeisen Bank International AG

   US$ 22,666,666.67      US$ 68,000,000  

AO Raiffeisenbank

   US$ 11,333,333.33      US$ 34,000,000  

SOCIETE GENERALE

   US$ 12,500,000      US$ 37,500,000  

PJSC ROSBANK

   US$ 21,500,000      US$ 64,500,000  

TOTAL COMMITMENTS

   US$ 527,000,000      US$ 1,581,000,000  

 

 

113


Part 2: The Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

Name of financial institution

  

Role(s)

Citigroup Global Markets Limited    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
HSBC Bank plc    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Bank of China (Hungary) Close Ltd    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Barclays Bank PLC    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
BNP Paribas    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Crédit Agricole CIB    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Credit Suisse AG, London Branch    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited., Luxembourg Branch    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
ING Bank N.V.    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Banca IMI SpA    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
J.P. Morgan Limited    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
Mediobanca – Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A.    Mandated Lead Arranger
Raiffeisen Bank International AG    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
AO Raiffeisenbank    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
SOCIETE GENERALE    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
PJSC ROSBANK    Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

114


SCHEDULE 2: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. Finance Documents

Duly signed and delivered originals of:

 

  (a) this Agreement; and

 

  (b) each Fee Letter.

 

2. The Borrower

 

  (a) A copy of the deed of incorporation ( akte van oprichting ), a copy of the latest articles of association ( statuten ) and a recent extract from the Dutch trade register ( Handelsregister ) for the Borrower.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, each Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (d) A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments (as applicable) would not cause any borrowing or similar limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded.

 

  (e) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Signing Date.

 

3. Financial statements

 

  (a) The Original Borrower Financial Statements.

 

  (b) The Original PJSC VimpelCom Financial Statements.

 

  (c) The Original VimpelCom Ltd. Financial Statements.

 

  (d) The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the nine-month period beginning on 1 January 2016 and ending on 30 September 2016, prepared in accordance IFRS.

 

 

115


4. Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP as to matters of English law.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP as to matters of Dutch law.

 

5. Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that the Borrower has given notice of voluntary cancellation of the whole of the Available Facility (as defined therein) under the US$1,800,000,000 facility agreement dated 7 April 2014 between, amongst others, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V. as borrower, the Lenders (as defined therein) and Citibank International plc as agent;

 

  (b) Evidence that the process agent referred to in clause 39.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.

 

  (c) Evidence of payment, on or prior to the initial Utilisation Date, of all fees and reimbursement of all expenses then due by the Borrower.

 

 

116


SCHEDULE 3: REQUESTS

Part 1: Utilisation Request

 

From:    VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

To:

   [●], as Agent

Dated:

  

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

   [                ] or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day

Facility to be utilised

   Facility [A/B]

Currency of Loan

   [US$/euro]

Loan amount:

   [ ] or, if less, the Available Facility

Interest Period:

   [                ]

 

3. We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4. [We irrevocably and unconditionally authorise the Agent to deduct US$[ ] from the proceeds of the Loan requested herein, being the amounts payable by the Borrower as set out in [each of the Agency Fee Letter and ]the Facility Fee Letter.] *

 

5.

 

*   This paragraph may be included for the initial Utilisation Request only.

 

 

117


6. The proceeds of the Loan (less the amounts deducted pursuant to paragraph 4 above) in an amount equal to [US$/EUR][ ] should be credited to [ specify account of the Borrower ] .

 

7. The proposed Utilisation will not directly or (so far as the Borrower is aware) indirectly result in all or any part of the proceeds of the Facility being loaned, contributed or otherwise made available to any Sanctions Restricted Person or in any Sanctioned Country in any manner that would cause a violation of any Sanctions by a Finance Party.

 

8. This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

 

By:  

 

     By:  

 

 
Name:        Name:    
Title:        Title:    

 

 

118


Part 2: Selection Notice applicable to a Facility A Loan

 

From:    VimpelCom Holdings B.V.
To:    [ Agent ]
Dated:    [●            ] 20[●]

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2. We refer to the following Facility A Loan[s] in [●            ] [ identify currency ] with an Interest Period ending on [●            ] 20[●].  

 

3. [We request that the above Facility A Loan[s] be divided into [●            ] Facility A Loans with the following Base Currency Amounts and Interest Periods:]

[ specify ]

OR

[We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility A Loan[s] is [ specify ].]

 

4. We request that the above Facility A Loan[s] [is] [are] [denominated in the same currency for the next Interest Period] [denominated in the following currencies: [ currency/ies ]]. As this results in a change of currency we confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Selection Notice. The proceeds of any change in currency should be credited to [ account ]] .

 

5. This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully  

 

 
authorised signatory for  
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.  

 

 
authorised signatory for  
VimpelCom Holdings B.V.  

 

 

119


Part 3: Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:    [●            ], as Agent
From:    [●            ] (the “Existing Lender” ) and [●            ] (the “New Lender” )
Dated:   

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2. We refer to clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation and in accordance with clause 23.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the schedule.

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [●            ].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the schedule.

 

3. The New Lender represents that on the proposed Transfer Date, the New Lender:

 

  (a) [will/will not be] a Borrower Affiliate;

 

  (b) will be a Non-Public Lender; and

 

  (c) [will/will not be] rated below BBB by Standard & Poor’s or below Baa2 by Moody’s or below BBB by Fitch.

 

4. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

5. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

6. This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

 

120


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility  Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments .]

 

[ Existing Lender ]      [ New Lender ]
By:      By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●            ].

[ Agent ]

By:

 

 

121


Part 4: Form of Assignment Agreement

 

To:    [●            ], as Agent and VimpelCom Holdings B.V. (the “Borrower” )
From:    [●            ] (the “Existing Lender” ) and [●            ] (the “New Lender” )
Dated:   

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2. We refer to clause 23.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

  (a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement as specified in the schedule.

 

  (b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement specified in the schedule.

 

  (c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph 2(b).

 

3. The proposed Transfer Date is [●            ] 20[●].

 

4. On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5. The New Lender represents that on the Transfer Date the New Lender:

 

  (a) [will/will not be] a Borrower Affiliate;

 

  (b) will be a Non-Public Lender; and

 

  (c) [will/will not be] rated below BBB by Standard & Poor’s or below Baa2 by Moody’s or below BBB by Fitch.

 

6. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the schedule.

 

7. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of clause 23.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

 

122


8. This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with clause 23.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Borrower ) of the Agreement, to the Borrower of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

9. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

10. This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11. This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

 

123


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[ Existing Lender ]      [ New Lender ]
By:      By:

This agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●            ] 20[●].

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[ Agent ]

By:

 

 

124


Part 5: Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To:    [●            ] as Agent
From:    [ The Lender ] ( “Increase Lender” )
Dated:   

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [             ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2. We refer to clause 2.3 ( Increase ).

 

3. The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the schedule (the “ Relevant Commitment ”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4. The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “ Increase Date ”) is [ ].

 

5. On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6. The Increase Lender represents that on the Increase Date, the Increase Lender:

 

  (a) [will/will not] be a Borrower Affiliate;

 

  (b) will be a Non-Public Lender; and

 

  (c) [will/will not be] rated below BBB by Standard & Poor’s or below Baa2 by Moody’s or below BBB by Fitch.

 

7. The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the schedule.

 

8. The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of clause 2.3 ( Increase ).

 

9. This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

10. This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11. This Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation.

 

 

125


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for

payments ]

[ Increase Lender ]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [●].

[ Agent ]

By:

 

 

126


SCHEDULE 4: FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:    [●], as Agent
From:    [VimpelCom Holdings B.V.][VimpelCom Ltd.]
Dated:   

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

1. [We confirm that no Default is continuing.] *

 

2. We confirm that as at [●] the ratio of Total Net Debt to EBITDA of VimpelCom Ltd. (on a consolidated basis) for the Relevant Period ending on [●] was [●].

 

3. We confirm that the ratio of EBITDA to Finance Costs of VimpelCom Ltd. (on a consolidated basis) for the Relevant Period ending on [●] was [●].

 

4. [We confirm that as at [●] the ratio of Total PJSC Net Debt to EBITDA of PJSC VimpelCom (on a consolidated basis) for the Relevant Period ending on [●] was [●]. **

 

5. [We confirm that the Pre-Fall Away Guarantee[s] have not been terminated nor have they ceased to have effect.] ***

 

Signed:                                                                             Signed:                                                                          

[Chief Financial Officer/Group Director Corporate Finance/Group Director Financial Control of VimpelCom Ltd.]

 

[Director of VimpelCom Holdings B.V.]

 

[Chief Financial Officer/Group Director Corporate Finance/Group Director Financial Control]

 

[Director of VimpelCom Holdings B.V.]

 

 

*   If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.
**   This paragraph shall be included for Compliance Certificates delivered in the Pre-Fall Away Period only.
***   To be included during the Pre-Fall Away Period only.

 

 

127


SCHEDULE 5: EXISTING SECURED INDEBTEDNESS

 

Name of pledgor

  

Lender

  

Transaction
Currency

   Maximum Principal
Amount of
Indebtedness
Secured

(Local Currency
Unit)
     Maximum Principal
Amount of
Indebtedness
Secured

(USD)
 
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Allied Bank Limited    PKR      6,411,043,801        61,165,327  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Askari Commercial Bank Limited    PKR      2,895,762,552        27,627,368  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Bank Al-Baraka Limited    PKR      1,600,000,000        15,264,991  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Bank Al-Falah Limited    PKR      6,515,336,913        62,160,348  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Bank Al-Habib Limited    PKR      900,962,608        8,595,741  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Bank of Punjab Limited    PKR      200,000,000        1,908,124  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Citibank N.A    PKR      4,051,396,800        38,652,834  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Dubai Islamic Bank (Pakistan) Ltd.    PKR      5,000,000,000        47,703,096  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Deutsche Bank    PKR      500,000,000        4,770,310  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Faysal Bank Limited    PKR      3,790,000,000        36,158,947  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    FMO    USD      30,000,000        30,000,000  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Habib Bank Limited    PKR      15,412,372,724        147,043,579  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Habib Metropolitan Bank Limited    PKR      1,625,240,652        15,505,802  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    EKN    USD      249,755,891        249,755,891  

 

 

128


Name of pledgor

  

Lender

  

Transaction
Currency

   Maximum Principal
Amount of
Indebtedness
Secured

(Local Currency
Unit)
     Maximum Principal
Amount of
Indebtedness
Secured

(USD)
 
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    JS Bank Limited    PKR      1,000,000,000        9,540,619  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    MCB Bank Limited    PKR      10,100,000,000        96,360,254  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    MCB Bank Limited    USD      15,000,000        15,000,000  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Meezan Bank Limted    PKR      5,320,289,383        50,758,855  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    National Bank of Pakistan Limited    PKR      1,261,043,801        12,031,139  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    NIB Bank Limited    PKR      1,700,000,000        16,219,053  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Pak Libya Holding Company (Pvt.) Limited    PKR      270,288,783        2,578,722  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Pak China Investment Company (Pvt.) Limited    PKR      270,288,783        2,578,722  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Pak Kuwait Investment Company Limited    PKR      525,240,652        5,011,121  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Samba Bank Limited    PKR      1,000,000,000        9,540,619  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Silk Bank Limited    PKR      400,000,000        3,816,248  
Pakistan Mobile Communications limited    Soneri Bank Limited    PKR      1,500,000,000        14,310,929  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    Summit Bank Limited    PKR      475,240,652        4,534,090  
Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited    United Bank Limited    PKR      9,184,000,000        87,621,047  
Omnium Assignment of Receivables Dividends    BADR – BNA, BNP, CNEP, Citibank, CPA, HSBC, SGA    DZD      50,000,000,000        455,421,935  
Omnium Assignment of Receivables Dividends    BADR – BNA, BNP, CNEP, Citibank, CPA, HSBC, SGA    DZD      32,000,000,000        291,470,038  

 

 

129


The amounts set out in “Maximum Principal Amount of Indebtedness Secured (Local Currency Unit)” have been converted into USD based on the closing rate as of 30 January 2017. The relevant exchange rates applied are as follows:

 

  a) DZD 1 = USD 0.009108; and

 

  b) PKR 1 = USD 0.009541.

 

 

130


SCHEDULE 6: FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

To:    [insert name of Potential Purchaser/Purchaser’s agent/broker]

Date:

   [●]

Re:

   Facilities Agreement dated [●] 2017 (the “Agreement” )

Borrower:

   VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

Amount:

   US$2,108,000,000

Agent:

   [●]

Dear Sirs

We understand that you are considering [acquiring]/[arranging the acquisition of] an interest in the Agreement (the “Acquisition” ). In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information, by your signature of a copy of this letter you agree as follows:

 

1. Confidentiality Undertaking

You undertake (a) to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that the Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information, (b) to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose, (c) to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any person to whom you pass any Confidential Information (unless disclosed under paragraph 2(d) below) acknowledges and complies with the provisions of this letter as if that person were also a party to it, and (d) not to make enquiries of any member of the Group or any of their officers, directors, employees or professional advisers relating directly or indirectly to the Acquisition.

 

2. Permitted disclosure

We agree that you may disclose Confidential Information:

 

  (a) to members of the Purchaser Group and their officers, directors, employees and professional advisers to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose and to any auditors of members of the Purchaser Group, if any such person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph 2(a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information, except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  (b) subject to the requirements of the Agreement, in accordance with the Permitted Purpose so long as any prospective purchaser has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter;

 

 

131


  (c) subject to the requirements of the Agreement, to any person to (or through) whom you assign or transfer (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of the rights, benefits and obligations which you may acquire under the Agreement or with (or through) whom you enter into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, the Agreement or the Borrower or any member of the Group in each case so long as that person has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter; and

 

  (d) (i) where requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body, (ii) where required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Purchaser Group are listed or (iii) where required by the laws or regulations of any country with jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the Purchaser Group.

 

3. Notification of required or unauthorised disclosure

You agree (to the extent permitted by law) to inform us of the full circumstances of any disclosure under paragraph 2(d) or upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter.

 

4. Return of copies

If we so request in writing, you shall return all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under paragraph 2(d) above.

 

5. Continuing obligations

The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease (a) if you become a party to or otherwise acquire (by assignment or sub-participation) an interest, direct or indirect, in the Agreement or (b) 12 Months after you have returned all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroyed or permanently erased all copies of Confidential Information made by you (other than any such Confidential Information or copies which have been disclosed under paragraph 2 above (other than paragraph 2(a)) or which, pursuant to paragraph 4 above, are not required to be returned or destroyed).

 

6. No representation; consequences of breach, etc.

You acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a) neither we, nor our principal nor any member of the Group nor any of our or their respective officers, employees or advisers (each a “Relevant Person” ) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect to the Confidential Information or any such information; and

 

 

132


  (b) we or our principal or members of the Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms hereof and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you.

 

7. No waiver; amendments, etc.

This letter sets out the full extent of your obligations of confidentiality owed to us in relation to the information the subject of this letter. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privileges hereunder. The terms of this letter and your obligations hereunder may only be amended or modified by written agreement between us.

 

8. Inside information

You acknowledge that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation relating to insider dealing and you undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

9. Nature of undertakings

The undertakings given by you under this letter are given to us and (without implying any fiduciary obligations on our part) are also given for the benefit of [our principal,] the Borrower and each other member of the Group.

 

10. Third party rights

 

  (a) Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs 6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this letter has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act” ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

  (b) The Relevant Persons may enjoy the benefit of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph 10 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  (c) The parties to this letter do not require the consent of the Relevant Persons to rescind or vary this letter at any time.

 

11. Governing law and jurisdiction

 

  (a) This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

  (b) The parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

12. Definitions

In this letter (including the acknowledgement set out below), terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and:

“Confidential Information” means any information relating to the Borrower, the Group, the Agreement and/or the Acquisition provided to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any

 

 

133


other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that (a) is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach of this letter or (b) is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you thereafter, other than from a source which is connected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality;

“Group” means the Borrower and each of its Holding Companies and Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of each of its Holding Companies;

“Permitted Purpose” means[, subject to the terms of this letter, passing on information to a prospective purchaser for the purpose of] considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Acquisition; and

“Purchaser Group” means you, each of your Holding Companies and Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of each of your Holding Companies.

Please acknowledge your agreement to the above by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

Yours faithfully

 

 

  
For and on behalf of
[Seller/Seller’s agent/broker]
  

 

 

 

134


SCHEDULE 7: FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

Part 1: Form of Notice on Entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction

 

To:    [●            ] as Agent
From:    [ The Lender ]
Dated:   

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [             ] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to paragraph (b) of clause 34.5 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Borrower Affiliates ) of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2. We have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

3. The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment      Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)
    

[ insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies ]

[ Lender ]

By:

 

 

135


Part 2: Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction/Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Borrower Affiliate

 

To:    [●            ] as Agent
From:    [The Lender]
Dated:   

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [             ] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1. We refer to paragraph (c) of clause 34.5 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Borrower Affiliates ) of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2. A Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in a notice dated [●            ] has [terminated]/[ceased to be with a Borrower Affiliate]. *

 

3. The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment      Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)
Commitment      [ insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies ]

[ Lender ]

By:

 

*   Delete as applicable

 

 

136


SCHEDULE 8: TIMETABLES

 

    

Loans in US Dollars

  

Loans in euro

  

Loans in other

currencies

Agent notifies the Borrower if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies )          U-4
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (clause 5.1 ( Delivery of Utilisation Request )) or a Selection Notice (clause 10.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))   

U-3

10.30am

(Amsterdam time)

  

U-3

10.30am

(Amsterdam time)

  

U-3

10.30am

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ Participation ) and notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ Participation )   

U-3

3.30pm

(Amsterdam time)

  

U-3

3.30pm

(Amsterdam time)

  

U-3

3.30pm

Agent receives and acknowledges receipt of a notification from a Lender under clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )      

Quotation Day

9.30am

  

Quotation Day

9.30am

Agent gives notice in accordance with clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )      

Quotation Day

12.30pm

  

Quotation Day

12.30pm

Agent determines amount of the Facility A Loan in Optional Currency in accordance with clause 6.3 ( Change of Currency )      

U-3

3.30pm

  

U-3

3.30pm

Agent determines amount of the Facility A Loan in Optional Currency in accordance with clause 6.4 (a)      

U-3

3.30pm

  

U-3

3.30pm

Agent determines amount of a Facility A Loan in Optional Currency converted into Base Currency in accordance with clause 6.4 (b)      

U-3

3.30pm

  

U-3

3.30pm

LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed    Quotation Day 11.00am    Quotation Day 11.00am (Amsterdam time)    Quotation Day 11.00am
Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with clause 11.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )    Quotation Day 11.00am    Quotation Day 11.30am (Amsterdam time)    Quotation Day 11.00am

 

 

137


SCHEDULE 9: FORM OF ACCORDION INCREASE REQUEST

 

From:    VimpelCom Holdings B.V.
To:    [Agent]
Dated:    [            ]

Dear Sirs

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [             ] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

(a) We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accordion Increase Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accordion Increase Request unless given a different meaning in this Accordion Increase Request.

 

(b) We wish to request an increase of the Total Commitments on the following terms:

 

Proposed Accordion Increase Date:    [            ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Accordion Increase Amount:    [            ]
Total Facility A Commitments following increase:    [            ]
Total Facility B Commitments following increase:    [            ]

 

(c) The Accordion Increase Amount will be met by the following Accordion Increase Lenders increasing their Facility A Commitments and/or Facility B Commitments and/or acceding to the Agreement in respect of the Facility A Commitments or Facility B Commitments (as applicable) set out below:

 

Accordion

Increase Lender

  

Current Facility
A Commitment

(if applicable)

  

Facility A

Commitment after increase

  

Current Facility
B Commitment

(if applicable)

  

Facility B

Commitment after increase

[            ]    [            ]    [            ]    [            ]    [            ]
[            ]    [            ]    [            ]    [            ]    [            ]

 

(d) Each Accordion Increase Lender represents that on the proposed Accordion Increase Date, it:

 

  (i) [will/will not be] a Borrower Affiliate; and

 

  (ii) will be a Non-Public Lender.

 

 

138


(e) This Accordion Increase Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully   

 

  
Authorised signatory for VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   

 

  
Authorised signatory for VimpelCom Holdings B.V.   

 

 

139


SCHEDULE 10: FORM OF ACCORDION INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To:    [            ] as Agent and VimpelCom Holdings B.V. as Borrower
From:    [the Accordion Increase Lender ] (the “ Accordion Increase Lender ”)
Dated:   

VimpelCom Holdings B.V. – US$2,108,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [             ] (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accordion Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accordion Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Accordion Increase Confirmation.

 

2 We refer to clause 2.4 ( Accordion Option ) of the Agreement.

 

3 The Accordion Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Facility A Commitments and Facility B Commitments specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment” ) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Accordion Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Accordion Increase Date” ) is [            ].

 

5 [On the Accordion Increase Date, the Accordion Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.]

 

6 [The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Accordion Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 30.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule hereto.]

 

7 The Accordion Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.4(h) ( Accordion option ) of the Agreement.

 

8 This Accordion Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Accordion Increase Confirmation.

 

9 This Accordion Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Accordion Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Accordion Increase Confirmation.

 

 

140


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitments/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Accordion Increase Lender

[ Insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

[ Accordion Increase Lender ]

By:

This Accordion Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Accordion Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Accordion Increase Date is confirmed as [            ].

Agent

By:

 

 

141


The Borrower

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

 

Address:    Treasury Department
   Claude Debussylaan 88
   1082 MD Amsterdam
   The Netherlands
Fax No:    +31 (0)20 797 72 01
Attention:    Chief Financial Officer
   Group Director Corporate Finance

 

By:  

/s/ A.M. Davies

    By:  

/s/ H. Daubner

Name:   A.M. Davies     Name:   H. Daubner
Title:   Director     Title:   Director

 

 


The Mandated Lead Arrangers

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Mason

    By:  
Name:   Andrew Mason     Name:  
Title:   Director     Title:  
HSBC BANK PLC      
By:  

/s/ Sinead Murphy

    By:  
Name:   Sinead Murphy     Name:  
Title:   Director     Title:  
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ MARY M. ADEYEMI

    By:  
Name:   MARY M. ADEYEMI     Name:  
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT     Title:  
BANK OF CHINA (HUNGARY) CLOSE LTD      
By:  

/s/ Zhang Gang

    By:  

/s/ Lu Shen

Name:   Zhang Gang     Name:   Lu Shen
Title:   Deputy General Manager     Title:   Head of Corporate Banking by PCA

 

 


BARCLAYS BANK PLC      
By:  

/s/ MATTHEW JACKSON

    By:  
Name:   MATTHEW JACKSON     Name:  
Title:   ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT     Title:  
BNP PARIBAS      
By:  

/s/ M.A. PROFUMO

    By:  

/s/ VALEMO FABRENI

Name:   M.A. PROFUMO     Name:   VALEMO FABRENI
Title:   MD     Title:   ND
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CIB      
By:  

/s/ BRUNO PEZY

    By:  

/s/ Xavier de NEUVILLE

Name:   BRUNO PEZY     Name:   Xavier de NEUVILLE
Title:   MANAGING DIRECTOR     Title:   Director
CREDIT SUISSE AG, LONDON BRANCH      
By:  

/s/ MARK D. WALSH

    By:  

/s/ Brian Fitzgerald

Name:   MARK D. WALSH     Name:   Brian Fitzgerald
Title:   MANAGING DIRECTOR     Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

 


DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.         
By:   

/s/ WALTHER

      By:   

/s/ K. Böttcher

Name:    WALTHER       Name:    K. Böttcher
Title:          Title:   
INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED., LUXEMBOURG BRANCH
By:   

/s/ Mr. Yuncheng CHEN

      By:   
Name:    Mr. Yuncheng CHEN       Name:   
Title:    Deputy General Manager       Title:   

 

 


ING BANK N.V.         
By:   

/s/ Wim Steenbakkers

      By:   

/s/ Jeroen Kleinjan

Name:    Wim Steenbakkers       Name:    Jeroen Kleinjan
Title:   

Managing Director

Structured Finance

Telecom, Media & Technology Finance

      Title:    Managing Director

 

 


BANCA IMI SPA        
By:  

/s/ CORRADO PASSONI

      By:  

/s/ Silvia Corbelli

Name:   CORRADO PASSONI       Name:  

Silvia Corbelli

Title:   HEAD OF CORPORATE LOAN STRUCTURING       Title:   DIRECTOR
J.P. MORGAN LIMITED        
By:  

/s/ FRED G SCHRIEVER III

      By:  
Name:   FRED G SCHRIEVER III       Name:  
Title:   Executive Director       Title:  
MEDIOBANCA – BANCA DI CREDITO FINANZIARIO S.P.A.     
By:  

/s/ CARLOS DOMINGUES

      By:  

/s/ Alexandre Cadiet

Name:   CARLOS DOMINGUES       Name:   Alexandre Cadiet
Title:   Executive Director       Title:   Director
RAIFFEISEN BANK INTERNATIONAL AG        
By:  

/s/ Konstanze Thym

      By:  

/s/ Christian Stark

Name:   Konstanze Thym       Name:   Christian Stark
Title:         Title:  

 

 


AO RAIFFEISENBANK        
By:    

/s/ Patrakhin Nikita

      By:  
Name:     Patrakhin Nikita       Name:  
Title:    

Head of Markets and Investment Banking Directorate

Board Member

      Title:  

 

 


SOCIETE GENERALE        
By:  

/s/ Eric Matthey

      By:  
Name:   Eric Matthey       Name:  
Title:  

Coverage & Investment Banking

Tours Valmy

CORI/COV/CEM

75886 PARIS CEDEX 18

      Title:  
PJSC ROSBANK        
By:  

/s/ Ilya Polyakov

      By:  
Name:   Ilya Polyakov       Name:  
Title:   First Deputy Chairman of the Management Board       Title:  

 

 


The Original Lenders        
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH        
By:  

/s/ Andrew Mason

      By:  
Name:   Andrew Mason       Name:  
Title:   Director       Title:  
HSBC BANK PLC        
By:  

/s/ Sinead Murphy

      By:  
Name:   Sinead Murphy       Name:  
Title:   Director       Title:  
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ MARY M. ADEYEMI

      By:  
Name:   MARY M. ADEYEMI       Name:  
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT       Title:  
BANK OF CHINA (HUNGARY) CLOSE LTD        
By:  

/s/ Zhang Gang

      By:  

/s/ LU SHEN

Name:   Zhang Gang       Name:   LU SHEN
Title:   Deputy General Manager       Title:   Head of Corporate Banking by PCA

 

 


BARCLAYS BANK PLC        
By:  

/s/ MATTHEW JACKSON

      By:  
Name:   MATTHEW JACKSON       Name:  
Title:   ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT       Title:  
BNP PARIBAS, SUCCURSALE ITALIA        
By:  

/s/ M. A. PROFUREO

      By:  

/s/ VALEMO FABRETTI

Name:   M. A. PROFUREO       Name:   VALEMO FABRETTI
Title:   MD       Title:   MD
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CIB        
By:  

/s/ BRUNO PEZY

      By:  

/s/ Xavier de Neuville

Name:   BRUNO PEZY       Name:   Xavier de Neuville
Title:   MD       Title:   Director
CREDIT SUISSE AG, LONDON BRANCH        
By:  

/s/ MARK B. WALSH

      By:  

/s/ Brian Fitzgerald

Name:   MARK B. WALSH       Name:   Brian Fitzgerald
Title:   MANAGING DIRECTOR       Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

 


DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.        
By:  

/s/ WALTHER

      By:  

/s/ K. Böttcher

Name:   WALTHER       Name:   K. Böttcher
Title:         Title:  
INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED., LUXEMBOURG BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Mr. Yun cheng CHEN

      By:  
Name:   Mr. Yun cheng CHEN       Name:  
Title:   Deputy General Manager       Title:  
BANK ICBC (JSC)        
By:  

/s/ Lang Weijie

      By:  
Name:   Lang Weijie       Name:  
Title:   Deputy President       Title:  

 

 


ING BANK N.V.        
By:  

/s/ Wim Steenbakkers

      By:  

/s/ Jeroen Kleinjan

Name:   Wim Steenbakkers       Name:   Jeroen Kleinjan
Title:  

Managing Director

Structured Finance

Telecom, Media & Technology Finance

      Title:   Managing Director

 

 


INTESA SANPAOLO BANK LUXEMBOURG SA       
By:  

/s/ Rory Farquhar Thomson

     By:  

/s/ Michel Mensink

Name:   Rory Farquhar Thomson      Name:   Michel Mensink
Title:  

Intesa Sanpaolo Bank Luxembourg S.A. Amsterdam Branch

General Manager

     Title:  

Intesa Sanpaolo Bank Luxembourg B.A. Relationship Manager

Amsterdam Branch

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH       
By:  

/s/ FRED G SCHRIEVER III

     By:  
Name:   FRED G SCHRIEVER III      Name:  
Title:   Executive Director      Title:  
MEDIOBANCA INTERNATIONAL (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.
By:  

/s/ Carlos Domingues

     By:  

/s/ Alexandre Cadiet

Name:   Carlos Domingues      Name:   Alexandre Cadiet
Title:   Executive Director      Title:   Director
RAIFFEISEN BANK INTERNATIONAL AG       
By:  

/s/ Konstanze Thym

     By:  

/s/ Christian Stark

Name:   Konstanze Thym      Name:   Christian Stark
Title:        Title:  

 

 


AO RAIFFEISENBANK       
By:  

/s/ Patrakhin Nikita

     By:  
Name:   Patrakhin Nikita      Name:  
Title:  

Head of Markets and investment

Banking Directorate

Board Member

     Title:  
SOCIETE GENERALE       
By:  

/s/ Eric Matthey

     By:  
Name:   Eric Matthey      Name:  
Title:  

Coverage & Investment Banking

Tours Valmy

CORI/COV/CEM

75886 PARIS CEDEX 18

     Title:  
PJSC ROSBANK       
By:  

/s/ Ilya Polyakov

     By:  
Name:   Ilya Polyakov      Name:  
Title:   First Deputy Chairman of the Management Board      Title:  

 

 


The Agent   
CITIBANK EUROPE PLC, UK BRANCH   
Address:   Citibank Europe plc, UK Branch   
  Citigroup Centre   
  Canada Square   
  Canary Wharf   
  London E14 5LB   
  United Kingdom   
Attention:   Loans Agency   
Fax:   020 7492 3980   
By:  

/s/ Steve Wright

  
Name:   Steve Wright   
Title:   Vice President   

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DEED

relating to the

CONTRIBUTION AND FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

DATED …4… NOVEMBER 2016

By and Between

VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V.

and

VIMPELCOM LTD.

and

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L.

and

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L.

(to be renamed as VIP-CKH LUXEMBOURG S.à R.L.)

and

VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED

 

LOGO

0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

   Definitions and Interpretation      4  

2.

   Amendments      4  

3.

   Miscellaneous      4  

4.

   Jurisdiction      5  

5.

   Governing Law      6  

Signatories

     7  

Schedule

  

1.

   Amended and Restated CFA      13  

 

      0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


THIS DEED is made on …4… November 2016

BETWEEN :

 

  1) VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V. , a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands whose registered office is at Claude Debussylaan 88, Amsterdam 1082 MD, the Netherlands and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 34378904 ( VIP );

 

  2) VIMPELCOM LTD. , an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM10, Bermuda registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under number 43271 and having its principal executive offices at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands ( VIP Guarantor );

 

  3) HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S. À R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with a share capital of EUR 6,573,135,875, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies under number B74649 ( HET , and together with VIP, the Shareholders );

 

  4) CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED , an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose principal place of business is 12th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong registered with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands under number MC-294571 ( HET Guarantor ); and

 

  5) HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S. À R.L. , a soci é t é à responsabilit é limit é e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with a share capital of EUR 2,758,939,525, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B77457 ( H3G II ); and

 

  6) VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED , a private company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Ireland, having its registered office at 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland and registered with the Irish Companies Registration Office under number 588489 ( FinCo ),

(each of the above together with such persons as become bound to the terms of this agreement pursuant to a Deed of Adherence from time to time being the Parties (and Party shall be construed accordingly)).

BACKGROUND:

 

(A) On 6 August 2015, VIP, the VIP Guarantor, HET, the HET Guarantor and H3G II entered into a contribution and framework agreement (the CFA ).

 

(B) On 16 December 2015, the Parties entered into an amendment agreement to the CFA, pursuant to which certain clauses of the CFA in relation to completion accounts were amended.

 

(C) On 24 October 2016, FinCo executed a deed of adherence to the Contribution and Framework Agreement.

 

(C) The Parties wish to make certain further amendments to the CFA.

 

   3    0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this deed or the context requires otherwise, words and expressions used in this deed have the meanings and constructions ascribed to them in the CFA.

 

1.2 Save to the extent otherwise stated herein, this deed shall be construed in accordance with the interpretation and construction provisions set out in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the CFA.

 

1.3 In this deed, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule of or to this deed. The schedules form part of this deed.

 

1.4 The headings in this deed do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. AMENDMENTS

 

2.1 The Parties agree that:

 

  (a) the CFA shall be amended and restated in the form of the amended and restated contribution and framework agreement set out in Schedule 1 of this deed (the Amended and Restated CFA ) with immediate effect; and

 

  (b) the Amended and Restated CFA shall supersede and replace the CFA in its entirety with immediate effect.

 

2.2 This deed shall constitute a written variation in accordance with clause 35.9 ( General ) of the CFA.

 

2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, neither the VIP Warranties nor the HET Warranties shall be deemed to be repeated or warranted on the date of this deed by virtue of the amendment and restatement of the CFA pursuant to this deed.

 

3. MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The Parties acknowledge that a new tax group agreement will be entered into before Completion (with effect on and from 1 January 2016) between each of: (i) 3 Italia and H3G S.p.A; and (ii) H3G S.p.A and 3Lettronica Industriale S.p.A (the New Tax Agreements ). VIP hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the entering into of the New Tax Agreements for the purposes of clause 19 of the CFA (including clause 19.3(q)).

 

3.2 The Parties acknowledge that it is proposed that the Employment Agreement executed by Maximo Ibarra on or around the date of the CFA will be amended in such form as the Shareholders may agree on or around the date of Completion (the New MI Employment Agreement ). As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion and at HET’s request only, the Shareholders further agree to enter into or procure that the relevant Group Companies enter into a supplement to the Employment Agreement entered into by each of Dina Ravera and Stefano Invernizzi on or around the date of the CFA, such supplement in each case to effect severance benefits for the 3 Italia Executives of an equivalent nature to those in the New MI Employment Agreement, but on a proportionate basis (the 3 Italia Employment Agreement Supplements ). VIP and HET hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the amendment and execution of the New MI Employment Agreement and the 3 Italia Employment Agreement Supplements for the purposes of clause 19 of the CFA and, where applicable, clause 8.1 of the Shareholders Deed.

 

   4    0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


3.3 The Parties agree that this deed is a Transaction Document for the purposes of the Amended and Restated CFA.

 

3.4 Clauses 29 ( Notices ), 31 ( Assignments ), 35 ( General ), 36 ( Whole Agreement ) and 37 ( Invalid Terms ) of the Amended and Restated CFA shall apply to this deed mutatis mutandis as if set out herein in full with references in those clauses to “this agreement” being construed as references to this deed.

 

4. JURISDICTION

 

4.1 Governing law of this clause

This clause 4 is governed by English law.

 

4.2 Jurisdiction

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each Party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of that jurisdiction.

 

4.3 Service of process agent

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law:

 

  (a) each of VIP and the VIP Guarantor irrevocably appoint Law debenture Corporate Services Limited of 5th Floor, Wood Street, London, EC2V 7EX, England; and

 

  (b) each of HET and the HET Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited of Hutchison House, 5 Hester Road, London SW11 4AN, United Kingdom;

in each case as its agent in England and Wales for service of process and any other documents in relation to any Dispute.

Each of the Company and FinCo shall, as soon as reasonably practicable (i) appoint a person (who is not a member or Affiliate of the Group, the VIP Group or the HET Group) as its agent in England and Wales for service of process and any other document in relation to any Dispute; and (ii) upon such appointment, shall notify the other Parties of such appointment.

Subject to clause 4.4, each Party irrevocably undertake not to revoke its agent’s authority; and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on such Party if delivered to its agent at its address for the time being.

 

4.4 Alternative service of process agent

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 4.3 is unable for any reason to so act, the relevant party shall immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute and notify the other parties of such appointment. Failing this, any other party may appoint another process agent for this purpose at the relevant party’s expense.

 

4.5 Failure to notify by process agent

Each Party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

   5    0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


5. GOVERNING LAW

This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS DEED has been executed by the Parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this deed.

 

   6    0102103-0000029 CO:28314951.1


EXECUTED as a deed by      )    
VIMPELCOM LTD.      )    

/s/ Andrew Davies

       )     Authorised signatory
          
     )    
     )    

 

     )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ Giovanna de Beij

        
Name:   Giovanna de Beij         
Address:  

Claude Debussylaan 88

1082 MD Amsterdam

the Netherlands

        

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


EXECUTED as a deed by

HUTCHISON EUROPE

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

S.à R.L.

 

)

)

)

)

      

/s/ Thomas Geiger

        

Signature of director

        

 

Thomas Geiger, Manager

        

Name of director

        

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


EXECUTED as a deed by

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

    

)

)

 

 

  

/s/ Frank Sixt

     

/s/ Edith Shih

Signature of director

     

Signature of company secretary

Frank Sixt

     

Edith Shih

Name of director

     

Name of company secretary

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a deed by

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L

  

)

)

)

 

/s/ Neil McGee

Signature of director  

Neil McGee, Manager

Name of director  

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


GIVEN under the common seal

     )     

of VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED

     )     

/s/ Richard James

and DELIVERED as a DEED

     )     

Director

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


EXECUTED as a deed by

VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V.

   

)

)

)

   

/s/ Richard James

Authorised signatory

   

)

)

)

   

/s/ David Dobbie

Authorised signatory

Witness’s Signature  

/s/ A. Oemrawsingh

       
Name:   A. Oemrawsingh        
Address:  

Apollolaan 88

1077 AB Amsterdam

the Netherlands

       

Signature Page to CFA Amendment and Restatement Deed


SCHEDULE 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CFA


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FURNISHED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH AN ASTERISK [*].

CONTRIBUTION AND FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

6 AUGUST 2015

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON 4 NOVEMBER 2016)

By and Between

VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V.

and

VIMPELCOM LTD.

and

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L.

and

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L.

(to be renamed as VIP-CKH LUXEMBOURG S.à R.L.)

and

VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED

 

LOGO

Allen & Overy LLP

0102103-0000029 CO: 28051273.4


CONTENTS

 

Clause             Page  

1.

  Interpretation      6  

2.

  Incorporation of FinCo      6  

3.

  Sale of Existing HET Loan      6  

4.

  HET Contribution      6  

5.

  VIP LuxCo Contribution      7  

6.

  Secondary Contribution      7  

7.

  Net Cash and Working Capital Adjustments      8  

8.

  Antitrust Covenant      10  

9.

  Conditions Precedent      12  

10.

  Access to Information, Cooperation and Commitment to Remediation      14  

11.

  VIP Warranties      14  

12.

  VIP Indemnities      15  

13.

  VIP Third Party Claims      15  

14.

  HET Warranties      16  

15.

  HET Indemnity      16  

16.

  HET Third Party Claims      16  

17.

  Italian Corporate Income Tax Group Arrangements      17  

18.

  Secondary Liabilities      19  

19.

  Pre-Completion Covenants      20  

20.

  Parent Undertakings      26  

21.

  Signing      27  

22.

  Completion      27  

23.

  Termination      28  

24.

  Covenant in respect of SSEA Indemnity Benefits      31  

25.

  VIP Guarantee      32  

26.

  HET Guarantee      33  

27.

  Costs and Expenses      34  

28.

  Announcements and Confidentiality      35  

29.

  Notices      36  

30.

  Further Assurances      38  

31.

  Assignments      38  

32.

  Diversion of Dividends      38  

33.

  Payments      39  

34.

  No Double Recovery      40  

35.

  General      40  

36.

  Whole Agreement      41  

37.

  Invalid Terms      42  

38.

  Jurisdiction      42  

39.

  Governing Law      43  

40.

  Language      43  

Schedule

  

1.

  Corporate Details      44  
  Part 1    Core Wind Group Companies      44  
  Part 2    3 Italia Group Companies      48  

2.

  Deed of Adherence      52  

3.

  Corporate and Debt Structures      54  
  Part 1    3 Italia Group Corporate and Debt Structure      54  
  Part 2    Wind Group Corporate and Debt Structure      55  


4.

  VIP Warranties      56  

5.

  HET Claims      69  

6.

  HET Warranties      74  

7.

  VIP Claims      87  

8.

  Signing Obligations      92  
  Part 1    VIP Signing Obligations      92  
  Part 2    HET Signing Obligations      93  

9.

  Completion Obligations      94  
  Part 1    VIP Completion Obligations      94  
  Part 2    HET Completion Obligations      96  
  Part 3    H3G II Completion Obligations      98  
  Part 4    FinCo Completion Obligations      99  
  Part 5    VIP, HET and H3G II Completion Date Obligations      100  

10.

  Net Cash and Working Capital Adjustments      101  
  Part 1    Post-Completion Financial Adjustments      101  
  Part 2    Form of Quarterly Updates      109  
  Part 3    Form of Completion Statements      110  

11.

  VIP Indemnities      111  

12.

  Core Wind Group External Debt and Derivative Instruments      112  
  Part 1    Derivative obligations      112  
  Part 2    Debt instruments      112  

13.

  Definitions and Interpretation      113  

Signatories

        147  


Agreed Form documents:

 

1. Agreed Business Plan

 

2. Agreed Press Releases

 

3. Completion H3G II Articles

 

4. FinCo Shareholders’ Deed

 

5. Hutchison IP Licence

 

6. Long-Term Incentive Plan Key Terms

 

7. Merger Integration Plan Key Terms

 

8. Plan of Reorganisation Key Terms

 

9. Articles of association of FinCo to be adopted at Completion

 

10. Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

11. Merger Integration Plan

 

12. Plan of Reorganisation

 

13. Initial Budget

 

14. Initial Business Plan


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 6 August 2015 (as amended on 4 November 2016)

BETWEEN :

 

(1) VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V. , a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands whose registered office is at Claude Debussylaan 88, Amsterdam 1082 MD, the Netherlands and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 34378904 ( VIP );

 

(2) VIMPELCOM LTD. , an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM10, Bermuda registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under number 43271 and having its principal executive offices at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands ( VIP Guarantor );

 

(3) HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S. À R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with a share capital of EUR 6,573,135,875, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies under number B74649 ( HET , and together with VIP, the Shareholders );

 

(4) CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED , an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose principal place of business is 12th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong registered with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands under number MC-294571 ( HET Guarantor );

 

(5) HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S. À R.L. , a soci é t é à responsabilit é limit é e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with a share capital of EUR 2,758,939,525, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B77457 ( H3G II ); and

 

(6) VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED , a private company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Ireland, having its registered office at 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland and registered with the Irish Companies Registration Office under number 588489 ( FinCo ),

(each of the above together with such persons as become bound to the terms of this agreement pursuant to a Deed of Adherence from time to time being the Parties (and Party shall be construed accordingly)).

WHEREAS :

 

(A) VIP currently owns and operates the Wind Group in Italy.

 

(B) HET currently owns and operates the 3 Italia Group in Italy.

 

(C) The Shareholders have agreed to establish a joint venture under which they will jointly own and operate the Wind Group and the 3 Italia Group on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

(D) The creation of the joint venture consisting of the Wind Group and the 3 Italia Group shall be effected by taking the steps set out in this agreement and is conditional upon, amongst other things, competition and regulatory approvals on terms satisfactory to each of the Shareholders.

 

5


(E) The HET Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of HET and is willing to guarantee the obligations of HET under this agreement.

 

(F) The VIP Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of VIP and is willing to guarantee the obligations of VIP under this agreement.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 The definitions and other provisions in Schedule 13 apply throughout this agreement.

 

1.2 In this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph or schedule to this agreement. The schedules form part of this agreement.

 

1.3 The headings in this agreement do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. INCORPORATION OF FINCO

 

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, prior to Completion, HET undertakes to incorporate FinCo as a new private limited company in Ireland with an issued share capital of 100 ordinary shares of EUR1.00 each.

 

2.2 As soon as practicable following the Unconditional Date (or such other time as the Shareholders may agree), HET shall transfer to VIP LuxCo 50% of the issued share capital of FinCo in consideration for the payment by VIP LuxCo of the nominal value of the shares transferred (the FinCo Share Transfer ).

 

2.3 The Shareholders each undertake to procure that:

 

  (a) at Completion FinCo adopts such memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent) as VIP and HET shall have agreed in good faith prior to its incorporation and as are consistent with the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed; and

 

  (b) as soon as reasonably practicable following the FinCo Share Transfer, but no later than Completion FinCo adheres to this agreement by delivering a duly executed Deed of Adherence.

 

3. SALE OF EXISTING HET LOAN

Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, at Completion HET shall assign its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to 50% of the principal amount of the Existing HET Loan to VIP LuxCo in consideration for the grant to HET by VIP LuxCo of the VIP LuxCo Receivable and shall procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo grants such VIP LuxCo Receivable at Completion (the Existing HET Loan Sale ).

 

4. HET CONTRIBUTION

Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, at Completion, HET shall immediately following the Existing HET Loan Sale, contribute by way of assignment the VIP LuxCo Receivable to H3G II, in consideration for the issuance of two H3G II Shares to HET to be credited as fully paid up (the HET H3G II Shares ) (the HET Contribution ).

 

6


5. VIP LUXCO CONTRIBUTION

 

5.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, at Completion and immediately following the HET Contribution, VIP shall procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo shall:

 

  (a) transfer (to the extent not already transferred prior to Completion) to H3G II the sum of EUR 25,000; and

 

  (b) transfer to H3G II its entire interest in the WAHF Shares free from any Encumbrance,

(steps (a) and (b) together being the VIP LuxCo Contribution ), contemporaneously and in consideration for the WAHF Consideration.

 

5.2 Contemporaneously with and in consideration for the VIP LuxCo Contribution, HET shall procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that H3G II:

 

  (a) issues to VIP LuxCo a number of H3G II Shares, to be credited as fully paid, so that immediately following such issue of shares (i) VIP LuxCo shall hold 50% of the issued share capital of H3G II (the VIP H3G II Shares ) and (ii) HET and HET LuxCo shall together hold 50% of the issued share capital of H3G II; and

 

  (b) grants to VIP LuxCo a new interest-free on demand receivable in a principal amount equal to the VIP LuxCo Receivable documented by way of a promissory note (the H3G II Receivable ),

(steps (a) and (b) together being the WAHF Consideration ).

 

5.3 Immediately following the VIP LuxCo Contribution, VIP and HET shall procure that the H3G II Receivable is set off against the VIP LuxCo Receivable such that each of the H3G II Receivable and VIP LuxCo Receivable are extinguished as fully and completely repaid (the Extinguishment of Receivables ).

 

6. SECONDARY CONTRIBUTION

 

6.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, at Completion and immediately following the Extinguishment of Receivables:

 

  (a) HET shall novate all its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to the Existing HET Loan to FinCo (the HET Secondary Contribution ); and

 

  (b) VIP shall procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo shall novate all its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to the Existing HET Loan to FinCo (the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution ),

each of (a) and (b) above occurring simultaneously with each other and with the FinCo Share Issue and in consideration for the FinCo Share Issue pursuant to clause 6.2(a).

 

6.2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, at Completion and simultaneously with the steps set out in clause 6.1, each Shareholder undertakes, and in respect of (b) below, FinCo undertakes, to:

 

  (a) procure that FinCo issues an equal number of new shares (of equal value) to each of HET and VIP LuxCo with aggregate nominal value and share premium, if any, credited as fully paid equal to the face value of the Existing HET Loan (the FinCo Share Issue ), in consideration for the HET Secondary Contribution and VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution pursuant to clause 6.1; and

 

  (b) enter into, or in respect of VIP, procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo enters into, the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed.

 

7


7. NET CASH AND WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS

Agreed Contributions

 

7.1 The Shareholders have agreed that their respective valuations of the 3 Italia Group and the Core Wind Group are on the basis of the following assumptions:

 

  (a) The 3 Italia Final Net Cash will not be less than the 3 Italia Target Net Cash.

 

  (b) The Wind Final Net Cash will not be less than the Wind Target Net Cash.

 

  (c) The 3 Italia Final Working Capital will not be less than the 3 Italia Target Working Capital.

 

  (d) The Wind Final Working Capital will not be less than the Wind Target Working Capital.

 

7.2 Prior to the Completion Accounts Date and subject to compliance with Laws:

 

  (a) HET undertakes to keep VIP reasonably informed of 3 Italia Group’s Net Cash and the 3 Italia Group’s Working Capital levels including (unless VIP agrees otherwise) providing VIP, at quarterly meetings or as otherwise agreed by the Shareholders, with complete and accurate updates (including in relation to Tax) within 15 Business Days of the end of each calendar quarter (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) as to the 3 Italia Group’s quarter-end Net Cash and the 3 Italia Group’s quarter-end Working Capital levels in the format set out in Part 2 of Schedule 10 (a 3 Italia Quarterly Update ), providing reasonably prompt, accurate and complete responses to any questions VIP may reasonably ask in relation to any 3 Italia Quarterly Update and, reasonably promptly at the reasonable request of VIP, meet with VIP’s representatives to discuss any 3 Italia Quarterly Update; and

 

  (b) VIP undertakes to keep HET reasonably informed of the Core Wind Group’s Net Cash and Core Wind Group’s Working Capital levels including (unless HET agrees otherwise) providing HET, at quarterly meetings or as otherwise agreed by the Shareholders, with complete and accurate updates (including in relation to Tax) within 15 Business Days of the end of each calendar quarter (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) as to the Core Wind Group’s quarter-end Net Cash and to the Core Wind Group’s quarter-end Working Capital levels in the format set out in Part 2 of Schedule 10 (a Wind Quarterly Update ), providing reasonably prompt, accurate and complete responses to any questions HET may reasonably ask in relation to any Wind Quarterly Update and, reasonably promptly at the reasonable request of HET, meet with HET’s representatives to discuss any Wind Quarterly Update.

Pre-Completion Adjustment

 

7.3 On the Business Day following the Unconditional Date:

 

  (a) HET shall notify VIP with a reasonable good faith estimate in writing of the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash and 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital (together, the 3 Italia Estimates ); and

 

8


  (b) VIP shall notify HET with a reasonable good faith estimate in writing of the Wind Estimated Net Cash and Wind Estimated Working Capital (together, the Wind Estimates ),

in each case:

 

  (i) calculated in accordance with the provisions set out in Schedule 10; and

 

  (ii) accompanied by reasonable supporting evidence for such estimates including a complete and accurate explanation of material movements between the last 3 Italia Quarterly Update or the Wind Quarterly Update (as applicable) and of any relevant Tax matters.

 

7.4 In respect of the 3 Italia Group, the following adjustments shall be made as at Completion:

 

  (a) In relation to the 3 Italia Group’s Net Cash, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash plus the Estimated Excess Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Net Cash, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash plus the Estimated Excess Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Net Cash (the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash Shortfall ).

 

  (b) In relation to the 3 Italia Group’s Working Capital, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital plus the Estimated Excess Cash of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Working Capital, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital plus the Estimated Excess Cash of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Working Capital (the 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital Shortfall ).

 

  (c) The 3 Italia Estimated Adjustment will be calculated by adding any 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash Shortfall to any 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital Shortfall.

 

7.5 In respect of the Core Wind Group, the following adjustments shall be made as at Completion:

 

  (a) In relation to the Core Wind Group’s Net Cash, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the Wind Estimated Net Cash plus the Estimated Excess Working Capital of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Net Cash, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the Wind Estimated Net Cash plus the Estimated Excess Working Capital of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Net Cash (the Wind Estimated Net Cash Shortfall ).

 

  (b) In relation to the Core Wind Group’s Working Capital, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the Wind Estimated Working Capital plus the Estimated Excess Cash of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Working Capital, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the Wind Estimated Working Capital plus the Estimated Excess Cash of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Working Capital (the Wind Estimated Working Capital Shortfall ).

 

  (c) The Wind Estimated Adjustment will be calculated by adding any Wind Estimated Net Cash Shortfall to the Wind Estimated Working Capital Shortfall.

 

9


7.6 At Completion:

 

  (a) if the 3 Italia Estimated Adjustment is greater than the Wind Estimated Adjustment, HET shall pay to VIP (or such other member of the VIP Group as may be nominated by VIP) 50% of the difference as follows:

 

  (i) in cash at Completion; or

 

  (ii) if HET so elects: (A) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay VIP carrying interest from Completion (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group); and (B) HET shall procure that H3G II or FinCo pay any amounts in respect of any dividends, distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to HET or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed directly to VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group); or

 

  (b) if the Wind Estimated Adjustment is greater than the 3 Italia Estimated Adjustment, VIP shall pay to HET (or such other member of the HET Group as may be nominated by HET) 50% of the difference as follows:

 

  (i) in cash at Completion; or

 

  (ii) if VIP so elects: (A) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay HET carrying interest from Completion (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group); and (B) VIP shall procure that H3G II or FinCo pay any amounts in respect of any dividends, distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to VIP or VIP LuxCo or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed directly to HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group).

Post-Completion Adjustment

 

7.7 The adjustments (if any) to be made after Completion to the 3 Italia Estimates and the Wind Estimates shall be calculated on the basis set out in Part 1 of Schedule 10.

 

8. ANTITRUST COVENANT

 

8.1 Each of the Shareholders shall endeavour to obtain the requisite approvals to satisfy the conditions precedent in clause 9.1 and shall, in this regard, provide each other reasonable and necessary cooperation. The following provisions of this clause 8 are without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing sentence. Subject to clause 8.8, each Shareholder undertakes that it will, and VIP undertakes to procure that VIP LuxCo will, in relation to satisfying the conditions precedent in clause 9.1:

 

  (a) co-operate fully in the filing of all relevant filings relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement in a form agreed by both Shareholders as soon as practicable after the date of this agreement;

 

  (b) promptly notify the other Shareholder of any communication (whether written or oral) relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement from the European Commission, the Autorit á Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato (the Italian Competition Authority ), the Presidency of the Council of Ministers in Italy, the Ministry of Economic Development, AGCOM or any other government, department or regulatory authority (but not including any Taxation Authority) (each a Regulatory Authority ) including any communications from an official of a Regulatory Authority;

 

10


  (c) not without the prior approval of the other Shareholder (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), communicate or meet with any Regulatory Authority in connection with, or make any filings or submissions relating to, the transactions contemplated by this agreement;

 

  (d) not undertake any actions nor enter into and will procure that no member of their respective groups undertakes actions or enters into any other agreement or arrangement where the effect of any such actions, agreement or arrangement is likely to affect, delay, impede or in any respect prejudice the fulfilment of the conditions set out at clause 9.1;

 

  (e) ensure that the other Shareholder is able to attend all meetings and telephone calls relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement with any Regulatory Authority and give the other Shareholder all reasonable opportunity to participate fully thereat or thereon, as the case may be (save to the extent that a Regulatory Authority expressly requires that a Shareholder should not be present at the meeting or part or parts of the meeting); and

 

  (f) provide the other Shareholder with drafts of all written communications relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement intended to be sent to any Regulatory Authority, give the other Shareholder all reasonable opportunity to comment thereon, not send such communications without the prior approval of VIP (in the case of HET) or HET (in the case of VIP or VIP LuxCo), and provide the other Shareholder with final copies of all such communications,

save that in relation to all disclosure under this clause 8.1, business secrets and other confidential material may be redacted so long as the relevant Shareholder acts reasonably in identifying such material for redaction.

 

8.2 Without prejudice to clause 8.1(a), the Parties shall endeavour to submit to the European Commission: (a) for the purpose of pre-notification a first draft of a merger filing ( Form CO ) concerning the concentration contemplated hereby (the Concentration ) not later than 25 September 2015 (provided that all the necessary information is then available to ensure that such first draft presents a full, fair and accurate description of the Concentration, the businesses of the merging parties, the effects of the Concentration on the applicable markets and competition in such markets, the reasons for the merger and the arguments of the parties in support of clearance of the Concentration) unless otherwise agreed in writing by the VIP Solicitors and the HET Solicitors (acting on the instructions of their respective clients); and (b) the formal notification concerning the Concentration as soon as is reasonably practicable.

 

8.3 Each Shareholder shall, and shall procure that its advisers shall, co-operate in providing the other Shareholder with such assistance as is reasonably necessary and which it is reasonably able to provide, and shall provide all Regulatory Authorities with such information as may reasonably be necessary and which it is reasonably able to provide, to ensure that:

 

  (a) all relevant filings are made in accordance with clauses 8.1(a) and 8.2;

 

  (b) any request for information relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement from a Regulatory Authority is fulfilled promptly and in any event in accordance with any relevant time limit; and

 

  (c) it provides copies of any proposed communication with Regulatory Authorities relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement to the other Shareholder and that (acting reasonably) it takes due consideration of any comments that the other Shareholder may have in relation to such proposed communication,

save that in relation to all disclosure under this clause 8.3, business secrets and other confidential material may be redacted so long as the relevant Shareholder acts reasonably in identifying such material for redaction.

 

11


8.4 All filings with and submissions to any Regulatory Authority in connection with the conditions set out at clause 9.1 shall be made jointly by the Shareholders, except where the Shareholders agree otherwise or where required otherwise by the Regulatory Authority or by law.

 

8.5 Neither Shareholder will, and each Shareholder will procure that no member of the HET Group and VIP Group respectively will, make any request for the referral of the assessment of the Concentration from the European Commission to the Italian Competition Authority.

 

8.6 If it becomes reasonably apparent that the relevant Regulatory Authority or Regulatory Authorities referred to in clause 9.1(a) will only adopt a decision or make a declaration clearing the Concentration or transactions contemplated in this agreement subject to conditions, obligations, undertakings and/or modifications (each a Commitment ), then, subject to the following sentence, the Shareholders shall discuss in good faith any Commitments to be offered by them in their respective absolute discretion (a Commitment Offer ). Neither Shareholder shall be obligated to agree, and completion of the transactions contemplated in this agreement will not occur unless both Shareholders have agreed to any Commitments with Regulatory Authorities required in order to satisfy the conditions precedent in clause 9.1 below.

 

8.7 Subject to satisfaction (or waiver (as applicable)) of the conditions at clause 9.1, where one or more of the declarations, decisions or clearances envisaged in clause 9.1 has been granted conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments made under clause 8.6, each Shareholder undertakes to use its best endeavours to fulfil those Commitments within the period of time specified in the relevant declaration, decision or clearance.

 

8.8 Save where the Shareholders have agreed to do so pursuant to clause 8.6 but without prejudice to clause 23.1, nothing in this agreement shall require any Shareholder to offer or agree to any Commitment, condition, obligation, undertaking or modification in order to satisfy (or waive (as applicable)) the conditions set out at clause 9.1.

 

9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

9.1 The obligation of the Parties to effect Completion is conditional on the satisfaction (or waiver (as applicable)) of the conditions set out in paragraphs (a) to (d) (inclusive) below:

 

  (a) in the case of merger control approval for the Concentration:

 

  (i) the European Commission declaring that the Concentration is compatible with the internal market, either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments set out in a Commitment Offer that may be agreed under clause 8.6, pursuant to Article 6(1)(b), Article 6(2), Article 8(1) or Article 8(2) of the EU Merger Regulation; or

 

  (ii) there has been a deemed approval in respect of the Concentration pursuant to Article 10(6) of the EU Merger Regulation; or

 

  (iii)

where the European Commission has referred the Concentration in whole or in part to the Italian Competition Authority under Article 9 of the EU Merger Regulation, the Italian Competition Authority (A) issuing a decision not to open an investigation

 

12


  under Article 16(4) of Italian Law number 287/1990 or (B) after initiating proceedings issuing a decision, either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments set out in a Commitment Offer that may be agreed under clause 8.6, under Article 16(8) of Italian Law number 287/1990, and if the European Commission has retained jurisdiction over any part of the Concentration, the European Commission declaring that such part of the Concentration is compatible with the internal market pursuant to Article 6(1)(b), Article 6(2), Article 8(1) or Article 8(2) of the EU Merger Regulation, in each case either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments set out in a Commitment Offer that may be agreed under clause 8.6; and

 

  (b) insofar as approval being required in the context of the so-called “Golden Powers” under Italian law, the Presidency of the Council of Ministers or any other competent regulatory authority under Italian Law confirming in writing pursuant to Article 1 (Defence and National Security Golden Powers) and/or Article 2 (Communication, Energy and Transport Golden Powers), as applicable, of the Golden Powers Legislation, that it has approved and/or cleared all transactions contemplated hereby either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments set out in a Commitment Offer agreed under clause 8.6, or that the relevant deadlines for tacit consent “ silenzio-assenso ” of the Golden Powers Legislation have elapsed without any veto or consent having been communicated by the Presidency of the Council of Ministers or any other competent regulatory authority; and

 

  (c) the Italian Ministry of Economic Development confirming in writing that it has authorised, either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments attached by the Ministry to its authorisation, the transfer of all individual rights to use radiofrequencies granted to each of Wind TS and H3G S.p.A. arising from the indirect change of control of Wind TS and H3G S.p.A. by virtue of the transactions contemplated in this agreement pursuant to Article 14 ter, paragraphs 5 and 6, of Legislative Decree No. 259 of 1 August 2003 (as amended from time to time, the Electronic Communications Code); and

 

  (d) insofar as authorisations are required, AGCOM issuing decisions pursuant to Articles 4 and 3 (respectively) of the regulation attached to AGCOM Decision No. 368/14/CONS of 17 July 2014 (New regulation on proceedings concerning the authorization of the transfer of ownership of radio-television companies and on proceedings set forth by article 43 of the Radio and Audio-Visual Decree), that it has authorised (either unconditionally or conditional only on the fulfilment of Commitments attached by AGCOM to its authorisation):

 

  (i) the transfer in ownership of H3G S.p.A., by means of a decision not to open an investigation into that concentration involving an entity within the Italian “ sistema integrato delle comunicazioni ” (“integrated communications system”) pursuant to Article 43 of Legislative Decree no. 177 of 31 July 2005 (as amended from time to time, the Consolidated Text on Radio and Audio-Visual Means, hereinafter the Radio and Audio-Visual Decree); and

 

  (ii) the transfer of ownership over (A) H3G S.p.A as the holder of a content provider licence; and (B) 3lettronica Industriale S.p.A. as the holder of a digital terrestrial television network operator licence, in each case pursuant to articles 16 and 15 (respectively) of the Radio and Audio-Visual Decree, having been authorised by AGCOM pursuant to Article 1, paragraph 6, letter c), no. 13 of Law No. 249 of 31 July 1997 (Creation of the Authority for telecommunications and radio-television services).

 

13


9.2 The conditions precedent set out in clauses 9.1(b), (c) and/or (d) may be waived (in whole or in part) by written agreement of the Shareholders. No conditions may be unilaterally waived by either Shareholder.

 

9.3 The Shareholders shall each notify the other promptly (but in any event within one Business Day of becoming aware) that any of the conditions set out in this clause 9 have been fulfilled. The first Business Day on or by which the conditions precedent set out in clause 9.1 have been fulfilled or waived (if applicable) (including the satisfaction of any Commitment required to be satisfied prior to Completion) is the Unconditional Date .

 

9.4 Subject to clause 23, upon satisfaction (or waiver (as applicable)) of the conditions in clause 9.1, Completion shall take place in accordance with clause 22.

 

10. ACCESS TO INFORMATION, COOPERATION AND COMMITMENT TO REMEDIATION

 

10.1 VIP shall procure that the Core Wind Group and HET shall procure that the 3 Italia Group, as applicable, following the date of this agreement will jointly and periodically review the risk management and compliance programs, systems procedures and policies currently in place within each of the Core Wind Group and the 3 Italia Group to ensure that they are compliant with applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws and Economic Sanctions Laws, and to assess risk areas for non-compliance and how these are managed, and changes that should be made to ensure that from Completion adequate compliance measures are in place with respect to compliance by the Group Companies with such Laws.

 

10.2 If, in the period prior to Completion, VIP becomes aware of a bona fide actual or potential breach by any Wind Group Company of applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws or Economic Sanctions Laws, VIP shall notify HET and shall promptly (a) investigate such matter and (b) remedy (to the extent reasonably capable of remedy) any actual breach to comply with any requirements of applicable Laws or relevant enforcement authorities in relation thereto.

 

10.3 If, in the period prior to Completion, HET becomes aware of a bona fide actual or potential breach by any 3 Italia Group Company of applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws or Economic Sanctions Laws, HET shall notify VIP and shall promptly (a) investigate such matter and (b) remedy (to the extent reasonably capable of remedy) any actual breach to comply with any requirements of applicable Laws or relevant enforcement authorities in relation thereto.

 

11. VIP WARRANTIES

 

11.1 VIP warrants to HET on the date of this agreement that each of the VIP Warranties is true, accurate and not misleading.

 

11.2 VIP shall be deemed to warrant to HET at Completion that, by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing and as if references in the VIP Fundamental Warranties to the date of this agreement were references to the date of Completion, the VIP Fundamental Warranties are true, accurate and not misleading, save that in the case of the VIP Warranties at paragraphs 9 ( Filings and consents ) (other than paragraph 9.3), 10 ( Compliance with laws ) or 11 ( Fundamental Regulatory Licences ) of Schedule 4 that the same are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect.

 

11.3 HET Claims (but excluding any HET Claim that relates to the adjustments pursuant to clause 7 or Schedule 10) shall be subject to the limitations and other provisions expressly stated as applying to those claims set out in Schedule 5.

 

14


11.4 VIP acknowledges that HET is entering into this agreement in reliance on the warranties and undertakings on the part of VIP set out in this agreement.

 

11.5 HET acknowledges and agrees that the only VIP Warranty given in relation to Taxation or any related claims, liabilities or other matters ( VIP Tax Matters ) is the VIP Tax Warranty and no other VIP Warranty is given (whether directly or indirectly) in relation to VIP Tax Matters.

 

12. VIP INDEMNITIES

VIP undertakes to HET (without limiting any other rights of HET in any way including rights to damages for breach of any VIP Warranty or on any other basis) to indemnify HET on demand against all the Losses suffered by HET and (without double counting 50% of all the Losses suffered by the Group) arising as a result of or in connection with any of the following matters:

 

  (a) any of the litigation cases between Wind TS and the counterparties listed in Schedule 11 until final settlement; and

 

  (b) where VIP has failed to procure by the Completion Accounts Date that any Equity Interest held by any Core Wind Group Company in any Wind Dormant Company is transferred (to a third party who is not a member of the Wind Group), any Losses in relation to such Equity Interest including:

 

  (i) any liabilities or obligations (past, present or future) of the Group in connection with any Equity Interest held by any Group Company in any such Wind Dormant Company; and

 

  (ii) any Costs incurred by the Group in connection with any liquidation or dissolution of any such Wind Dormant Company following Completion.

 

13. VIP THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

 

13.1 If any Party other than VIP becomes aware of any claim by a third party or potential claim by a third party (a VIP Third Party Claim ) after Completion which is likely to result in a HET Claim (other than a claim under clause 17 or a Tax Gross Up Claim) being made under this agreement, such Party shall as soon as reasonably practicable give notice of the VIP Third Party Claim to VIP and (subject to such Party and the Group being indemnified and secured to their reasonable satisfaction by VIP against all reasonable out-of-pocket Costs incurred in respect of that VIP Third Party Claim) shall use all reasonable endeavours to:

 

  (a) ensure that VIP is given all reasonable facilities to investigate the VIP Third Party Claim;

 

  (b) not (and ensure that each Group Company shall not) admit liability or make any agreement or compromise with any person, body or authority (including any Taxation Authority) in relation to that VIP Third Party Claim without prior consultation with VIP; and

 

  (c) (subject to it or any relevant Group Company being entitled to employ its own legal advisers) take (and ensure that each Group Company shall take) any action that VIP reasonably requests to avoid, resist, dispute, appeal, compromise or defend that VIP Third Party Claim.

 

13.2 The rights of VIP under clause 13.1 shall only apply to a VIP Third Party Claim if VIP gives notice to HET and H3G II in writing of its intention to exercise its rights within 30 Business Days of the relevant Party giving notice of the VIP Third Party Claim. If VIP does not give such notice during that period, the relevant Party shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to settle, compromise, or resist any action, proceedings or claim against it or any member of the Group out of which that VIP Third Party Claim may arise.

 

15


13.3 Neither the relevant Party nor any member of the Group shall be required to take any action or refrain from taking any action pursuant to clause 13.1 (or ensure that any such action or omission is taken), if the action or omission requested would, in the reasonable opinion of such Party or the Group Company (as applicable), be materially prejudicial to the business of such Party or the Group (as applicable).

 

13.4 Neither VIP nor any of its connected persons shall take any action or refrain from taking any action pursuant to this clause 13 if such action or omission could reasonably be regarded as materially prejudicial to the business of HET or the Group or any Group Company.

 

13.5 HET shall not be precluded from bringing any HET Claim by reason of any breach of the terms of this clause 13.

 

14. HET WARRANTIES

 

14.1 HET warrants to VIP on the date of this agreement that each of the HET Warranties is true, accurate and not misleading.

 

14.2 HET shall be deemed to warrant to VIP at Completion that, by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing and as if references in the HET Fundamental Warranties to the date of this agreement were references to the date of Completion, the HET Fundamental Warranties are true, accurate and not misleading, save that in the case of the HET Warranties at paragraphs 9 ( Filings and consents ), (other than paragraph 9.3) 10 ( Compliance with laws ), 11 ( Fundamental Regulatory Licences ) of Schedule 6 that the same are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect.

 

14.3 VIP Claims (but excluding any VIP Claim that relates to the adjustments pursuant to clause 7 or Schedule 10) shall be subject to the limitations and other provisions expressly stated as applying to those claims set out in Schedule 7.

 

14.4 HET acknowledges that VIP is entering into this agreement in reliance on the warranties and undertakings on the part of HET set out in this agreement.

 

14.5 VIP acknowledges and agrees that the only HET Warranty given in relation to Taxation or any related claims, liabilities or other matters ( HET Tax Matters ) is the HET Tax Warranty and no other HET Warranty is given (whether directly or indirectly) in relation to HET Tax Matters.

 

15. HET INDEMNITY

HET undertakes to VIP (without limiting any other rights of VIP in any way including rights to damages for breach of any HET Warranty or on any other basis) to indemnify VIP on demand against 50% of all Tax liabilities suffered by H3G II to the extent such liabilities result from [*] for any period ending on or before the Completion Accounts Date.

 

16. HET THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

 

16.1 If any Party other than HET becomes aware of any claim by a third party or potential claim by a third party (a HET Third Party Claim ) after Completion which is likely to result in a VIP Claim (other than a claim under clause 17 or a Tax Gross Up Claim) being made under this agreement,

[*] Material omitted and furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

16


  such Party shall as soon as reasonably practicable give notice of the HET Third Party Claim to HET and (subject to such Party and the Group being indemnified and secured to their reasonable satisfaction by HET against all reasonable out-of-pocket Costs incurred in respect of that HET Third Party Claim) shall use all reasonable endeavours to:

 

  (a) ensure that HET is given all reasonable facilities to investigate the HET Third Party Claim;

 

  (b) not (and ensure that each Group Company shall not) admit liability or make any agreement or compromise with any person, body or authority (including any Taxation Authority) in relation to that HET Third Party Claim without prior consultation with HET; and

 

  (c) (subject to it or any relevant Group Company being entitled to employ its own legal advisers) take (and ensure that each Group Company shall take) any action that HET reasonably requests to avoid, resist, dispute, appeal, compromise or defend that HET Third Party Claim.

 

16.2 The rights of HET under clause 16.1 shall only apply to a HET Third Party Claim if HET gives notice to VIP and H3G II in writing of its intention to exercise its rights within 30 Business Days of the relevant Party giving notice of the HET Third Party Claim. If HET does not give such notice during that period, the relevant Party shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to settle, compromise, or resist any action, proceedings or claim against it or any member of the Group out of which that HET Third Party Claim may arise.

 

16.3 Neither the relevant Party nor any member of the Group shall be required to take any action or refrain from taking any action pursuant to clause 16.1 (or ensure that any such action or omission is taken), if the action or omission requested would, in the reasonable opinion of such Party or the Group Company (as applicable), be materially prejudicial to the business of such Party or the Group (as applicable).

 

16.4 Neither HET nor any of its connected persons shall take any action or refrain from taking any action pursuant to this clause 15 if such action or omission could reasonably be regarded as materially prejudicial to the business of VIP or the Group or any Group Company.

 

16.5 VIP shall not be precluded from bringing any VIP Claim by reason of any breach of the terms of this clause 15.

 

17. ITALIAN CORPORATE INCOME TAX GROUP ARRANGEMENTS

 

17.1 From Completion, the Shareholders shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that WAHF, Wind TS and Wind Retail (or their successors, where relevant) each pay to Wind Telecom an amount equal to any Italian corporate income tax for which Wind Telecom is accountable and which is attributable to WAHF, Wind TS and Wind Retail, respectively, in respect of any period ending on or before the Break Date. No such payment shall be required to the extent that: (a) such payment was made prior to or at the Completion Accounts Date, including through offset or settlement of intercompany balances; (b) such payment is prohibited pursuant to any financing agreements of the Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group; or (c) any Wind Tax Receivable remains outstanding, except to the extent that the payment is able to be offset against that Wind Tax Receivable.

 

17.2 From Completion, VIP shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that Wind Telecom pays the Wind Tax Receivable to the relevant Core Wind Group Company. No such payment shall be required to the extent that: (a) such payment was made prior to or at the Completion Accounts Date, including through offset or settlement of Intercompany Balances; or (b) any Wind Tax Payable remains outstanding, except to the extent that the payment is able to be offset against that Wind Tax Payable.

 

17


17.3 VIP shall pay, or shall procure that there is paid, to the Company or WAHF (on behalf of itself and each other relevant Wind Group Company or their successors), an amount equal to such proportion of any repayment of Italian corporate income tax received by Wind Telecom from the Italian Taxation Authority which VIP reasonably considers is attributable to WAHF, Wind TS or Wind Retail promptly after its receipt by Wind Telecom.

 

17.4 If WAHF, Wind TS or Wind Retail (or, where relevant, the successor to any of them) receives (at any time) a payment from Wind Telecom in respect of any transfer of Reliefs to Wind Telecom and those Reliefs are subsequently lost or otherwise cease to be available (including, without limitation, as a result of any Tax audit or Tax assessment but excluding as a result of any action taken by Wind Telecom or any of its Affiliates in circumstances where any of them knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the action in question would or might result in the Relief in question being lost or ceasing to be available), then, from Completion, the Shareholders shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that so much of such payment that relates to the Reliefs that are lost or otherwise cease to be available shall be refunded as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

17.5 Subject to clause 17.4, VIP shall not, and shall procure that neither Wind Telecom nor any other member of the VIP Group shall, seek to recover any amount from WAHF, Wind TS, Wind Retail or any other Group Company in respect of or relating to any Italian corporate income tax that Wind Telecom or any other person is required to pay as a result of any Reliefs transferred by WAHF, Wind TS or Wind Retail to Wind Telecom being lost or otherwise ceasing to be available (including, without limitation, as a result of any Tax audit or Tax assessment).

 

17.6 VIP shall take, or shall procure that Wind Telecom takes, all necessary steps either:

 

  (a) to procure the reimbursement in cash to the relevant Wind Group Company prior to the Completion Accounts Date; or

 

  (b) to assign, pursuant to Article 124(3) of the IITC, to the relevant Wind Group Company prior to the Completion Accounts Date a receivable from the Italian Taxation Authority on account of advance payments of Italian corporate income tax of an amount equal to,

any amounts paid by WAHF, Wind TS or Wind Retail to Wind Telecom on account of or in respect of advance payments of Italian corporate income tax in relation to the tax year (for Italian corporate income tax purposes) in which the Break Date falls.

 

17.7 VIP shall take, or shall procure that Wind Telecom takes, all necessary steps to procure that the Break Date is no later than the beginning of the Tax year (for Italian corporate income tax purposes) in which Completion takes place.

 

17.8 VIP shall procure that no amendment is made to the Wind Tax Agreement at any time on or before Completion, other than any amendment required to permit the continuation of the Wind Tax Agreement on the same terms (in all material respects) as apply as at the date of this agreement.

 

17.9 In each case from Completion:

 

  (a) VIP shall not, and VIP shall procure that neither Wind Telecom nor any other member of the VIP Group shall, seek to enforce the Wind Tax Agreement against any Wind Group Company (or any of its successors); and

 

  (b) the Shareholders shall co-operate to procure that no Wind Group Company (or any other Group Company) shall seek to enforce the Wind Tax Agreement against Wind Telecom,

where such enforcement would be contrary to the express terms of this agreement or would require a payment not contemplated by the express provisions of this agreement.

 

18


17.10 From Completion:

 

  (a) VIP shall, and shall procure that Wind Telecom shall, keep HET fully informed of any material developments and correspondence relating to the Italian corporate income tax affairs of the Wind Tax Group so far as relevant to any Wind Group Company, including by promptly providing HET with copies of all material written correspondence with any Taxation Authority relating to such affairs; and

 

  (b) subject to clause 13 of this agreement, VIP shall not, and shall procure that neither Wind Telecom nor any other member of the VIP Group shall, make any election or take any other action (other than as expressly permitted or contemplated by the Shareholders’ Deed) to prevent any of the Wind Group Companies dealing with their own Tax affairs or with any Tax audit, assessment, dispute or other matter relating to Tax which concerns or affects any Wind Group Company (and, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any matter that could result in any Italian corporate income tax liability for any Wind Group Company pursuant to Article 127 of the IITC shall be treated as being part of the Tax affairs of the Wind Group Company).

 

17.11 In this clause 17:

Break Date means the date on which WAHF, Wind TS and Wind Retail cease to be part of the Wind Tax Group for Italian corporate income tax purposes;

Tax is attributable to a person (the Attributed Entity ) and not to another person if and to the extent it is Tax which is payable by reference to the income, profits or gains, transactions, activities, assets, capital or liabilities of the Attributed Entity and not of the other person; and

any reference to Italian corporate income tax includes any interest, surcharge, penalty or fine in relation to Italian corporate income tax, and any payment, liability or amount on account of or in respect of Italian corporate income tax.

 

18. SECONDARY LIABILITIES

 

18.1 VIP covenants with HET to pay to HET, within 10 Business Days of demand, an amount equivalent to the Relevant Percentage of any Tax which a Group Company, HET, any other member of the HET Group or FinCo, is required to pay:

 

  (a) as a result of a failure by any member of the VIP Group (other than a Group Company or FinCo) to discharge Tax for which it is liable; or

 

  (b) which is attributable to any member of the VIP Group and not attributable to a Group Company, HET, any other member of the HET Group or FinCo.

 

18.2 HET covenants with VIP to pay to VIP, within 10 Business Days of demand, an amount equivalent to the Relevant Percentage of any Tax which a Group Company, VIP, any other member of the VIP Group or FinCo, is required to pay:

 

  (a) as a result of a failure by any member of the HET Group (other than a Group Company or FinCo) to discharge Tax for which it is liable; or

 

  (b) which is attributable to any member of the HET Group and not attributable to a Group Company, VIP, any other member of the VIP Group or FinCo.

 

18.3

Save in relation to any Excluded Transaction Taxes, VIP covenants with HET to pay to HET, within 10 Business Days of demand, an amount equivalent to the Relevant Percentage of any Tax which a

 

19


  Group Company, any other member of the HET Group or FinCo would not have incurred if such Group Company or such other member of the HET Group or FinCo had made a deduction or withholding or otherwise accounted for Tax in respect of the VIP LuxCo Contribution, the WAHF Consideration, the Extinguishment of Receivables, the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, the Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation and/or the contribution of shares in FinCo to Weather Capital S.à r.l. and/or had accounted to the relevant Taxation Authority for the amount deducted or withheld.

 

18.4 Save in relation to any Excluded Transaction Taxes, HET covenants with VIP to pay to VIP, within 10 Business Days of demand, an amount equivalent to the Relevant Percentage of any Tax which a Group Company, any other member of the VIP Group or FinCo would not have incurred if such Group Company or such other member of the VIP Group or FinCo had made a deduction or withholding or otherwise accounted for Tax in respect of the HET Contribution, the HET Secondary Contribution and/or the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation and/or had accounted to the relevant Taxation Authority for the amount deducted or withheld.

 

18.5 For the purposes of clauses 18.1 and 18.2 (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of any other provision of this agreement), Tax is attributable to a person (the Attributed Entity ) and not to another person if and to the extent it is Tax which is payable by reference to the income, profits or gains, transactions, activities, assets, capital or liabilities of the Attributed Entity and not of the other person and, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tax shall be treated as attributable to Wind Telecom (and not any other person) where such Tax is payable by Wind Telecom by reference to the income, profits or gains, transactions, activities, assets, capital or liabilities of Wind Telecom or any other person and arises as a result of any Relief transferred to Wind Telecom by any Wind Group Company being lost or otherwise ceasing to be available.

 

18.6 For the purposes of clauses 18.1 to 18.4, “ Relevant Percentage ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to any Tax required to be paid or incurred by a member of the HET Group or the VIP Group and in each case other than a Group Company or FinCo, 100%; and

 

  (b) in all other cases, 50%.

 

18.7 The covenants contained in clauses 18.1 to 18.4 shall extend to any Costs incurred in connection with such Tax or a claim under such clauses.

 

18.8 The provisions of clause 12 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any claims by HET under clauses 18.1 or 18.3.

 

18.9 The provisions of clause 15 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any claims by VIP under clauses 18.2 or 18.4.

 

19. PRE-COMPLETION COVENANTS

 

19.1 Neither VIP, HET, H3G II nor FinCo shall and each such Party shall procure that none of their Subsidiaries shall at any time prior to and including Completion without the prior consent of the other parties pass or join in passing any resolution of H3G II or FinCo which is contrary to the Transaction Documents.

 

19.2 Pending Completion:

 

  (a) VIP shall procure that the Core Wind Group; and

 

  (b) HET shall procure that the 3 Italia Group,

 

20


each continues to carry on business (and manage affairs relating to Tax) in the ordinary and usual course and in compliance with applicable law and regulation and takes all reasonable steps to preserve their business and assets, provided that nothing in this clause 19.2 shall prevent VIP, HET or any member of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group from taking such actions as it or they shall in their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable in order to maintain or increase the value of the business carried on by it or them or to act in a manner intended to compete with its or their respective competitors, provided that no such action could adversely affect Completion after the Parties have become obliged to effect Completion. Nothing in this clause 19.2 shall prevent any member of the Core Wind Group from entering into (i) a memorandum of understanding or agreement (or set of agreements) for the establishment of a digital services platform, provided such memorandum of understanding or agreement is consistent with the draft Heads of Terms for a Strategic Collaboration between Wind TS and GS&Co LLC located in folder 4.12.8.1 of the Wind Virtual Data Room; or (ii) an agreement or agreements with Ericsson (or affiliates of Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson) for the implementation of technology solutions in the operations of the Core Wind Group.

 

19.3 Subject to clause 19.4 and without prejudice to the generality of clause 19.2, pending Completion, VIP shall procure that the Core Wind Group does not (and that neither Wind Telecom nor any other company on behalf of any Core Wind Group Company does) and HET shall procure that the 3 Italia Group does not, without the prior consent of the other Shareholder:

 

  (a) do or omit to do anything which could constitute an event of default (or an event or circumstance which would with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the relevant document or any combination of any of the foregoing be an event of default) under or breach of any terms of any External Debt of any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable, in each case which entitles the lender in respect of such arrangement to require the relevant Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable, to repay the relevant External Debt prior to its normal or originally stated maturity;

 

  (b) grant any lease or third party right in respect of any of the Properties or transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Properties, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c) make any loan other than to another member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (to the extent permitted in accordance with the Wind Financing Documents) respectively;

 

  (d) enter into any new banking facilities, issue any new bonds or enter into any other financing documentation, other than those already existing (being, in the case of the 3 Italia Group, the 3 Italia Financing Documents and, in the case of the Core Wind Group, as set out in Schedule 12) that would or could permit any member of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group to draw down, issue or take on any new External Debt other than any External Debt pursuant to commitments already existing at the time of this agreement under the 3 Italia Financing Documents or the Wind Financing Documents (as applicable), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, this clause 19.3(d) shall not restrict drawdowns under existing commitments under the revolving credit facility under the Wind Financing Documents;

 

  (e) do or omit to do anything which might result in the termination, revocation, suspension or modification of any Key Material Contract other than in accordance with its terms, for cause or in the ordinary course for business reasons;

 

  (f) do or omit to do anything which might result in the termination, revocation, suspension, modification or non-renewal of any material licence or consent held by it and issued or granted by a regulatory or governmental body which is responsible for the authorisation, regulation, licensing and/or supervision of any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable;

 

21


  (g) declare, make or pay any dividend or any other distribution (whether in cash, stock or kind);

 

  (h) other than as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, alter, or agree to alter the articles of association, by-laws or other constitutional document of any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable;

 

  (i) agree or permit the institution or settlement of any litigation where it could result in a payment by a Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable, of EUR 10,000,000 or more other than any litigation relating to Tax;

 

  (j) alter, amend or vary the accounting policies of the Core Wind Group and 3 Italia Group, as applicable, unless such alteration, amendment or variation (i) is required by law or relevant account requirements or (ii) made in accordance with the terms of this agreement or the Transaction Documents;

 

  (k) create, issue, purchase or redeem any class of share or loan capital that would be incompatible with this agreement, the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

  (l) acquire shares or (other than in the ordinary course) assets of or in any company or dispose of any shares or (other in the ordinary course) assets of or in any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company (as applicable);

 

  (m) participate equity in, or terminate any equity participation in, any partnership or joint venture, except as required in the ordinary course of business in connection with any bid to be made by the relevant member of the 3 Italia Group Company or Core Wind Group Company, as applicable, as required by a government, other state authority or regulatory tender process; and this clause 19.3(m) shall not operate to restrict or prevent participation in or termination of any non-equity partnership or joint venture;

 

  (n) create any Encumbrance on the assets other than shares of any member of the 3 Italia Group or Wind Group, as applicable, except Permitted Encumbrances up to an aggregate value of EUR 10,000,000;

 

  (o) grant, issue or redeem any mortgage, charge, debenture or other security or give any guarantee or indemnity that gives rise to a liability (whether actual or contingent) of any Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable, in excess of EUR 10,000,000 individually, and for the avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not apply to mortgages, charges, debentures or other securities granted, issued or redeemed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the Wind Financing Documents;

 

  (p) enter into a lease for a new property or renew any lease for a Property, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (q) make any change to any of its methods, policies, principles or practices of Tax accounting or methods of reporting or claiming income, losses, or deductions for Tax purposes;

 

  (r) change its residence for Tax purposes or create any permanent establishment or other place of business in any other jurisdiction;

 

  (s) approve or create any new employee incentive scheme;

 

  (t) enter into any Interconnection Agreement or Rate Sheet other than on market terms; or

 

  (u) agree conditionally or otherwise, to do any of the foregoing (save for conditionally upon a condition that is satisfied by termination of this agreement).

 

22


19.4 The restrictions set out in clause 19.3 (other than 19.3(a) and 19.3(d)) shall not operate to restrict or prevent:

 

  (a) any act or matter required by:

 

  (i) the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation, including the 3 Italia Acquisition;

 

  (ii) the Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation;

 

  (iii) the Wind Financing Documents; or

 

  (iv) clauses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 22 or Schedule 9 of this agreement; or

 

  (b) any act or matter proposed to be undertaken by:

 

  (i) the 3 Italia Group in respect of which VIP has given its prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); or

 

  (ii) the Core Wind Group in respect of which HET has given its prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

19.5 For the purpose of clause 19.3, it shall be reasonable for a Shareholder to withhold its consent on the basis that the act or matter requiring its consent may, in the reasonable opinion of such Shareholder, result in a material deterioration in the value of the assets or business of:

 

  (A) in the case of a matter for which VIP consent is required, the 3 Italia Group or the Group, as the case may be; and

 

  (B) in the case of a matter for which HET consent is required, the Core Wind Group or the Group, as the case may be,

in each case whether as a whole or any member thereof.

 

19.6 VIP shall procure that the Core Wind Group and HET shall procure that the 3 Italia Group (as applicable) prior to Completion or, in respect of clause 19.6(h) only, prior to the Completion Accounts Date:

 

  (a) implements and maintains adequate anti-bribery and anti-money laundering policies and procedures in accordance with all applicable laws designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Anti-corruption Laws, and Anti-money Laundering Laws and Economic Sanctions Laws including but not limited to ensuring the adoption and effective implementation of an adequate Organizational Model under, and for purposes of, the Italian Legislative Decree no. 231 of 2001;

 

  (b) maintains accurate records of its activities, including financial records in a form and manner appropriate for a business of its size and resources;

 

  (c) uses all reasonable endeavours to procure that its service providers maintain adequate policies, systems, controls and procedures designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws and Economic Sanctions Laws;

 

23


  (d) will not take any action which results in it or any of its members being in material contravention of any Law (including any applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws and Economic Sanctions Laws);

 

  (e) maintains in full force and effect such insurance policies as it and its members currently have in place unless such policies terminate in accordance with their terms, in which case it shall renew the same on a similar basis;

 

  (f) following the Unconditional Date, carries out all steps required to implement the Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation or the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation, as applicable;

 

  (g) (A) in respect of the Core Wind Group only, terminates any existing long-term employee incentive schemes which would otherwise continue post-Completion and settles all pre-existing liabilities arising in relation thereto by no later than 15 November 2016; and (B) terminates any existing employee incentive schemes which would otherwise continue post-Completion and settles all pre-existing liabilities arising in relation thereto, other than employee incentive schemes referred to at paragraphs (x)(i), (ii) and (iii) of the definition of ‘Debt’ in Schedule 13 which are to be settled in accordance with the timeframes set out therein; and

 

  (h) ensures that any Equity Interest held by any Core Wind Group Company in any Wind Dormant Company is transferred (to a third party who is not a member of the Wind Group) or dissolved without any liability or obligation to the Core Wind Group.

 

19.6A Each Shareholder shall identify prior to Completion and through a proper and agreed upon assessment process individuals, preferably but not necessarily from among the current senior management teams of the 3 Italia Group and the Core Wind Group, who shall initially be appointed to serve in senior management roles of the Group, the 3 Italia Group and the Core Wind Group, including the chief financial officer, chief technical officer, chief marketing officer and such other positions as are agreed by the Shareholders.

 

19.7 The Shareholders undertake to negotiate in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to agree:

 

  (a) the new company name to be adopted by H3G II on Completion;

 

  (b) the articles of association to be adopted by MergeCo and its Subsidiaries at Completion on the basis of the Shareholders’ Deed and the MergeCo Articles Extract;

 

  (c) the articles of association to be adopted by FinCo at Completion on the basis of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed;

 

  (d) the terms of a full length Long-Term Incentive Plan on the basis of the key commercial terms set out in the Long-Term Incentive Plan Key Terms;

 

  (e) the terms of a full length Merger Integration Plan on the basis of the key commercial terms set out in the Merger Integration Plan Key Terms;

 

  (f) the terms of a full length Plan of Reorganisation on the basis of the key terms set out in the Plan of Reorganisation Key Terms;

 

  (g) the Initial Business Plan; and

 

  (h) the Initial Budget,

in each case, as soon as practicable.

 

24


19.8 To the extent permitted by applicable antitrust and merger control laws, the Shareholders shall procure the establishment of a merger integration planning team in order to plan and prepare the integration process of their respective Italian businesses provided that information shall only be disclosed to members of a suitable clean team consisting of external advisers and properly segregated employees of each of the Shareholders, in each case being bound by the confidentiality obligations under the NDA and the Protocol and any other guidelines agreed between the Shareholders with respect to integration planning.

 

19.9     

 

  (a) VIP undertakes to HET that there will not be any Cash Leakage in the period from the date of this agreement up to and including Completion; and

 

  (b) HET undertakes to VIP that there will not be any Cash Leakage in the period from (but excluding) the Completion Accounts Date up to and including Completion.

 

19.10 HET shall procure that an aggregate amount not less than €200,000,000 in Cash is held by the 3 Italia Group as at the Completion Accounts Date.

 

19.11 VIP shall not enter, and shall procure that neither VIP LuxCo nor any member of the Core Wind Group enters, into any new derivative instruments other than those already existing, as set out in Schedule 12, and shall not amend or terminate, and shall procure that no member of the Core Wind Group amends or terminates, any such existing derivative instruments from the date of this agreement up to and including Completion, in each case without the prior consent of HET (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). VIP shall procure that, from the date of this agreement up to and including Completion, the Core Wind Group does not repay any long term Financial Indebtedness as set out in Schedule 12.

 

19.12 HET shall not enter, and shall procure that no member of the 3 Italia Group enters, into any new derivative instruments without the prior consent of VIP (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

19.13 Pending Completion, VIP shall, and shall procure that VIP LuxCo and the Core Wind Group shall:

 

  (a) keep HET reasonably informed of any material developments and correspondence relating to the Tax affairs of the Core Wind Group, including by promptly providing HET with copies of all material written correspondence with any Taxation Authority relating to the Tax affairs of the Core Wind Group; and

 

  (b) not take any Restricted Tax Action that: (i) could materially impact any Group Company, or could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on HET or any person connected with HET; and/or (ii) could result in a payment by a Group Company of EUR150,000,000 or more, without first consulting with HET for a reasonable period of time and taking HET’s reasonable comments into account.

 

19.14 Pending Completion, HET shall, and shall procure that the 3 Italia Group shall:

 

  (a) keep VIP reasonably informed of any material developments and correspondence relating to the Tax affairs of the 3 Italia Group, including by promptly providing VIP with copies of all material written correspondence with any Taxation Authority relating to the Tax affairs of the 3 Italia Group; and

 

  (b) not take any Restricted Tax Action that: (i) could materially impact any Group Company, or could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on VIP or any person connected with VIP; and/or (ii) could result in a payment by a Group Company of EUR150,000,000 or more, without first consulting with VIP for a reasonable period of time and taking VIP’s reasonable comments into account.

 

25


19.15 VIP undertakes to procure that the proceeds (net of any Tax and of any third party costs and expenses reasonably incurred (the Galata Proceeds )) received by any member of the Core Wind Group in connection with the exercise by Wind TS of the put option granted to it by Smartowers Italy S.r.l. pursuant to the put and call option agreement between Wind TS and Smartowers Italy S.r.l dated 26 March 2015 (a copy of which is located in the Wind Physical Data Room) (the Galata Put Option ) (the exercise of which is not restricted by virtue of clause 19.3) are used to reduce the Debt of the Wind Group after Completion.

 

19.16 VIP undertakes to procure that Wind TS shall not, to the extent legally permitted, renew or agree any exclusivity obligations binding on it under any contract with SPAL TLC S.p.A. in the event that any such contract is proposed to be renewed or entered into.

 

19.17 VIP shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Core Wind Group and HET shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the 3 Italia Group, as applicable, following the date of this agreement will jointly review, in the context of the integration process, the risk management and compliance programs, systems procedures and policies currently in place within each of the Core Wind Group and the 3 Italia Group to ensure that they are in line with updated applicable law and best practice requirements and to ensure adequate protection to the Group Companies and their management following Completion and with a view to harmonising the same following Completion with particular but not exclusive reference to the management of Sites.

 

19.18 The Shareholders acknowledge that the provisions contained in this clause 19, including the granting of the relevant consent, the exercise of the relevant waiver and in general the performance of all actions and the fulfilment of all obligations hereunder, are subject to compliance with any law and regulation, including antitrust and merger control rules.

 

19.19 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this clause 19 shall be enforceable or binding to the extent that any such restriction gives rise to a breach of applicable antitrust or merger control laws and regulations.

 

19.20 HET will best endeavour to deliver to VIP original, executed versions of the settlement and release agreements (related to the Employment Agreements dated the date hereof and entered into by the 3 Italia Executives) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

20. PARENT UNDERTAKINGS

 

20.1 On and from Completion, the Shareholders will ensure that:

 

  (a) the members of the VIP Group (other than the Wind Group) do not require any payment of any fee, and any obligation to pay a fee is waived for the provision of a Wind Parent Guarantee in respect of the period on and from Completion; and

 

  (b) the members of the HET Group (other than the 3 Italia Group) do not require any payment of any fee, and any obligation to pay a fee is waived for the provision of a 3 Italia Parent Guarantee in respect of the period on and from Completion.

 

26


20.2 Following Completion, H3G II shall procure that:

 

  (a) any member of the Wind Group which benefits from a Wind Parent Guarantee will reimburse the relevant member of the VIP Group (other than the Wind Group) for any amount paid and any Loss incurred in connection with such Wind Parent Guarantee in respect of the period after Completion; and

 

  (b) any member of the 3 Italia Group which benefits from a 3 Italia Parent Guarantee will reimburse the relevant member of the HET Group (other than the 3 Italia Group) for any amount paid and any Loss incurred in connection with such 3 Italia Parent Guarantee in respect of the period after Completion.

 

20.3 Without prejudice to clause 20.2 and any other right of subrogation under the Wind Parent Guarantees and the 3 Italia Parent Guarantees, to the extent that such amount paid and Loss incurred have not been reimbursed pursuant to clause 20.2 or any such other rights:

 

  (a) VIP will compensate HET for 50% of such amount and any Loss suffered by the HET Group (other than the 3 Italia Group) under a 3 Italia Parent Guarantee as a result of any act or omission of the Group after Completion;

 

  (b) HET will compensate VIP for 50% of such amount and any Loss suffered by the VIP Group (other than the Wind Group) under a Wind Parent Guarantee as a result of any act or omission of the Group after Completion; and

 

  (c) no Shareholder will be liable to another Shareholder under this clause 20.3 in respect of any Loss arising from any act or omission of the VIP Group or the HET Group (other than the Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group respectively).

 

21. SIGNING

At the date of this agreement:

 

  (a) VIP shall observe and perform, and shall procure and take any and all actions necessary to ensure that VIP LuxCo observes and performs, the obligations in Part 1 of Schedule 8; and

 

  (b) HET shall observe and perform the obligations in Part 2 of Schedule 8.

 

22. COMPLETION

 

22.1 Completion shall take place in Luxembourg on:

 

  (a) the later of:

 

  (i) 00:00 Central European Time ( CET ) on 5 November 2016; and

 

  (ii) if applicable, 00:00 CET on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the Remediation Period End Date falls (or, if the Remediation Period End Date falls less than five Business Days before (and excluding) the last Business Day of the month in which the Unconditional Date falls, on 00:00 CET on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Remediation Period End Date falls); or

 

  (b) on such other date and in such place as the Shareholders may jointly agree in writing.

 

27


22.2 At Completion:

 

  (a) VIP shall effect, and shall procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo effects, the Existing HET Loan Sale, VIP LuxCo Contribution, Extinguishment of Receivables and VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, and further VIP shall observe and perform, and procure, and take any and all action necessary to ensure, that VIP LuxCo observes and performs all of the provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 9;

 

  (b) HET shall effect the Existing HET Loan Sale, HET Contribution, WAHF Consideration, Extinguishment of Receivables and HET Secondary Contribution, and further HET shall observe and perform all of the provisions of Part 2 of Schedule 9; and

 

  (c) H3G II shall observe and perform, and the Shareholders shall procure that H3G II observes and performs, all of the provisions of Part 3 of Schedule 9; and

 

  (d) FinCo shall observe and perform, and the Shareholders shall procure that FinCo observes and performs, all of the provisions of Part 4 of Schedule 9.

 

22.3 If for any reason VIP fails to observe and perform or fails to procure the observance and performance of any of the provisions of Part 1, Part 3 (in so far as it is able) and Part 4 of Schedule 9, HET may elect (in addition and without prejudice to all other rights or remedies available to it, including those rights and remedies specified in clause 23.5) not to proceed to Completion or to fix a new time and date for Completion by, in either case, giving written notice to VIP.

 

22.4 If for any reason HET fails to observe and perform or fails to procure the observance and performance of any of the provisions of Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4 of Schedule 9, VIP may elect (in addition and without prejudice to all other rights and remedies available to it, including those rights and remedies specified in clause 23.5) not to proceed to Completion or to fix a new time and date for Completion by, in either case, giving written notice to HET.

 

22.5 At Completion, the Parties shall do all those things respectively required of them under clauses 2 to 6 (inclusive) of this agreement at Completion and Completion shall not be deemed to have occurred unless and until each such thing has been done.

 

22.6 On or within 3 days of the Completion Date, VIP, HET and H3G II shall observe and perform all of the provisions of Part 5 of Schedule 9.

 

23. TERMINATION

Termination connected with conditions precedent

 

23.1 This agreement and any other Transaction Documents in effect shall automatically terminate with immediate effect and each Party’s rights and obligations shall cease to have effect if any of the conditions precedent in clause 9.1 is not fulfilled (or, where appropriate, waived) in accordance with its terms on or before the Long Stop Date or such later date as may be required for the satisfaction of any Commitment referred to in a Commitment Offer where such Commitment is required to be satisfied prior to Completion or as the Shareholders have agreed in writing.

 

23.2 If this agreement terminates in accordance with clause 23.1 then:

 

  (a) the provisions of this agreement (other than clause 23.1, this clause 23.2, clause 1, clauses 25 to 29 and clauses 33 to 40 (inclusive), the provisions of Schedule 13, and any other right, duty or obligation of the Parties that is expressly stated in this agreement or reasonably intended to survive termination) shall lapse and cease to have effect (so that no Party shall have any liability under them) except in relation to a breach under this agreement prior to any such termination;

 

28


  (b) neither the lapsing of those provisions nor their ceasing to have effect shall affect any accrued rights or liabilities of any Party in respect of damages for non-performance of any obligation under this agreement falling due for performance prior to such lapse and cessation; and

 

  (c) each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this agreement and all ancillary matters,

provided that in no event shall any Party be required to make any payment to the other Parties by way of damages, break fee or other analogous item solely as a consequence of the circumstances stated at clause 23.1.

Termination connected with Completion

 

23.3 Subject to clause 23.4, this agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect (where the relevant breach is not reasonably capable of remedy) or with effect from the Remediation Period End Date (where the relevant breach is reasonably capable of remedy but has not been remedied) and each Party’s rights and obligations shall cease to have effect if:

 

  (a) before Completion, VIP becomes aware that any of the HET Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties was (i) at the date of this agreement untrue or misleading in any material respect, or (ii) has since become untrue or misleading in any material respect by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing as if references in the HET Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties to the date of this agreement were references to the date VIP becomes so aware, save that in the case of such breach of the warranties at paragraphs 10 (Compliance with Laws) and 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licence) of Schedule 6 such breach has a Material Adverse Effect (provided that where the breach is reasonably capable of remedy, VIP gives written notice to HET to remedy such breach (the VIP Notice to Remedy ) and HET has not remedied or procured the remedy of the breach within the period specified below) and VIP gives notice to HET that it wishes to terminate this agreement; or

 

  (b) before Completion, HET becomes aware that any of the VIP Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties was (i) at the date of this agreement untrue or misleading in any material respect, or (ii) has since become untrue or misleading in any material respect by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing as if references in the VIP Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties to the date of this agreement were references to the date HET becomes so aware, save that in the case of such breach of the warranties at paragraphs 10 (Compliance with Laws) and 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licences) of Schedule 4 such has a Material Adverse Effect (provided that where the breach is reasonably capable of remedy, HET gives written notice to VIP to remedy such breach (the HET Notice to Remedy ) and VIP has not remedied or procured the remedy of the breach within the period specified below) and HET gives notice to VIP that it wishes to terminate this agreement,

and the parties agree that where a Shareholder is capable of remedying or procuring the remedy of a breach pursuant to the above (and without prejudice to a Shareholder’s right to give notice to terminate pursuant to the above in the event that such remediation does not occur within the period stated below), such Shareholder shall do so as soon as practicable and in any event within 30 days from the date on which the relevant Notice to Remedy is deemed to have been given in accordance with clause 30 (the end of such period being the Remediation Period End Date ) and Completion shall thereafter take place on the date stated in clause 22.1(a)(ii) and any notice to terminate given under this clause 23.3 shall have no effect.

 

29


23.4 If this agreement terminates in accordance with clause 23.3 then:

 

  (a) the provisions of this agreement (other than clause 23.3, this clause 23.4, clause 1, clauses 25 to 29 and clauses 33 to 40 (inclusive), the provisions of Schedule 13, and any other right, duty or obligation of the Parties that is expressly stated in this agreement or reasonably intended to survive termination) shall lapse and cease to have effect (so that no Party shall have any liability under them) except in relation to a breach under this agreement prior to any such termination;

 

  (b) neither the lapsing of those provisions nor their ceasing to have effect shall affect any accrued rights or liabilities of any Party in respect of damages for non-performance of any obligation under this agreement falling due for performance prior to such lapse and cessation; and

 

  (c) the other Party or Parties (as the case may be) shall indemnify the Non-defaulting Party against all costs, charges and expenses incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation and entering into of this agreement and the Transaction Documents and in discharging its obligations under any of them,

provided that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies available to it or them, in no event shall any Party be required to make any payment to the other Parties by way of break fee in the event that this agreement terminates in accordance with clause 23.3.

 

23.5 Without affecting any other rights or remedies that the Non-defaulting Party may have (including its right to waive a breach of, or failure to comply with, this agreement and proceed to Completion under clauses 22.3 and/or 22.4, as applicable), the Parties acknowledge that the Non-defaulting Party may be irreparably harmed by a breach by Defaulting Party of the terms of this agreement as a result of its failure to complete in the circumstances specified below and that damages alone may not necessarily be an adequate remedy to compensate fully the Non-defaulting Party for any Loss caused by such breach. Accordingly, the Defaulting Party hereby: (a) acknowledges without proof of actual damages that injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable relief in favour of the Non-defaulting Party is also an appropriate and necessary remedy for breach of the terms of this agreement specified below; and (b) agrees not to oppose, or raise any objections to any injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable relief that the Non-Defaulting Party may seek for breach of the terms of the agreement specified below. The circumstances in which this clause 23.5 shall apply are:

 

  (a) HET fails materially to observe and perform or fails materially to procure the observance and performance of any of the provisions of Part 2 and Part 3 of Schedule 9 applicable to it;

 

  (b) VIP fails materially to observe and perform or fails materially to procure the observance and performance of any of the provisions of Part 1 and Part 3 of Schedule 9 applicable to it;

 

  (c) VIP gives notice to HET that it wishes to terminate this agreement in accordance with clause 23.3(a); and

 

  (d) HET gives notice to VIP that it wishes to terminate this agreement in accordance with clause 23.3(b).

 

23.6 For the purposes of clause 23.4 and 23.5:

 

  (a) Non-defaulting Party means:

 

  (i) where this agreement terminates or could terminate pursuant to clause 23.3(a) or 22.4, VIP; and

 

  (ii) where this agreement terminates or could terminate pursuant to clause 23.3(b) or 22.3, HET;

 

30


  (b) Defaulting Party means

 

  (i) where this agreement terminates or could terminate pursuant to clause 23.3(a) or 22.4, HET; and

 

  (ii) where this agreement terminates or could terminate pursuant to clause 23.3(b) or 22.3, VIP.

 

23.7 No Party shall be entitled to rescind or terminate this agreement following Completion.

 

24. COVENANT IN RESPECT OF SSEA INDEMNITY BENEFITS

 

24.1 The Parties acknowledge that:

 

  (a) VIP has the benefit of the SSEA Indemnities; and

 

  (b) article 10.7(h)(iii) of the SSEA entitles Orascom TMT Investments S.à r.l. (formerly Weather Investments II S.à r.l.) as indemnitor to pay any amount due under the SSEA Indemnities, at its discretion, to VIP or another member of the VIP Group.

 

24.2 On and from Completion, VIP shall retain all risk and reward in, full operational control over and exclusive conduct of the SSEA Indemnities and any dispute, compromise, defence, appeal, litigation, arbitration or alternative dispute resolution proceedings by, against or involving VIP, any member of the VIP Group or any member of the Wind Group in connection therewith ( SSEA Indemnity Proceedings ) on the following terms:

 

  (a) VIP shall indemnify on demand HET and H3G II for itself and on behalf of the Group against all Losses which they may incur in taking any such action as VIP may request pursuant to subparagraphs (b) and (c) below and/or arising from actions taken by VIP pursuant to this clause 25.2;

 

  (b) the Shareholders shall procure that each relevant Group Company makes available to VIP such persons and all such information as VIP may request for assessing, contesting, disputing, defending, appealing or compromising any SSEA Indemnity Proceedings;

 

  (c) the Shareholders shall procure that each relevant Group Company takes such action to assess, contest, dispute, defend, appeal or compromise the SSEA Indemnity Proceedings as VIP may reasonably request and does not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise in relation to the SSEA Indemnity Proceedings without the prior written approval of VIP; and

 

  (d) VIP shall keep HET reasonably informed of the progress of the SSEA Indemnity Proceedings.

 

24.3 On and from Completion, HET shall, and the Shareholders shall each procure that each Group Company shall:

 

  (a) notify VIP as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of its receipt from or on behalf of Orascom TMT Investments S.à r.l. of any recovery, realisation, or other sum or in respect of the SSEA Indemnities or the SSEA Indemnity Proceedings (each an SSEA Indemnity Benefit );

 

31


  (b) transfer to VIP (or its nominee) as soon as reasonably practicable following a request by VIP:

 

  (i) any SSEA Indemnity Benefit in the ownership, possession or control of a Group Company; together with

 

  (ii) any benefit or sum accruing to the relevant Group Company as a result of holding such SSEA Indemnity Benefit (the Ancillary Benefit ); less

 

  (iii) an amount equal to any Losses and Tax suffered and, in the reasonable opinion of HET or the relevant Group Company, likely to be suffered by any Group Company on or in relation to the transfer of the SSEA Indemnity Benefit or the Ancillary Benefit (or which would have been so suffered or would have been likely to be so suffered but for the availability of a Relief), provided that if and to the extent that in any case an amount is deducted under this paragraph (iii) in respect of any Losses or Tax likely to be suffered, and it is subsequently established to the reasonable satisfaction of HET and the relevant Group Company that the Losses or Tax in question will not be or are no longer likely to be suffered, then HET shall, and the Shareholders shall each procure that each Group Company shall, transfer such amount to VIP (or its nominee) as soon as reasonably practicable after the same has been established;

 

  (c) pending such transfer:

 

  (i) hold such SSEA Indemnity Benefit and the benefit of any right attaching to it (including any sum or right or entitlement to receive the same) on trust for the benefit of VIP; and

 

  (ii) subject to being put in funds in advance by VIP to cover any Losses likely to be incurred by HET or a Group Company in doing so, use all reasonable endeavours to comply with any specific reasonable request of VIP to protect and preserve the value of such SSEA Indemnity Benefit.

 

24.4 To the extent that a transfer contemplated by clause 24.3(b) is not permitted by applicable law, the Shareholders shall negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing a suitable alternative arrangement in order that the economic position of the relevant parties is as it would have been had the SSEA Indemnity Benefit been transferred to VIP in accordance with this clause 24.

 

25. VIP GUARANTEE

 

25.1 The VIP Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees to HET the payment when due of all amounts payable by VIP to HET under or pursuant to this agreement;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that VIP will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this agreement;

 

  (c) agrees that if and each time that VIP fails to make any payment to HET when it is due under or pursuant to this agreement, the VIP Guarantor must on demand (without requiring HET first to take steps against VIP or any other person) pay that amount to HET as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify HET against all Losses sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by VIP under or pursuant to this agreement.

 

32


25.2 The VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 25 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, VIP or any other person;

 

  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this agreement, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against VIP or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this agreement; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of VIP, so that this agreement shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

25.3    (a)      Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this agreement have been irrevocably paid in full, the VIP Guarantor shall not as a result of this agreement or any payment or performance under this agreement be subrogated to any right or security of HET or claim or prove in competition with HET against VIP or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

  (b) The VIP Guarantor will not take or hold any security from VIP or VIP LuxCo in respect of this agreement and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the VIP Guarantor in trust for HET.

 

25.4 The VIP Guarantor shall indemnify HET against any reasonable Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this agreement.

 

26. HET GUARANTEE

 

26.1 The HET Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees to VIP the payment when due of all amounts payable HET to VIP under or pursuant to this agreement;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that HET will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this agreement;

 

  (c) agrees that if and each time that HET fails to make any payment to VIP when it is due under or pursuant to this agreement, the HET Guarantor must on demand (without requiring VIP first to take steps against HET or any other person) pay that amount to VIP as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify VIP against all Losses sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by HET under or pursuant to this agreement.

 

26.2 The HET Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 26 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, HET or any other person;

 

33


  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this agreement, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against HET or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this agreement; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of HET, so that this agreement shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

26.3    (a)      Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this agreement have been irrevocably paid in full, the HET Guarantor shall not as a result of this agreement or any payment or performance under this agreement be subrogated to any right or security of VIP or claim or prove in competition with VIP against HET or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

  (b) The HET Guarantor will not take or hold any security from HET in respect of this agreement and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the HET Guarantor in trust for VIP.

 

26.4 The HET Guarantor shall indemnify VIP against any reasonable Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the HET Guarantor’s obligations under this agreement.

 

27. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

27.1 Each Party shall bear and pay its own legal and other professional costs including in relation to the preparation, negotiation and execution of this agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the performance of the obligations contemplated by it.

 

27.2 If any Party (the Costs Paying Party ) is required by this agreement to reimburse another Party (the Costs Payee Party ) for any Costs, the Costs Paying Party shall also reimburse the Costs Payee Party for any VAT incurred by the Costs Payee Party in respect of such Costs, except to the extent that the Costs Payee Party is entitled to Relief in respect of that VAT.

 

27.3 Save in relation to any Excluded Transaction Taxes:

 

  (a) VIP shall pay, and within 10 Business Days of demand shall indemnify HET and each Group Company against, all Taxes, including VAT (except to the extent that HET or the relevant Group Company is entitled to Relief in respect of that VAT), stamp duty, notarisation fees or other documentary transfer or transaction duties, and all stamp duty reserve tax, stamp duty land tax and any other transfer taxes including in each case any related interest, surcharge, penalty or fine in relation thereto ( Transaction Taxes ), arising as a result of the VIP LuxCo Contribution, the WAHF Consideration, the Extinguishment of Receivables, the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, the Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation and/or the contribution of shares in FinCo to Weather Capital S.à r.l.; and

 

  (b) HET shall pay, and within 10 Business Days of demand shall indemnify VIP and each Group Company against, all Taxes, including any Transaction Taxes arising as a result of the HET Contribution, the HET Secondary Contribution and/or the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation.

 

27.4 Any Taxes, including any Transaction Taxes arising after Completion, in respect of the Italian Mergers shall be borne by the relevant Group Company.

 

34


28. ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

28.1 Subject to clauses 28.3 and 28.4, each Party shall (and shall procure that each member of its relevant group and each such person’s advisers and connected persons, shall):

 

  (a) not make any announcement concerning this agreement, the transactions contemplated by this agreement or any ancillary matter; and

 

  (b) keep confidential the provisions and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, each Transaction Document.

 

28.2 The provisions of clause 28.1 shall apply before, at and after Completion.

 

28.3 Nothing in clause 28.1 prevents any announcement being made or any confidential information being disclosed:

 

  (a) where such announcement is in the Agreed Form or the confidential information disclosed comprises only information set out in an announcement in the Agreed Form; or

 

  (b) with the written approval of the other Parties, which in the case of any announcement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

  (c) if the disclosure is required to a Taxation Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Party, or of the Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group, as the case may be, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party; or

 

  (d) to the extent required by law, any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent regulatory body (including a stock exchange) or supervisory body or authority of competent jurisdiction, but if a person is so required to make any announcement or to disclose any confidential information, the relevant Party shall promptly notify the other Parties, where practicable and lawful to do so, before the announcement is made or disclosure occurs (as the case may be) and shall use its reasonable efforts to co-operate with the other Parties regarding the form, timing and content of such announcement or disclosure (as the case may be) or any action which the other Parties may reasonably elect to take to challenge the validity of such requirement.

 

28.4 Nothing in clause 28.1 prevents any confidential information being disclosed to the extent:

 

  (a) required to enable any person to enforce its rights under any Transaction Document or for the purpose of any judicial proceedings;

 

  (b) that the information is disclosed on a strictly confidential basis by a person to its professional advisers, auditors or bankers;

 

  (c) that the information is disclosed by a Party on a strictly confidential and need-to-know basis to another member of its group;

 

  (d) the information was lawfully in the possession of the disclosing Party or any of its advisers and connected persons (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy before it being received or held by that disclosing Party and its advisers and connected persons; or

 

  (e) that the information is in or comes into the public domain (other than through the disclosing Party’s acts or omissions).

 

35


29. NOTICES

 

29.1 Any notice or other communication to be given under this agreement must be in writing and must be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post, by email or fax to the Party to whom it is to be given at its address appearing in this agreement as follows:

 

  (a) to VIP or the VIP Guarantor at:

VimpelCom Ltd.

Claude Debussylaan 88

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Email: Scott.Dresser@vimpelcom.com and Andrew.Davies@vimpelcom.com

Fax: +31 20 79 77 201

marked for the attention of Scott Dresser and Andrew Davies,

with a copy to Andrew Ballheimer and Tom Levine of the VIP Solicitors (email: Andrew.Ballheimer@allenovery.com and Tom.Levine@allenovery.com); and

 

  (b) to HET at:

7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes,

L-1728 Luxembourg,

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Fax: +352 2626 8181

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to the HET Guarantor, and David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET Solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com),

 

  (c) to the HET Guarantor at:

22nd Floor, Hutchison House,

10 Harcourt Road,

Hong Kong

Email: EdithS@chk.com.hk

Fax: (852) 2128 1778

marked for the attention of Ms Edith Shih,

and with a copy to David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET Solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com),

 

  (d) to H3G II prior to Completion at:

7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes

L-1728 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

36


Fax: +352 2626 8181

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to HET, the HET Guarantor, and David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET Solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com ),

and to H3G II after Completion at:

18-20 rue Edward Steichen

L-2540 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to HET, the HET Guarantor, and David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET Solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com ),

and with a copy to VIP, the VIP Guarantor and Andrew Ballheimer and Tom Levine of the VIP Solicitors (email: Andrew.Ballheimer@allenovery.com and Tom.Levine@allenovery.com ),

 

  (e) to FinCo at:

Matheson

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay

Dublin 2

Ireland

Email: matheson@matheson.com

marked for the attention of Alan Chiswick / Derval Keane,

and with a copy to VIP, HET, and EdithS@ckh.com.hk,

or at any such other address of which it shall have given written notice for this purpose to the other Parties under this clause. Each Party shall notify the other Parties in writing of a change to its details stated in this clause 29.1 from time to time. Any notice or other communication sent by post shall be sent by prepaid recorded delivery post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by prepaid airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin). If a notice or other communication is sent by email, then a copy must also be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post as soon as reasonably practicable although the notice or other communication will be deemed to have been given by transmission of the email.

 

29.2 Any notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given:

 

  (a) if delivered by hand or courier, at the time of delivery provided that where delivery occurs outside working hours, notice shall be deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day;

 

  (b) if sent by fax or email at the time of transmission if delivered by fax or email (as applicable); or

 

  (c) if sent by post, on the second Business Day after it was put into the post.

 

37


29.3 In proving the giving of a notice or other communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted by prepaid recorded delivery post or by prepaid airmail.

 

29.4 This clause shall not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this agreement.

 

30. FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

30.1 On or after Completion each Party shall, at its own cost and expense, execute and do (or, where within its control, procure to be executed and done) all such deeds, documents, acts and things as may from time to time be required in order to give full effect to this agreement and the Transaction Documents and secure to the other Parties the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon such Party under the Transaction Documents.

 

30.2 In relation to FinCo, H3G II and each member of its Group following the VIP LuxCo Contribution, the HET Contribution, the WAHF Consideration, the Extinguishment of Receivables, the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution and the HET Secondary Contribution, the Shareholders shall procure the convening of all meetings, the giving of all waivers and consents and the passing of all resolutions as are necessary under statute, its constitutional documents or any agreement or obligation affecting it to give effect to this agreement and the Transaction Documents.

 

30.3 In relation to VIP LuxCo, VIP shall procure the convening of all meetings, the giving of all waivers and consents and the passing of all resolutions as are necessary under statute or its constitutional documents to give effect to this agreement and the Transaction Documents.

 

30.4 Each of HET and VIP undertakes to take, and shall procure that each member of the 3 Italia Group and the Core Wind Group respectively takes, all necessary steps to ensure that the respective Shareholder acts in compliance with its obligations under clauses 8 and 9.

 

31. ASSIGNMENTS

None of the rights or obligations under this agreement or any other Transaction Document may be assigned, transferred or otherwise dealt with by a Party without the prior written consent of all the other Parties. No Party shall grant, declare, create or dispose of any rights or interests in this agreement or any other Transaction Document without prior written consent of all the other Parties. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 31 shall be void.

 

32. DIVERSION OF DIVIDENDS

 

32.1 If HET or the HET Guarantor is required to make any payment in respect of any terms of this agreement to VIP, it may do so as follows:

 

  (a) in cash at the date on which that payment first becomes due and payable; or

 

  (b)

following Completion and in respect of a payment by HET, if HET so elects (other than in respect of any HET Tax Non-Warranty Claim or any claim under clause 7, Schedule 10 (other than under paragraph 5.4 of Part 1 of Schedule 10) or paragraphs 1 or 2.1 of Schedule 4): (i) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay VIP carrying interest from the date on which that payment first becomes due and payable (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by VIP (or a nominated member of the VIP Group); and (ii) HET shall procure that H3G II or FinCo shall pay any amounts in respect of any dividends,

 

38


  distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to HET or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed directly to VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group).

 

32.2 If VIP or the VIP Guarantor is required to make any payment in respect of any terms of this agreement to HET, it may do so as follows:

 

  (a) in cash at the date on which that payment first becomes due and payable; or

 

  (b) following Completion and in respect of a payment by VIP, if VIP so elects (other than in respect of any VIP Tax Non-Warranty Claim or VIP Dormant Company Indemnity Claim or any claim under clause 7, Schedule 10 (other than under paragraph 5.4 of Part 1 of Schedule 10) or paragraphs 1 or 2.1 of Schedule 6: (i) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay HET carrying interest from the date on which that payment first becomes due and payable (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by HET (or a nominated member of the HET Group); and (ii) VIP shall procure that H3G II or FinCo shall pay any amounts in respect of any dividends, distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to VIP or VIP LuxCo or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed directly to HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group).

 

32.3 Each Party shall, upon request by the other Party, cooperate in good faith and take reasonable measures available to it in order to minimise any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax that would be required from any dividend, distribution or other return of value referred to in clause 7.6, clause 32.1 or clause 32.2. For the avoidance of doubt, such reasonable measures shall not include any change to the operations of either Party (or any of its Affiliates) or require either Party (or any of its Affiliates) to carry out any restructuring activities or implement any Tax planning techniques.

 

33. PAYMENTS

 

33.1 Unless otherwise expressly stated (or as otherwise agreed in the case of a given payment), each payment to be made under this agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be made in Euro by transfer of the relevant amount into the relevant account on the date (and, if applicable, at or before the time) the payment is due for value on that date and in immediately available funds. Unless otherwise expressly stated (or as otherwise agreed in the case of a given payment), all sums due under this agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be made without set-off or counterclaim. The relevant account for a given payment is:

 

  (a) if that payment is to VIP or the VIP Guarantor, such account as VIP or the VIP Guarantor (as applicable) shall, not less than three Business Days before the date that payment is due, have specified by giving notice to the relevant Party for the purpose of that payment; and

 

  (b) if that payment is to HET or the HET Guarantor, to such account as HET or the HET Guarantor (as applicable) shall, not less than three Business Days before the date that payment is due, have specified by giving notice to the relevant Party for the purpose of that payment.

 

33.2 All sums payable under this agreement shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings for or on account of Tax, save only as provided in this agreement or as required by law.

 

39


33.3 Subject to clause 33.6, if any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax is required by law from any warranty, indemnity or other compensation payment under this agreement (including any payment made pursuant to clause 7 or Schedule 10 but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any payment made under clause 24 and any dividend, distribution or other return of value paid or made by H3G II or FinCo) the payer shall, save in relation to interest, pay such additional amount as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made, leave the recipient with the full amount which would have been received by it had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made.

 

33.4 Each Party shall, upon request by the other Party, cooperate in good faith and take reasonable measures available to it in order to minimise any deduction or withholding referred to in clause 33.3. For the avoidance of doubt, such reasonable measures shall not include any change to the operations of either Party (or any of its Affiliates) or require either Party (or any of its Affiliates) to carry out any restructuring activities or implement any Tax planning techniques.

 

33.5 To the extent that any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax in respect of which an additional amount has been paid under paragraph 33.3 above results in the payee obtaining and utilising a Relief (reasonable endeavours having been used to obtain such Relief), the payee concerned shall pay to the payer concerned such amounts as it determines, acting reasonably, is equal to the lower of the value of the benefit thereby obtained and the additional amount paid.

 

33.6 Clause 33.3 above shall not apply to the extent that the deduction, withholding or Tax would not have arisen but for:

 

  (a) an assignment by the payee of any of its rights under this agreement; or

 

  (b) the payee failing to provide documentation reasonably requested by the payer.

 

33.7 The Parties agree that when calculating the amount of: (a) any right to damages for breach of warranty; (b) any payment under any indemnity; or (c) any other payment under this agreement, no account shall be taken of any Tax:

 

  (a) chargeable on receipt of any sums payable under this agreement; or

 

  (b) that would be chargeable on receipt of any sum paid to any person (including any Group Company) to put that person in the position it would have been in but for the breach of warranty or matter giving rise to the indemnity or other payment,

and no Party shall be required to pay, or procure that there is paid, any additional amount to any other person in respect of any Tax chargeable on receipt (or deemed receipt) of any such sums.

 

34. NO DOUBLE RECOVERY

No party shall be entitled to receive damages, other compensation, reimbursement or otherwise (including under an adjustment pursuant to clause 7) more than once in respect of the same loss, item or otherwise and to the extent that any loss, item or otherwise has been compensated, reimbursed or otherwise following a claim, adjustment or otherwise under this agreement or any other Transaction Document, no party shall be entitled to bring a further claim or otherwise seek compensation in relation to that loss, item or otherwise under this agreement.

 

35. GENERAL

 

35.1 Each of the obligations, warranties and undertakings set out in this agreement (excluding any obligation which is fully performed at Completion) shall continue in force after Completion and shall not be affected by the waiver of any condition or any notice given by the relevant Party in respect of any condition.

 

40


35.2 Where any obligation, warranty or undertaking in this agreement is expressed to be made, undertaken or given by two or more parties, they shall be jointly and severally responsible in respect of it.

 

35.3 If there is any conflict between the terms of this agreement and any other Transaction Document, the terms of this agreement shall prevail.

 

35.4 Other than in relation to clause 7 (including Schedule 10) and clause 23.3, time is not of the essence in relation to any obligation under this agreement unless:

 

  (a) time is expressly stated to be of the essence in relation to that obligation; or

 

  (b) one Party fails to perform an obligation by the time specified in this agreement and the other Party/ies serve(s) a notice on the defaulting Party requiring it to perform the obligation by a specified time and stating that time is of the essence in relation to that obligation.

 

35.5 This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any Party (including any duly authorised representative of a Party) may enter into this agreement by executing a counterpart. Faxed or scanned signatures are taken to be valid and binding to the same extent as original signatures. Delivery of a counterpart of this agreement by email attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

35.6 The rights of each Party under this agreement:

 

  (a) may be exercised as often as necessary (in whole or in part);

 

  (b) except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c) may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right and will not affect any such right in relation to any other Party.

 

35.7 Nothing in this agreement or any other Transaction Document will be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties or, unless this agreement expressly provides otherwise, make any Party the agent of any other Party for any purpose.

 

35.8 Except as otherwise expressly stated in this agreement, a person who is not a Party to this agreement may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

35.9 No amendment of this agreement (or of any other Transaction Document) shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all of the Parties to it.

 

35.10 The Parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this agreement (or any other Transaction Document) will require any other Party to carry out any act or make any omission that may constitute or result in an actual breach of any Economic Sanctions Law.

 

36. WHOLE AGREEMENT

 

36.1 This agreement and the other Transaction Documents contain the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the transactions contemplated by this agreement and the Transaction Documents and supersede all previous draft agreements, arrangements or understandings whether oral or in writing, between the Parties relating to these transactions.

 

41


36.2 Each Party:

 

  (a) acknowledges that in agreeing to enter into this agreement and the other Transaction Documents it has not relied on any express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance, except those warranties and undertakings set out in this agreement and the other Transaction Documents, made by or on behalf of any other Party before the entering into of this agreement;

 

  (b) waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause 36.2, might otherwise be available to it arising under or in respect of any such express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance; and

 

  (c) acknowledges that, except for any liability in respect of a breach of this agreement and the other Transaction Documents, no Party shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other Parties in relation to the subject matter of this agreement.

 

36.3 Nothing in this clause limits or excludes any liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

37. INVALID TERMS

 

37.1 Each of the provisions of this agreement is severable.

 

37.2 If and to the extent that any provision of this agreement:

 

  (a) is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (b) would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable and neither the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this agreement, nor the validity or enforceability of that provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result of this clause 37.2.

 

38. JURISDICTION

 

38.1 Governing law of this clause

This clause 38 is governed by English law.

 

38.2 Jurisdiction

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each Party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order of the English courts in connection with this agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

38.3 Waiver of objections

For the purposes of clause 38.2, each Party waives any objection to the English courts on the grounds that they are an inconvenient or inappropriate forum to settle any Dispute.

 

38.4 Service of process agent

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law:

 

  (a) each of VIP and the VIP Guarantor irrevocably appoints Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited of 5th Floor, Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, England;

 

42


  (b) each of HET and the HET Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited of Hutchison House, 5 Hester Road, London SW11 4AN, United Kingdom; and

 

  (c) H3G II shall, as soon as reasonably practicable appoint a person (who is not a member or Affiliate of the Group, the VIP Group or the HET Group), and upon such appointment shall notify the other parties of such appointment,

in each case as its agent in England and Wales for service of process and any other documents in relation to any Dispute. Subject to clause 38.5, each of the above Parties irrevocably undertakes not to revoke its agent’s authority; and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on such Party if delivered to its agent at its address for the time being.

 

38.5 Alternative service of process agent

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 38.4 is unable for any reason to so act, the relevant Party shall immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute and notify the other Parties of such appointment. Failing this, any other Party may appoint another process agent for this purpose at the relevant Party’s expense.

 

38.6 Failure of notify by process agent

Each Party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

39. GOVERNING LAW

This agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

40. LANGUAGE

The language of this agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions envisaged by it is English and all notices to be given in connection with this agreement must be in English. All demands, requests, statements, certificates or other documents or communications to be provided in connection with this agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions envisaged by it must be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation; in this case the English translation prevails unless the document or communication is a statutory or other official document or communication.

IN WITNESS of which this agreement has been executed on the date which appears first on page 1.

 

43


SCHEDULE 1

CORPORATE DETAILS

PART 1

CORE WIND GROUP COMPANIES

 

Name:    Wind Acquisition Holdings Finance S.p.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 43,162,100.00 (43,162,100 ordinary shares without nominal value).
Shareholders:    Wind Telecom S.p.A.
Directors:   

1. Alexander Dean Lemke (Chairman)

 

2. Albert Hollema (Board member)

 

3. Colin Godfrey Delahay (Board member)

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    Via Cesare Giulio Viola 48, 00148, Rome (Italy).
Company number:   

Fiscal code, VAT Number and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Rome: 08607091009.

 

REA number No. RM – 1105755.

Date and place of incorporation:    21 July 2005, Italy.
Accounting reference date:    31 December.
Auditors:   

1. Giancarlo Russo Corvace – Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors

 

2. Maurizio Paternò di Montecupo – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Roberto Antonio Maria Colussi – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4. Lelio Fornabaio – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Stefano Zambelli – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

44


Name:    Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 147,100,000.00, entirely paid in and divided into 146,100,000 shares.
Shareholders:    Wind Acquisition Holdings Finance S.p.A.
Directors:   

1. Andrew Mark Davies (Chairman)

 

2. Maximo Ibarra (Chief Executive Officer)

 

3. Albert Hollema (Board member)

 

4. Vincenzo Nesci (Board member)

 

5. Alex Lemke (Co-opted Board member)

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    Via Cesare Giulio Viola 48, 00148, Roma.
Company number:   

Fiscal code, VAT number and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Rome: 05410741002.

 

REA number No. RM – 884361.

Date and place of incorporation:    25 November 1997, Italy.
Accounting reference date:    31 December of each year.
Auditors:   

1. Giancarlo Russo Corvace – Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors

 

2. Maurizio Paternò di Montecupo – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Roberto Colussi – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4. Lelio Fornabaio – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Stefano Zambelli – Deputy Statutory Auditor.

 

45


Name:    Wind Retail S.r.l.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 1,026,957.00, entirely paid in and divided into quotas.
Shareholders:    Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.
Directors:   

1. Mauro Accroglianò (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer)

 

2. Elisabetta Federico (Board member)

 

3. Giorgio De Guzzis (Board member)

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    Via Cesare Giulio Viola 48, 00148, Roma.
Company number:   

Fiscal code, VAT number and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Rome No. 06605380960.

 

REA number No. RM – 1241223.

Date and place of incorporation:    30 April 2009, Italy.
Accounting reference date:    31 December of each year.
Auditors:   

1. Giancarlo Russo Corvace – Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors

 

2. Maurizio Paternò di Montecupo – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Roberto Antonio Maria Colussi – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4. Lelio Fornabaio – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Francesco Orioli – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

46


Name:    Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 60,031,000.00
Shareholders:    1. Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.
Directors:   

1. Riccardo Marsili

 

2. David Catala

 

3. Sophie Perrin Janet

 

4. Everadus Johannes Hendriks

 

5. Ludovic Trogliero

 

6. Hugo Froment

 

7. Albert Hollema

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    18-20 rue Edward Steichen, L-2540 Luxembourg.
Company number:    B109825
Date and place of incorporation:    29 July 2005, Luxembourg
Accounting reference date:    31 December
Auditors:    PwC Luxembourg.

 

47


PART 2

3 ITALIA GROUP COMPANIES

 

Name:    Hutchison 3 G Italy Investments S.à r.l.
Issued Share Capital:    €2,758,939,525.00
Shareholders:    Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l.
Directors:   

1. Neil McGee

 

2. Thomas Geiger

 

3. Christian Salbaing

 

4. Richard Chan

 

5. Susan Chow

 

6. Frank Sixt

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Company number:    B 77457
Date and place of incorporation:    4 August 2000, Luxembourg
Accounting reference date:    31 December
Auditors:    Not applicable

 

48


Name:    3 Italia S.p.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 2,346,637,037.97, entirely paid in and divided into 1,302,543,090 shares.
Shareholders:   

1. H3G Italy Investments S.à r.l., 97.41% (1,268,858,208 shares)

 

2. Private Equity International SA, 2.59% (33,684,882 shares)

Directors:   

1. Fok Kin Ning Canning – Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

2. Vincenzo Novari – Managing Director

 

3. Edith Shih – Director

 

4. Christian Nicolas Roger Salbaing – Director

 

5. Tzar Kuor Victor Li – Director

 

6. Frank John Sixt – Director

 

7. Susan Mo Fong Chow – Director

 

8. Secondina Giulia Ravera – Director

 

9. Antonella Ambriola – Director

 

8. Stefano Invernizzi – Director

 

9. Neil Douglas McGee – Director.

Secretary:    Not applicable.
Registered office:    Via Leonardo Da Vinci 1, 20090, Trezzano sul Naviglio, Milan (Italy).
Company number:   

Fiscal code and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Milan: 02547170924.

 

VAT number: 13386850153.

 

REA number No. MI – 1610887.

Date and place of incorporation:    17 November 1999.
Accounting reference date:    31 December.
Auditors:   

1. Marcello Romano – Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors

 

2. Andrea Zini – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Lorenzo Pozza – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4. Luca Occhetta – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Manuel Menis – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

49


Name:    H3G S.p.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 474,303,795.00, entirely paid in and divided into 94,860,759 shares
Shareholders:    3 Italia S.p.A.
Directors:   

1. Fok Kin Ning Canning – Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

2. Vincenzo Novari – Managing Director

 

3. Edith Shih – Director

 

4. Christian Nicolas Roger Salbaing – Director

 

5. Frank John Sixt – Director

 

6. Secondina Giulia Ravera – Director

 

7. Antonella Ambriola – Director

 

8. Stefano Invernizzi – Director

Secretary:    Not applicable
Registered office:    Via Leonardo Da Vinci 1, 20090, Trezzano sul Naviglio, Milan (Italy).
Company number:   

Fiscal code and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Milan: 02517580920

 

VAT number: 13378520152

 

REA number No. MI – 1638878

Date and place of incorporation:    23 April 1999, Italy
Accounting reference date:    31 December
Auditors:   

1. Marcello Romano – Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors

 

2. Andrea Zini – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Lorenzo Pozza– Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4.Luca Occhetta – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Manuel Menis – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

50


Name:    3Lettronica Industriale S.p.A.
Issued Share Capital:    EUR 16,000,000.00, entirely paid in and divided into 16,000,000 shares
Shareholders:    H3G S.p.A. (100%)
Directors:   

1. Antongiulio Lombardi – Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

2. Secondina Giulia Ravera – Managing Director

 

3. Edith Shih – Director

 

4. Fabio Missori – Director

 

5. Antonella Ambriola – Director

 

6. Claudia Capelli – Director

Secretary:    Not applicable
Registered office:    Via Leonardo Da Vinci 1, 20090, Trezzano sul Naviglio, Milan (Italy).
Company number:   

Fiscal code and registration number with the Companies’ Register of Milan: 01745470169

 

VAT number: 02730610967

 

REA number No. MI – 1355577

Date and place of incorporation:    13 January 1987, Italy
Accounting reference date:    31 December
Auditors:   

1. Marcello Romano – Chairman

 

2. Andrea Zini – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

3. Lorenzo Pozza – Effective Statutory Auditor

 

4. Luca Occhetta– Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

5. Manuel Menis – Deputy Statutory Auditor

 

51


SCHEDULE 2

DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED is made on [●]

BY : [●] of [●] (the Company ).

IN FAVOUR OF : Those persons specified in paragraph 3 of this deed.

BACKGROUND :

 

(A) The Company was incorporated on [●].

 

(B) This agreement is made by the Company in compliance with clause 2 of the Contribution and Framework Agreement (the CFA ) dated 6 August 2015 (and as amended from time to time) made between, amongst others, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., VimpelCom Ltd, Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l., CK Hutchison Holdings Limited and Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l.

THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. The Company confirms that it has been supplied with a copy of the CFA.

 

2. The Company undertakes to be bound by the CFA in all respects as if the Company was a Party to the CFA and named in it as a Company and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the CFA applicable to or binding on the Company under the CFA insofar as they fall to be observed or performed on or after the date of this deed.

 

3. This deed is made for the benefit of:

 

  (a) the Parties to the CFA; and

 

  (b) every other person who after the date of the CFA (and whether before or after the execution of this deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the CFA or accedes to it.

 

4. The notice details of the Company for the purposes of clause 29 of the CFA are as follows:

 

Address:    [●]
Email:    [●]
For the attention of:    [●]

 

5. This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the law of England.

 

6. Any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this deed, including any dispute as to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination or the consequences of its nullity and any dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be settled in accordance with clause 38 of the CFA, which is deemed to be incorporated in full into this deed mutatis mutandis , and for the purposes of clause 38.4 of the CFA as incorporated into this deed, the Company irrevocably appoints [●] of [●] as its agent in England for service of process in relation to any such dispute.

 

52


IN WITNESS of which this deed has been executed and has been delivered on the date which appears first on page 1.

 

EXECUTED  as a DEED  by [ COMPANY ]   )  

 

   

 

Signature of director     Signature of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

   

 

Name of director     Name of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

53


SCHEDULE 3

CORPORATE AND DEBT STRUCTURES

PART 1

3 ITALIA GROUP CORPORATE AND DEBT STRUCTURE

 

LOGO

 

54


PART 2

WIND GROUP CORPORATE AND DEBT STRUCTURE

 

LOGO

Comments:

 

  Core Wind Group Companies only.

 

  Does not show Wind Minority Companies or Wind Dormant Companies.

 

  All numbers are indicative estimates, and subject to: (i) currency movements; and (ii) actions and omissions permitted or required prior to or at Completion under this agreement.

 

55


SCHEDULE 4

VIP WARRANTIES

 

1. Ownership of the Contribution Shares

 

1.1 The WAHF Shares constitute 100% of the issued and allotted share capital of WAHF, are fully paid up and have been properly and validly allotted. There is no Encumbrance on, over or affecting any of the WAHF Shares.

 

1.2 The WAHF Shares are at the date of this agreement legally and beneficially owned by Wind Telecom S.p.A., and Wind Telecom S.p.A. will be entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full legal and beneficial ownership in the WAHF Shares to VIP LuxCo prior to Completion.

 

1.3 The WAHF Shares will at the date of Completion be legally and beneficially owned by VIP LuxCo, and VIP will be entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full legal and beneficial ownership in the WAHF Shares to H3G II on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

1.4 Neither VIP, VIP LuxCo nor any member of the Wind Group is under any obligation (whether actual or contingent) to sell, charge or otherwise dispose of any of the WAHF Shares (other than pursuant to this agreement or the transactions contemplated by it).

 

1.5 Other than this agreement, there is no agreement, arrangement or obligation requiring the creation, allotment, issue, sale, transfer, redemption or repayment of, or the grant to a person of the right (conditional or not) to require the allotment, issue, sale, transfer, redemption or repayment of, any WAHF Shares or any of the shares in the capital of any Subsidiary of WAHF (including an option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

1.6 No WAHF Share has been issued and no transfer of WAHF Shares has been registered otherwise than in accordance with the articles of association of WAHF from time to time in force and all such transfers have been duly stamped unless a valid exemption applies to any such transfer.

 

1.7 VIP owns 100% of the issued and allotted share capital of VIP LuxCo.

 

2. Subsidiaries and associates

 

2.1 The shares, details of which are set out opposite “issued capital” under the relevant Core Wind Group Company’s name in Part 1 of Schedule 1, constitute the whole of the issued and allotted share capital of that Core Wind Group Company, are fully paid (or properly credited as fully paid), have been properly and validly allotted, are legally and beneficially owned by VIP or another wholly-owned member of the Core Wind Group, and are free from all Encumbrances.

 

2.2 No Core Wind Group Company is the holder or beneficial owner of, nor has agreed to acquire, any shares of any corporation other than the Wind Group Companies and the Wind Dormant Companies.

 

2.3 Neither VIP, VIP LuxCo nor any member of the Wind Group is under any obligation (whether actual or contingent) to sell, charge or otherwise dispose of any of the WAHF Shares or any of the shares in the capital of any Subsidiary of WAHF, or any interest therein, to any person.

 

2.4 No shares in the capital of the Core Wind Group Companies have been issued and no transfer of shares in the capital of the Core Wind Group Companies has been registered otherwise than in accordance with the articles of association of the relevant Core Wind Group Company from time to time in force and all such transfers have been duly stamped unless a valid exemption applies to any such transfer.

 

56


3. Incorporation of the Core Wind Group Companies and extraordinary transactions

 

3.1 Each Core Wind Group Company is validly existing under the laws of the country in which it is incorporated or formed and has all requisite corporate or partnership powers and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted and to own its assets and properties as presently owned, and as contemplated to be owned upon Completion.

 

3.2 There are no outstanding contractual payment obligations for any Core Wind Group Company deriving from any completed or contemplated acquisition or disposal of all or part of a business or any shareholding, partnership or other equity or participation interest by, of or in any Core Wind Group Company, in each case for a consideration exceeding EUR 10,000,000 or equivalent having taken place since 1 January 2012.

 

4. Wind Minority Companies

So far as VIP is aware, there is no fact, matter or circumstance which could result in any liability or obligation of a Core Wind Group Company arising in respect of any Equity Interest that any Core Wind Group Company holds or held in any Wind Minority Company.

 

5. Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement

 

5.1 Each of VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor and the Core Wind Group Companies has the power and authority to execute and deliver this agreement and any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and to perform its obligations under each of them and has taken all action necessary and obtained all corporate authorisations necessary to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations.

 

5.2 The execution and delivery by each of VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor and the Core Wind Group Companies of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the performance of the obligations under it and each of them do not and will not:

 

  (a) in any material respects conflict with or constitute a default or breach under any provision of:

 

  (i) its articles of association, by-laws or equivalent constitutional documents; or

 

  (ii) any applicable law or regulation by which it or a member of the Core Wind Group is bound; or

 

  (iii) any order, decree or judgment of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority in any jurisdiction by it or a member of the Core Wind Group is bound; or

 

  (b) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance over any of the WAHF Shares, shares of any Core Wind Group Company, or any of the property or assets of any Core Wind Group Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which it or any member of the Core Wind Group is party.

 

6. Valid obligations

This agreement and the other Transaction Documents (other than the Completion FinCo Articles and the Completion H3G II Articles) constitute or will, when executed by VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor or a member of the Core Wind Group (as applicable), constitute legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against such party in accordance with their terms.

 

57


7. Solvency

 

7.1 No administrator has been appointed in respect of the whole or any part of the assets or undertaking of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or any Core Wind Group Company, nor has any order been made by or petition presented or application made for the appointment of an administrator in respect of any of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or the Core Wind Group Companies. No documents have been filed with the court for the appointment of such an administrator and so far as VIP is aware nor has any notice of intention to appoint such an administrator been given by any such person.

 

7.2 No receiver or administrative receiver has been appointed, nor any notice given of the appointment of any such person in respect of the whole or any part of the assets or undertaking of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or any Core Wind Group Company.

 

7.3 No order has been made, meeting convened and no resolution has been passed for the winding up of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or any Core Wind Group Company or for the appointment of a liquidator or provisional liquidator to VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or any Core Wind Group Company and, so far as VIP is aware, no petition has been presented for that purpose.

 

7.4 Neither VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor nor any Core Wind Group Company is insolvent or unable to pay its debts and neither VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor nor any Core Wind Group Company has stopped paying its debts as they fall due and each of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor and the Wind Group has no unsatisfied judgment or court order outstanding against it and is capable of meeting its liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

7.5 No voluntary arrangement, moratorium of any indebtedness, compromise or similar arrangement with creditors has been proposed, agreed or sanctioned in respect of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or a Core Wind Group Company.

 

7.6 Outside the Republic of Italy and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, no event or circumstance has occurred or exists analogous to those described in paragraphs 7.1 to 7.5 in respect of VIP, VIP LuxCo, Wind Telecom S.p.A., the VIP Guarantor or any Core Wind Group Company in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

7.7 All material charges in favour of each Core Wind Group Company required to be registered have been so registered to comply with all necessary formalities as to the registration or otherwise in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

8. Statutory books, records, memoranda, articles of association and filings

 

8.1 Each of the Core Wind Group Companies has at all times carried on business and conducted its affairs in all material respects in accordance with its memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent documents) for the time being in force.

 

8.2 The statutory books (including all registers and minute books) of each of the Core Wind Group Companies required to be kept by applicable law in its jurisdiction of incorporation have in all material respects been properly kept, reflect all material transactions carried out by the relevant company and comprise in all material respects accurate and complete records of the matters with which they should deal and there has been no notice of any proceedings to correct or rectify any such statutory books (including all registers and minute books). The shareholders’ ledger of each Wind Group Company (where applicable) accurately reflect the ownership of the relevant shareholding.

 

58


8.3 None of the Core Wind Group Companies is currently in default in the filing of any accounts, documents or returns required by any applicable law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, regulations, directives, statutes and legislations) to be delivered or made by any of the Core Wind Group Companies to any competent authority.

 

8.4 The statutory books (including all registers and minute books) of each Core Wind Group Company are in their possession or under their control.

 

8.5 The copies of the memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent document) of each of the Core Wind Group Companies included in the Wind Data Room are complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

9. Filings and consents

 

9.1 Except to the extent relevant to the conditions precedent set out in clause 9.1, each of VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor and the Core Wind Group Companies has obtained all governmental, statutory, regulatory or other consents, licences, authorisations, waivers or exemptions required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

9.2 Other than as contemplated by this agreement:

 

  (a) no governmental, statutory or regulatory announcement, consultations, notices, reports or filings are required to be made by VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor or a member of the Core Wind Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; and

 

  (b) no consents, approvals, registrations, authorisations, licences, orders, grants, permissions, waivers, exemptions or permits are required to be obtained by VIP, VIP LuxCo, the VIP Guarantor or a member of the Core Wind Group in connection with the execution and performance of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents,

where a failure to make or obtain such notices or approvals contemplated above would (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) prevent, delay or make illegal or invalid the execution or performance of this agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

 

9.3 To its knowledge, no announcement, circular or disclosure of the terms of any Transaction Document is required to be made or despatched by VIP, VIP LuxCo or the VIP Guarantor in connection with the transactions contemplated by this agreement other than pursuant to its Agreed Press Release.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 11.5 applies to this paragraph 9.

 

10. Compliance with laws

 

10.1 No Core Wind Group Company has, since 1 January 2012, received written notice from any supranational, national or local governmental, administrative or regulatory body or any public prosecutor or enforcement agency that it is in material violation of, or in material default with respect to, any applicable Law or any decision or judgment of any court or any such body or agency having jurisdiction over such Core Wind Group Company, including an Economic Sanctions Law.

 

10.2

In connection with the businesses of the Core Wind Group and this agreement, no Core Wind Group Company nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, so far as VIP is aware, any of their respective agents or affiliates: (a) have made, offered or promised to make any payment, gift, bribe, kickback or other transfer of anything of value to any Government Official, directly or

 

59


  indirectly, for purposes of obtaining or influencing official actions or decisions or securing any improper advantage (a Prohibited Payment ), or (b) have engaged in acts or transactions otherwise in violation of applicable Anti-corruption Laws, or (c) have caused or shall cause any other person to violate, or incur any liability in connection with, any Anti-corruption Law, or (d) since 1 January 2012 have engaged or is engaging in any activity, practice or conduct (or failure to act) which would constitute a crime under any applicable law, in each case which may trigger or give rise to a liability of that Core Wind Group Company. Each Core Wind Group Company has in place adequate procedures designed to ensure that its respective owners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents acting on behalf of any of the foregoing comply with all applicable Anti-corruption Laws, including the adoption and effective implementation of an adequate Organizational Model under, and for purposes of, the Italian Legislative Decree no. 231 of 2001 and do not make any Prohibited Payments.

 

10.3 None of the owners or investors (including any and all ultimate beneficial owners), shareholders, officers, directors or employees nor, so far as VIP is aware, the agents or affiliates, of the Core Wind Group is a Government Official, is an immediate family member of a Government Official, or is acting on behalf of or shares a financial interest in the transactions established by this agreement with any Government Official. No Government Official has control over the Core Wind Group or any of their Affiliates, and no Government Official has any direct or indirect ownership of or interest in the monies, proceeds, or other benefits that may arise from the transactions established by this agreement or related agreements.

 

10.4 So far as VIP is aware, no Core Wind Group Company nor any director, officer, employee or agent of any Core Wind Group Company has engaged or is engaging in any activity, practice or conduct (or failure to act) which would constitute a violation or an offence under any applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws or Economic Sanctions Laws or any criminal laws which triggers or gives rise to a liability of that Core Wind Group Company. Each Core Wind Group Company has in place adequate procedures designed to prevent any of the above individuals or entities from undertaking any such conduct, including the adoption and effective implementation of an adequate Organizational Model under, and for purposes of, the Italian Legislative Decree no. 231 of 2001.

 

10.5 Since 1 January 2012, no Core Wind Group Company nor any director, officer, employee or, so far as VIP is aware, agent of any Core Wind Group Company is or has been the subject of any investigation, inquiry or enforcement proceedings by any supranational, national or local governmental, administrative or regulatory body or any public prosecutor, court or enforcement agency or any customer regarding any offence or alleged offence under any applicable competition, anti-bribery and/or anti-money laundering laws or rules and which triggers or gives rise to a liability of that Core Wind Group Company, and no such investigation, inquiry or proceedings have been threatened in writing and, so far as VIP is aware, there are no circumstances reasonably likely to give rise to any such investigation, inquiry or proceedings.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 11.5 applies to this paragraph 10.

 

11. Fundamental Regulatory Licences

 

11.1 Save as agreed by the Shareholders to be disposed of, the Core Wind Group Companies possess all the Fundamental Wind Group Licences and the same have been obtained and are valid and subsisting and no notice or allegation of breach in respect of the Fundamental Wind Group Licences has been received from any third party.

 

11.2

The Core Wind Group Companies are compliant with all regulatory obligations in connection with the Fundamental Wind Group Licences including, but not limited to, those mentioned under AGCOM’s resolution No. 621/11/CONS (such as: (a) obligation of transparency, (b) obligation of non-discrimination, (c) obligations of access to and use of specific network facilities, and (d)

 

60


  obligation of price control and cost accounting) in the market of voice call termination on individual mobile networks, and those mentioned under AGCOM’s resolution no. 179/10/CONS (such as: (a) obligation of transparency, (b) obligation of non-discrimination, and (c) obligation of price control) in the market of fixed network termination, and related subsequent updates.

 

12. Regulatory

 

12.1 Save as agreed by the Shareholders to be disposed of, the Core Wind Group Companies possess all Non-Fundamental Wind Group Licences and the same have been obtained and are valid and subsisting and no notice or allegation of breach in respect of the Non-Fundamental Wind Group Licences has been received from any third party.

 

12.2 The Core Wind Group Companies are compliant with all regulatory obligations in connection with the Non-Fundamental Wind Group Licences.

 

13. Material Contracts

 

13.1 The Wind Data Room includes full and accurate copies of all Material Contracts relevant to the Core Wind Group.

 

13.2 No Core Wind Group Company is a party to any Material Contract which is under notice of material breach, invalidity or termination, such notice not being frivolous or vexatious, and, so far as VIP is aware, other than in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, no event has occurred which would entitle any third party or the relevant Core Wind Group Company to give such notice.

 

13.3 No Material Contract was entered into by a Core Wind Group Company otherwise than (a) in the ordinary course of business and (b) on arm’s length terms. Each Material Contract entered into by a Core Wind Group Company has been duly executed by the parties thereto, and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Core Wind Group Company concerned in accordance with its terms, and so far as VIP is aware, is legal, valid and binding upon each of the other parties to such Material Contract.

 

14. Intercompany Agreements

 

14.1 The Wind Data Room lists all of the agreements and arrangements, in whatever form (including de facto relationships and agreements entered into verbally) in force as of the date of this agreement between the Core Wind Group Companies and current or former related parties, as defined by IAS 24 (other than between related parties that are Core Wind Group Companies) (the Wind Intercompany Agreements ).

 

14.2 No Wind Intercompany Agreement was entered into by a Core Wind Group Company otherwise than (a) in the ordinary course of business and (b) on arm’s length terms.

 

14.3 No Core Wind Group Company is in breach of a Wind Intercompany Agreement and no circumstances exist which is likely to give rise to such a breach. There are no claims outstanding against a Core Wind Group Company in relation to any Wind Intercompany Agreement.

 

15. Employees

 

15.1 The Wind Data Room includes:

 

  (a) full and accurate anonymised compensation details of all Wind Senior Managers;

 

  (b) an outline of all principal benefits of all employees of the Core Wind Group Companies; and

 

  (c) standard form contracts which are the standard terms and conditions upon which employees of the Core Wind Group Companies (other than those of the Wind Senior Managers) are employed or have been offered employment.

 

61


15.2 The Core Wind Group Companies have, since 1 January 2012, complied in all material respects with their obligations to employees under applicable European and domestic legislation (including applicable minimum wage, immigration, health and safety and compulsory and complementary health insurance and/or social security legislation), regulations, terms and conditions of employment and other agreements and arrangements, including all applicable collective bargaining agreements.

 

15.3 Since 1 June 2012, no material claim has been issued against any Core Wind Group Company by any of its employees in respect of their employment which, if adversely determined, would, alone or together with any other such material claim(s), result in a liability of a Core Wind Group Company in excess of EUR 10,000,000.

 

15.4 None of the employees and/or director and/or officers of any Core Wind Group Company is entitled to (a) any bonuses and/or extraordinary payments triggered by the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (b) any incentive plan, including stock options and equity-linked benefits other than under the VIP Group’s value based growth cash based long-term incentive plan dated 9 February 2015; and/or (c) pre-agreed payments which are payable in the event of the termination of their working relationships with a Core Wind Group Company in each case in excess of EUR 1,000,000.

 

15.5 No Core Wind Group Company has received from any employee any notice announcing or threatening the filing of claims for damages, different qualification or additional compensation from the relevant Core Wind Group Company, including the fair award provided for under article 64, section 2 of Legislative Decree 10 February 2005, no. 30, or to apply for re-hiring on the grounds of, inter alia, illegitimate termination of their employment.

 

15.6 There are no persons (other than the current employees of the Core Wind Group Companies) who currently render, or rendered, services to any of the Core Wind Group Companies, who claimed, or may claim, that they should be qualified as employees of any of the Core Wind Group Companies which, if adversely determined, would, alone or together with any other such material claim(s), result in a liability of a Core Wind Group Company in excess of EUR 10,000,000.

 

15.7 Each collective agreement between any of the Core Wind Group Companies and any trade union, staff association, works council or any other body representing workers has been established in accordance with Italian law and the Core Wind Group Companies have fully complied with the same.

 

16. Pensions

 

16.1 No Core Wind Group Company:

 

  (a) is a party to nor participates in nor contributes to any scheme, agreement or arrangement (whether legally enforceable or not) for the provision of any pension, retirement, death, incapacity, disability, or other like benefits for any employee or for the widow, widower, child or dependant of any employee;

 

  (b) has given any undertaking or assurance (whether legally enforceable or not) as to the continuance, introduction, improvement or increase of any benefit of a kind described above or is paying or has in the last two years paid any such benefit to (in either case) any employee or any widow, widower, child or dependant of any employee.

 

62


16.2 All material details of any Wind Scheme, including all Wind Scheme Documents, in respect of the Core Wind Group are included in the Wind Data Room.

 

16.3 Each Core Wind Group Company has complied with all its obligations under the Wind Scheme Documents and all codes of practice and laws applicable to such Wind Scheme Documents.

 

16.4 All the mandatory and/or complementary pension and/or healthcare schemes joined by the employees of any of the Core Wind Group Companies are defined contribution with no refunding obligations for any of the Core Wind Group Companies.

 

17. Litigation

No Core Wind Group Company is aware of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding which is in progress to which it is a defendant in or otherwise a party to and which, if adversely determined, would, on a standalone basis or in the aggregate with other proceedings of the same or similar nature, (a) result in a judgment in excess of EUR 10,000,000, (b) have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) prevent, delay or make illegal or invalid the execution or performance of this agreement or any of the Transaction Documents. So far as VIP is aware, no such proceeding has been filed or has been threatened in writing against any Core Wind Group Company. There is no outstanding obligation in excess of EUR 10,000,000 upon any Core Wind Group Company arising from any settlement of any material proceedings or any other material claim.

 

18. Accounts

 

18.1 The Wind Accounts:

 

  (a) were prepared in accordance with all applicable law and accounting principles and practices generally accepted in Italy and Luxembourg at the Wind Accounts Date; and

 

  (b) have been prepared on the same bases and policies of accounting as the published statutory accounts of VIP or the relevant Core Wind Group Company to which they refer, consistently applied, for the preceding accounting reference period;

 

  (c) have been validly approved by each Core Wind Group Company in accordance with all applicable laws;

 

  (d) have been audited by:

 

  (i) KPMG S.p.A. for the years ended 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2010;

 

  (ii) Reconta Ernst & Young S.p.A. for the financial years ended 31 December 2011, 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2013; and

 

  (iii) PricewaterhouseCoopers S.p.A. for the year ended 31 December 2014; and

 

  (e) except as expressly described therein, are not affected by any material exceptional items.

 

18.2 All the formalities (also including the relevant disclosures) provided for by any applicable laws have been duly, fully and timely carried out.

 

19. Management Accounts

The unaudited management accounts of the Core Wind Group Companies for the period since the Wind Accounts Date (the Wind Management Accounts ) have been prepared in good faith on a basis consistent with the basis employed in such accounts for the immediately preceding 12 months.

 

63


20. Changes since the Wind Accounts Date

Since the Wind Accounts Date:

 

  (a) the Core Wind Group Companies have carried on their business in the ordinary and usual course so as to maintain the business as a going concern;

 

  (b) no substantial supplier, distributor, agent, business finder or customer has ceased or substantially reduced its trade with the Core Wind Group Companies so as to cause a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c) no Core Wind Group Company has declared, paid or made a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or in kind);

 

  (d) no resolution of the shareholder of any Core Wind Group Company in its capacity as a shareholder of a Core Wind Group Company has been passed;

 

  (e) no Core Wind Group Company has issued or agreed to issue any share or loan capital or other similar interest;

 

  (f) no Core Wind Group Company has repaid or redeemed share or loan capital, or made (whether or not subject to conditions) an agreement or undertaken an obligation to do any of those things;

 

  (g) no change has occurred in the accounting methods, principles or practices applied by a Core Wind Group Company and there has been no revaluation by any Core Wind Group Company of any of its assets; and

 

  (h) there has been no material damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, affecting the assets, properties or business of any Core Wind Group Company.

 

21. Indebtedness

 

21.1 No Core Wind Group Company has outstanding any External Debt other than that which is Fairly Disclosed in the Wind Accounts or the Wind Management Accounts.

 

21.2 No Core Wind Group Company has since the Wind Accounts Date repaid, or become liable to repay, any External Debt in advance of its normal or originally stated maturity and no External Debt has become capable of being declared due and payable or has been declared on demand before its normal or originally stated maturity and no Encumbrance in relation to such External Debt has become enforceable or has been enforced and, no event has occurred which is an event of default (or an event or circumstance which would with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the relevant document or any combination of any of the foregoing be an event of default) under or breach of any terms of any External Debt of any Core Wind Group Company, in each case which entitles the lender in respect of such arrangement to require the relevant Core Wind Group Company to repay the relevant External Debt prior to its normal or originally stated maturity.

 

21.3 No Core Wind Group Company has outstanding any obligations in respect of a derivative transaction, including any foreign exchange transaction, other than under the hedging agreements set out in Schedule 12 to this agreement.

 

21.4 No Core Wind Group Company is subject to any arrangement for receipt or repayment of any grant, subsidy, or financial assistance from any governmental department or other body.

 

64


21.5 No Core Wind Group Company has lent any money or is otherwise a creditor in respect of an External Debt other than in the ordinary course of its trade or, provided that such agreement has been entered into in compliance with the Wind Facilities Agreement, to another Core Wind Group Company (in an aggregate amount that has been Fairly Disclosed).

 

21.6 The Security Interests affecting any Core Wind Group Company or any of its assets have all been granted in accordance with the Wind Financing Documents and constitute all Encumbrances affecting such Core Wind Group Company or any of its assets.

 

22. Guarantees and indemnities

 

22.1 No Core Wind Group Company is a party to a guarantee, indemnity or other agreement to secure or incur a financial or other obligation with respect to the obligations of a third party (other than another Wind Group Company or as required or permitted by the Wind Financing Documents).

 

22.2 No Wind Group Company is a party to any operational guarantee to secure its obligations (being a guarantee in respect of operational matters including equipment, procurement, network rollout and tenders and not in respect of External Debt), other than in the ordinary course in accordance with the requirements of the Wind Financing Documents.

 

23. Assets

 

23.1 The material assets of each Core Wind Group Company included in the Wind Accounts or acquired since the Wind Accounts Date and all other material assets used or employed by the Core Wind Group are either the absolute property of such Core Wind Group Company free from any Encumbrance or such Core Wind Group Company has a right to use such material assets and together comprise all the assets necessary for the purposes of continuing to carry on the business of the Core Wind Group Companies materially as carried on at the date of this agreement.

 

23.2 Except for current assets offered for sale or sold in the ordinary course of trading, no Core Wind Group Company has since the Wind Accounts Date disposed of (or agreed to dispose of) any of the assets included in the Wind Accounts or any assets acquired or agreed to be acquired since the Wind Accounts Date.

 

24. Real estate

 

24.1 The Core Wind Group Companies have full ownership and/or good title to each of the Wind Properties, and such titles have been duly recorded in the competent registry under applicable laws.

 

24.2 The lease agreements and any arrangements (including licences and concessions) for any Wind Properties (including access and rights of way and usage) entered into by the Core Wind Group Companies are in full force and effect and valid. No party is in breach of any such lease agreements and, so far as VIP is aware, there is no fact, matter or circumstance which could result in any liability of a Core Wind Group Company in respect of any non-performance and/or non-compliance with the terms of such lease agreements and/or relevant applicable law, that would in each case or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25. Wind Sites

 

25.1 A list of the Wind Sites has been disclosed in the Wind Data Room.

 

25.2 The Wind Sites have all prescribed material licences, permits, concessions and authorisations required for their operation under applicable laws and regulations, save for those issues affecting such licences, permits, concessions and authorisations that are not reasonably expected to cause in aggregate a Material Network Effect.

 

65


26. Intellectual Property Rights

 

26.1 VIP has delivered to HET a list (as set out in the Wind Data Room) of all patents, registered trademarks, registered service marks, registered designs, domain names or other registered Intellectual Property Rights of which a Core Wind Group Company is the registered proprietor or for which application has been made by a Core Wind Group Company (the Wind IPRs ).

 

26.2 There is no Encumbrance on, over or affecting any of the Wind IPRs.

 

26.3 So far as VIP is aware, all Intellectual Property Rights required by each Core Wind Group Company which is material for the purpose of carrying on its business as currently carried on are vested solely and beneficially in or are licensed to a Core Wind Group Company.

 

26.4 So far as VIP is aware, there has, since the 1 January 2012, been: (a) no unauthorised use in Italy or the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg of any Intellectual Property Right referred to in paragraph 26.3 above by a third party; and (b) no unauthorised use of a third party’s Intellectual Property Rights by a Core Wind Group Company.

 

26.5 All registration and renewal fees have been paid in relation to all Wind IPRs.

 

26.6 No Core Wind Group Company trades under any business name other than its corporate name.

 

26.7 Since 1 January 2012, no Core Wind Group Company has received written notice alleging breach of: (a) any licences which have been granted to a Core Wind Group Company relating to the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraph 26.3 above that are licensed to a Core Wind Group Company; or (b) any licences which have been granted by any Core Wind Group Company relating to the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in 26.3 above, nor so far as VIP is aware, has there been a breach of such licence by a Core Wind Group Company, in each case where such breach has had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27. Information technology

For the purposes of this paragraph, Wind Systems means all the software, hardware, network and telecommunications equipment and internet-related information technology that are material to any Core Wind Group Company in connection with the operation of its business as currently conducted.

 

  (a) Each Core Wind Group Company has all licences and agreements necessary to use and maintain the Wind Systems (collectively, Wind IT Agreements ) and such Wind IT Agreements are in full force and effect.

 

  (b) Since 1 January 2012, no Core Wind Group Company has received written notice that it is in breach of any Wind IT Agreement and, so far as VIP is aware, no counterparty has during that period been in material breach of any Wind IT Agreement. Since 1 January 2012, there have been no security breaches, data loss, breakdowns, malfunctions, data termination or expiry, failures or other defects in the Wind Systems which have had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) The Wind Systems:

 

  (i) are in good repair and condition and in satisfactory working order consistent with their age;

 

  (ii) are (subject to fair wear and tear) capable of doing the work for which they were designed and purchased or are currently used; and

 

  (iii) have through their period of ownership or use by the relevant Core Wind Group Company been maintained or serviced on the basis that the relevant Core Wind Group Company would continue to operate the business of the Core Wind Group Companies in the future.

 

66


28. Insurances

Each of the Core Wind Group Companies has taken out such reasonable insurances (in such amounts as are prudent and customary) against all material risks normally insured against in respect of the business operated by the Core Wind Group Companies and such insurances are in full force and effect and may not be terminated by the insurer by reason of any material non-compliance by a Core Wind Group Company with the terms of such insurance or by reason of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and all premiums payable in respect of any insurance policy in which any Core Wind Group Company has an interest and which is material in the context of the Core Wind Group Companies’ business have been duly paid.

 

29. Data and records

 

29.1 So far as VIP is aware, all material records, data and information of the Core Wind Group Companies are recorded, stored, maintained or operated by a Core Wind Group Company and are not wholly or partly dependent on any facilities or means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, computerised or otherwise) which are not under the control of a Core Wind Group Company.

 

29.2 So far as VIP is aware, no Core Wind Group Company has disclosed to any third party any such records, data and information as are referred to in paragraph 29.1 above, except for those data requested from any competent Regulatory Authority or as permitted in accordance with laws and regulations applicable to it.

 

30. Not used

 

31. Disclosure

All disclosure made to HET in the Wind Data Room and the VIP Disclosure Letter, so far as VIP is aware (having made reasonable enquiry), has been made in good faith and without any inclusion or omission which would make such disclosure materially misleading in the context of the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

 

32. Tax

So far as VIP is aware, no material liabilities to Tax of any member of the Core Wind Group have arisen or are expected to arise, in respect of any period or part period that has ended on or before the entry into this agreement or is expected to end on or before Completion, in respect of, by reference to or in consequence of:

 

  (a) any income, profits or gains that have been earned, accrued or received on or before the entry into this agreement, or are expected to be earned, accrued or received on or before Completion;

 

  (b) any Event that has occurred on or before the entry into this agreement, or is expected to occur on or before Completion, including the contribution of any member of the Wind Group to H3G II;

 

67


  (c) the expected value of any asset or assets, the expected value or amount of any capital or liabilities or the expected net asset value or market capitalisation of any company, in each case by reference to a time or period falling on or before Completion; or

 

  (d) any period or part period that has ended on or before the entry into this agreement or is expected to end on or before Completion.

 

68


SCHEDULE 5

HET CLAIMS

References in this Schedule 5 to HET Claims exclude any claims relating to adjustments pursuant to clause 7 or Schedule 10 and any claims pursuant to clause 20.

 

1. Acknowledgement

HET acknowledges and agrees that it is not aware of any matter or circumstance, save for those matters Fairly Disclosed, which in its reasonable opinion is inconsistent with any of the VIP Warranties or makes any of them untrue or inaccurate.

 

2. Notice

If HET becomes aware of a matter or circumstance which is likely to give rise to a HET Claim, HET shall give notice to VIP specifying the relevant facts (including HET’s bona fide estimate, on a without prejudice basis, of the amount of such HET Claim) as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of that matter or circumstance. VIP shall not be liable for any Losses in respect of a HET Claim to the extent that they are increased, or are not reduced, as a result of any failure of HET to give notice as contemplated by this paragraph.

 

3. Cooling-off period

Following Completion (and other than in relation to any claim under or for a breach of clauses 2 to 6 (inclusive), 22 or Schedule 9), without prejudice to paragraph 2 above, if HET becomes aware of a matter or circumstance which is likely to give rise to a HET Claim:

 

  (a) representatives of HET and VIP shall meet in person as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which HET notified VIP in accordance with paragraph 2 and, during the period described in paragraph 3(b) below, use reasonable endeavours to resolve any proposed HET Claim without recourse to formal dispute resolution proceedings; and

 

  (b) HET shall not initiate formal dispute resolution proceedings against VIP in respect of such HET Claim until the date falling 30 days after the date on which HET notified VIP thereof in accordance with paragraph 2.

Nothing in this paragraph 3 shall prevent HET from seeking interim relief at any time to the extent necessary to preserve its rights.

 

4. Exclusions

 

4.1 VIP shall not be liable in respect of a VIP Warranty Claim to the extent that the matter or circumstance giving rise to that claim:

 

  (a) (except in respect of a VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim under paragraph 1, 2.1, 5, 6 or 7 of Schedule 4) is Fairly Disclosed;

 

  (b) (except in respect of a VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim under paragraph 1, 2.1, 5, 6 or 7 of Schedule 4) was:

 

  (i) specifically provided for (and not released prior to Completion) in the Wind Accounts at the Wind Accounts Date;

 

69


  (ii) specifically provided or reserved for in the Completion Statements; or

 

  (iii) specifically mentioned in a statement in any report forming part of the Wind Accounts where that statement constitutes Fair Disclosure of that matter or circumstance; or

 

  (c) has been made good without cost to HET or any Group Company.

 

4.2 VIP shall not be liable in respect of a HET Claim (other than any VIP Tax Non-Warranty Claim) to the extent that the relevant liability would not have arisen but for:

 

  (a) a change in legislation announced, or the withdrawal of any extra-statutory concession previously published by any Taxation Authority, after the date of this agreement (whether or not the change or withdrawal purports to be effective retrospectively in whole or in part); or

 

  (b) a change after Completion in the accounting policies adopted by the Group (other than a change made in order to comply with Accounting Policies from time to time).

 

4.3 VIP shall not be liable in respect of a VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim to the extent that such VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim is based on a failure or omission of VIP to disclose information to HET and such disclosure was not permitted by applicable Laws.

 

5. De minimis claims

 

5.1 Subject to paragraph 5.4, VIP shall not be liable in respect of any HET Claim (other than a VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim, a VIP Indemnity Claim or a VIP Tax Non-Warranty Claim) unless the amount of damages to which HET would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that HET Claim is at least EUR10,000,000.

 

5.2 Subject to paragraph 5.4, VIP shall not be liable in respect of any VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim unless the amount of damages to which HET would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim is at least EUR50,000,000.

 

5.3 Subject to paragraph 5.4, VIP shall not be liable in respect of any VIP Litigation Indemnity Claim unless the amount of damages to which HET would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that VIP Litigation Indemnity Claim is at least EUR15,000,000.

 

5.4 If more than one HET Claim arises from, or is caused by, the same or similar matters or circumstances and the aggregate amount of damages to which HET would be entitled as a result of those HET Claims is equal to or exceeds the sum specified in paragraph 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 (as applicable), such paragraph shall not apply to any of those HET Claims.

 

6. Threshold

 

6.1 VIP shall not be liable in respect of any HET Claim (other than a VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim, a VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim, a VIP Dormant Company Indemnity Claim or a HET Tax Claim) unless the amount of all such HET Claims (including all such HET Claims which might have been made but for the operation of this paragraph) exceeds EUR150,000,000, in which case HET shall be entitled to all amounts resulting from those HET Claims (and not just the excess over that sum).

 

6.2 For the avoidance of doubt, HET may give notice of any single HET Claim in accordance with and for the purpose of paragraph 2 of this Schedule, irrespective of whether, at the time the notice is given, the amount set out in this paragraph has been exceeded.

 

70


7. Aggregate limit

 

7.1 Subject to paragraph 7.2, the maximum aggregate liability of VIP in respect of any and all HET Claims (other than a VIP Dormant Company Indemnity Claim or a VIP Tax Non-Warranty Claim) shall not exceed EUR1,000,000,000.

 

7.2 The maximum aggregate liability of VIP determined under paragraph 7.1 shall be increased by the amount of any interest payable by VIP in respect of any payment not made when due under this agreement.

 

8. Time limits

 

8.1 Subject to paragraph 8.6, VIP shall not be liable for any HET Claim (other than a VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim, a VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim, a VIP Indemnity Claim or a HET Tax Claim) unless VIP receives from HET notice of such HET Claim before the first anniversary of the publication of the first audited annual accounts of H3G II after Completion.

 

8.2 Subject to paragraph 8.6, VIP shall not be liable for any VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim unless VIP receives from HET notice of such VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim before the date falling 30 months after the date of Completion.

 

8.3 Subject to paragraph 8.6, VIP shall not be liable for any VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim unless VIP receives from HET notice of such VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim before the third anniversary of the date of Completion.

 

8.4 Subject to paragraph 8.6, VIP shall not be liable for any VIP Indemnity Claims unless VIP receives from HET notice of such VIP Indemnity Claim before the date on which VIP and its Affiliates cease (directly or indirectly) to hold any H3G II Shares.

 

8.5 VIP shall not be liable for any HET Tax Claim unless VIP receives from HET notice of such HET Tax Claim before the expiry of six months after the period in which, under applicable Laws and practice of the jurisdiction in which the Taxation liability giving rise to the HET Tax Claim has arisen, the relevant Taxation Authority is entitled to bring an action, claim or proceeding relating to that Taxation liability or is otherwise able to enforce such Taxation liability against the relevant Wind Group Company, as possibly extended by any applicable Tax laws (including, without limitation, Article 43 of Italian Presidential Decree 29 September 1973, no. 600, as subsequently amended, and Article 57 of Italian Presidential Decree 26 October 1972, no. 633, as subsequently amended).

 

8.6 VIP shall not be liable for any HET Claim (other than a HET Tax Claim) unless VIP receives from HET notice of such HET Claim before the date on which VIP and its Affiliates cease (directly or indirectly) to hold any H3G II Shares.

 

9. Waiver of rights

 

9.1 VIP agrees with HET and each employee of a Group Company to waive any rights or claims which VIP may have against any employee of a Group Company or any Group Company in respect of any misrepresentation, inaccuracy or omission in or from any information or advice supplied or given by a Group Company or such employee in connection with the giving of the VIP Warranties and the preparation of any disclosures. The provisions of this paragraph:

 

  (a) may with the prior written consent of HET be enforced by any Group Company or any employee of a Group Company against VIP under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999; and

 

  (b) may be varied or terminated by agreement between the Shareholders (and HET may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by this paragraph) without the consent of any Group Company or any such employee.

 

71


9.2 If HET makes a HET Claim, VIP agrees with HET and HET Solicitors to waive any rights or claims which it may have to recover a contribution from, or otherwise against, HET Solicitors in respect of such claim.

 

10. Mitigation

Nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to relieve the relevant Party from any common law duty to take reasonable steps to mitigate any loss or damage suffered or incurred by it.

 

11. Recovery from third parties

 

11.1 If:

 

  (a) VIP makes a payment in respect of a HET Claim (other than a Tax Gross Up Claim) (the amount of such payment, to the extent it does not comprise interest on a late payment, being the VIP Damages Payment );

 

  (b) within 12 months of the making of such payment any Group Company or HET or another member of the HET Group receives any sum or Relief, other than from a Group Company, HET or another member of the HET Group, which would not have been received but for the matter or circumstance giving rise to the relevant HET Claim (the VIP Third Party Sum );

 

  (c) the receipt of the VIP Third Party Sum was not taken into account in calculating the VIP Damages Payment; and

 

  (d) the aggregate of the VIP Third Party Sum (or, 50% of the VIP Third Party Sum if such payment was received by a Group Company) and the VIP Damages Payment exceeds the amount required to compensate HET in full for the matter or circumstance which gave rise to the relevant HET Claim (such excess being the VIP Excess Recovery ),

subject to paragraph 11.2, HET shall, as soon as practicable following receipt of the VIP Third Party Sum by it or the Group Company concerned, pay to VIP an amount equal to the lower of (i) the VIP Excess Recovery and (ii) the VIP Damages Payment, after deducting (in either case) all reasonable costs incurred by HET or the other member of the HET Group (or 50% of costs incurred by any Group Company) in recovering the VIP Third Party Sum and any and all Taxation payable by HET or any Group Company or the other member of the HET Group by virtue of its receipt.

 

11.2 Where the person concerned receives a Relief as referred to in clause 11.1(b), a payment shall not be made to VIP before the date on which the Tax that would have been payable but for the Relief would have become recoverable by the appropriate Taxation Authority (taking account of other Reliefs available or that would otherwise have been available).

 

12. Insurance

Without prejudice to HET’s duty to mitigate any loss in respect of any HET Claim, if in respect of any matter which would otherwise give rise to a HET Claim, any of the Group Companies has actually recovered under any policy of insurance, the amount of insurance monies to which that Group Company is or would have been entitled shall proportionately reduce that HET Claim (after deducting any reasonable costs incurred in making such recovery and any tax incurred as a result of the receipt of such recovery).

 

72


13. Remedy of breaches

Other than in respect of any breaches dealt with under clause 23.3, if, following Completion, the matter or circumstance giving rise to a HET Claim is capable of remedy, VIP shall have no liability in respect of that HET Claim if the relevant matter or circumstance is remedied (at no material cost to any Group Company, HET or any person connected with HET) within 30 days of the date on which VIP is given notice as contemplated by paragraph 2 of this Schedule in relation to that matter or circumstance. HET shall procure (a) that VIP is given the opportunity in that 30 day period to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance and (b) that each relevant Group Company shall provide all reasonable assistance to VIP to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance. Nothing in this paragraph 13 shall prevent HET from seeking interim relief at any time to the extent necessary to preserve its rights.

 

14. Consequential loss etc.

VIP shall have no liability for any indirect or consequential losses or any punitive or aggravated damages arising out of any matter or circumstance giving rise to a HET Claim.

 

15. No limitation or exclusion for fraud

Nothing in this Schedule shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

73


SCHEDULE 6

HET WARRANTIES

 

1. Ownership of the Contribution Shares

 

1.1 The H3G II Shares constitute 100% of the issued and allotted share capital of H3G II, are fully paid up and have been properly and validly allotted. There is no Encumbrance on, over or affecting any of the H3G II Shares.

 

1.2 The H3G II Shares will at the date of Completion be legally and beneficially owned by HET, and HET will be entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full legal and beneficial ownership in the H3G II Shares to H3G II on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

1.3 Neither HET nor any member of the 3 Italia Group is under any obligation (whether actual or contingent) to sell, charge or otherwise dispose of any of the H3G II Shares (other than pursuant to this agreement or the transactions contemplated by it).

 

1.4 Other than this agreement, there is no agreement, arrangement or obligation requiring the creation, allotment, issue, sale, transfer, redemption or repayment of, or the grant to a person of the right (conditional or not) to require the allotment, issue, sale, transfer, redemption or repayment of, any H3G II Shares or any of the shares in the capital of any Subsidiary (including an option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

1.5 No H3G II Share has been issued and no transfer of H3G II Shares has been registered otherwise than in accordance with the articles of association of H3G II from time to time in force and all such transfers have been duly stamped unless a valid exemption applies to any such transfer.

 

2. Subsidiaries and associates

 

2.1 The shares, details of which are set out opposite “issued capital” under the relevant 3 Italia Group Company’s name in Part 1 of Schedule 1, constitute the whole of the issued and allotted share capital of that 3 Italia Group Company, are fully paid (or properly credited as fully paid), have been properly and validly allotted, are, except in the case of the 33,684,882 shares in 3 Italia (equal to 2.586% of the relevant share capital), legally and beneficially owned by HET or another wholly-owned member of the 3 Italia Group, and are free from all Encumbrances.

 

2.2 No 3 Italia Group Company is the holder or beneficial owner of, nor has agreed to acquire, any shares of any other corporation.

 

2.3 Neither HET nor any member of the 3 Italia Group is under any obligation (whether actual or contingent) to sell, charge or otherwise dispose of any of the shares in the capital of any Subsidiary, or any interest therein, to any person.

 

2.4 No shares in the capital of the 3 Italia Group Companies have been issued and no transfer of shares in the capital of the 3 Italia Group Companies has been registered otherwise than in accordance with the articles of association of the relevant 3 Italia Group Company from time to time in force and all such transfers have been duly stamped unless a valid exemption applies to any such transfer.

 

3. Incorporation of the 3 Italia Group Companies and extraordinary transactions

 

3.1 Each 3 Italia Group Company is validly existing under the laws of the country in which it is incorporated or formed and has all requisite corporate or partnership powers and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted and to own its assets and properties as presently owned, and as contemplated to be owned upon Completion.

 

74


3.2 There are no outstanding contractual payment obligations for any 3 Italia Group Company deriving from any completed or contemplated acquisition or disposal of all or part of a business or any shareholding, partnership or other equity or participation interest by, of or in any 3 Italia Group Company, in each case for a consideration exceeding EUR 10,000,000 or equivalent having taken place since 1 January 2012.

 

4. Not used

 

5. Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement

 

5.1 Each of HET, the HET Guarantor and the 3 Italia Group Companies has the power and authority to execute and deliver this agreement and any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and to perform its obligations under each of them and has taken all action necessary and obtained all corporate authorisations necessary to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations.

 

5.2 The execution and delivery by each of HET, the HET Guarantor and the 3 Italia Group Companies of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the performance of the obligations under it and each of them do not and will not:

 

  (a) in any material respects conflict with or constitute a default or breach under any provision of:

 

  (i) its articles of association, by-laws or equivalent constitutional documents; or

 

  (ii) any applicable law or regulation by which it or a member of the 3 Italia Group is bound; or

 

  (iii) any order, decree or judgment of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority in any jurisdiction by it or a member of the 3 Italia Group is bound; or

 

  (b) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance over any of the H3G II Shares, shares of any 3 Italia Group Company, or any of the property or assets of any 3 Italia Group Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which it or any member of the 3 Italia Group is party.

 

6. Valid obligations

This agreement and the other Transaction Documents (other than the Completion FinCo Articles and the Completion H3G II Articles) constitute or will, when executed by HET, the HET Guarantor or a member of the 3 Italia Group (as applicable), constitute legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against such party in accordance with their terms.

 

7. Solvency

 

7.1 No administrator has been appointed in respect of the whole or any part of the assets or undertaking of HET, the HET Guarantor or any 3 Italia Group Company, nor has any order been made by or petition presented or application made for the appointment of an administrator in respect of any of HET, the HET Guarantor or the 3 Italia Group Companies. No documents have been filed with the court for the appointment of such an administrator and so far as HET is aware nor has any notice of intention to appoint such an administrator been given by any such person.

 

75


7.2 No receiver or administrative receiver has been appointed, nor any notice given of the appointment of any such person in respect of the whole or any part of the assets or undertaking of HET, 3 Italia S.p.A., the HET Guarantor or any 3 Italia Group Company.

 

7.3 No order has been made, meeting convened and no resolution has been passed for the winding up of HET, the HET Guarantor or any 3 Italia Group Company or for the appointment of a liquidator or provisional liquidator to HET, the HET Guarantor or any 3 Italia Group Company and, so far as HET is aware, no petition has been presented for that purpose.

 

7.4 Neither HET, the HET Guarantor nor any 3 Italia Group Company is insolvent or unable to pay its debts and neither HET, the HET Guarantor nor any 3 Italia Group Company has stopped paying its debts as they fall due and each of HET, the HET Guarantor and the 3 Italia Group has no unsatisfied judgment or court order outstanding against it and is capable of meeting its liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

7.5 No voluntary arrangement, moratorium of any indebtedness, compromise or similar arrangement with creditors has been proposed, agreed or sanctioned in respect of HET, the HET Guarantor or a 3 Italia Group Company.

 

7.6 Outside the Republic of Italy and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, no event or circumstance has occurred or exists analogous to those described in paragraphs 7.1 to 7.5 in respect of HET, the HET Guarantor or any 3 Italia Group Company in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

7.7 All material charges in favour of each 3 Italia Group Company required to be registered have been so registered to comply with all necessary formalities as to the registration or otherwise in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

8. Statutory books, records, memoranda, articles of association and filings

 

8.1 Each of the 3 Italia Group Companies has at all times carried on business and conducted its affairs in all material respects in accordance with its memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent documents) for the time being in force.

 

8.2 The statutory books (including all registers and minute books) of each of the 3 Italia Group Companies required to be kept by applicable law in its jurisdiction of incorporation have in all material respects been properly kept, reflect all material transactions carried out by the relevant company and comprise in all material respects accurate and complete records of the matters with which they should deal and there has been no notice of any proceedings to correct or rectify any such statutory books (including all registers and minute books). The shareholders’ ledger of each 3 Italia Group Company (where applicable) accurately reflect the ownership of the relevant shareholding.

 

8.3 None of the 3 Italia Group Companies is currently in default in the filing of any accounts, documents or returns required by any applicable law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, regulations, directives, statutes and legislations) to be delivered or made by any of the 3 Italia Group Companies to any competent authority.

 

8.4 The statutory books (including all registers and minute books) of each 3 Italia Group Company are in their possession or under their control.

 

8.5 The copies of the memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent document) of each of the 3 Italia Group Companies included in the 3 Italia Data Room are complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

76


9. Filings and consents

 

9.1 Except to the extent relevant to the conditions precedent set out in clause 9.1, each of HET, the HET Guarantor and the 3 Italia Group Companies has obtained all governmental, statutory, regulatory or other consents, licences, authorisations, waivers or exemptions required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

9.2 Other than as contemplated by this agreement:

 

  (a) no governmental, statutory or regulatory announcement, consultations, notices, reports or filings are required to be made by HET, the HET Guarantor or a member of the 3 Italia Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; and

 

  (b) no consents, approvals, registrations, authorisations, licences, orders, grants, permissions, waivers, exemptions or permits are required to be obtained by HET, the HET Guarantor or a member of the 3 Italia Group in connection with the execution and performance of this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents,

where a failure to make or obtain such notices or approvals contemplated above would (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) prevent, delay or make illegal or invalid the execution or performance of this agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

 

9.3 The transactions contemplated under this agreement constitute a disclosable transaction for the HET Guarantor under the Hong Kong Listing Rules in effect at the date of this agreement and do not require the approval of the shareholders of the HET Guarantor or any shareholder circular to be dispatched. The HET Guarantor is not, to its knowledge, required, under applicable Laws at the date of this Agreement other than the Hong Kong Listing Rules, to make any announcement or to make available for public review the Transaction Documents.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 14.5 applies to this paragraph 9.

 

10. Compliance with laws

 

10.1 No 3 Italia Group Company has, since 1 January 2012, received written notice from any supranational, national or local governmental, administrative or regulatory body or any public prosecutor or enforcement agency that it is in material violation of, or in material default with respect to, any applicable Law or any decision or judgment of any court or any such body or agency having jurisdiction over such 3 Italia Group Company, including an Economic Sanctions Law.

 

10.2 In connection with the businesses of the 3 Italia Group and this agreement, no 3 Italia Group Company nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, so far as HET is aware, any of their respective agents or affiliates: (a) have made, offered or promised to make any Prohibited Payment, or (b) have engaged in acts or transactions otherwise in violation of applicable Anti-corruption Laws, or (c) have caused or shall cause any other person to violate, or incur any liability in connection with, any Anti-corruption Law, or (d) since 1 January 2012 have engaged or is engaging in any activity, practice or conduct (or failure to act) which would constitute a crime under any applicable law, in each case which may trigger or give rise to a liability of that 3 Italia Group Company. Each 3 Italia Group Company has in place adequate procedures designed to ensure that its respective owners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents acting on behalf of any of the foregoing comply with all applicable Anti-corruption Laws, including the adoption and effective implementation of an adequate Organizational Model under, and for purposes of, the Italian Legislative Decree no. 231 of 2001 and do not make any Prohibited Payments.

 

77


10.3 None of the owners or investors (including any and all ultimate beneficial owners), shareholders, officers, directors or employees nor, so far as HET is aware, the agents or affiliates of the 3 Italia Group is a Government Official, is an immediate family member of a Government Official, or is acting on behalf of or shares a financial interest in the transactions established by this agreement with any Government Official. No Government Official has control over the 3 Italia Group or any of their Affiliates, and no Government Official has any direct or indirect ownership of or interest in the monies, proceeds, or other benefits that may arise from the transactions established by this agreement or related agreements.

 

10.4 So far as HET is aware, no 3 Italia Group Company nor any director, officer, employee or agent of any 3 Italia Group Company has engaged or is engaging in any activity, practice or conduct (or failure to act) which would constitute a violation or an offence under any applicable Anti-corruption Laws, Anti-money Laundering Laws or Economic Sanctions Laws or any criminal laws which triggers or gives rise to a liability of that 3 Italia Group Company. Each 3 Italia Group Company has in place adequate procedures designed to prevent any of the above individuals or entities from undertaking any such conduct, including the adoption and effective implementation of an adequate Organizational Model under, and for purposes of, the Italian Legislative Decree no. 231 of 2001.

 

10.5 Since 1 January 2012, no 3 Italia Group Company nor any director, officer, employee or, so far as HET is aware, agent of any 3 Italia Group Company is or has been the subject of any investigation, inquiry or enforcement proceedings by any supranational, national or local governmental, administrative or regulatory body or any public prosecutor, court or enforcement agency or any customer regarding any offence or alleged offence under any applicable competition, anti-bribery and/or anti-money laundering laws or rules and which triggers or gives rise to a liability of that 3 Italia Group Company, and no such investigation, inquiry or proceedings have been threatened in writing and, so far as HET is aware, there are no circumstances reasonably likely to give rise to any such investigation, inquiry or proceedings.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 14.5 applies to this paragraph 10.

 

11. Fundamental Regulatory Licences

 

11.1 Save as agreed by the Shareholders to be disposed of, the 3 Italia Group Companies possess all the Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences and the same have been obtained and are valid and subsisting and no notice or allegation of breach in respect of the Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences has been received from any third party.

 

11.2 The 3 Italia Group Companies are compliant with all regulatory obligations in connection with the Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences including, but not limited to, those mentioned under AGCOM’s resolution No. 621/11/CONS (such as: (a) obligation of transparency, (b) obligation of non-discrimination, (c) obligations of access to and use of specific network facilities, and (d) obligation of price control and cost accounting) in the market of voice call termination on individual mobile networks.

 

12. Regulatory

 

12.1 Save as agreed by the Shareholders to be disposed of, the 3 Italia Group Companies possess all Non-Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences and the same have been obtained and are valid and subsisting and no notice or allegation of breach in respect of the Non-Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences has been received from any third party.

 

12.2 The 3 Italia Group Companies are compliant with all regulatory obligations in connection with the Non-Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences.

 

78


13. Material Contracts

 

13.1 The 3 Italia Data Room includes full and accurate copies of all Material Contracts relevant to the 3 Italia Group.

 

13.2 No 3 Italia Group Company is a party to any Material Contract which is under notice of material breach, invalidity or termination, such notice not being frivilous or vexatious and, so far as HET is aware, other than in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, no event has occurred which would entitle any third party or the relevant 3 Italia Group Company to give such notice.

 

13.3 No Material Contract was entered into by a 3 Italia Group Company otherwise than (a) in the ordinary course of business and (b) on arm’s length terms. Each Material Contract entered into by a 3 Italia Group Company has been duly executed by the parties thereto, and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the 3 Italia Group Company concerned in accordance with its terms, and so far as HET is aware, is legal, valid and binding upon each of the other parties to such Material Contract.

 

14. Intercompany Agreements

 

14.1 The 3 Italia Data Room lists all of the agreements and arrangements, in whatever form (including de facto relationships and agreements entered into verbally) in force as of the date of this agreement between the 3 Italia Group Companies and current or former related parties, as defined by IAS 24 (other than between related parties that are 3 Italia Group Companies) (the 3 Italia Intercompany Agreements ).

 

14.2 No 3 Italia Intercompany Agreement was entered into by a 3 Italia Group Company otherwise than (a) in the ordinary course of business and (b) on arm’s length terms.

 

14.3 No 3 Italia Group Company is in breach of a 3 Italia Intercompany Agreement and no circumstances exist which likely to give rise to such a breach. There are no claims outstanding against a 3 Italia Group Company in relation to any 3 Italia Intercompany Agreement.

 

15. Employees

 

15.1 The 3 Italia Data Room includes:

 

  (a) full and accurate anonymised compensation details of all 3 Italia Senior Managers;

 

  (b) an outline of all principal benefits of all employees of the 3 Italia Group Companies; and

 

  (c) standard form contracts which are the standard terms and conditions upon which employees of the 3 Italia Group Companies (other than those of the 3 Italia Senior Managers) are employed or have been offered employment.

 

15.2 The 3 Italia Group Companies have, since 1 January 2012, complied in all material respects with their obligations to employees under applicable European and domestic legislation (including applicable minimum wage, immigration, health and safety and compulsory and complementary health insurance and/or social security legislation), regulations, terms and conditions of employment and other agreements and arrangements, including all applicable collective bargaining agreements.

 

15.3 Since 1 June 2012, no material claim has been issued against any 3 Italia Group Company by any of its employees in respect of their employment which, if adversely determined, would, alone or together with any other such material claim(s), result in a liability of a 3 Italia Group Company in excess of EUR 10,000,000.

 

79


15.4 None of the employees and/or director and/or officers of any 3 Italia Group Company is entitled to (a) any bonuses and/or extraordinary payments triggered by the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (b) any incentive plan, including stock options and equity-linked benefits; and/or (c) pre-agreed payments which are payable in the event of the termination of their working relationships with a 3 Italia Group Company in each case in excess of EUR 1,000,000.

 

15.5 No 3 Italia Group Company has received from any employee any notice announcing or threatening the filing of claims for damages, different qualification or additional compensation from the relevant 3 Italia Group Company, including the fair award provided for under article 64, section 2 of Legislative Decree 10 February 2005, no. 30, or to apply for re-hiring on the grounds of, inter alia, illegitimate termination of their employment.

 

15.6 There are no persons (other than the current employees of the 3 Italia Group Companies) who currently render, or rendered, services to any of the 3 Italia Group Companies, who claimed, or may claim, that they should be qualified as employees of any of the 3 Italia Group Companies which, if adversely determined, would, alone or together with any other such material claim(s), result in a liability of a 3 Italia Group Company in excess of EUR 10,000,000.

 

15.7 Each collective agreement between any of the 3 Italia Group Companies and any trade union, staff association, works council or any other body representing workers has been established in accordance with Italian law and the 3 Italia Group Companies have fully complied with the same.

 

16. Pensions

 

16.1 No 3 Italia Group Company:

 

  (a) is a party to nor participates in nor contributes to any scheme, agreement or arrangement (whether legally enforceable or not) for the provision of any pension, retirement, death, incapacity, disability, or other like benefits for any employee or for the widow, widower, child or dependant of any employee;

 

  (b) has given any undertaking or assurance (whether legally enforceable or not) as to the continuance, introduction, improvement or increase of any benefit of a kind described above or is paying or has in the last two years paid any such benefit to (in either case) any employee or any widow, widower, child or dependant of any employee.

 

16.2 All material details of any 3 Italia Scheme, including all 3 Italia Scheme Documents, in respect of the 3 Italia Group are included in the 3 Italia Data Room.

 

16.3 Each 3 Italia Group Company has complied with all its obligations under the 3 Italia Scheme Documents and all codes of practice and laws applicable to such 3 Italia Scheme Documents.

 

16.4 All the mandatory and/or complementary pension and/or healthcare schemes joined by the employees of any of the 3 Italia Group Companies are defined contribution with no refunding obligations for any of the 3 Italia Group Companies.

 

17. Litigation

No 3 Italia Group Company is aware of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding which is in progress to which it is a defendant in or otherwise a party to and which, if adversely determined, would, on a standalone basis or in the aggregate with other proceedings of the same or similar nature, (a) result in a judgment in excess of EUR 10,000,000, (b) have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) prevent, delay or make illegal or invalid the execution or performance of this agreement or any of the Transaction Documents. So far as HET is aware, no such proceeding has been filed or has been threatened in writing against any 3 Italia Group Company. There is no outstanding obligation in excess of EUR 10,000,000 upon any 3 Italia Group Company arising from any settlement of any material proceedings or any other material claim.

 

80


18. Accounts

 

18.1 The 3 Italia Italian Group Companies Accounts:

 

  (a) were prepared in accordance with:

 

  (i) all applicable law and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (IASB); and

 

  (ii) the respective interpretations (SIC/IFRIC) adopted by the European Commission in accordance with the procedure set forth in EC Regulation no. 1606/2002 by European Parliament and by the European Council on 19 July 2002;

 

  (b) have been prepared on the same bases and policies of accounting as the published statutory accounts of the relevant 3 Italia Group Company to which they refer, consistently applied, for the preceding accounting reference period;

 

  (c) have been validly approved by each 3 Italia Group Company in accordance with all applicable laws;

 

  (d) have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers S.r.l.; and

 

  (e) except as expressly described therein, are not affected by any material exceptional items.

 

18.2 All the formalities (also including the relevant disclosures) provided for by any applicable laws have been duly, fully and timely carried out.

 

18.3 The H3G II Accounts:

 

  (a) were prepared in accordance with:

 

  (i) all applicable law and in accordance with Luxembourg Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (LuxGAAP); and

 

  (ii) the respective interpretations (SIC/IFRIC) adopted by the European Commission in accordance with the procedure set forth in EC Regulation no. 1606/2002 by European Parliament and by the European Council on 19 July 2002;

 

  (b) have been prepared on the same bases and policies of accounting as the published statutory accounts of HET, consistently applied, for the preceding accounting reference period;

 

  (c) have been included in the consolidated accounts of HWL, forming the largest body of undertakings of which the H3G II forms a part as a subsidiary undertaking; and

 

  (d) have not been audited.

 

19. Management Accounts

 

19.1 The unaudited management accounts of the 3 Italia Group Companies for the period since the 3 Italia Accounts Date (the 3 Italia Management Accounts ) have been prepared in good faith on a basis consistent with the basis employed in such accounts for the immediately preceding 12 months.

 

81


20. Changes since the 3 Italia Accounts Date

Since the 3 Italia Accounts Date:

 

  (a) the 3 Italia Group Companies have carried on their business in the ordinary and usual course so as to maintain the business as a going concern;

 

  (b) no substantial supplier, distributor, agent, business finder or customer has ceased or substantially reduced its trade with the 3 Italia Group Companies so as to cause a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c) no 3 Italia Group Company has declared, paid or made a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or in kind);

 

  (d) no resolution of the shareholder of any 3 Italia Group Company in its capacity as a shareholder of a 3 Italia Group Company has been passed;

 

  (e) no 3 Italia Group Company has issued or agreed to issue any share or loan capital or other similar interest;

 

  (f) no 3 Italia Group Company has repaid or redeemed share or loan capital, or made (whether or not subject to conditions) an agreement or undertaken an obligation to do any of those things;

 

  (g) no change has occurred in the accounting methods, principles or practices applied by a 3 Italia Group Company and there has been no revaluation by any 3 Italia Group Company of any of its assets; and

 

  (h) there has been no material damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, affecting the assets, properties or business of any 3 Italia Group Company.

 

21. Indebtedness

 

21.1 No 3 Italia Group Company has outstanding any External Debt other than that which is Fairly Disclosed in the 3 Italia Accounts or the 3 Italia Management Accounts.

 

21.2 No 3 Italia Group Company has since the 3 Italia Accounts Date repaid, or become liable to repay, any External Debt in advance of its normal or originally stated maturity and no External Debt has become capable of being declared due and payable or has been declared on demand before its normal or originally stated maturity and no Encumbrance in relation to such External Debt has become enforceable or has been enforced and, no event has occurred which is an event of default (or an event or circumstance which would with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the relevant document or any combination of any of the foregoing be an event of default) under or breach of any terms of any External Debt of any 3 Italia Group Company, in each case which entitles the lender in respect of such arrangement to require the relevant 3 Italia Group Company to repay the relevant External Debt prior to its normal or originally stated maturity.

 

21.3 No 3 Italia Group Company has outstanding any obligations in respect of a derivative transaction, including any foreign exchange transaction.

 

21.4 No 3 Italia Group Company is subject to any arrangement for receipt or repayment of any grant, subsidy, or financial assistance from any governmental department or other body.

 

21.5 No 3 Italia Group Company has lent any money or is otherwise a creditor in respect of an External Debt other than in the ordinary course of its trade or, provided that such agreement has been entered into in compliance with the 3 Italia Facilities Agreement, to another 3 Italia Group Company (in an aggregate amount that has been Fairly Disclosed).

 

21.6 The Security Interests affecting any 3 Italia Group Company or any of its assets have all been granted in accordance with the 3 Italia Financing Documents and constitute all Encumbrances affecting such 3 Italia Group Company or any of its assets.

 

82


22. Guarantees and indemnities

No 3 Italia Group Company is a party to a guarantee, indemnity or other agreement to secure or incur a financial or other obligation with respect to the obligations of a third party (other than another 3 Italia Group Company or as required or permitted by the 3 Italia Financing Documents).

 

23. Assets

 

23.1 The material assets of each 3 Italia Group Company included in the 3 Italia Accounts or acquired since the 3 Italia Accounts Date and all other material assets used or employed by the 3 Italia Group are either the absolute property of such 3 Italia Group Company free from any Encumbrance or such 3 Italia Group Company has a right to use such material assets and together comprise all the assets necessary for the purposes of continuing to carry on the business of the 3 Italia Group Companies materially as carried on at the date of this agreement.

 

23.2 Except for current assets offered for sale or sold in the ordinary course of trading, no 3 Italia Group Company has since the 3 Italia Accounts Date disposed of (or agreed to dispose of) any of the assets included in the 3 Italia Accounts or any assets acquired or agreed to be acquired since the 3 Italia Accounts Date.

 

24. Real estate

 

24.1 The 3 Italia Group Companies have full ownership and/or good title to each of the 3 Italia Properties, and such titles have been duly recorded in the competent registry under applicable Laws.

 

24.2 The lease agreements and any arrangements (including licences and concessions) for any 3 Italia Properties (including access and rights of way and usage) entered into by the 3 Italia Group Companies are in full force and effect and valid. No party is in breach of any of the lease agreements and, so far as HET is aware, there is no fact, matter or circumstance which could result in any liability of a 3 Italia Group Company in respect of any non-performance and/or non-compliance with the terms of such lease agreements and/or relevant applicable law, that would in each case or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25. 3 Italia Sites

 

25.1 A list of the 3 Italia Sites has been disclosed in the 3 Italia Data Room.

 

25.2 The 3 Italia Sites have all prescribed material licences, permits, concessions and authorisations required for their operation under applicable laws and regulations, save for those issues affecting such licences, permits, concessions and authorisations that are not reasonably expected to cause in aggregate a Material Network Effect.

 

26. Intellectual Property Rights

 

26.1 HET has delivered to VIP a list (as set out in the 3 Italia Data Room) of all patents, registered trademarks, registered service marks, registered designs, domain names or other registered Intellectual Property Rights of which a 3 Italia Group Company is the registered proprietor or for which application has been made by a 3 Italia Group Company (the 3 Italia IPRs ).

 

83


26.2 There is no Encumbrance on, over or affecting any of the 3 Italia IPRs.

 

26.3 So far as HET is aware, all Intellectual Property Rights required by each 3 Italia Group Company which is material for the purpose of carrying on its business as currently carried on are vested solely and beneficially in or are licensed to a 3 Italia Group Company.

 

26.4 So far as HET is aware, there has, since the 1 January 2012, been: (a) no unauthorised use in Italy or the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg of any Intellectual Property Right referred to in paragraph 26.3 above by a third party; and (b) no unauthorised use of a third party’s Intellectual Property Rights by a 3 Italia Group Company.

 

26.5 All registration and renewal fees have been paid in relation to all 3 Italia IPRs.

 

26.6 No 3 Italia Group Company trades under any business name other than its corporate name.

 

26.7 Since 1 January 2012, no 3 Italia Group Company has received written notice, such notice being frivolous or vexatious, alleging breach of: (a) any licences which have been granted to a 3 Italia Group Company relating to the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraph 26.3 above that are licensed to a 3 Italia Group Company; or (b) any licences which have been granted by any 3 Italia Group Company relating to the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in 26.3 above, nor so far as HET is aware, has there been a breach of such licence by a 3 Italia Group Company, in each case where such breach has had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27. Information Technology

For the purposes of this paragraph, 3 Italia Systems means all the software, hardware, network and telecommunications equipment and internet-related information technology that are material to any 3 Italia Group Company in connection with the operation of its business as currently conducted.

 

  (a) Each 3 Italia Group Company has all licences and agreements necessary to use and maintain the 3 Italia Systems (collectively, 3 Italia IT Agreements ) and such 3 Italia IT Agreements are in full force and effect.

 

  (b) Since 1 January 2012, no 3 Italia Group Company has received written notice that it is in breach of any 3 Italia IT Agreement and, so far as HET is aware, no counterparty has during that period been in material breach of any 3 Italia IT Agreement. Since 1 January 2012, there have been no security breaches, data loss, breakdowns, malfunctions, data termination or expiry, failures or other defects in the 3 Italia Systems which have had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) The 3 Italia Systems:

 

  (i) are in good repair and condition and in satisfactory working order consistent with their age;

 

  (ii) are (subject to fair wear and tear) capable of doing the work for which they were designed and purchased or are currently used; and

 

  (iii) have through their period of ownership or use by the relevant 3 Italia Group Company been maintained or serviced on the basis that the relevant 3 Italia Group Company would continue to operate the business of the 3 Italia Group Companies in the future.

 

84


28. Insurances

Each of the 3 Italia Group Companies has taken out appropriate insurances (in such amounts as are prudent and customary) against all risks normally insured against in respect of the business operated by the 3 Italia Group Companies and such insurances are in full force and effect and may not be terminated by the insurer by reason of any non-compliance by a 3 Italia Group Company with the terms of such insurance or by reason of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and all premiums payable in respect of any insurance policy in which any 3 Italia Group Company has an interest and which is material in the context of the 3 Italia Group Companies’ business have been duly paid.

 

29. Data and records

 

29.1 So far as HET is aware, all material records, data and information of the 3 Italia Group Companies are recorded, stored, maintained or operated by a 3 Italia Group Company and are not wholly or partly dependent on any facilities or means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, computerised or otherwise) which are not under the control of a 3 Italia Group Company.

 

29.2 So far as HET is aware, no 3 Italia Group Company has disclosed to any third party any such records, data and information as are referred to in paragraph 29.1 above, except for those data requested from any competent Regulatory Authority or as permitted in accordance with laws and regulations applicable to it.

 

30. Withheld Contracts

 

30.1 The costs to be incurred by H3G II pursuant to the 3 Italia Withheld Contracts are accurately reflected in the Agreed Business Plan in respect of the period to which such business plan refers.

 

30.2 H3G II has provided information on the 3 Italia Withheld Contracts which is in all material respects accurate and complete in order to respond to questions arising in the course of preparation of the Merger Integration Plan and, as a result, the costs of termination set out in the 3 Italia Withheld Contracts are correctly represented in the Merger Integration Plan taking into account the relevant assumptions made in the Merger Integration Plan (including as to timing of termination of the 3 Italia Withheld Contracts).

 

31. Disclosure

All disclosure made to VIP in the 3 Italia Data Room and the HET Disclosure Letter, so far as HET is aware (having made reasonable enquiry), has been made in good faith and without any inclusion or omission which would make such disclosure materially misleading in the context of the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

 

32. Tax

So far as HET is aware, no material liabilities to Tax of any member of the 3 Italia Group have arisen or are expected to arise, in respect of any period or part period that has ended on or before the entry into this agreement or is expected to end on or before Completion, in respect of, by reference to or in consequence of:

 

  (a) any income, profits or gains that have been earned, accrued or received on or before the entry into this agreement, or are expected to be earned, accrued or received on or before Completion;

 

  (b) any Event that has occurred on or before the entry into this agreement, or is expected to occur on or before Completion;

 

85


  (c) the expected value of any asset or assets, the expected value or amount of any capital or liabilities or the expected net asset value or market capitalisation of any company, in each case by reference to a time or period falling on or before Completion; or

 

  (d) any period or part period that has ended on or before the entry into this agreement or is expected to end on or before Completion.

 

86


SCHEDULE 7

VIP CLAIMS

References in this Schedule 7 to VIP Claims exclude any claims relating to adjustments pursuant to clause 7 or Schedule 10 or any claims pursuant to clause 20.

 

1. Acknowledgement

VIP acknowledges and agrees that it is not aware of any matter or circumstance, save for those matters Fairly Disclosed, which in its reasonable opinion is inconsistent with any of the HET Warranties or makes any of them untrue or inaccurate.

 

2. Notice

If VIP becomes aware of a matter or circumstance which is likely to give rise to a VIP Claim, VIP shall give notice to HET specifying the relevant facts (including VIP’s bona fide estimate, on a without prejudice basis, of the amount of such VIP Claim) as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of that matter or circumstance. HET shall not be liable for any Losses in respect of a VIP Claim to the extent that they are increased, or are not reduced, as a result of any failure of VIP to give notice as contemplated by this paragraph.

 

3. Cooling-off period

Following Completion and other than in relation to any claim under or for a breach of clause 2 to 6 (inclusive), 22 or Schedule 9), without prejudice to paragraph 2 above, if VIP becomes aware of a matter or circumstance which is likely to give rise to a VIP Claim:

 

  (a) representatives of HET and VIP shall meet in person as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which VIP notified HET in accordance with paragraph 2 and, during the period described in paragraph 3(b) below, and use reasonable endeavours to resolve any proposed VIP Claim without recourse to formal dispute resolution proceedings; and

 

  (b) VIP shall not initiate formal dispute resolution proceedings against HET in respect of such VIP Claim until the date falling 30 days after the date on which VIP notified HET thereof in accordance with paragraph 2.

Nothing in this paragraph 3 shall prevent VIP from seeking interim relief at any time to the extent necessary to preserve its rights.

 

4. Exclusions

 

4.1 HET shall not be liable in respect of a HET Warranty Claim to the extent that the matter or circumstance giving rise to that claim:

 

  (a) (except in respect of a HET Fundamental Warranty Claim under paragraph 1, 2.1, 5, 6 or 7 of Schedule 4) is Fairly Disclosed;

 

  (b) (except in respect of a HET Fundamental Warranty Claim under paragraph 1, 2.1, 5, 6 or 7 of Schedule 4) was:

 

  (i) specifically provided for (and not released prior to Completion) in the 3 Italia Accounts at the 3 Italia Accounts Date;

 

87


  (ii) specifically provided or reserved for in the Completion Statements; or

 

  (iii) specifically mentioned in a statement in any report forming part of the 3 Italia Accounts where that statement constitutes Fair Disclosure of that matter or circumstance; or

 

  (c) has been made good without cost to VIP or any Group Company

 

4.2 HET shall not be liable in respect of a VIP Claim (other than any HET Tax Non-Warranty Claim) to the extent that the relevant liability would not have arisen but for:

 

  (a) a change in legislation announced, or the withdrawal of any extra-statutory concession previously published by any Taxation Authority, after the date of this agreement (whether or not the change or withdrawal purports to be effective retrospectively in whole or in part); or

 

  (b) a change after Completion in the accounting policies adopted by the Group (other than a change made in order to comply with Accounting Policies from time to time).

 

4.3 HET shall not be liable in respect of a HET Disclosure Warranty Claim to the extent that such HET Disclosure Warranty Claim is based on a failure or omission of HET to disclose information to VIP and such disclosure was not permitted by applicable Laws.

 

5. De minimis claims

 

5.1 Subject to paragraph 5.4, HET shall not be liable in respect of any VIP Claim (other than a HET Disclosure Warranty Claim, a HET Indemnity Claim or a HET Tax Non-Warranty Claim) unless the amount of damages to which VIP would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that VIP Claim is at least EUR10,000,000.

 

5.2 Subject to paragraph 5.4, HET shall not be liable in respect of any HET Disclosure Warranty Claim unless the amount of damages to which VIP would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim is at least EUR50,000,000.

 

5.3 Subject to paragraph 5.4, HET shall not be liable in respect of any HET Indemnity Claim unless the amount of damages to which VIP would, but for this paragraph, be entitled as a result of that HET Indemnity Claim is at least EUR15,000,000.

 

5.4 If more than one VIP Claim arises from, or is caused by, the same or similar matters or circumstances and the aggregate amount of damages to which VIP would be entitled as a result of those VIP Claims is equal to or exceeds the sum specified in paragraph 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 (as applicable), such paragraph shall not apply to any of those VIP Claims.

 

6. Threshold

 

6.1 HET shall not be liable in respect of any VIP Claim (other than a HET Fundamental Warranty Claim, a HET Disclosure Warranty Claim or a VIP Tax Claim) unless the amount of all such VIP Claims (including all such VIP Claims which might have been made but for the operation of this paragraph) exceeds EUR150,000,000, in which case VIP shall be entitled to all amounts resulting from those VIP Claims (and not just the excess over that sum).

 

6.2 For the avoidance of doubt, VIP may give notice of any single VIP Claim in accordance with and for the purpose of paragraph 2 of this Schedule, irrespective of whether, at the time the notice is given, the amount set out in this paragraph has been exceeded.

 

88


7. Aggregate limit

 

7.1 Subject to paragraph 7.2, the maximum aggregate liability of HET in respect of any and all VIP Claims (other than a HET Tax Non-Warranty Claim) shall not exceed EUR1,000,000,000.

 

7.2 The maximum aggregate liability of HET determined under paragraph 7.1 shall be increased by the amount of any interest payable by HET in respect of any payment not made when due under this agreement.

 

8. Time limits

 

8.1 Subject to paragraph 8.6, HET shall not be liable for any VIP Claim (other than a HET Fundamental Warranty Claim, or a HET Disclosure Warranty Claim, a HET Indemnity Claim or a VIP Tax Claim) unless HET receives from VIP notice of such VIP Claim before the first anniversary of the publication of the first audited annual accounts of H3G II after Completion.

 

8.2 Subject to paragraph 8.6, HET shall not be liable for any HET Fundamental Warranty Claim unless HET receives from VIP notice of such HET Fundamental Warranty Claim before the date falling 30 months after the date of Completion.

 

8.3 Subject to paragraph 8.6, HET shall not be liable for any HET Disclosure Warranty Claim unless HET receives from VIP notice of such HET Disclosure Warranty Claim before the third anniversary of the date of Completion.

 

8.4 Subject to paragraph 8.6, HET shall not be liable for any HET Indemnity Claims unless HET receives from VIP notice of such HET Indemnity Claim before the date on which HET and its Affiliates cease (directly or indirectly) to hold any H3G II Shares.

 

8.5 HET shall not be liable for any VIP Tax Claim unless HET receives from VIP notice of such VIP Tax Claim before the expiry of six months after the period in which, under applicable Laws and practice of the jurisdiction in which the Taxation liability giving rise to the VIP Tax Claim has arisen, the relevant Taxation Authority is entitled to bring an action, claim or proceeding relating to that Taxation liability or is otherwise able to enforce such Taxation liability against the relevant 3 Italia Group Company, as possibly extended by any applicable Tax laws (including, without limitation, Article 43 of Italian Presidential Decree 29 September 1973, no. 600, as subsequently amended, and Article 57 of Italian Presidential Decree 26 October 1972, no. 633, as subsequently amended).

 

8.6 HET shall not be liable for any VIP Claim (other than a VIP Tax Claim) unless HET receives from VIP notice of such VIP Claim before the date on which HET and its Affiliates cease (directly or indirectly) to hold any H3G II Shares.

 

9. Waiver of rights

 

9.1 HET agrees with VIP and each employee of a Group Company to waive any rights or claims which HET may have against any employee of a Group Company or any Group Company in respect of any misrepresentation, inaccuracy or omission in or from any information or advice supplied or given by a Group Company or such employee in connection with the giving of the HET Warranties and the preparation of any disclosures. The provisions of this paragraph:

 

  (a) may with the prior written consent of VIP be enforced by any Group Company or any employee of a Group Company against HET under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999; and

 

  (b) may be varied or terminated by agreement between the Shareholders (and VIP may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by this paragraph) without the consent of any Group Company or any such employee.

 

89


9.2 If VIP makes a VIP Claim, HET agrees with VIP and VIP Solicitors to waive any rights or claims which it may have to recover a contribution from, or otherwise against, VIP Solicitors in respect of such claim.

 

10. Mitigation

Nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to relieve the relevant Party from any common law duty to take reasonable steps to mitigate any loss or damage suffered or incurred by it.

 

11. Recovery from third parties

 

11.1 If:

 

  (a) HET makes a payment in respect of a VIP Claim (other than a Tax Gross Up Claim) (the amount of such payment, to the extent it does not comprise interest on a late payment, being the HET Damages Payment );

 

  (b) within 12 months of the making of such payment any Group Company or VIP or another member of the VIP Group receives any sum or Relief, other than from a Group Company, VIP or another member of the VIP Group, which would not have been received but for the matter or circumstance giving rise to the relevant VIP Claim (the HET Third Party Sum );

 

  (c) the receipt of the HET Third Party Sum was not taken into account in calculating the HET Damages Payment; and

 

  (d) the aggregate of the HET Third Party Sum (or, 50% of the HET Third Party Sum if such payment was received by a Group Company) and the HET Damages Payment exceeds the amount required to compensate VIP in full for the matter or circumstance which gave rise to the relevant VIP Claim (such excess being the HET Excess Recovery ),

subject to paragraph 11.2, VIP shall, as soon as practicable following receipt of the HET Third Party Sum by it or the Group Company concerned, pay to HET an amount equal to the lower of (i) the HET Excess Recovery and (ii) the HET Damages Payment, after deducting (in either case) all reasonable costs incurred by VIP or the other member of the VIP Group (or 50% of costs incurred by any Group Company) in recovering the HET Third Party Sum and any and all Taxation payable by VIP or any Group Company or the other member of the VIP Group by virtue of its receipt.

 

11.2 Where the person concerned receives a Relief as referred to in clause 11.1(b), a payment shall not be made to HET before the date on which the Tax that would have been payable but for the Relief would have become recoverable by the appropriate Taxation Authority (taking account of other Reliefs available or that would otherwise have been available).

 

12. Insurance

Without prejudice to VIP’s duty to mitigate any loss in respect of any of any VIP Claim, if in respect of any matter which would otherwise give rise to a VIP Claim, any of the Group Companies has

 

90


actually recovered under any policy of insurance, the amount of insurance monies to which that Group Company is or would have been entitled shall proportionately reduce that VIP Claim (after deducting any reasonable costs incurred in making such recovery and any tax incurred as a result of the receipt of such recovery).

 

13. Remedy of breaches

Other than in respect of any breaches dealt with under clause 23.3, if, following Completion, the matter or circumstance giving rise to a VIP Claim is capable of remedy, HET shall have no liability in respect of that VIP Claim if the relevant matter or circumstance is remedied (at no material cost to any Group Company, VIP or any person connected with VIP) within 30 days of the date on which HET is given notice as contemplated by paragraph 2 of this Schedule in relation to that matter or circumstance. VIP shall procure (a) that HET is given the opportunity in that 30 day period to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance and (b) that each relevant Group Company shall provide all reasonable assistance to HET to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance. Nothing in this paragraph 13 shall prevent VIP from seeking interim relief at any time to the extent necessary to preserve its rights.

 

14. Consequential loss etc.

HET shall have no liability for any indirect or consequential losses or any punitive or aggravated damages arising out of any matter or circumstance giving rise to a VIP Claim.

 

15. No limitation or exclusion for fraud

Nothing in this Schedule shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

91


SCHEDULE 8

SIGNING OBLIGATIONS

PART 1

VIP SIGNING OBLIGATIONS

On the date of this agreement, VIP shall procure and, in respect of any documents to be entered into by VIP LuxCo, shall procure and take any and all action necessary to ensure, the delivery to HET of:

 

(a) the Shareholders’ Deed, duly executed by VIP LuxCo and the VIP Guarantor;

 

(b) the VIP Disclosure Letter, duly executed by VIP; and

 

(c) (i) the Employment Agreement of the Wind Executive, duly executed by WAHF and the Wind Executive and (ii) the related termination and settlement agreement, duly executed by Wind TS and the Wind Executive.

 

92


PART 2

HET SIGNING OBLIGATIONS

On the date of this agreement, HET shall procure:

 

(a) the delivery to VIP of the Shareholders’ Deed, duly executed by H3G II, HET and the HET Guarantor;

 

(b) the HET Disclosure Letter, duly executed by HET; and

 

(c) the Employment Agreements of each of the 3 Italia Executives, duly executed by H3G S.p.A. and the 3 Italia Executives.

 

93


SCHEDULE 9

COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

PART 1

VIP COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

At Completion, VIP shall procure and, in respect of obligations that relate to VIP LuxCo, procure and take any and all action necessary to ensure (in each case, to the extent not already procured or taken prior to Completion with continuing effect at Completion):

 

(a) that the Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation has been implemented in full such that the provisions of this Schedule 9 can be performed immediately;

 

(b) the delivery to HET and H3G II of:

 

  (i) a certified copy of the resolutions of the competent bodies of each of VIP and VIP LuxCo authorising the execution of this agreement (in respect of VIP) and the actions it is required to take in accordance with clauses 2 to 6 and this Schedule 9 and the execution of each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

 

  (ii) a power of attorney for VIP LuxCo to be represented as shareholder of H3G II in front of the Luxembourg Notary to: (A) approve the VIP LuxCo Contribution; (B) appoint as additional directors of H3G II such persons as HET and VIP LuxCo nominate and approve the resignation of such existing directors of H3G II who are to resign at Completion; (C) adopt the Completion H3G II Articles; and (D) approve any change to the name of H3G II, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(c) the delivery to H3G II of all information relating to VIP or VIP LuxCo that H3G II requires in order to provide the Luxembourg Notary with all necessary “know-your-customer” documents required in accordance with Luxembourg law and the sum of EUR25,000 to fully pay up the VIP H3G II Shares;

 

(d) in respect of the Existing HET Loan Sale:

 

  (i) the delivery to HET and H3G II of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to VIP LuxCo its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to 50% of the principal amount of the Existing HET Loan free from all Encumbrances in consideration for the grant to HET by VIP LuxCo of the VIP LuxCo Receivable, duly executed by VIP LuxCo; and

 

  (ii) the delivery to HET of a promissory note issued by VIP LuxCo in respect of the VIP LuxCo Receivable, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(e) in respect of the HET Contribution, the delivery to H3G II and HET of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to H3G II its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to the VIP LuxCo Receivable free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(f) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Contribution and WAHF Consideration, the delivery to H3G II of:

 

  (i) a transfer agreement in relation to the transfer by VIP LuxCo to H3G II of its entire interest in the WAHF Shares, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

94


  (ii) the original share certificate(s) representing the WAHF Shares, duly endorsed in a manner legally sufficient, under applicable law, to transfer to H3G II good, full and marketable title to such WAHF Shares free from all Encumbrances and with all rights attaching to them;

 

  (iii) a power of attorney for VIP LuxCo to be represented as a shareholder of WAHF in front of an Italian Notary to endorse the original share certificate(s) representing the WAHF Shares, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

  (iv) a copy of the shareholders’ ledger of WAHF duly updated by a director of WAHF reflecting (A) the transfer of the WAHF Shares, and (B) H3G II as the new sole shareholder of WAHF; and

 

  (v) such waivers or consents as may be necessary to enable H3G II to become the registered holder of all of the WAHF Shares;

 

(g) in respect of the Extinguishment of Receivables, the delivery to H3G II by VIP LuxCo of a deed of set-off in relation to the set-off of the H3G II Receivable against the VIP LuxCo Receivable such that each of the H3G II Receivable and the VIP LuxCo Receivable are extinguished as fully and completely repaid, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(h) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution and the HET Secondary Contribution, the delivery to FinCo, HET and H3G II of the novation deed under which each of VIP LuxCo and HET novates to FinCo its rights, title, interests, benefits, obligations, duties and liabilities in and to 50% of the Existing HET Loan free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(i) in respect of the FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to FinCo of the shareholder approval for the issue by FinCo to HET and VIP LuxCo of an equal number (and of equal value) of new FinCo Shares credited as fully paid for an amount equal to the face value of the Existing HET Loan;

 

(j) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, HET Secondary Contribution and FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to HET and FinCo of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(k) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, HET Secondary Contribution and FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to HET of the FinCo Distribution Policy Deed, duly executed by VIP LuxCo;

 

(l) in respect of the steps contemplated by clauses 2 to 6, executed copies of any other instruments of transfer required by law or reasonably requested by another Party to effect the transfers contemplated by such steps;

 

(m) that all Intercompany Balances owed by members of the VIP Group to any member of the Core Wind Group or owed by members of the Core Wind Group to any member of the VIP Group shall be (or shall have been) repaid as at the Completion Accounts Date; and

 

(n) that a board meeting of FinCo is (or shall have been) held at which it is resolved that the matters referred to in paragraph (f) of Part 4 of Schedule 9 are passed.

 

95


PART 2

HET COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

At Completion, HET shall procure (to the extent not already procured prior to Completion with continuing effect at Completion):

 

(a) that the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation has been implemented in full such that the provisions of this Schedule 9 can be performed immediately;

 

(b) the delivery to VIP and H3G II of:

 

  (i) a certified copy of the resolutions of the competent body of HET authorising the execution of this agreement, the actions it is required to take in accordance with clauses 2 to 6 and this Schedule 9 and the execution of each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

 

  (ii) a power of attorney for each of HET and HET LuxCo to be represented as shareholders of H3G II in front of the Luxembourg Notary to: (A) approve the HET Contribution; (B) approve the VIP LuxCo Contribution; (C) appoint as additional directors of H3G II such persons as VIP LuxCo and HET nominate and approve the resignation of such existing directors of H3G II who are to resign at Completion; (D) adopt the Completion H3G II Articles; and (E) approve any change to the name of H3G II, duly executed by HET and HET LuxCo;

 

(c) the delivery to H3G II of all information relating to HET and HET LuxCo that H3G II requires in order to provide the Luxembourg Notary with all necessary “know-your-customer” documents required in accordance with Luxembourg law;

 

(d) in respect of the Existing HET Loan Sale, the delivery to VIP LuxCo and H3G II of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to VIP LuxCo its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to 50% of the principal amount of the Existing HET Loan free from all Encumbrances in consideration for the grant to HET by VIP LuxCo of the VIP LuxCo Receivable, duly executed by HET;

 

(e) in respect of the HET Contribution, the delivery to H3G II and VIP LuxCo of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to H3G II its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to the VIP LuxCo Receivable free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by HET;

 

(f) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution and the HET Secondary Contribution, the delivery to VIP LuxCo, FinCo and H3G II of a novation deed under which each of VIP LuxCo and HET novates to FinCo its rights, title, interests, benefits, obligations, duties and liabilities in and to 50% of the Existing HET Loan to H3G II free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by HET;

 

(g) in respect of the FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to FinCo of the shareholder approval for the issue by FinCo to HET and VIP LuxCo of an equal number (and of equal value) of new FinCo Shares credited as fully paid for an amount equal to the face value of the Existing HET Loan;

 

(h) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, HET Secondary Contribution and FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to FinCo and VIP LuxCo of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed, duly executed by HET;

 

(i) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, HET Secondary Contribution and FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to VIP LuxCo of the FinCo Distribution Policy Deed, duly executed by HET;

 

96


(j) in respect of the steps contemplated by clauses 2 to 6, executed copies of any other instruments of transfer required by law or reasonably requested by another Party to effect the transfers contemplated by such steps;

 

(k) that all Intercompany Balances owed by members of the HET Group to any member of the 3 Italia Group or owed by members of the 3 Italia Group to any member of the HET Group shall be (or shall have been) repaid as at the Completion Accounts Date, with the exception of any Intercompany Balances which, at HET’s request, VIP has expressly agreed to keep in place at Completion as set out in the clauses 2 to 6 (inclusive);

 

(l) the delivery to VIP of the Hutchison IP Licence, duly executed by Hutchison 3G Enterprises S.à.r.l. and H3G II; and

 

(m) that a board meeting of FinCo is held (or shall have been held) at which it is resolved that the matters referred to in paragraph (f) of Part 4 of Schedule 9 are passed.

 

97


PART 3

H3G II COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

At Completion, H3G II shall procure (to the extent not already procured prior to Completion with continuing effect at Completion):

 

(a) in respect of the Existing HET Loan Sale, the delivery to HET and VIP LuxCo of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to VIP LuxCo its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to 50% of the Existing HET Loan free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by H3G II;

 

(b) the delivery to the Luxembourg Notary of all necessary “know-your-customer” documents required in accordance with Luxembourg law and a valuation certificate confirming the value of the VIP LuxCo Receivable to be transferred to H3G II to fully pay up the HET H3G II Shares;

 

(c) in respect of the HET Contribution:

 

  (i) the delivery to HET and VIP LuxCo of an assignment deed under which HET assigns to H3G II its rights, title, interest and benefits in and to the VIP LuxCo Receivable to H3G II free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by H3G II; and

 

  (ii) the delivery to HET of a copy of the register of H3G II recording HET as the owner of the two newly-issued H3G II Shares;

 

(d) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Contribution and the WAHF Consideration, the delivery to VIP LuxCo of:

 

  (i) a transfer agreement in relation to the transfer by VIP LuxCo to H3G II of its entire interest in the WAHF Shares, duly executed by H3G II;

 

  (ii) a promissory note in respect of the H3G II Receivable granted by H3G II in favour of VIP LuxCo, duly executed by H3G II; and

 

  (iii) a copy of the register of H3G II recording VIP LuxCo as the owner of all the VIP H3G II Shares;

 

(e) in respect of the Extinguishment of Receivables, the delivery to VIP LuxCo of a deed of set-off in relation to the set-off of the H3G II Receivable against the VIP LuxCo Receivable such that each of the H3G II Receivable and the VIP LuxCo Receivable are extinguished as fully and completely repaid, duly executed by H3G II;

 

(f) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution and the HET Secondary Contribution, the delivery to VIP LuxCo, HET and FinCo of a novation deed under which each of VIP LuxCo and HET novates to FinCo its rights, title, interests, benefits, obligations, duties and liabilities in and to 50% of the Existing HET Loan to H3G II free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by H3G II; and

 

(g) in respect of the steps contemplated by clauses 2 to 6, executed copies of any other instruments of transfer required by law or reasonably requested by another Party to effect the transfers contemplated by such steps.

 

98


PART 4

FINCO COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

At Completion, FinCo shall procure (to the extent not already procured prior to Completion with continuing effect at Completion):

 

(a) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution and the HET Secondary Contribution, the delivery to VIP LuxCo, HET and H3G II of the novation deed under which each of VIP LuxCo and HET novates to FinCo its rights, title, interests, benefits, obligations, duties and liabilities in and to 50% of the Existing HET Loan to H3G II free from all Encumbrances, duly executed by FinCo;

 

(b) in respect of the VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution, HET Secondary Contribution and FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to HET and VIP LuxCo of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed, duly executed by FinCo;

 

(c) in respect of the FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to HET of new share certificate(s) in the name of HET for the new FinCo Shares issued to HET as part of the FinCo Share Issue credited as fully paid for an amount equal to the face value of the Existing HET Loan contributed by HET;

 

(d) in respect of the FinCo Share Issue, the delivery to VIP LuxCo of new share certificate(s) in the name of VIP LuxCo for the new FinCo Shares issued to VIP LuxCo as part of the FinCo Share Issue credited as fully paid for an amount equal to the face value of the Existing HET Loan contributed by VIP LuxCo; and

 

(e) in respect of the steps contemplated by clauses 2 to 6, executed copies of any other instruments of transfer required by law or reasonably requested by another Party to effect the transfers contemplated by such steps;

 

(f) that a board meeting of FinCo is held (or shall have been held) at which it is resolved that the matters set out in paragraphs (a) and (d) are approved.

 

99


PART 5

VIP, HET AND H3G II COMPLETION DATE OBLIGATIONS

On or within 3 days of the Completion Date, the Shareholders and H3G II shall procure that:

 

(a) board resolutions of H3G II are passed in which it is resolved (or a board meeting of H3G II is held at which it is resolved) that, in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed, H3G II establishes the Audit Committee, the HR and Remuneration Committee and the Merger Executive Committee in accordance with the Terms of Reference which it also adopts;

 

(b) a board meeting of H3G II is held at which it is resolved that, in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed:

 

  (i) it appoints a chairman;

 

  (ii) it adopts the Initial Business Plan;

 

  (iii) it adopts the Initial Budget;

 

  (iv) it adopts the Merger Integration Plan; and

 

  (v) it adopts the Plan of Reorganisation; and

 

(c) in respect of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary:

 

  (i) the existing directors and, where possible, the existing effective and deputy statutory auditors ( sindaci effettivi e supplenti ) or auditors, as applicable, of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to resign from their office with effect as of Completion and deliver the original resignation letters to the relevant Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.) is validly convened in order to resolve on the adoption of new articles, on the basis of the Shareholders’ Deed and the MergeCo Articles Extract, in front of an Italian notary;

 

  (iii) an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting of each of 3Italia S.p.A. and H3G S.p.A. is validly convened also to resolve on the adoption of new corporate names (to take effect immediately after the relevant Italian Merger has become legally effective), in front of an Italian public notary;

 

  (iv) an ordinary shareholders’ meeting of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is validly convened in order to resolve on the appointment of: (i) such persons as the Shareholders shall have nominated in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed as the new directors and, among them, the chairman of the board of directors of the same; and (ii) such persons as the Shareholders shall have proposed in accordance with, or as are specified in, the Shareholders’ Deed as the new effective and deputy statutory auditors ( sindaci effettivi e supplenti ) and, among them, the chairman of the board of statutory auditors ( collegio sindacale ) of the same or auditors, as applicable; and

 

  (v) the board of directors of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.) is validly convened in order to resolve on the appointment of the relevant managing director ( amministratore delegato ) granting him the powers and authorities set out in the agreed form document under the Shareholders’ Deed entitled ‘MD Delegation’.

 

100


SCHEDULE 10

NET CASH AND WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS

PART 1

POST-COMPLETION FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

 

1. Preliminary

 

1.1 In preparing the Wind Completion Statement and the 3 Italia Completion Statement:

 

  (a) the items and amounts to be included in the calculation of Debt, Cash, Net Cash and Working Capital for the purposes of the relevant Completion Statement shall be identified by applying the relevant definition in Schedule 13 (subject, where applicable, to the provisions of paragraph 1 of Part 1 of this Schedule);

 

  (b) in applying each such definition and the provisions of paragraph 1 of Part 1 of this Schedule and determining which items and amounts are to be included in the relevant Completion Statement, if and to the extent that the treatment or characterisation of the relevant item or amount or type or category of item or amount:

 

  (i) is dealt with in the specific accounting treatments set out in paragraph 2 of Part 1 of this Schedule (the Specific Accounting Treatments ), the relevant Specific Accounting Treatment shall apply;

 

  (ii) is not dealt with in the Specific Accounting Treatments, but is dealt with in the IFRS standard accounting principles, IFRS standard accounting principles shall apply;

 

  (iii) is not dealt with in either the Specific Accounting Treatments or in IFRS standard accounting principles, but is dealt with in the accounting principles, policies, treatments, practices and categorisations used in the preparation of the Wind Accounts or the 3 Italia Accounts, as applicable (the Previous Accounting Principles ), the applicable Previous Accounting Principles shall apply.

 

1.2 For the purposes of calculating Debt, Cash and Working Capital for any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company, as applicable, any amounts which are to be included in any such calculation which are expressed in a currency other than euro shall be converted into euro at the Exchange Rate as at the Completion Accounts Date. For the avoidance of doubt the amounts in Schedule 12 (which include amounts in currencies other than Euros) have been fixed at a total of €9,913,000,000.

 

1.3 No balances relating to any transaction implemented after the Completion Accounts Date shall be reflected in the Completion Statements. For the avoidance of doubt, balances and/or amounts referred to in paragraphs (y) and (z) of the definition of Debt in Schedule 13 shall be reflected in the Completion Statements.

 

2. Specific Accounting Treatments

The following Specific Accounting Treatments shall apply in the preparation of the Completion Statements:

 

  (a) In relation to inventory:

 

  (i) items will be valued at the lower of their cost or realisable value;

 

101


  (ii) non-catalogued items will be provisioned at 100%; and

 

  (iii) slow moving or damaged items will have specific provisions.

 

  (b) In relation to receivables:

 

  (i) receivables will be recorded in Working Capital only to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ii) accounts and other receivables overdue (excluding receivables from operators, public administrative bodies, ENEL Group and judicial authorities) will be provisioned at least at 77%;

 

  (iii) receivables not overdue and eligible for sale under non-recourse receivables sale agreements shall be measured net of the cost to be incurred to sell the receivable;

 

  (iv) indirect Tax receivables will be included in Working Capital;

 

  (v) direct Tax receivables shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (vi) interest receivables shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (vii) receivables related to the 2014 Telecom Italia settlement signed on 30 September 2014 shall be excluded from Working Capital; and

 

  (viii) receivables related to Ericsson cash vouchers issued by Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson with letter dated 29 December 2011, and assigned by H3G S.p.A. to H3G PS on 16 January 2012, as subsequently amended in 2013, shall be excluded from Working Capital.

 

  (c) In relation to payables:

 

  (i) payables that are overdue by more than 60 days shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (ii) payables that are overdue from operators by more than 60 days, net of any related receivables, should be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (iii) indirect Tax payables will be included in Working Capital;

 

  (iv) direct Tax payables shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (v) interest payables shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (vi) payables related to accounting for free of charge assets, discounts and capital grants shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (vii) commissions payable to banks shall be excluded from Working Capital;

 

  (viii) extended payables related to Ericsson (pursuant to the arrangement with KFW ( Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau ) under which certain Ericsson receivables have been assigned by H3G S.p.A.to KFW) and LTE instalments due to the Ministry of Economic Development for the payment of the right of use of LTE frequencies in bandwidth 1800Mhz and 2600Mhz, assigned to H3G S.p.A. in October 2011 (together with applicable interest), shall be excluded from Working Capital; and

 

  (ix) payables due by Wind to Terna S.p.A. pursuant to an agreement dated 31 December 2012, under which Wind was granted the right of way to place fibre-optic cables within Terna S.p.A.‘s network, shall be excluded from Working Capital.

 

102


  (d) The relevant Completion Statement will:

 

  (i) reflect the Cash, Debt, Net Cash and Working Capital position of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group, as applicable, as at the Completion Accounts Date and will not take into account the effects of any of the transactions contemplated by clauses 2 to 6 of this agreement or, in any way, the post Completion intentions or obligations of H3G II, including, for the avoidance doubt, any reductions in the Debt of the Core Wind Group or increase in the Cash of the Core Wind Group that arises as a result of the use or set off of Reliefs arising in any 3 Italia Group Company;

 

  (ii) provide for dealer commissions to be recognised as intangible assets where recognition criteria are met (i.e. not as receivables);

 

  (iii) provide that cash and cash equivalents will be recognised as at the settlement date;

 

  (iv) exclude any Intercompany Balances repaid on or immediately prior to the Completion Accounts Date; and

 

  (v) exclude from Net Cash and Working Capital:

 

  (A) any amount in respect of deferred Tax (whether as a liability or an asset); and

 

  (B) any amount in respect of Excluded Transaction Taxes.

 

3. Completion Statement

 

3.1 After Completion:

 

  (a) HET shall prepare a draft statement (the 3 Italia Completion Statement ) showing the Debt, Cash, Net Cash and Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group as at the Completion Accounts Date; and

 

  (b) VIP shall prepare a draft statement (the Wind Completion Statement , together with the 3 Italia Completion Statement, being the Completion Statements and each a Completion Statement ) showing the Debt, Cash, Net Cash and Working Capital of the Core Wind Group as at the Completion Accounts Date.

 

3.2 The Completion Statements shall be in the form set out in Part 3 of Schedule 10 showing the calculation of the Net Cash and the Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group or Core Wind Group, as applicable. The Shareholders shall deliver their draft Completion Statements to each other within 60 days of Completion.

 

3.3

Each Shareholder shall notify the other in writing (a Completion Statement Notice ) within 45 days after receipt of the other Shareholder’s draft Completion Statement whether or not it accepts the other Shareholder’s draft Completion Statement for the purposes of this agreement. If a Shareholder (the Rejecting Party ) does not accept the other Shareholder’s (the Preparing Party ) draft Completion Statement, the Completion Statement Notice shall set out in detail the Rejecting Party’s reasons for

 

103


  such non-acceptance and specify the adjustments which, in the Rejecting Party’s opinion, should be made to the Preparing Party’s draft Completion Statement in order for it to comply with the requirements of this agreement. Except for the matters specifically set out in the Completion Statement Notice, the Rejecting Party shall be deemed to have agreed the Preparing Party’s draft Completion Statement in full.

 

3.4 If the Rejecting Party serves a Completion Statement Notice in accordance with paragraph 3.3 above, stating in the Completion Statement Notice that the Rejecting Party does not accept the Completion Statement, the Preparing Party and the Rejecting Party shall use all reasonable endeavours to meet and discuss the objections of the Rejecting Party and to agree the adjustments (if any) required to be made to the Preparing Party’s draft Completion Statement, in each case within 15 days after receipt by the Preparing Party of the Completion Statement Notice.

 

3.5 If the Rejecting Party is satisfied with the draft Completion Statement (either as originally submitted or after adjustments agreed between the Preparing Party and the Rejecting Party pursuant to paragraph 4) or if the Rejecting Party fails to give a valid Completion Statement Notice within the 45 day period referred to in paragraph 3, then the draft Completion Statement (incorporating any agreed adjustments) shall constitute the Completion Statement for the purposes of this agreement.

 

3.6 If the Preparing Party and the Rejecting Party do not reach agreement within 45 days after receipt by the Preparing Party of the Completion Statement Notice, then the matters in dispute may be referred (on the application of either the Preparing Party or the Rejecting Party) for determination by KPMG LLP (UK) or, if that firm is unable or unwilling to act, by such other independent firm of chartered accountants of international standing as the Preparing Party and the Rejecting Party shall agree or, failing agreement within five days of the Preparing Party and the Rejecting Party becoming aware of KPMG LLP (UK) being unable or unwilling to act, appointed by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (the Firm ). The Firm shall be requested to make its decision within 10 days (or such later date as the Preparing Party, the Rejecting Party and the Firm agree in writing) of confirmation and acknowledgement by the Firm of its appointment. The following provisions shall apply once the Firm has been appointed:

 

  (a) the Preparing Party and Rejecting Party shall each prepare a written statement within 15 days after the Firm’s appointment on the matters in dispute which (together with the relevant supporting documents) shall be submitted to the Firm for determination and copied at the same time to the other;

 

  (b) following delivery of their respective submissions, the Rejecting Party and the Preparing Party shall each have the opportunity to comment once only on the other’s submission by written comment delivered to the Firm not later than ten days after receipt of the other’s submission and, thereafter, neither the Preparing Party nor the Rejecting Party shall be entitled to make further statements or submissions except insofar as the Firm so requests (in which case it shall, on each occasion, give the other party (unless otherwise directed) ten days to respond to any statements or submission so made);

 

  (c) in giving its determination, the Firm shall state what adjustments (if any) are necessary, solely for the purposes of this agreement, to the draft Completion Statement in respect of the matters in dispute in order to comply with the requirements of this agreement and to determine finally the Completion Statement;

 

  (d) the Firm shall act as an expert (and not as an arbitrator) in making its determination which shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final and binding on the parties and, without prejudice to any other rights which they may respectively have under this agreement, the parties expressly waive, to the extent permitted by law, any rights of recourse they may otherwise have to challenge it.

 

104


3.7 The Shareholders shall each be responsible for their own costs in connection with the preparation, review and agreement or determination of the draft Completion Statements. The fees and expenses of the Firm shall be borne equally between the Shareholders or in such other proportions as the Firm shall determine.

 

3.8 To enable the Shareholders to each meet their obligations under this Schedule, H3G II shall provide to HET, VIP and their respective accountants full access to the accounting, financial, Tax or other books and records, employees and premises of the members of the 3 Italia Group and Core Wind Group, as applicable, and, where relevant, of H3G II for the period from the Completion Accounts Date to the date that the draft Completion Statement is agreed or determined. H3G II shall co-operate fully with the Shareholder and shall permit HET, VIP and/or their respective representatives to take copies (including electronic copies) of the relevant books and records and shall provide all assistance reasonably requested by HET and/or VIP to facilitate the preparation of the Completion Statements.

 

3.9 If a Rejecting Party serves a Completion Statement Notice stating that it does not accept the Preparing Party’s Completion Statement, it shall ensure that the Preparing Party and the Preparing Party’s nominated representatives shall be given reasonable access to the Rejecting Party’s and the Rejecting Party’s accountants’ working papers relating to the adjustments proposed in the Completion Statement Notice and any other submissions by or on behalf of the Rejecting Party in relation to the Preparing Party’s Completion Statement. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 of Part 1 of this Schedule, when the Completion Statements have been agreed or determined in accordance with the preceding paragraphs, then the amounts shown in the Completion Statements as the Working Capital, Debt and Cash for each 3 Italia Group Company or Core Wind Group Company, as applicable, shall be final and binding for the purposes of this agreement.

 

4. Financial Adjustments

 

4.1 When the Wind Completion Statement and the 3 Italia Completion Statement have been finally agreed or determined in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part 1 of this Schedule 10, the adjustments set out below shall be made.

 

4.2 In respect of the 3 Italia Group, the following adjustments shall be made:

 

  (a) In relation to the 3 Italia Group’s Net Cash, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the 3 Italia Final Net Cash plus the Final Excess Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Net Cash, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the 3 Italia Final Net Cash plus the Final Excess Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Net Cash (the 3 Italia Final Net Cash Shortfall).

 

  (b) In relation to the 3 Italia Group’s Working Capital, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the 3 Italia Final Working Capital plus the Final Excess Net Cash of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Working Capital, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the 3 Italia Final Working Capital plus the Final Excess Net Cash of the 3 Italia Group (if any) is less than the 3 Italia Target Working Capital (the 3 Italia Final Working Capital Shortfall).

 

  (c) The 3 Italia Final Adjustment will be calculated by adding any 3 Italia Final Net Cash Shortfall to any 3 Italia Final Working Capital Shortfall.

 

4.3 In respect of the Core Wind Group, the following adjustments shall be made:

 

  (a)

In relation to the Core Wind Group’s Net Cash, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the Wind Final Net Cash plus the Final Excess Working Capital of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Net Cash, in which case the adjustment

 

105


  will be the amount by which the aggregate of the Wind Final Net Cash plus the Final Excess Working Capital of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Net Cash (the Wind Final Net Cash Shortfall).

 

  (b) In relation to the Core Wind Group’s Working Capital, an adjustment shall only be made if the aggregate of the Wind Final Working Capital plus the Final Excess Net Cash of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Working Capital, in which case the adjustment will be the amount by which the aggregate of the Wind Final Working Capital plus the Final Excess Net Cash of the Core Wind Group (if any) is less than the Wind Target Working Capital (the Wind Final Working Capital Shortfall).

 

  (c) The Wind Final Adjustment will be calculated by adding any Wind Final Net Cash Shortfall to any Wind Final Working Capital Shortfall.

 

4.4 Following agreement or determination of the Wind Completion Statement and the 3 Italia Completion Statement: (A) any payment made by HET or VIP to the other at Completion in accordance with subclauses 7.6(a)(i) or 7.6(b)(i) will be repaid and any payment due from HET or VIP left outstanding as an undertaking to pay the other in accordance with subclauses 7.6(a)(ii) or 7.6(b)(ii) that remains outstanding shall be treated as not being due and such undertaking never having been made; and (B) the following payments will be made:

 

  (a) if the 3 Italia Final Adjustment is greater than the Wind Final Adjustment, HET shall pay to VIP (or such other member of the VIP Group as may be nominated by VIP) 50% of the difference as follows:

 

  (i) in cash on the date following agreement or determination of the Wind Completion Statement and the 3 Italia Completion Statement; or

 

  (ii) if HET so elects: (A) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay VIP carrying interest from Completion (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group); and (B) HET shall procure that H3G II or FinCo pays any amounts in respect of any dividends, distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to HET or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the Shareholders’ Deed directly to VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by VIP (or such nominated member of the VIP Group); or

 

  (b) if the Wind Final Adjustment is greater than the 3 Italia Final Adjustment VIP shall pay to HET (or such other member of the HET Group as may be nominated by HET) 50% of the difference as follows:

 

  (i) in cash on the date following agreement or determination of the Wind Completion Statement and the 3 Italia Completion Statement; or

 

  (ii)

if VIP so elects: (A) the payment shall be left outstanding as an undertaking to pay HET carrying interest from Completion (at a rate equal to the H3G II Cost of Capital and calculated on the bases of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 days), until such time as the amount due, together with accrued interest, is received in full by HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group); and (B) VIP shall procure that H3G II or FinCo pays any amounts in respect of any dividends, distributions or other returns of value due from H3G II or FinCo to VIP or VIP LuxCo or any transferee of shares in H3G II or FinCo in accordance with the

 

106


  Shareholders’ Deed directly to HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group) in discharge of such undertaking and interest to the extent of the payment received by HET (or such nominated member of the HET Group).

 

5. Adjustments for Tax

 

5.1 Not later than 20 Business Days following each anniversary of Completion, either Shareholder may notify the other Shareholder in writing (a Tax Adjustment Notice ) if it considers that any Debt Tax Liability has been finally determined in the 12 months preceding that anniversary.

 

5.2 Within 20 Business Days of any Tax Adjustment Notice (or, if more than one Tax Adjustment Notice is served in relation to the same anniversary of Completion, within 20 Business Days of the later of those Tax Adjustment Notices):

 

  (a) HET shall prepare a draft statement for each member of the 3 Italia Group (a 3 Italia Adjustment Statement ); and

 

  (b) VIP shall prepare a draft statement for each member of the Core Wind Group (a Wind Adjustment Statement , together with the 3 Italia Adjustment Statement being the Adjustment Statements and each an Adjustment Statement ),

in each case containing the information specified and in the form required by paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 of Part 1 of this Schedule, and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 and 2 of Part 1 of this Schedule (as if references to Completion Statements or any Completion Statement in those Parts were references to Adjustment Statements or any Adjustment Statements), provided that the only differences between each Adjustment Statement and its respective Completion Statement shall be those required to reflect any change to any Debt Tax Liability that has been finally determined since the Completion Accounts Date, as notified in any Tax Adjustment Notice.

 

5.3 Paragraphs 3.3 to 3.9 of Part 1 of this Schedule shall apply for the purposes of finally agreeing or determining any Adjustment Statements, as if references to Completion Statements or any Completion Statement in those paragraphs were references to Adjustment Statements or any Adjustment Statements.

 

5.4 Following the final agreement or determination of any Adjustment Statements:

 

  (a) the 3 Italia Final Adjustment and the Wind Final Adjustment shall be re-calculated on the basis of those Adjustment Statements; and

 

  (b) adjustments shall be made to the payments currently left outstanding pursuant to paragraph 4.4 of Part 1 of this Schedule; and if necessary, additional payments shall be made between the Parties, to reflect the position that the Parties would have been in had the re-calculated 3 Italia Final Adjustment and Wind Final Adjustment been used for the purpose of calculating the payments required pursuant to paragraph 4.4 of Part 1 of this Schedule (on the assumption that, if an additional payment would have been required from either Party, that Party would have elected to leave it outstanding as an undertaking to pay pursuant to paragraph 4.4(a)(ii) or 4.4(b)(ii), as appropriate),

and, in this paragraph 5.4, references to the Original 3 Italia Final Adjustment and the Original Wind Final Adjustment are, respectively, to the 3 Italia Final Adjustment and the Wind Final Adjustment in each case as finally agreed or determined under paragraph 4 of this Part 1 of this Schedule, before any re-calculation under this paragraph 5.4.

 

5.5

If the parties do not reach agreement as to the adjustments and/or payments required pursuant to paragraph 5.4 of this Part 1 of this Schedule within 45 days of the final agreement or determination

 

107


  of the relevant Adjustment Statements, then paragraph 3.6 shall apply to determine the adjustments and/or payments required pursuant to paragraph 5.4 of this Part 1 of this Schedule as a result of those Adjustment Statements, as it would apply to determine matters in dispute in a draft Completion Statement.

 

5.6 For the avoidance of doubt, clause 32 shall apply to any payment required pursuant to paragraph 5.4 of this Part 1 of this Schedule.

 

5.7 For the purpose of this paragraph 5 of Part 1 of this Schedule, a Tax liability shall be deemed to be finally determined when, in respect of such liability, a decision of a court or tribunal is given or any binding settlement, agreement or determination is made, from which either no appeal lies or in respect of which no appeal is made within the prescribed time limit.

 

5.8 For the avoidance of doubt, the Cash, Debt, Net Cash and Working Capital shown in any Adjustment Statement shall be identical to the Cash, Debt, Net Cash and Working Capital shown in the respective Completion Statement, subject only to any change to paragraph (j) of the definition of Debt to reflect any Debt Tax Liability that has been finally determined since the Completion Accounts Date.

 

5.9 For the avoidance of doubt, each Shareholder may serve more than one Tax Adjustment Notice pursuant to paragraph 5.1 of this Part 1 of this Schedule and the provisions of this paragraph 5 shall apply in respect of each anniversary of Completion in relation to which one or more Tax Adjustment Notices are served.

 

108


PART 2

FORM OF QUARTERLY UPDATES

 

    

Latest  Quarter

  

Previous Quarter

  

Movement

Inventory

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Trade Receivables

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Other Receivables

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Receivables Provision

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Trade Payables

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Other Payables

   xxx    xxx    xxx
  

 

  

 

  

 

Adjusted Working Capital

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Current Financial Assets

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Non Current Financial Assets

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Current Financial Liabilities

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Non Current Financial Liabilities

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Overdue Accounts Payable

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Overdue Tax Payables

   xxx    xxx    xxx

LTE Spectrum Payables

   xxx    xxx    xxx

Other Debt Items

   xxx    xxx    xxx
  

 

  

 

  

 

Net Cash

   xxx    xxx    xxx

 

109


PART 3

FORM OF COMPLETION STATEMENTS

 

     Estimate    Final

Inventory

   xxx    xxx

Trade Receivables

   xxx    xxx

Other Receivables

   xxx    xxx

Receivables Provision

   xxx    xxx

Trade Payables

   xxx    xxx

Other Payables

   xxx    xxx
  

 

  

 

Adjusted Working Capital

   xxx    xxx

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   xxx    xxx

Current Financial Assets

   xxx    xxx

Non Current Financial Assets

   xxx    xxx

Current Financial Liabilities

   xxx    xxx

Non Current Financial Liabilities

   xxx    xxx

Overdue Accounts Payable

   xxx    xxx

Overdue Tax Payables

   xxx    xxx

LTE Spectrum Payables

   xxx    xxx

Other Debt Items

   xxx    xxx
  

 

  

 

Net Cash

   xxx    xxx

 

110


SCHEDULE 11

VIP INDEMNITIES

 

Counterparty

  

Pending before

  

Proceeding ID Number

Fastweb S.p.A. (related to the antitrust case A357)    Court of Rome    R.G. No. 87795/2013
Uno Communications S.p.A (related to the antitrust case A357)    Court of Rome    R.G. No. 8887/2014
Teleunit S.p.A. (related to the antitrust case A357)    Court of Rome    R.G. No. 75236/08
Eutelia S.p.A. (then Eutelia S.p.A. in Amministrazione Straordinaria) (related to the antitrust case A357)    Court of Rome    R.G. No. 31498/09
Eutelia S.p.A. in Amministrazione Straordinaria (alleged abuse of dominant position and abuse of economic dependence)    Court of Rome    R.G. No. 34957/2012

 

111


SCHEDULE 12

CORE WIND GROUP EXTERNAL DEBT AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

PART 1

DERIVATIVE OBLIGATIONS

 

Name

  Outstanding Debt     Maturity     Amount     EUR notional     Outstanding
Hedge
    % of
Outstanding
Hedge
    Swap
Type
    Hedging Details     Wind Pays     Wind Receives     Derivative
MTM at 1Q15
(EUR)
    Derivative
maturity
    Entity  

SFA

    €700m Euribor 6M+4.25%       26-Nov-19       700       600       600       86     IRS       Fix vs float       2.76 % €      Euribor 6m       (24     26-Sep-16       Wind  
          100       100       14     IRS       Fix vs float       3.13 % €      Euribor 6m       (8     26-Sep-17       Wind  

FRN 2019

    €150m Euribor 3M+5.25%       30-Apr-19       150       150       150       100     IRS       Fix vs float       0.73 % €      Euribor 6m       (2     30-Oct-16       Wind  

SSN 2020

    $550m 6.5%       30-Apr-20       550       420       550       100     CCS       Fix USD vs Float EUR     6m+5.13     6.5 % $      99       30-Apr-20       WAF  
          300       300       55     IRS       Float EUR vs Fix EUR       1.429 % €      Euribor 6m       (19     30-Apr-20       Wind  
          120       120       22     IRS       Float EUR vs Fix EUR       1.665 % €      Euribor 6m       (9     30-Apr-20       Wind  

SSN 2020

    SSN $1,900m 4.75%       15-Jul-20       1,900       984       1,325       70     CCS       Fix USD vs Fix EUR       4.35 % €      4.75 % $      210       15-Jul-20       WAF  
          429       575       30     CCS       Fix USD vs Float EUR     6m+3.56     4.75 % $      102       15-Jul-20       WAF  

FRN 2020

   
FRN €400m Euribor
3M+4.125%
 
 
    15-Jul-20       400       100       100       25     IRS       Fix vs float       3.145 % €      Euribor 3m       (8     26-Sep-17       Wind  

SSN 2021

    $2,800m 7.375%       23-Apr-21       2,800       1,450       2,000       71     CCS       Fix USD vs Fix EUR       6.44 % €      7.375 % $      448       23-Apr-21       WAF  
          580       800       29     CCS       Fix USD vs Float EUR     6m+5.07     7.375 % $      220       23-Apr-21       WAF  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total 1

                        1,079      
                     

 

 

     

PART 2

DEBT INSTRUMENTS

 

€m

   BV Mar-2015      Cash Margin /
Coupon
    Maturity      Capitalized
Fees 1
 

RCF

     —          4.250     26-Nov-19     

SFA (€700m)

     700        4.250     26-Nov-19        (38

Floating Rate Notes 2019 (€150m)

     150        5.250     30-Apr-19        (2

Sr Secured Notes 2020 ($550m)

     520        6.500     30-Apr-20        (7

Sr Secured Notes 2020 (€2.475bn)

     2,475        4.000     15-Jul-20        (27

Sr Secured Notes 2020 ($1.9bn)

     1,725        4.750     15-Jul-20     

Floating Rate Notes 2020 (€575m)

     575        4.000     15-Jul-20        (7

Floating Rate Notes 2020 (€400m)

     400        4.125     15-Jul-20        (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Senior Secured Debt

     6,544             (88
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Sr Notes 2021 ($2.8bn)

     2,698        7.375     23-Apr-21     

Sr Notes 2021 (€1.75bn)

     1,750        7.000     23-Apr-21        (46
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Senior Secured Debt & Senior debt

     10,992             (133
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

112


SCHEDULE 13

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1. In this agreement:

3 Italia means 3 Italia S.p.A., a joint stock company incorporated under the laws of Italy having its registered office at Via Leonardo da Vinci, 1, 20090 Tezzano sul Naviglio, Milan, Italy registered with the Companies’ Register of Milan under No. and fiscal code 02547170924, REA number No. MI – 160887;

3 Italia Accounts means the 3 Italia Italian Group Companies Accounts and the H3G II Accounts;

3 Italia Accounts Date means 31 December 2014;

3 Italia Acquisition means any acquisition to be made by H3G II to acquire any Equity Interests held by a third party in 3 Italia;

3 Italia Adjustment Statement has the meaning given in paragraph 5.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Completion Statement has the meaning given in paragraph 3.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Data Room means the 3 Italia Physical Data Room and the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room;

3 Italia Designated Employees means the employees of the 3 Italia Group that have been identified by the 3 Italia Group as being entitled to receive a Retention Bonus for contributions made in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by this agreement;

3 Italia Dirigenti Employees means the 19 dirigenti employees of the 3 Italia Group that have been identified by the 3 Italia Group as being entitled to receive a Retention Bonus;

3 Italia Estimated Adjustment has the meaning given in clause 7.4(c);

3 Italia Estimated Net Cash means the estimate of what Net Cash of the 3 Italia Group will be at the Completion Accounts Date as set out in the 3 Italia Estimates provided in accordance with clause 7.3(a);

3 Italia Estimated Net Cash Shortfall has the meaning given in clause 7.4(a);

3 Italia Estimated Working Capital means the estimate of what Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group will be at the Completion Accounts Date as set out in the 3 Italia Estimates provided in accordance with clause 7.3(a);

3 Italia Estimated Working Capital Shortfall has the meaning given in clause 7.4(b);

3 Italia Estimates has the meaning given in clause 7.3(a);

3 Italia Executives means Dina Ravera and Stefano Invernizzi;

3 Italia Facilities Agreement means the Export Credit Agreement to make down payments on and in accordance with a commercial agreement with Ericsson, with AB Svenst Export Kredit for an amount of EUR460,326,000, entered into on July 2009;

3 Italia Final Adjustment has the meaning given in paragraph 4.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

 

113


3 Italia Final Net Cash means the Net Cash of the 3 Italia Group at the Completion Accounts Date as agreed by HET and VIP or determined by the Firm (as applicable) in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Final Net Cash Shortfall has the meaning given in paragraph 4.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Final Working Capital means the Working Capital of the 3 Italia Group at the Completion Accounts Date as agreed by HET and VIP or determined by the Firm (as applicable) in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Final Working Capital Shortfall has the meaning given in paragraph 4.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

3 Italia Financing Documents means the documents provided in folder 3 of the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room;

3 Italia Group means H3G II, 3 Italia S.p.A., H3G S.p.A. and 3Lettronica Industriale S.p.A., collectively, and 3 Italia Group Company means any of them;

3 Italia Intercompany Agreement has the meaning given in paragraph 14.1 of Schedule 6;

3 Italia IPRs has the meaning given in paragraph 26.1 of Schedule 6;

3 Italia IT Agreements has the meaning given in paragraph 27(a) of Schedule 6;

3 Italia Italian Group Companies Accounts means:

 

  (a) the audited balance sheets of 3 Italia, H3G S.p.A. and 3lettronica Industriale S.p.A. as at 31 December of 2012, 2013 and 2014, including the relevant audited profit and loss accounts for each such financial year; and

 

  (b) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the 3 Italia Group (excluding H3G II) as at those dates, including the relevant audited consolidated profit and loss accounts for each such financial year,

and in all cases the notes and directors’ reports relating to them;

3 Italia Key Material Contracts means all agreements:

 

  (a) contained in folder 4.1 of the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room;

 

  (b) listed in document 4.6 of the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room;

 

  (c) listed in document 4.11 of the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room;

 

  (d) contained in folder 7.2.1.2 of the 3 Italia Virtual Data Room; and

 

  (e) the 3 Italia Withheld Contracts,

and any other agreement which is critical to the operation of the business of the 3 Italia Group Companies as carried out at the date of this agreement;

3 Italia Management Accounts has the meaning given in paragraph 19.1 of Schedule 6;

3 Italia Parent Guarantee means a Guarantee given by a member of the HET Group other than the 3 Italia Group to secure the performance of a member of the 3 Italia Group;

 

114


3 Italia Physical Data Room the material and information on the 3 Italia Group made available by HET to the VIP Solicitors in the physical data rooms held with the Italian office and the London office of the HET Solicitors, one physical copy of which was made available to the VIP Solicitors between the period of 11 May 2015 to 20 May 2015;

3 Italia Properties means the following properties (and includes any part of each of them):

 

  (a) the real estate property located in Trezzano sul Naviglio (Milan), via Leonardo da Vinci 1 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with The real estate Contractors Ltd.); and

 

  (b) the real estate property located in Rome, via Cristoforo Colombo 416-420 / via Alessandro Severo 246 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with BNP Paribas Real Estate Investment Management Italy S.G.R. p.A. (now Amundi RE Italia S.G.R.));

3 Italia Quarterly Update has the meaning given in clause 7.2(a);

3 Italia Scheme Documents means, in relation to a 3 Italia Scheme, full particulars of all the benefits to be provided by that 3 Italia Scheme;

3 Italia Schemes means all the mandatory and/or complementary pension and/or healthcare schemes joined by the employees of any of the 3 Italia Group Companies;

3 Italia Senior Managers means the holders of each of the following positions in respect of the 3 Italia Group Companies (except H3G II): Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Sales Manager, Marketing & Strategy Director, Human Resource Director, Internal Auditing Director, Institutional and Regulatory Affairs Director, Legal Affairs Director;

3 Italia Sites means those sites where, as of 28 April 2015, the 3 Italia Group locates network infrastructure, whether owned, leased, licensed by a 3 Italia Group Company or on which the equipment is hosted by a third party;

3 Italia Systems has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 6;

3 Italia Target Net Cash means €15,000,000 (comprising targets of €200,000,000 for Cash and €185,000,000 for Debt) which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the €200,000,000 that HET is required to procure is held by the 3 Italia Group as at the Completion Accounts Date in accordance with clause 19.10;

3 Italia Target Working Capital means €0 (zero);

3 Italia Virtual Data Room means the material and information on the 3 Italia Group made available by HET to the VIP Guarantor and its advisers in the electronic data room held with RR Donnelley (including both “clean team” and “super clean team” material and information as well as the Q&A materials), one digital copy of which has been provided to each of the HET Solicitors and the VIP Solicitors as at 18:12:27 CET on 3 August 2015;

3 Italia Withheld Contracts means each of the following:

 

  (a) Master Services Agreement with Ericsson Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. entered into by H3G S.p.A. on 1 July 2009 (as amended from time to time);

 

115


  (b) Network Supply Agreement with Ericsson Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. entered into by H3G S.p.A. on 6 May 2009 (as amended from time to time);

 

  (c) Data Centre Outsourcing Agreement with Ericsson Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. entered into by H3G S.p.A. on 1 July 2010 (as amended from time to time); and

 

  (d) Agreement of right of use with Ericsson Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. entered into on 31 May 2013;

Accounting Policies means the policies describing the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group from Completion in the Agreed Form;

Adjustment Statements has the meaning given in paragraph 5.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10 and Adjustment Statement means any of them;

Advisory Board means the standing body of expert advisers established by H3G II on or after Completion;

Affiliates means, in relation to any Party or other entity, any Subsidiary or Parent Company of that Party or other entity and any Subsidiary of any such Parent Company, in each case from time to time;

AGCOM means the Italian Authority for Communications Guarantees ( Autorità per le Garanzie nelle Comunicazioni );

Agreed Business Plan means the business plan of the Group for the three years from Completion, in the Agreed Form, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not be implemented prior to Completion;

Agreed Form means, in relation to any document, the form of that document which has been initialled for the purpose of identification by or on behalf of the Shareholders with such changes as the Shareholders may agree in writing before Completion;

Agreed Press Releases means the press releases for the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to be issued by the HET Guarantor and the VIP Guarantor on or around the date of this agreement, in substantially the form shared between the Shareholders prior to the date of this agreement;

Ancillary Benefit has the meaning given in clause 24.3;

Annual Bonuses means any Management Bonuses, Production Bonuses and Customer Bonuses;

Anti-corruption Laws means applicable Laws concerning corruption or bribery, including, without limitation, Law 231 of the Republic of Italy, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010, and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

Anti-money Laundering Laws means any Laws concerning money laundering;

Attributed Entity has the meaning given in clause 18.5;

Audit Committee means the audit committee of the board of H3G II established on Completion;

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are generally open in London, Milan, Amsterdam, Luxembourg and Hong Kong for normal business;

 

116


Cash means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group, as applicable, on a consolidated basis and without duplication:

 

  (a) the cash and cash equivalents (as defined under IFRS) and marketable securities (if they can be readily converted into cash in a maximum of 30 days) as derived from the underlying books and records of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group; and

 

  (b) excluding:

 

  (i) any cash and cash equivalents that are not capable of being lawfully spent, distributed, loaned or received by the relevant company free of any restrictions within 30 days, or if capable of being so lawfully spent, distributed, loaned or received free of restrictions only after a withholding, deduction, or incurrence of a cost, then less the amount of such withholding, deduction or cost;

 

  (ii) any cash received from customers with respect to receivables that were subject to factoring, assignment or securitisation arrangements;

 

  (iii) any cash received on behalf of third parties and required to be paid to them in due course;

 

  (iv) litigation deposits;

 

  (v) the Galata Proceeds received by any member of the Core Wind Group in connection with the exercise of the Galata Put Option;

 

  (vi) any proceeds received by any member of the VIP Group in relation to the SSEA Indemnity Proceedings;

 

  (vii) any reimbursement or assignment of a receivable in accordance with clause 17.6; and

 

  (viii) any amount received by any Core Wind Group Company as a result of any offset or settlement of the Wind Tax Receivable and the Wind Tax Payable in accordance with Schedule 9,

and, for the avoidance of doubt and in the case of the 3 Italia Group only, cash transferred by H3G II to an Italian notary public before Completion for the purposes of paying any FTT arising on the transfer of the entire issued share capital of WAHF to H3G II shall be deemed to be Cash held by the 3 Italia Group up to and including the Completion Accounts Date, including for the purposes of clauses 7 and 19.10 and Schedule 10;

Cash Leakage means:

 

  (a) in respect of the Core Wind Group and for the purpose of clause 19.9(a):

 

  (i) any dividend or distribution (whether in cash or in kind) or any return of capital (whether by reduction of capital or redemption or purchase of shares) from any member of the Core Wind Group (other than between wholly-owned subsidiaries within the Core Wind Group);

 

  (ii) any payment of interest or repayment of principal in respect of any Intercompany Balances owed by any member of the Core Wind Group;

 

117


  (iii) any management, service or other charges, or fees, costs, recharges, bonuses or other sums, paid or incurred by any member of the Core Wind Group, in favour of any member of the VIP Group (other than a member of the Core Wind Group) except (i) any repayment between the date of this agreement and the Completion Accounts Date of any management fees up to €60,000,000 in aggregate; or (ii) international roaming and interconnect payments in the ordinary course of business and on arm’s length terms between the date of this agreement and the Completion Accounts Date; or (iii) the monthly international roaming and interconnect charges totalling EUR1.4 million referred to in paragraph (iii) of the definition of ‘Intercompany Balances’ in Schedule 13 that will be paid prior to Completion; or (iv) any payment between the date of this agreement and the Completion Accounts Date required under the Wind Tax Agreement or required by law to Wind Telecom in connection with the Wind Tax Group (in each case) to the extent these payments and repayments are permitted by the Wind Financing Documents and by applicable Laws; and

 

  (iv) any other payments made (whether in cash or kind) or benefits conferred by any member of the Core Wind Group to or on a member of the VIP Group; or

 

  (b) in respect of the 3 Italia Group and for the purpose of clause 19.9(b):

 

  (i) any dividend or distribution (whether in cash or in kind) or any return of capital (whether by reduction of capital or redemption or purchase of shares) from any member of the 3 Italia Group (other than between wholly-owned subsidiaries within the 3 Italia Group);

 

  (ii) any payment of interest or repayment of principal in respect of any Intercompany Balances owed by any member of the 3 Italia Group that are not repaid or settled as at the Completion Accounts Date;

 

  (iii) any management, service or other charges, or fees, costs, recharges, bonuses or other sums, paid or incurred by any member of the 3 Italia Group, in favour of any member of the HET Group (other than a member of the 3 Italia Group); and

 

  (iv) any other payments made (whether in cash or kind) or benefits conferred by any member of the 3 Italia Group to or on a member of the HET Group;

CET has the meaning given in clause 22.1;

Commitment has the meaning given in clause 8.6;

Commitment Offer has the meaning given in clause 8.6;

Completion means the implementation of the matters described in clause 22.5;

Completion Accounts Date means the last day of the calendar month immediately prior to the date of Completion;

Completion Date means the day on which Completion occurs;

Completion FinCo Articles means the articles of association of FinCo to be adopted on Completion;

Completion H3G II Articles means the articles of association of H3G II to be adopted on Completion in the Agreed Form and which shall include the new name of H3G II to be agreed by the Shareholders prior to Completion;

 

118


Completion Statement has the meaning given in paragraph 3.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Completion Statement Notice has the meaning given in paragraph 3.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Concentration has the meaning given in clause 8.2;

Core Wind Group means the following:

 

  (a) WAHF;

 

  (b) Wind TS;

 

  (c) Wind Retail S.r.l.; and

 

  (d) Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.,

and Core Wind Group Company means any of them;

Costs means costs (including reasonable legal costs) and expenses (including in respect of Tax), in each case of any nature whatsoever;

Costs Payee Party has the meaning given in clause 27.2;

Costs Paying Party has the meaning given in clause 27.2;

Crystallised Tax Liability means any liability to Tax (whether potential, actual, contingent or disputed, but excluding any deferred Tax liability) of any member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (as applicable) in respect of which an assessment has been issued, or a report or notice has been received, on or before the Completion Accounts Date, from the relevant Taxation Authorities (which in Italy shall include the relevant Tax collecting agent (“concessionario o agente della riscossione”), including for the avoidance of doubt in Italy any case where:

 

  (a) a Tax assessment, a notice of application of Tax penalties, a request for payment of Taxes or a deed of enforcement and collection of Taxes (including, without limitation, “ avviso di accertamento ”, “ invito a comparise o al contraddittorio ”, “ avviso di liquidazione ”, “ avviso di rettifica e liquidazione ”, “ cartella di pagamento ”,“ comunicazione ex. Art 36-bis or 36-ter of D.P.R. n. 600/1973 or 54-bis of D.P.R. n. 633/1972 ”, “ atto di contestazione di sanzioni ”, “ atto di irrogazione di sanzioni ”, “ atto di pignoraminto ”, “ inscrizione di ipoteca ”, “ espropriazione immobiliare ” or “ fermo amministrativo ”) has been issued;

 

  (b) a Tax audit report (including, without limitation, “ processo verbale di verifica ” or “ processo verbale di contraddittorio ”) or any ruling (including, without limitation, “ interpello ”) has been received from the relevant Taxation Authorities;

 

  (c) a Tax settlement (including, without limitation, “ acquiscenza ”, “ atto di adesione ”, “ atto di accertamento con adesione ”, “ adesione all’invito a comparire ”, “ adesione al processo verbale di constatazione ” or “ atto di conciliazione ”) has been signed or concluded; or

 

  (d) a voluntary assessment or restatement of higher taxes due by the taxpayer (including, without limitation, “ ravvedimento operoso ”) has been made,

in each case (whether in Italy or elsewhere) indicating that the relevant Taxation Authorities intend to challenge or dispute (or disagree with the interpretation of the taxpayer as to) the treatment of an item or Event that may result in Tax being payable or that they consider Tax is payable, whether or not the amount is quantified or specified;

 

119


Customer Bonuses means any bonuses or other payments payable in connection with target incentives for customer operatives by any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company (as applicable) to its employees on an annual basis;

Debt means: (x) in relation to the Core Wind Group, the Financial Indebtedness of the Core Wind Group as set out in Schedule 12 (at the amounts set out in Schedule 12 totalling €9,913,000,000 and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any repayment of such Financial Indebtedness on or before the Completion Accounts Date); and (y) in relation to each of the Core Wind Group (in addition to the Financial Indebtedness of the Core Wind Group as set out in Schedule 12) or the 3 Italia Group, as applicable, on a consolidated basis and without duplication:

 

  (a) the outstanding principal of and premium and/or penalties (if any) and all accrued and unpaid interest in respect of Financial Indebtedness (including, in relation to the Core Wind Group, any drawn balance as at the Completion Accounts Date on the revolving credit facility included in Schedule 12 at zero) with the exception of any intercompany balances other than as set out in paragraph (t);

 

  (b) any obligations that are required to be classified and accounted for as a finance lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS, and the amount of indebtedness represented by such obligations will be the capitalised amount of such obligation at the time any determination is to be made as determined in accordance with IFRS;

 

  (c) all financial obligations of other persons secured by a guarantee, indemnity, or counter-indemnity given by, or a lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or charge of any kind on any asset of, a member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group, whether or not such financial obligations are assumed;

 

  (d) financial obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, loan stock or similar instruments whether convertible or not, including those incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;

 

  (e) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the mark-to-market ‘out of the money’ negative effect of all derivative instruments not included in Schedule 12 or entered into in breach of the pre-completion covenant set out in clause 19.11 or 19.12 in which a party is a participant (or with respect to which a party has rights and/or obligations), as if they are to be terminated on the Completion Accounts Date, and any costs and fees related to the termination of such instruments;

 

  (f) obligations in respect of dividends declared or other income distributions or capital distributions payable by a member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group to any person that is not a member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group;

 

  (g) unpaid adviser or other fees or expenses (or re-charges of such fees or expenses) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this agreement;

 

  (h) any commissions payable to banks;

 

  (i) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liability of any member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (as applicable) in respect of pension, retirement indemnity or other post-retirement benefits (except for the Trattamento di Fine Rapporto (TFR) benefit payable on termination of employment for any reason in Italy);

 

  (j) provisions in respect of litigation and other specific provisions (other than dismantling and tax provisions);

 

120


  (k) any Tax liabilities (other than any VAT or other indirect Taxes included in Working Capital and any liabilities included in paragraph (l)), that are:

 

  (i) Tax liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (ii) any other Crystallised Tax Liabilities,

in each case that are due and payable on or before the Completion Accounts Date but are not paid to the relevant Taxation Authority on or before the Completion Accounts Date, including any amounts that would be due and payable by any Core Wind Group Company but for that Core Wind Group Company being part of the Wind Tax Group (except to the extent that any payment in respect of that amount has been made by that Core Wind Group Company to Wind Telecom on or before the Completion Accounts Date) (items falling within paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) above each being a Debt Tax Liability ).

For the purpose of this paragraph (k), Tax is deemed to be due and payable on:

 

  (A) in the case of Tax in respect of which there is provision in the ordinary course for payment by advances or instalments, each date on which an advance or instalment of such Tax becomes payable; and

 

  (B) in the case of Tax which does not fall within (A), the last date on which Tax can be paid to the relevant Taxation Authority to avoid a liability to interest or penalties accruing,

in each case: (x) on the assumption that all relevant profits or other amounts have been included in the appropriate tax return or other Tax Document; and (y) ignoring any extension to any such date arising as result of any dispute or challenge or for any other reason; provided that a Tax liability shall be deemed not to be due and payable for the purpose of this paragraph to the extent that a reimbursement or assignment of a receivable relating to that Tax liability has been made in accordance with clause 17.6;

 

  (l) any unpaid liabilities to any Taxation Authority under any payment plan agreed on or prior to the Completion Accounts Date , including any interest, surcharge, penalty or fine relating thereto;

 

  (m) payables that are overdue by more than 60 days to the extent not covered under paragraphs (n), (o) and (p) of this definition;

 

  (n) payables that are overdue from operators by more than 60 days, net of any related receivables;

 

  (o) extended payables related to Ericsson (pursuant to the arrangement with KFW ( Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau ) under which certain Ericsson receivables have been assigned by H3G S.p.A.to KFW) and LTE instalments due to the Ministry of Economic Development for the payment of the right of use of LTE frequencies in bandwidth 1800Mhz and 2600Mhz, assigned to H3G S.p.A. in October 2011 (together with applicable interest);

 

  (p) payables discounted as at the Completion Accounts Date due by Wind to Terna S.p.A. pursuant to an agreement dated of 31 December 31 2012, under which Wind was granted the right of way to place fibre-optic cables within Terna S.p.A.‘s network;

 

  (q) obligations relating to arrangements accounted for as a sale and leaseback or any amount raised under any other transaction (including a forward sale and purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

121


  (r) obligations under any other working capital management arrangements executed for the purposes of obtaining financing excluding payment terms agreed with suppliers without explicit financial cost and the following agreements already in place related to the sale of receivables without recourse: (i) Risk Transfer Agreement entered into between H3G S.p.A. and Hutchison UK Receivables Hove Limited and dated 14 December 2012, (ii) Risk Transfer Agreement entered into between Hutchison UK Receivables Limited and H3G S.p.A. and dated 23 December 2011, (iii) Agreement for without Recourse Receivable Sale entered into between Cofactor S.p.A.(now Creditech S.p.A.) and H3G S.p.A and dated 20 June 2013, and (iv) Framework Receivables Assignment Agreement entered into between Wind TS and Intesa San Paolo S.p.A. on 6 February 2014;

 

  (s) the outstanding principal amount in respect of receivables sold or discounted to the extent that there is recourse to any member of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (as applicable) or any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility including any dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (t) any intercompany payables not repaid at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date, including (i) guarantee fees in the amount of €60,000,000 owed by the 3 Italia Group which shall be repaid immediately following Completion and (ii) the aggregate of (A) the international roaming and interconnect charges and discounts accrued as payable and/or owed by members of the Wind Group to members of the VIP Group as at the Completion Accounts Date referred to in paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Intercompany Balances” less (B) the international roaming and interconnect charges and discounts accrued as payable and/or owed by members of the VIP Group to the Wind Group as at the Completion Accounts Date referred to in paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Intercompany Balances”, but excluding any Wind Tax Payable;

 

  (u) any excess of the Wind Tax Payable over the Wind Tax Receivable which has not been settled at the Completion Accounts Date in accordance with Schedule 9;

 

  (v) any amount of Tax accruing in respect of any period or part period ending on or before the Completion Accounts Date which is not reflected in paragraph (k) above or in the Wind Tax Payable mentioned in paragraph (u) above, except to the extent that: (a) payments or advance payments of Tax have been made in respect of that amount by any Core Wind Group Company to the relevant Taxation Authority; or (b) a reimbursement or assignment of a receivable in relation to that Tax has been received by a Core Wind Group Company in accordance with clause 17.6;

 

  (w) the maximum redemption amount of any shares which are expressed to be redeemable;

 

  (x) in relation to certain employee related costs:

 

  (i) the pro rata proportion for the period up to and including the Completion Accounts Date of any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liability in respect of the anticipated Annual Bonuses and/or Sales Bonuses for employees of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group (as applicable), which are to be accrued for at the maximum amounts payable and which shall be settled on or before 15 January 2017;

 

  (ii) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liability in respect of the anticipated Retention Bonuses for employees, directors or executives of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group (as applicable), which are to be accrued for at the maximum amounts payable, and which shall be settled in accordance with the contractual terms applicable to such Retention Bonuses provided that any Retention Bonus payable to the Wind Executive shall be settled on or before 15 November 2016;

 

122


  (iii) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liability in respect of payments in connection with the termination and settlement of the service and employment agreements for each of 3 Italia Executive or Wind Executive (as applicable) not paid at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date which shall be settled on or before 31 December 2016;

 

  (iv) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liability in respect of payments in connection with the termination and settlement of the service and employment agreement for Vincenzo Novari not paid at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date, which shall be settled on or before 31 December 2016; and

 

  (v) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liabilities that are not settled or paid at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date in relation to the termination of, or pursuant to, the Core Wind Group’s existing long-term incentive schemes;

 

  (y) any record of, or provision or accrual for, any liabilities that are not settled or paid at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date in relation to the termination of, or pursuant to, any existing employee incentive schemes, but only to the extent such liabilities are not referred to in paragraph (x) above;

 

  (z) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any Cash Leakage by (i) the Core Wind Group in breach of clause 19.9(a) to the extent such breach relates to the period from and including the Completion Accounts Date and up to and including Completion; or (ii) the 3 Italia Group in breach of clause 19.9(b);

Debt Tax Liability has the meaning given in paragraph (k) of the definition of Debt;

Deed of Adherence means a deed of adherence to this agreement to be executed by FinCo in accordance with clause 2 in the form set out in Schedule 2;

Defaulting Party has the meaning given in clause 23.6(b);

Dispute means any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including:

 

  (a) any dispute arising out of or in connection with the creation, existence, validity, effect, interpretation, performance or non-performance, breach or termination or the consequences of nullity of, or the legal relationships established by, this agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  (b) claims for set-off and counterclaims; and

 

  (c) any dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

Economic Sanctions Laws means any applicable economic sanctions laws and regulations thereunder of the United States of America, the United Kingdom and the European Union (or any Member State thereof);

Effective Date means the date on which Completion occurs;

Employment Agreements means the employment agreements with the Executives dated on the date of this agreement;

 

123


Encumbrance means any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, option, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, assignment by way of security or trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind (including any retention arrangement), or any agreement to create any of the foregoing and excluding in each case any Permitted Encumbrance;

Equity Interest means shares, shares of capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests and units, interests and other participations in the equity of an entity;

Estimated Excess Cash means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group in respect of the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash or the Wind Estimated Net Cash (as applicable), the amount (if any) by which the 3 Italia Estimated Net Cash or Wind Estimated Net Cash (as applicable) exceeds the corresponding 3 Italia Target Net Cash or the Wind Target Net Cash (as applicable);

Estimated Excess Working Capital means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group in respect of the 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital or the Wind Estimated Working Capital (as applicable), the amount (if any) by which the 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital or Wind Estimated Working Capital (as applicable) exceeds the corresponding 3 Italia Target Working Capital or the Wind Target Working Capital (as applicable);

EU Merger Regulation means Council Regulation (EC) No. 139/2004 on the control of concentrations between undertakings;

Event includes (without limitation) the winding up or dissolution of any person, and any act, transaction or omission whatsoever and any reference to any event occurring on or before a particular date shall include events which for that purpose are deemed to have, or are treated or regarded as having, occurred on or before that date;

Exchange Rate means with respect to a particular currency for a particular day the spot rate of exchange (the closing midpoint) for that currency into euro on such date as published in the London edition of the Financial Times first published thereafter or, where no such rate is published in respect of that currency for such date, at the rate quoted by National Westminster Bank Plc as at the close of business in London as at such date;

Excluded Transaction Tax means (a) [*]; (b) [*]; and (c) [*];

Executives means the 3 Italia Executives and the Wind Executive;

Existing HET Loan means the debt in the principal amount of approximately EUR 5.1 billion owed or such other amount as notified by HET to VIP, immediately before Completion, by H3G II to HET;

Existing HET Loan Sale has the meaning given in clause 3;

External Debt means borrowings and indebtedness in the nature of borrowing (including by way of acceptance credits, discounting or similar facilities, loan stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, overdrafts or any other similar arrangements the purpose of which is to raise money) owed to any banking, financial, acceptance credit, lending or other institution or organisation;

Extinguishment of Receivables has the meaning given in clause 5.3;

[*] Material omitted and furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

124


Fairly Disclosed means fairly disclosed (with sufficient detail to identify the value, nature and scope of the matter disclosed) by one Shareholder to the other and Fair Disclosure shall be construed accordingly;

Final Excess Cash means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group in respect of the 3 Italia Final Net Cash or the Wind Final Net Cash (as applicable), the amount (if any) by which the 3 Italia Final Net Cash or Wind Final Net Cash (as applicable) exceeds the aggregate of (a) the corresponding 3 Italia Target Net Cash or the Wind Target Net Cash (as applicable) and (b) any Estimated Excess Cash (if any) of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group (as applicable) not used to reduce the Wind Estimated Working Capital Shortfall or a 3 Italia Estimated Working Capital Shortfall (as applicable) as at the Completion Accounts Date in accordance with clause 7.4(b) and 7.5(b);

Final Excess Net Cash means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group in respect of the 3 Italia Final Net Cash or the Wind Final Net Cash (as applicable), the amount (if any) by which the 3 Italia Final Net Cash or Wind Final Net Cash (as applicable) exceeds the corresponding 3 Italia Target Net Cash or the Wind Target Net Cash (as applicable);

Final Excess Working Capital means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group in respect of the 3 Italia Final Working Capital or the Wind Final Working Capital (as applicable), the amount (if any) by which the 3 Italia Final Working Capital or Wind Final Working Capital (as applicable) exceeds the corresponding 3 Italia Target Working Capital or the Wind Target Working Capital (as applicable);

Financial Indebtedness has the meaning given in the Shareholders’ Deed;

FinCo Distribution Policy Deed means a deed to be entered into in the Agreed Form, between HET and VIP LuxCo in connection with the distribution policy of FinCo;

FinCo Share Issue has the meaning given in clause 6.2;

FinCo Share Transfer has the meaning given in Clause 2.2;

FinCo Shareholders’ Deed means the shareholders’ deed to be entered into in the Agreed Form, between, amongst others, HET, VIP LuxCo and FinCo in connection with the governance and operations of FinCo;

FinCo Shares means all the ordinary shares in the share capital of FinCo, representing 100% of the share capital of FinCo;

Firm has the meaning given in paragraph 3.6 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Form CO has the meaning given in clause 8.2;

Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences means the:

 

  (a) individual rights of use of a paired frequency block of 2x5 MHz in 900 MHz band on a national basis, issued on 19 May 2010;

 

  (b) individual rights of use of a paired frequency block of 2x10 MHz in 1800 MHz band on a national basis, issued on 30 May 2012;

 

  (c) general authorisation, pursuant to Article 25 of the Communications Code, concerning the provision of an access network in WI-FI technology, the relevant statement of start of business being filed with the Ministry of Economic Development on 4 April 2014;

 

125


  (d) individual licence for the installation of a telecommunication network for the provision of voice telephone service, issued on 5 September 2001;

 

  (e) individual rights of use of paired frequency blocks of 2x5 MHz in 1800 MHz band and 2x10 MHz in 2600 MHz band as well as of an unpaired frequency block of 30 MHz in 2600 MHz band, on a national basis, for broadband terrestrial electronic communications public service, issued on 21 December 2011;

 

  (f) individual licence and related rights of use of a paired frequency block of 2x15 MHz in the 2100 MHz band and of an unpaired frequency block of 5 MHz in the 1900 MHz band, for third generation public mobile communications service in UMTS standard IMT-2000 family as well as for the installation of the relevant network covering the national territory, issued on 10 January 2001; and

 

  (g) grant of the definitive national right of use of one or more frequencies for television broadcasting in DVB-H and DVB-T digital technics issued on 28 June 2012 and subsequently amended on 14 January 2013;

Fundamental Wind Group Licences means the:

 

  (a) individual licence for the installation of a network in order to provide the voice telephone service within the limits of national coverage, issued on 18 February 1998;

 

  (b) individual licence for the installation and provision of a telecommunications network open to the public within the limits of national coverage, issued on 22 April 1998;

 

  (c) individual licence for the installation of a network in order to provide the voice telephone service within the limits of national coverage, originally issued to Infostrada, issued on 18 February;

 

  (d) individual licence for the installation and provision of telecommunications network open to the public within the limits of national coverage, originally issued to Infostrada, issued on 14 April 1999;

 

  (e) individual licence for installation and operation of radio mobile services DCS 1800 MHz and GSM 900 MHz in Italian territory, issued on 30 June 1998, and related rights of use paired frequency blocks of 2x10 in the 900 MHz band and of 2x10 MHz in the 1800 MHz band;

 

  (f) individual licence and related right of use of a paired frequency block of 2x10 MHz in the 2100 MHz band and of an unpaired 5 MHz block in the 1900 MHz band, for third generation public mobile communications service in UMTS standard IMT-2000 family as well as for the installation of the relevant network covering the national territory, issued on 10 January 2001;

 

  (g) individual licences, issued on 30 July 2002, for the use of frequencies for radio point-to-point and multipoint wide band in the 24.5-26.5 GHz and 27.5-29.5 GHz frequencies over the geographical areas corresponding to the autonomous Provinces of Bolzano and Trento and to the following Regions: Abruzzo, Basilicata, Calabria, Campania, Emilia Romagna, Friuli Venezia Giulia, Lazio, Liguria, Lombardia, Marche, Molise, Piemonte, Puglia, Sardegna, Sicilia, Toscana, Umbria, Valle D’Aosta and Veneto, if used to a material extent in the business of the Core Wind Group or of material value to the Core Wind Group;

 

  (h) authorisation for the provision of Internet service, issued on 28 July 1998 and renewed on 31 October 2006;

 

126


  (i) general authorisation for the provision of public telecommunication services consisting in radio extension using collective R-LAN frequencies in 5 GHz bands for access to internet and intranet designed for the users as completion of the current offer of fixed and mobile data transmission (the relevant statement of start of business being filed with the Ministry of Communications on 11 May 2006; and

 

  (j) general authorisation for the provision of public telecommunication services using collective R-LAN frequencies in 2.4 GHz bands and with Radio-LAN access by authorized third companies, the relevant statement of start of business being filed with the Ministry of Communications on 6 July 2003, if used to a material extent in the business of the Core Wind Group or of material value to the Core Wind Group;

 

  (k) individual rights of use of a paired frequency block of 2x5 MHz in the 2100 MHz band, for the provision of a public broadband telecommunication services covering the national territory, issued on 8 September 2009, if used to a material extent in the business of the Core Wind Group or of material value to the Core Wind Group; and

 

  (l) individual rights of use of paired frequency blocks of 2x10 MHz in the 800 MHz band 2x5 MHz in the 1800 MHz band and of 2x20 MHz in the 2600 MHz band, frequencies for the provision of public broadband telecommunication services covering the national territory, issued on 3 February 2012;

Galata Proceeds has the meaning given to it in clause 19.15;

Galata Put Option has the meaning given to it in clause 19.15;

Golden Powers Legislation means Italian Law Decree No. 21 of 15 March 2012 as amended by Law 11 May 2012, no. 56, as applicable and implemented by Presidential Decree No. 85 of 25 March 2014 (Assets Identification Decree on Communication, Energy and Transport Golden Powers), Presidential Decree No. 86 of 25 March 2014 (Procedural Decree on Communication, Energy and Transport Golden Powers), Decree of the President of the Council of Ministers No. 108 of 6 June 2014 (Assets Identification Decree on Defence and National Security Golden Powers), and Presidential Decree No. 35 of 19 February 2014 (Procedural Decree on Defence and National Security Golden Powers);

Government Official means (a) any officer or employee of a Governmental Authority, government, or any department, agency, ministry, or instrumentality thereof, (b) any official of a public international organisation; (c) any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of a government, or a department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or for or on behalf of any public international organisation; or (d) any political party, political party official or candidate for public office;

Governmental Authority means the government of any jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, state or local, and any department, ministry, agency, bureau, board, commission, association, institution, instrumentality, authority, body, court, tribunal, central bank or other entity lawfully exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government;

Group means, from Completion, H3G II and its Subsidiaries and shall be interpreted by reference to the Subsidiaries from time to time and Group Company shall mean any member of the Group;

Guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against Loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

127


H3G II has the meaning given in Recital (5);

H3G II Accounts means the unaudited balance sheets of H3G II as at 31 December of 2012, 2013 and 2014, including the relevant unaudited profit and loss accounts for each of such financial years and the notes and directors’ reports relating to them;

H3G II Cost of Capital means H3G II’s cost of capital;

H3G II Receivable has the meaning given in clause 5.2;

H3G II Shares means the ordinary shares in the issued share capital of H3G II;

HET has the meaning given in part (3) of the contracting parties section of the beginning of this agreement;

HET Claim means: any claim by HET under or for a breach of this agreement, including any HET Tax Claim, any VIP Warranty Claim and any VIP Indemnity Claim;

HET Contribution has the meaning given in clause 4;

HET Damages Payment has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(a) of Schedule 7;

HET Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter from HET to VIP dated the date of this agreement;

HET Disclosure Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that the HET Warranty at paragraph 31 of Schedule 6 is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

HET Excess Recovery has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(d) of Schedule 7;

HET Fundamental Warranties means the HET Warranties set out at paragraphs:

 

  (a) 1 (Ownership of the Contribution Shares)

 

  (b) 2.1 (but not any other part of paragraph 2 (Subsidiaries and associates));

 

  (c) 5 (Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement);

 

  (d) 6 (Valid obligations);

 

  (e) 7 (Solvency);

 

  (f) 9 (Filings and consents);

 

  (g) 10 (Compliance with laws); and

 

  (h) 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licences),

in each case of Schedule 6;

HET Fundamental Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that a HET Fundamental Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

 

128


HET Group means HET and its Affiliates (excluding FinCo and, from Completion, any Group Company);

HET Guarantor has the meaning given in Recital (4);

HET H3G II Shares has the meaning given in clause 5.2;

HET Indemnity means the indemnity contained in clause 15;

HET Indemnity Claim means a claim by VIP under the HET Indemnity;

HET LuxCo means HET Investments, a société anonyme existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 207.910;

HET Non-Tax Warranty means the HET Warranties other than the HET Tax Warranty;

HET Non-Tax Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that a HET Non-Tax Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

HET Notice to Remedy has the meaning given in clause 23.3;

HET Secondary Contribution has the meaning given in clause 6.1(a);

HET Solicitors means Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP of 65 Fleet Street, London, EC4Y 1HS, United Kingdom;

HET Tax Claim means any Tax Claim by HET;

HET Tax Matters has the meaning given in clause 14.5;

HET Tax Non-Warranty Claim means a VIP Tax Claim that is not a HET Tax Warranty Claim;

HET Tax Warranty means the HET Warranty set out in paragraph 32 (Tax) of Schedule 6;

HET Tax Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that a HET Tax Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

HET Third Party Claim has the meaning given in clause 16.1;

HET Third Party Sum has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(b) of Schedule 7;

HET Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties means the HET Warranties set out at paragraphs:

 

  (a) 1 (Ownership of the Contribution Shares)

 

  (b) 2.1 (but not any other part of paragraph 2 (Subsidiaries and associates));

 

  (c) 5 (Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement);

 

  (d) 6 (Valid obligations);

 

  (e) 10 (Compliance with laws); and

 

  (f) 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licences),

in each case of Schedule 6;

 

129


HET Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that a HET Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

HET Warranties means those warranties given and to be given by HET to VIP set out in Schedule 6;

HET Warranty Claim means a claim by VIP the basis of which is that a HET Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

HR and Remuneration Committee means the human resources and remuneration committee of the board of H3G II established on Completion;

Hutchison IP Licence means the licence between Hutchison 3G Enterprises S.à.r.l. and H3G II relating to the ‘3’ brand and other Intellectual Property Rights, in the Agreed Form;

HWL means Hutchison Whampoa Limited;

IFRS means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and as adopted by the European Union applicable to all companies reporting under the International Financial Reporting Standards;

Initial Budget has the meaning given in the Shareholders’ Deed;

Initial Business Plan means the business plan of the Group for the five years (2017 to 2021) from 1 January 2017;

Intellectual Property Rights means all inventions (whether patentable or not), patents, utility models, petty patents, registered designs, design rights, database rights, copyright and related rights, moral rights, semiconductor topography rights, plant variety rights, trademarks, service marks, logos, get up, trade names, business names, domain names (in each case whether registered or unregistered), and including any applications for registration and any renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing, and, in each case, the goodwill attaching to any of the foregoing, rights to sue for passing off or for unfair competition, all know how, confidential information and trade secrets and any rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of them which subsist anywhere in the world;

Intercompany Balances means all loan, intercompany trading, brand licensing, international roaming and interconnect services with group companies, management services, intercompany services, facilities or other re-charge or other balances, including in respect of or otherwise relating to Tax, owed between the members of the VIP Group, the Core Wind Group, the HET Group and/or the 3 Italia Group (as applicable) together with accrued interest (if applicable) and VAT (if applicable), including any Intercompany Tax Balances, but excluding:

 

  (a) outstanding guarantee fees in the amount of €60,000,000 owed by the 3 Italia Group which shall be repaid immediately following Completion;

 

  (b) €5.1 billion under the Existing HET Loan to be left outstanding as at Completion in accordance with the Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation; and

 

  (c)

monthly international roaming and interconnect charges owed by members of the Wind Group to the VIP Group (in respect of Russia and Ukraine) as at the Completion Accounts Date totalling €1.4 million (which shall be repaid prior to Completion), monthly

 

130


  international roaming and interconnect charges accrued as payable by members of the Wind Group to the VIP Group as at the Completion Accounts Date totalling an estimated €2.1 million (which shall be repaid by 30 November 2016), annual international roaming and interconnect discounts accrued as payable by members of the Wind Group to members of the VIP Group as at the Completion Accounts Date totalling an estimated €3.9 million (which shall be repaid by 30 March 2017) and annual international roaming and interconnect discounts accrued as payable by members of the VIP Group to members of the Wind Group as at the Completion Accounts Date totalling an estimated €2.0 million (which shall be repaid by 30 March 2017);

Intercompany Tax Balances means the Wind Tax Payable and the Wind Tax Receivable, provided that:

 

  (a) subject to paragraph (c), if the Wind Tax Receivable exceeds the Wind Tax Payable, the amounts due on the Completion Accounts Date shall be offset and the balance shall be treated as an Intercompany Balance to be settled at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date in accordance with Schedule 9;

 

  (b) subject to paragraph (c), if the Wind Tax Payable exceeds the Wind Tax Receivable, the amounts due on the Completion Accounts Date shall be offset and the balance shall be treated as an Intercompany Balance to be settled at or prior to the Completion Accounts Date in accordance with Schedule 9; and

 

  (c) if and to the extent that offset in accordance with paragraph (a), or offset and settlement in accordance with paragraph (b) (as applicable) are prohibited pursuant to any financing agreements of the Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group, the Wind Tax Payable and Wind Tax Receivable shall remain outstanding at the Completion Accounts Date to be offset or otherwise settled at the earliest permissible opportunity and to the extent permissible pursuant to clause 17.1 or 17.2, as applicable, and if the Wind Tax Payable exceeds the Wind Tax Receivable the balance shall be treated as a Debt, pursuant to paragraph (u) of the definition of Debt, for the purposes of Schedule 10;

Interconnection Agreement means an agreement between telecoms operators relating to the interconnection of their respective networks for the purpose of exchanging telecommunications traffic;

Italian Competition Authority has the meaning given in clause 8.1;

Italian Income Tax Code or IITC means Decree no. 917 of 22 December 1986;

Italian Mergers means Merger 1 and the other mergers set out in the Plan of Reorganisation;

Key Material Contracts means the 3 Italia Key Material Contracts and the Wind Key Material Contracts;

Laws means laws (including common law), treaties, conventions, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, orders and decrees issued, entered into or promulgated by any governmental authority or any court;

Long Stop Date means the date falling 18 months from the date of this agreement;

Long-Term Incentive Plan means the terms of a long-term incentive plan for the Group to be implemented by H3G II following Completion based on the Long-Term Incentive Plan Key Terms;

 

131


Long-Term Incentive Plan Key Terms means the presentation summarising the key commercial terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan in the Agreed Form;

Losses means all losses, damages, Costs, expenses, fines, penalties, charges and other liabilities (including in respect of Tax) whether present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent, but excluding, without limitation, any indirect or consequential losses, loss of profit, loss of earning, loss of opportunity and any punitive or aggravated damages;

LTE means Long-Term Evolution;

Luxembourg Notary means the Luxembourg notary in front of which HET, HET LuxCo and VIP LuxCo, as shareholders of H3G II, will on or prior to and with effect from Completion: (a) approve the VIP LuxCo Contribution; (b) appoint as additional directors of H3G II such persons as HET and VIP LuxCo nominate and approve the resignation of such existing directors of H3G II who are to resign at Completion; and (c) adopt the Completion H3G II Articles; and (d) approve any change to the name of H3G II;

Management Bonuses means any bonuses or other payments payable in connection with achievement of yearly targets by any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company (as applicable) to its employees on an annual basis;

Material Adverse Effect means any event, circumstance, effect, occurrence or state of affairs which is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to the business operations, assets, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), Properties or business or financial conditions or results of either the Wind Group Companies or the 3 Italia Group Companies, as the case may be, taken as a whole, excluding in any such case, any event, circumstance or change resulting from: (a) a change in interest rates, exchange rates, securities or commodity prices or in economic, business, capital markets, financial markets or political conditions generally; or (b) a change in conditions generally affecting the industry in which the relevant group operates; or (c) changes in applicable laws or securities exchange rules, generally accepted accounting principles or official interpretation of the foregoing; or (d) a change which generally affects businesses that compete with the business of the relevant group, except to the extent that the matters in (a), (b), (c) and (d) have an impact on the relevant group which is disproportionate to the effect on other similar companies operating in the industry;

Material Contract means any:

 

  (a) loan or facility agreement, documents relating to the issuance of any bonds or debentures, sale and lease-back arrangement, collateral agreement, credit line, bill of exchange, overdraft facility, revolving facility or similar instrument, interest rate swap, currency swap, other hedging instrument, finance lease and factoring arrangement, whenever (also in the aggregate) exceeding EUR 10,000,000 or equivalent;

 

  (b) security (guarantee, security interest, indemnity, mortgage, charge, pledge, etc.) granted by or in favour of any Group Company or over their assets, whenever exceeding EUR 10,000,000 or equivalent;

 

  (c) contract in force, whether verbal or written, having a value (i.e. an overall consideration calculated with reference to the entire duration of the contract), or imposing obligations effectively in an aggregate amount, exceeding EUR 10,000,000 or equivalent;

 

  (d)

agreement concerning the communications network operations of the Group Companies and having an annual value exceeding EUR 10,000,000 including, without limitation, (i) agreements regarding the supply or purchase of network access (MVNO, reseller or national roaming); (ii) Interconnection Agreements; (iii) voice termination agreements; (iv) sms

 

132


  interworking agreements; (v) international roaming agreements that deviate from GSMA standard terms and preferential service agreements; (vi) agreements for the procurement/provision of duct, dark fibre and IRUs; (vii) agreements for the procurement/provision of managed services, bandwidth and/or discrete wavelengths, leased lines, including their respective SLAs and maintenance agreements; (viii) agreements for the procurement of SIM cards; (ix) contracts for the provision of call centre-services; and (x) agreements concerning the procurement of handsets devices and other apparatus to be sold via Group Companies’ internet sites and flagship/franchisee stores;

 

  (e) agreement with content providers including all adjacent services (e.g. apps and financial services), where the consideration or the value generated thereby is in excess of EUR 2,000,000 or equivalent per year;

 

  (f) agreement (i) with marketing partners or suppliers (including any advertising, media, direct marketing, new media/online, events and sponsoring agencies), inclusive of incentive payments, (ii) with other service providers or suppliers (including film production companies, composers, photographers, actors, directors, graphic artists and similar), inclusive of incentive payments; (iii) in respect of all sponsoring activities, inclusive of incentive payments; and (iv) of revenue-sharing, whenever, in any such case, the consideration or the value generated thereby is in excess of EUR 1,000,000 or equivalent; and

 

  (g) contract with a third party in Italy for the resale or distribution of the company’s products or services having a value higher than EUR 5,000,000;

Material Network Effect means the commencement, continuation or implementation of actions and/or the enforcement of decisions by the competent public authorities resulting in the imposition of fines or other material consequences with regard to the use and/or operation of 5% or more of the 3 Italia Sites or the Wind Sites, as applicable;

MergeCo has the meaning given in the Shareholders’ Deed;

MergeCo Articles Extract has the meaning given in the Shareholders’ Deed;

Merger 1 means the merger of WAHF into 3 Italia, with 3 Italia as the surviving entity, in accordance with the Plan of Reorganisation;

Merger Executive Committee means the merger executive committee of the board of H3G II established on Completion;

Merger Integration Plan means the terms of a merger integration plan to be implemented by the Group at Completion and to be agreed by the Shareholders pursuant to clause 19.7;

Merger Integration Plan Key Terms means the presentation summarising the key commercial terms of the Merger Integration Plan in the Agreed Form;

NDA means the mutual non-disclosure agreement entered into between HWL and the VIP Guarantor on 13 May 2014;

Net Cash means Cash of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (as applicable) less the Debt of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group (as applicable);

Non-defaulting Party has the meaning given in clause 23.6(a);

 

133


Non-Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences means all material licences, authorisations, consents, registrations, permits or approvals required for carrying on the business of the 3 Italia Group Companies but excluding the Fundamental 3 Italia Group Licences;

Non-Fundamental Wind Group Licences means all material licences, authorisations, consents, registrations, permits or approvals required for carrying on the business of the Core Wind Group Companies but excluding the Fundamental Wind Group Licences;

Notice to Remedy means a HET Notice to Remedy or a VIP Notice to Remedy;

Parent Company means any company that in relation to another company (its Subsidiary ):

 

  (a) holds a majority of the voting rights in the Subsidiary;

 

  (b) is a member of the Subsidiary and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors;

 

  (c) is a member of the Subsidiary and controls a majority of the voting rights in it under an agreement with the other members; or

 

  (d) has the right to exercise a dominant influence over the Subsidiary under the Subsidiary’s articles or a contract authorised by them,

in each case whether directly or indirectly through one or more companies or other entities;

Parties and Party have the meanings given to them in the Recitals section of this agreement;

Permitted Encumbrance means Third Party Rights arising in the ordinary course of business or by operation of law;

Plan of Reorganisation means the terms of a plan of reorganisation to be implemented by the Group following Completion based on the terms of the Plan of Reorganisation Key Terms;

Plan of Reorganisation Key Terms means the document summarising the key terms of the Plan of Reorganisation in the Agreed Form;

Pre-Completion 3 Italia Reorganisation means such steps as are necessary to achieve the corporate and debt structure of the 3 Italia Group as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3;

Pre-Completion Wind Reorganisation means such steps as are necessary to achieve the corporate and debt structure of the Wind Group as set out in Part 2 of Schedule 3;

Preparing Party has the meaning given in paragraph 3.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Previous Accounting Principles has the meaning given in paragraph 1.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Production Bonuses means any bonuses or other payments payable in connection with any collective agreement by any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company (as applicable) to its employees on an annual basis;

Prohibited Payment has the meaning given in paragraph 10.2 of Schedule 4;

Properties means the 3 Italia Properties and the Wind Properties and includes any part of each of them and Property means any of them;

 

134


Protocol means the protocol for exchange of competition sensitive information entered into between HWL and the VIP Guarantor on 23 March 2015;

Rate Sheet means an agreement made between the parties to the Interconnection Agreement as regards applicable inter-operator interconnection (termination) rates/discounts and/or traffic or payment commitments applicable within the time period specified in the agreement;

Regulatory Authority has the meaning given in clause 8.1(b);

Rejecting Party has the meaning given in paragraph 3.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Relevant Percentage has the meaning given in clause 18.6;

Relief includes, unless the context otherwise requires, any allowance, credit, deduction, exemption or set off (including, without limitation, tax losses and excess interest expenses under Article 96(7) of the IITC) in respect of any Tax or relevant to the computation of any income, profits or gains for the purposes of any Tax, or any repayment of or saving of Tax (including any repayment supplement, fee or interest in respect of Tax);

Remediation Period End Date has the meaning given in clause 23.3;

Restricted Tax Action means: (i) the entry into any material agreement or settlement with any Taxation Authority, or the rescission or termination of any such agreement or settlement that is in effect on the date of this agreement; (ii) the making, filing or amendment of any Tax Document, save to the extent consistent with the past practice of the 3 Italia Group or the Core Wind Group, as applicable (including in relation to the use or surrender of Reliefs); or (iv) the filing of an application for, or entry into, any ruling relating to Tax;

Retention Bonuses means any transaction or special bonuses or other payments payable in connection with implementation of the transactions contemplated by this agreement by:

 

  (a) the Core Wind Group, to its employees, directors or executives; and

 

  (b) the 3 Italia Group, to: (i) the 3 Italia Dirigenti Employees; and/or (ii) 3 Italia Designated Employees;

Sales Bonus means any bonuses or other payments payable in connection with sales incentives targets by any Core Wind Group Company or 3 Italia Group Company (as applicable) to its employees on an annual, bi-annual or quarterly basis;

Security means any document or transaction which reserves or creates a Security Interest;

Security Interest means any interest or right which secures the payment of a debt or other monetary obligation or the compliance with any other obligation, and includes any retention of title to any property and any right to set off or withhold payment of any deposit or other money;

Shareholders has the meaning given in part (3) of the contracting parties section at the beginning of this agreement and Shareholder shall be construed accordingly;

Shareholders’ Deed means the shareholders’ deed dated the date of this agreement (as amended from time to time) between, amongst others, HET and VIP LuxCo in connection with the governance and operations of H3G II;

Sites means the 3 Italia Sites and/or the Wind Sites, as applicable;

 

135


Specific Accounting Treatments has the meaning given in paragraph 1.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

SSEA means the amended and restated share sale and exchange agreement by and among (among others) VIP, Wind Telecom S.p.A. and Orascom TMT Investments S.à r.l. (formerly Weather Investments II S.à r.l.) dated as of 15 April 2011;

SSEA Indemnities means the indemnities granted by Orascom TMT Investments S.à r.l. (formerly Weather Investments II S.à r.l.) in favour of VIP at article 10.2 of the SSEA and relating to certain withholding tax liabilities of Core Wind Group Companies attributable to a period through 2010;

SSEA Indemnity Benefit has the meaning given in clause 24;

SSEA Indemnity Proceedings has the meaning given in clause 24;

Subsidiary has the meaning given to it in the definition of Parent Company;

Tax Adjustment Notice has the meaning given in paragraph 5.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Tax Claim means any Tax Warranty Claim, any Tax Indemnity Claim and any Tax Gross Up Claim;

Tax Document means: (a) any return required to be made to any Taxation Authority of income, profits or gains or of any other amounts or information relevant for the purposes of Tax, including any related accounts, computations and attachments; (b) any claim, election, surrender, disclaimer, notice, consent or other relevant filing for the purposes of Tax; and (c) any other non-routine correspondence with any Taxation Authority;

Tax Gross Up Claim means any claim under or for breach of clause 33.2, 33.3, 33.4 or 33.5;

Tax Indemnity Claim means any claim under or for breach of clause 17, 18 or 27.3;

Tax Warranty Claim means a VIP Tax Warranty Claim or a HET Tax Warranty Claim, as appropriate.

Taxation or Tax means all forms of taxation, duties, imposts and levies, whether of the Republic of Italy, Luxembourg or elsewhere, including, without limitation, income tax (including income tax or amounts equivalent to or in respect of income tax required to be deducted or withheld from or accounted for in respect of any payment), withholding tax, corporation tax, advance corporation tax, corporate tax (including any employment fund surcharge thereon), capital gains tax, municipal business tax, net wealth tax, inheritance tax, transcription tax, gift tax, insurance tax, fees paid to the Luxembourg Chamber of Commerce, VAT, customs and other import or export duties, excise duties, registration tax, registration duty, stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax, stamp duty land tax, financial transaction tax, mortgage and cadastral tax, national insurance and social security or other similar contributions, and any interest, surcharge, penalty or fine in relation thereto, and references to payments, liabilities or amounts of Taxation or Tax (howsoever described) shall be deemed to include references to payments, liabilities or amounts on account of or in respect of Taxation or Tax ;

Taxation Authority means any government, state or municipality or any local, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs, excise authority, office, body or official competent to impose, administer, levy, assess or collect Tax, including, without limitation, the Italian Revenue Agency ( Agenzia delle Entrate ), the Italian Custom Agency ( Agenzia delle Dogane ), the Italian Tax Police ( Guardia di Finanza ), the Luxembourg Inland Revenue ( Administration des contributions directes ), the Luxembourg Land Registration and Estates Department ( Administration de l’enregistrement et des domaines ) and the Luxembourg Customs and Excise Agency ( Administration des douanes et accises ).;

 

136


Terms of Reference means the terms of reference for the Audit Committee, the terms of reference for the HR and Remuneration Committee and the terms of reference for the Merger Executive Committee;

Third Party Right means any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or conversion) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention or any other security agreement or arrangement, or any agreement to create any of the above;

Transaction Documents means this agreement, the Shareholders’ Deed, the Completion H3G II Articles, the Completion FinCo Articles, Hutchison IP Licence and all other documents referred to in, or ancillary to, those documents to which VIP, HET or any VIP Group Company is a party;

Transaction Taxes has the meaning given in 27.3;

Unconditional Date has the meaning given in 9.3;

VAT means:

 

  (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere;

VIP has the meaning given in Recital (1);

VIP Claim means any claim by VIP under this agreement, including any VIP Tax Claim, any HET Warranty Claim and any HET Indemnity Claim;

VIP Damages Payment has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(a) of Schedule 5;

VIP Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter from VIP to HET dated the date of this agreement;

VIP Disclosure Warranty Claim means a claim by HET the basis of which is that the VIP Warranty at paragraph 31 of Schedule 4 is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

VIP Dormant Company Indemnity Claim means any claim under or for a breach of clause 12(b);

VIP Excess Recovery has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(d) of Schedule 5;

VIP Fundamental Warranties means the VIP Warranties set out at paragraphs:

 

  (a) 1 (Ownership of the Contribution Shares);

 

  (b) 2.1 (but not any other part of paragraph 2 (Subsidiaries and associates));

 

  (c) 5 (Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement);

 

  (d) 6 (Valid obligations);

 

137


  (e) 7 (Solvency);

 

  (f) 9 (Filings and consents);

 

  (g) 10 (Compliance with laws); and

 

  (h) 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licences),

in each case of Schedule 4, provided that references in the VIP Warranty at paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 4 to the “Wind Group Companies” shall be deemed to be references to the “Core Wind Group Companies” only for the purposes of this definition;

VIP Fundamental Warranty Claim means a claim by HET the basis of which is that a VIP Fundamental Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

VIP Group means VIP and its Affiliates (excluding FinCo and, from Completion, any Group Company);

VIP Guarantor has the meaning given in Recital (2);

VIP H3G II Shares means the H3G II Shares to be issued by H3G II to VIP at Completion in accordance with clause 5.2;

VIP Indemnity means any of the indemnities contained in clause 12;

VIP Indemnity Claim means a claim by HET under any VIP Indemnity;

VIP Litigation Indemnity Claim means any claim under or for a breach of clause 12(a);

VIP LuxCo means VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., a société à responsabilitée limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 18-20 rue Edward Steichen-L-2540, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B199019, a wholly-owned subsidiary of VIP;

VIP LuxCo Contribution has the meaning given in clause 5.1;

VIP LuxCo Receivable means an interest free on-demand receivable due from VIP LuxCo to HET in an amount equal to 50% of the Existing HET Loan, documented by way of a promissory note;

VIP LuxCo Secondary Contribution has the meaning given in clause 6.1(b);

VIP Notice to Remedy has the meaning given in clause 23.3;

VIP Solicitors means Allen & Overy LLP of One Bishops Square, London, E1 6AD, United Kingdom;

VIP Tax Claim means a Tax Claim by VIP;

VIP Tax Matters has the meaning given in clause 11.5;

VIP Tax Non-Warranty Claim means a HET Tax Claim that is not a VIP Tax Warranty Claim;

VIP Tax Warranty means the VIP Warranty set out in paragraph 32 of Schedule 4;

 

138


VIP Tax Warranty Claim means a claim by HET the basis of which is that a VIP Tax Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

VIP Third Party Claim has the meaning given in clause 13.1;

VIP Third Party Sum has the meaning given in paragraph 11.1(b) of Schedule 5;

VIP Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranties means the VIP Warranties set out at paragraphs:

 

  (a) 1 (Ownership of the Contribution Shares);

 

  (b) 2.1 (but not any other part of paragraph 2 (Subsidiaries and associates));

 

  (c) 5 (Capacity and consequences of entering into this agreement);

 

  (d) 6 (Valid obligations);

 

  (e) 10 (Compliance with laws); and

 

  (f) 11 (Fundamental Regulatory Licences),

in each case of Schedule 4, provided that references in the VIP Warranty at paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 4 to the “Wind Group Companies” shall be deemed to be references to the “Core Wind Group Companies” only for the purposes of this definition;

VIP Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranty Claim means a claim by HET the basis of which is that a VIP Title, Capacity and Compliance Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

VIP Warranties means those warranties given and to be given by VIP to HET set out in Schedule 4;

VIP Warranty Claim means a claim by HET the basis of which is that a VIP Warranty is, or is alleged to be, untrue, inaccurate or misleading;

WAHF means WIND Acquisition Holdings Finance S.p.A. a joint stock company incorporated under the laws of Italy having its registered office at Via Cesare Giulio Viola 48 – 00148 – Rome (RM), Italy registered with the Companies’ Register of Rome under REA RM–1105755 and fiscal code 08607091009;

WAHF Consideration has the meaning given in clause 5.2;

WAHF Shares means the 43,162,100 ordinary shares without nominal value in the share capital of WAHF;

Weather Capital means Weather Capital S.à r.l., a societé á responsabilité limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 18-20 rue Edward Steichen L-2540, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B98414;

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means each of the Core Wind Group Companies and the 3 Italia Group Companies (other than H3G II);

 

139


Wind Accounts means:

 

  (a) the audited balance sheets of the Core Wind Group Companies as at 31 December of 2012, 2013 and 2014, including the relevant audited profit and loss accounts for each such financial year; and

 

  (b) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Core Wind Group as at those dates, including the relevant audited consolidated profit and loss accounts for each such financial year,

and in all cases the notes and directors’ reports relating to them;

Wind Accounts Date means 31 December 2014;

Wind Adjustment Statement has the meaning given in paragraph 5.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Completion Statement has the meaning given in paragraph 3.1 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Data Room means the Wind Physical Data Room and the Wind Virtual Data Room;

Wind Dormant Companies means the following:

 

  (a) Wind Acquisition Finance II SA;

 

  (b) Wind Finance SL SA;

 

  (c) Wind Acquisition Holdings Finance SA; and

 

  (d) Wind Acquisition Holdings Finance II SA,

and Wind Dormant Company means any of them;

Wind Estimated Adjustment has the meaning given in clause 7.5;

Wind Estimated Net Cash means the estimate of what Net Cash of the Core Wind Group will be at the Completion Accounts Date as set out in the Wind Estimates provided in accordance with clause 7.3(b);

Wind Estimated Net Cash Shortfall has the meaning given in clause 7.5(a);

Wind Estimated Working Capital means the estimate of what Working Capital of the Core Wind Group will be at the Completion Accounts Date as set out in the Wind Estimates provided in accordance with clause 7.3(b);

Wind Estimated Working Capital Shortfall has the meaning given in clause 7.5(b);

Wind Estimates has the meaning given in clause 7.3(b);

Wind Executive means Maximo Ibarra;

Wind Facilities Agreement means the senior facilities agreement originally dated 24 November 2010 (as amended and/or restated by an amendment agreement dated 20 December 2010, an amendment agreement dated 3 May 2011, a supplemental agreement dated 21 October 2011, a consent request letter dated 9 March 2012, an amendment letter dated 7 November 2012, and an amendment agreement dated 3 April 2014, as further amended on 23 April 2014;

Wind Final Adjustment has the meaning given in paragraph 4.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

 

140


Wind Final Net Cash means the Net Cash of the Core Wind Group at the Completion Accounts Date as agreed by HET and VIP or determined by the Firm (as applicable) in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Final Net Cash Shortfall has the meaning given in paragraph 4.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Final Working Capital means the Working Capital of the Core Wind Group at the Completion Accounts Date as agreed by HET and VIP or determined by the Firm (as applicable) in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Final Working Capital Shortfall has the meaning given in paragraph 4.3 of Part 1 of Schedule 10;

Wind Financing Documents means the documents provided in folder 3 of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

Wind Group means the Core Wind Group and the Wind Minority Companies, collectively, and Wind Group Company means any of them;

Wind Intercompany Agreement has the meaning given in paragraph 14.1 of Schedule 4;

Wind IPRs has the meaning given in paragraph 26.1 of Schedule 4;

Wind IT Agreements has the meaning given in paragraph 27(a) of Schedule 4;

Wind Key Material Contracts means all agreements:

 

  (a) contained in folder 4.1 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

 

  (b) listed in document 4.6 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

 

  (c) listed in document 4.11.1 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

 

  (d) contained in folder 4.11 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room (with the sole exception of those included in folder 4.11.2.2);

 

  (e) contained in folder 7.2.12 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

 

  (f) contained in folder 4.12 SCT of the Wind Virtual Data Room; and

 

  (g) included in the Wind Data Room with respect to which Galata S.p.A. or Smartowers Italy S.r.l. are a party,

and any other agreement which is critical to the operation of the business of the Core Wind Group Companies as carried out at the date of this agreement;

Wind Management Accounts has the meaning given in paragraph 19 of Schedule 4;

Wind Minority Companies means the following:

 

  (a) Consel-Consorzio ELIS a.r.l.;

 

  (b) Galata S.p.A.;

 

  (c) Janna S.C.a.r.l.;

 

141


  (d) MIX S.r.l.;

 

  (e) QXN Società Consortile per Azoni; and

 

  (f) Dono Per S.C.a.r.l.,

and Wind Minority Company means any of them;

Wind Parent Guarantee means a Guarantee given by a member of the VIP Group other than the Wind Group to secure the performance of a member of the Wind Group;

Wind Physical Data Room means the material and information on the Wind Group made available by VIP to HET Solicitors in the physical data room held with the Italian office of the VIP Solicitors, one physical copy of which was made available to the HET Solicitors between the period of 11 May 2015 to 20 May 2015;

Wind Properties means the following properties (and includes any part of each of them);

 

  (a) the real estate property located in Rome, via Carlo Veneziani 56 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with GE The real estate Italia S.r.l.);

 

  (b) the real estate property located in Rome, via Carlo Veneziani 56, (building L) (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with A& Costruzioni S.r.l.);

 

  (c) the real estate property located in Rome, via G.C. Viola 34, 36, 48 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with Fabrica Immobiliare SGR S.p.A.);

 

  (d) the real estate property located in Rho (Milan), Nuovo Polo Fieristico (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with Fondazione Ente Autonomo Fiera Internazionale di Milano);

 

  (e) the real estate property located in Palermo, piazzale Girolamo Li Causi 1-2-3 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with Immobiliare Glorioso S.r.l.);

 

  (f) the real estate property located in Rome, via Casalinuovo 8 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with Casalinuovo Properties S.r.l.); and

 

  (g) the real estate property located in Ivrea (Turin), via Jervis 73-77 (as leased as of the date of this agreement by virtue of the lease agreement with Prelios S.p.A.);

Wind Quarterly Update has the meaning given in clause 7.2(b);

Wind Retail means Wind Retail S.r.l.;

Wind Scheme Documents means, in relation to a Wind Scheme, full particulars of all the benefits to be provided by that Wind Scheme;

Wind Schemes means all the mandatory and/or complementary pension and/or healthcare schemes joined by the employees of any of the Core Wind Group Companies;

Wind Senior Managers means the holders of each of the following positions in respect of the Core Wind Group: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Commercial Officer, Strategy and Procurement Director, Human Resource Director, Internal Auditing Director, Regulatory, Antitrust, Privacy and Wholesale Affairs Director, Legal Affairs Director and Public Relations Director;

 

142


Wind Sites means those sites where the Core Wind Group locates network infrastructure, whether owned, leased, licensed by a Core Wind Group Company or on which the equipment is hosted by a third party;

Wind Systems has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 4;

Wind Target Net Cash means minus €10,420,000,000 (comprising targets of €119,000,000 for Cash and €10,539,000,000 for Debt);

Wind Target Working Capital means minus €480,000,000;

Wind Tax Agreement means the tax sharing agreement as in force on the date of this agreement and relating to the Wind Tax Group details of which are set out in section 15.1.2 of the Wind Virtual Data Room;

Wind Tax Group means the Italian corporate income tax group formed by WAHF, Wind TS, Wind Retail and Wind Telecom, with Wind Telecom as the parent company;

Wind Tax Payable any outstanding liabilities or amounts due to Wind Telecom from any Core Wind Group Company under the Wind Tax Agreement;

Wind Tax Receivable means any outstanding liabilities or amounts due to any Core Wind Group Company under the Wind Tax Agreement, including the EUR86 million receivable for the transfer of Reliefs by WAHF to Wind Telecom under the Wind Tax Agreement;

Wind Telecom means Wind Telecom S.p.A or any of its successors (and for this purpose, for the avoidance of doubt, “successor” includes, in any case where Wind Telecom S.p.A (or any of its successors) merges into any other entity under the laws of any jurisdiction in such a manner that Wind Telecom S.p.A (or any of its successors) ceases to exist, the surviving entity after that merger);

Wind TS means Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A;

Wind Virtual Data Room means the material and information on the Wind Group (except the contracts and agreements located in folder 4.12.2) made available by VIP to the HET Guarantor and its advisers in the electronic data room held with Merrill (including both “clean team” and “super clean team” material and information as well as the Q&A materials), one digital copy of which has been provided to each of the HET Solicitors and the VIP Solicitors as at the time on 3 August 2015 stated on such digital copy; and

Working Capital means, in relation to each of the Core Wind Group or the 3 Italia Group, as applicable their aggregate working capital, comprising their inventory, trading receivables, trading payables, other receivables and other payables (including other current assets and liabilities and any irrecoverable VAT or other indirect Taxes arising in respect thereof), on a consolidated basis and without duplication, excluding any item included in the definitions of Cash or Debt.

 

2. In this agreement:

 

  (a) references to a person include bodies corporate and an unincorporated association of persons;

 

  (b) references to an individual include his estate and personal representatives;

 

  (c) subject to clause 31, references to a Party to this agreement include references to the successors and assigns (immediate or otherwise) of that Party;

 

143


  (d) a person shall be deemed to be connected with another if that person is connected with that other within the meaning of section 1122 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (as in force at the date of this agreement);

 

  (e) references to a transfer of a share include the disposal of any interest in that share (including the creation of any security interest or other third party right over any interest in that share and any renouncement in favour of another person of any right to the allotment or transfer of that share);

 

  (f) the words including and include shall mean including without limitation and include without limitation, respectively;

 

  (g) the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and any reference importing a gender includes the other gender;

 

  (h) any reference to a time of day is to London time unless otherwise stated, references to a specific time of day will be made in 24-hour time notation and any reference to a day means a period of 24 consecutive hours starting at 00:00;

 

  (i) any reference to  or EUR is to Euro;

 

  (j) any reference to writing includes typing, printing, lithography and photography but excludes any form of electronic communication;

 

  (k) any reference to a document is to that document as amended, varied or novated from time to time otherwise than in breach of this agreement or that document; and

 

  (l) any reference in connection with Tax to income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before a particular date or in respect of a particular period shall include income, profits or gains which for Tax purposes are deemed to have been or are treated or regarded as earned, accrued or received on or before that date or in respect of that period.

 

3. In this agreement, any reference, express or implied, to an enactment includes:

 

  (a) that enactment as re-enacted, amended, extended or applied by or under any other enactment (before, on or after the signature of this agreement);

 

  (b) any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and

 

  (c) any subordinate legislation made (before, on or after the signature of this agreement) under any enactment, as re-enacted, amended, extended or applied as described in paragraph (a) above, or under any enactment referred to in paragraph (b) above,

provided that no such enactment or subordinate legislation made after the date of this agreement shall increase the liability of any Party under this agreement, and enactment includes any legislation in any jurisdiction.

 

4. Any statement (other than the VIP Tax Warranty) qualified by the expression so far as VIP is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this agreement, of the following persons and shall carry no requirement to make enquiries of any other person (save that the reference to awareness in the warranty at paragraph 31 of Schedule 4 shall not be limited by this provision):

 

  (a) Maximo Ibarra

 

  (b) Giuseppe Gola

 

144


  (c) Mark Shalaby

 

  (d) Romano Righetti

 

  (e) Valerio Marra

 

  (f) Nicola Grassi

 

  (g) Andrew Davies

 

  (h) Scott Dresser

 

  (i) David Dobbie

 

  (j) Geza Negy

 

5. Any statement in the VIP Tax Warranty qualified by the expression so far as VIP is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this agreement, of the following persons and shall carry no requirement to make enquiries of any other person:

 

  (a) Giuseppe Gola

 

  (b) Filippo Annibaldi

 

  (c) Giovanni Vivona

 

  (d) Rob Leemans

 

  (e) Bart Kuper

 

6. Any statement (other than the HET Tax Warranty) qualified by the expression so far as HET is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this agreement, of the following persons and shall carry no requirement to make enquiries of any other person (save that the reference to awareness in the warranty at paragraph 31 of Schedule 6 shall not be limited by this provision):

 

  (a) Frank Sixt

 

  (b) Stefano Invernizzi

 

  (c) Dina Ravera

 

  (d) Fabio Missori

 

  (e) Antongiulio Lombardi

 

  (f) Antonella Ambriola

 

  (g) Robert Eckert

 

  (h) Steven Allen

 

  (i) Grant Stevenson

 

  (j) Susan Buttsworth

 

145


7. Any statement in the HET Tax Warranty qualified by the expression so far as HET is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed only to be made on the basis of the actual knowledge, at the date of this agreement, of the following persons and shall carry no requirement to make enquiries of any other person:

 

  (a) Stefano Invernizzi

 

  (b) Marco Fella

 

  (c) Gianfranco Manenti

 

  (d) Guy Ellis

 

  (e) Kaushal Tikku

 

8. Words and expressions defined in the Companies Act 2006 (as amended) have the same meaning in this agreement unless otherwise defined.

 

9. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between a term in the body of this agreement and a term in any of the schedules or any other document referred to or otherwise incorporated in this agreement, the term in the body of this agreement shall take precedence.

 

10. The eiusdem generis rule does not apply to this agreement. Accordingly, specific words indicating a type, class or category of thing do not restrict the meaning of general words following such specific words, such as general words introduced by the word other or a similar expression. Similarly, general words followed by specific words shall not be restricted in meaning to the type, class or category of thing indicated by such specific words.

 

11. A reference in this agreement to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or form of judicial proceeding, legal document, court or any other legal concept or matter will be deemed to include a reference to the corresponding or most similar legal term in any jurisdiction other than England, to the extent that such jurisdiction is relevant to the transactions contemplated by this agreement or the terms of this agreement.

 

12. Paragraphs 1 to 11 above apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

146


SIGNATORIES

VIP

 

EXECUTED  as a deed by

VIMPELCOM AMSTERDAM B.V

    

)

)

)

    

 

Authorised signatory

Witness’s Signature  

 

     
Name:  

 

     
Address:  

 

     
 

 

     

VIP Guarantor

 

EXECUTED  as a deed by

VIMPELCOM LTD.

    

)

)

)

    

 

Authorised signatory

Witness’s Signature  

 

     
Name:  

 

     
Address:  

 

     
 

 

     

 

147


HET

 

EXECUTED  by  

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

    
      
      
      
      

HUTCHISON EUROPE

TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.À R.L.

      
Acting by:       

 

       Director

HET Guarantor

 

EXECUTED  by  

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

    
      
      
      
CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED       
Acting by:       

 

       Director

H3G II

 

EXECUTED  by  

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

    
      
      
      
      
HUTCHISON 3G ITALY
INVESTMENTS S.À R.L.
      
Acting by:       

 

       Director

 

148


FINCO

 

GIVEN  under the common seal of VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED and DELIVERED as a DEED  

)

)

    

 

Director

 

149

Exhibit 4.5

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DEED

relating to the

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEED

DATED …4… NOVEMBER 2016

By and between

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L.

and

HET INVESTMENTS S.A.

and

VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L.

and

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L.

and

VIMPELCOM LTD.

and

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

LOGO

0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  
1.   

Definitions and Interpretation

     3  
2.   

Amendments

     4  
3.   

Miscellaneous

     5  
4.   

Jurisdiction

     5  
5.   

Governing Law

     6  
Signatories   

 

Schedule         Page  
1.   

Statutory Auditors for MergeCo and each other Group Company (other than Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.)

     14  
2.   

Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed

     16  

 

      0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


THIS DEED is made on …4… November 2016

BETWEEN :

 

(1) HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B77457 (the Company );

 

(2) HET INVESTMENTS S.A. , a société anonyme existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 207.910 ( HET LuxCo );

 

(3) VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 15, rue Edward Steichen, L-2540 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B199019 ( VIP );

 

(4) HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies under number B74649 ( HET );

 

(5) VIMPELCOM LTD., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under number 43271 and having its principal executive offices at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands ( VIP Guarantor ); and

 

(6) CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose principal place of business is 7th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong registered with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands under number MC-294571 ( HET Guarantor ).

BACKGROUND:

 

(A) On 6 August 2016, the Company, VIP, HET, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor entered into a shareholders’ deed (the Shareholders’ Deed ).

 

(B) On 26 October 2016, HET LuxCo executed a deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Deed which was agreed and acknowledged by the Company, HET, VIP, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor (the HET LuxCo Deed of Adherence ).

 

(C) The parties wish to make certain amendments to the Shareholders’ Deed.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this deed or the context requires otherwise, words and expressions used in this deed have the meanings and constructions ascribed to them in the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

   3    0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


1.2 Save to the extent otherwise stated herein, this deed shall be construed in accordance with the interpretation and construction provisions set out in Schedule 11 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

1.3 In this deed, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule of or to this deed. The schedules form part of this deed.

 

1.4 The headings in this deed do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. AMENDMENTS

 

2.1 The parties agree that:

 

  (a) the Shareholders’ Deed shall be amended and restated in the form of the amended and restated shareholders’ deed set out in Schedule 2 of this deed (the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed ) with immediate effect;

 

  (b) the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed shall supersede and replace the Shareholders’ Deed in its entirety with immediate effect; and

 

  (c) the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed shall be without prejudice to paragraphs 3 to 5 of the HET LuxCo Deed of Adherence which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

2.2 Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2(f) of Schedule 9 ( Subsidiary Governance Provisions ) of the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed, the parties further agree that, during the period from the Effective Date to the date on which the financial statements for the period ended 31 December 2018 are approved by shareholder resolution (the Initial Period ), the board of statutory auditors of MergeCo and each other Group Company (other than Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.) shall be composed in accordance with Schedule 1 of this deed. Following expiry of the Initial Period, the provisions of Schedule 9 of the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed shall apply in respect of the appointment of the statutory auditors.

 

2.3 For the purposes of Clause 8.1 of the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed, each Major Shareholder gives notice of its approval with effect at and from the Effective Date of:

 

  (a) the payment or settlement of the intercompany payables referred to at paragraph (t)(i) of the definition of ‘Debt’ in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

 

  (b) the payment or settlement of the intercompany payables referred to at paragraph (t)(ii) of the definition of ‘Debt’ in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Contribution and Framework Agreement) but only up to the amounts specified in paragraph (c) of the definition of ‘Intercompany Balances’ in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

 

  (c) the payment of the employee related costs referred to at paragraph (x) of the definition of ‘Debt’ in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Contribution and Framework Agreement; and

 

  (d) the payment or settlement of the liabilities referred to at paragraph (y) of the definition of ‘Debt’ in Schedule 13 ( Definitions and Interpretation ) of the Contribution and Framework Agreement, to the extent such payment or settlement thereof is agreed or contemplated by the Contribution and Framework Agreement to be made after the Effective Date.

 

   4    0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


2.4 This deed shall constitute a written variation in accordance with clause 29.1 ( Amendment ) of the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

3. MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The parties agree that this deed is a Transaction Document for the purposes of the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed and the Contribution and Framework Agreement.

 

3.2 Clauses 28 ( Notices ) and 29 ( General ) of the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Deed shall apply to this deed mutatis mutandis as if set out herein in full with references in those clauses to “this deed” being construed as references to this deed.

 

4. JURISDICTION

 

4.1 Governing law of this clause

This clause 4 is governed by English law.

 

4.2 Jurisdiction

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of that jurisdiction.

 

4.3 Service of process agent

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law:

 

  (a) the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, appoint a person (who is not a member or Affiliate of the Group or the VIP group or the HET group), and upon such appointment shall notify the other parties of such appointment;

 

  (b) each of VIP and the VIP Guarantor irrevocably appoint Law debenture Corporate Services Limited of 5th Floor, Wood Street, London, EC2V 7EX, England; and

 

  (c) each of HET and the HET Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited of Hutchison House, 5 Hester Road, London SW11 4AN, United Kingdom,

in each case as its agent in England and Wales for service of process and any other documents in relation to any Dispute. Subject to clause 4.4, each party irrevocably undertake not to revoke its agent’s authority; and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on such party if delivered to its agent at its address for the time being.

 

4.4 Alternative service of process agent

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 4.3 is unable for any reason to so act, the relevant party shall immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute and notify the other parties of such appointment. Failing this, any other party may appoint another process agent for this purpose at the relevant party’s expense.

 

   5    0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


4.5 Failure to notify by process agent

Each party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

5. GOVERNING LAW

This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS DEED has been executed by the parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this deed.

 

   6    0102103-0000029 CO:28315309.1


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a deed by

   )   

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L

   )   
   )   
/s/ Neil McGee      
Signature of director      

 

Neil McGee, Manager

     

Name of director

     

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a deed by      )    
VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS      )    

/s/ Richard James

S.à R.L.        )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ A. Oemrawsingh

        
Name:   A. Oemrawsingh         
Address:   Apollolaan 15         
  1077 AB Amsterdam         
  the Netherlands         

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a deed by     )    
VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS     )    

/s/ David Dobbie

S.à R.L.     )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ A. Oemrawsingh

       
Name:   A. Oemrawsingh        
Address:   Apollolaan 15        
  1077 AB Amsterdam        
  the Netherlands        

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a deed by

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS

S.à R.L.

 

)

)

)

)

/s/ Thomas Geiger

 
Signature of director  

Thomas Geiger, Manager

 
Name of director  

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a deed by

VIMPELCOM LTD.

   )

)

)

  

/s/ Andrew Davies

Authorised signatory

  

 

Witness’s Signature  

/s/ Giovanna de Beij

  
Name:   Giovanna de Beij   
Address:   Claude Debussylaan 88   
  1082 MD Amsterdam   
  the Netherlands   

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a deed by

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

   )

)

  

 

/s/ Frank Sixt

     

/s/ Edith Shih

Signature of director       Signature of company secretary

Frank Sixt

     

Edith Shih

Name of director       Name of company secretary

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


EXECUTED as a DEED by

HET INVESTMENTS S.A.

   )

)

  

 

/s/ Neil McGee

     

/s/ Thomas Geiger

Signature of director       Signature of director

Neil McGee, Manager

     

Thomas Geiger, Manager

Name of director       Name of director

[ H3GII SHA Amendment and restatement deed ]


SCHEDULE 1

STATUTORY AUDITORS FOR MERGECO AND EACH OTHER GROUP COMPANY (OTHER

THAN WIND ACQUISITION FINANCE S.A.)

 

Company

  

Statutory Auditor (nominator)

  

Fee

1.   

3Italia

(Wind Tre Italia spA)

  

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Marcello Romano, chairman (CKHH)

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace (VIP)

•    Maurizio Paterno’ (VIP)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Andrea Pirola (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€80,000

€50,000

None

2.    WAHF   

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Marcello Romano, chairman (CKHH)

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace (VIP)

•    Maurizio Paterno’ (VIP)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Andrea Pirola (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€6,500

€4,000

None

3.   

H3G

(Wind Tre SpA)

  

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace, chairman (VIP)

•    Marcello Romano (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Maurizio Paterno’ (VIP)

•    Roberto Colussi (VIP)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€110,000

€55,000

None

4.    Wind   

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace, chairman (VIP)

•    Marcello Romano (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Maurizio Paterno’ (VIP)

•    Roberto Colussi (VIP)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€6,500

€4,000

None

5.    Tre Elettronica Industriale SpA   

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace, chairman (VIP)

•    Marcello Romano (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Maurizio Paterno’ (VIP)

•    Roberto Colussi (VIP)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€20,000

€10,000

None


6.    Wind Retail Srl   

Statutory Auditors (“SA”) :

•    Marcello Romano, chairman (CKHH)

•    Giancarlo Russo Corvace (VIP)

•    Maurizio Paterno (VIP)

Deputy Statutory Auditors (“DSA”) :

•    Andrea Pirola (CKHH)

•    Luca Occhetta (CKHH)

  

Chairman:

Each SA:

Each DSA:

  

€20,000

€10,000

None


SCHEDULE 2

AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ DEED


SHAREHOLDERS’ DEED

DATED 6 AUGUST 2015

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON 4 NOVEMBER 2016

By and between

HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L.

(to be renamed as VIP-CKH LUXEMBOURG S.à R.L.)

and

VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L.

and

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L.

and

VIMPELCOM LTD.

and

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

HET INVESTMENTS S.A.

 

LOGO


  

CONTENTS

 

  
Clause    Page  

1.

  

Definitions and Interpretation

     5  

2.

  

Effective Date

     5  

3.

  

Business and Objectives

     5  

4.

  

Compliance with and Precedence of this Deed

     6  

5.

  

Board Composition and Corporate Governance

     6  

6.

  

Governance and Management

     11  

7.

  

Merger Integration Provisions

     14  

8.

  

Reserved Matters

     14  

9.

  

Conflict of Interests

     14  

10.

  

Business Plans, Budgets and Distribution Policy

     16  

11.

  

Information Rights

     18  

12.

  

Compliance

     20  

13.

  

Funding and Issues of Securities

     20  

14.

  

Restrictions on Disposal

     22  

15.

  

Right of First Offer

     27  

16.

  

General Provisions Relating to Issue and Transfer of Shares

     32  

17.

  

Warranties

     32  

18.

  

Compliance with Law

     33  

19.

  

Buy-Sell Agreement

     34  

20.

  

Delegation of Authority

     37  

21.

  

Branding, Separation, Intra-Group Arrangements

     38  

22.

  

Waiver of Right to Seek Liquidation

     41  

23.

  

Protective Covenants

     41  

24.

  

Term and Termination

     43  

25.

  

Confidentiality

     45  

26.

  

VIP Guarantee

     47  

27.

  

HET Guarantee

     49  

28.

  

Notices

     50  

29.

  

General

     52  

30.

  

Invalid Terms

     54  

31.

  

Jurisdiction

     54  

32.

  

Governing Law

     55  


Schedule             Page  

1.

 

The Company

     56  

2.

 

Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives

     57  

3.

 

Board Meetings

     58  

4.

 

Shareholder Meetings

     60  

5.

 

Merger Integration Provisions

     61  
 

Part 1        

  

Management

     61  
 

Part 2        

  

Detailed roles and responsibilities of the CEO and the Merger Integration Officer

     64  

6.

 

Reserved Matters

     66  
 

Part 1

  

Matters Requiring Major Shareholder Approval

     66  
 

Part 2

  

Matters Requiring Board Approval

     69  

7.

 

Form of Deed of Adherence

     72  

8.

 

Form of Buy-Sell Notice

     74  

9.

 

Subsidiary Governance Provisions

     75  

10.

 

Trigger Event Provisions

     77  

11.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

     88  

Signatories

     103  

Documents in the Agreed Form

  

1.

 

Audit Committee Terms of Reference

     109  

2.

 

HR & Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference

     109  

3.

 

Merger Executive Committee Terms of Reference

     109  

4.

 

Advisory Board Terms of Reference

     109  

5.

 

Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements

     109  

6.

 

MD Delegation

     109  

7.

 

MergeCo Articles Extract

     109  

 


THIS DEED is made on 6 August 2015 (as amended on 4 November 2016)

BETWEEN :

 

(1) HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B77457 (the Company );

 

(2) VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 15, rue Edward Steichen, L-2540 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B199019 ( VIP );

 

(3) HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies under number B74649 ( HET );

 

(4) VIMPELCOM LTD., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under number 43271 and having its principal executive offices at Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands ( VIP Guarantor );

 

(5) CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose principal place of business is 7th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong registered with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands under number MC-294571 ( HET Guarantor ); and

 

(6) HET INVESTMENTS S.A. , a société anonyme existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under number B 207.910 ( HET LuxCo ).

BACKGROUND:

 

(A) Details of the Company are set out in Schedule 1.

 

(B) The parties (other than HET LuxCo) entered into a Shareholders’ Deed on 6 August 2015. HET LuxCo executed a deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Deed on 26 October 2016. The parties wished to make certain changes to that Shareholders’ Deed and therefore entered into an Amendment and Restatement Deed relating to the Shareholders’ Deed on the date stated above as the date on which this deed was amended. This deed (as amended and restated) takes effect on the Effective Date and continues until terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

(C) The parties have agreed that the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time (the Group ) are to be owned, controlled, managed and financed on the terms set out in this deed.

 

(D) The Company, VIP, the VIP Guarantor, HET and the HET Guarantor entered into the Contribution and Framework Agreement on or about the date of this deed in order, among other things, for VIP and HET to create a joint venture whereby VIP and HET directly own the Company.

 

(E) The VIP Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of VIP and is willing to guarantee the obligations of VIP under this deed.

 

4


(F) The HET Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of HET and is willing to guarantee the obligations of HET under this deed.

 

(G) In consideration of the mutual promises of each of the parties and the contributions they undertake to make and have made to the Business, the parties agree to enter into this deed to govern their relationship and to set out and agree upon the governance arrangements of the Group.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this deed, the definitions and other provisions in Schedule 11 apply throughout this deed.

 

1.2 In this deed, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule of or to this deed. The schedules form part of this deed.

 

1.3 The headings in this deed do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. EFFECTIVE DATE

 

2.1 Subject to clause 2.2 below, this deed shall take effect on and from, and have no force or effect until, the Effective Date.

 

2.2 Schedule 10 shall take effect on a Trigger Event Date in accordance with clause 24.5(d).

 

3. BUSINESS AND OBJECTIVES

 

3.1 Business of the Group

The Group is to own and carry on the Business in accordance with the provisions of this deed and the Company shall not, and shall procure that each other Group Company does not, carry on any other business apart from the Business, unless otherwise approved by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.1.

 

3.2 Objectives of the Group

 

  (a) The parties acknowledge and agree that the primary objective and the key governing principle of the Company is to increase the equity value of the Group (the Overriding Objective ).

 

  (b) In order to achieve the Overriding Objective, each Shareholder undertakes to use all its voting powers as a Shareholder and such other powers and rights available to that Shareholder from time to time so as to ensure and procure (insofar as it is able to do so in the exercise of such powers and rights), and the Company shall procure, that the Group is at all times operated in accordance with the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2).

 

3.3 Development of the Business of the Group

The parties will discuss in good faith further opportunities to develop the Business. The implementation of any such opportunity will be subject to approval by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.1.

 

5


3.4 Management and control of the Company

The management and control of the Company shall be exercised in Luxembourg and the Shareholders shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Company is treated for all purposes, including taxation, as resident in Luxembourg.

 

4. COMPLIANCE WITH AND PRECEDENCE OF THIS DEED

 

4.1 General undertaking

Each Shareholder shall exercise all powers and rights available to that Shareholder as a holder of Shares and such other rights and powers available to that Shareholder from time to time in order to give effect to the provisions of this deed and to ensure that the Company complies with each of its respective obligations under this deed and procure that the provisions of this deed concerning any Group Company are given effect. References in this deed to the Shareholders procuring that the Company (and each Group Company) performs its obligations are to be interpreted accordingly.

 

4.2 Deed prevails over Articles

Each Shareholder agrees that if any provision of the Articles or the articles of association or equivalent foundation document of any other Group Company at any time conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of this deed, provided that such provisions of this deed do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with any applicable law: (i) the provisions of this deed are to prevail between the parties to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency, (ii) the Articles and/or the articles of association or equivalent of any other Group Company will be taken to be read and interpreted accordingly, and (iii) the Articles and/or the articles of association or equivalent of any other Group Company shall be amended to the maximum extent permitted in accordance with clause 4.3.

 

4.3 Amendments to Articles

For the entire duration of this deed, the Articles and the articles of association or equivalent of each other Group Company shall be and shall remain in accordance with the provisions of this deed (as may be amended from time to time) to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

5. BOARD COMPOSITION AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

5.1 Number of Directors

The number of Directors shall, from time to time, be eight.

 

5.2 Appointment and replacement of Directors

Each of the Major Shareholders (each an Appointer ) may each from time to time:

 

  (a) propose for appointment four Directors; and

 

  (b) propose the replacement of any or all of the Directors proposed by it in accordance with paragraph (a) above by notice in writing sent to the Company and to the other Directors, as further specified in clause 5.4,

provided that the Major Shareholders undertake that they shall not propose for appointment a Director who is ineligible to be a director under any applicable law or any provision of the Articles or is a Sanctioned Person and shall promptly take all steps necessary to replace any Director who becomes ineligible or a Sanctioned Person.

 

6


5.3 Removal of Directors

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, a person will be removed as a Director (in accordance with clause 5.5) and, if applicable, a director of each Group Company if the person is, or becomes, ineligible to be a Director under any applicable law or any provision of the Articles or is, or becomes, a Sanctioned Person.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, a Director will be removed as a Director (in accordance with clause 5.5) and, if applicable, a director of each Group Company if such Director’s Appointer ceases to be (i) a party to this deed; or (ii) a Major Shareholder.

 

  (c) The Appointer shall indemnify the Company against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with its Director’s removal from office.

 

5.4 Process for appointment and removal of Directors

To propose the appointment or removal of a Director under this deed, an Appointer shall give written notice (the Director Notice ) to the Company and the other Directors specifying the identity of the person it wishes to propose for appointment or removal. The Director Notice:

 

  (a) in the case of an appointment, shall state the name and address of the relevant Director, and be accompanied by a signed written consent from that person agreeing to act as a Director; and

 

  (b) in the case of a removal, shall state the name of the Director that it wishes to have removed from office, and should (if reasonably practicable) be accompanied by a signed written resignation from that person acknowledging that they have no claim to the maximum extent permitted by law against any Group Company in respect of fees, remuneration, compensation for loss of office or otherwise and the Appointer shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the same.

 

5.5 Shareholders’ meeting to appoint and remove Directors, and voting undertaking

 

  (a) Upon receipt of a Director Notice, the Company must convene an urgent general meeting of its Shareholders solely for the purpose of the appointment and/or a removal of a Director pursuant to the Director Notice served in accordance with clause 5.4 (an Urgent Shareholders’ Meeting ) as soon as possible.

 

  (b) Each of the Major Shareholders irrevocably undertakes to attend the Urgent Shareholders’ Meeting and authorises and grants the Appointer full power to exercise all rights in relation to the authorising Major Shareholder’s Shares in its absolute discretion, including (but not limited to):

 

  (i) receiving notice, attending and voting at any Urgent Shareholders’ Meeting or signing any resolution as the registered holder of the Shares; and/or

 

  (ii) completing and returning proxy cards, consents to short notice and any other documents required to be signed by the registered holder of the Shares,

for the sole purpose of the appointment and/or removal of a Director nominated by the Appointer pursuant to the Director Notice in accordance with this clause 5 and clause 20.

 

  (c) If for any reason the authority granted under paragraph (b) above does not result in the other Shareholder being able to appoint and/or remove any Directors, each of the Major Shareholders undertakes to vote in favour of any appointment of the relevant Director(s) or removal of the relevant Director(s) by the Appointer in accordance with this clause 5.

 

7


5.6 Chairman

 

  (a) The Board shall from the Effective Date have a chairman (the Chairman ). The right to propose the appointment and replacement of the Chairman will rotate between each Major Shareholder every eighteen months following the Effective Date. HET has the right to propose for appointment and replacement one of its Directors as the Chairman of the Board for the first eighteen months following the Effective Date and VIP has the right to propose for appointment and replacement one of its Directors as Chairman for the next eighteen months immediately following.

 

  (b) The Chairman of the Board shall have a Casting Vote provided that:

 

  (i) the Chairman shall only be entitled to exercise such Casting Vote as required (in his/her reasonable opinion) to assure the continuity of the business and affairs of the Group in accordance with this deed and such Casting Vote supports the Overriding Objective and is not contrary to either the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2) or the Business Plan and the Major Shareholder proposing the Chairman for appointment shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that in exercising such Casting Vote the Chairman acts in a manner that (in the Chairman’s reasonable opinion) is in accordance with this deed and supports the Overriding Objective and is not contrary to either the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2) or the Business Plan;

 

  (ii) such Casting Vote can never be exercised in connection with any matter arising out of or in relation to the Company making a determination of any kind whatsoever relating to a Disposal of Stapled Interests, including without limitation whether: (A) a Disposal of Stapled Interests is in breach of this deed and/or the Articles; and (B) to register a Disposal of Stapled Interests when any question exists over such Disposal having been in breach of either this deed or the Articles;

 

  (iii) such Casting Vote can never be exercised in connection with any matter arising out of or in relation to the Company making any decisions of any kind whatsoever relating to a Commitment; and

 

  (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, such Casting Vote can never be exercised: (A) so as to appoint, remove or replace a CEO or a Merger Integration Officer; or (B) so as to vary the role of the CEO as set out in clause 6.2.

 

5.7 Board meetings

Unless otherwise approved by Board Approval, meetings of the Board shall be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3.

 

5.8 Audit Committee

The Board shall from the Effective Date establish and maintain an audit committee (the Audit Committee ) for the purpose of considering and, unless the Board determines otherwise, making recommendations to the Board in relation to financial and audit matters in respect of the Group. Its membership shall consist of an even number of Directors, with an equal number nominated by each Major Shareholder. The right to appoint and remove the chairman of the Audit Committee will rotate between the Major Shareholders every eighteen months following the Effective Date. VIP has

 

8


the right to appoint and replace one of its Directors as chairman of the Audit Committee for the first eighteen months following the Effective Date and HET has the right to appoint and replace one of its Directors as chairman of the Audit Committee for the next eighteen months immediately following. The quorum for a meeting of the Audit Committee is the presence in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney, of at least two of its members, of whom at least one shall be an HET nominee and at least one shall be a VIP nominee. The Audit Committee shall operate in accordance with the Audit Committee Terms of Reference.

 

5.9 HR and Remuneration Committee

The Board shall from the Effective Date establish and maintain a human resources and remuneration committee (the HR  & Remuneration Committee ) for the purpose of considering and, unless the Board determines otherwise, making recommendations to the Board in relation to human resources and remuneration matters in respect of the Group. Its membership shall consist of an even number of Directors, with an equal number nominated by each Major Shareholder. The right to appoint and remove the chairman of the HR & Remuneration Committee will rotate between the Major Shareholders every eighteen months following the Effective Date. VIP has the right to appoint and replace one of its Directors as chairman of the HR & Remuneration Committee for the first eighteen months following the Effective Date and HET has the right to appoint and replace one of its Directors as chairman of the HR & Remuneration Committee for the next eighteen months immediately following. The quorum for a meeting of the HR & Remuneration Committee is the presence in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney, of at least two of its members, of whom at least one shall be an HET nominee and at least one shall be a VIP nominee. The HR & Remuneration Committee shall operate in accordance with the HR & Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference.

 

5.10 Other committees of the Board

The Board may establish and maintain other committees as it sees fit from time to time.

 

5.11 Decisions of committees of the Board

 

  (a) Decisions of committees of the Board or other corporate bodies or sub-formations thereof of the Company, including, without limitation, the Audit Committee and the HR & Remuneration Committee, shall be taken unanimously by those present, and in the event of any disagreement between members of any such committee of the Board, such matter shall be referred to the Board for decision.

 

  (b) Unless the Board specifically delegates authority, powers and/or duties to a committee of the Board or other corporate bodies or sub-formations thereof of the Company, then no decision of a committee of the Board or other corporate bodies or sub-formations thereof of the Company shall have a binding effect on any Shareholder, on any Directors, on the Company, any other Group Company or their management.

 

5.12 Advisory Board

The Major Shareholders shall establish and maintain a standing body of expert advisers consisting of four appointees (the Advisory Board ) having appropriate business sector and country experience and seniority. All members of the Advisory Board shall at all times be agreed by the Major Shareholders, and each Major Shareholder shall be entitled to nominate an equal number of candidates for consideration. A Director may not be appointed as a member of the Advisory Board. Members of the Advisory Board shall serve for a 12 month term. Renewal of the term of or replacement of an Advisory Board member shall require approval of the Major Shareholders. Compensation for an Advisory Board member shall be up to €300,000 per annum plus reasonable

 

9


expenses, subject to any other agreement by the Major Shareholders from time to time in accordance with clause 8.1. The Major Shareholders shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Advisory Board meets as necessary in advance of all meetings of the Board and of certain meetings of committees of the Board. The Advisory Board shall be provided with all necessary information materials relating to the business and affairs of the Group subject to appropriate confidentiality arrangements and conflicting interest restrictions being established and maintained by members of the Advisory Board to the satisfaction of the Board and shall provide the Shareholders and Directors with their advice in respect of all matters relating to the business and affairs of and the best interests of the Group. Shareholders and the Directors may also submit any other matters on which they feel advice of the Advisory Board or any member(s) thereof may be helpful to them. The Advisory Board shall have no authority to decide any matter and its advice shall have no binding effect on the Shareholders, on any Directors appointed by them, on the Company or any Group Company or their management.

 

5.13 Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings

In addition to meetings of committees of the Board, the chairman of the Board shall convene an informal monthly meeting, the attendees for which shall be the Chairman, the anticipated successor to the Chairman at the next rotation in accordance with clause 5.6(a) (as determined by the relevant Major Shareholder appointing such successor Chairman) and Senior Management (and during the Merger Integration Period the attendees shall also include those persons identified in paragraph 3.1 of Schedule 5) (the Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings ). The purpose of the Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings shall be to review both the financial and operating performance of the Group and to progress the Merger Integration Plan so as to bring forward for immediate and timely Board decision any matters requiring decision in order to progress the Business Plan and/or to achieve the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2).

 

5.14 Location of Committee meetings

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph 3.1 of Schedule 5 and (b) below, all meetings of the Audit Committee, the HR & Remuneration Committee and all other committees established by the Board are to be held in Luxembourg and a majority of committee members must be physically present at such committee meetings unless the Chairman (or the chairman of the relevant Board committee, as the case may be) and a Director (or committee member, as the case may be) whose appointment was proposed by the Shareholder that did not propose or appoint the Chairman (or chairman of the committee, as the case may be) agree.

 

  (b) So far as practicable, the Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings and the Advisory Board meetings are to be held in Luxembourg.

 

5.15 Remuneration for Directors and committee members

Unless otherwise agreed by the Major Shareholders, compensation for each Director, and compensation for each member of the Audit Committee and for each member of the HR & Remuneration Committee, shall be €20,000 per annum, provided that such compensation for any single individual shall not exceed €20,000 per annum, plus reasonable travel and accommodation expenses. All such compensation and expenses shall be borne by the Company.

 

5.16 Shareholder meetings

Shareholder meetings shall be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 4.

 

10


5.17 Shareholder obligations vis-à-vis nominees

The Shareholders agree to cause their respective Directors and nominees to any committee of the Board or other organ of the Group to take into account the Overriding Objective and the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2) when exercising their voting rights as Directors provided always that no Director shall be required to act in breach of his/her fiduciary duties or other applicable duties as a director or other laws. The Shareholders agree to cause their respective Directors to discharge their fiduciary duties as directors of the Company solely in the best interests of the Company and the Group (as applicable) and in a manner consistent with maintaining the highest standards of conduct in the Company’s and the Group’s businesses (as applicable) together with best practices under generally accepted corporate governance and corporate social responsibility standards.

 

5.18 Board observers

A Shareholder may, with the prior written consent of each Major Shareholder (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), appoint an observer (an Observer ). Once appointed and subject to applicable law, an Observer is given, and is entitled to access to, the same documents and information as a Director and is entitled to receive notice of and attend, but not to vote or (unless approved by each Major Shareholder) speak at meetings of the Board. This right extends to meetings of committees of the Board. Any Observer must keep confidential all information and documents received in their capacity as Observer, on terms consistent with clause 25 ( Confidentiality ) and laws applicable to a manager. An Observer shall not be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company in respect of any travel, subsistence and accommodation expenses incurred by the Observer in attending meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board unless otherwise agreed by each Major Shareholder.

 

6. GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT

 

6.1 Board responsibilities and obligations

 

  (a) Subject to the Shareholder Reserved Matters, the Articles and all applicable laws and regulations, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Board, including all Board Reserved Matters.

 

  (b) Subject to paragraph (a) above, the Board:

 

  (i) is responsible for the overall strategic guidance of the Group and for overseeing the Group’s internal controls; and

 

  (ii) shall ensure that the business of the Group is managed in accordance with this deed, the Articles, the Overriding Objectives and the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (as set out in Schedule 2).

 

6.2 CEO and Managing Director of MergeCo

The Shareholders agree that the CEO of MergeCo, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the employment agreement dated on or about of this deed (or such other terms and conditions to which the Shareholders have subsequently given their prior written consent prior to the Effective Date), shall also be the managing director ( amministratore delegato ) for the Group Companies incorporated in Italy, of MergeCo and the other Group Companies owned, directly or indirectly, by MergeCo (the MD ), with the powers and authorities set out in the MD Delegation (which will be granted to the MD by the board of directors’ meeting of the relevant company).

 

11


6.3 MergeCo Board roles and responsibilities

 

  (a) Subject to the MergeCo Reserved Matters, MergeCo Articles, the MD Delegation and all applicable laws and regulations, the business of MergeCo shall be managed by the MergeCo Board.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 6.1(b) and paragraph (a) above, the MergeCo Board:

 

  (i) is responsible for the overall strategic guidance of the MergeCo Group and for overseeing the MergeCo Group’s internal controls; and

 

  (ii) shall ensure that the business of the MergeCo Group is managed in accordance with this deed, the MergeCo Articles, the Overriding Objective and the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (as set out in Schedule 2).

 

  (c) All decision making in respect of the MergeCo Reserved Matters will be escalated to the Company for consideration and final determination in accordance with the Reserved Matters and the provisions of this deed.

 

6.4 MD’s responsibilities and obligations

Subject to the MergeCo Reserved Matters, the MergeCo Articles, the provisions of applicable laws and clauses 6.1 and 6.3 above, the MD, in his capacity as MD and/or CEO (as applicable), shall manage the Business and affairs of the MergeCo Group in accordance with the MD Delegation and, if applicable, the CEO’s duties and responsibilities.

 

6.5 CEO’s and the Merger Integration Officer’s responsibilities and obligations

Part 2 of Schedule 5 details the roles and responsibilities of the CEO and the Merger Integration Officer during the Merger Integration Period.

 

6.6 CEO Board attendance

The CEO shall be invited to attend all Board meetings to present on the performance of the MergeCo Group. At the request of any Director, the CEO may be required to “step-out” of or not attend any Board meeting. The Board, in its absolute discretion, may provide the CEO with relevant Board meeting materials relating to the business of the MergeCo Group prior to such Board meetings. For the avoidance of doubt, the CEO shall not be entitled to vote at such Board meetings nor be counted towards any Board meeting quorum requirements.

 

6.7 MergeCo Board Composition

 

  (a) The number of MergeCo Directors shall, from time to time, be three.

 

  (b) The Company shall from time to time take all necessary steps for:

 

  (i) the appointment as a MergeCo Director of one Director or other nominee representative of each Major Shareholder of the Company as nominated by the relevant Major Shareholder (the Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors ); and

 

  (ii)

the replacement of such Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors as proposed by the relevant Major Shareholder who nominated the MergeCo Director in accordance with paragraph (i) above),

 

12


  provided that the Company undertakes that it shall not cause the appointment of a Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Director who is ineligible to be a director under any applicable law or any provision of the MergeCo Articles or is a Sanctioned Person, and in each case shall promptly take all steps necessary to replace any Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Director who becomes ineligible or a Sanctioned Person.

 

  (c) The other MergeCo Director shall be the CEO.

 

  (d) The Company shall procure that (i) the Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors and the CEO are formally appointed on the Effective Date as MergeCo Directors at a shareholder meeting (or, if and to the extent allowed under applicable law, by way of written resolution) and (ii) the CEO is appointed as MD at a MergeCo Board’s meeting, all the preceding in accordance with the MergeCo Articles.

 

  (e) The MergeCo Board shall have a chairman (the MergeCo Chairman ). The Company shall procure to appoint as the MergeCo Chairman the relevant Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Director who represents the Major Shareholder that proposed for appointment the then Chairman of the Company (and for the same term as the Chairman of the Company). The MergeCo Chairman shall not have a Casting Vote.

 

  (f) In accordance with the MergeCo Articles:

 

  (i) any MergeCo Director may require items to be included on an agenda of any meeting of the MergeCo Board;

 

  (ii) the quorum for the MergeCo Board to validly deliberate is the presence (as described in the MergeCo Articles) of both Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors (the MergeCo Board Quorum );

 

  (iii) if the MergeCo Board Quorum is not present at a meeting of the MergeCo Board, within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to a second call, on the date, time and place indicated in the notice of call. If the MergeCo Board Quorum is not present at the meeting on second call ( seconda convocazione ) within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to a third call ( terza convocazione ), on the date, time and place indicated in the notice of call. The quorum for the meeting of the MergeCo Board adjourned to the third call ( terza convocazione ) shall be the presence of any two MergeCo Directors;

 

  (iv) any decisions of the MergeCo Board in the event of a MergeCo Board Quorum (other than approval of the draft annual financial statements of MergeCo, which will require a simple majority vote) will require an affirmative vote of both the Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors. Without prejudice to the foregoing, if, on any matter considered by a MergeCo Board Quorum, the Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors do not affirmatively vote in favour or against a decision, no decision will be taken by the MergeCo Board of that matter; and

 

  (v) any decisions of the MergeCo Board in the event of a quorum of any two MergeCo Directors in accordance with paragraph (iii) above ( i.e. the MergeCo Board adjourned to the third call ( terza convocazione )), will require the affirmative vote of any two MergeCo Directors.

 

13


6.8 Subsidiary Governance provisions

Details of further governance arrangements relating to Group Companies owned, directly or indirectly, by MergeCo (the Subsidiary Governance Provisions ) are set out in Schedule 9.

 

7. MERGER INTEGRATION PROVISIONS

The Merger Integration Provisions shall apply during the Merger Integration Period.

 

8. RESERVED MATTERS

 

8.1 Matters requiring Shareholder Approval

Each Shareholder undertakes to exercise all its voting powers as a Shareholder and the Company undertakes to exercise all its respective powers and rights so as to procure (insofar as it is able to do so by the exercise of such powers) that no Group Company does any of the things listed in Part 1 of Schedule 6 without the prior written approval of each Major Shareholder.

 

8.2 Manner of giving Shareholder Approval

Any approval under clause 8.1 by a Major Shareholder may be given on behalf of that Major Shareholder by:

 

  (a) notice in writing executed by or on behalf of that Major Shareholder; or

 

  (b) the affirmative vote of that Major Shareholder at a general meeting of the Shareholders,

in each case stating that the notice or vote, as the case may be, constitutes the approval of that Major Shareholder for the purposes of clause 8.1 of this deed.

 

8.3 Matters requiring Board Approval

The Company undertakes to exercise all its respective powers and rights, and each Shareholder undertakes to exercise all its voting powers as a Shareholder so as to procure (insofar as it is able to do so by the exercise of such powers) that no Group Company does any of the things listed in Part 2 of Schedule 6 without the approval by resolution of the Board.

 

9. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

9.1 Directors’ Interests and voting rights

 

  (a) Subject to clause 9.2, if a Director has an Interest in any matter which is reasonably likely to conflict with the interests of the Company or the Business (as applicable) and which is to be considered or voted upon at a Board meeting or which is to be the subject of a written resolution of the Directors, the Director shall, prior to the relevant matter being decided by the Board, declare the Interest to each other Director setting out, in all material respects, the nature and extent of the Interest and the relation of the Interest to the affairs of the Company or the Business.

 

  (b) Whether or not a Director complies with its obligations under sub-clause (a) above, the Director (subject to clause 9.2 and sub-clause (c) below):

 

  (i) is entitled to attend or participate in any discussion on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

14


  (ii) is entitled to receive all information and advice received by the other Directors on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

  (iii) is entitled to vote (and be counted in a quorum at a meeting) on matters that relate to the Interest; and

 

  (iv) is entitled to retain benefits under any transaction relating to the Interest and the Company cannot avoid any such transaction merely because of the existence of the Interest.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, where a Director has a Financial Interest, that Director shall not have the entitlements described in clause 9(b)(i) to (iv) above to the extent that applicable law prohibits that Director from having such entitlements. If due to one or more Directors having a Financial Interest in relation to certain business to be considered by the Board:

 

  (i) there is an unequal number of Directors nominated by each Major Shareholder for appointment who are entitled to attend and vote at a Board meeting in relation to all or part of the business of that meeting (where such imbalance is not cured by the appointment of one or more proxies); or

 

  (ii) quorum for the Board in relation to that business is not achieved (and appointment of one or more proxies has not enabled quorum to be met),

then the Board shall (and the Shareholders shall use their reasonable efforts to procure that the Board shall) call a general meeting of the Shareholders to consider and decide upon the applicable business and, in respect of (i) above, quorum shall be deemed to not have been achieved in relation to all or part of the business of that Board meeting (as applicable).

 

9.2 Conflict between Shareholder Interests and Company rights

A Shareholder who has an Interest relating to any matter set out in clause 9.3 is not entitled to exercise any right or power to prevent any Group Company from enforcing its rights or defending itself in relation to that matter. Other than in those specific circumstances set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) of clause 9.3 a Shareholder shall always, subject to applicable law, be entitled to exercise any right or power given to it under this deed or at law.

 

9.3 Shareholder Interests and Directors’ voting rights

If any matter is to be considered or voted upon at a Board meeting or is to be the subject of a written resolution of the Directors and relates to any Group Company:

 

  (a) exercising its discretion in relation to its powers or enforcing any material rights under or taking any material action against a Shareholder (or a member of its group);

 

  (b) defending itself against any action taken against it by a Shareholder (or a member of its group); or

 

  (c) defending itself against any action taken against it by a Director appointed by a Shareholder,

in relation to any material matter arising under any agreement entered into between a Group Company and any member of a Shareholder’s group in accordance with clause 21, the Hutchison IP License (as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement) or clause 23, then that matter shall be considered at a separate meeting or meetings of the Board (notice of which shall be given to each Director), and all the Directors appointed by the relevant Shareholder are not entitled:

 

  (i) to share with any party (including the relevant appointing Shareholder) any information or advice received by the Company in relation to that matter; or

 

15


  (ii) to exercise their vote at such meeting so as to prevent any Group Company from taking such action.

 

10. BUSINESS PLANS, BUDGETS AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY

 

10.1 Initial Business Plan and Budget

 

  (a) The Business Plan for the period from 1 January 2017 to the date that is five full calendar years after 1 January 2017 shall be the Initial Business Plan.

 

  (b) The Budget for the period from the Effective Date to the end of the first calendar year after the Effective Date shall be a detailed, monthly budget consistent with the first calendar year of the Initial Business Plan and will be the Initial Budget.

 

  (c) Each Business Plan and Budget shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with the Accounting Standards.

 

10.2 Subsequent Business Plans

 

  (a) Any change to the Business Plan where the change within any 12 month period is equal to or less than 10% of the projected operating profit, EBITDA or free cash flow of the Group for a Financial Year requires the approval of the Board in accordance with clause 8.3. Any change to the Business Plan where the change is greater than 10% of the projected operating profit, EBITDA or free cash flow of the Group for a Financial Year or which otherwise constitutes a material change to the Business Plan requires the approval of the Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.1.

 

  (b) Prior to the expiry of the relevant period for the Business Plan the Company shall procure that the CEO prepares and submits to the Board or the Shareholders (as required under this deed), for their consideration and approval, a draft Business Plan in a format consistent with the Initial Business Plan for the next period to be covered by the Business Plan.

 

  (c) The draft Business Plan submitted to the Board or the Shareholders (as applicable) for the next rolling five-year period will not become the Business Plan for that subsequent period unless and until it has received Board Approval or Shareholder Approval (as applicable).

 

10.3 Subsequent Budgets

 

  (a) Prior to the expiry of the relevant period for the Budget (or by such later date as the Board may decide), the Company shall procure that the CEO prepares and submits to the Board, for its consideration and approval, a draft Budget in a format consistent with the Initial Budget for the next Financial Year. The draft Budget will be a detailed, monthly budget consistent with the first calendar year of the then current Business Plan.

 

  (b) The draft Budget submitted to the Board for the next Financial Year (as the case may be) will not become the Budget for that subsequent period unless and until it has received Board Approval.

 

  (c) If:

 

  (i)

during the term of the Initial Business Plan, a Budget for a Financial Year has not been approved in accordance with clause 10.3(b) by the start of that Financial Year,

 

16


  then, unless and until the draft Budget for that Financial Year has been so approved, the operating cost budget for the Group shall be carried forward from the last Budget and adjusted for achieved synergies and the latest cost estimate of activities in the Initial Business Plan; and

 

  (ii) following the term of the Initial Business Plan, a Budget for a Financial Year has not been approved in accordance with clause 10.3(b) by the start of that period or Financial Year, then, unless and until the draft Budget for that period or Financial Year has been so approved, the operating cost budget for the Group shall be carried forward from the last Budget until a new Budget is agreed.

 

10.4 Group distribution policy

 

  (a) Subject to:

 

  (i) any relevant statute and applicable law;

 

  (ii) the Overriding Objective;

 

  (iii) the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives;

 

  (iv) any mandatory debt repayment requirements of the Group;

 

  (v) compliance with any debt covenants of the Group or the terms of any subordination undertakings given by a Group Company under any Financing Documents, or replacement or new finance documents entered into by the Group from time to time;

 

  (vi) the Shareholders deciding to retain all or part of such funds to obtain or maintain of a desired rating for any of the Group’s debt; and

 

  (vii) the Shareholders determining that all or part of such funds are required to meet the funding needs of the Group, or are required for any other investment as may be approved by the Shareholders from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this deed,

the Company shall and the Shareholders shall procure that the Company shall distribute by way of Dividend, repayment of the FinCo Loan (in whole or in part) or otherwise an amount equal to at least the following:

 

  (A) 80% of consolidated free cash flow if net leverage of the Group for the trailing twelve month period at the end of two consecutive quarters (the Deleveraging Level ) is below 3.0x EBITDA, provided that following such distribution the Group’s net leverage remains below 3.0x last twelve months EBITDA. In the event a distribution of 80% free cash flow for the trailing twelve month period would result in net leverage in excess of 3x last twelve months EBITDA, the Company shall distribute such lesser amount, if any, as is consistent with maintaining net leverage not greater than 3x last twelve months; or

 

  (B) 60% of consolidated free cash flow if the Deleveraging Level is below 3.5x EBITDA, provided that following such distribution the Group’s net leverage remains below 3.5x last twelve months EBITDA following the distribution. In the event a distribution of 60% free cash flow for the trailing 12 month period would result in net leverage in excess of 3.5x last twelve months EBITDA, the Company shall distribute such lesser amount, if any, as is consistent with maintaining net leverage not greater than 3.5x last twelve months; or

 

17


  (C) 40% of consolidated free cash flow if the Deleveraging Level is below 4.0x EBITDA, provided that following such distribution the Group’s net leverage remains below 4.0x last twelve months EBITDA following the distribution. In the event a distribution of 40% free cash flow for the trailing 12 month period would result in net leverage in excess of 4.0x last twelve months EBITDA, the Company shall distribute such lesser amount, if any, as is consistent with maintaining net leverage not greater than 4.0x last twelve months,

 

       such amount being the Minimum Annual Distribution .

 

  (b) Subject to and to the extent permitted by any relevant statute and applicable law, any mandatory debt repayment requirements of the Group and compliance with any debt covenants of the Group or the terms of any subordination undertakings given by a Group Company under any Financing Documents, or replacement or new finance documents entered into by the Group from time to time, the Company shall and the Shareholders shall procure that each other Group Company (other than the Company) distributes the highest possible Dividend, shareholder loan repayment or otherwise transfers funds as are necessary in each calendar year to facilitate the payment of the Minimum Annual Distribution by the Company in accordance with and subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above.

 

11. INFORMATION RIGHTS

 

11.1 Accounts, periodic reporting and other information

 

  (a) The Company shall:

 

  (i) maintain accurate and complete accounting and other financial records in accordance with all applicable laws; and

 

  (ii) provide such financial accounts, reports and information to the Shareholders as the Shareholders may reasonably request for the purposes of the Shareholders group’s legal, regulatory or other internal requirements from time to time.

 

  (b) The consolidated financial accounts of the Group shall be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards and the Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements. For the avoidance of doubt, the individual financial accounts of the Company shall not be required to be prepared in accordance with the accounting policies adopted for the consolidated financial statements and shall be prepared in accordance with appropriate accounting policies as determined by the Board.

 

  (c) To the extent necessary to comply with regulatory requirements and at the request of a Shareholder, the Company shall prepare consolidated financial accounts in accordance with the required accounting standards and have them audited in accordance with the required auditing standards in a time period necessary to meet such regulatory requirements (including, without limitation, audit requirements) within a reasonable period of time following such request. For the avoidance of doubt, these requirements will not affect the consolidated financial accounts of the Group referred to in (b) above.

 

18


11.2 Access to Group Company books, records and other information

Subject to clauses 9 and 11.3, the Company shall, where reasonably requested to do so by a Major Shareholder or a Director, give such Major Shareholder and/or such Director (without prejudice to any rights they may have under applicable law) reasonable access on reasonable notice to:

 

  (a) inspect the assets of each Group Company;

 

  (b) inspect and take copies of documents and data in all forms (including emails and other electronic data on servers, company issued laptops or other electronic devices and storage media in each case controlled by a Group Company) of and relating to any Group Company, including the statutory registers and all accounting and other financial records; and

 

  (c) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of each Group Company with the relevant responsible officer, any person who reports directly to that officer and the auditor of the relevant Group Company,

and the Company shall inform the Major Shareholders and the Directors as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such request.

 

11.3 Exceptions to Shareholder access rights

Nothing in clause 11.2 requires the Company to give any person access to information if to do so would, in the reasonable opinion of any Major Shareholder or of the Board:

 

  (a) result in the loss of privilege or would constitute a breach by any Group Company of any applicable law or regulation or any obligation of confidentiality owed to a third party or imposed by law provided that the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to permit disclosure of such information; or

 

  (b) materially disrupt, or have a material adverse effect on, the business or operations of any Group Company.

 

11.4 Disclosure of information

Subject to all applicable laws, a Director is entitled to pass information concerning any Group Company to his Appointer or any of his Appointer’s Affiliates or Representatives who need to know that information for the proper performance of their duties, so long as each recipient keeps that information confidential in accordance with clause 25.

 

11.5 Support for investor relations and public relations

 

  (a) The Company shall, and shall procure that each Group Company shall, use all reasonable endeavours to actively support the investor relations and public relations activities of the Major Shareholders, including by providing information and dedicating resources as reasonably requested by one or both of the Major Shareholders to assist the Major Shareholders in communicating the developments, investor story and position of the Company and the Group as a part of the respective Major Shareholder groups to the analyst and investor communities that are relevant to the Group and/or its Major Shareholders and causing the Group’s management team to attend and participate in meetings and presentations for the same purpose as reasonably requested by a Major Shareholder.

 

  (b)

Further, the Company shall develop and implement, under the supervision of the Board (with active input from the Shareholders), a clear investor relations, government relations and public relations strategy that actively positions the Group as a leading digital

 

19


  communications provider in the Italian market. These strategies will be subject to review and approval on at least an annual basis by the Board. In addition, the Company shall, and shall procure that each Group Company shall, dedicate sufficient resources and time to articulating the developments, investor story and position of the Company and the Group to external stakeholders. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, investor relations activities shall include, inter alia, a quarterly conference call by the CEO, CFO and CMO with analysts and investors at which management of the Group discusses the latest quarterly results (which will also include an update on the realization of both synergies and the remedy taker package), an annual analyst and investor event at which management of the Group discusses the Group’s strategic developments, the annual results and forward looking guidance for at least the next twelve months, an annual presentation and discussion with at least two of the three major credit rating agencies and attendance at major analyst conferences and, subject to specific case by case approval by the Board, attendance at investor conferences or non-deal road shows. For the avoidance of doubt all presentational materials and reports prepared in conjunction with any of the above events are subject to review and comment by the Board and the Board shall ensure consistency of same with the Major Shareholders’ own materials and reports and the timing of these events will be aligned to support the investor relations and public relations activities of the Major Shareholders.

 

12. COMPLIANCE

The Company shall take all reasonable steps to obtain, and shall comply in all material respects with the terms of, all governmental and other licences and consents necessary for the conduct of its business.

 

13. FUNDING AND ISSUES OF SECURITIES

 

13.1 No obligation to provide funding or security

Other than the obligations of each Shareholder to subscribe for the Shares in accordance with the Contribution and Framework Agreement, no Shareholder is obliged to:

 

  (a) contribute any funds (whether in the form of debt or equity) to any Group Company; or

 

  (b) give any security or provide any guarantee on behalf or for the benefit of any Group Company.

 

13.2 Permitted issues

 

  (a) The Company shall not issue any Securities (and the Company shall procure that no Group Company shall issue any Securities other than issues of Securities by one Wholly Owned Subsidiary to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) unless the issue has received Shareholder Approval.

 

  (b) Following Shareholder Approval in accordance with paragraph (a) above, the Company shall (and shall procure that any Group Company shall) issue Shares in accordance with clause 13.3 and the Articles.

 

13.3 Pre-emption on issue

 

  (a) Rights offer notice

If the Company proposes to issue any Shares (and, following a Trigger Event only in the case of an issue of Shares for cash) (the Offer ), it must first give written notice to each of its Shareholders (an Offer Notice ) as soon as reasonably practicable after Shareholder Approval for that Offer is given, inviting the Shareholders to subscribe for those Shares. An Offer Notice shall:

 

20


  (i) specify the aggregate number of Shares the Company proposes to offer for subscription (the Offer Shares ), the issue price per Share (the Offer Price ) and any other terms and conditions of the Offer (the Offer Terms );

 

  (ii) state that, subject to the provisions of this deed, each Shareholder is entitled to subscribe for its Equity Proportion of the total number of Offer Shares at the Offer Price and on the Offer Terms ( Rights Entitlement );

 

  (iii) confirm the number of Offer Shares in the Shareholder’s Rights Entitlement;

 

  (iv) specify the period for which the Offer is open, which must be at least ten Business Days (the Offer Period );

 

  (v) state that the Shareholder may apply for more Offer Shares than its Rights Entitlement and will be liable to subscribe for up to the number of Offer Shares applied for if the other Shareholders do not take up their full Rights Entitlement;

 

  (vi) invite the Shareholder to apply for Offer Shares by giving written notice to the Company no later than 5.00 pm on the last day of the Offer Period, stating the number of Offer Shares for which the Shareholder wishes to subscribe (which may be greater than, equal to or less than the Shareholder’s Rights Entitlement); and

 

  (vii) not be revoked unless otherwise decided by the Board or otherwise in accordance with clause 13.3(e) below (provided that upon a Trigger Event occurring paragraph (e) below shall not apply).

 

  (b) Allocation of Offer Shares

 

  (i) Each Shareholder that applies for Offer Shares in accordance with the provisions of clause 13.3(a) and the terms of the Offer Notice (a Subscribing Shareholder ) shall be issued the number of Offer Shares calculated under this clause 13.3(b).

 

  (ii) If the total number of Offer Shares applied for by the Subscribing Shareholder(s) is equal to the total number of Offer Shares, the Company shall issue to each Subscribing Shareholder the number of Offer Shares that it applied for.

 

  (iii) If the total number of Offer Shares applied for by the Subscribing Shareholder(s) is more than the total number of Offer Shares, the Company shall issue all of the Offer Shares to the Subscribing Shareholder(s), so far as practicable, in proportion to the number of Shares then held by them but so that no Subscribing Shareholder shall be issued more Offer Shares than it applied for.

 

  (iv) A Shareholder that does not apply in writing for any Offer Shares within the Offer Period is not entitled to subscribe for any Offer Shares.

 

  (c) Notice of outcome of the Offer

Within five Business Days after the end of the Offer Period, the Company shall give notice to each Subscribing Shareholder, specifying:

 

  (i) the number of Offer Shares to be issued to that Subscribing Shareholder (the Subscription Shares ) calculated under clause 13.3(b);

 

21


  (ii) the subscription price (equal to the Offer Price multiplied by the number of Subscription Shares) payable by that Subscribing Shareholder for its Subscription Shares; and

 

  (iii) the proposed date for completion of the issue of the Offer Shares, which shall be at least ten Business Days and no more than fifteen Business Days after expiry of the Offer Period (the Offer Closing Date ).

 

  (d) Closing of the Offer

On the Offer Closing Date:

 

  (i) each Subscribing Shareholder shall pay to the Company the subscription price for its Subscription Shares;

 

  (ii) subject to receiving the subscription price from each Subscribing Shareholder for its Subscription Shares, the Company shall call a general meeting of Shareholders (to be held in front of a Luxembourg notary) to issue to each Subscribing Shareholder its Subscription Shares; and

 

  (iii) on issue of the Subscription Shares, the Company shall enter the name of each Subscribing Shareholder in the register of shareholders of the Company as holder of its Subscription Shares and provide a certified copy of such revised register of shareholders to each Subscribing Shareholder.

 

  (e) Abandonment of the Offer

Where the Company makes an Offer in accordance with this clause 13 and not all of the Offer Shares offered under that Offer are to be issued to the Shareholders, then prior to the Offer Closing Date the Company shall:

 

  (i) notify the Shareholders of any and all reasons that not all of the Offer Shares offered under the Offer are to be issued to the Shareholders; and

 

  (ii) provide the Shareholders with 5 calendar days to rectify any non-compliance to allow the Offer Shares to be issued; and

 

  (iii) subject to paragraph (ii) above, if not all of the Offer Shares offered under that Offer are to be issued to the Shareholders, abandon the Offer with the consequence that the Offer shall be revoked with no further force or effect.

 

14. RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSAL

 

14.1 General restrictions

Each Shareholder:

 

  (a) acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of this clause 14 and clause 15 is to maintain the closely held nature of the Company by restricting the way in which Shareholders may Dispose of their Stapled Interests (whether directly or indirectly) and giving Shareholders an opportunity to buy any Stapled Interests offered for sale before those Stapled Interests are offered to any party who is not a party to this deed;

 

22


  (b) undertakes not to Dispose, directly or indirectly, of their Stapled Interests, and each of the VIP Guarantor and HET Guarantor undertakes to procure that no Indirect Transfer is made, in each case, other than in accordance with clause 14.2, 14.3 or 14.4;

 

  (c) shall not enter into any arrangement, structuring device or other transaction which is designed, directly or indirectly, to avoid or erode the effectiveness of provisions of this clause 14 or is otherwise inconsistent with the purpose of this clause 14; and

 

  (d) shall not enter into any arrangement, structuring device or otherwise to Dispose of any of its Stapled Interests without further Disposing of the remaining Stapled Interests which they hold at the same time in accordance with this deed, provided that it may transfer its entire shareholding in the Company to a Permitted Transferee and/or its entire shareholding in FinCo to the same or a different Permitted Transferee, subject to the terms set out in clause 14.2.

 

14.2 Restrictions on Direct Disposal of Stapled Interests

 

  (a) Prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to clauses 14.1 and 16, a Shareholder may only transfer all Stapled Interests:

 

  (i) to a Permitted Transferee where such transfer does not trigger a default or change of control under the Financing Documents (where default and change of control shall have the meanings given in the relevant Financing Document) and the Permitted Transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; or

 

  (ii) with the prior written consent of each Major Shareholder (in its absolute discretion) and any transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence.

 

  (b) On or after the twelve month anniversary of the Effective Date (or the third anniversary of the Effective Date in the case of clause 19), subject to clauses 14.1 and 16, a Shareholder may only transfer any or all of its Stapled Interests:

 

  (i) to one or more Permitted Transferees where such transfer does not trigger a default or change of control under the Financing Documents (where default and change of control shall have the meanings given in the relevant Financing Document) and each Permitted Transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; or

 

  (ii) with the prior written consent of each Major Shareholder (in its absolute discretion) and any transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; or

 

  (iii) in accordance with clause 15 and the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser and any nominee transferee in accordance with clause 15.10 first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; or

 

  (iv) in accordance with clause 19.

 

23


14.3 Restrictions on Indirect Disposal of Stapled Interests

Except with the consent of the other Major Shareholder (in its absolute discretion), each of the VIP Guarantor and HET Guarantor shall procure that no Indirect Transfer is made (or Encumbrance any term of which may result in an Indirect Transfer is granted) unless such Indirect Transfer (or Encumbrance) does not (or could not on enforcement of such Encumbrance) give rise to a Change of Control.

 

14.4 Retransfer by Permitted Transferee

If a Shareholder holding Stapled Interests transferred to it under clause 14.2(a)(i) or 14.2(b)(i) or this clause 14.4 is about to cease or ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of the transferor that transferred those Stapled Interests to that Shareholder, it shall immediately transfer all of its Stapled Interests back to that transferor or to another Permitted Transferee of that transferor provided that such Permitted Transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence.

 

14.5 Consequence of breach of Restrictions on Disposal

 

  (a) If a Shareholder (a Defaulting Shareholder ) Disposes of any Stapled Interests to a third party (a Defaulting Transferee ) in a manner not permitted by this clause 14 then (without prejudice to the any other rights of the Non-Defaulting Shareholder (including as set out in clause 14.5(c) below)):

 

  (i) the Defaulting Shareholder shall procure that the Defaulting Transferee immediately transfers all of its Stapled Interests back to the Defaulting Shareholder to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Shareholder(s) and the Defaulting Shareholder shall immediately notify the other Shareholder(s) following such transfer of (i) the date of the transfer and/or remedial actions; and (ii) the price of the Disposal of the Stapled Interests by the Defaulting Shareholder to the Defaulting Transferee (the Breach Notice );

 

  (ii) if the Defaulting Shareholder fails to procure the transfer of all its Stapled Interests back from the Defaulting Transferee in accordance with paragraph (i), those Stapled Interests not transferred back to the Defaulting Shareholder in breach shall not be entitled to benefit from any dividend entitlements and for the avoidance of doubt the Defaulting Shareholder hereby assigns such dividend entitlements to the Non-Defaulting Shareholder (and the Non-Defaulting Shareholder shall therefore be entitled to benefit from 100% of any dividend entitlements relating to those Stapled Interests), the Defaulting Transferee shall attend all meetings of Shareholders of the Company in Luxembourg and vote, as shareholder of the Company, as directed in writing by the Non-Defaulting Shareholder, and neither the Defaulting Shareholder nor the Defaulting Transferee shall be a Major Shareholder for the purposes of this deed, their approval shall not be required pursuant to clause 8.1 and rights to appoint or propose the appointment of Directors or the Chairman or chairman of any Board committee shall cease, the quorum provided for in paragraph 6.1 of Schedule 3 shall be at least two Directors proposed by the Non-Defaulting Shareholder and instead of the majority provided for in paragraph 8.1 of Schedule 3, resolutions at meetings of the Directors shall be decided by all the Directors having been appointed by the Non-Defaulting Shareholders (provided that once the Stapled Interests are transferred back from the Defaulting Transferee to the Defaulting Shareholder in accordance with paragraph (i), such rights and benefits of the Defaulting Shareholder referred to in this paragraph (ii) shall be reinstated); and

 

24


  (iii) each Shareholder that is not the Defaulting Shareholder (a Non-Defaulting Shareholder ) may, within 20 Business Days of: (A) being served a Breach Notice (in accordance with clause 14.5(a)(i)) that is not remedied in accordance with paragraph (i); or (B) becoming aware of a breach of this clause 14 that is not remedied in accordance with paragraph (i), provide a notice to the Defaulting Shareholder stating that it wishes to exercise its rights pursuant to paragraph (c) (the Breach Exercise Notice ). If more than one Non-Defaulting Shareholder provides a Breach Exercise Notice, those Non-Defaulting Shareholders shall split the acquired Stapled Interests pro-rata to the number of Shares that each holds.

 

  (b) If the VIP Guarantor or the HET Guarantor (as applicable) (a Defaulting Guarantor ) fails to prevent an Indirect Transfer being made in breach of clause 14.3 then (without prejudice to any other rights of any party, and for the purposes of this clause, the VIP Guarantor or the HET Guarantor which is not the Defaulting Guarantor shall be the Non-Defaulting Guarantor ):

 

  (i) the Defaulting Guarantor shall procure that such actions are taken to remedy the breach of clause 14.3 to the reasonable satisfaction of the Non-Defaulting Guarantor and the Defaulting Guarantor shall immediately notify the Non-Defaulting Guarantor following such transfer of (i) the date of the transfer and/or remedial actions; and (ii) the terms of the transactions that resulted in a breach of clause 14.3 (the Guarantor Breach Notice );

 

  (ii) if the Defaulting Guarantor fails to remedy the breach of clause 14.3 in accordance with paragraph (i), those Stapled Interests held by the Shareholder(s) to whom the Defaulting Guarantor is the Ultimate Beneficial Shareholder (the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder ) shall not be entitled to benefit from any dividend entitlements and for the avoidance of doubt that Shareholder hereby assigns such dividend entitlements to the other Shareholder(s) (and the other Shareholder(s) shall therefore be entitled to benefit from 100% of any dividend entitlements relating to the Stapled Interests of the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder), the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder shall attend all meetings of Shareholders of the Company in Luxembourg and vote, as shareholder of the Company, as directed in writing by the Shareholder whose Ultimate Beneficial Shareholder is the Non-Defaulting Guarantor, and the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder shall not be a Major Shareholder for the purposes of this deed, its approval shall not be required pursuant to clause 8.1 and rights to appoint or propose the appointment of Directors or the Chairman or chairman of any Board committee shall cease, the quorum provided for in paragraph 6.1 of Schedule 3 shall be at least two Directors proposed by the Non-Defaulting Shareholder and instead of the majority provided for in paragraph 8.1 of Schedule 3, resolutions at meetings of the Directors shall be decided by all the Directors having been appointed by the Non-Defaulting Shareholders (provided that once the breach of clause 14.3 is remedied in accordance with paragraph (i), such rights and benefits of the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder referred to in this paragraph (ii) shall be reinstated); and

 

  (iii) the Non-Defaulting Guarantor may, within 20 Business Days of: (A) being served a Guarantor Breach Notice (in accordance with clause 14.5(b)(i)) that is not remedied in accordance with paragraph (i); or (B) becoming aware of a breach of this clause 14 that is not remedied in accordance with paragraph (i), provide a notice to the Defaulting Guarantor stating that it wishes to exercise its rights pursuant to paragraph (c) (the Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice ).

 

25


  (c) If a Breach Exercise Notice has been served by a Non-Defaulting Shareholder or a Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice has been served by a Non-Defaulting Guarantor in relation to a breach of this clause 14 that constitutes a material breach:

 

  (i) the parties undertake to procure that steps are taken within 10 Business Days from the date the Defaulting Shareholder receives a Breach Exercise Notice or the Defaulting Guarantor receives a Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice (as applicable), to calculate the Fair Market Value; and

 

  (ii) within 10 Business Days of the calculation of the Fair Market Value, the Defaulting Shareholder shall sell (or the Defaulting Guarantor shall procure that the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder shall sell) to any Non-Defaulting Shareholder(s) who have provided a Breach Exercise Notice or the Non-Defaulting Guarantor who has provided a Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice all (and not only some of) such Stapled Interests at a price (which must be payable in cash) which is the lower of (A) a 15 per cent. discount to the price at which the Defaulting Shareholder Disposed of its Stapled Interests to the Defaulting Transferee and (B) a 15 per cent. discount to the Fair Market Value, such price being the parties’ best estimate of the likely Loss suffered by the Non-Defaulting Shareholder or a Non-Defaulting Guarantor in relation to a material breach in accordance with this clause 14.5; and

 

  (iii) the provisions of clause 19.6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to such sale with the Buy-Sell Completion Shares being interpreted as all of the Stapled Interests of the Defaulting Shareholder or the Indirect Defaulting Shareholder (as the case may be) save that paragraph 19.6(g) shall not apply but instead any Non-Defaulting Shareholder(s) who have provided a Breach Exercise Notice or the Non-Defaulting Guarantor who has provided a Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice (as the case may be) shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the filing of any applicable notifications and submissions with relevant regulatory authorities associated with any regulatory approvals as soon as is reasonably practicable but shall not be required to accept any undertakings or agree to any conditions to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals if it regards such undertakings or conditions as unreasonable.

 

14.6 Monitoring of transfers and issues

 

  (a) So far as possible, any purported Disposal of Stapled Interests (including Indirect Transfers) or issue of any Shares which is not in accordance with this deed, the Articles and applicable Law shall be void and the Company shall, so far as it is legally able, procure that (and the Shareholders shall, so far as they are legally able, exercise their rights in relation to the Company to procure that) the relevant member of the Group shall refuse to register such transfer or issue.

 

  (b) The Company shall, so far as it is legally able, procure that (and the Shareholders shall, so far as they are legally able, exercise their rights in relation to the Company to procure that) any transfer of Stapled Interests (including Indirect Transfers) or issue of Shares made pursuant to and in compliance with this deed is duly registered and given effect to by each relevant member of the Group.

 

  (c) To enable the Company and the Shareholders to determine whether or not:

 

  (i) there has been any Disposal of Stapled Interests (including Indirect Transfers) or issue of Shares, or purported Disposal of Stapled Interests (including Indirect Transfers) or issue of Shares, in breach of this deed or the Articles; or

 

26


  (ii) any holder of Stapled Interests may be obliged to make a transfer of any Stapled Interests in accordance with this deed or the Articles,

the Company shall be entitled (and shall be required to do so, if so requested by any Shareholder) to require any Shareholder or other person to provide to the Company such information and evidence as the Company may think fit to evidence whether the alleged breach or circumstances giving rise to any obligation to make any transfer has taken place or arisen or is likely to take place or arise. Until such information has been provided, except in the case of Indirect Transfers, the Company shall, so far as it is legally able, be entitled to procure that (and the Shareholders shall, so far as they are legally able, exercise their rights in relation to the Company to procure that) the Directors refuse to register any relevant transfer or issue.

 

14.7 Payment of Outstanding Claim Amounts on transfer of Stapled Interests

If at any time there is a Disposal (other than to a Permitted Transferee) of any Stapled Interests by a Shareholder that owes any Outstanding Claim Amounts;

 

  (a) the Shareholder which made the Disposal shall in reduction of any Outstanding Claim Amounts owed by it (or by the original transferor from which it directly or indirectly acquired the Stapled Interests, being HET or VIP (as applicable)), pay to the other Shareholder the lesser of (A) an amount equal to 50 per cent. of the gross proceeds of such Disposal and (ii) the amount of any Outstanding Claim Amounts owed by that Shareholder; and

 

  (b) if, as a result of any such Disposal a Shareholder ceases to hold at least 10 per cent. of the issued Shares of the Company, that Shareholder shall pay (or procure payment by the original transferor from which it directly or indirectly acquired the Stapled Interests, being HET or VIP (as applicable)) to the other Shareholder all Outstanding Claim Amounts.

 

15. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

15.1 If at any time on or after the twelve month anniversary of the Effective Date a Major Shareholder wishes to sell any of its Stapled Interests (the ROFO Shares ) other than in accordance with clause 14.2(b)(i), clause 14.2(b)(ii), clause 14.4 or clause 19, that Shareholder (a Selling Shareholder ) shall first serve written notice on the other Shareholder (the Rights Shareholder ), a copy of which shall be served on the Company and FinCo at the same time as the notice is given to the Rights Shareholder (a ROFO Notice ). A ROFO Notice shall state that the Selling Shareholder wishes to sell the ROFO Shares and shall set out:

 

  (a) the number and class (as the case may be) of the ROFO Shares (pro rata between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and in FinCo); and

 

  (b) a cash price in Euros payable on completion of the purchase and not on deferred terms (the ROFO Share Price ), specified both as: (i) a total aggregate price for all of the ROFO Shares (the Aggregate ROFO Share Price ); and (ii) a price per individual ROFO Share (calculated by dividing the Aggregate ROFO Share Price by the number of ROFO Shares) (the Individual ROFO Share Price ).

 

15.2 Subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 15, upon receipt of the ROFO Notice, the Rights Shareholder has the right to purchase itself and/or nominate another person to purchase at the Individual ROFO Share Price any or all of the ROFO Shares (pro rata between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and in FinCo), such election to be notified by that Rights Shareholder serving a written notice on the Selling Shareholder (a ROFO Response Notice ) within 60 calendar days of receipt of the ROFO Notice (the ROFO Offer Period ).

 

27


15.3 If a Rights Shareholder serves within the ROFO Offer Period a ROFO Response Notice electing to purchase itself and/or nominate another person to purchase all of the ROFO Shares at the Aggregate ROFO Share Price (an All-Share ROFO Response Notice ), the All-Share ROFO Response Notice shall be irrevocable except with the consent of the Selling Shareholder and:

 

  (a) include any necessary regulatory conditions to the purchase required by applicable law;

 

  (b) set out the proposed time, date and place for completion of the sale and purchase of the ROFO Shares, such date to be not later than 10 Business Days after the date upon which all necessary regulatory approvals required by applicable law are obtained for the purchase of the ROFO Shares (the All-Share ROFO Completion Date ) provided that completion shall take place by no later than six months from the date upon which the All-Share ROFO Response Notice is given; and

 

  (c) attach an on demand letter of credit (or equivalent) from one or more Relevant Financial Institution(s) confirming that such Relevant Financial Institution(s) will irrevocably and unconditionally pay an amount equal to the Aggregate ROFO Share Price to complete the acquisition of all the ROFO Shares in accordance with this clause 15 and be legally and irrevocably obliged to pay the Aggregate ROFO Share Price in the event that the Rights Shareholder does not pay in accordance with the provisions of this clause 15 and such letter of credit (or equivalent) shall not expire prior to the All-Share ROFO Completion Date.

If a Rights Shareholder serves an All-Share ROFO Response Notice, the Rights Shareholder shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that any and all regulatory approvals necessary for completion of the acquisition of the ROFO Shares under clause 15.4 are obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable and in any case within the time period set out in paragraph (b) above provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Rights Shareholder shall procure the filing of any applicable notifications and submissions with relevant regulatory authorities associated with any regulatory approvals as soon as is reasonably practicable but shall not be required to accept any undertakings or agree to any conditions to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals if it regards such undertakings or conditions as unreasonable.

 

15.4 On the All-Share ROFO Completion Date, (a) the Rights Shareholder shall pay the Aggregate ROFO Share Price, (b) the Selling Shareholder shall deliver duly executed transfer instruments in respect of the ROFO Shares to the Rights Shareholder or such other person as it may have nominated in the All-Share ROFO Response Notice, (c) the Selling Shareholder shall pay any Outstanding Claim Amount in accordance with clause 14.7, (d) the Selling Shareholder shall deliver to the Company and FinCo (as applicable) the certificates representing all of the ROFO Shares (if there are any certificates), and (e) full ownership of the ROFO Shares shall transfer from the Selling Shareholder to the Rights Shareholder or such other person as it may have nominated in the All-Share ROFO Response Notice and the Company and FinCo (as applicable) shall update its register(s) accordingly and provide the Rights Shareholder or such other person as it may have nominated in the All-Share ROFO Response Notice with a certified copy of the updated register of members.

 

15.5 If a Rights Shareholder:

 

  (a) serves within the ROFO Offer Period a ROFO Response Notice electing to purchase none of the ROFO Shares (a No-Share ROFO Response Notice ); or

 

  (b)

serves within the ROFO Offer Period a ROFO Response Notice electing to purchase itself and/or nominate another person to purchase some but not all of the ROFO Shares (pro rata

 

28


  between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and in FinCo) (the Partial ROFO Shares ) at the Individual ROFO Share Price (the total price for such ROFO Shares being the Aggregate Partial-Share Purchase Price ) (a Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice ); or

 

  (c) does not serve a ROFO Response Notice within the ROFO Offer Period,

then (in the event of paragraph (b) above) the Selling Shareholder shall complete the sale of the Partial ROFO Shares in accordance with clauses 15.10 and 15.11 and (in all events) the Selling Shareholder shall:

 

  (i) be entitled to request from the Company, and the Shareholders shall procure that the Company complies with such request, at the sole cost of the Selling Shareholder, that such Group financial and due diligence information (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any legally privileged or commercially sensitive information or information which, if disclosed, would result in any member of the Group breaching any applicable competition or other laws or any of its commercial arrangements with any third party) reasonably required by the Selling Shareholder in order to obtain an offer to purchase: (A) the ROFO Shares (in the event of paragraphs (a) or (c)); or (B) the ROFO Shares other than the Partial ROFO Shares (the Remaining ROFO Shares ) (in the event of paragraph (b)), (the Company Information ) from any prospective third party purchaser(s) that is not a member of the Wholly Owned Group of any Shareholder (the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser ) is made available to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) via an electronic data room;

 

  (ii) disclose the identity of any Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) to the Company and the Rights Shareholder prior to disclosure of any Company Information to any Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser and, if the Selling Shareholder is proposing to sell its entire 50 per cent. holding of Stapled Interests, obtain the consent of the other Shareholder to proceed with the disclosure of Company Information (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

  (iii) upon receiving Shareholder consent in compliance with paragraph (ii) above (if required), and subject to such Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) entering into confidentiality undertakings with the Company and with the Selling Shareholder on terms that give at least the same level of protection for that information as clause 25 or on such other terms as the Company approves, acting reasonably, the Company shall disclose the Company Information to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) pursuant to this clause 15.5 in an electronic data room. For the avoidance of doubt, this clause 15.5 does not permit the Selling Shareholder to disclose information relating to another Shareholder or its Affiliates other than the identity of a Shareholder and its Equity Proportion or information that is in the public domain.

 

29


15.6 Upon receiving a bona fide offer from a Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to purchase all (and not only some) of the ROFO Shares (pro rata between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and in FinCo) (in the event of clause 15.5(a) or 15.5(c)) for the Aggregate ROFO Share Price or at a higher price, the Selling Shareholder shall promptly serve written notice on the Rights Shareholder, a copy of which shall be served on the Company and FinCo at the same time as the notice is given to the Rights Shareholder (a Third Party All-Share Sale Notice ). A Third Party All-Share Sale Notice shall state that the Selling Shareholder wishes to sell all of the ROFO Shares and shall set out:

 

  (a) the identity of the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser;

 

  (b) the price at which all the ROFO Shares are to be sold and all other material terms of the proposed offer;

 

  (c) reasonable details of the financing sources and/or financial resources available to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to satisfy its obligations to purchase the ROFO Shares; and

 

  (d) any necessary regulatory conditions to the purchase required by applicable law.

 

15.7 Following service of the Third Party All-Share Sale Notice, subject to the consent of the Rights Shareholder as to the transfer of the ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) if the Selling Shareholder is proposing to sell its entire 50 per cent. holding of Stapled Interests, the Selling Shareholder may, subject to clause 15.12, transfer all (and not only some) of the ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser at the Aggregate ROFO Share Price or a higher price (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not at a lower price). Any transfer of ROFO Shares to a Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser in accordance with this clause 15.7 shall be: (a) subject to entry into definitive sale documentation with the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser no later than forty five Business Days from the service of a No-Share ROFO Response Notice by the Rights Shareholder (in accordance with clause 15.5(a)) or the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period (in accordance with clause 15.5(c)) (as applicable), whichever is the earlier; and (b) completed by no later than twelve months from receipt of the earlier of the No-Share ROFO Response Notice by the Rights Shareholder or the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period. The Selling Shareholder shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that any and all regulatory approvals necessary for completion of the sale of the ROFO Shares under this paragraph 15.7 are obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable and in any case within the time period set out in this clause 15.7 provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Selling Shareholder shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the filing of any applicable notifications and submissions with relevant regulatory authorities associated with any regulatory approvals as soon as is reasonably practicable and, to the extent necessary, the Rights Shareholder shall not be required to accept any undertakings or agree to any conditions to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals if it regards such undertakings or conditions as unreasonable.

 

15.8 Upon receiving a bona fide offer from a Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to purchase the Remaining ROFO Shares (in the event of clause 15.5(b)) at the Individual ROFO Share Price or a higher price (the total price for such ROFO Shares being the Aggregate Remaining Share Purchase Price ), the Selling Shareholder shall promptly serve written notice on the Rights Shareholder, a copy of which shall be served on the Company and FinCo at the same time as the notice is given to the Rights Shareholder (a Third Party Remaining-Share Sale Notice ). A Third Party Remaining-Share Sale Notice shall state that the Selling Shareholder wishes to sell the Remaining ROFO Shares and shall set out:

 

  (a) the identity of the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser;

 

30


  (b) the price at which all the ROFO Shares are to be sold and all other material terms of the proposed offer;

 

  (c) reasonable details of the financing sources and/or financial resources available to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to satisfy its obligations to purchase the Remaining ROFO Shares; and

 

  (d) any necessary regulatory conditions to the purchase required by applicable law.

 

15.9 Following service of the Third Party Remaining-Share Sale Notice, the Selling Shareholder may subject to clauses 15.9 to 15.12, transfer all (and not only some) of the Remaining ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser at the Aggregate Remaining Share Purchase Price or a higher price (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not at a lower price). Any transfer of Remaining ROFO Shares to a Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser in accordance with this clause 15.9 shall be: (a) subject to entry into definitive sale documentation with the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser no later than forty-five Business days from the service of a Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice by the Rights Shareholder; and (b) completed no later than twelve months from receipt of the Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice. The Selling Shareholder shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that any and all regulatory approvals necessary for completion of the sale of the ROFO Shares under this clause 15.9 are obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable and in any case within the time period set out in this clause 15.9 provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, both the Selling Shareholder and Rights Shareholder shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the filing of any applicable notifications and submissions with relevant regulatory authorities associated with any regulatory approvals as soon as is reasonably practicable and the Rights Shareholder shall not be required to accept any undertakings or agree to any conditions to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals if it regards such undertakings or conditions as unreasonable.

 

15.10 Completion of: (a) the transfer of the Partial ROFO Shares to the Rights Shareholder or such other person as it may have nominated in the Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice in consideration for the payment of the Aggregate Partial-Share Purchase Price to the Selling Shareholder, (b) the transfer of all of the Remaining ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser at the Aggregate Remaining Share Purchase Price or a higher price, pursuant to clause 15.9, and (c) the payment to any Outstanding Claim Amounts in accordance with clause 14.7 shall occur simultaneously and, for the avoidance of doubt, neither transfer shall proceed unless the other transfer also proceeds.

 

15.11 If the Rights Shareholder or any other person nominated in the Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice fails to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals or pay the Aggregate Partial-Share Purchase Price once the Rights Shareholder has served a Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice and completion of the sale and purchase of the Partial ROFO Shares is otherwise due to be completed in accordance with clause 15.10, the Selling Shareholder may proceed to sell all (and not only some) of the ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser at the Aggregate ROFO Share Price or a higher price. If the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser fails to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals or pay the Aggregate Remaining Share Purchase Price and completion of the sale and purchase of the Remaining ROFO Shares does not occur in accordance with clause 15.10, then completion of the transfer of the Partial ROFO Shares to the Rights Shareholder or any other person nominated in the Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice shall also not occur.

 

15.12 Compliance

Before the Selling Shareholder transfers any ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser, unless the Shareholders agree otherwise, the Selling Shareholder must cause the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to provide the following unqualified representations and undertakings:

 

  (a) it is not a Government Official, as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the FCPA ); and

 

31


  (b) neither it nor any person whom it has nominated to accept the ROFO Shares is subject to any action, proceeding, suit or formal investigation by any governmental authority with regards to any actual or alleged violation of any anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws, regulations or binding guidelines, including the FCPA and the UK Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws ).

 

15.13 ROFO Notice may not be served during Buy-Sell process

No Shareholder may serve a ROFO Notice and no ROFO Notice will be deemed to have been served (a) during any Cooling-Off Period or during the 30 calendar days following the Cooling-Off Period in accordance with clause 19.1(b), or (b) following the service of a valid Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with clause 19.

 

15.14 Competing ROFO Notices

If both Shareholders serve a ROFO Notice, the ROFO Notice which is deemed (in accordance with clause 28) to have been served first in time (the First ROFO Notice ) will constitute the ROFO Notice for the purpose of this clause 15, and the other purported ROFO Notice shall have no force or effect and no other ROFO Notice shall be capable of having force or effect until the Rights Shareholder (i) serves a No-Share ROFO Response Notice within the ROFO Offer Period (in relation to the First ROFO Notice); or (ii) does not serve a ROFO Response Notice within the ROFO Offer Period (in relation to the First ROFO Notice).

 

15.15 Irrevocability of notices under this clause 15

Each notice given under this clause 15 shall be irrevocable except with the consent of the other parties on whom such notice is served.

 

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ISSUE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

16.1 Registration of issues and transfers of Shares

The Company shall not issue any Shares or register the transfer of any Shares unless the issue or transfer is made in accordance with this deed.

 

16.2 Share register

Each certified copy of the register of shareholders of the Company shall include a statement that:

“Transfer and disposal of shares in the Company are subject to the restrictions contained in the Shareholders’ Deed relating to the Company dated 6 August 2015 and the articles of the Company.”

 

17. WARRANTIES

Each party warrants to each other party on the date of this deed that each of the following statements is true, accurate and not misleading:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed to which it is or will be a party, and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

32


  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

18. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 

18.1 All party obligations

Each party undertakes to each other party that:

 

  (a) it will not take any action which would result in it, any other party or any member of the Group being in contravention of any law or regulation (including, without limitation, any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, trade control laws or Economic Sanctions Laws);

 

  (b) to the extent that it has not already done so, it will establish and at all times maintain in place adequate procedures designed to prevent any Representative or person who provides services to it from undertaking any conduct that would contravene or otherwise give rise to an offence being committed by it, any other party or the Group under any applicable anti-bribery and/or anti-corruption and/or money laundering laws ( Anti-Corruption Policies );

 

  (c) no action it undertakes in the exercise of its rights and performance obligations under this deed shall cause it, any other party or any member of the Group to be in contravention of any law or regulation (including, without limitation, any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, trade control or Economic Sanctions Laws); and

 

  (d) during any period in which it or any of its Affiliates becomes a Sanctioned Person, the exercise of such party’s right to receive Dividends in respect of Shares held by it shall be suspended to the extent that such payment of Dividends would be prohibited by any applicable Economic Sanctions Laws, in which case any such Dividend which would otherwise have been payable to such party shall either (a) be held by the Company on behalf of such party (without any obligation to pay interest) until such time as the party’s right to receive Dividends or any other distribution in respect of its Shares is no longer suspended in accordance with this clause 18.1(d) or (b) on the request of the party entitled to payment of the Dividend be credited to a frozen (or blocked) account belonging to the relevant party if such frozen (or blocked) account is in compliance with applicable Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

18.2 Distributions

 

  (a) The parties agree that the Company shall not be restricted or prevented from declaring or paying any Dividend or other fees to a Shareholder by reason only of:

 

  (i) any other Shareholder or any of its Affiliates being a Sanctioned Person or being directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a Sanctioned Person;

 

33


  (ii) a Sanctioned Person holding an interest in any other Shareholder; or

 

  (iii) any other matter which does or may constrain the Company from making a payment to any other Shareholder.

 

  (b) The parties agree that during any period in which a Shareholder or its Affiliates becomes a Sanctioned Person, any Director or Shareholder voting rights in respect of the Shares held by that Shareholder, its Affiliates or Directors nominated by it will be suspended in relation to any matters relating to the payment of Dividends including the ability to object to such Dividends in accordance with clause 8.1.

 

  (c) The parties agree to take all action necessary to ensure that paragraphs (a) and (b) are enforceable including, without limitation, reflecting such clause in the Articles.

 

18.3 Company obligations

 

  (a) The Company shall comply, and the Company shall procure that each Group Company complies, with its Anti-Corruption Policies and shall keep them under regular review in order to ensure that they continue to meet the requisite standard for adequate procedures.

 

  (b) The Company may at any time, and shall within 20 Business Days of a reasonable request by a Shareholder, prepare draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies which it shall submit to each Shareholder. Each Shareholder shall consider in good faith any draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies submitted to it under this clause and shall in good faith take appropriate steps with a view to it and the other Shareholder agreeing revised Anti-Corruption Policies (with such amendments as it and the other Shareholder may agree) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  (c) Nothing in this deed shall prevent the Company from complying with any applicable law (including any Economic Sanctions Law) to which it is or becomes subject.

 

19. BUY-SELL AGREEMENT

 

19.1 Buy-Sell

 

  (a) Following the third anniversary of the Effective Date a Major Shareholder (the First Shareholder ) may serve written notice by fax or email only (in accordance with clause 28) substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (a Buy-Sell Notice ) on the other Major Shareholder (the Second Shareholder ) in accordance with paragraph (b) below and the other provisions of this clause (including, without limitation, clause 19.5) offering to buy from the Second Shareholder all its Stapled Interests for the time being held by the Second Shareholder (the Buy-Sell Sale Shares ) at a cash price in Euros payable on completion of the purchase and not on deferred terms (the Buy-Sell Price ).

 

  (b)

Prior to serving a Buy-Sell Notice, the First Shareholder shall give written notice by fax or email only (in accordance with clause 28) to the Second Shareholder of its intention to serve a Buy-Sell Notice on the Second Shareholder (the Pre-Notice ). During the 30 calendar days following service of the Pre-Notice (the Cooling-Off Period ) individual principal representatives of the Major Shareholders (namely the Chairman from time to time of the Supervisory Board of the VIP Guarantor, currently being Mr. Alexey M. Reznikovich (the VIP Representative ), and the Group Managing Director from time to time of the HET

 

34


  Guarantor, currently being Mr. Canning K.N. Fok (the HET Representative ), or such other senior executive within each Major Shareholder’s organisation as may be nominated for this purpose by the VIP Representative and / or the HET Representative, as the case may be, and notified in writing to the other Major Shareholder) shall meet in person in Luxembourg (unless the VIP Representative and the HET Representative have otherwise agreed in writing between them or one or both of the VIP Representative and the HET Representative give written notice declining to meet) and if the VIP Representative and the HET Representative (or their respective nominees) meet, use reasonable endeavours to resolve any differences or deadlocks that may have led the First Shareholder to form the intention and/or determine to issue a Buy-Sell Notice with the aim that, following such discussions, where possible, the First Shareholder will not serve a Buy-Sell Notice on the Second Shareholder following the Cooling-Off Period. Whether or not the VIP Representative and the HET Representative (or their respective nominees) meet, if the First Shareholder continues to intend to serve a Buy-Sell Notice on the Second Shareholder, it may only do so following the end of the Cooling-Off Period. If the First Shareholder does not serve a Buy-Sell Notice within 30 calendar days following the end of the Cooling-Off Period, the Pre-Notice shall lapse and the First Shareholder shall not be entitled to serve a Buy-Sell Notice on the Second Shareholder unless it first serves a new Pre-Notice on the Second Shareholder and complies with the foregoing provisions of this clause 19.1.

 

19.2 Competing Pre-Notices, Buy-Sell Notices or ROFO Notices

 

  (a) If both Major Shareholders serve a Pre-Notice or a Buy-Sell Notice, the Pre-Notice or the Buy-Sell Notice which is deemed (in accordance with clause 28) to have been served first in time will constitute the Pre-Notice or the Buy-Sell Notice for the purpose of clause 19.1, and the other purported Pre-Notice shall have no force or effect and no other Pre-Notice shall be capable of being served until the Cooling-Off Period expires in accordance with clause 19.1.

 

  (b) Neither a Pre-Notice nor a Buy-Sell Notice may be served pursuant to clause 19.1 if at that time a ROFO Notice has been served in accordance with clause 15.1 (and not revoked with the consent of the Rights Shareholder or lapsed in accordance with clause 15) and the sale of the ROFO Shares specified in the ROFO Notice (whether to the Rights Shareholder(s) and / or to one or more Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchasers in accordance with clause 15) has not been completed in accordance with clause 15.

 

19.3 Acceptance of a Buy-Sell Notice

If, prior to the date that is 90 calendar days following the date of service of a Buy-Sell Notice:

 

  (a) the Second Shareholder serves written notice on the First Shareholder accepting the offer from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder set out in the Buy-Sell Notice; or

 

  (b) the Second Shareholder does not (A) accept the offer from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder set out in the Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with paragraph (a) above, or (B) serve written notice rejecting the offer to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder set out in the Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with clause 19.4, the Second Shareholder agrees that it shall be deemed to have accepted the offer from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder set out in the Buy-Sell Notice,

 

35


then:

 

  (i) completion of the sale of the Buy-Sell Shares shall take place at the registered office of the First Shareholder at 12.00 noon on the date that is 90 calendar days following the date on which the Second Shareholder accepts the offer, or is deemed to have accepted the offer, in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, or, if earlier, 10 Business Days following the date upon which any necessary regulatory approvals are obtained by the First Shareholder; and

 

  (ii) on completion of the sale by the Second Shareholder of the Buy-Sell Shares, the First Shareholder and the Second Shareholder shall comply with the provisions of clause 19.6.

 

19.4 Rejection of a Buy-Sell Notice

If, by notice in writing to the First Shareholder served prior to the date that is 90 calendar days following the date of service of a Buy-Sell Notice, the Second Shareholder rejects the offer set out in the Buy-Sell Notice from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder, in accordance with this clause 19.4, the Second Shareholder agrees it shall be deemed to confirm that it wishes to buy all of the Stapled Interests held by the First Shareholder (the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares ) at the Buy-Sell Price, and:

 

  (a) completion of the acquisition of the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares shall take place at the registered office of the Second Shareholder at 12.00 noon on the date that is 90 calendar days following the date on which the Second Shareholder rejects the offer in accordance with the preceding provisions of this clause 19.4 or, if earlier, 10 Business Days following the date upon which any necessary regulatory approvals are obtained by the Second Shareholder; and

 

  (b) on completion of the sale by the First Shareholder of the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares, the First Shareholder and the Second Shareholder shall comply with the provisions of clause 19.6.

 

19.5 Valid Buy-Sell Notices or acceptances of an offer under this clause

 

  (a) In order for the First Shareholder to serve on the Second Shareholder a valid Buy-Sell Notice to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder in accordance with clause 19.1 or for the Second Shareholder to validly reject the offer to sell the Buy-Sell Shares to the First Shareholder set out in the Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with clause 19.4 (as the case may be), the relevant Major Shareholder shall accompany either the Buy-Sell Notice or the written rejection of the offer in the Buy-Sell Notice (as the case may be) with an on demand letter of credit (or equivalent) from one or more Relevant Financial Institution(s) undertaking in favour of the Second Shareholder or the First Shareholder (as the case may be) that such Relevant Financial Institution(s) will irrevocably and unconditionally pay an amount equal to the purchase price to complete the acquisition of all the Buy-Sell Shares or of all the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares (as the case may be) on completion in accordance with this clause 19 and be legally and irrevocably obliged to pay all such purchase price to the Second Shareholder or the First Shareholder (as the case may be) in the event that the First Shareholder or Second Shareholder (as the case may be) does not complete the acquisition of all the Buy-Sell Shares or all the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares (as the case may be) in accordance with the provisions of this clause 19 and such letter of credit shall not expire prior to the date that is 90 calendar days following the date on which the Second Shareholder either accepts the offer from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder set out in a Buy-Sell Notice, or is deemed to have accepted the offer, in accordance with clause 19.3, or rejects the offer set out in the Buy-Sell Notice from the First Shareholder to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder in accordance with clause 19.4, as the case may be.

 

36


  (b) To the extent a Shareholder does not:

 

  (i) in the case of the First Shareholder purporting to serve on the Second Shareholder a Buy-Sell Notice to buy the Buy-Sell Shares from the Second Shareholder, serve a valid Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with clauses 19.1, 19.2 and 19.5(a), then no Buy-Sell Notice shall be deemed to have been served on the Second Shareholder; and

 

  (ii) in the case of the Second Shareholder purporting to reject an offer set out in the Buy-Sell Notice to sell the Buy-Sell Shares to the First Shareholder, serve a valid rejection of a Buy-Sell Notice in accordance with clauses 19.4 and 19.5(a), then the Second Shareholder agrees that it shall be deemed to have accepted the offer set out in the Buy-Sell Notice to sell the Buy-Sell Shares to the First Shareholder.

 

19.6 Completion of sale

On completion of a sale or acquisition of the Buy-Sell Shares or the Reverse Buy-Sell Shares (the Buy-Sell Completion Shares ) in accordance with clauses 19.3(b)(i) or 19.4(a), as the case may be:

 

  (a) the Major Shareholder obliged to sell the Buy-Sell Completion Shares (the Seller ) shall sell and the Major Shareholder obliged to buy the Buy-Sell Completion Shares (the Buyer ) shall buy the Buy-Sell Completion Shares at the Buy-Sell Price, free from all Encumbrances;

 

  (b) the Seller shall deliver to the Company or FinCo (as applicable) the share certificates or other documents of title representing the Buy-Sell Completion Shares (if any);

 

  (c) the Buyer shall pay the Seller the Buy-Sell Price for all of the Buy-Sell Completion Shares;

 

  (d) the Seller shall pay to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall pay to the Seller, all outstanding amounts (including interest), if any, payable by the Seller or the Buyer (as applicable) to the other Shareholder pursuant to clauses 7.6(a)(ii), 7.6(b)(ii), 32.1(b), 32(2)(b) of, or paragraphs 4.4(a)(ii) and 4.4(b)(ii) of Part 1 of Schedule 10 to the Contribution and Framework Agreement (each an Outstanding Claim Amount );

 

  (e) full ownership of the Buy-Sell Completion Shares shall transfer from the Seller to the Buyer, and the Company and FinCo (as applicable) shall update their share registers accordingly and provide certified copies of the updated share registers to the Buyer;

 

  (f) in accordance with clause 5.3(b), any Directors and directors of each Group Company proposed for appointment by the Seller which ceases to be a Major Shareholder following the transfer of ownership under paragraph (d) above will automatically cease to be Directors and directors of each Group Company and the Seller shall promptly on request from the Buyer execute such documents and take such other steps with its power (including executing written shareholder resolutions and voting at shareholder meetings) necessary to procure the removal of any such Director or director of each Group Company; and

 

  (g) for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that all necessary regulatory approvals are not obtained or satisfied by the time period set out in clause 19.3(b)(i) or clause 19.4(a) (as applicable), then the Seller and the Buyer shall be obliged to complete the sale of Buy-Sell Completion Shares at the sole risk of the Buyer.

 

20. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

 

20.1

Each Major Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally (and by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this deed) appoints such persons as may be nominated by the

 

37


  other Major Shareholder from time to time as its attorney and on its behalf to execute, deliver and carry out in its name or otherwise on its behalf all documents, acts and things which the attorney(s) may in its or their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable to:

 

  (a) exercise the appointment and removal of Directors in accordance with clauses 5.3 and/or 5.5(b);

 

  (b) exercise the voting rights of such Shareholder to vote in favour of the appointment and/or removal of relevant Directors in accordance with clause 5.5(c) or 19.6(f);

 

  (c) effect any transfer of Stapled Interests held by that Shareholder, being a Defaulting Shareholder, required in accordance with clause 14.4 or 14.5(c);

 

  (d) exercise the voting rights of a Defaulting Shareholder or of an Indirect Defaulting Shareholder in accordance with clause 14.5(a)(ii) or 14.5(b)(ii) (as applicable);

 

  (e) effect any transfer of ROFO Shares held by that Shareholder (or its Permitted Transferees) required in accordance with clause 15.10 or 15.11; or

 

  (f) effect any transfer of the Buy-Sell Completion Shares held by that Shareholder (or its Permitted Transferees) required in accordance with clause 19.6,

to the extent that such action is contemplated by this deed and which such Major Shareholder is obliged, but fails, to effect in accordance with this deed.

 

20.2 The appointment in clause 20.1 shall in all circumstances remain in force and be irrevocable until a Trigger Event occurs.

 

20.3 If an attorney appointed in accordance with clause 20.1 effects a transfer of Stapled Interests as attorney for a Shareholder, the attorney’s receipt of any consideration due to the Shareholder in respect of such transfer shall be a good discharge to the transferee of such Stapled Interests, who shall not be bound to see to its application. The attorney shall notify the Company and pay such consideration as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company which shall hold such consideration on behalf of the relevant Shareholder without any obligation to pay interest.

 

20.4 Each Shareholder on whose behalf Stapled Interests are transferred by an attorney appointed in accordance with clause 20.1 shall surrender its share certificate(s) to the Company or FinCo, if applicable, (or provide an indemnity in respect of such certificate(s) in a form satisfactory to the Company or FinCo, if applicable relating to the Stapled Interests transferred. On, but not before, such surrender or provision, the relevant Shareholder shall be entitled to the consideration in respect of the Stapled Interests transferred on its behalf, without interest.

 

21. BRANDING, SEPARATION, INTRA-GROUP ARRANGEMENTS

 

21.1 Branding

The Group shall operate a dual customer facing brand strategy, using both the “Wind” and “3” brands, until a new single-brand strategy has been proposed by the CEO and approved by the Board. HET will make the “3” brands available to the Group for as long as necessary without cost to the Group, pursuant to the term of the Hutchison IP Licence (as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement).

 

38


21.2 Support Services

The Parties agree and shall procure that, unless otherwise agreed as a Shareholder Reserved Matter under the terms of this deed, the HET Guarantor (and its Affiliates) and the VIP Guarantor (and its Affiliates) shall not, on or after the Effective Date, charge or re-charge to the Group any personnel, administrative, office or overhead costs or expenses in relation to any support services that may be made available to, the Group from time to time. If approved as a Shareholder Reserved Matter in accordance with the terms of this deed, the Affiliate providing the support services may charge the Group Company receiving the services its direct incremental costs incurred in providing such support services.

 

21.3 Roaming

 

  (a) Each Group Company shall encourage roaming by its customers on to any mobile telecommunications networks (a Network ) operated by Affiliates of Shareholders in territories outside of Italy by implementing roaming arrangements that prefer the Networks of such Affiliates and the Shareholders shall assist the Group to achieve attractive rates from such Affiliates compatible with minimising the Group’s customer churn.

 

  (b) Each Shareholder shall procure that each of its Affiliates that operate a Network outside of Italy encourage their customers to roam on to the Networks of the Group when roaming in Italy by implementing roaming arrangements that prefer the Group’s Networks and the Group shall provide such roaming at attractive rates compatible with minimising churn of customers of the Shareholder Affiliate.

 

  (c) Each Group Company shall have absolute discretion in relation to roaming arrangements in respect of any territory where no Affiliate of a Shareholder operates a Network.

 

21.4 Revenue sharing agreements

No agreement by which a Group Company participates in any revenue sharing arrangement with a third party (whether sharing revenues of the Group Company with a third party or the Group Company sharing of revenues of a third party) pursuant to an agreement made by any Shareholder and/or any of its Affiliates for or on behalf of, or as agent for, the Group Company shall continue after a date falling 18 months after the Effective Date unless it has been approved as a Shareholder Reserved Matter in accordance with the terms of this deed.

 

21.5 Global Procurement

 

  (a) Each Shareholder (for so long as it owns or controls (directly or indirectly) 25% or greater of the voting share capital of the Company) shall, where requested by any Group Company, use reasonable endeavours (but without being required to incur any significant cost to do so) to permit that Group Company to participate in the group arrangements of that Shareholder and its Affiliates for the acquisition or licensing of products and services for Affiliates who provide telecommunications services, so that the Group may benefit from such Shareholder’s global group company pricing for products and services on substantially the same terms and conditions. An agreement under which the Group Company participates under a foregoing arrangement shall be a Global Procurement Contract and shall include, without limitation, an agreement between a Group Company and a Shareholder or Affiliate of a Shareholder as the counterparty and supplier of the products or services, an agreement entered into with a third party supplier of the products or services by a Shareholder or a Shareholder Affiliate as agent for and on behalf of a Group Company, and any agreement appointing a Shareholder or Affiliate of a Shareholder as agent for a Group Company for such purposes or framework agreement setting out the terms and conditions for a Group Company to participate in such arrangements.

 

39


  (b) Upon the request of a Group Company, HET (if the Global Procurement Contract was entered into by a 3 Italia Group Company) or VIP (if the Global Procurement Contract was entered into by a Wind Group Company) shall use reasonable endeavours to enable a Group Company to terminate any Global Procurement Contract after 18 months from the Effective Date. Unless so terminated the Global Procurement Contract shall continue until expiry in accordance with its terms.

 

  (c) If a Group Company may only continue to participate in a Global Procurement Contract existing on the Effective Date with the approval of a third party, HET (if the Global Procurement Contract was entered into by a 3 Italia Group Company) or VIP (if the Global Procurement Contract was entered into by a Wind Group Company) shall use reasonable endeavours (but without being required to incur any cost to do so) to obtain that approval.

 

  (d) Each of Shareholder agrees that unless approved as a Shareholder Reserved Matter pursuant to the terms of this deed neither it nor any of its respective Affiliates shall charge any Group Company:

 

  (i) for making available to the Group its global group pricing referred to in paragraph (a) above or for any administrative, logistical or other support provided to the Group in relation to any Global Procurement Contract; or

 

  (ii) any internal fee, margin, expense, charge or other internal cost regarding services or products provided by a third party to the Group.

 

  (e) Each Group Company shall be entitled to determine in its absolute discretion the supplier of any products and services provided that each Group Company shall, when undertaking procurement of products and services seek to obtain the supply on the best commercial terms available to that Group Company, either on its own or whenever possible under a Global Procurement Contract. In making procurement decisions, and where products or services may be acquired by the Group under a Global Procurement Contract, then the Group shall seek to ensure that such Global Procurement Contracts are allocated approximately equally between each Shareholder group. Shareholders shall review such allocation biennially and shall in good faith seek to redress any imbalance greater than € 50 million over the next two years.

 

21.6 Know-how

 

  (a) The Shareholders agree to, and to procure that their respective Ultimate Holding Companies and Affiliates that are network operators providing telecommunications services (a Relevant Affiliate ) share or make reasonably available on an “as is” no liability basis to the Group for use by the Group in the conduct of the Business know-how on its business and technical processes, procedures, reporting methodologies, management practices, quality control, and operational experiences and associated data and document relevant to the conduct of a mobile or fixed line business ( Know-how ), provided that a Shareholder or its Affiliate shall not be required to provide or make available any Know-how to the Group if the provision of such Know-how:

 

  (i) is prohibited by Law, the terms of any agreement with any third party or violates the intellectual property rights of any third party, or requires any Shareholder or its Affiliate to incur any significant incremental costs; or

 

40


  (ii) without limiting paragraph (i), where such Know-how originated with a Shareholder or Affiliate of such Shareholder and the disclosure of such Know-how to the Group would be materially adverse to the interests of such Shareholder or Affiliate of such Shareholder.

No Shareholder or Affiliate of the Shareholder may charge the Group any costs in complying with this paragraph (a) beyond its direct incremental costs unless approved as a Shareholder Reserved Matter in accordance with the terms of this deed. Senior Management may travel to the offices of a relevant Shareholder or Affiliate of the Shareholder for the purpose of accessing Know-how of a Relevant Affiliate subject to reasonable prior notice, and provided it does not cause any significant disruption, to the relevant business.

 

  (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the sharing and making available Know-how of the Group to any Shareholder and that Shareholder’s Relevant Affiliates.

 

22. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO SEEK LIQUIDATION

To the extent permissible by applicable law, each Shareholder agrees, confirms and acknowledges that it shall be wholly and irrevocably barred from seeking a liquidation, winding up or otherwise of the Company or any Group Company in the event of a deadlock between the Shareholders, including, without limitation, on a refusal or failure to consent to a Reserved Matter or failure to attend a meeting of the Shareholders.

 

23. PROTECTIVE COVENANTS

 

23.1 For the purposes of this clause, a group in the case of VIP shall not include any shareholder of the VIP Guarantor and a group in the case of HET shall not include any shareholder of the HET Guarantor. Each Shareholder covenants with the other that it shall not and shall procure that no other member of its group shall:

 

  (a) for so long as such person remains a Shareholder be concerned in any business carrying on business in Italy which is competitive with the Business; or

 

  (b) for so long as such person remains a Shareholder and for a period of one year after the date upon which it ceases to be a Shareholder (the Termination Date ):

 

  (i) induce or attempt to induce any person who is at such time a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee to leave the employment of that Group Company unless such inducement or attempt to induce is made by:

 

  (A) the VIP Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee who was a director or employee of VIP’s group (other than WAHF and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Effective Date or the date of employment or appointment as a Director with or by a Group Company; or

 

  (B) the HET Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee who was a director or employee of HET’s group (other than 3 Italia and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Effective Date or the date of employment or appointment as a Director with or by a Group Company; or

 

41


  (ii) employ or attempt to employ any person who is at such time a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee unless such employment or attempt to employ is made by:

 

  (A) the VIP Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee who was a director or employee of VIP’s group (other than WAHF and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Effective Date or the date of employment or appointment as a Director with or by a Group Company; or

 

  (B) the HET Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of a Director, a director of a Group Company or a Senior Employee who was a director or employee of HET’s group (other than 3 Italia and its Subsidiaries) prior to the Effective Date or the date of employment or appointment as a Director with or by a Group Company; or

 

  (iii) use any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to, or to the business or affairs of, any Group Company, to induce or attempt to induce any person, who is or was for so long as the relevant person is or was a Shareholder, a customer of, or a supplier to, a Group Company, to cease to deal with that Group Company as a whole or on substantially equivalent terms to those previously offered or existing.

 

23.2 For the purposes of this clause:

 

  (a) a person is concerned in a business if it carries on the business as principal or agent or if:

 

  (i) it is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business; or

 

  (ii) it has any direct or indirect financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business; or

 

  (iii) it is a partner, director, employee, secondee, consultant or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct or indirect financial interest (as shareholder or otherwise) in any person who carries on the business,

disregarding any financial interest of a person in securities which are listed or traded on any generally recognised market if that person, members of either Shareholder group for the time being and any person connected with that person or either Shareholder (the Investors ) are together interested in securities which amount to less than five per cent. of the issued securities of that class and which, in all circumstances, carry less than five per cent. of the voting rights (if any) attaching to the issued securities of that class, and provided that none of the Investors is involved in the management of the business of the issuer of the relevant securities or of any person connected with it otherwise than by the exercise of voting rights attaching to securities; and

 

  (b) a Shareholder or members of its group will not be in breach of this clause 23.2 by reason of acquiring a business (the Acquired Business ) where at the time of the acquisition the activities of the Acquired Business include a business in Italy which is competitive with the Business (the Acquired Competing Business ) provided that:

 

  (i) the turnover attributed to the Acquired Competing Business in its last financial year before the acquisition is less than ten per cent. of the turnover of the Acquired Business as a whole; and

 

42


  (ii) the Shareholder or members of its group uses reasonable endeavours to dispose of the Acquired Competing Business to an unaffiliated third party outside the Shareholder’s group within 18 months of the closing of the agreement pursuant to which the Acquired Competing Business is acquired by the Shareholder or members of its group (the Divestment Period ) and the Shareholder shall be permitted to carry on such Acquired Competing Business on the same basis as the date on which it was acquired by the Shareholder for the duration of the Divestment Period; and

 

  (c) a Shareholder or members of its group will not be in breach of clause 23.1 to the extent a Shareholder or members of its group (i) has a 25 per cent. or less interest in a business which involves the provision of over-the-top services (the OTTS Business ) made available to end users in Italy; or (ii) has a greater than 25 per cent. interest in the OTTS Business made available to end users in Italy but which (in this limb (ii)) is not in direct competition with the Business; and

 

  (d) references to a Group Company include its successors in business.

 

23.3 Each of the restrictions in each paragraph or subclause above shall be enforceable independently of each of the others and its validity shall not be affected if any of the others is invalid.

 

23.4 If any of those restrictions is void but would be valid if some part of the restriction were deleted, the restriction in question shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid.

 

23.5 Each Shareholder acknowledges that in view of its investment and obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents the provisions of this clause are indispensable to their entering into this deed and are no more extensive than is reasonable to protect a Shareholder as a holder of Shares in the Group.

 

23.6 The covenants in this clause may be enforced by any Group Company against a Shareholder the Shareholder breaching this clause under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of this clause may be varied or terminated by agreement between the Shareholders (and the non-breaching Shareholder may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by this clause) without the consent of any Group Company.

 

23.7 Without affecting any other rights or remedies that a Shareholder may have, each Shareholder acknowledges that a Shareholder may be irreparably harmed by any breach of the terms of this clause and that damages alone may not necessarily be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, each Shareholder hereby acknowledges without proof of actual damages that injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable relief in favour of the other Shareholder is an appropriate and necessary remedy for breach of the terms of this clause.

 

24. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

24.1 Term

This deed takes effect on the Effective Date and continues until terminated in accordance with clause 24.2.

 

24.2 Circumstances for termination

Subject to clause 24.3, this deed terminates in respect of the rights and obligations of all parties:

 

  (a) subject to clause 22, on the date on which the Company is wound up;

 

43


  (b) on the date on which a Shareholder (together with its Affiliates) holds all the Shares in the Company;

 

  (c) on the date on which all the Shareholders agree in writing; or

 

  (d) on the date on which there is no Major Shareholder.

 

24.3 Effect of termination

If this deed terminates in accordance with clause 24.2 or certain provisions terminate in accordance with clause 24.5, in respect of the rights and obligations of any party:

 

  (a) except as provided in clause 24.3(c) that party is released from its obligations to further perform this deed or those provisions (as applicable);

 

  (b) each party retains all rights that it has against each other party in respect of any breach of this deed or those provisions (as applicable) occurring before termination and, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights pursuant to clause 26 and 27 shall survive in respect of any such breach of this deed occurring before termination; and

 

  (c) the provisions of and the rights and obligations of each party under this clause 24.3 and each of the Surviving Clauses survive termination of this deed.

 

24.4 Duration

 

  (a) Any voting undertaking set forth in this deed shall be valid and in full force and effect for an initial duration of ten years from the Effective Date. The Shareholders undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to renew such voting undertakings for further successive ten year periods (or such other durations as the Shareholders may agree) until termination of this deed, and will commence discussions for the purposes of renewing such voting undertakings at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the relevant term.

 

  (b) The Shareholders hereby agree that any voting undertaking in this deed in the interest and for the benefit of the Company and both Shareholders and is reasonable. However, notwithstanding anything contained in this deed to the contrary, if any such voting undertaking is determined to be invalid or voidable under Luxembourg law due to its duration, the duration of such voting undertaking shall be reduced to the maximum duration possible without rendering such voting agreement invalid or voidable under Luxembourg law.

 

24.5 Trigger Event for termination of certain provisions

Upon a Trigger Event occurring:

 

  (a) the provisions of clauses 3 to 10, 11 (other than paragraph 11.1), 12, 13.2, paragraph 13.3(e), 14 (other than 14.7), 15, 19 to 22 and 24.4 of this deed (inclusive), together with Schedule 1 to Schedule 6 and Schedule 8 to Schedule 9 (inclusive) to it, will automatically terminate and cease to have any effect thereafter and clause 24.3 shall apply in respect of these terminated provisions;

 

  (b) for the avoidance of doubt all other provisions of this deed, namely, for the avoidance of doubt, the Surviving Clauses, clauses 2, 11.1, 13 (other than 13.2 and paragraph 13.3(e)), and subject to paragraph (c) below), 14.7, 16, 17, 18, 23, 24 (other than clause 24.4) 26 and 27 and Schedule 7, Schedule 10 and Schedule 11 (subject to paragraph (c) below) shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination; and

 

44


  (c) the following provisions shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination but subject to the following amendments with effect from the Trigger Event:

 

  (i) Clause 13.1, subject to the deletion of the words “Other than the obligations of each Shareholder to subscribe for the Shares in accordance with the Contribution and Framework Agreement,” and replacement of “no” with “No”; and

 

  (ii) Schedule 11, subject to the deletion of those defined terms that are no longer applicable to the provisions set out in paragraphs (b) and (c)(i) above (and appropriate consequential amendments being made to the definition cross-referencing); and

 

  (d) the provisions contained in Schedule 10 shall come into force upon a Trigger Event occurring (the Trigger Event Date ).

 

25. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

25.1 Confidentiality obligations

Except as permitted by this clause 25:

 

  (a) each Shareholder shall keep confidential:

 

  (i) all information made available to it by or on behalf of the Company or by a Director under clause 11.4 (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) which relates to the past, present or future business, operations or affairs of any Group Company;

 

  (ii) all information made available to it by or on behalf any other Shareholder (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this deed;

 

  (iii) any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to, or to the business or affairs of, any Group Company, which shall include information concerning customer details, prices and quantities; and

 

  (iv) the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this deed and each other Transaction Document,

and shall not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this deed or monitoring and making decisions regarding its investment in the Company; and

 

  (b) the Company shall keep confidential:

 

  (i) all information made available to it by or on behalf of any Shareholder (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this deed; and

 

  (ii) the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this deed and each other Transaction Document,

 

45


  and shall not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than conducting the Business or exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this deed.

 

25.2 Excluded information

 

  Clause 25.1 does not apply to any information which:

 

  (a) is in or comes into the public domain, except through a breach of this clause 25 or through a breach by any person of any other obligation of confidentiality known to the disclosing party; or

 

  (b) at the time it was disclosed by one party to another was already in the lawful possession of the second party and not held by the second party subject to an obligation of confidentiality.

 

25.3 Disclosure to Representatives

 

  Nothing in clause 25.1 prevents any party from disclosing information to any of its Affiliates or Representatives if:

 

  (a) the information needs to be disclosed:

 

  (i) to enable that party to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this deed including a Disposal of Stapled Interests permitted in accordance with the terms of this deed; or

 

  (ii) where the party is a Shareholder, to enable that Shareholder to monitor and make decisions regarding its investment in the Company; and

 

  (b) before disclosure is made that party has informed the relevant Affiliates or Representatives in writing that the information is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose for which it was disclosed,

provided that any Affiliate or Representative receiving information under this clause 25.3 has undertaken to comply with the confidentiality obligations under this clause 25 as if those obligations were imposed directly on the relevant Affiliate or Representative, and the party disclosing such information shall ensure that any such Affiliate or Representative to whom information is so disclosed strictly complies with such obligations.

 

25.4 Required disclosure

Nothing in clause 25.1 prevents a party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives from disclosing information if disclosure is required by law or regulation (except to the extent the requirement can be excluded or limited by contract or by a confidentiality obligation), any tribunal or court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency or the listing rules of any recognised securities exchange. Before any disclosure is made under this clause 25.4, the party that is, or whose Affiliate or Representative is, required to make disclosure shall, to the extent permitted by law and the relevant disclosure requirement:

 

  (a) notify the party that made the relevant information available to it (the Discloser ) and each other party as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware that disclosure is required;

 

  (b) take all steps reasonably required by the Discloser to prevent or restrict the disclosure of that information; and

 

46


  (c) co-operate with the Discloser regarding the timing and content of such disclosure.

For the purposes of this clause 25.4, where the information required to be disclosed is the existence, terms or subject matter of, or the negotiations relating to, this deed, references to the Discloser are taken to be references to each other party.

 

25.5 Disclosure in accordance with right of first offer

Nothing in clause 25.1 prevents a party from disclosing information to the extent strictly required by, and subject always to the terms and conditions provided in, clause 15.5.

 

25.6 Legal proceedings

Nothing in clause 25.1 prevents a party from disclosing information to the extent required to enable that party to enforce the provisions of this deed or to the extent necessary for the purpose of defending any proceedings brought against that party.

 

25.7 Advertisements and public announcements

Nothing in clause 25.1 prevents a party from disclosing information in any advertisement or public announcement containing information that is not in the public domain made with the written consent of each other party which in the case of any advertisement or public announcement referring only to the existence or subject matter of this deed shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

25.8 Outgoing Shareholder

If a Shareholder ceases to be a Shareholder, it shall immediately:

 

  (a) deliver all documents or other materials in tangible form that are in its possession or control and that contain information of the type described in clause 25.1(a) to the party that made that information available to it;

 

  (b) use all reasonable endeavours to permanently delete all information of the type described in clause 25.1(a) that has been stored on any computer, database or other electronic storage medium by it or on its behalf; and

 

  (c) ensure that each of its Affiliates and Representatives to whom information has been provided under clause 25.3 does the same,

except to the extent that the Shareholder or the relevant Affiliate or Representative is required to retain such information by law, the rules of any regulatory authority or any mandatory professional standards rules or in accordance with its reasonable and bona fide internal compliance policies.

 

26. VIP GUARANTEE

 

26.1 The VIP Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees to each other party the payment when due of all amounts payable by VIP under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that VIP will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (c) agrees that if and each time that VIP fails to make any payment when it is due under or pursuant to this deed, the VIP Guarantor must on demand (without requiring any party first to take steps against VIP or any other person) pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

47


  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify each other party against all Loss sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by VIP under or pursuant to this deed.

 

26.2 The VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 26 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, VIP or any other person;

 

  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this deed, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against VIP or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this deed; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of VIP, so that this deed shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

26.3 Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the VIP Guarantor shall not as a result of this deed or any payment or performance under this deed be subrogated to any right or security of any party or claim or prove in competition with any party against VIP or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

26.4 The VIP Guarantor will not take or hold any security from VIP in respect of this deed and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the VIP Guarantor in trust for each other party.

 

26.5 The VIP Guarantor shall indemnify each other party against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this deed.

 

26.6 The VIP Guarantor warrants to each other party that:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

48


27. HET GUARANTEE

 

27.1 The HET Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees the payment to each other party when due of all amounts payable by HET under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that HET will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (c) agrees that if and each time that HET fails to make any payment when it is due under or pursuant to this deed, the HET Guarantor must on demand (without requiring any party first to take steps against HET or any other person) pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify each other party against all Loss sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by HET under or pursuant to this deed.

 

27.2 The HET Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 27 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, HET or any other person;

 

  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this deed, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against HET or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this deed; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of HET, so that this deed shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

27.3 Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the HET Guarantor shall not as a result of this deed or any payment or performance under this deed be subrogated to any right or security of any party or claim or prove in competition with any party against HET or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

27.4 The HET Guarantor will not take or hold any security from HET in respect of this deed and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the HET Guarantor in trust for each other party.

 

27.5 The HET Guarantor shall indemnify each other party against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the HET Guarantor’s obligations under this deed.

 

27.6 The HET Guarantor warrants to each other party that:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

49


  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

28. NOTICES

 

28.1 Manner of giving notice

Any notice or other communication to be given:

 

  (a) under this deed (other than under clause 19) must be in writing and must be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post or email, or

 

  (b) under clause 19 must be in writing and must only be sent by email or fax,

(and, in each case, if such notice or other communication is sent by email or fax, then a copy must be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post as soon as reasonably practicable although the notice or other communication will deem to have been given by transmission of the email) to the party to whom it is to be given at its address or fax (as applicable) appearing in this deed as follows:

 

  (i) to the Company prior to the Effective Date at:

Address:

7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes

L-1728 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Fax: +352 2626 8181

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

and to the Company from the Effective Date at:

18-20 rue Edward Steichen

L-2540 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to HET, the HET Guarantor, HET LuxCo and David Sonter and Natasha Good

of the HET Solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and

natasha.good@freshfields.com ),

 

50


and with a copy to VIP, the VIP Guarantor and Andrew Ballheimer and Tom Levine

of the VIP Solicitors (email: Andrew.Ballheimer@allenovery.com and

Tom.Levine@allenovery.com ),

 

  (ii) to VIP and the VIP Guarantor at:

Address:

VimpelCom Ltd.

Claude Debussylaan 88

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Email: Scott.Dresser@vimpelcom.com and Andrew.Davies@vimpelcom.com

Fax: +31 20 79 77 201

marked for the attention of Scott Dresser and Andrew Davies

 

  (iii) to HET at:

Address:

Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l.

7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes

L-1728 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Fax: +352 2626 8181

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to the HET Guarantor, and David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET

solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com),

 

  (iv) to the HET Guarantor at:

Address:

22nd Floor, Hutchison House,

10 Harcourt Road,

Hong Kong

Email: EdithS@chk.com.hk

Fax: (852) 2128 1778

marked for the attention of Ms Edith Shih,

and with a copy to David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET solicitors

(email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com ),

 

51


  (v) to HET LuxCo at:

Address:

7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes

L-1728 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

marked for the attention of the Directors

with a copy to the HET Guarantor (fax: +852 2128 1778), marked for the attention of the Company Secretary.

or at any such other address notified in writing for this purpose to the other parties under this clause 28. Any notice or other communication sent by post shall be sent by prepaid ordinary recorded delivery post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by prepaid airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin).

 

28.2 When notice given

Any notice or other communication is deemed to have been given:

 

  (a) if delivered, on the date and at the time of delivery; or

 

  (b) if sent by post, on the second Business Day after it was put into the post; or

 

  (c) at the time of transmission if delivered by fax or email,

but if the notice or other communication would otherwise be taken to be received after 5.00 pm then the notice or communication is taken to be received at 9.00 am (local time at the place of receipt) on the next Business Day.

 

28.3 Proof of service

In proving service of a notice or other communication, it is sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted either by prepaid post or by prepaid airmail.

 

28.4 Documents relating to legal proceedings

This clause 28 does not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, statement of care, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this deed.

 

29. GENERAL

 

29.1 Amendment

This deed may only be amended in writing and where the amendment is signed by or on behalf of all the parties.

 

29.2 Assignment

None of the rights or obligations under this deed may be assigned, transferred or otherwise dealt with by a party without the prior written consent of the other parties. No party shall grant, declare, create or dispose of any rights or interests in this deed without the prior written consent of all the other parties. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 29.2 shall be void.

 

52


29.3 Costs

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this deed, each party shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with entering into and performing its obligations under this deed.

 

29.4 Directors’ indemnity

Subject to the provisions of and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties shall ensure that each Director (including, the Chairman) is indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him/her in the valid execution or discharge of his/her duties or the valid exercise of his/her powers in connection with his/her duties, powers or office, but this indemnity shall not apply to any liability to the extent that it is recovered from any other person or in the case of a Director’s (including, a Chairman’s) own fraud, wilful default, gross negligence or dishonesty.

 

29.5 Sanctions

The parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this deed (or any other Transaction Document) will require any other party to carry out any act or make any omission that may constitute or result in an actual breach of any Economic Sanction Law.

 

29.6 Entire agreement

 

  (a) This deed and the other Transaction Documents contain the whole agreement between the parties relating to the transactions contemplated by this deed and the Transaction Documents and supersede all previous draft agreements, arrangements or understandings whether oral or in writing, between the parties relating to these transactions.

 

  (b) Each party:

 

  (i) acknowledges that in agreeing to enter into this deed and the other Transaction Documents it has not relied on any express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance (except those warranties and undertakings set out in this deed and the other Transaction Documents) made by or on behalf of any other party before the entering into of this deed;

 

  (ii) waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause 29.6, might otherwise be available to it arising under or in respect of any such express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance; and

 

  (iii) acknowledges that, except for any liability in respect of a breach of this deed and the other Transaction Documents, no party shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other party in relation to the subject matter of this deed.

 

  (c) Nothing in this clause limits or excludes any liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

29.7 Execution in counterparts

This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and any party may enter into this deed by executing and delivering a counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes the agreement of the party who has executed and delivered that counterpart. Faxed or scanned signatures are taken to be valid and binding to the same extent as original signatures. Delivery of a counterpart of this deed by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

53


29.8 Exercise and waiver of rights

The rights of each party under this deed:

 

  (a) may be exercised as often as necessary (in whole or in part);

 

  (b) except as otherwise expressly provided by this deed, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c) may be waived only in writing and specifically,

and delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right and will not affect any such right in relation to any other party.

 

29.9 No partnership or agency

Nothing in this deed or the Articles will be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties or, unless this deed expressly provides otherwise, constitute any party the agent of any other party for any purpose.

 

29.10 Severability

The provisions contained in each clause are enforceable independently of each other clause and the validity and enforceability of any clause will not be affected by the invalidity or unenforceability of any other clause.

 

29.11 No Third Party Rights

Except as set out in clause 23.6, a person who is not a party to this deed may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

30. INVALID TERMS

 

30.1 Each of the provisions of this deed is severable.

 

30.2 If and to the extent that any provision of this deed:

 

  (a) is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (b) would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable and neither the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this deed, nor the validity or enforceability of that provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result of this clause 30.2.

 

31. JURISDICTION

 

31.1 Governing law of this clause

This clause 31 is governed by English law.

 

54


31.2 Jurisdiction

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of that jurisdiction.

 

31.3 Service of process agent

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law:

 

  (a) the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, appoint a person (who is not a member or Affiliate of the Group or the VIP group or the HET group), and upon such appointment shall notify the other parties of such appointment;

 

  (b) each of VIP and the VIP Guarantor irrevocably appoint Law debenture Corporate Services Limited of 5th Floor, Wood Street, London, EC2V 7EX, England; and

 

  (c) each of HET, HET LuxCo and the HET Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited of Hutchison House, 5 Hester Road, London SW11 4AN, United Kingdom,

in each case as its agent in England and Wales for service of process and any other documents in relation to any Dispute. Subject to clause 31.4, each party irrevocably undertake not to revoke its agent’s authority; and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on such party if delivered to its agent at its address for the time being.

 

31.4 Alternative service of process agent

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 31.3 is unable for any reason to so act, the relevant party shall immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute and notify the other parties of such appointment. Failing this, any other party may appoint another process agent for this purpose at the relevant party’s expense.

 

31.5 Failure to notify by process agent

Each party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

32. GOVERNING LAW

This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS DEED has been executed by the parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this deed.

 

55


SCHEDULE 1

THE COMPANY

 

Company name:      Hutchison 3 G Italy Investments S.à r.l.
Registered number:      B 77457
Registered office:      7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Date and place of incorporation:      4 August 2000, Luxembourg
Directors:     

1. Neil McGee

 

2. Thomas Geiger

 

3. Christian Salbaing

 

4. Richard Chan

 

5. Edith Shih

 

6. Frank Sixt

Secretary:      Not applicable.
Financial year end:      31 December
Auditors:      Not applicable.
Issued shares (including identity of each shareholder and number of shares held by it):     

Share capital: €24,999

 

Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l.: 48,705 shares of EUR0.50 each

 

HET Investments S.A.: 1,293 shares of EUR0.50 each

 

56


SCHEDULE 2

AGREED FUNDAMENTAL BUSINESS OBJECTIVES

 

(a) The Group to be managed in such a manner as to protect and where possible grow revenue market share fundamentally through the provision of innovative and better connectivity and digital services;

 

(b) The Group to be managed in such manner as to maintain and grow gross service margin (i.e. gross margin excluding any revenue element relating to handsets or devices) on an absolute total basis;

 

(c) The Group management to be evaluated and rewarded under the Group’s Long-term Incentive Plan based both on attainment of the Initial Business Plan and the Merger Integration Plan and, in the case of any short-term incentives, by assessment of the Group’s and their own individual performance in support of over-achieving annual budgeted goals in their areas of responsibility, against market benchmarks in Italy and in Europe as appropriate;

 

(d) The Group to be managed in such manner as to attain the most efficient operating cost structure of any facilities based mobile network operator in Italy;

 

(e) The Group to be managed in such manner as to maintain quality of service levels sufficient to assure achievement of Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives;

 

(f) The Group to be managed so as to achieve maximum capital efficiency (e.g. installed capital cost per unit of data traffic handled or other parameters as agreed by the Shareholders) consistent with achieving Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives;

 

(g) The Group to adopt rigorous procurement disciplines including tendering in all major capex and opex spend areas (which shall be monitored for compliance by the Audit Committee, the CEO, CFO and by internal and external auditors) so as to achieve best price consistent with the quality necessary to achieve all other business objectives;

 

(h) The Group to adopt rigorous anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and corruption controls as well as controls for managing all operating and financial risks to a standard consistent with international best practices, including a zero tolerance standard for bribery, corruption, fraud or misappropriation;

 

(i) The Group to adopt rigorous controls over every form of customer, dealer, mobile virtual network operator or other credit or financial support extended in any form to third parties which shall be subject in all cases to limits established by the CEO and CFO and shall be extended only with CEO and CFO approval and monitored by internal and external auditors; and

 

(j) Financial and management reporting for the Group shall focus equally and place equal importance on:

 

  (i) Cash flow and working capital management; and

 

  (ii) Profit and loss achievement,

using metrics and key performance indicators established in the Initial Business Plan and by the Board including service margin, operating costs, acquisition and retention costs, EBITDA, EBIT and free cash flow, as well as performance versus the operating cost and capital expenditure synergies and related integration costs as provided in the Initial Business Plan,

(a) to (j) being the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives .

 

57


SCHEDULE 3

BOARD MEETINGS

 

1. Frequency of meetings

The Board shall meet as frequently as necessary to allow it to discharge its duties and in any case at least four times per calendar year and once every three months.

 

2. Notice

Except in the case of (i) urgency as agreed between at least one Director appointed by each Major Shareholder (in which case the notice convening the meeting shall indicate the nature of, and the reasons for, the urgency), or (ii) an express waiver by all the Directors, at least five Business Days’ written notice of each meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director by the Chairman of the Board or by the secretary on behalf of the Chairman of the Board.

 

3. Agenda

A Director may add an item relating to a Board Reserved Matter to the agenda for a Board meeting. A notice of a Board meeting shall be accompanied by an agenda of all the business to be transacted at the meeting, as well as any supporting papers and documentation that has been put forward for the Board meeting by a Director or which may be deemed relevant for such Board meeting. Any matter not on the agenda may be raised at the Board meeting by a Director present or represented at the Board meeting if all Directors are present or represented.

 

4. Location

So far as practicable, all meetings of the Board are to be held in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with a majority of the Directors physically present at any such meeting in Luxembourg.

 

5. Use of technology

 

5.1 The Board may, in exceptional cases only, conduct meetings to discuss matters and issues which are urgent by conference call, video conference, or by any other means which will enable each Director:

 

  (a) to be identified during the meeting;

 

  (b) to properly hear (or otherwise receive real-time communications made by) each of the other Directors participating in the meeting;

 

  (c) to address (or otherwise communicate in real time with) all of the other Directors participating in the meeting simultaneously; and

 

  (d) to properly deliberate and cast his/her vote,

even if all the Directors are not physically present in the same place at the relevant Board meeting.

 

5.2 A Board meeting held in this manner is taken to be held at the registered office of the Company in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, where the conference call or video conference, as the case may be, will have been initiated.

 

5.3 If a technological link fails, the Board meeting will be adjourned until the failure is rectified.

 

58


6. Quorum

 

6.1 Subject to clauses 9.1(c), 14.5(a) and 14.5(b), the quorum for the Board to validly deliberate is the presence in person or by proxy (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) of at least four Directors made up of at least two Directors proposed by each Major Shareholder, either present or represented at the Board meeting.

 

6.2 A Director may be represented by proxy at any meeting of the Board by any other Director. A proxy may act as proxy for more than one Director.

 

6.3 If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (i.e. meeting at second call). If a quorum is not present at the reconvened meeting (i.e. meeting at second call) within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the reconvened meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (i.e. meeting at third call).

 

6.4 If all of the Directors proposed for appointment by a Shareholder are not present in person or by proxy (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) at a meeting of the Board and the following reconvened meeting (i.e. respectively, the meeting at first call and the meeting at second call), the quorum for the next reconvened meeting of the Board (i.e. meeting at third call) shall be the presence (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) of at least any two Directors, either present or represented at the Board meeting.

 

7. Voting rights

 

7.1 Each Director is entitled to one vote on a Board resolution.

 

7.2 In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman of the Board will have a second or Casting Vote in accordance with clause 5.6(b) of this deed.

 

8. Board decisions

 

8.1 Subject to clauses 14.5(a) and 14.5(b), all resolutions at meetings of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes cast (including a Casting Vote if exercised in accordance with clause 5.6).

 

8.2 Minutes (including original and copies) of meetings of the Board, and excerpts from such minutes, will be drafted in English and signed by the Chairman of the Board.

 

9. Written resolutions

Resolutions of the Board may, in exceptional cases only, be passed in writing by way of unanimous written circular resolutions for matters and issues which are urgent, not significant or not material. Such resolutions will be drafted in English, and will consist of one or several counterparts containing the resolutions of the Board, signed and dated by each Director, manually or electronically by means of an electronic signature which will be deemed valid under Luxembourg applicable law. The date of such unanimous written circular resolution will be the date of the last signature by any Director as apposed on his counterpart.

 

59


SCHEDULE 4

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

1. Frequency and location of meetings

 

1.1 The Board may call a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company in Luxembourg (a Shareholders’ Meeting ) at a time and place the Board resolves, unless exceptional circumstances apply.

 

1.2 Except in the case of an urgent general meeting of Shareholders in accordance with clause 5.5(a), either Major Shareholder may call a Shareholders’ Meeting by notice in writing to the other Shareholder(s). Unless the Shareholder(s) agree otherwise, at least 20 Business Days’ notice shall be given to each Shareholder of any Shareholders’ Meeting (or 5 Business Days’ notice in the case of an adjourned meeting) which notice period must exclude the date of the notice and the date of the Shareholders’ Meeting unless all Shareholders agree otherwise.

 

1.3 An annual Shareholders’ Meeting will be held each year at the registered office of the Company in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

2. Quorum

 

2.1 The quorum for a Shareholders’ Meeting is the presence in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney, of each Major Shareholder.

 

2.2 A Shareholder may act at any Shareholders’ Meeting by appointing another person, who need not be a Shareholder of the Company, as its proxy in writing.

 

2.3 If a quorum is not present at a Shareholders’ Meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the Shareholders’ Meeting, the Shareholders’ Meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. If a quorum is not present at the reconvened Shareholders’ Meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the Shareholders’ Meeting, the Shareholders’ Meeting will be dissolved.

 

3. Voting rights

Each Shareholder is entitled to one vote for each Share of the Company held by that Shareholder. There shall be no class voting rights except as expressly provided for in the Articles of the Company.

 

4. Shareholder decisions

A Shareholder resolution of the Company may only be carried, subject to mandatory provisions of applicable Luxembourg law, the Articles of the Company and the Shareholder Reserved Matters (in which case the relevant majority of Shares of the Company set out in such provisions shall be required), if it is passed by Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares of the Company.

 

5. Written resolutions

The Shareholders of the Company may, in exceptional cases only, pass a resolution without a Shareholders’ Meeting being held if the requisite majority of the Shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution sign, or indicate their approval of, a document stating that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document. The proposed resolution may be circulated in advance to the Shareholders for approval. The document may be in counterparts, signed or approved by one or more Shareholders, and may be circulated by email.

 

60


SCHEDULE 5

MERGER INTEGRATION PROVISIONS

PART 1

MANAGEMENT

 

1. Merger Integration objective

Subject to clause 2.2 of this deed, the Shareholders acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a) the overall goal of the Merger Integration Plan will be that the Group should become “One Company” within 24 months (and in any case not more than 36 months) after the Effective Date; and

 

  (b) they shall seek to accomplish the integration of their respective businesses in the Group in accordance with the Merger Integration Plan by no later than the end of the Merger Integration Period (the Merger Integration Objective ).

 

2. MD, CEO, Merger Integration Officer and CFO of MergeCo

 

2.1 The Shareholders agree to use their best efforts to retain Mr. Maximo Ibarra, the current Chief Executive Officer and managing director ( amministratore delegato ) of Wind TS together with Ms. Dina Ravera and Mr. Stefano Invernizzi, respectively, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of 3 Italia during the Merger Integration Period. For the duration of the Merger Integration Period (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Shareholders):

 

  (a) the current Chief Executive Officer and managing director ( amministratore delegato ) of Wind TS, Mr. Maximo Ibarra, shall be appointed as CEO and managing director ( amministratore delegato ) of MergeCo and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) Ms. Dina Ravera, shall be appointed as Merger Integration Officer of MergeCo and shall also continue in her current role as Chief Operating Officer with overall responsibility for 3 Italia perimeter to ensure continuity of the 3 Italia businesses until the earlier of the end of the Merger Integration Period and the completion of Merger One; and

 

  (c) Mr Stefano Invernizzi shall be appointed as CFO of MergeCo and its Subsidiaries.

 

2.2 The Merger Integration Officer and CFO shall report to the CEO and are expected to attend all meetings of the Board to present on certain aspects of the performance of the MergeCo Group. At the request of any Director, the Merger Integration Officer and/or CFO may be required to “step-out” of or not attend any Board meeting. The Board, in its absolute discretion, may provide the Merger Integration Officer and CFO with relevant Board meeting materials relating to the business of the MergeCo Group prior to such Board meetings. For the avoidance of doubt, the Merger Integration Officer and CFO shall not be entitled to vote at such Board meetings nor be counted towards any Board meeting quorum requirements.

 

2.3 For the purposes of this paragraph 2.3, each of the Merger Integration Officer, the CFO and the CEO is an Executive and, together, they are the Executives . In the event of any dispute between two or more Executives (the Disputing Executives ), the Disputing Executives shall, within five Business Days of service of a written notice from a Disputing Executive to the other Disputing Executive(s) (a Dispute Notice ), hold a meeting (a Dispute Meeting ) in an effort to resolve the dispute. In the absence of agreement to the contrary the Dispute Meeting shall be held at the registered office for

 

61


the time being of the Company. The Disputing Executives shall procure that the Dispute Meeting is recorded in a set of minutes to be agreed between and signed by each of the Disputing Executives following the Dispute Meeting (the Dispute Meeting Minutes ). Any dispute which is not resolved within ten Business Days after the service of a Dispute Notice, whether or not a Dispute Meeting has been held, shall, at the request of any Disputing Executive made within ten Business Days of the Dispute Notice being served, be referred to the Board to consider at the next meeting of the Board. The Company shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that: (a) the Dispute Meeting Minutes; (b) a document setting out the position of each of the Disputing Executives in respect of the dispute (signed by each Disputing Executive); and (c) any other documents relevant to the dispute, are provided to the Board to consider in advance of the applicable Board meeting.

 

2.4 Each of the CEO, Merger Integration Officer and CFO shall deliver reports within their area of responsibility to the Board and the committees of the Board.

 

2.5 Both the CEO and Merger Integration Officer shall be co-responsible for achieving the Business Plan, the Merger Integration Plan and the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives (set out in Schedule 2).

 

2.6 The detailed respective roles and responsibilities of the CEO and Merger Integration Officer are set out in Part 2 of this Schedule, it being the intention that the CEO will focus on successfully operating the Group’s businesses during the Merger Integration Period while the Merger Integration Officer will focus on successful elaboration and implementation of the Merger Integration Plans with the least disruption to the Group’s day to day operations and will also be responsible for the successful execution of any divestments agreed by the Shareholders.

 

2.7 Not less than three months before the end of the Merger Integration Period, the Shareholders shall agree and appoint a CEO who may or may not be one of the incumbent Group officers to serve at the pleasure of the Board from the end of the Merger Integration Period.

 

3. Merger Executive Committee

 

3.1 To oversee the Merger Integration Objective, the Board shall from the Effective Date establish and maintain until the end of the Merger Integration Period an executive committee (the Merger Executive Committee ) for the purpose of considering and, unless the Board determines otherwise, making recommendations to the Board in relation to matters regarding the Merger Integration Objective. Its membership shall consist of an even number of nominees, with an equal number nominated by each Shareholder. The right to appoint and replace the chairman of the Merger Executive Committee will rotate between the Shareholders every eighteen months following the Effective Date. VIP has the right to propose for appointment and replacement one of its nominees as the chairman for the first eighteen months following the Effective Date, and HET has the right to propose for appointment and replacement one of its members as chairman for the next eighteen months immediately following. The Merger Executive Committee shall guide and supervise the execution of detailed merger integration plans which the Shareholders and the Company agree are necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, the Merger Integration Plan, to achieve the targets set out in the Business Plan. The Merger Executive Committee shall meet as necessary to discharge its duties but no less frequently than monthly. So far as practicable, meetings of the Merger Executive Committee are to be held in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with a majority of committee members physically present at any such meeting or by conference call or video conference.

 

3.2 For the duration of the Merger Integration Period, members of the Merger Executive Committee shall attend the Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings.

 

62


4. One “Team”

From the Effective Date, all members of the current management of Wind TS or WAHF (as the case may be) and 3 Italia who are selected to continue in the Group will be integrated and at all times treated by the Shareholders as one “team”, and not as separate representatives of the interests of each of the Shareholders respectively. Each member of Senior Management is expected to treat all Shareholders equally and his or her duty of care is to MergeCo.

 

5. Reviews

 

5.1 No later than the end of the Merger Integration Period (but in any event, within three years following the Effective Date) or at any earlier time and date if one of the Shareholders so requests, the Board shall initiate:

 

  (a) a comprehensive benchmarking review of the Group’s operations against local and international peers including as to customer and revenue market share, gross and operating margin, operating and capital cost structure and sales and marketing metrics including brand metrics; and

 

  (b) a comprehensive human resources review of the Group including individual performance reviews of the Senior Management, compensation benchmarking and overall human resources’ cost and best practices benchmarking including succession planning,

the Reviews .

 

5.2 The Reviews shall be undertaken at the Group’s expense by independent internationally recognised consultants selected by agreement between the Shareholders from a list of internationally recognised firms with appropriate specialisations.

 

5.3 The conclusions of the Reviews shall have no binding effect on the Shareholders or the Company / the Group, and shall only inform the decisions of the Shareholders and of their respective Directors in the exercise of their fiduciary duties for the purposes of the appointment or removal of or the compensation arrangements for the Senior Management.

 

6. Italian Mergers

Subject to prior written consent by the Shareholder and to obtaining all necessary regulatory consents and consents from lenders in connection with any financing arrangements of the Wind Group or 3 Italia Group, as applicable, the Shareholders confirm that as at the date of this agreement it is their intention to implement the mergers of the Group Companies incorporated in Italy in accordance with the Plan of Reorganisation.

 

63


PART 2

DETAILED ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CEO AND THE MERGER INTEGRATION OFFICER

During the Merger Integration Period, the following matters shall be within the authority of the CEO and Merger Integration Officer respectively (except to the extent that they are Shareholder Reserved Matters or Board Reserved Matters in which case such matters shall require approval in accordance with Shareholder Approval or Board Approval, as the case may be, and subject in any event to the applicable law):

 

 

  

CEO

  

Merger Integration Officer

1.    Responsible for One Company consolidated P&L    Co-responsible under the Merger Integration Plan and the Business Plan
2.   

Co-responsible for the successful delivery of “One Company” under the Business Plan and Merger Integration Plan

   Integrates outside vendors solutions pursuant to the Merger Integration Plan
3.   

Receives functions, units and solutions out of 3 Italia and integrates same on Wind platform as directed in the Merger Integration Plan; or cuts functions/units/solutions out of Wind as directed in the Merger Integration Plan and exercises his authority to achieve the same.

 

Responsible for implementing all redundancy programmes directed in the Merger Integration Plan in accordance with local laws. In relation to impacts of the Merger Integration Plan on functions, systems or resources supporting business conducted under the 3 Brand, the CEO is expected to rely on the knowledge, experience and responsibility of the Merger Integration Officer

   Works specifically to smoothly integrate into systems under the 3 Brand functions, units and solutions adopted from Wind pursuant to the Merger Integration Plan; or cuts functions, units and solutions out of 3 Italia as directed in the Merger Integration Plan and exercises her authority to achieve the same.
4.    Responsible for balance sheet of One Company, its financing, tax, legal matters from the Effective Date    Head of the Integration Project Office – to be staffed appropriately with resources from Wind, 3 Italia and where appropriate, utilising the resource of outside consultants agreed by the Shareholders and the Company as well as internal resources of the Shareholders with relevant experience

 

64


5.    Responsible for rollout of network and technical platforms (not in violation of the Merger Integration Plan) and for all vendor and content relationships from the Effective Date (excluding vendors for integration projects/activities)    Updates all integration plans and agenda’s and projects (Network, IT, customer care, etc) for all users of such information
6.    Recommends to the Remuneration Committee, the HR Committee and the Board a detailed organisational structure for the Group and nominates candidates for appointment or for removal subject to the Board Reserved Matters and Shareholder Reserved Matters (as the case may be)    Reports monthly to the Merger Executive Committee and to the Monthly Chairman’s Review Meeting and escalates critical issues to the Board if faced with obstruction
7.    Responsible for the Infostrada businesses of Wind    Executes any divestments referred in the Merger Integration Plan
8.    Responsible for all pricing and products and go-to-market decisions under both the Wind and 3 Brands. The CEO is expected to rely on the knowledge, experience and responsibility of the Merger Integration Officer in relation to products and go to market decisions under the 3 Brand until 3 Italia’s business have been fully integrated into the Group as contemplated in the Merger Integration Plan    Collaborates with the CEO as regards the direction of internal management resources to achieve the Merger Integration Plan
9.    The CEO will be responsible to ensure full collaboration with the Merger Integration Officer in successfully implementing the Merger Integration Plan   

 

65


SCHEDULE 6

RESERVED MATTERS

PART 1

MATTERS REQUIRING MAJOR SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

The following actions shall require the approval of the Major Shareholders (the Shareholder Reserved Matters ):

 

1.   Share issues and changes in share capital     

(a)    The creation, allotment or issue of shares in the capital of a Group Company or of any other security by a Group Company or the granting of an option or right to subscribe in respect of those shares or other securities or convert any instrument into those shares or other securities (in each case other than by one Wholly Owned Subsidiary to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary); or

 

(b)    The reduction or alteration of the capital of any Group Company (including, without limitation, a purchase by a Group Company of its own shares or other securities);

2.   Security interests and guarantees      The creation of a security interest or the provision of a guarantee of indebtedness by any Group Company in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the Total Assets;
3.   Distributions      The payment, determination or declaration by the Company or any Group Company of a Dividend or other distribution except in accordance with the distribution policy set out in clause 10.4, or any material amendments to or replacement of such policy;
4.   Financing      The entry by any Group Company into any commercial paper facility, bank loans or any other financing (or series of financings with the same party or group of related parties whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) (a Debt Finance Arrangement ) or amendments to any existing Debt Finance Arrangement which in aggregate would result in the consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Group Companies increasing by an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the Total Assets;
5.   Changes to the Business Plan and Merger Integration Plan      Any change to the Business Plan or Merger Integration Plan where the change is greater than 10% of the projected operating profit, EBITDA, or free cash flow of the Group for a Financial Year or which otherwise constitutes a material change to the Business Plan and/or to the Merger Integration Plan;
6.   Related party transactions      The entry into or the variation by any Group Company of any agreement with any director, officer or shareholder or any third party or group of third parties related to or associated with any director, officer or shareholder, and any payment in respect of any period after the Effective Date under any pre-existing agreement, commitment or arrangement with any director, officer or shareholder or any third party or group of third parties related to or associated with any director, officer or shareholder;

 

66


7.   Sales and acquisitions      The entry by one or more Group Companies into a transaction or series of related transactions (whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) involving the sale, lease or other disposal of any assets of any Group Company or the acquisition or lease of any assets not included in the Business Plan or Budget, for a total consideration or value greater than or equal to 10% of the Total Assets;
8.   Reorganisations      A merger, consolidation, amalgamation, conversion, reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution or liquidation involving any Group Company;
9.   Merger or share acquisition      Any merger of any Group Company or of the business of any Group Company with any third party or any acquisition or subscription by any Group Company of shares in an entity where the transaction value is greater than or equal to 10% of the Total Assets, except the subscription for shares in a newly incorporated entity which is to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company;
10.   Articles      The making of any amendment to the Articles or equivalent constitutional document of any Group Company;
11.   Auditors      The appointment of, any change in, or removal of, auditors of a Group Company;
12.   Winding up      The making of an application or the commencement of any proceedings or the taking of any steps for the winding up, dissolution or appointment of an administrator of a Group Company;
13.   Relocation      Any decision to relocate the principal office or change the jurisdiction of the tax residence of any Group Company;
14.   Contracts outside of the ordinary course of business      The entry into, amendment or termination by a Group Company of material or long-term contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or group of related parties whether at one time or over a period of 6 months) outside of the ordinary course of business (defined as provision of connectivity and related digital/other products and services) where the consideration under or the value of the contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or any of its related parties) is greater than or equal to €50 million;
15.   Accounting policies      Any change to the accounting policies of any Group Company, other than where required by law or the applicable accounting standards or where the continuation of the existing policy would constitute a breach of such law or accounting standards;
16.   Joint ventures and partnerships      The entry by any Group Company into any joint venture, trust, partnership, profit sharing arrangement or consortium arrangement (each a JV Arrangement ) where the revenue potential of the JV Arrangement to the Group over the first 5 years of operations is greater than or equal to 10% of the Group’s annual revenue;

 

67


17.   Litigation      The commencement or settlement of any legal, arbitration or other proceedings (or series of proceedings in relation to similar facts, matters or circumstances whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) relating to any Group Company where the amount claimed is greater than or equal to €50 million or which is expected at the time of initiation to result in counterclaims or a series of counterclaims in an amount greater than or equal to €50 million;
18.   Appointment/removal of MergeCo Directors, CEO, Merger Integration Officer, any change to the MD Delegation and any change to the form of employment agreement for a CEO      The appointment or removal of MergeCo Directors, CEO, Merger Integration Officer, any change to the terms of their respective engagements, any change to the MD Delegation and any change to the form of employment agreement used for a CEO to the extent it departs from the form of employment agreed executed on or about the date hereof (or such other form of employment agreement to which the Shareholders have subsequently given their prior written consent prior to the Effective Date);
19.   Long-term incentives      The approval of the long-term incentives, key performance indicators and payout levels;
20.   Approval of the Advisory Board      Nomination, approval and compensation of members of the Advisory Board;
21.   Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives      Any change to the Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives;
22.   Board      Any change to the number of Directors;
23.   Commitment      Any action or decision of any kind whatsoever relating to a Commitment;
24.   Committee/Advisory Board Terms of Reference      The making of any amendment to the Audit Committee Terms of Reference, the HR & Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference, the Merger Executive Committee Terms of Reference or the Advisory Board Terms of Reference; and
25.   Other agreed matters      Any other matter which the Shareholders agree is to be a Shareholder Reserved Matter or which requires approval of the Shareholders as a matter of applicable law, in which case the Shareholders shall vote on such matter in accordance with this deed.

 

68


PART 2

MATTERS REQUIRING BOARD APPROVAL

The following actions shall require approval of the Board (the Board Reserved Matters ):

 

1.   Security interests and guarantees      The creation of a security interest or the provision of a guarantee of indebtedness by any Group Company in an amount greater than €40 million but less than 10% of the Total Assets;
2.   Financing      The entry by any Group Company into any Debt Finance Arrangement or amendments to any existing Debt Finance Arrangement which in aggregate would result in the consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Group Companies increasing by an amount greater than €40 million but less than 10% of the Total Assets;
3.   Changes to the Budget      The approval of and any change to the Budget, subject to clause 10.3(c);
4.   Changes to the Business Plan and Merger Integration Plan      Any change to the Business Plan or Merger Integration Plan where the change within any 12 month period is equal to or less than 10% of the operating profit or EBITDA/free cash flow of the Group for a Financial Year;
5.   Sales and acquisitions      The entry by one or more Group Companies into a transaction or series of related transactions (whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) involving the sale, lease or other disposal of any assets of any Group Company other than as agreed by the Shareholders in accordance with paragraph 4 above, or the acquisition or lease of any assets not included in the Business Plan or Budget, for a total consideration or value greater than €40 million but less than 10% of the Total Assets;
6.   Merger or share acquisition     

Any merger of any Group Company or of the business of any Group Company with any third party or any acquisition or subscription by any Group Company of shares in an entity where:

 

(a)    the transaction value is greater than €40 million but less than 10% of the Total Assets; or

 

(a)    the subscription for or acquisition of shares is in a newly incorporated entity which is to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or another Group Company;

7.   Contracts outside of the ordinary course of business      The entry into, amendment or termination by a Group Company of any contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or group of related parties whether at one time or over a period of 6 months) outside of the ordinary course of business (defined as provision of connectivity and related digital/other products and services) where (i) the consideration under or the value of the contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or any of its related parties is greater than €10 million but less than €50 million; or (ii) the contract is of a long term nature;

 

69


8.   Material contracts within the ordinary course      The entry into, amendment or termination by a Group Company of any contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or group of related parties whether at one time or over a period of 6 months) within the ordinary course of business (defined as not being the provision of connectivity and related digital/other products and services) where the consideration under or the value of the contract or arrangement (or series of contracts or arrangements with the same party or any of its related parties) is greater than €40 million;
9.   Changes to the management structure      Any organisational or reporting changes to the management structure of the Group Companies as proposed by CEO;
10.   Joint ventures and partnerships      The entry by any Group Company into any JV Arrangement where the revenue potential of the JV Arrangement to the Group over the first 5 years of operation is greater than €40 million but less than 10% of the Group’s annual revenue;
11.   Litigation      The commencement or settlement of any legal, arbitration or other proceedings (or series of proceedings in relation to similar facts, matters or circumstances whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) relating to any Group Company where the amount claimed is greater than €10 million but less than €50 million or which is expected at the time of initiation to result in counterclaims or a series of counterclaims in an amount greater than €10 million but less than €50 million;
12.   Appointment / removal of executives      Appointment (as nominated by the CEO) or removal (as proposed by the CEO) (i) of the CFO, CTO, Head of HR, CCO and other direct reports to the CEO or (ii) of the CTO, CCO and other members at any time of the management board of WAHF, 3 Italia and/or the Group (other than the CEO), and the terms of their engagement;
13.   Accounts      The approval of the audited consolidated accounts of the Group Companies;
14.   Short-term incentives      The approval of the short-term key performance indicators and payout levels;
15.   Distributions      The payment, determination or declaration by the Company or a Group Company of a dividend or other distribution in accordance with the distribution policy set out in clause 10.4;
16.   Strategy      The approval of the strategy of the Group, including, but not limited to, marketing strategy, human resources strategy and / or responses to competitors;
17.   Union issues      The approval of the entry into and any material issues involving Trade Unions or other employee syndicates;
18.   Investor relations      The investor relations and public relations approach of the Group in accordance with clause 11.5(b) and release of any investor relations announcements;
19.   Appointment of consultants or professional advisers      Appointment or termination of appointment of consultants or professional advisers, where such appointment or termination has a value of more than €3 million;

 

70


20.    Reporting requirements

   To set reporting requirements for the Group;

21.    Suspension of activities

   The approval of the suspension, cessation or abandonment of any activity having an impact of more than €10 million; and

22.    Other agreed matters

   Any other matter which the Shareholders agree is to be a Board Reserved Matter or which requires approval of the Board as a matter of applicable law, in which case the Board shall vote on such matter in accordance with this deed.

 

71


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED is made on ●

BY : [ ●] of [●] (the New Party ).

IN FAVOUR OF : Those persons specified in paragraph 4 of this deed].

BACKGROUND :

 

(A) The New Party proposes to [purchase][subscribe for] [●] [ordinary] shares in the capital of [●] (the Company ) [from [●]].

 

(B) This deed is made by the New Party in compliance with clause [●] of a shareholders’ deed dated [●] between the Company, VIP, HET, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor (as amended from time to time) (the Shareholders’ Deed ).

THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. The New Party confirms that it has been supplied with a copy of the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

2. [The New Party hereby subscribes for [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a subscription price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the Shareholders’ Deed and the Articles.] OR [The New Party has agreed to purchase from [ insert seller party details ] [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a purchase price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the Shareholders’ Deed and the Articles.]

 

3. The New Party undertakes to be bound by the Shareholders’ Deed in all respects as if the New Party was a party to the Shareholders’ Deed and named in it as a Shareholder and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the Shareholders’ Deed applicable to or binding on a Shareholder under the Shareholders’ Deed insofar as they fall to be observed or performed on or after the date of this deed.

 

4. This deed is made for the benefit of:

 

  (a) the parties to the Shareholders’ Deed; and

 

  (b) every other person who after the date of the Shareholders’ Deed (and whether before or after the execution of this deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the Shareholders’ Deed or accedes to it.

 

5. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalised terms used in this deed shall have the meanings given to them in the Shareholders’ Deed.

 

6. The address and email address of the New Party for the purposes of clause [28] of the Shareholders’ Deed is as follows:

 

Address:

   [●]]   

Email:

   [●]   

For the attention of:

   [●].   

 

72


7. This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the English law.

 

8. Any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed shall be settled in accordance with clause [31] of the Shareholders’ Deed, which is deemed to be incorporated in full into this deed mutatis mutandis and for the purposes of clause 31.3 of the Shareholders’ Deed as incorporated into this deed, the New Party irrevocably appoints [●] of [●] as its agent in England for service of process in relation to any such dispute.

IN WITNESS of which this deed has been executed and has been delivered on the date which appears first on page 1.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED by [ COMPANY

     )     

NAME ]

     )     

 

     

 

Signature of director       Signature of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

     

 

Name of director       Name of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

73


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF BUY-SELL NOTICE

 

To:   [ The Second Shareholder ]
From:   [ The First Shareholder ]
Date:   [●]

Dear Sirs

Buy-Sell Notice

We refer to clause 19 ( Buy-Sell Agreement ) of the shareholders’ deed dated 6 August between Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à R.L., VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.à R.L., Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à R.L., VimpelCom Ltd and CK Hutchison Holdings Limited (the Shareholders’ Deed ). Unless otherwise defined, capitalised terms below have the meaning given to them in the Shareholders’ Deed.

We hereby serve notice in accordance with clause 19.1 of the Shareholders’ Deed offering to buy all the Stapled Interests held by you (the Buy-Sell Sale Shares ) (the Offer ).

The proposed aggregate sale price of the Buy-Sell Sale Shares is €[●]. The consideration for the Buy-Sell Sale Shares shall be paid in cash on completion of the sale and not on deferred terms.

If you do not notify us in writing within 90 calendar days after the date of service of this Buy-Sell Notice of your agreement to sell the Buy-Sell Sale Shares or your intention to buy all of the Stapled Interests held by us on the same terms and conditions as the Buy-Sell Sale Shares, you shall be irrevocably deemed to have accepted this Buy-Sell Notice to sell the Buy-Sell Sale Shares in accordance with clause 19.5 of the Shareholders’ Deed.

For and on behalf of

[ The First Shareholder ]

 

74


SCHEDULE 9

SUBSIDIARY GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS

 

1. Board of Statutory Auditors

 

  (a) The board of statutory auditors of MergeCo shall comprise three standing members and two alternate members, appointed for a three-year term. Whenever MergeCo is required to appoint all members of the board of statutory auditors under the applicable law, the Company shall take all steps necessary for the appointment of one standing member and one alternate member proposed by each Major Shareholder of the Company (designated by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 6.7). The right to propose the third standing member of the board of statutory auditors will rotate between each Major Shareholder every time MergeCo is required to appoint all members of the board of statutory auditors under the applicable law. The Company shall take all steps necessary for the appointment of (i) the member so designated as third standing member of the board of statutory auditors; and (ii) the standing member proposed by the other Major Shareholder as chairman of the board of statutory auditors. The Major Shareholders shall agree the appointment of the first chairman.

 

  (b) Should any member of the board of statutory auditors cease from his/her office for any reason whatsoever before the expiry of the term of appointment, the Company shall timely take all steps necessary to ensure that the composition of the board of statutory auditors complies with the provision of paragraph (a) above.

 

2. Group Companies

With respect to the Group Companies owned, directly or indirectly, by MergeCo, the Company shall use all its powers to ensure that, to the maximum extent possible under the applicable law:

 

  (a) each Group Company, from time to time, shall have three directors (each such director being a Group Company Director );

 

  (b) the Company shall from time to time take all necessary steps for:

 

  (i) the appointment as a Group Company Director of one director representative of each Major Shareholder of the Company as nominated by the relevant Major Shareholder (the Shareholder Nominated Group Company Directors ); and

 

  (ii) the replacement of such Shareholder Nominated Group Company Directors as proposed by the relevant Major Shareholder who nominated the Group Company Director in accordance with paragraph 2(b)(i) above),

provided that the Company undertakes that it shall not cause the appointment of a Shareholder Nominated Group Company Director who is ineligible to be a director under any applicable law or any provision of the articles of association or equivalent of the relevant Group Company or is a Sanctioned Person, and in each case shall promptly take all steps necessary to replace any Shareholder Nominated Group Company Director who becomes ineligible or a Sanctioned Person;

 

  (c) the other Group Company Director shall be the CEO;

 

  (d)

the Company shall procure that the Shareholder Nominated Group Company Directors and the CEO are formally appointed on the Effective Date as Group Company Directors at a shareholder meeting or by way of written resolution (to the extent permitted by law) and (ii)

 

75


  the CEO is appointed as managing director (and, in the case of the Group Companies incorporated in Italy, amministratore delegato ) at a board of directors’ meeting, all the preceding in accordance with the articles of association or equivalent of the relevant Group Company;

 

  (e) the Board of each Group Company shall have a chairman (each such chairman being a Group Company Chairman ). The Company shall procure to appoint as the Group Company Chairman the relevant Shareholder Nominated Group Company Director who represents the Major Shareholder that proposed for appointment the then Chairman of the Company (and for the same term of the Chairman of the Company). The Group Company Chairman and vice-president shall not have a Casting Vote;

 

  (f) where required by law or in accordance with the articles of association or equivalent of any relevant Group Company, the board of statutory auditors shall be composed by the same members of the board of statutory auditors of MergeCo; and

 

  (g) consistent with clause 4.3 of this deed, the articles of association or equivalent of all relevant Group Companies shall be amended to reflect the requirement for the MergeCo Reserved Matters to be approved or authorised (as applicable) by a shareholders’ resolution and that all steps are taken for the approval or authorization in respect of the MergeCo Reserved Matters (as applicable) to be escalated to the Company for consideration and final determination in accordance with the Reserved Matters and the provisions of this deed.

 

3. Management of the MergeCo Group

MergeCo’s organisational structure shall comprise all the main corporate functions for a company of similar size and operating in the same business and be such as to allow it to operate as a standalone entity at all times. In this connection, except for those defined-term secondments from the Major Shareholders’ respective groups that from time to time may be in the interests of the MergeCo Group, the management of the MergeCo Group shall at all times be composed exclusively of personnel employed by the MergeCo Group and be located in Italy.

 

76


SCHEDULE 10

TRIGGER EVENT PROVISIONS

 

1. Power of Attorney

Each of the Minority Shareholders authorises and grants to the Major Shareholder full power to exercise all rights in relation to its Shares in its absolute discretion, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) receiving notice, attending and voting at any Shareholders’ Meeting or signing any resolution as the registered holder of the Shares;

 

  (b) completing and returning proxy cards, consents to short notice and any other documents required to be signed by the registered holder of the Shares,

for the purpose of any vote on any matter which requires an approval of a majority of Shareholders, representing three quarters (75%) of the issued share capital of the Company, under Luxembourg law (a Special Majority Approval ).

 

2. Voting Undertaking

If for any reason the authority granted under paragraph 1 above does not result in the Major Shareholder being able to achieve the Special Majority Approval, each of the Minority Shareholder(s) undertakes to attend all meetings of Shareholders of the Company in Luxembourg (a Shareholders’ Meeting ) and vote, as shareholders of the Company, as directed in writing by the Major Shareholder, on any vote on any matter which relates to a Special Majority Approval.

 

3. Delegation of authority to Major Shareholder

 

3.1 The Minority Shareholder(s) irrevocably and unconditionally (and by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this deed) appoints such persons as may be nominated by the Major Shareholder as its attorney and on its behalf to execute, deliver and carry out in its name or otherwise on its behalf all documents, acts and things which the attorney(s) may in its or their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable to exercise the:

 

  (a) rights of such Minority Shareholder in accordance with paragraph 1 above; and

 

  (b) voting rights of such Minority Shareholder to vote as directed in writing by the Major Shareholder in accordance with paragraph 2 above which such Minority Shareholder is obliged, but fails, to effect in accordance with the directions of the Major Shareholder.

 

3.2 The appointment in paragraph 3.1 shall in all circumstances remain in force and be irrevocable until such time as the appointing Major Shareholder (together with its Permitted Transferees) ceases to have any obligations under this Schedule 10 and this deed (including without limitation those obligations set out in the Surviving Clauses which shall survive termination of this deed) but shall have no further effect after that date.

 

4. Related party transactions

 

4.1

The Major Shareholder shall procure that the Company shall provide all such information as may reasonably be required by a Minority Shareholder in relation to any agreements or arrangements entered into or to be entered into between a member of the Major Shareholder’s group and any Group Company (a Related Party Transaction ) for the sole purpose of confirming whether or not

 

77


  they are on an arm’s length terms and provided however that no such information shall be provided if the Company (acting reasonably) considers that it is legally privileged, could result in a breach by any Group Company of any agreement or would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Group but in such circumstances, the Company shall (to the maximum extent it can provided it safeguards its own interests):

 

  (a) take all steps reasonably requested by a Minority Shareholder to provide any relevant information; and

 

  (b) co-operate with a Minority Shareholder regarding the provision of such information.

 

4.2 To the extent that a Group Company proposes to enter into a Related Party Transaction which is not on arm’s length terms (in the determination of the Company acting reasonably), then neither the relevant member of the Major Shareholder’s group nor the relevant Group Company shall be entitled to enter into such Related Party Transaction unless the Minority Shareholder, or if there is more than one Minority Shareholder then Shareholders holding a majority in number of the Shares held by such Minority Shareholders, gives prior written consent for it to do so.

 

5. Group distribution policy

 

  (a) Subject to:

 

  (i) any relevant statute and applicable law;

 

  (ii) any mandatory debt repayment requirements of the Group;

 

  (iii) compliance with any debt covenants of the Group or the terms of any subordination undertakings given by a Group Company under any Financing Documents, or replacement or new finance documents entered into by the Group from time to time; and

 

  (iv) the forecast cash requirements of the Group,

the Company shall and the Shareholders shall procure that the Company shall distribute by way of Dividend, repayment of the FinCo Loan (in whole or in part) or otherwise an amount equal to at least 50% of consolidated free cash flow if net leverage of the Group for the trailing twelve month period at the end of two consecutive quarters (the Deleveraging Level ) is below 3.0x EBITDA, provided that following such distribution the Group’s net leverage remains below 3.0x last twelve months EBITDA. In the event a distribution of 50% free cash flow for the trailing twelve month period would result in net leverage in excess of 3x last twelve months EBITDA, the Company shall distribute such lesser amount, if any, as is consistent with maintaining net leverage not greater than 3x last twelve months (such amount being the Minimum Annual Distribution ).

 

  (b) Subject to and to the extent permitted by any relevant statute and applicable law, any mandatory debt repayment requirements of the Group and compliance with any debt covenants of the Group or the terms of any subordination undertakings given by a Group Company under any Financing Documents, or replacement or new finance documents entered into by the Group from time to time, the Company shall and the Shareholders shall procure that each other Group Company distributes the highest possible Dividend, shareholder loan repayment or otherwise transfers funds as are necessary in each calendar year to facilitate the payment of the Minimum Annual Distribution by the Company in accordance with and subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above.

 

78


6A. Shareholder Consent

 

6A.1 Any proposed transfer of Stapled Interests by a Shareholder (the Proposed Transferor ) shall be:

 

  (a) in accordance with the provisions of this deed including, without limitation, the provisions of paragraphs 6 and/or 7 of this Schedule 10; and

 

  (b) subject to Shareholder Consent if such proposed transfer of Stapled Interests is to a new shareholder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Transferee and a transferee pursuant to a Tag Along Offer).

6A.2     Each Shareholder undertakes to vote in favour of a proposed transfer of Stapled Interests by a Proposed Transferor to a new shareholder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Transferee and a transferee pursuant to a Tag Along Offer) where such proposed transfer is in accordance with the provisions of this deed such that Shareholder Consent is obtained.

 

6. Right of First Offer

 

6.1 If at any time after the Trigger Event Date a Shareholder (the Selling Shareholder ) wishes to sell any of its Stapled Interests (the ROFO Shares ) other than to a Permitted Transferee, that Selling Shareholder must first give notice in writing (a ROFO Offer Notice ) to the other Shareholder(s) (each a ROFO Shareholder ), a copy of which shall be served on the Company and FinCo at the same time as notice is given to the ROFO Shareholder(s). A ROFO Offer Notice shall specify:

 

  (a) the number and class (as the case may be) of the ROFO Shares (pro rata between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and the FinCo);

 

  (b) a cash price per ROFO Share in Euros payable on completion of the purchase and not on deferred terms to be paid for each ROFO Share, which shall be the same for each ROFO Shareholder (the ROFO Offer Price ); and

 

  (c) that each ROFO Shareholder shall have 60 calendar days from the date of the ROFO Offer Notice (the ROFO Offer Period ) in which to accept or to nominate another person to accept the ROFO Offer within which time if the ROFO Offer is not irrevocably accepted in writing it shall be deemed to have been irrevocably declined.

 

6.2 The giving of a ROFO Offer Notice to the ROFO Shareholders shall constitute an irrevocable offer by the Selling Shareholder to sell the ROFO Shares (pro rata between the number of ROFO Shares in the Company and in FinCo) to the ROFO Shareholders or such person as a ROFO Shareholder nominates for cash at the ROFO Offer Price set forth in the ROFO Offer Notice pro rata to the number of Shares held by each ROFO Shareholder divided by the number of Shares held by all ROFO Shareholders (the Equity Proportion ) (or as nearly as may be) as at close of business on the day which is two Business Days prior to the date of the ROFO Offer Notice (calculated excluding the ROFO Shares of the Selling Shareholder) on the basis that each ROFO Shareholder or such person as a ROFO Shareholder nominates may take up all or part or none of the ROFO Shares offered to it (the ROFO Offer ). Where any allocation of ROFO Shares pursuant to this paragraph 6 would result in a fractional allotment of ROFO Shares the number of ROFO Shares shall be rounded down such that the offers or allotments of ROFO Shares by the Selling Shareholder are of whole numbers of ROFO Shares.

 

6.3 Any ROFO Shareholder who does not accept the offer within the ROFO Offer Period shall be deemed to have irrevocably declined the offer in full.

 

6.4 Each ROFO Shareholder who irrevocably accepts the ROFO Offer by written notice to the Selling Shareholder prior to expiry of the ROFO Offer Period, may state that it would irrevocably accept or nominate another person to accept irrevocably, on the same terms, ROFO Shares (specifying a maximum number) that are not accepted by other ROFO Shareholders ( Excess ROFO Shares ).

 

79


6.5 Excess ROFO Shares (if any) shall be allocated to each ROFO Shareholder or such person as a ROFO Shareholder nominates who has indicated that it shall accept Excess ROFO Shares pro rata to the Equity Proportions (or as nearly as may be) of all those ROFO Shareholders who have indicated that they would accept Excess ROFO Shares (provided that no ROFO Shareholder shall be allocated more than the maximum number of Excess ROFO Shares that it has indicated it is willing to accept). If, after the first allocation of Excess ROFO Shares, there remain Excess ROFO Shares which have not been allocated and one or more ROFO Shareholders or such person as a ROFO Shareholder nominates have indicated in their response to the ROFO Offer Notice that they shall accept more Excess ROFO Shares than they have been allocated (the Remaining ROFO Shareholders ), the remaining Excess ROFO Shares shall be allocated to the Remaining ROFO Shareholders or such person as a ROFO Shareholder nominates pro rata to the Equity Proportions (or as nearly as may be) of the Remaining ROFO Shareholders and Excess ROFO Shares shall continue to be allocated on this basis until all Excess ROFO Shares are allocated or all requests for Excess ROFO Shares have been satisfied (provided that, in each case, no ROFO Shareholder shall be allocated more than the maximum number of Excess ROFO Shares that it has indicated it is willing to accept).

 

6.6 Following expiry of the ROFO Offer Period and receipt of an acceptance or refusal (including deemed refusal in accordance with paragraph 6.3) of every offer made by the Selling Shareholder, if the Selling Shareholder has not received acceptances in respect of all of the ROFO Shares, it shall:

 

  (a) in accordance with paragraph 6.7, be entitled to sell the remaining ROFO Shares to any person at a price no less than the ROFO Offer Price per ROFO Share set out in the ROFO Offer Notice; and

 

  (b) be entitled to request from the Company, and the Shareholders shall procure that the Company complies with such request, at the sole cost of the Selling Shareholder, that such Group financial and due diligence information (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any legally privileged or commercially sensitive information or information which, if disclosed, would result in any member of the Group breaching any applicable competition or other laws or any of its commercial arrangements with any third party) reasonably required by the Selling Shareholder in order to obtain an offer to purchase the ROFO Shares (the Company Information ) from any prospective third party purchaser(s) that is not an Affiliate of any Shareholder (the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser ) is made available to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) via an electronic data room;

 

  (c) disclose the identity of any Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) to the Company and the other Shareholders prior to disclosure of any Company Information to any Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser and, if the Selling Shareholder is proposing to sell its entire 50 per cent. holding of Stapled Interests, obtain the consent of the other Shareholders to proceed with the disclosure of Company Information (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

  (d) upon receiving Shareholder consent in compliance with paragraph (c) above (if required), and subject to such Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) entering into confidentiality undertakings with the Company and with the Selling Shareholder on terms that give at least the same level of protection for that information as clause 25 of this deed or on such other terms as the Company approves, acting reasonably, the Company shall disclose the Company Information to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser(s) pursuant to this paragraph 6.6 in an electronic data room. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph 6.6 does not permit the Selling Shareholder to disclose information relating to another Shareholder or its Affiliates other than the identity of a Shareholder and its Equity Proportion or information that is in the public domain.

 

80


6.7 The sale of ROFO Shares to a ROFO Shareholder (in accordance with paragraphs 6.4 or 6.5) or any other person (in accordance with paragraph 6.6) shall be on the following terms:

 

  (a) the ROFO Shares shall be sold free from Encumbrances;

 

  (b) the Selling Shareholder shall deliver to the transferee duly executed transfers in favour of the transferee, or as it or they may direct, together with, if appropriate, certificate(s) for the relevant ROFO Shares and against delivery of which the transferee shall pay the consideration for the relevant ROFO Shares in cleared funds for value on the relevant completion date;

 

  (c) the Shareholders shall (insofar as they are able) procure that the Company and FinCo shall register the relevant transfers in the name of the transferee or as it may direct;

 

  (d) the Selling Shareholder shall comply with its obligations (if any) under clause 14.7;

 

  (e) in the case of a sale to a ROFO Shareholder, the sale shall be completed:

 

  (i) at the registered office of the Company on the date that is 20 Business Days of the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period or at such other place or such other date as the Selling Shareholder and the ROFO Shareholder agree in writing; or

 

  (ii) if mandatory regulatory consents (if any) are not obtained within 20 Business Days of the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period, within ten Business Days of such consents being obtained, provided that if the sale has not completed on or prior to the date which is six months from the end of the ROFO Offer Period (or such extended period as may be agreed in writing between the Selling Shareholder and the ROFO Shareholder), the ROFO Offer Notice shall lapse and cease to be effective (and the Selling Shareholder shall, in accordance with paragraph 6.6, be entitled to sell the ROFO Shares to any person on terms no more favourable to that person than those set out in the ROFO Offer Notice); and

 

  (f) in the case of a sale to any person who is not a ROFO Shareholder:

 

  (i) if the transferee is not a party to this deed, the transferee shall execute and deliver to the Shareholders, the Company and FinCo a Deed of Adherence as a Shareholder; and

 

  (ii) the sale shall be completed:

 

  (A) within three months of the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period; or

 

  (B) if mandatory regulatory consents (if any) are not obtained within three months of the expiry of the ROFO Offer Period, within ten Business Days of such consents being obtained, provided that if the sale has not completed on or prior to the date which is twelve months from the end of the ROFO Offer Period, the sale shall be terminated and the Selling Shareholder shall not be permitted to sell the relevant ROFO Shares unless the process contemplated by this paragraph 6 is repeated following service of a new ROFO Offer Notice.

 

81


6.8 Before the Selling Shareholder transfers any ROFO Shares to the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser, unless the Shareholders agree otherwise, the Selling Shareholder must cause the Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser to provide the following unqualified representations and undertakings:

 

  (a) it is not a Government Official, as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the FCPA ); and

 

  (b) neither it nor the person it has nominated to accept the ROFO Offer is subject to any action, proceeding, suit or formal investigation by any governmental authority with regards to any actual or alleged violation of any anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws, regulations or binding guidelines, including the FCPA and the UK Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws ).

 

7. Tag along and drag along rights

 

7.1 Following a Trigger Event, no Major Shareholder (the Transferring Shareholder ) shall Dispose of any Stapled Interests (a Proposed Transfer ) unless:

 

  (a) the Proposed Transfer is made to a Permitted Transferee where such transfer does not trigger a default or change of control under the Financing Documents (where default and change of control shall have the meanings given in the relevant Financing Document) and the Permitted Transferee first executes and delivers to the Company and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; or

 

  (b) an offer (a Tag Along Offer ) has been made by a proposed transferee (the Transferee ) to all the other Shareholders to acquire such proportion of their Stapled Interests as equals the aggregate proportion of the number of Stapled Interests the Transferring Shareholder proposes to transfer pursuant to the Proposed Transfer (the Proportional Shares ) on the terms set out below in paragraph 7.3; or

 

  (c) if the Proposed Transfer would (whether through a single transaction or a series of transactions) result in any person who is a bona fide third party purchaser obtaining a Controlling Interest in the Company (a Third Party Purchaser ), a notice (a Drag Along Notice ) is issued by the Transferring Shareholder (the Drag Along Seller ) to the other Shareholders (the Compulsory Sellers ) to transfer all (but not some only) of the Compulsory Sellers’ Stapled Interests (the Drag Along Shares ) in accordance with paragraph 7.6 below (before or at the same time as the Proposed Transfer),

subject in the case of paragraphs (b) and (c) above to the prior operation of the provisions of paragraph 6; or

 

  (d) the Proposed Transfer is made in connection with a Listing.

 

7.2 For the avoidance of doubt, no Tag Along Offer shall be required to be made if a Drag Along Notice has been served.

Tag along rights

 

7.3 A Tag Along Offer shall be in writing addressed to all the other Shareholders to whom the Tag Along Offer is made (a Tag Along Notice ) and shall:

 

  (a) be subject only to:

 

  (i) a condition that the Proposed Transfer will be completed in accordance with its terms and this paragraph 7; and

 

82


  (ii) any mandatory regulatory consents required in relation to the Proposed Transfer that is not already a term of the Proposed Transfer (the Tag Shareholder Specific Condition ) notified by the relevant Shareholder at the time it accepts the Tag Along Offer in accordance with paragraph (c) below (the Tagging Shareholder );

 

  (b) describe all terms and conditions of such offer which shall be limited to:

 

  (i) include the number of Proportional Shares proposed to be acquired by the Transferee; and

 

  (ii) except for any Compulsory Seller Specific Condition, be on the same terms and for the same consideration per Share as the Proposed Transfer including any warranties and indemnities to be given by the Tagging Shareholder in relation to the Proportional Shares that are also being given by the Transferring Shareholder in relation to the Proposed Transfer provided that (i) the aggregate liability of any Tagging Shareholder in respect of the transfer of its Proportional Shares (including any warranties and indemnities) shall not exceed, in aggregate, the sale consideration payable to that Tagging Shareholder, (ii) the liability of each Tagging Shareholder shall be several (not joint and several) with the Transferring Shareholder and any other Tagging Shareholder and (iii) the aggregate maximum liability of a Tagging Shareholder shall be no more than the product of the value of Proportional Shares divided by all of the Stapled Interests to be transferred by the Transferring Shareholder to the Transferee multiplied by the aggregate liability of the Transferring Shareholder; and

 

  (c) be open for acceptance by the relevant Shareholder for a period of not less than 20 Business Days after its receipt of the Tag Along Notice by the Shareholder giving notice of acceptance in writing to the Transferee,

such terms being the terms of the Tag Along Offer (the Tag Terms ).

 

7.4 Subject to paragraph 7.5 below, the transfer of Proportional Shares by each Tagging Shareholder to the Transferee shall be completed at the same time as the Proposed Transfer and the Tagging Shareholders shall be bound to sell the relevant Proportional Shares, on the Tag Terms, pursuant to the Tag Along Offer and their acceptance of it and this paragraph 7.

 

7.5 If any Tag Shareholder Specific Condition is not satisfied on or prior to the date that is six months following the date of acceptance by the Tagging Shareholder of the Tag Along Notice, then unless the Transferee and the Tagging Shareholder that is subject to such Tag Shareholder Specific Condition agree otherwise any obligation on, or agreement by, the Transferee to acquire that Tagging Shareholder’s Proportional Shares and the Tag Along Offer made to such Tagging Shareholder (and such Tagging Shareholder’s acceptance of it) shall lapse and cease to be effective and the Proposed Transfer may proceed as if no Tag Along Offer had been made.

Drag along rights

 

7.6 The Compulsory Sellers shall, if so required by the Drag Along Seller by issue of a Drag Along Notice at any time before or at the same time as the Proposed Transfer, transfer (on such date, being no earlier than the date of the Proposed Transfer by the Drag Along Seller of its Stapled Interests, which shall be specified by the Drag Along Seller in the Drag Along Notice or otherwise) all of their Stapled Interests to the Third Party Purchaser (the Drag Along Offer) on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in paragraph 7.7 below.

 

83


7.7 In relation to any transfer of Shares by a Compulsory Seller to the Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this paragraph 7.7:

 

  (a) such transfer shall be subject only to:

 

  (i) a condition that the Proposed Transfer is completed in accordance with its terms and this paragraph 7;

 

  (ii) any mandatory regulatory consents required in relation to that Proposed Transfer that is not already a term of the Proposed Transfer (the Compulsory Seller Specific Condition ) notified by the relevant Compulsory Seller to the Drag Along Seller within five Business Days of receipt of the Drag Along Notice; and

 

  (iii) an opinion given by a reputable investment bank (which has not advised any party in relation to the creation of the joint venture or to the Proposed Transfer) opining in its absolute discretion that the consideration for the Proposed Transfer is fair (the Fairness Opinion ); and

 

  (b) such transfer shall, except for any Compulsory Seller Specific Condition and provided the consideration per Share in the Proposed Transfer is deemed fair in the Fairness Opinion, be on the same terms and for the same consideration per Share as the Proposed Transfer including any warranties and indemnities to be given by the Drag Along Seller in relation to the transfer of Shares by the Compulsory Seller that are also being given by the Drag Along Seller in relation to the Proposed Transfer provided that (i) the aggregate liability of any Compulsory Seller in respect of the transfer of its Shares (including any warranties and indemnities) shall not exceed, in aggregate, the sale consideration payable to that Compulsory Seller, (ii) the liability of each Compulsory Seller shall be several (not joint and several) with the Drag Along Seller and any other Compulsory Seller and (iii) the maximum aggregate liability of a Compulsory Seller shall be no more than the product of the value of Drag Along Shares divided by all of the Stapled Interests to be transferred by the Drag Along Seller to the Third Party Purchaser multiplied by the aggregate liability of the Drag Along Seller,

such terms being the terms of the Drag Along Offer (the Drag Terms ).

 

7.8 Each Compulsory Seller shall execute and send or make available to the Drag Along Seller all documents required to be executed in connection with the transfer of its Stapled Interests to the Third Party Purchaser within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Drag Along Notice (or any longer period to which the Drag Along Seller may agree).

 

7.9 Subject to paragraph 7.10 below, the transfer of Stapled Interests by each Compulsory Seller to the Third Party Purchaser shall be completed at the same time as the Proposed Transfer and the Compulsory Sellers shall be bound to sell their relevant Stapled Interests, on the Drag Terms, pursuant to the Drag Along Offer and their acceptance of it and this paragraph 7.

 

7.10 Any transfer of Stapled Interests by a Compulsory Seller to the Third Party Purchaser that is subject to a Compulsory Seller Specific Condition which is not satisfied prior to the date that is six months following the date of the Drag Along Notice shall not be completed in accordance with paragraph 7.9 and the Drag Along Notice in respect of that Compulsory Seller shall lapse and cease to be effective in relation to those Shares the transfer of which is subject to the Compulsory Seller Specific Condition.

 

84


8. Delegation of Authority

 

8.1 The Major Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally (and by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this deed) appoints such persons as may be nominated by each Minority Shareholder from time to time as its attorney and on its behalf to execute, deliver and carry out in its name or otherwise on its behalf all documents, acts and things which the attorney(s) may in its or their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable to:

 

  (a) exercise the voting rights of such Major Shareholder to vote in favour of and obtain Shareholder Consent for any proposed transfer of Stapled Interests by a Minority Shareholder as required in accordance with paragraph 6A of Schedule 10; and

 

  (b) effect any transfer of ROFO Shares by such Major Shareholder (or its Permitted Transferees) as required in accordance with paragraph 6.7 of Schedule 10,

to the extent that such action is contemplated by this deed and which such Major Shareholder is obliged, but fails, to effect in accordance with this deed.

 

8.2 Each Minority Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally (and by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this deed) appoints such persons as may be nominated by the Major Shareholder from time to time as its attorney and on its behalf to execute, deliver and carry out in its name or otherwise on its behalf all documents, acts and things which the attorney(s) may in its or their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable to:

 

  (a) effect any transfer of Stapled Interests by such Minority Shareholder as required in accordance with paragraph 7.8 of this Schedule 10; and

 

  (b) effect any transfer of ROFO Shares held by that Minority Shareholder as required in accordance with paragraph 6.7 of Schedule 10,

to the extent that such action is contemplated by this deed and which such Minority Shareholder is obliged, but fails, to effect in accordance with this deed.

 

8.3 The appointment in paragraphs 8.1 and 8.2 of this Schedule 10 shall in all circumstances remain in force and be irrevocable until this deed terminates.

 

8.4 If an attorney appointed in accordance with paragraphs 8.1 or 8.2 of this Schedule 10 effects a transfer of Stapled Interests as attorney for a Shareholder, the attorney’s receipt of any consideration due to the Shareholder in respect of such transfer shall be a good discharge to the transferee of such Stapled Interests, who shall not be bound to see to its application. The attorney shall notify the Company and pay such consideration as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company which shall hold such consideration on behalf of the relevant Shareholder without any obligation to pay interest.

 

8.5 Each Shareholder on whose behalf Stapled Interests are transferred by an attorney appointed in accordance with paragraphs 8.1 or 8.2 of this Schedule 10 shall surrender its share certificate(s) to the Company or FinCo, if applicable, (or provide an indemnity in respect of such certificate(s) in a form satisfactory to the Company or FinCo, if applicable) relating to the Stapled Interests transferred. On, but not before, such surrender or provision, the relevant Shareholder shall be entitled to the consideration in respect of the Stapled Interests transferred on its behalf, without interest.

 

9. Duration

 

  (a)

Any voting undertaking set forth in this Schedule 10 shall be valid and in full force and effect for an initial duration of ten years from the later of the Trigger Event Date and the date on which a person becomes a Shareholder and bound by the voting undertaking. The

 

85


  Shareholders undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to renew such voting undertakings for further successive ten year periods (or such other durations as the Shareholders may agree) until termination of this deed, and will commence discussions for the purposes of renewing such voting undertakings at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the relevant term.

 

  (b) The Shareholders hereby agree that this voting arrangement is in the interest and for the benefit of the Company and all Shareholders and is reasonable. However, notwithstanding anything contained in this deed to the contrary, if any such voting undertaking is determined to be invalid or voidable under Luxembourg law due to its duration, the duration of such voting undertaking shall be reduced to the maximum duration possible without rendering such voting agreement invalid or voidable under Luxembourg law.

For the purposes of this Schedule 10:

Compulsory Seller Specific Condition has the meaning given in paragraph 7.7 of this Schedule 10;

Compulsory Sellers has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Deleveraging Level has the meaning given in clause 5 of this Schedule 10;

Drag Along Notice has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Drag Along Offer has the meaning given in paragraph 7.6 of this Schedule 10;

Drag Along Seller has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Drag Terms has the meaning given in paragraph 7.7 of this Schedule 10;

Excess ROFO Shares has the meaning given to it in paragraph 6.4;

Listing means the admission to listing of any of the equity shares in the Company on any recognised investment exchange (as defined in section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000);

Minimum Annual Distribution has the meaning given in clause 5 of this Schedule 10;

Minority Shareholder means any Shareholder other than a Major Shareholder (or its Permitted Transferees or Affiliates);

Proportional Shares has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Proposed Transfer has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Related Party Transaction has the meaning given in paragraph 4.1 of this Schedule 10;

ROFO Offer has the meaning given to it in paragraph 6.2;

Special Majority Approval has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of this Schedule 10;

Tag Along Notice has the meaning given in paragraph 7.3 of this Schedule 10;

Tag Along Offer has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Tag Shareholder Specific Condition has the meaning given in paragraph 7.3 of this Schedule 10;

Tag Terms has the meaning given in paragraph 7.3 of this Schedule 10;

 

 

86


Tagging Shareholder has the meaning given in paragraph 7.3 of this Schedule 10;

Third Party Purchaser has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10;

Transferee has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10; and

Transferring Shareholder has the meaning given in paragraph 7.1 of this Schedule 10.

 

87


SCHEDULE 11

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In this deed:

3 Italia has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Accounting Standards means International Financial Reporting Standards ( IFRS );

Acquired Business has the meaning given in clause 23.2;

Acquired Competing Business has the meaning given in clause 23.2;

Advisory Board means the standing board established and maintained in accordance with clause 5.12;

Affiliate means:

 

  (a) in respect of any entity, a second entity that:

 

  (i) Controls the first entity;

 

  (ii) is under the Control of the first entity; or

 

  (iii) is under the Control of a third entity that Controls the first entity;

 

  (b) in respect of any body corporate:

 

  (i) any Affiliate within the meaning of paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (ii) any shareholder or director of that body corporate;

Aggregate Partial-Share Purchase Price has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Aggregate Remaining Share Purchase Price has the meaning given in clause 15.8;

Aggregate ROFO Share Price has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

Agreed Form means, in relation to any documents, the form of that document which is initialled for the purposes of identification by or on behalf of each of the parties;

Agreed Fundamental Business Objectives has the meaning given in Schedule 2;

All-Share ROFO Completion Date has the meaning given in clause 15.3;

All-Share ROFO Response Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.3;

Anti-Corruption Laws has the meaning given in clause 15.12;

Anti-Corruption Policies has the meaning given in clause 18;

Appointer has the meaning given in clause 5.2;

 

88


Approved Investment Banker means a qualified investment banking firm of international reputation and standing that has not previously advised any party in connection with the transactions referred to in the Transaction Documents and, if the Shareholders are unable to agree on the identity of the approved investment banker within 20 Business Days, or if the person appointed is unable or unwilling to act, an appropriate investment banker shall be nominated by the President of the time being of the London Investment Banking Association on the application of any Shareholder. The Shareholders shall co-operate in good faith to do everything necessary to procure the effective appointment of the investment banking firm. The Shareholders shall agree terms of engagement with the nominated investment banking firm as soon as reasonably practicable after the investment banking firm is nominated and shall not withhold or delay their consent to such terms if they are reasonable and consistent with the provisions of this deed. The Shareholders shall counter-sign the terms of appointment as soon as they are agreed and shall be jointly liable for all fees, costs and expenses relating to the Approved Investment Banker;

Articles means the articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time;

Audit Committee means the committee of the Board established and maintained in accordance with clause 5.8;

Audit Committee Terms of Reference means the terms of reference of the Audit Committee from time to time, the first set of which shall be in Agreed Form;

Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements means the accounting policies of the Group in the Agreed Form;

Board means the board of managers of the Company;

Board Approval means an approval given in accordance with clause 8.3;

Board Reserved Matters means, in respect of the Company, any matter set out in Part 2 of Schedule 6;

Breach Exercise Notice has the meaning given to it in clause 14.5;

Breach Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.5(a)(i);

Budget means the budget for the MergeCo Group for a Financial Year set under clause 10, the first of which shall be the Initial Budget;

Business means the business of operating and maintaining retail and/or wholesale (either as a network operator, mobile virtual network operator or reseller) mobile telecommunications services, fixed line telecommunication services, internet telecommunications services, mobile broadband services, digital mobile video services, fixed line broadband services and/or data services and any ancillary or related activities from time to time in Italy;

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday on which banks are generally open in London, Milan, Amsterdam and Hong Kong for normal business;

Business Plan means the business plan of the MergeCo Group, on a rolling five year basis set under clause 10, the first of which shall be the Initial Business Plan;

Buy-Sell Completion Shares has the meaning given in clause 19.6;

Buy-Sell Notice has the meaning given in clause 19.1(a);

 

89


Buy-Sell Price has the meaning given in clause 19.1;

Buy-Sell Sale Shares has the meaning given in clause 19.1;

Buy-Sell Shares has the meaning given in clause 19.1(a);

Buyer has the meaning given in clause 19.6;

Capital Lease Obligations means any obligations that are required to be classified and accounted for as a finance lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS, and the amount of indebtedness represented by such obligations will be the capitalised amount of such obligation at the time any determination is to be made as determined in accordance with IFRS;

Casting Vote means a second casting vote to decide the outcome of a board decision in circumstances where a deadlock vote of the board occurs, being a vote where 50% of votes is cast in favour, and 50% of votes is cast against, a resolution put to the board;

CEO means the position of chief executive officer of MergeCo from time to time appointed by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 6.2;

CFO means the chief financial officer of MergeCo from time to time appointed by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.3;

Chairman has the mean given in clause 5.6(a);

Change of Control means:

 

  (a) the Ultimate Beneficial Shareholder ceases, directly or indirectly through one or more Controlled Subsidiaries, to Control the relevant Shareholder; or

 

  (b) the Ultimate Beneficial Shareholder ceases, directly or indirectly through one or more Controlled Subsidiaries, to retain a Minimum Economic Commitment in the relevant Shareholder;

Commitment has the meaning given to it in clause 10.2 of the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Company Information has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Contribution and Framework Agreement mean the contribution and framework agreement dated on or about the date of this deed between HET, VIP, the Company, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor, as amended from time to time;

Control means:

 

  (a) owning or controlling more than 50% of the voting share capital of the relevant undertaking; or

 

  (b) being able to direct the casting of more than 50% of the votes exercisable at general meetings of the relevant undertaking on all, or substantially all, matters; or

 

  (c) having the right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant undertaking holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board on all, or substantially all, matters; and

 

90


  (d) having the power to determine the conduct of business affairs of an undertaking (whether through ownership of equity interest or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise),

and Controlled and Controlling Interest shall have a corresponding meaning;

Cooling-Off Period has the meaning given in clause 19.1(b);

Debt Finance Arrangement has the meaning given in Part 1 of Schedule 6;

Deed of Adherence means a deed of adherence to this deed to be executed by any transferee of a Share substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7;

Defaulting Guarantor has the meaning given to it in clause 14.5;

Defaulting Shareholder has the meaning given to it in clause 14.5;

Defaulting Transferee has the meaning given to it in clause 14.5;

Deleveraging Level has the meaning given in clause 10.4(a)(vii)(A);

Director means a manager ( gérant ) of the Company;

Director Notice has the meaning given in clause 5.4;

Discloser has the meaning given in clause 25.4;

Dispose means, in relation to any Stapled Interest:

 

  (a) to sell, transfer (including any Indirect Transfer), Encumber, assign, swap, surrender, gift, declare a trust over, or otherwise dispose of, any legal, equitable or economic interest in any such Stapled Interest;

 

  (b) to do anything which has the effect of placing a person in substantially the same position as that person would have been in, had any of the things mentioned in paragraph (a) above been done; or

 

  (c) to authorise, agree to or attempt to do any of the things mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) above,

and the term Disposal has a corresponding meaning;

Dispute means any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this deed, including any dispute as to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination or the consequences of its nullity and any dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it;

Dispute Meeting has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3 of Schedule 5;

Dispute Meeting Minutes has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3 of Schedule 5;

Dispute Notice has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3 of Schedule 5;

Disputing Executives has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3 of Schedule 5;

 

91


Divestment Period has the meaning given in clause 23.2;

Dividend includes a dividend, bonus issue or other distribution or return of capital (in each case) in kind or in cash;

EBITDA means in relation to any relevant period, the total consolidated profit for the period from continuing operations (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries) of the Company, as applicable, for that Relevant Period:

 

  (a) before taking into account:

 

  (i) Finance costs;

 

  (ii) Finance income;

 

  (iii) Other non-operating gains/losses;

 

  (iv) Income tax expense;

 

  (v) Net foreign exchange gain/loss;

 

  (vi) Gain/loss from disposal of non-current assets;

 

  (vii) Share of the profit/loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method; and

 

  (b) after adding back all amounts provided for depreciation, amortization and impairment for that relevant period, as determined from the consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards and the Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements;

Economic Sanctions Laws has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Effective Date means the time and date on which this deed takes effect, occurring upon completion taking place in accordance with clause 22.2 of the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Encumber means creating or allowing to exist or agreeing to create or agreeing to allow to exist any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, option, right to acquire, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, retention arrangement or any other security interest of any kind, including retention arrangements;

Encumbrance means any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, option, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, retention arrangement or any other security interest of any kind, and any agreement to create any of the above;

Equity Proportion means, in relation to a Shareholder, the total number of Shares held by that Shareholder divided by the total number of Shares in issue, expressed as a percentage;

Executive has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.3 of Schedule 5;

Fair Market Value means the fair market value of the Stapled Interests on a sale as between a willing seller and a willing purchaser (taking no account of whether the Stapled Interests do or do not carry control of the Company or FinCo (as applicable)), either (a) as agreed by the Shareholders, or (b) if the Shareholders cannot agree within 20 Business Days, as determined by an Approved Investment Banker whose decision shall be final and binding;

 

92


FCPA means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;

Financial Indebtedness means, without duplication, any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility including any dematerialized equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) Capital Lease Obligations;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis, or on a limited recourse basis where recourse is limited to customary guarantees of title);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) Hedging Obligations;

 

  (h) the maximum redemption amount of shares which are expressed to be redeemable;

 

  (i) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  (j) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above, provided that Financial Indebtedness includes indebtedness in respect of any obligation to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of assets or services only if the relevant purchase price is due more than twelve Months after the earlier of the date of placing such assets in service or taking delivery of or title to such assets, or the completion of such services,

For the avoidance of doubt, Financial Indebtedness does not include (i) counter-indemnity obligations in respect of any indemnity or performance guarantee issued by a bank, entered into on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise having been issued in respect of Financial Indebtedness, (ii) amounts in respect of accounts payable or other indebtedness owing to trade creditors in the ordinary course of trading in connection with the acquisition of goods or services; (iii) any Tax liabilities (and for this purpose Tax has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement); (iv) amounts in respect of obligations arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or capital stock or other equity securities, provided that the aggregate amount of the liabilities incurred under this paragraph (iv) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received in connection with such disposition; and (v) amounts in respect of obligations of any persons (A) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a cheque, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such obligations are extinguished within two Business Days of their incurrence unless covered by an overdraft line; and (B) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices;

 

93


Financial Interest means, in relation to any Director, any direct or indirect financial interest of that Director ( un intérêt de nature patrimoniale ) that conflicts with the interests of the Company in connection with a matter falling within the competence of the Board;

Financial Year means a period starting on 1 January of any year and ending on 31 December of the same year;

Financing Documents means the Finance Documents, any Subordinated Document, and any document evidencing (or guaranteeing) any Financial Indebtedness on substantially similar terms as the Subordinated Documents (for the purposes of this definition, capitalised terms have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Priority Agreement);

FinCo means a private company limited by shares to be incorporated in Ireland on or prior to the Effective Date in accordance with the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

FinCo Loan means an interest free loan from FinCo to the Company with a principal amount of approximately EUR5.1 billion following the novation of the Existing HET Loan as part of the HET Secondary Contribution and VIP Secondary Contribution (each as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement) prior to the Effective Date;

First ROFO Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.14;

First Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 19.1(a);

Global Procurement Contract has the meaning given in clause 21.5(a);

Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time and Group Company means any of them;

group means an Ultimate Holding Company and its Subsidiaries and group member has a corresponding meaning;

Group Company Chairman has the meaning given in Schedule 9, paragraph 2(e);

Group Company Director has the meaning given in Schedule 9, paragraph 2(a);

Guarantor Breach Exercise Notice has the meaning given to it clause 14.5;

Guarantor Breach Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.5(b)(i);

Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Group Company, the obligations of such Company under:

 

  (a) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

  (b) other agreements or arrangements intended to manage interest rates or interest rate risk;

 

  (c) other agreements or arrangements intended to protect such Group Company against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices; and

 

  (d) other agreements or arrangements intended to protect such Group Company against operating exposures (including but not limited to hedging in respect of energy prices and inflation risk);

 

94


HET Representative has the meaning given in clause 19.1;

HR  & Remuneration Committee means the committee of the Board established and maintained in accordance with clause 5.9;

HR  & Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference means the terms of reference of the HR & Remuneration Committee from time to time, the first set of which shall be in Agreed Form;

Indirect Transfer means a sale, transfer, Encumbrance, assignment, swap, surrender, gift, declaration of a trust over, or other disposal, directly or indirectly, of a legal, beneficial or economic interest in or over any shares or securities by any person other than by a Shareholder in relation to any Stapled Interests;

Indirect Defaulting Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 14.5(b)(ii);

Individual ROFO Share Price has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

Initial Business Plan has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement, and any references to the “Agreed Business Plan” in the MergeCo Articles and/or the articles of association of any other Group Company shall mean the Initial Business Plan;

Initial Budget means the initial budget of the Group for the 14 months following the Effective Date consistent with the Initial Business Plan and agreed by the Shareholders in good faith prior to the Effective Date (and initialled by or on behalf of the Shareholders for the purpose of identification), provided that if the Initial Budget is amended and approved by the Shareholders, such amended and approved Initial Budget shall be considered the Initial Budget;

Insolvency Event means, in respect of any person:

 

  (a) the person is unable to, or states that it is unable to, pay its debts as they fall due or stops or threatens to stop paying its debts as they fall due;

 

  (b) any indebtedness of the person is subject to a moratorium;

 

  (c) a liquidator, provisional liquidator or administrator has been appointed to any property of the person or an event occurs which gives any other person a right to seek such an appointment;

 

  (d) an order has been made, a resolution has been passed or proposed in a notice of meeting or in an announcement to any recognised securities exchange, or an application to court has been made for the winding-up or dissolution of the person or for the entry into of any arrangement, compromise or composition with, or assignment for the benefit of, creditors of the person or any class of them;

 

  (e) a security interest becomes enforceable or is enforced over, or a writ of execution, garnishee order, mareva injunction or similar order has been issued over or is affecting, all or a substantial part of the assets of the person; or

 

  (f) the person has otherwise become, or is otherwise taken to be, insolvent in any jurisdiction or an event occurs in any jurisdiction in relation to the person which is analogous to, or which has a substantially similar effect to, any of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e) above;

Interest means, in relation to any person, any financial or commercial interest of that person arising from any existing or proposed appointment, arrangement, role, contract, litigation or other proceeding between any Group Company and that person;

 

95


Investors has the meaning given in clause 23.2;

JV Arrangement has the meaning given Part 1 of Schedule 6;

Long-term Incentive Plan has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Loss means all losses, damages, costs, expenses, charges and other liabilities whether present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent;

Major Shareholder means a Shareholder that either alone or together with its Permitted Transferees and/or Affiliates holds 50 per cent. or more of the issued Shares in the Company (and if not all such Shares are held by one Shareholder then references in this deed to the Major Shareholder shall, unless the context requires otherwise, be construed to mean, in respect of obligations, all such Shareholders having the same Ultimate Holding Company holding Shares that together comprise 50 per cent. or more of the issued Shares and, in respect of the exercise of rights, that Shareholder holding the largest number of Shares of those Shareholders that together compromise the Major Shareholder);

MD has the meaning given in clause 6.2;

MD Delegation means the delegation to the MD in Agreed Form ;

Merger One has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

MergeCo means each of 3 Italia and WAHF and, upon completion of Merger 1 (as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement) means 3 Italia as the surviving entity of such Merger;

MergeCo Articles means the articles of association of MergeCo, as amended from time to time;

MergeCo Articles Extract means a summary of the key governance provisions of the MergeCo Articles, in the Agreed Form;

MergeCo Board means the board of directors of MergeCo;

MergeCo Board Quorum has the meaning given to it in clause 6.7(f);

MergeCo Chairman has the meaning given in clause 6.7(e)

MergeCo Director means a director of MergeCo;

MergeCo Group means the 3 Italia Group and Wind Group;

MergeCo Reserved Matters has the meaning given in the MergeCo Articles;

Merger(s) means the merger of 3 Italia and WAHF, described as Merger 1 (as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement);

Merger Executive Committee has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 5;

Merger Integration Objective has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1 of Schedule 5;

Merger Integration Officer means the merger integration officer of MergeCo from time to time appointed by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 8.1;

 

96


Merger Integration Period means at least twenty four months from the Effective Date but a maximum of thirty six months, as determined by the Board;

Merger Integration Plan has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Merger Integration Provisions means the provisions set out in Schedule 5;

Minimum Annual Distribution has the meaning given in clause 10.4(a);

Minimum Economic Commitment means an interest of more than 50 per cent in all economic rights attributable to (i) the issued share capital (including any issued instrument which is convertible, in whole or in part, into share capital) of the relevant Shareholder (including in relation to dividends, any other distributions and returns of capital); and (ii) the outstanding principal amount and interest due and payable in relation to all relevant shareholder loans;

Monthly Chairman’s Review Meetings has the meaning given in clause 5.13;

Network has the meaning give in clause 21.3(a);

Non-Defaulting Guarantor has the meaning give in clause 14.5(b);

Non-Defaulting Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 14.5(a)(iii);

No-Share ROFO Response Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Offer Closing Date has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Offer Notice has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Offer Period has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Offer Price has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Offer Shares has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Offer Terms has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Outstanding Claim Amount has the meaning given in clause 19.6(d);

Overriding Objective has the meaning given in clause 3.2(a);

Partial-Share ROFO Response Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Partial ROFO Shares has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Permitted Transferee means a member of the same Wholly Owned Group as the relevant Shareholder other than:

 

  (a) in the case of VIP, any Holding Companies of the VIP Guarantor; and

 

  (b) in the case of HET, any Holding Companies of the HET Guarantor;

Plan of Reorganisation has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

 

97


Pre-Notice has the meaning given in clause 19.1(b);

Priority Agreement means the priority agreement dated on 26 November 2010, as amended from time to time, between, among others, Wind, Wind Acquisition Holdings Finance (as Original Parent), and Royal Bank of Scotland, Milan Branch (as the Original Senior Facilities Agent);

Qualifying Third Party ROFO Purchaser has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Relevant Affiliate has the meaning given in clause 21.6(a);

Relevant Financial Institution means any of the global systemically important financial institutions as identified by the Financial Stability Board from time to time or other non-global systemically important financial institutions rated at least “A” by S&P or with an equivalent rating by either of Moody’s or Fitch;

Remaining ROFO Shares has the meaning given in clause 15.5;

Representative means, in relation to a person, any director, officer or employee of, and any accountant, auditor, financier, financial adviser, legal adviser, technical adviser or other expert adviser or consultant to, that person;

Reserved Matters means a Shareholder Reserved Matter and/or a Board Reserved Matter (as applicable);

Reverse Buy-Sell Shares has the meaning given in clause 19.4;

Review has the meaning given in Part 1 of Schedule 5;

Rights Entitlement has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Rights Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

ROFO Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

ROFO Offer Period has the meaning given in clause 15.2;

ROFO Response Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.2;

ROFO Share Price has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

ROFO Shares has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

Sanctioned Person means any natural or legal person (including, without limitation, any individual, entity, body or group), organisation or vessel:

 

  (a) designated on the Consolidated List of Persons, Groups and Entities Subject to EU Financial Sanctions maintained by the European Commission, the Consolidated List of Asset Freeze Targets maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury ( OFAC ), or any equivalent or similar list maintained by the competent sanctions authority of any EU Member State or any agency of the US Government;

 

  (b) that is, or is part of, a government of a Sanctioned Territory;

 

98


  (c) is, directly or indirectly, 50% or more owned or controlled by any of the foregoing; or

 

  (d) located within or operating from a Sanctioned Territory;

Sanctioned Territory means any country or other territory subject to a comprehensive export, import, financial or investment embargo under any Economic Sanctions Law, which currently comprise Cuba, Iran, North Korea, North Sudan, Syria and the Ukrainian territory of Crimea (and which may in the future change);

Second Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 19.1(a);

Securities means:

 

  (a) Shares or any other class of shares in the Company, FinCo or a Group Company (as applicable) or any other equity securities in the Company, FinCo or a Group Company (as applicable); and

 

  (b) options, warrants, notes, bonds or other securities or debt (i) convertible into, or exchangeable for, Shares or any other class of shares or any other equity securities in the Company, FinCo or a Group Company (as applicable) or (ii) containing equity features or containing profit participation features;

Security means a mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or other security interest securing any obligations of any person;

Seller has the meaning given in clause 19.6;

Selling Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

Senior Employee means the CEO, any employee of the Group who reports to the CEO and any employee of the Group who reports to any such employee of the Group;

Senior Management means the CEO, CFO and Merger Integration Officer;

Shares mean the ordinary shares of Euro 25 each in the capital of the Company;

Shareholder means a registered holder of Shares who is party to this deed as an original party or by having executed a Deed of Adherence in accordance with this deed;

Shareholder Approval means an approval given in accordance with clauses 8.1 and 8.2;

Shareholder Consent means approval given by Shareholders representing at least 50 per cent. of the shares issued by the Company;

Shareholder Nominated Group Company Directors means the Group Company Directors appointed in accordance with Schedule 9, paragraph 2(b)(b)(i);

Shareholder Nominated MergeCo Directors means the MergeCo Directors appointed in accordance with clause 6.7(b);

Shareholder Reserved Matter means any matter set out in Part 1 of Schedule 6;

Shareholders’ Meeting has the meaning given in clause 5.5;

Stapled Interests means the Securities in relation to the Company and FinCo;

 

99


Subscribing Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Subscription Shares has the meaning given in clause 13.3;

Subsidiary has the meaning given in paragraph 2 below;

Subsidiary Governance Provisions means the provisions set out in Schedule 9;

Surviving Clauses means clause 1, clause 25, clauses 28 to 32 (inclusive);

Third Party All-Share Sale Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.6;

Third Party Remaining-Share Sale Notice has the meaning given in clause 15.8;

Total Assets means at any time, the net book value of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined by reference to the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Company and its Subsidiaries;

Transaction Documents has the meaning given to it in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Trigger Event means completion of the transfer or issue of any Shares in accordance with this deed following which there is only one Major Shareholder;

Trigger Event Date has the meaning given in clause 24.5(d);

Ultimate Beneficial Shareholder means, in the case of VIP, the VIP Guarantor and in the case of HET, the HET Guarantor;

Ultimate Holding Company means a Holding Company which is not itself a Subsidiary;

Urgent Shareholders’ Meeting has the meaning given to it in clause 5.5;

VIP Representative has the meaning given in clause 19.1;

WAHF has the meaning given in the Contribution and Framework Agreement;

Warranties means the warranties given by the parties under clause 17; and

Wind TS has the meaning given in the Contribution and Framework Agreement.

 

2. Subsidiary, Holding Company, Wholly Owned Subsidiary and Wholly Owned Group

For the purposes of this deed:

 

  (a) A company is a Subsidiary of another company, its Holding Company or HoldCo, if that other company:

 

  (i) holds a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

  (ii) is a member of it and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors; or

 

  (iii) is a member of it and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights in it,

 

100


or if it is a Subsidiary of a company that is itself a Subsidiary of that other company.

 

  (b) A company is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of another company, its HoldCo, if it has no members other than HoldCo and HoldCo’s wholly owned Subsidiaries or persons acting on behalf of HoldCo or its wholly owned Subsidiaries.

 

  (c) Wholly Owned Group means a body corporate and any Holding Company of which it is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and any other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of that Holding Company (including any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the body corporate).

 

  (d) In this paragraph 2, company includes any body corporate.

 

3. Things required to be done other than on a Business Day

Unless otherwise indicated, where the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done is a day other than a Business Day, that act, matter or thing shall be done on or by the next Business Day.

 

4. Other rules of interpretation

In this deed:

 

  (a) references to VIP or HET include each of their Permitted Transferees from time to time;

 

  (b) any reference, express or implied, to any legislation in any jurisdiction includes:

 

  (i) that legislation as amended, extended or applied by or under any other legislation made before or after execution of this deed;

 

  (ii) any legislation which that legislation re-enacts with or without modification; and

 

  (iii) any subordinate legislation made before or after execution of this deed under that legislation, including (where applicable) that legislation as amended, extended or applied as described in paragraph 4(b)(i), or under any legislation which it re-enacts as described in paragraph 4(b)(ii);

 

  (c) references to persons or entities include natural persons, bodies corporate, partnerships, trusts and unincorporated and incorporated associations of persons;

 

  (d) references to an individual or a natural person include his estate and personal representatives;

 

  (e) subject to clause 29.2, references to a party to this deed include the successors or assigns (immediate or otherwise) of that party;

 

  (f) references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or judicial or arbitral proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, arbitral tribunal, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be taken to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

  (g) a reference to any instrument or document includes any variation or replacement of it;

 

  (h) unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any time is a reference to that time in London;

 

  (i) a reference to € or Euros or EUR is to the currency of the Eurozone countries from time to time or its equivalent in any other relevant currency;

 

101


  (j) singular words include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (k) a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

  (l) if a word or phrase is defined, other grammatical forms of that word have a corresponding meaning;

 

  (m) general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words, and references to “includes” mean “includes without limitation”; and

 

  (n) nothing is to be construed adversely to a party just because that party put forward this deed or the relevant part of this deed.

 

102


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a deed by   )
HUTCHISON 3G ITALY INVESTMENTS S.à   )
R.L   )

 

 
Signature of director  

 

 
Name of director  

 

103


EXECUTED as a deed by    )      
VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS    )   

 

  
S.à R.L.    )    Authorised signatory   

 

Witness’s Signature  

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

104


EXECUTED as a deed by

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS

S.à R.L.

 

)

)

)

)

 

 
Signature of director  

 

 
Name of director  

 

105


EXECUTED  as a deed by    )      

VIMPELCOM LTD.

   )   

 

  
   )   

Authorised signatory

  

 

Witness’s Signature   

 

  
Name:   

 

  
Address:   

 

  
  

 

  

 

106


EXECUTED as a deed by

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

  

)

)

  

 

     

 

Signature of director       Signature of director/company secretary

 

     

 

Name of director       Name of director/company secretary

 

107


EXECUTED as a deed by

HET INVESTMENTS S.A.

 

)

)

)

 

 
Signature of director  

 

 
Name of director  

EXECUTED as a deed by

HET INVESTMENTS S.A.

 

)

)

)

 

 
Signature of director  

 

 
Name of director  

 

108


DOCUMENTS IN THE AGREED FORM

 

1. Audit Committee Terms of Reference

 

2. HR & Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference

 

3. Merger Executive Committee Terms of Reference

 

4. Advisory Board Terms of Reference

 

5. Basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements

 

6. MD Delegation

 

7. MergeCo Articles Extract

 

109

Exhibit 4.6

FINCO SHAREHOLDERS’ DEED

DATED

5 NOVEMBER 2016

By and between

VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED

and

VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L.

and

HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L.

and

VIMPELCOM LTD.

and

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

LOGO

Allen & Overy LLP

0102103-0000029 CO:28063440.1


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  

1.

  Definitions and Interpretation      5  

2.

  Business and Objectives      5  

3.

  Compliance with and Precedence of this deed      5  

4.

  Board Composition and Corporate Governance      6  

5.

  Governance      7  

6.

  Reserved Matters      7  

7.

  Conflict of Interests      7  

8.

  Intentionally BLANK      8  

9.

  Information Rights      8  

10.

  Compliance      9  

11.

  Funding and Issues of Securities      9  

12.

  Disposals in compliance with the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed, the Constitution and the H3G II Articles      9  

13.

  General Provisions Relating to Issue and Transfer of Shares      9  

14.

  Warranties      10  

15.

  Compliance with law      10  

16.

  Waiver of Right to Seek Liquidation      12  

17.

  Term and Termination      12  

18.

  Confidentiality      13  

19.

  VIP Guarantee      15  

20.

  HET Guarantee      17  

21.

  Notices      18  

22.

  FinCo Bank Account      20  

23.

  General      20  

24.

  Invalid Terms      22  

25.

  Jurisdiction      22  

26.

  Governing Law      23  


Schedule

   Page  

1.

  FinCo      24  

2.

  Board Meetings      25  

3.

  Shareholder Meetings      27  

4.

  Reserved Matters      28  

5.

  Form of Deed of Adherence      29  

6.

  Trigger Event Provisions      31  

7.

  Definitions and Interpretation      33  

Signatories

       36  
Documents in the Agreed Form       

1.

 

Constitution

     41  


THIS DEED is made on 5 November 2016

BETWEEN :

 

(1) VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED , a private company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Ireland, having its registered office at 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland and registered with the Irish Companies Registration Office under number 588489 ( FinCo );

 

(2) VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 15, rue Edward Steichen, L-2540 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B199019 ( VIP );

 

(3) HUTCHISON EUROPE TELECOMMUNICATIONS S.à R.L., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies under number B74649 ( HET );

 

(4) VIMPELCOM LTD., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 10, Bermuda registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under number 43271 and having its principal executive offices of Claude Debussylaan 88, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, the Netherlands ( VIP Guarantor ); and

 

(5) CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose principal place of business is 12th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong registered with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands under number MC-294571 ( HET Guarantor ).

BACKGROUND:

 

(A) Details of FinCo are set out in Schedule 1.

 

(B) The parties have agreed that FinCo is to be owned, controlled, managed and financed on the terms set out in this deed.

 

(C) H3G II, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., the VIP Guarantor, HET and the HET Guarantor entered into the Contribution and Framework Agreement on 6 August 2015 in order, among other things, for VIP and HET to create a joint venture whereby VIP and HET directly own H3G II and FinCo.

 

(D) The VIP Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of VIP and is willing to guarantee the obligations of VIP under this deed.

 

(E) The HET Guarantor is the ultimate holding company of HET and is willing to guarantee the obligations of HET under this deed.

 

(F) In consideration of the mutual promises of each of the parties and the contributions they undertake to make and have made to the Business, the parties agree to enter into this deed to govern their relationship and to set out and agree upon the governance arrangements of FinCo.

 

4


IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Save as defined in this deed, terms defined and used in the shareholders’ deed dated 6 August 2015 between, amongst others, H3G II, VIP, HET, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor and as amended from time to time (the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed ) have the same meaning when used in this deed.

 

1.2 In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed and in this deed, the definitions and other provisions in Schedule 7 apply throughout this deed.

 

1.3 In this deed, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule of or to this deed. The schedules form part of this deed.

 

1.4 The headings in this deed do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. BUSINESS AND OBJECTIVES

 

2.1 Business of FinCo

The parties acknowledge and agree that the sole objective and business of FinCo is to hold the FinCo Loan and to return value to the Shareholders upon receipt of repayment of the FinCo Loan (the Business ).

 

2.2 Management and control of FinCo

The management and control of FinCo shall be exercised in Ireland and the Shareholders shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that FinCo is treated for all purposes, including taxation, as resident only in Ireland.

 

3. COMPLIANCE WITH AND PRECEDENCE OF THIS DEED

 

3.1 General undertaking

Each Shareholder shall exercise all powers and rights available to that Shareholder as a holder of Shares and such other rights and powers available to that Shareholder from time to time in order to give effect to the provisions of this deed and to ensure that FinCo complies with each of its respective obligations under this deed. References in this deed to the Shareholders procuring that FinCo performs its obligations are to be interpreted accordingly.

 

3.2 H3G II Shareholders Deed prevails over Deed and Constitution

Each Shareholder agrees that if any provision of this deed or the Constitution at any time conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed, provided that such provisions of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with any applicable law: (i) the provisions of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed are to prevail between the parties to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency, (ii) the Constitution will be taken to be read and interpreted accordingly, and (iii) the Constitution shall be amended to the extent necessary in accordance with clause 3.4.

 

3.3 Deed prevails over Constitution

Each Shareholder agrees that if any provision of the Constitution at any time conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of this deed, provided that such provisions of this deed do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with any applicable law: (i) the provisions of this deed are to

 

5


prevail between the parties to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency, (ii) the Constitution will be taken to be read and interpreted accordingly, and (iii) the Constitution shall be amended to the extent necessary in accordance with clause 3.4.

 

3.4 Amendments to Constitution

For the entire duration of this deed, the Constitution shall be and shall remain in accordance with the provisions of this deed (as may be amended from time to time) to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

4. BOARD COMPOSITION AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

4.1 Number of Directors

The number of Directors shall, from time to time, be two.

 

4.2 Appointment and replacement of Directors

Each of the Major Shareholders (each an Appointer ) may each from time to time:

 

  (a) appoint one Director; and

 

  (b) remove its Director appointed by it in accordance with paragraph (a) and appoint another in his/her place, above by notice in writing sent to FinCo and to the other Directors,

provided that the Major Shareholders undertake that they shall not appoint a Director who is ineligible to be a director under any applicable law or any provision of the Constitution or is a Sanctioned Person and shall promptly take all steps necessary to replace any Director who becomes ineligible or a Sanctioned Person.

 

4.3 Removal of Directors

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, a person will be removed as a Director if the person is, or becomes, ineligible to be a Director under any applicable law or any provision of the Constitution or is, or becomes, a Sanctioned Person.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, a Director will be removed as a Director if such Director’s Appointer ceases to be a (i) party to this deed or (ii) Major Shareholder.

 

  (c) The Appointer shall indemnify FinCo against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with its Director’s removal from office.

 

4.4 Remuneration for Directors

Unless otherwise agreed by the Major Shareholders, compensation for each Director shall be up to €5,000 per annum, plus reasonable travel and accommodation expenses. All such compensation and expenses shall be borne by FinCo.

 

4.5 Chairman

There shall be no chairman.

 

6


4.6 Board meetings

Unless otherwise approved by the Board, meetings of the Board shall be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 2.

 

4.7 Shareholder meetings

Shareholder meetings shall be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3.

 

5. GOVERNANCE

Subject to the Reserved Matters, the Board shall make decisions on all matters.

 

6. RESERVED MATTERS

 

6.1 Matters requiring Shareholder Approval

Each Shareholder undertakes to exercise all its voting powers as a Shareholder and FinCo undertakes to exercise all its respective powers and rights so as to ensure that it does not do any of the things listed in Schedule 4 without the prior written approval of each Major Shareholder.

 

6.2 Manner of giving Shareholder Approval

Any approval under clause 6.1 by a Major Shareholder may be given on behalf of that Major Shareholder by:

 

  (a) notice in writing executed by or on behalf of that Major Shareholder; or

 

  (b) the affirmative vote of that Major Shareholder at a general meeting of the Shareholders,

in each case stating that the notice or vote, as the case may be, constitutes the approval of that Major Shareholder for the purposes of clause 6.1 of this deed.

 

7. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

Directors’ Interests and voting rights

If a Director has an Interest in any matter which is reasonably likely to conflict with the interests of FinCo or the Business (as applicable) and which is to be considered or voted upon at a Board meeting or which is to be the subject of a written resolution of the Directors, the Director shall, prior to the relevant matter being decided by the Board, declare the Interest to each other Director setting out, in all material respects, the nature and extent of the Interest and the relation of the Interest to the affairs of FinCo or the Business. Whether or not a Director complies with its obligations under this paragraph, the Director:

 

  (a) is entitled to attend or participate in any discussion on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

  (b) is entitled to receive all information and advice received by the other Directors on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

  (c) is entitled to vote (and be counted in a quorum at a meeting) on matters that relate to the Interest; and

 

  (d) is entitled to retain benefits under any transaction relating to the Interest and FinCo cannot avoid any such transaction merely because of the existence of the Interest.

 

7


8. INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

9. INFORMATION RIGHTS

 

9.1 Accounts, periodic reporting and other information

 

  (a) FinCo shall:

 

  (i) maintain accurate and complete accounting and other financial records in accordance with all applicable laws; and

 

  (ii) provide such financial accounts, reports and information to the Shareholders as the Shareholders may reasonably request for the purposes of the Shareholders group’s legal, regulatory or other internal requirements from time to time.

 

  (b) The financial accounts of FinCo shall be prepared in accordance with all applicable law and accounting principles and practices generally accepted in Ireland.

 

  (c) To the extent necessary to comply with regulatory requirements and at the request of a Shareholder, FinCo shall prepare financial accounts in accordance with the required accounting standards and have them audited in accordance with the required auditing standards in a time period necessary to meet such regulatory requirements (including, without limitation, audit requirements) within a reasonable period of time following such request. For the avoidance of doubt, these requirements will not affect the financial accounts of FinCo referred to in (b) above.

 

9.2 Access to FinCo books, records and other information

Subject to clause 9.3, FinCo shall give each Major Shareholder and each Director (without prejudice to any rights they may have under applicable law) reasonable access on reasonable notice to:

 

  (a) inspect the assets of FinCo (if any); and

 

  (b) inspect and take copies of documents relating to FinCo, including the statutory registers and all accounting and other financial records.

 

9.3 Exceptions to Shareholder access rights

Nothing in clause 9.2 requires FinCo to give any person access to information if to do so would, in the reasonable opinion of any Major Shareholder or of the Board:

 

  (a) constitute a breach by FinCo of any obligation of confidentiality owed to a third party or imposed by law provided that FinCo shall use its best efforts to permit disclosure of such information; or

 

  (b) materially disrupt, or have a material adverse effect on, the business or operations of FinCo.

 

9.4 Disclosure of information

Subject to all applicable laws, a Director is entitled to pass information concerning FinCo to his / her Appointer or any of his / her Appointer’s Affiliates or Representatives who need to know that information for the proper performance of their duties, so long as each recipient keeps that information confidential in accordance with clause 18.

 

8


10. COMPLIANCE

FinCo shall take all reasonable steps to obtain, and shall comply in all material respects with the terms of, all governmental and other licences and consents necessary for the conduct of its business.

 

11. FUNDING AND ISSUES OF SECURITIES

 

11.1 Limited obligations to provide funding

 

  (a) Each Shareholder shall be required to subscribe for Shares:

 

  (i) in accordance with the provisions set out in the Contribution and Framework Agreement; or

 

  (ii) to provide equity for FinCo’s day-to-day running costs, including (but not limited to) Directors’ travel and accommodation expenses, audit costs and business registration costs; and

 

  (b) Subject to paragraph (a) above, no Shareholder shall be obliged to:

 

  (i) contribute any funds (whether in the form of debt or equity) to FinCo; or

 

  (ii) give any security or provide any guarantee on behalf of or for the benefit of FinCo.

 

11.2 Permitted issues

FinCo shall not issue any Securities unless the issue has received Shareholder Approval in accordance with clause 6.1.

 

11.3 Pre-emption on issue

The provisions of clause 13.3 of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed shall apply mutatis mutandis to this deed save that references to the “Company” shall be construed as references to “FinCo”.

 

12. DISPOSALS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE H3G II SHAREHOLDERS’ DEED, THE CONSTITUTION AND THE H3G II ARTICLES

No Major Shareholder may Dispose of any of its Shares at any time unless:

 

  (a) any transferee first executes and delivers to FinCo and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; and

 

  (b) such Disposal is carried out in compliance with clauses 14, 15 and 19 of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed, the Constitution and the H3G II Articles.

 

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ISSUE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

13.1 Registration of issues and transfers of Shares

FinCo shall not issue any Shares or register the transfer of any Shares unless:

 

  (a) the issue or transfer is made in accordance with this deed and the provisions of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed, the Constitution and the H3G II Articles; and

 

  (b) any transferee first executes and delivers to FinCo and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence.

 

9


13.2 Share certificates and Share register

Each Share certificate issued by FinCo and the Share register of FinCo shall include a statement that:

“Transfer and disposal of shares in the company are subject to the restrictions contained in the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed relating to the company dated ● and the Constitution of the company.”

 

14. WARRANTIES

Each party warrants to each other party on the date of this deed that each of the following statements is true, accurate and not misleading:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed to which it is or will be a party, and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

 

15.1 All party obligations

Each party undertakes to each other party that:

 

  (a) it will not take any action which would result in it, any other party (including FinCo) being in contravention of any law or regulation (including, without limitation, any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, trade control laws or Economic Sanctions Laws);

 

  (b) to the extent that it has not already done so, it will establish and at all times maintain in place adequate procedures designed to prevent any Representative or person who provides services to it from undertaking any conduct that would contravene or otherwise give rise to an offence being committed by it, any other party (including FinCo) under any applicable anti-bribery and/or anti-corruption and/or money laundering laws ( Anti-Corruption Policies );

 

10


  (c) no action it undertakes in the exercise of its rights and performance obligations under this deed shall cause it, any other party (including FinCo) to be in contravention of any law or regulation (including, without limitation, any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, trade control or Economic Sanctions Laws); and

 

  (d) during any period in which it or any of its Affiliates becomes a Sanctioned Person, the exercise of such party’s right to receive Dividends or any other distribution in respect of Shares held by it shall be suspended to the extent that such payment of Dividends would be prohibited by any applicable Economic Sanctions Laws, in which case any such Dividend which would otherwise have been payable to such party shall either (i) be held by FinCo on behalf of such party (without any obligation to pay interest) until such time as the party’s right to receive Dividends or any other distribution in respect of its Shares is no longer suspended in accordance with paragraph (d), or (ii) on the request of the party entitled to payment of the Dividend be credited to a frozen (or blocked) account belonging to the relevant party if such frozen (or blocked) account is in compliance with applicable Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

15.2 Distributions

 

  (a) The parties agree that FinCo shall not be restricted or prevented from declaring or paying any Dividend or other fees to a Shareholder by reason only of:

 

  (i) any other Shareholder or any of its Affiliates being a Sanctioned Person or being directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a Sanctioned Person;

 

  (ii) a Sanctioned Person holding an interest in any other Shareholder; or

 

  (iii) any other matter which does or may constrain FinCo from making a payment to any other Shareholder.

 

  (b) The parties agree that during any period in which a Shareholder or its Affiliates becomes a Sanctioned Person, any Director or Shareholder voting rights in respect of the Shares held by that Shareholder, its Affiliates or Directors nominated by it will be suspended in relation to any matters relating to the payment of Dividends including the ability to object to such Dividends in accordance with clause 6.1.

 

  (c) The parties agree to take all action necessary to ensure that paragraphs (a) and (b) are enforceable including, without limitation, reflecting such clause in the Constitution.

 

15.3 FinCo obligations

 

  (a) FinCo shall comply with its Anti-Corruption Policies and shall keep them under regular review in order to ensure that they continue to meet the requisite standard for adequate procedures.

 

  (b) FinCo may at any time, and shall within 20 Business Days of a reasonable request by a Shareholder, prepare draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies which it shall submit to each Shareholder. Each Shareholder shall consider in good faith any draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies submitted to it under this clause and shall in good faith take appropriate steps with a view to it and the other Shareholder agreeing revised Anti-Corruption Policies (with such amendments as it and the other Shareholder may agree) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  (c) Nothing in this deed shall prevent FinCo from complying with any applicable law (including any Economic Sanctions Law) to which it is or becomes subject.

 

11


16. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO SEEK LIQUIDATION

To the extent permissible by applicable law, each Shareholder agrees, confirms and acknowledges that it shall be wholly and irrevocably barred from seeking a liquidation, winding up or otherwise of FinCo in the event of a deadlock between the Shareholders, including, without limitation, on a refusal or failure to consent to a Reserved Matter or failure to attend a meeting of the Shareholders.

 

17. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

17.1 Term

This deed takes effect on the date of this deed (save for clause 17.4 and Schedule 6 which take effect upon a Trigger Event occurring) and continues until terminated in accordance with clause 17.2.

 

17.2 Circumstances for termination

Subject to clause 17.3, this deed terminates in respect of the rights and obligations of all parties:

 

  (a) subject to clause 16, on the date on which FinCo is wound up;

 

  (b) on the date on which the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed terminates in accordance with clause 24.2 of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed;

 

  (c) on the date on which FinCo distributes all cash due and payable under the FinCo Loan as a result of full repayment of the FinCo Loan in accordance with the relevant Reserved Matter in full; or

 

  (d) on the date on which all the Shareholders agree in writing.

 

17.3 Effect of termination

If this deed terminates in accordance with clause 17.2 or certain provisions terminate in accordance with clause 17.4 in respect of the rights and obligations of any party:

 

  (a) except as provided in clause 17.3(c) that party is released from its obligations to further perform this deed or those provisions (as applicable);

 

  (b) each party retains all rights that it has against each other party in respect of any breach of this deed or those provisions (as applicable) occurring before termination and, for the avoidance of doubt, any rights pursuant to clause 19 and 20 shall survive in respect of any such breach of this deed occurring before termination; and

 

  (c) the provisions of and the rights and obligations of each party under this clause 17.3 and each of the Surviving Clauses survive termination of this deed.

 

17.4 Trigger Event for termination of certain provisions

Upon a Trigger Event occurring:

 

  (a) the provisions of clauses 2 to 7, 9 (other than paragraph 9.1), 10, 11.2, 12 and 16, together with Schedule 1 to Schedule 3 and Schedule 4 (other than paragraph 1), will automatically terminate and cease to have any effect thereafter and clause 17.3 shall apply in respect of these terminated provisions;

 

12


  (b) for the avoidance of doubt all other provisions of this deed, namely, the Surviving Clauses and clauses 9.1, 11 (other than paragraph 11.2 and in accordance with clause 11.3 (Pre-emption on issue) as it applies mutatis mutandis to clause 13.3 of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed that clause 13.3(e) shall not apply upon a Trigger Event), 13 to 15, this clause 17, clauses 19 to 20, paragraph 1 of Schedule 4, Schedule 5 and Schedule 7 subject to paragraph (c) below, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination;

 

  (c) Schedule 7 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination but subject to the following amendments with effect from the Trigger Event namely, to the deletion of those defined terms that are no longer applicable to the provisions set out in paragraph (b) above (and appropriate consequential amendments being made to the definition cross-referencing); and

 

  (d) the provisions contained in Schedule 6 shall come into force upon a Trigger Event occurring.

 

18. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

18.1 Confidentiality obligations

Except as permitted by this clause 18:

 

  (a) each Shareholder shall keep confidential:

 

  (i) all information made available to it by or on behalf of FinCo or by a Director under clause 9.4 (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) which relates to the past, present or future business, operations or affairs of FinCo;

 

  (ii) all information made available to it by or on behalf any other Shareholder (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this deed;

 

  (iii) any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to, or to the business or affairs of, FinCo; and

 

  (iv) the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this deed and each other Transaction Document,

and shall not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this deed or monitoring and making decisions regarding its investment in FinCo; and

 

  (b) FinCo shall keep confidential:

 

  (i) all information made available to it by or on behalf of any Shareholder (whether before, on or after the date of this deed and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this deed; and

 

  (ii) the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this deed and each other Transaction Document,

 

13


and shall not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than conducting the Business or exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this deed.

 

18.2 Excluded information

Clause 18.1 does not apply to any information which:

 

  (a) is in or comes into the public domain, except through a breach of this clause 18 or through a breach by any person of any other obligation of confidentiality known to the disclosing party; or

 

  (b) at the time it was disclosed by one party to another was already in the lawful possession of the second party and not held by the second party subject to an obligation of confidentiality.

 

18.3 Disclosure to Representatives

Nothing in clause 18.1 prevents any party from disclosing information to any of its Affiliates or Representatives if:

 

  (a) the information needs to be disclosed:

 

  (i) to enable that party to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this deed including a Disposal of Stapled Interests permitted in accordance with the terms of this deed; or

 

  (ii) where the party is a Shareholder, to enable that Shareholder to monitor and make decisions regarding its investment in FinCo; and

 

  (b) before disclosure is made that party has informed the relevant Affiliates or Representative in writing that the information is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose for which it was disclosed,

provided that any Affiliate or Representative receiving information under this clause 18.3 has undertaken to comply with the confidentiality obligations under this clause 18 as if those obligations were imposed directly on the relevant Affiliate or Representative, and the party disclosing such information shall ensure that any such Affiliate or Representative to whom information is so disclosed strictly complies with such obligations.

 

18.4 Required disclosure

Nothing in clause 18.1 prevents a party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives from disclosing information if disclosure is required by law or regulation (except to the extent the requirement can be excluded or limited by contract or by a confidentiality obligation), any tribunal or court of competent jurisdiction, any Government Agency or the listing rules of any recognised securities exchange. Before any disclosure is made under this clause 18.4, the party that is, or whose Affiliate or Representative is, required to make disclosure shall, to the extent permitted by law and the relevant disclosure requirement:

 

  (a) notify the party that made the relevant information available to it (the Discloser ) and each other party as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware that disclosure is required;

 

14


  (b) take all steps reasonably required by the Discloser to prevent or restrict the disclosure of that information; and

 

  (c) co-operate with the Discloser regarding the timing and content of such disclosure.

For the purposes of this clause 18.4, where the information required to be disclosed is the existence, terms or subject matter of, or the negotiations relating to, this deed, references to the Discloser are taken to be references to each other party.

 

18.5 Permitted disclosure

Nothing in clause 18.1 prevents a party from disclosing information to the extent strictly required by, and subject always to the terms and conditions provided in, clause 12(b).

 

18.6 Legal proceedings

Nothing in clause 18.1 prevents a party from disclosing information to the extent required to enable that party to enforce the provisions of this deed or to the extent necessary for the purpose of defending any proceedings brought against that party.

 

18.7 Advertisements and public announcements

Nothing in clause 18.1 prevents a party from disclosing information in any advertisement or public announcement containing information that is not in the public domain made with the written consent of each other party which in the case of any advertisement or public announcement referring only to the existence or subject matter of this deed shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

18.8 Outgoing Shareholder

If a Shareholder ceases to be a Shareholder, it shall immediately:

 

  (a) deliver all documents or other materials in tangible form that are in its possession or control and that contain information of the type described in clause 18.1(a) to the party that made that information available to it;

 

  (b) use all reasonable endeavours to permanently delete all information of the type described in clause 18.1(a) that has been stored on any computer, database or other electronic storage medium by it or on its behalf; and

 

  (c) ensure that each of its Affiliates and Representatives to whom information has been provided under clause 18.3 does the same,

except to the extent that the Shareholder or the relevant Affiliate or Representative is required to retain such information by law, the rules of any regulatory authority or any mandatory professional standards rules or in accordance with its reasonable and bona fide internal compliance policies.

 

19. VIP GUARANTEE

 

19.1 The VIP Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees the payment when due of all amounts payable by VIP under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that VIP will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this deed;

 

15


  (c) agrees that if and each time that VIP fails to make any payment when it is due under or pursuant to this deed, the VIP Guarantor must on demand (without requiring any party first to take steps against VIP or any other person) pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify each other party against all Loss sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by VIP under or pursuant to this deed.

 

19.2 The VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 19 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, VIP or any other person;

 

  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this deed, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against VIP or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this deed; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of VIP, so that this deed shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

19.3 Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the VIP Guarantor shall not as a result of this deed or any payment or performance under this deed be subrogated to any right or security of any party or claim or prove in competition with any party against VIP or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

19.4 The VIP Guarantor will not take or hold any security from VIP in respect of this deed and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the VIP Guarantor in trust for each other party.

 

19.5 The VIP Guarantor shall indemnify each other party against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the VIP Guarantor’s obligations under this deed.

 

19.6 The VIP Guarantor warrants to each other party that:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

16


20. HET GUARANTEE

 

20.1 The HET Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

 

  (a) guarantees the payment when due of all amounts payable by HET under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (b) undertakes to ensure that HET will perform when due all its obligations under or pursuant to this deed;

 

  (c) agrees that if and each time that HET fails to make any payment when it is due under or pursuant to this deed, the HET Guarantor must on demand (without requiring any party first to take steps against HET or any other person) pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (d) agrees as principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify each other party against all Loss sustained by it flowing from any non-payment or default of any kind by HET under or pursuant to this deed.

 

20.2 The HET Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 20 will not be affected by any matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to affect or prejudice those obligations, including without limitation:

 

  (a) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with, HET or any other person;

 

  (b) the taking, variation, renewal or release of, or neglect to perfect or enforce this deed, or any right, guarantee, remedy or security from or against HET or any other person;

 

  (c) any variation or change to the terms of this deed; or

 

  (d) any unenforceability or invalidity of any obligation of HET, so that this deed shall be construed as if there were no such unenforceability or invalidity.

 

20.3 Until all amounts which may be or become payable under this deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the HET Guarantor shall not as a result of this deed or any payment or performance under this deed be subrogated to any right or security of any party or claim or prove in competition with any party against HET or any other person or claim any right of contribution, set-off or indemnity.

 

20.4 The HET Guarantor will not take or hold any security from HET in respect of this deed and any such security which is held in breach of this provision will be held by the HET Guarantor in trust for each other party.

 

20.5 The HET Guarantor shall indemnify each other party against any Loss arising as a result of or in connection with the enforcement of the HET Guarantor’s obligations under this deed.

 

20.6 The HET Guarantor warrants to each other party that:

 

  (a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b) it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this deed and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

17


  (c) its obligations under this deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d) the execution and delivery by it of this deed and the performance of its obligations under it does not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) its constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii) any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e) no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

21. NOTICES

 

21.1 Manner of giving notice

Any notice or other communication to be given under this deed must be in writing and must be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post or email (and if such notice or other communication is sent by email, then a copy must be delivered by hand or courier using an internationally recognised courier company or sent by post as soon as reasonably practicable although the notice or other communication will deem to have been given by transmission of the email) to the party to whom it is to be given at its address appearing in this deed as follows:

 

  (a) to FinCo at:

 

Address:

  

Matsack Trust Limited

  

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay

  

Dublin 2

  

Ireland

Email:

  

matheson@matheson.com

For the attention of:

  

Derval Keane

With a copy to VIP, the VIP Guarantor, HET and the HET Guarantor;

 

  (b) to VIP or the VIP Guarantor at:

 

Address:

  

VimpelCom Ltd.

  

Claude Debussylaan 88

  

1082 MD Amsterdam

  

The Netherlands

Email: Scott.Dresser@vimpelcom.com and Andrew.Davies@vimpelcom.com

marked for the attention of Scott Dresser and Andrew Davies,

with a copy to Andrew Ballheimer and Tom Levine of Allen & Overy LLP, One Bishops Square, London E1 6AD (email: Andrew.Ballheimer@allenovery.com and Tom.Levine@Allenovery.com); and

 

18


  (c) to HET at:

Address:

Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.à r.l.

S.7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes

L-1728 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Fax: +352 2626 8181

marked for the attention of the Company Secretary,

with a copy to the HET Guarantor, and David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com),

 

  (d) to the HET Guarantor at:

Address:

22nd Floor, Hutchison House,

10 Harcourt Road,

Hong Kong

Email: EdithS@chk.com.hk

Fax: (852) 2128 1778

marked for the attention of Ms Edith Shih,

and with a copy to David Sonter and Natasha Good of the HET solicitors (email: david.sonter@freshfields.com and natasha.good@freshfields.com),or at any such other address notified in writing for this purpose to the other parties under this clause 19. Any notice or other communication sent by post shall be sent by prepaid ordinary recorded delivery post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by prepaid airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin).

 

21.2 When notice given

Any notice or other communication is deemed to have been given:

 

  (a) if delivered, on the date and at the time of delivery; or

 

  (b) if sent by post, on the second Business Day after it was put into the post; or

 

  (c) at the time of transmission if delivered by email,

but if the notice or other communication would otherwise be taken to be received after 5.00 pm then the notice or communication is taken to be received at 9.00 am (local time at the place of receipt) on the next Business Day.

 

21.3 Proof of service

In proving service of a notice or other communication, it is sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted either by prepaid post or by prepaid airmail.

 

19


21.4 Documents relating to legal proceedings

This clause 19 does not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, statement of care, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this deed.

 

22. FINCO BANK ACCOUNT

 

22.1 FinCo shall maintain a bank account in Ireland.

 

22.2 Any payment of funds to be made to FinCo pursuant to this deed shall be effected by transfer of funds to the following account in FinCo or such other account as may be notified by FinCo for the purpose of any particular payment:

 

Account name    CKH Ireland Finance Co Ltd
Account number    40051576892034
SWIFT Code:    MIDLGB22
IBAN:    GB67MIDL40051576892034

 

23. GENERAL

 

23.1 Amendment

This deed may only be amended in writing and where the amendment is signed by or on behalf of all the parties.

 

23.2 Assignment

None of the rights or obligations under this deed may be assigned, transferred or otherwise dealt with by a party without the prior written consent of the other parties. No party shall grant, declare, create or dispose of any rights or interests in this deed without the prior written consent of all the other parties. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 23.2 shall be void.

 

23.3 Costs

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this deed, each party shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with entering into and performing its obligations under this deed.

 

23.4 Directors indemnity

Subject to the provisions of and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties shall ensure that each Director is indemnified out of the assets of FinCo against any liability incurred by him/her in the valid execution or discharge of his/her duties or the valid exercise of his/her powers in connection with his/her duties, powers or office, but this indemnity shall not apply to any liability to the extent that it is recovered from any other person.

 

23.5 Sanctions

The parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this deed will require any other party to carry out any act or make any omission that may constitute or result in an actual breach of any Economic Sanction Law.

 

20


23.6 Entire agreement

 

  (a) This deed and the other Transaction Documents contain the whole agreement between the parties relating to the transactions contemplated by this deed and the Transaction Documents and supersede all previous draft agreements, arrangements or understandings whether oral or in writing, between the parties relating to these transactions.

 

  (b) Each party:

 

  (i) acknowledges that in agreeing to enter into this deed and the other Transaction Documents it has not relied on any express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance (except those warranties and undertakings set out in this deed and the other Transaction Documents) made by or on behalf of any other party before the entering into of this deed;

 

  (ii) waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause 23.6, might otherwise be available to it arising under or in respect of any such express or implied statement, representation, warranty, undertaking, collateral contract or other assurance; and

 

  (iii) acknowledges that, except for any liability in respect of a breach of this deed and the other Transaction Documents, no party shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to the other party in relation to the subject matter of this deed.

 

  (c) Nothing in this clause limits or excludes any liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

23.7 Execution in counterparts

This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and any party may enter into this deed by executing and delivering a counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes the agreement of the party who has executed and delivered that counterpart. Faxed or scanned signatures are taken to be valid and binding to the same extent as original signatures. Delivery of a counterpart of this deed by e-mail attachment shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

23.8 Exercise and waiver of rights

The rights of each party under this deed:

 

  (a) may be exercised as often as necessary (in whole or in part);

 

  (b) except as otherwise expressly provided by this deed, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c) may be waived only in writing and specifically,

and delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right and will not affect any such right in relation to any other party.

 

23.9 No partnership or agency

Nothing in this deed or the Constitution will be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties or, unless this deed expressly provides otherwise, constitute any party the agent of any other party for any purpose.

 

21


23.10 Severability

The provisions contained in each clause are enforceable independently of each other clause and the validity and enforceability of any clause will not be affected by the invalidity or unenforceability of any other clause.

 

23.11 No Third Party Rights

A person who is not a party to this deed may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

24. INVALID TERMS

 

24.1 Each of the provisions of this deed is severable.

 

24.2 If and to the extent that any provision of this deed:

 

  (a) is held to be, or becomes, invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction; but

 

  (b) would be valid, binding and enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted or amended,

then the provision shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid, binding and enforceable and neither the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this deed, nor the validity or enforceability of that provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired as a result of this clause 24.2.

 

25. JURISDICTION

 

25.1 Governing law of this clause

This clause 25 is governed by English law.

 

25.2 Jurisdiction

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of that jurisdiction.

 

25.3 Service of process agent

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law, each of HET, VIP LuxCo, H3G II and FinCo shall at all times maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents in proceedings in England and Wales or any other proceedings in connection with this Deed. That agent shall be:

 

  (a) in respect of HET and the HET Guarantor, Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited, currently of Hutchison House, 5 Hester Road, London SW11 4AN, United Kingdom;

 

  (b) in respect of VIP LuxCo and the VIP Guarantor, Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited, currently of 5th Floor, Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX; and

 

  (c) in respect of FinCo, appointed as soon as reasonably practicable and upon such appointment, notified to the other parties.

 

22


Subject to clause 25.4, each party irrevocably undertake not to revoke its agent’s authority; and any claim form, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served if delivered to:

 

  (d) in respect of HET, Hutchison Whampoa Agents (UK) Limited;

 

  (e) in respect of VIP LuxCo, Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited; and

 

  (f) in respect of FinCo, the agent appointed by it and notified to the other parties in accordance with sub-paragraph 12(iii) above,

in each case at its address for the time being. Each of HET, VIP LuxCo, FinCo, the HET Guarantor and the VIP Guarantor waives any objection to such service.

 

25.4 Alternative service of process agent

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 25.3 is unable for any reason to so act, the relevant party shall immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute and notify the other parties of such appointment. Failing this, any other party may appoint another process agent for this purpose at the relevant party’s expense.

 

25.5 Failure to notify by process agent

Each party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

26. GOVERNING LAW

This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

THIS DEED has been executed by the parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this deed as a deed.

 

23


SCHEDULE 1

FINCO

 

Company name:    VIP-CKH Ireland Limited
Registered number:    588489
Registered office:    70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland
Date and place of incorporation:    30 August 2016, Ireland
Directors:   

Richard James

 

Frank Sixt

Secretary:    Matsack Trust Limited
Financial year end:    31 December
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Issued shares (including identity of each shareholder and number of shares held by it):   

VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S.àr.l. – 25,150 ordinary shares

 

Hutchison Europe Telecommunications S.àr.l. – 25,150 ordinary shares

 

24


SCHEDULE 2

BOARD MEETINGS

 

1. Frequency of meetings

The Board shall meet as frequently as necessary to allow it to discharge its duties and in any case at least twice per calendar year and once every six months.

 

2. Notice

Except in the case of (i) urgency as agreed between all Director (in which case the notice convening the meeting shall indicate the nature of, and the reasons for, the urgency), or (ii) an express waiver by all the Directors, at least five Business Days’ written notice of each meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director by or on behalf of a Director wishing to convene a meeting of the Board.

 

3. Agenda

Either Director may add any item to the agenda for a Board meeting. A notice of a Board meeting shall be accompanied by an agenda of all the business to be transacted at the meeting, as well as any supporting papers and documentation that has been put forward for the Board meeting by a Director or which may be deemed relevant for such Board meeting. Any matter not on the agenda may be raised at the Board meeting by a Director present or represented at the Board meeting.

 

4. Location

Each meeting of the Board shall be held in Ireland and all the Directors must be physically present at any such meeting, unless exceptional circumstances apply (in which case, at least one Director must be physically present at any such meeting).

 

5. Use of technology

 

5.1 The Board may, in exceptional cases only, conduct meetings to discuss matters and issues which are urgent by conference call, video conference, or by any other means which will enable each Director:

 

  (a) to be identified during the meeting;

 

  (b) to properly hear (or otherwise receive real-time communications made by) the other Director participating in the meeting;

 

  (c) to address (or otherwise communicate in real time with) the other Director participating in the meeting simultaneously; and

 

  (d) to properly deliberate and cast his/her vote,

even if both Directors are not physically present in the same place at the relevant Board meeting.

 

5.2 A Board meeting held in this manner is taken to be held at the registered office of FinCo in Ireland, where the conference call or video conference, as the case may be, will have been initiated.

 

5.3 If a technological link fails, the Board meeting will be adjourned until the failure is rectified.

 

25


6. Quorum

 

6.1 The quorum for the Board to validly deliberate is the presence in person (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) of at least two Directors made up of at least one Director appointed by each Shareholder, either present or represented at the Board meeting.

 

6.2 A Director may be represented by an alternate at any meeting of the Board.

 

6.3 If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (i.e. meeting at second call). If a quorum is not present at the reconvened meeting (i.e. meeting at second call) within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the reconvened meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (i.e. meeting at third call).

 

6.4 If the Director appointed by a Shareholder is not present in person (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) at a meeting of the Board and the following reconvened meeting (i.e. respectively, the meeting at first call and the meeting at second call), the quorum for the next reconvened meeting (i.e. the meeting at third call) of the Board shall be the presence (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) of any one Director, present at the Board meeting.

 

7. Voting rights

 

7.1 Each Director is entitled to one vote on a Board resolution.

 

7.2 In the case of an equality of votes, no Director will have a second or casting vote.

 

8. Board decisions

 

8.1 All resolutions at meetings of the Directors shall be decided unanimously.

 

8.2 Minutes (including original and copies) of meetings of the Board, and excerpts from such minutes, will be drafted in English and signed by both Directors.

 

9. Written resolutions

Resolutions of the Board may, in exceptional cases only, be passed in writing by way of unanimous written circular resolutions for matters and issues which are urgent, not significant or not material. Such resolutions will be drafted in English, and will consist of one or several counterparts containing the resolutions of the Board, signed and dated by each Director, manually or sent by email with the original to follow, which will be deemed valid under Irish applicable law. The date of such unanimous written circular resolution will be the date of the last signature by any Director as apposed on his counterpart.

 

26


SCHEDULE 3

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

1. Frequency and location of meetings

 

1.1 The Board may call a meeting of the Shareholders of FinCo in Ireland (a Shareholders’ Meeting) at a time and place the Board resolves, unless exceptional circumstances apply.

 

1.2 Each Major Shareholder may call a Shareholders’ Meeting by notice in writing to the other Shareholder(s). Unless the Shareholder(s) agree otherwise, at least 20 Business Days’ notice shall be given to each Shareholder of any Shareholders’ Meeting (or 5 Business Days’ notice in the case of an adjourned meeting) which notice period must exclude the date of the notice and the date of the Shareholders’ Meeting unless all Shareholders agree otherwise.

 

1.3 An annual Shareholders’ Meeting will be held each year at the registered office of FinCo in Ireland.

 

2. Quorum

 

2.1 The quorum for a Shareholders’ Meeting is the presence in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney, of each Major Shareholder.

 

2.2 A Shareholder may act at any Shareholders’ Meeting by appointing another person, who need not be a Shareholder of FinCo, as its proxy in writing.

 

2.3 If a quorum is not present at a Shareholders’ Meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the Shareholders’ Meeting, the Shareholders’ Meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the next day or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. If a quorum is not present at the reconvened Shareholders’ Meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the Shareholders’ Meeting, the Shareholders’ Meeting will be dissolved.

 

3. Voting rights

Each Shareholder is entitled to one vote for each Share of FinCo held by that Shareholder. There shall be no class voting rights except as expressly provided for in the Constitution of FinCo.

 

4. Shareholder decisions

A Shareholder resolution of FinCo may only be carried, subject to mandatory provisions of applicable Irish law, the Constitution of FinCo and the Reserved Matters (in which case the relevant majority of Shares of FinCo set out in such provisions shall be required), if it is passed by Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares of FinCo.

 

5. Written resolutions

The Shareholders may, in exceptional cases only, pass a resolution without a Shareholders’ Meeting being held if the requisite majority of the Shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution sign, or indicate their approval of, a document stating that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document. The proposed resolution may be circulated in advance to the Shareholders for approval. The document may be in counterparts, signed or approved by one or more Shareholders, and may be circulated by email.

 

27


SCHEDULE 4

RESERVED MATTERS

The following actions shall require the approval of the Major Shareholders:

 

1.   FinCo Loan    Demanding repayment, assigning, novating, factoring, amending, creating an Encumbrance over, modifying any terms or conditions of (including, without limitation, extending), paying as a dividend in kind or waiving its rights under the FinCo Loan, including, without limitation, in respect of the principal or interest, thereunder;
2.   Share issues and changes in share capital    (a)    The creation, allotment or issue of shares in the capital of FinCo or of any other security by FinCo or the granting of an option or right to subscribe in respect of those shares or other securities or convert any instrument into those shares or other securities; or
     (b)    The reduction or alteration of the capital of FinCo (including, without limitation, a purchase by FinCo of its own shares or other securities);
3.   Security interests and guarantees    The creation of a security interest or the provision of a guarantee of indebtedness by FinCo;
4.   Distributions    The payment, determination or declaration by FinCo of a Dividend or other distribution;
5.   Financing    The entry by any FinCo into any commercial paper facility, bank loans or any other financing (or series of financings with the same party or group of related parties whether at one time or over a period of 12 months) (a Debt Finance Arrangement ) or amendments to any existing Debt Finance Arrangement;
6.   Constitution    The making of any amendment to the Constitution of FinCo;
7.   Relocation    Any decision to relocate the principal office or change the jurisdiction of the tax residence of FinCo;
8.   Accounting policies    Any change to the accounting policies of FinCo, other than where required by law or the applicable accounting standards or where the continuation of the existing policy would constitute a breach of such law or accounting standards;
9.   Board    Any change to the number of Directors;
10.   Other agreed matters    Any other matter which the Shareholders agree is to be a Reserved Matter or which requires approval of the Shareholders as a matter of applicable law, in which case the Shareholders shall vote on such matter in accordance with this deed.

 

28


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED is made on ●

BY : [ ●] of [●] (the New Party ).

IN FAVOUR OF : Those persons specified in paragraph 4 of this deed].

BACKGROUND :

 

(A) The New Party proposes to [purchase][subscribe for] [●] [ordinary] shares in the capital of [●] (the Company ) [from [●]].

 

(B) This deed is made by the New Party in compliance with clause [14] of a shareholders’ deed dated [●] between the Company, VIP, HET, the VIP Guarantor and the HET Guarantor (the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed ).

THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. The New Party confirms that it has been supplied with a copy of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed.

 

2. [The New Party hereby subscribes for [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a subscription price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed and the Constitution.] OR [The New Party has agreed to purchase from [ insert seller party details ] [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a purchase price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed and the Constitution.]

 

3. The New Party undertakes to be bound by the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed in all respects as if the New Party was a party to the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed and named in it as a Shareholder and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed applicable to or binding on a Shareholder under the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed insofar as they fall to be observed or performed on or after the date of this deed.

 

4. This deed is made for the benefit of:

 

  (a) the parties to the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed; and

 

  (b) every other person who after the date of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed (and whether before or after the execution of this deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed or accedes to it.

 

5. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalised terms used in this deed shall have the meanings given to them in the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed.

 

6. The address and email address of the New Party for the purposes of clause [23] of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed is as follows:

 

Address:    [●]
Email:    [●]
For the attention of:    [●].

 

29


7. This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the English law.

 

8. Any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed shall be settled in accordance with clause [26] of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed, which is deemed to be incorporated in full into this deed mutatis mutandis and for the purposes of clause [26.3] of the FinCo Shareholders’ Deed as incorporated into this deed, the New Party irrevocably appoints [●] of [●] as its agent in England for service of process in relation to any such dispute.

IN WITNESS of which this deed has been executed and has been delivered on the date which appears first on page 1.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED by [ COMPANY NAME ]

  

)

)

  

 

     

 

Signature of director

     

Signature of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

     

 

Name of director

     

Name of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

30


SCHEDULE 6

TRIGGER EVENT PROVISIONS

 

1. Power of Attorney

Each of the Minority Shareholders authorises and grants to the Major Shareholder full power to exercise all rights in relation to its Shares in its absolute discretion, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) receiving notice, attending and voting at any Shareholders’ Meeting or signing any resolution as the registered holder of the Shares;

 

  (b) completing and returning proxy cards, consents to short notice and any other documents required to be signed by the registered holder of the Shares,

for the purpose of any vote on any matter which requires an approval of 75% of the votes cast of FinCo under Irish law (a Special Majority Approval ).

 

2. Voting Undertaking

If for any reason the authority granted under paragraph 1 above does not result in the Major Shareholder being able to achieve the Special Majority Approval, each of the Minority Shareholder(s) undertakes to attend all meetings of Shareholders of FinCo in Ireland (a Shareholders’ Meeting ) and vote, as shareholders of FinCo, as directed in writing by the Major Shareholder, on any vote on any matter which relates to a Special Majority Approval.

 

3. Delegation of authority

 

3.1 The Minority Shareholder(s) irrevocably and unconditionally (and by way of security for the performance of its obligations under this deed) appoints such persons as may be nominated by the Major Shareholder as its attorney and on its behalf to execute, deliver and carry out in its name or otherwise on its behalf all documents, acts and things which the attorney(s) may in its or their absolute discretion consider necessary or desirable to exercise the:

 

  (a) rights of such Minority Shareholder in accordance with paragraph 1 above; and

 

  (b) voting rights of such Minority Shareholder to vote as directed in writing by the Major Shareholder in accordance with paragraph 2 above which such Minority Shareholder is obliged, but fails, to effect in accordance with the directions of the Major Shareholder.

 

3.2 The appointment in paragraph 3.1 shall in all circumstances remain in force and be irrevocable until such time as the appointing Major Shareholder (together with its Permitted Transferees) ceases to have any obligations under this Schedule 6 and this deed (including without limitation those obligations set out in the Surviving Clauses which shall survive termination of this deed) but shall have no further effect after that date.

 

4. Restrictions on Disposal

No Shareholder may Dispose of any of its Shares at any time after a Trigger Event unless:

 

  (a) any transferee first executes and delivers to FinCo and the remaining Shareholders a Deed of Adherence; and

 

  (b) such Disposal is carried out in compliance with paragraphs [6] and [7] of Schedule [10] of the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed and articles [9 and 10] of the Constitution (as applicable).

 

31


For the purposes of this Schedule 6:

Minority Shareholder means any Shareholder other than a Major Shareholder (or its Permitted Transferees);

Shareholders’ Meeting has the meaning given in paragraph 2 of this Schedule 5;

Special Majority Approval has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of this Schedule 5;

 

32


SCHEDULE 7

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In this deed:

Anti-Corruption Policies has the meaning given in clause 15.1;

Appointer means, in relation to a Director, the Shareholder or its Permitted Transferee who proposed the appointment of that Director under clause 4.2;

Board means the board of directors of FinCo;

Business has the meaning given in clause 2.1;

Constitution means the constitution of FinCo, as amended from time to time;

Contribution and Framework Agreement mean the contribution and framework agreement dated 6 August 2015 between, amongst others, HET, VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V., H3G II, VIP Guarantor and HET Guarantor;

Debt Finance Arrangement has the meaning given in Schedule 4;

Deed of Adherence means a deed of adherence to this deed to be executed by any transferee of a Share substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5;

Director means a director of FinCo and Director means any one of the them;

Discloser has the meaning given in clause 18.4;

Dispute means any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this deed, including any dispute as to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination or the consequences of its nullity and any dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it;

FinCo Loan means an interest free loan from Finco to H3GII with a principal amount of approximately EUR5.1 billion following the novation of the Existing Loan as part of the HET Secondary Contribution and VIP Luxco Secondary Contribution at Completion (each as defined in the Contribution and Framework Agreement);

H3G II means Hutchison 3G Italy Investments S.à r.l., a soci ė t ė à responsabilit ė e limit ė e incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg having its registered office at 7, rue du Marché-aux-Herbes, L-1728 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg registered with the Luxembourg trade companies register under number B77457;

H3G II Articles means the Articles as such term is defined in the H3G II Shareholders’ Deed;

H3G II Shareholders’ Deed has the meaning given in clause 1.1;

Interest means, in relation to any person, any financial or commercial interest of that person arising from any existing or proposed appointment, arrangement, role, contract, litigation or other proceeding between FinCo and that person;

 

33


Major Shareholder means a Shareholder that either alone or together with its Permitted Transferees and/or Affiliates holds 50 per cent. or more of the issued Shares in FinCo (and if not all such Shares are held by one Shareholder then references in this deed to the Major Shareholder shall, unless the context requires otherwise, be construed to mean, in respect of obligations, all such Shareholders having the same Ultimate Holding Company holding Shares that together comprise 50 per cent. or more of the issued Shares in FinCo and, in respect of the exercise of rights, that Shareholder holding the largest number of Shares of those Shareholders that together compromise the Major Shareholder);

Reserved Matters means any matter set out in Schedule 4;

Shares mean the ordinary shares of €1.00 each in the capital of FinCo;

Shareholder means a registered holder of Shares who is party to this deed as an original party or by having executed a Deed of Adherence in accordance with this deed;

Shareholder Approval means an approval given in accordance with clauses 6.1 and 6.2;

Shareholders’ Meeting has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 3;

Surviving Clauses means clause 1, 18, 21 to 26 (inclusive); and

Trigger Event means completion of the transfer or issue of any Shares in accordance with this deed following which there is only one Major Shareholder.

 

2. Things required to be done other than on a Business Day

Unless otherwise indicated, where the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done is a day other than a Business Day, that act, matter or thing shall be done on or by the next Business Day.

 

3. Other rules of interpretation

In this deed:

 

  (a) references to VIP or HET include each of their Permitted Transferees from time to time;

 

  (b) any reference, express or implied, to any legislation in any jurisdiction includes:

 

  (i) that legislation as amended, extended or applied by or under any other legislation made before or after execution of this deed;

 

  (ii) any legislation which that legislation re-enacts with or without modification; and

 

  (iii) any subordinate legislation made before or after execution of this deed under that legislation, including (where applicable) that legislation as amended, extended or applied as described in paragraph 3(b)(i), or under any legislation which it re-enacts as described in paragraph 3(b)(ii);

 

  (c) references to persons or entities include natural persons, bodies corporate, partnerships, trusts and unincorporated and incorporated associations of persons;

 

  (d) references to an individual or a natural person include his estate and personal representatives;

 

34


  (e) subject to clause 23.2, references to a party to this deed include the successors or assigns (immediate or otherwise) of that party;

 

  (f) references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or judicial or arbitral proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, arbitral tribunal, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be taken to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

  (g) a reference to any instrument or document includes any variation or replacement of it;

 

  (h) unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any time is a reference to that time in London;

 

  (i) a reference to € or Euros or EUR is to the currency of the Eurozone countries from time to time or its equivalent in any other relevant currency;

 

  (j) singular words include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (k) a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

  (l) if a word or phrase is defined, other grammatical forms of that word have a corresponding meaning;

 

  (m) general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words, and references to “includes” mean “includes without limitation”; and

 

  (n) nothing is to be construed adversely to a party just because that party put forward this deed or the relevant part of this deed.

 

35


SIGNATORIES

 

GIVEN under the common seal   )    

/s/ Richard James

of VIP-CKH IRELAND LIMITED   )     Director
and DELIVERED as a DEED   )    

[ Signature Page to FinCo Shareholders Deed]


EXECUTED as a deed by     )    
VIMPELCOM LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS     )    

/s/ Richard James

S.à R.L.     )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ A. Oemrawsingh

       
Name:  

A. Oemrawsingh

       
Address:  

Apollolaan 15

       
 

1077 AB Amsterdam

       
  The Netherlands        
      )    
      )    

/s/ David Dobbie

      )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ A. Oemrawsingh

       
Name:  

A. Oemrawsingh

       
Address:  

Apollolaan 15

       
 

1077 AB Amsterdam

       
  The Netherlands        

 

[ Signature Page to FinCo Shareholders Deed]


EXECUTED as a deed by

HUTCHISON EUROPE

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

S.à R.L.

    

)

)

)

)

   

 

         /s/    Neil McGee        
Signature of director         

Neil McGee

Manager

 

        
Name of director         

 

[ Signature Page to FinCo Shareholders Deed]


EXECUTED as a deed by      )    
VIMPELCOM LTD.      )    

/s/ Andrew Davies

       )     Authorised signatory
Witness’s Signature  

/s/ Giovanna de Beij

        
Name:  

Giovanna de Beij

        
Address:  

Claude Debussylaan 88

        
 

1082 MD Amsterdam

        
  The Netherlands         

 

[ Signature Page to FinCo Shareholders Deed]


EXECUTED as a deed by      )    
CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED      )    

/s/ Frank Sixt

        

/s/ Edith Shih

Signature of director          Signature of company secretary

Frank Sixt

        

Edith Shih

Name of director          Name of company secretary

 

[ Signature Page to FinCo Shareholders Deed]


DOCUMENTS IN THE AGREED FORM

 

1. Constitution

Exhibit 8

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Below is a list of our subsidiaries and their jurisdiction of incorporation as of March 24, 2017.

 

Subsidiaries

  

Country of Incorporation

Consortium Algerien de Telecommunications S.P.A.

   Algeria

Database Management Services Algeria EURL

   Algeria

Omnium Telecom Algérie (OTA) SPA

   Algeria

Optimum Telecom Algerie Spa

   Algeria

Orascom Telecom Service Algérie (OTSA) EURL

   Algeria

Ring Algeria LLC

   Algeria

Ring Maintenance - CARING LLC

   Algeria

Armencell Close Joint Stock Company

   Armenia

CJSC Armenia Telephone Company

   Armenia

Close Joint Stock Company Armenian Finance Insurance

   Armenia

Close Joint Stock Company Infocom-Erevan

   Armenia

Open Joint Stock Company Armeneconombank

   Armenia

Banglalink Digital Communications Ltd

   Bangladesh

Ring Distribution (Private) Limited

   Bangladesh

Foreign LLC Beleuroset

   Belarus

Foreign LLC Proservis Bel

   Belarus

VC Esop N.V.

   Belgium

AnTel Rascom Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Cinnamon Shore Ltd.

   British Virgin Islands

Freevale Enterprises Inc.

   British Virgin Islands

Golden Telecom Limited

   British Virgin Islands

GTH Cambodia Ltd.

   British Virgin Islands

Investico Alliance Ltd.

   British Virgin Islands

Watertrail Industries Limited

   British Virgin Islands

GTH Global Telecom Finance (B.C.) Limited

   Canada

Lingo Media Corporation

   Canada

Aldemon Technologies Limited

   Cyprus

Ararima Enterprises Limited

   Cyprus

Bardym Enterprises Limited

   Cyprus

Clafdor Investments Limited

   Cyprus

Comnidor Holdings Limited

   Cyprus

Euroset Cyprus Limited

   Cyprus

Limnotex Developments Limited

   Cyprus


Menacrest AG (Menacrest Limited)

   Cyprus

Nouse Limited

   Cyprus

VimpelCom Cyprus Finance Limited

   Cyprus

VimpelCom Cyprus Holding Limited

   Cyprus

Advanced Electronic Industries

   Egypt

Cortex for Services & Consultations S.A.E.

   Egypt

Egyptian Company for Marketing and Telecommunication and Service Connect

   Egypt

Multimedia Mega Stores Company for Computers and Communication Devices (S.A.E. under liquidation)

   Egypt

Orascom Holding Handset Investment Company

   Egypt

Orascom Telecom Services L.L.C.

   Egypt

Ring Distribution Company (S.A.E. under liquidation)

   Egypt

Ring for Trade, Distribution and Commercial Agencies and Maintenance (Caring) (S.A.E. under liquidation)

   Egypt

Global Telecom Holding S.A.E

   Egypt and registered in the Netherlands

Mobitel Limited Liability Company

   Georgia

VIP-CKH Ireland Limited

   Ireland

3 E-Lettronice S.p.A.

   Italy

CONSEL-Consorzio ELIS a.r.l.

   Italy

DONO Per S.C.a.r.l.

   Italy

Janna S.C.a.r.l. (Società Consortile a Responsabilità Limitata)

   Italy

Galata S.p.A.

   Italy

MIX S.r.l.

   Italy

QXN Società Consortile per Azioni

   Italy

Ring Distribution Italy S.a.r.l.

   Italy

WIND Tre Italia S.p.A.

   Italy

WIND Retail S.r.l.

   Italy

Wind Telecom S.p.A.

   Italy

WIND Tre S.p.A.

   Italy

Al-Ruwad Investment Company LLC

   Jordan

2Day Telecom Limited Liability Partnership

   Kazakhstan

KaR-Tel Limited Liability Partnership

   Kazakhstan

KAZEUROMOBILE Limited Liability Partnership

   Kazakhstan

Teta Telecom Limited Liability Partnership

   Kazakhstan

TNS-Plus Limited Liability Partnership

   Kazakhstan

Sky Mobile Limited Liability Company

   Kyrgyzstan

Terra Limited Liability Company

   Kyrgyzstan


VimpelCom Lao Company Limited

   Lao People’s Democratic Republic

B.V. VimpelCom Finance S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg and Netherlands

Global Luxembourg Finance SCA

   Luxembourg

Global Luxembourg S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg

Global Telecom Acquisition S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg

Global Telecom Finance SCA

   Luxembourg

Global Telecom One S.à.r.l

   Luxembourg

Global Telecom Oscar SA

   Luxembourg

Global Telecom S.à.r.l

   Luxembourg

KLAROLUX INVESTMENTS S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg

VimpelCom Luxembourg Holdings S. à r.l.

   Luxembourg

VIP-CKH Luxembourg S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg

WEATHER CAPITAL S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg (with registered branch in Netherlands)

Weather Capital Special Purpose 1 S.A.

   Luxembourg (with registered branch in Netherlands)

Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.

   Luxembourg

Database Management Services Limited

   Malta

Financial Powers Plan Limited

   Malta

International Wireless Communications Pakistan Limited

   Malta

Iraq Holding Limited

   Malta

Minimax Ventures Limited

   Malta

Moga Holding Ltd

   Malta

Oratel International Inc. Limited

   Malta

Sawyer Limited

   Malta

Telecom CS Limited

   Malta

Telecom ESOP Ltd.

   Malta

Telecom Eurasia Limited

   Malta

Telecom Holding Canada (Malta) Limited

   Malta

Telecom Iraq Corp. Limited

   Malta

Telecom Management Group Limited

   Malta

Telecom Ventures Limited

   Malta

Euroset Holding N.V.

   Netherlands

Eurus Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

Global Telecom Netherlands B.V.

   Netherlands

GTH Canada B.V.

   Netherlands

GTH Finance B.V.

   Netherlands

Silkway Holding B.V.

   Netherlands


VimpelCom Amsterdam B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Amsterdam Finance B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Armenia Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Georgia Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom GSS B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Holding Laos B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom International Services B.V.

   Netherlands

Vimpelcom Micro Holdings B.V.

   Netherlands

VimpelCom Telecom Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

VIP Digital Amsterdam B.V.

   Netherlands

ZED+ B.V.

   Netherlands

Business & Communication Systems (Pvt) Ltd

   Pakistan

CaRing (Private) Limited

   Pakistan

Deodar (Private) Limited

   Pakistan

Linkdot Net Telecom Limited

   Pakistan

Linkdot Net Pakistan (Private) Limited

   Pakistan

Mobilink Foundation (Guarantee) Limited

   Pakistan

Pakistan MNP Database (Guarantee) Ltd

   Pakistan

Pakistan Mobile Communications Limited

   Pakistan

Ring Distribution (Private) Limited

   Pakistan

Mobilink Microfinance Bank Limited

   Pakistan

Vimpelcom Global Services Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd

   Pakistan

Closed Joint Stock Company National Service Company

   Russian Federation

Euroset-Retail LLC

   Russian Federation

LLC JOINT VENTURE SAKHALIN TELECOM LIMITED

   Russian Federation

JSC Kubintersvyaz

   Russian Federation

LLC ES-Arenda

   Russian Federation

JSC “National Tower Company”

   Russian Federation

JSC Rostelecom

   Russian Federation

Kubtelecom LLC

   Russian Federation

LLC Pro-Servis

   Russian Federation

LLC “SIM TELECOM”

   Russian Federation

Non-governmental Organization Charitable Foundation Give Hope

   Russian Federation

Public Joint Stock Company Vimpel-Communications

   Russian Federation


CJSC RASCOM

   Russian Federation

LLC Sovintel Group

   Russian Federation

LLC VimpelCom-Invest

   Russian Federation

VimpelCom (BVI) AG

   Switzerland

VIP Kazakhstan Holding AG

   Switzerland

VIP Kyrgyzstan Holding AG

   Switzerland

TACOM Limited Liability Company

   Tajikistan

R & D S.à r.l.

   Tunisia

Ring Distribution Retail SARL

   Tunisia

Ring Distribution Tunisia

   Tunisia

Ring Tunisia SARL

   Tunisia

Invest-Holding Limited Liability Company

   Ukraine

Kyivstar GSM Joint Stock Company Subsidiary “Staravto”

   Ukraine

Limited Liability Company “Starmoney”

   Ukraine

LLC “Vimpelcom Global Services Ukraine”

   Ukraine

Private Joint Stock Company Kyivstar

   Ukraine

International Telecommunications Consortium Limited

   United Kingdom

Med Cable Limited

   United Kingdom

VIP Digital Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Centre of Commercial Real Estate LLC

   United States

Golden Holdings, Inc.

   United States

Golden Telecom, Inc.

   United States

My Screen Mobile Inc.

   United States (+ Extra-Provincial Registration in Ontario)

SFMT-CIS, Inc.

   United States

SFMT-Rusnet, Inc.

   United States

Joint Venture Buzton Limited Liability Company

   Uzbekistan

Unitel Limited Liability Company

   Uzbekistan

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jean-Yves Charlier, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of VEON Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 3, 2017

 

By:  

/s/ Jean-Yves Charlier

Name:   Jean-Yves Charlier
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Andrew Davies, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of VEON Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 3, 2017

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Davies

Name:   Andrew Davies
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of VEON Ltd. (the “Company”), does hereby certify to such officer’s knowledge that:

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Form 20-F”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: April 3, 2017

 

By:  

/s/ Jean-Yves Charlier

Name:   Jean-Yves Charlier
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 3, 2017

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Davies

Name:   Andrew Davies
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Forms F-3 (No. 333-196223 and No. 333-213905), and S-8 (Nos. 333-166315, 333-180368 and 333-183294) of VEON Ltd. (formerly VimpelCom Ltd.) of our report dated April 3, 2017 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 of VEON Ltd. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Selected Financial Data” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Amsterdam, April 3, 2017

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

/s/ F.P. Izeboud RA, CPA

F.P. Izeboud RA, CPA

 

2

Exhibit 99.1

Glossary of Telecommunications Terms

3G : third generation mobile technologies, including UMTS

4G/LTE : fourth generation/long-term evolution mobile technologies, including WiMax

5G : fifth generation mobile networks

ADSL : asymmetric digital subscriber line

AMR : adaptive multi-rate

ANO : alternative network operator

ANS : access network service

API : application programming interface

APPM : average price per minute

ARPU : monthly average revenue per mobile customer

B2B : business to business

B2C : business to company

B2O : business to operation

BRAS : broadband remote access server

BTS : base transceiver station

CAMEL : a customized application for mobile network enhanced logic; an intranetwork prepaid roaming service

CDMA : code division multiple access

DLD : domestic long distance

DSL : digital subscriber line

DSTK : dynamic SIM toolkit

DWDM : dense wavelength division multiplexing

EDGE : enhanced data rates for GSM evolution

FMC : fix mobile convergence (charging subscribers who use both mobile and fixed fiber connect from a single account)

FOL : fiber optical line

FTR : fixed termination rate

FTTB : fiber-to-the-building

 

1


GLONASS : Globalnaya navigazionnaya sputnikovaya sistema or Global Navigation Satellite System (In Russia, this is the equivalent of GPS.)

GPRS : general packet radio service

GPS : global position system

GSM : Global System for Mobile Communications standard

GSM900 : mobile telephone services using GSM in the 900 MHz frequency range

GSM900/1800 : mobile telephone services using the GSM standard in the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency ranges

GSM1800 : mobile telephone services using GSM in the 1800 MHz frequency range

HD : high definition

HSPA : high-speed packet access

ICT : information and communications technology

ICX : interconnection exchange

IEEE : Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (a professional association which creates and maintains standards for wireless network products)

IGW : International Gateway

IIG : International Internet Gateway

ILD : international long distance

IoT : internet of things

IP : internet protocol

IPTSP : internet protocol telephony service provider

IPTV : internet protocol television

IP VPN : IP virtual private network

ISDN : integrated services digital network

ISP : internet service provider

IVR : interactive voice response

L2VPN : layer-2 virtual private network

LDI : long distance and international

LLU : local loop unbundling (In Italy, this is the regulatory process of allowing multiple telecommunications operators to use connections from Telecom Italia’s local exchanges to the customer’s premises)

LTE-U : LTE-unlicensed

 

2


M2M : machine to machine

Mbps : megabytes per second

MEN : metropolitan Ethernet technology

MFS : mobile financial services

MHz : unit of measurement (multiples of the Hertz) (1 MHz = 106 Hz)

MMS : multimedia messaging service

MNP : mobile number portability

MOU : monthly average minutes of use per mobile customer

MPLS : multiprotocol label switching

MSAN : multi-service access nodes

MSC : master switching center

MSO : Microsoft Office 365

MTR : mobile termination rates

MVNO : mobile virtual network operator

NFV : network function virtualization

NGA : next generation access

NPS : net promoter score

OTT : over the top

P2P : peer-to-peer

PBX : private branch exchange

PDH : plesiochronous digital hierarchy

POP : point of presence

PSTN : public switched telephone network

RAN : radio access network

RBT : customized ring back tones

RED : radio electronic device

REF : radio electronic facilities

RIO : reference interconnection offers

RRL : radio-relay

 

3


SaaS : software as a service

SDH : synchronous digital hierarchy

SIP : session initiation protocol

SMS : short messaging service

SOHO : small office/home office

SSID : service set identifier

TDD : time division duplex

TFO : tandem free operation

TrFO : transcoder free operation

ULL : unbundled local loop

UMTS : Universal Mobile Telecommunications System

USB : universal serial bus

VAS : value added services

vEPC : virtualised enhanced packet core

VoIP : voice over IP

VoLTE : voice over LTE

VPN : virtual private network

VSAT : very small aperture terminal

VSP : VoIP service provider

WAN : wide area network

WBA : wholesale broadband access

WiMax : worldwide interoperability for microwave access communication standard

WLL : wireless local loop

WLR : wholesale line rental

xDSL : all types of DSL

ZTL : Zona Traffico Limitato (Limited Traffic Zone)

 

4

Exhibit 99.2

Regulation of Telecommunications

On March 30, 2017, VimpelCom Ltd. changed its name to VEON Ltd.

As a global telecommunications company that operates in a number of markets, we are subject to various laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we provide services. Mobile, internet, fixed-line, voice and data markets are all generally subject to extensive regulatory requirements in each of the countries in which we operate, including strict licensing regimes, anti-monopoly laws and consumer protection regulations.

For a description of the material effects of the these laws and regulations on our business, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to a large variety of laws and extensive regulatory requirements,” “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business” and “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Our licenses may be suspended or revoked and we may be fined or penalized for alleged violations of law, regulations or license terms.”

Regulation of Telecommunications in Russia

Regulatory bodies

In accordance with the Russian Constitution and the Federal Law “On Communications,” (the “Communications Law”), the regulation of activity in the field of communications is controlled by the President of the Russian Federation, the Russian Government, the federal body of executive power in the field of communications and other federal executive authorities within their competence. The Ministry of Telecom and Mass Communications of the Russian Federation (the “Ministry”) is responsible for the regulation of telecommunications, mass media, information technology and postal services. In Russia, regulation of the use of the radio frequency spectrum is exercised by the State Commission on Radio Frequencies, which establishes the procedure for the allocation of radio frequencies.

The Ministry is responsible for developing and implementing national policy and legal regulation in the following areas:

 

    information technology, including the use of information technology in public resources and promotion of access to such resources;

 

    telecommunications, including the allocation and conversion of the radio frequency spectrum, and postal communications;

 

    mass media, including electronic media, development of the internet, television and radio broadcasting, and new related technologies;

 

    publishing, printing, and distribution of printed media;

 

    personal data processing, management over specified state property and provision of public services in the area of information technology; and

 

    national policy and legal regulation relating to protection of children from information harmful to their health or development.

The Ministry in turn controls and coordinates the activity of: (i) the Federal Communications Agency, or “Rossvyaz;” (ii) the Federal Agency on Press and Mass Media, or “Rospechat” and (iii) the Federal Supervisory Service for Communications, Information Technologies and Mass Media, or “Roskomnadzor.” The functions of Rossvyaz and Roskomnadzor are particularly relevant to our business. Rossvyaz is responsible for allocating numbering resources and certifying communication facilities. Roskomnadzor’s responsibilities include: telecommunications licensing activities; issuing permissions for, among other things, radio frequency use, control over telecommunications and information technologies; and high-frequency devices.

Regulatory framework

The Communications Law is the principal legal act regulating the Russian telecommunications industry. The Communications Law sets forth general principles for the regulation of the telecommunications industry, including a description of the institutional framework for the federal government’s involvement in the regulation and the administration and operation of the telecommunications industry. The most important aspects of the Communications Law with respect to our business include the federal government’s authority to:


    license communications service providers;

 

    allocate radio frequencies;

 

    certify telecommunications equipment;

 

    allocate numbering capacity;

 

    ensure fair competition and freedom of pricing; and

 

    conduct oversight of operators’ compliance with the terms of their licenses and Russian law.

Licenses

In accordance with Russian legislation, licenses to provide telecommunications services are issued by Roskomnadzor on the basis of an application from an eligible applicant or, when applicable, on the basis of results of a tender or an auction. Licenses are generally issued for a term of three to twenty-five years. Roskomnadzor has the right to renew an existing license upon application. An application may be rejected if, as of the date of its submission, the operator has been found to have violated the terms of the license and such violations have not been cured. The Communications Law also regulates the procedures for reissuing a license in the case of a reorganization of the license holder or a transfer of a communications network or operation to another person or persons.

In addition to obtaining a license, wireless telecommunications operators have to receive a permit for radio frequency usage for every radio transmitter they operate. The permit for radio frequency usage is issued by Roskomnadzor on the basis of decisions of the State Radio Frequency Commission and the conclusion of an examination by the Main Radio Frequency Center. This examination evaluates the electromagnetic compatibility of the Radio Electronic Devices (“REDs”) and coordinates radio transmitter usage with the Defense Ministry, the Federal Protective Service and the Federal Security Service of the Russian Federation. Under the Communications Law, permits for the use of radio frequencies are granted for ten years, or a shorter period if such shorter period is requested in the application. Radio frequency permit duration may be extended on the basis of existing regulations and State Radio Frequency Commission decisions. Radio frequency allocation permission may be suspended or terminated for a number of reasons, including failure to comply with the conditions to which the frequency allocation was subject.

Furthermore, the Communications Law regulates material communications equipment, for example a base station, in the same way as real estate property. In particular, wireless telecommunications operators are required to receive construction permits for the base stations, register title to land plots underlying the base stations or establish other legal grounds to use the underlying land, and consider other regulatory aspects of the network before putting the base stations into operation. For further risks, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—It may not be possible for us to procure in a timely manner the permissions and registrations required for our base stations.”

MTRs

The Communications Law and the Federal Law “On the Protection of Competition” allow telecommunications operators, including wireless service operators, to freely establish tariffs for the telecommunications services provided to customers, with the exception of significant operators’ interconnection tariffs and tariffs on universal services. PJSC VimpelCom is not considered to be a significant operator and therefore can independently establish tariffs. However, this independence is limited by the antitrust legislation and requires us to consider the prices of similar services provided by other operators to avoid being sanctioned for abusing a dominant market position. For a description of MTRs in Russia, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Significant market power (“SMP”)

An operator is presumed to have SMP if it has a share of more than 25% of all mounted numbering capacity or if it can sustain traffic throughput of more than 25% in the particular geographical region or all of Russia. Roskomnadzor maintains an exhaustive list of SMP operators. Operators with SMP must provide interconnect services to all other operators in the market, following mandatory interconnection tariffs, which are regulated. PJSC VimpelCom is not included into this list.


However, PJSC VimpelCom has a “dominant market position” in Russia, which requires us to have economical and technical reasons behind our commercial policies, such as pricing or contracting. If the Federal Antimonopoly Service of the Russian Federation, or the “FAS”, finds a dominating operator’s proposed commercial policies to be groundless, that dominating operator may face legal consequences, such as fines and obligatory requirements to undertake corrective actions.

Pursuant to the Federal Law “On the Protection of Competition”, a company which holds a dominant position individually or collectively with other unrelated companies is subject to restrictions aiming to prevent the abuse of such position to the detriment of other market participants or customers. In particular, the restrictions relate to (i) pricing (among other restrictions, it is prohibited to (a) increase or decrease an existing “monopolistic” (unreasonable) price if it is not caused by an increase or decrease in cost or market conditions or (b) set a different price for the same goods without economic or technological reasons); and (ii) conduct (among other restrictions, it is prohibited to impose unfavorable or unrelated contractual terms on a counterparty or to create barriers to market entry).

If the FAS finds that a company holds a dominant position (individually or collectively) and abuses such position, the FAS may initiate an administrative action and impose on such company or its officers a fine or another administrative liability depending on the type of violation. In particular, an abuse of a dominant position which may not and does not result in the restriction of competition may trigger, among other penalties, a fine of between RUB300,000 and RUB1,000,000. An abuse of a dominant position which may result or did result in the restriction of competition may trigger, among other penalties, a fine of between 1% and 15% of (i) revenue generated from the sale of goods on the market on which the abuse was committed; or (ii) the cost of the goods sold on the market on which the abuse was committed (the fine has a minimum threshold of RUB100,000 and a maximum of 2% of the company’s aggregate revenue).

MNP

Since December 1, 2013, customers have been allowed to port mobile numbers. The maximum charge to the customer to port a mobile number is RUB 100 (approximately US$1.40 as of December 31, 2016) per ported number. PJSC VimpelCom’s business has not been significantly affected from the implementation of mobile number portability.

Data Protection

The Communications Law and the Federal Law “On Personal Data” protects two categories of information: (i) provided telecommunication services and (ii) personal data. Personal data is any information directly or indirectly concerning an individual. Information on provided services includes the personal data of the subscriber and the details of his or her activity on the telecommunication operator’s network. Therefore, the operator has to invest considerable resources to protect both categories of data and comply with rules that relate to collection, processing, storage and use. The rules were amended in July 2014 to require that operators process the personal data of Russian citizens using servers located in Russia. The Russian data localization regime is evolving quickly, and there has been conflicting guidance on some of the requirements. The technical restrictions on processing of this data affect how we are able to deploy new technologies, particularly with respect to cloud, leverage our data and share such information for marketing purposes. The Federal Law “On Personal Data” requires us to receive written consent from individuals before we may transfer data beyond the scope of subscriber’s agreement. Non-compliance could result in administrative sanctions, which could materially impact our operations.

Federal Law No 374-FZ amending anti-terrorism legislation imposed certain obligations on communication providers, including, among others, the obligation to store information confirming the fact of receipt, transmission, delivery and/or processing of voice data, text messages, pictures, sounds, video or other communications (i.e., meta-data reflecting these communications) for a period of three years, as well as to store the contents of communications, including voice data, text messages, pictures, sounds, video or other communications for a period of up to six months (the latter requirement will come into force starting from July 1, 2018). In addition, in accordance with Federal Law No 374-FZ, communication providers are obliged to supply to the investigation and prosecution authorities the information about the users and any other information “which is necessary for these authorities to achieve their statutory goals,” and to provide to the investigation and prosecution authorities any information and codes necessary to decode the information. In addition, under local law, operators will be required to block services for users whose


personal data does not correspond to the data registered and stored by operator. This may lead to administrative fines and could impact the effectiveness of our licenses. Most of the provisions of Federal Law No 374-FZ entered into force on July 20, 2016. However, the practical effects of Federal Law No 374-FZ are still unclear, since subordinate legislation is yet to be adopted. For further risks associated with Federal Law No 374-FZ, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Recent anti-terror legislation passed in Russia could result in additional operating costs and may harm our business.”

Other

Roaming

All commercial policies, including roaming prices, are subject to antitrust monitoring and control on an ongoing basis. The FAS is considering a recommendation to repeal domestic regional mobile roaming charges, which could take effect as early as the end of 2017.

Restrictions on foreign investment

The Federal Law “On the Procedure for Foreign Investment in Business Entities of Strategic Importance for National Defense and State Security” (the “Russian Foreign Investment Law”) limits foreign investment in companies that are deemed to be strategic. Our subsidiary PJSC VimpelCom is deemed to be a strategic enterprise under the Russian Foreign Investment Law. As a result, any acquisition by a foreign investor of direct or indirect control over more than 50.0% of its voting shares, or 25.0% in the case of a company controlled by a foreign government, requires the prior approval of the Government Commission on Control of Foreign Investment in the Russian Federation. In the event of any future transactions resulting in the acquisition by a foreign investor of direct or indirect control over PJSC VimpelCom, such a transaction will require prior approval in accordance with the Russian Foreign Investment Law. The FAS, which administers the application of the Russian Foreign Investment Law, has challenged acquisitions of our shares in the past. As a result, should prior approval be refused, our ability to obtain financing from foreign investors may be limited or delayed, as foreign investors would be required to comply with certain conditions imposed by the FAS pursuant to the Russian Foreign Investment Law.

Furthermore, new limits applicable to mass media for Russian business entities with foreign investments, established by the current laws of the Russia Federation, and new restrictions for audiovisual service providers are expected to be adopted during 2017. Depending on the final wording of the restrictions, these developments could prevent PJSC VimpelCom from providing audiovisual services to its customers or otherwise impact the prospective plans of the company.

For further risks associated with restrictions on foreign investment, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Laws restricting foreign investment could materially harm our business.”

Sanctions regimes imposed against Russia

For a discussion on current sanctions regimes and their effect on our business in Russia, please refer to the discussion below at “—Sanctions Regimes.” For a discussion of the risks to our business as a result of the current sanctions regimes, please refer to “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Markets—Our operations may be adversely affected by ongoing developments in Russia and Ukraine” and “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

Regulation of Telecommunications in Pakistan

Regulatory bodies

Under the Pakistan Telecommunication (Re-organization) Act, 1996, as amended (the “Telecommunication Act”), responsibility for telecommunications regulation in Pakistan lies with the Ministry of Information Technology (“MoIT”) and the Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (the “PTA”).

MoIT is responsible for shaping and directing Pakistan’s telecommunications and information technology policies. The PTA is an autonomous body that, subject to government-issued instructions and policy directives, implements policy and monitors the activities of the various market participants through licensing, tariff regulation, investigation of complaints (including arbitration of disputes between licensees) and competition. Additionally, the Competition Commission of Pakistan regulates competition within the telecommunications sector under the Competition Act, 2010.


The Frequency Allocation Board (the “FAB”) has exclusive powers to allocate radio frequency spectrum. The PTA receives applications for the allocation and assignment of radio frequency spectrum and, after examination, refers applicants to the FAB for the allocation of frequency.

Regulatory framework

Telecommunications networks and services in Pakistan are principally regulated under the Telecommunication Act and the Pakistan Telecommunication Rules, 2000 (the “Telecommunication Rules”). The Telecommunication Act also defines general rules for the licensing and authorization of telecommunications networks and services and introduces principles of establishment and administration of special funds, which are intended for research and development and a universal services fund.

Licenses

Mobile telecommunication operators are required to have a radio frequency spectrum allocation, which is typically auctioned by the PTA to qualifying bidders, subject to MoIT’s policies and includes a license to operate.

To obtain a license to provide mobile telecommunication services in Pakistan, the PTA requires a written application supported by relevant documents, as set out in the applicable regulations, and information memoranda or advertisements in respect of the relevant license.

Licenses for the provision of mobile telecommunication services in Pakistan are typically issued for fifteen years and may be renewed on such terms and conditions, and with such fees and contributions, which are consistent with the policy of the Government of Pakistan at the time of expiration. The PTA may include such additional terms as it considers appropriate, or it may decline to renew a license for various reasons, including violations of applicable license terms, laws or regulations.

MTRs

MTRs are determined by the PTA and all contracts signed must be submitted to the regulator. For a description of MTRs in Pakistan, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

As described further below, for licensees designated as having significant market power, the PTA proposes an appropriate cost regime for interconnection and applies it to those licensees. Operators that are not subject to SMP in the relevant market may use commercially agreed termination rates.

SMP

According to the Telecommunication Rules, an operator whose share of the relevant market exceeds 25% (based on revenues) will be presumed to have SMP, unless determined otherwise by the PTA. The PTA may also determine that an operator whose share of the relevant market is less than the 25% threshold nonetheless has SMP. Pursuant to the Telecommunications Policy 2015, licensees that are designated as SMP in a relevant market under the Competition Rules are required to:

 

    obtain prior approvals from the PTA for the launch of class value added services and any change in prices;

 

    provide, on a first-come, first-served basis, National Roaming Services and Infrastructure Sharing, meaning SMP operators will not be allowed to discriminate among operators;

 

    pay MTRs as determined by the PTA (instead of the mutually agreed upon MTR paid by non-SMP licensees); and

 

    offer infrastructure sharing.


Currently, industry operators are challenging the basis on which the PTA makes SMP determinations on the basis that there are differing thresholds for SMP under the Telecommunications Rules (using a 25% threshold) and the Competition Act of 2010 (using a 40% threshold).

On September 30, 2016, the PTA issued a determination declaring Pakistan Mobile Communications Ltd (PMCL) as having SMP in the retail cellular mobile telecommunications market for Pakistan. Telenor was declared as having SMP in this market in AJK and GB. PMCL has appealed the PTA’s determination in court and its appeal is currently pending. On November 4, 2016, the Islamabad High Court suspended PMCL’s SMP determination while it considers the appeal.

MNP

The Mobile Number Portability Regulations, 2005 provide the eligibility criteria for MNP, the rights and obligations of customers and the duties and responsibilities of mobile operators. The PTA formed a supervisory board with all mobile operators to supervise the centralized database operation and determine the best method for MNP.

MNP was launched throughout Pakistan in March 2007. The current porting rate is PKR 250 (approximately US$2.38 as of December 31, 2016) per completed port. The Mobile Cellular Policy 2004 and Telecommunication Policy 2015 encourage (but do not require) domestic roaming and infrastructure sharing, and those matters are left to the various operators to negotiate commercial terms. Although a limited number of operators in Pakistan originally benefited from MNP, the impact of MNP in Pakistan has dissipated considerably over the past few years and focus has shifted away from the MNP competitive arena.

Data Protection

We are subject to the following data protection statutes and regulations:

 

    The Pakistan Telecommunication (Re-organization) Act, 1996;

 

    The Prevention of Electronic Crimes Act, 2016;

 

    The Investigation for Fair Trial Act, 2013;

 

    The Pakistan Telecommunication Rules, 2000;

 

    The Subscribers Antecedents Verification Regulations, 2010;

 

    The Telecom Consumer Protection Regulations, 2009;

 

    The Mobile Number Portability Regulations, 2005; and

 

    The Protection from SPAM, Unsolicited fraudulent and obnoxious communication Regulations, 2009.

We are also subject to specific conditions pertaining to privacy and confidentiality of customer information, which are contained in our telecommunication licenses.

Under the applicable data protection laws, we have a responsibility to protect customer information and to ensure that information is not used or shared without customer consent, except as required under the law. We also have a responsibility to ensure that information is not transferred or stored outside of Pakistan.

Other

Biometric Verification

Following a number of terrorist attacks, the Government of Pakistan introduced Standard Operating Procedures requiring all mobile operators to re-verify their entire customer base through biometric verification with the exception of SIM cards issued in the names of companies for use by employees. For PMCL, this involved the re-verification of more than 38 million SIM cards, and SIM cards that could not be verified had to be blocked by the operators. As a result of the re-verification, PMCL lost customers but retained 87% of its


subscriber base. For a further discussion of the material effects of this law on our business, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

Telecommunications Policy 2015

On December 11, 2015, the Government of Pakistan approved a new telecommunications framework, the Telecommunications Policy 2015, which introduced approximately 50 new telecommunications regulatory frameworks to be developed by the PTA after the requisite consultation process with the telecommunications industry. Certain legislative and regulatory changes are expected in the implementation of these frameworks, including: (i) the introduction of competition rules; (ii) changes in the interconnection regime; (iii) changes in national roaming and infrastructure sharing requirements; (iv) allocation and assignment of spectrum in order to maximize social and economic benefits; (v) the establishment by the PTA of an environmental regulatory framework for the sector; and (vi) the prescription by MoIT of rules for lawful interception.

The Pakistan Prevention of Electronic Crimes Act 2016 introduced sentencing and heavy fines for acts such as spam messaging, accessing of unauthorized data, acquiring or selling of identification information, tampering with a device identifier and the issuance of a SIM in an unauthorized manner. The powers of the Federal Investigation Agency have been enhanced in order to enforce this law. This has a direct impact on our business, as many of the usual forms of marketing in Pakistan are now prohibited by law.

Sales Tax Act

Following amendments to the Sales Tax Act 1990 in mid-2014, a requirement was imposed on operators to charge, collect and pay sales tax on the provision of SIM cards and the activation of handsets. Due to the high amount of competition in the market, we are unable to pass on this expense to customers.

Regulation of Telecommunications in Algeria

In Algeria, our holding company is Omnium Telecom Algérie (OTA) S.p.A. (“OTA”) and our operating company is Optimum Telecom Algeria S.p.A. (“Optimum”). During the course of 2016, the operating company changed from OTA to Optimum. Historical references to our operating company in Algeria have therefore been retained as OTA throughout.

Regulatory bodies

The Ministry of Post, Information Technology and Communications (the “MPTIC”) is responsible for shaping and directing Algeria’s telecommunications policies.

The Autorité de Régulation de la Poste et des Télécommunications (the “ARPT”), a body established as an independent and financially autonomous regulator, acts as an advisor to the MPTIC and is in charge of implementing policies and monitoring the market, ensuring effective competition, allocating frequencies dedicated to telecommunications services and managing the numbering plan. Additionally, the ARPT is responsible for the arbitration of disputes involving operators and end users. From January 2015, the ARPT has been empowered to issue financial sanctions against operators who are not compliant with applicable law. In October 2015, a procedure to issue such sanctions was established.

The Algerian National Competition Council governs competition matters.

Regulatory framework

The main elements of the regulatory framework applicable to the telecommunications sector in Algeria are embodied in the Post and Telecommunications Law of August 2000, which (i) establishes general rules for the organization of the telecommunication sector, (ii) creates and determines the mandate of the national regulatory authority, (iii) defines general rules for the licensing and authorization of telecommunications networks and services and (iv) introduces principles allowing the development of competition in the sector.

Licenses

The ARPT is responsible for granting telecommunication licenses. The license shall be issued to any physical or legal person who commits to comply with the conditions in the tender specifications. The procedure for a tender is determined by regulation.


Mobile licenses are automatically renewed and in full force as soon as the license owner has satisfied all of its obligations related to the operation of the network and the provision of services. Any refusal to renew a license must be for good cause, based on a ministerial decision and following a formal recommendation by the ARPT.

Retail market regulation

According to the terms of their telecommunications licenses, Algerian operators must submit all their retail offers to the ARPT for approval 30 days before introducing such offers to the market.

From January 2009 to May 2016, ARPT has established rules regulating the promotions that mobile operators may offer. These rules limit the frequency and duration of promotions and, to some extent, reduced the intensity of competitive promotions. Since May 2016, these rules ceased to apply to mobile operators, providing Optimum more freedom in relation to its marketing strategies.

SMP

From February 2007 to September 2016, Optimum/OTA was designated as an SMP operator in the retail market for GSM communications by the ARPT. As a result, Optimum/OTA was required to follow more stringent obligations as its retail tariffs were subject to non-discrimination and margin squeeze tests prior to approval by the ARPT. In September 2016, ARPT decided to withdraw the designation of Optimum as an SMP operator. Therefore, since the SMP regulations mentioned above no longer apply to Optimum, it now has more freedom in marketing and pricing its products.

MTRs

All interconnection agreements and interconnection prices must be approved by the ARPT prior to becoming effective. The ARPT monitors interconnection prices to ensure that they are cost based and review such prices on an annual basis.

Since July 2006, the ARPT set national termination rates for Optimum/OTA that were lower than those of other mobile operators. In the reference interconnection offer approved for the 2016/2017 period, the ARPT decided to enforce the same SMS termination rate for all mobile operators and to reduce significantly the level of asymmetry between Optimum and other mobile operators’ voice termination rates. We have appealed to the State Council and to the ARPT’s Council regarding the ARPT’s MTR decisions, seeking more favorable interconnection tariffs and a more symmetrical voice MTR.

Optimum currently has interconnection agreements with the fixed incumbent operator, the other two mobile operators and the three currently authorized VoIP operators in Algeria. For a description of MTRs in Algeria, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

MNP

There is currently no number portability for mobile or fixed-lines in Algeria.

Data Protection

The relevant data protection regulations are embodied in the Constitution, the penal code and the license terms.

The new Algerian constitution states that the private life of citizens is inviolable and protected by law. Secrecy of correspondence and private communications, in all its forms, is guaranteed. The protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data is a fundamental right guaranteed by the law that punishes the violation.

The penal code defines the offense of deliberately violating the privacy of others by capturing, storing or transmitting, without authorization or consent of their author, communications or words spoken in private or confidence and refers to sanctions against persons or companies that fraudulently maintain databases or attempt to do so.

According to their license terms, mobile operators must take measures to ensure the protection and confidentiality of personal information they hold or process or register within the client database, compliance with legal and regulatory provisions and confidentiality of information held on users in its contractual relations with any subcontractors.


Cloud computing services provision is subjected to obtaining an authorization granted by the ARPT, the terms of which have not yet been defined by the ARPT.

Further regulations are expected with respect to protecting personal data in Algeria, especially regarding the hosting of personal data in the national territory and banning of its transfer outside of Algeria.

Other

SIM card identification

In 2010, the Algerian government introduced a new penalty scheme through the Supplemental Finance Act for mobile operators failing to identify mobile SIM cards. Mobile operators may be fined DZD150,000 (approximately US$1,371 as of December 31, 2016) per unidentified SIM card. Further, implementing legislation remains to be enacted in connection with this scheme. The ARPT requires the operator to suspend lines of customers not properly identified 30 days after their SIM card activation. In this respect, the audits conducted by the ARPT may lead to the suspension of legacy customers if the required document is not collected within the time limits. As a result, we have lost customers and we may incur additional fees. VEON Ltd.’s and/or Optimum’s management may also have to devote additional time and/or resources. For a further discussion of the material effects of this law on our business, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

Spectrum neutrality

Spectrum neutrality allows operators to use the allocated spectral resources for providing 2G/3G and 4G services. In 2016, the principle of spectrum neutrality has been enforced in all bands allocated to mobile operators under the supervision of the ARPT.

Universal service of telecommunications

In April 2015, the ARPT launched a tender to select operators to provide universal services in 97 rural communes in over 28 provinces. Services provided through the framework of the universal service of telecommunications will be funded by the universal services fund. In January 2016, Optimum was awarded 37 communes representing more than 42% of the population covered in the framework offer.

Regulation of Telecommunications in Bangladesh

Regulatory bodies

The Bangladesh Telecommunications (Amendment) Act, 2010 (the “BTA”) introduced a separation of responsibilities between the telecommunications regulator and government ministry in Bangladesh. Under the BTA, the responsibilities of issuing licenses for telecommunications systems and services, as well as the regulation of telecommunications activities, are assigned to the Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the “BTRC”). However, the supervision of telecommunications licensees and the approval of the BTRC’s proposals for issuing licenses was transferred to the Posts and Telecommunications Division (“PTD”) (within the Ministry of Posts, Telecommunications and Information Technology of Bangladesh). As a result, the BTRC is currently the executive body for telecommunications policies, while the PTD supervises and monitors all activities of the BTRC.

Regulatory framework

The main elements of the regulatory framework for the telecommunications sector in Bangladesh are embodied in the BTA, which establishes rules relating to the supply of telecommunications services in Bangladesh. Pursuant the BTA, BTRC, has issued many regulations, directives, policies, and guidelines for the telecommunication industry, including The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (Licensing Procedure) Regulations, 2004, the International Long Distance Telephony Service (ILDTS) policy, guidelines for infrastructure sharing, and regulatory and licensing guidelines for nationwide telecommunication transmission networks.


Licenses

The issuance of any telecommunications license is at the sole discretion of the BTRC, subject to approval from the PTD. The BTRC must submit a report to the PTD for its approval, prior to granting any license.

The BTRC reserves the right to set the criteria and conditions for license eligibility, to specify any applicable fees and charges and to determine the duration and conditions of any license. Generally, licenses are issued for a certain period of time subject to renewal, and the applicable validity period, renewal requirements and other conditions are set out in the license.

In addition, the provisions of the BTA grant the BTRC the power to renew, suspend, cancel and control the transfer of licenses. The BTRC, with the prior permission of the PTD, may amend any condition of any license issued pursuant to the BTA, and the PTD, on its own initiative or at the request of a licensee, may instruct the BTRC to amend any license condition.

MTRs

The BTRC has set various interconnection rates and interconnection revenue sharing arrangements. For domestic outgoing calls, mobile-to-mobile phone calls, and the PSTN calls, interconnection charges are set at BDT 0.22 (approximately US$0.003 as of December 31, 2016) per minute, and the interconnection revenue is shared between the ICX (BDT 0.04 per minute) and the terminating operator (BDT 0.18 per minute). For international outgoing calls, the interconnection charge varies depending on the charges of the overseas carrier, with the revenue shared among the ANS, operator, the ICX, the IGW and the BTRC, pursuant to a revenue sharing model established by the BTRC. For international incoming calls, the termination charge was reduced from BDT 2.34 (approximately US$0.03 as of December 31, 2016) per minute to BDT 1.17 (approximately US$0.015 as of December 31, 2016) per minute in September 2014, and the revenue is shared among ANS operators, ICXs, IGWs and the BTRC, according to the percentages set by the BTRC. For a description of MTRs in Bangladesh, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

In 2008, pursuant to the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services Policy, the BTRC issued a limited number of IGW, ICX and International Internet Gateway (“IIG”) licenses to local companies. In 2012, the BTRC awarded additional licenses to local entrepreneurs, and there are currently 29 IGW, 26 ICX and 36 IIG, in addition to 42 Internet Protocol Telephony Service Provider, or “IPTSP,” and 881 VoIP Service Provider, or “VSP,” licenses in place.

MNP

The BTRC has issued a new licensing guideline for MNP Service providers through which third party entities may be awarded a license to provide MNP service across the country. Though no formal declaration has been made by the BTRC, the market expects licenses to be awarded through a beauty contest (also known as a “comparative tender”). According to the guideline, an auction was scheduled on September 28, 2016 which was subsequently postponed until further notice.

Data Protection

There is currently no legislation in Bangladesh specifically on data protection. However, pursuant to some of our licensing terms and BTRC directives, we may be prohibited from sharing subscriber data.

Other

SIM re-verification

In Bangladesh, the government of Bangladesh initiated a SIM re-verification requirement starting in December 16, 2015. As a result, we have lost customers and we may incur additional fees. VEON Ltd.’s and/or BDCL’s management may also have to devote additional time and/or resources. For a further discussion of the material effects of this law on our business, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”


National Board of Revenue of Bangladesh tax

Effective July 1, 2014, the National Board of Revenue of Bangladesh imposed a tax of BDT 100 (approximately US$1.27 as of December 31, 2016) on SIM replacement. In addition, the Government of Bangladesh formed the National Telecommunication Monitoring Center in 2010 to conduct Lawful Interception, a form of phone surveillance, as permitted under the BTA, and telecommunications operators in Bangladesh are responsible for the cost of maintaining the software and equipment for such phone surveillance. Further, in March 2016, the National Board of Revenue imposed a 1% surcharge on mobile usage payable through indirect taxation to end users through mobile operators. There is also a supplementary duty on mobile usage, which is also ultimately payable by the end user, which was increased from 3% in June 2015 to 5% in June 2016.

Regulation of Telecommunications in Ukraine

Regulatory bodies

According to the Ukraine Telecommunications Law (“UTL”), the main governmental authorities that manage the telecommunications industry in Ukraine are the Cabinet of Ministers, State Service of Special Communications and Information Protection of Ukraine (the “Administration”) and the National Commission for the State Regulation of Communication and Informatization (“NCCIR”).

The Cabinet of Ministers is responsible for forming general policy, ensuring equal rights for developing the forms of ownership, managing state-owned assets and directing and coordinating ministries and other central governmental bodies in the area of telecommunications.

The Administration develops state policy proposals in the area of telecommunications and is responsible for their implementation within its authority granted by law. The Administration also has the authority to prepare draft legislation and define the quality requirements for telecommunications services and technical standards for telecommunications equipment.

The NCCIR is the main regulatory and controlling body in the area of telecommunications and use of radio frequencies. The NCCIR issues licenses for the provision of licensed telecommunications services and the use of radio frequencies, maintains registries of telecommunications operators and providers, allocates numbering capacity to telecommunications operators and controls the quality of telecommunications services.

Regulatory framework

The UTL and the Ukraine Frequency Law (“UFL”), both as amended from time to time, are the principal laws regulating the Ukrainian telecommunications industry. The UTL includes various regulations by the Ukrainian Government and other governmental authorities to supplement the legal framework of the telecommunications industry.

The UTL sets forth general principles for the regulation of the telecommunications industry in Ukraine, including a description of the institutional framework for the government’s involvement in the regulation, administration and operation of the telecommunications industry in Ukraine. The UFL regulates the allocation and use of the frequency bands in Ukraine.

The most important aspects of the law with respect to our business include the state government’s authority to:

 

    license communications service providers;

 

    allocate radio frequencies;

 

    certify telecommunications equipment;

 

    allocate numbering capacity;

 

    ensure fair competition and freedom of pricing and develop and implement government policy on telecommunications and frequency allocations; and

 

    conduct oversight of operators’ compliance with the terms of their licenses and Ukrainian law.


Licenses

In accordance with Ukrainian legislation, licenses to provide telecommunications services stipulate that the telecommunication operator’s activity involves the use of a radio frequency resource and the license to provide telecommunications services are issued at the same time as the license for the use of radio frequency. If the demand for radio frequency exceeds availability, licenses are issued based on the results of a tender or auction held by the NCCIR. Licenses are issued for a term of five to fifteen years. NCCIR has the right to extend the existing license at the request of the operator, or to take a negative decision if, at the date of filing of the application for an extension, violations of licensing conditions by the operator have been recorded and such violations have not been cured.

After obtaining a license to provide telecommunications services and the use of the radio frequency resource, telecommunications operators are required to obtain permission to operate REF and private radio networks (radio transmitters, base stations, microwave links). In accordance with the law on the radio frequency resource in Ukraine, permissions for REF operations are issued for a period not exceeding the period of validity of the relevant operator’s licenses for the use of radio frequency resource. The permit may be extended at the request of the operator to NCCIR. NCCIR will extend the license unless a violation of the licensing conditions has occurred and as long as there are no preconditions, such as the refarming of frequencies or the introduction of new radio technologies, for the termination of a specific radio technology in the radio frequency band.

MTRs

The UTL allows telecommunications operators, including wireless service operators, to establish tariffs for the telecommunications services provided to customers, with the exception of tariffs on universal services and data traffic channeling by SMP telecommunications operators. For a description of MTRs in Ukraine, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Effective January 1, 2017, the NCCIR introduced new tariffs for the provision of commonly accessible (universal) services, including fixed-line local services to fixed-line customers. As a result, the tariffs for local calls and monthly subscription fees increased, though this is not expected to have a material impact on Kyivstar’s operations.

International incoming MTRs were lowered in 2016.

SMP

The NCCIR regulates telecommunications services markets, studies the competitive environment in the telecommunications market, determines SMP operators and regulates interconnection tariffs charged to access SMP operators’ and dominant operators’ networks and the technical, organizational and economic terms of interconnection agreements involving such operators. An operator is presumed to have SMP if it has a share of more than 25% of the total revenue of all telecommunications operators and providers operating in the respective telecommunications services market. On October 20, 2011, the NCCIR determined the SMP operators in the markets for terminating calls on fixed-line and mobile networks and on December 1, 2011, it approved mandatory interconnection tariffs for the SMP operators in such markets. Our operations in the Ukraine are deemed to have SMP and are subject to these regulations. The NCCIR is planning to introduce changes in the UTL defining SMP for different markets.

A law titled “On electronic communications” is expected to be adopted in 2017 to, among other things, increase the authority of the national regulatory authority to analyze communication services markets to determine significant market power operators. The draft legislation also includes a new list of regulatory restrictions for significant market power operators, including controls on wholesale and retail tariffs and infrastructure sharing and an obligation to verify all subscribers. As the legislation has yet to be adopted, it is unclear what effects these new regulations will have.

MNP

Although MNP has not yet been implemented in Ukraine, the government has passed legislation requiring mobile operators to provide a national roaming service and to provide customers with the ability to transfer their mobile numbers from one telecommunication network to another. The technical requirements for MNP implementation have not yet been approved. The implementation of MNP is expected in the second half of 2017.


MNP benchmarks in the CIS states did not have strong impact on total market because of bureaucracy, the fee burden and the alternative of buying a second SIM to decrease expenses. For example, the ratio of port-out subs in total subs base in the first year of MNP in Russia and Kazakhstan was very low. Kyivstar JSC expects the same impact for Ukrainian market.

Data Protection

According to “On Protection Of Personal Data,” Law of Ukraine of June 2010, personal data is defined as the information or aggregate information about a natural person who is identified or may be identified (e.g. name, ID code, and passport data). In Ukraine, most subscribers are not identified. However, content, traffic and location are also defined as subscriber’s data. The transmission of personal data requires the transferor to obtain consent from the person whose personal data is being transferred. The party to which the personal data is transferred is required to have implemented the requirements of the Law of Ukraine On Protection of Personal Data. This law is not expected to have a significant impact on Kyivstar’s operations.

Personal data may only be transferred to foreign parties in the specific cases stipulated by law or an international treaty and only on the condition that an adequate level of personal data protection is ensured by the relevant foreign state.

Part 3 of art. 34 of the Law of Ukraine “On telecommunications” requires telecommunications operators and providers to ensure and be responsible for protecting the confidentiality of information concerning subscribers which was made available to them at the time of entering into a telecommunication services agreement. Information concerning the consumer and concerning the services they have received may be provided in observance of the procedure defined by the law. In all other cases, the information described above may only be disclosed subject to the consumer’s written consent.

Other

SIM re-verification

A law titled “On electronic communications” is expected to be adopted in 2017 to, among other things, include a new obligation to verify all subscribers. The entry into force of the requirements is expected to be a year and a half from the date of adoption of the law. Expenses of all operators will increase due to the initial investment required for implementation. Though SIM re-verification procedures lead to a loss of customers, the law isn’t expected to have a substantial effect on Kyivstar subscribers owing to the company’s coverage and mobile network quality. For a further discussion of the material effects of this law on our business, see “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

Sanctions regimes imposed against Ukraine

For a discussion on current sanctions regimes and their effect on our business in Ukraine, please refer to the discussion below at “—Sanctions Regimes.” For a discussion of the risks to our business as a result of the current sanctions regimes, please refer to “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Markets—Our operations may be adversely affected by ongoing developments in Russia and Ukraine” and “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”

Regulation of Telecommunications in Uzbekistan

Regulatory bodies

The government authorities responsible for supervising the telecommunications industry in Uzbekistan are the Ministry for Development of Information Technologies and Communications of the Republic of Uzbekistan and the Uzbek Communications Committee, which is the specially authorized state administration authority that is responsible for regulating the telecommunications industry in Uzbekistan.

In accordance with the Uzbek Telecommunications Law, businesses offering communications services in the Republic of Uzbekistan may be privately or publicly held by Uzbek or foreign national individuals or legal entities. All owners of telecommunications networks have equal rights and enjoy equal protection guaranteed by the law, and the legislation imposes no restrictions on foreign investors.


The State Inspectorate for supervision of communications, information and telecommunication technologies is responsible for monitoring compliance by telecommunications companies with license requirements and conditions.

The State Committee of Uzbekistan on Privatization, Demonopolization and Development of Competition is a government body which focuses on the expansion of economic reforms, acceleration of denationalization and privatization processes, and provision of development and support of private entrepreneurship in Uzbekistan.

Regulatory framework

The main statutes that govern the telecommunications industry in Uzbekistan are (i) the Uzbek Communications Law dated January 13, 1992 (as amended); (ii) the Radio Frequency Spectrum Law dated December 25, 1998; (iii) Protection of Consumers’ Rights dated April 26, 1996; (iv) the Uzbek Telecommunications Law dated August 20, 1999 (the “Uzbek Telecommunications Law”); (v) Licensing Certain Types of Business dated May 25, 2000; and (vi) the Uzbek Competition Law dated January 6, 2012 (the “Uzbek Competition Law”).

These laws determine the general legal and economic basis for organizing communications systems, establishing rights and duties of a company in terms of ownership, use, disposal and management of communications equipment when setting up and operating communications networks and providing communications services.

The most important aspects of the law with respect to our business include the federal government’s authority to:

 

    license communications service providers;

 

    allocate radio frequencies;

 

    certify telecommunications equipment;

 

    allocate numbering capacity;

 

    ensure fair competition and freedom of pricing; and

 

    conduct oversight of operators’ compliance with the terms of their licenses and Uzbek law.

Licenses

The issuance of any telecommunications license is at the sole discretion of the Ministry for Development of Information Technologies and Communications. The Ministry will take a decision on issuing a license within 30 days from the date when an application is filed. The Ministry can deny issuing a license only if:

 

    the presented documents are not properly executed;

 

    the documents contain false information; or

 

    the applicant does not meet the license terms and requirements.

The law does not provide any further grounds for denial.

Licenses are issued for a set period of time from five to fifteen years, subject to renewal, and the applicable renewal requirements and procedures are the same as for obtaining the license. In addition, the Ministry has the power to renew, suspend, cancel and control the transfer of licenses.


MTRs

Local MTRs are not regulated in Uzbekistan. According to current legislation, MTRs are determined on the basis of the contracts between operators. Due to the inclusion of Unitel LLC on the list of SMP operators, the State Committee of Uzbekistan on Privatization, Demonopolization and Development of Competition adopted a decision requiring Unitel LLC to establish consistent MTRs for all operators. For a description of MTRs in Uzbekistan, please see “Item 4—Information on the Company—Interconnection Agreements” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

SMP

On September 19, 2013, Unitel was recognized as an SMP. A position is said to be dominant where a business or group of persons has a market share of 65.0% or more. Nevertheless, if a business holds a market share of between 35.0% and 65.0%, it may be deemed to have a dominant position, subject to a determination by the State Committee of Uzbekistan on Privatization, Demonopolization and Development of Competition based on the size of market share, the stability of the business’s market share, the share taken by competitors, the ease of access to the market for new competitors and other criteria relevant to the given market.

As of November 2, 2013, Unitel LLC has been obliged to declare all its tariffs to the Ministry of Finance of Uzbekistan for approval. Despite numerous attempts by Unitel LLC to obtain approval in accordance with the Uzbek Competition Law, the Ministry of Finance has not yet granted such approvals.

However, in 2016, the regulator introduced a tax rate of 50% of profits for mobile operators that have profitability over 20%. As we were recently informed that this tax rate includes approval of tariffs, it is therefore not likely that they will provide us with any other approval.

MNP

There is currently no charge for customers to port numbers and mobile operators are not required to pay annual fees for number portability.

Data Protection

Currently, data protection is regulated by Uzbek Laws “On Informatization” and “On Principles and Guarantees of Freedom of Information,” as well as by the Regulation on the Order of Documentation of Information, Registration of State Information Resources approved by an Order of the Ministry for Development of Information Technologies and Communications. Under these laws, personal data and other confidential information cannot be collected and distributed without the consent of the owner of such information. Additionally, transfer of such data abroad is limited. There are currently gaps in legislation and therefore it is a common practice to send requests to authorized state bodies for official clarification on certain issues. Unitel LLC received an official letter of the Ministry for Development of Information Technologies and Communications clarifying that customers’ personal data cannot be transferred abroad and access from abroad cannot be granted to databases containing such information. There is a draft of a new Law On Personal Data, which is expected to be adopted in 2017.

Regulation of Telecommunications in Kazakhstan

Regulatory bodies

Under the Kazakhstan Communications Law dated July 5, 2004 (the “Kazakhstan Communications Law”), the Ministry of Information and Communication (the “MIC”) is the central executive body authorized to implement state policy and governmental control with respect to telecommunications and to adopt relevant acts.

The Government sets forth the procedures and payment to access frequencies for the provision of telecommunications services. The Inter-Agency Commission on Radio Frequencies (“ICR”), a consultative-advisory agency of the Kazakh government, provides recommendations on government policy regarding frequencies. The National Security Committee and certain other governmental defense bodies also maintain a level of control over the telecommunications industry as part of their investigative operations.

Competition matters in Kazakhstan are regulated by the Committee on Regulation of Natural Monopolies and Protection of Competition (the “Antimonopoly Committee”) of the Ministry of the National Economy. The Antimonopoly Committee is authorized to prepare and implement state policy for the protection of competition, for example, by coordinating with state authorities, reviewing compliance with competition laws, conducting investigations and approving concentrations of entities.


Regulatory framework

The Kazakhstan Communications Law is the principal act regulating the telecommunications industry in Kazakhstan and sets forth general principles for the regulation of the telecommunications industry, the authority of each regulatory body, the rules governing telecommunications network cooperation and consumer rights protections.

The Kazakhstan Communications Law grants the Kazakh government broad authority with respect to the telecommunications industry in Kazakhstan. The most important aspects with respect to our business include the government’s authority to:

 

    develop and implement government policy on telecommunications and frequency allocations;

 

    approve allocation of radio frequencies;

 

    approve procedures for auctions of telecommunications licenses; and

 

    approve the licensing terms, conditions and qualification requirements when granting telecommunications licenses.

The participation of foreign capital in Kazakhstan’s telecommunications market is limited by law. It is forbidden for foreign legal entities or individuals to control and operate backbone networks without the establishment of a legal entity in Kazakhstan and to obtain more than 10.0% of voting shares in an International Long Distance (“ILD”) operator without MIC consent, as well as the consent of national security authorities. In addition, foreign legal entities or individuals are not allowed to possess, use, dispose of or control (directly or indirectly) more than 49.0% of the total voting shares of an ILD operator who possesses surface communication lines (cables, including fiber optic and radio-relay cables) without governmental consent, based on the conclusion of MIC, as well as the consent of national security authorities.

In addition, all telecommunications operators in Kazakhstan are required to maintain control centers, which are responsible for monitoring, incident management, planning work and management reporting, for their networks within the territory of Republic of Kazakhstan, and the chief technical officer of each operator must be a citizen of the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Licenses

In accordance with legislation of the Republic of Kazakhstan, licenses to provide telecommunications services are issued by the Ministry of Information and Communication. The Law “On permits and notifications” regulates permits, certain types of activities or actions and the procedures for issuing and re-issuing licenses. A license to provide telecommunication services is a first class permit, meaning it is inalienable and without a time limit.

In addition to obtaining a license, wireless telecommunications operators must have a permit for radio frequency usage for every radio transmitter which they operate. Permits for radio frequency usage are issued by the Ministry of Information and Communication. Under the Communications Law, permits for the use of radio frequencies are subject to extension every year after the payment of the frequency fee for the first quarter of the current year. Radio frequency permits may be suspended or terminated for a number of reasons, including failure to comply with the conditions to which the frequency allocation was subject.

MTRs

Starting in 2013 and according to a memorandum signed between mobile operators, the MTR has decreased by 15% on an annual basis. As of December 31, 2013, the MTR was KZT 11.1 per minute (approximately US$0.033 as of December 31, 2016) between mobile networks, and KZT 13.2 per minute (approximately US$0.040 as of December 31, 2016) for fixed networks.

In 2015, mobile operators in Kazakhstan reached an agreement to set MTR at 8.0 KZT per minute (approximately US$0.024 as of December 31, 2016) for 2015 and 5.0 KZT per minute (approximately US$0.015 as of December 31, 2016) for 2016.


On April 16, 2014, KaR-Tel received notice from the MIC regarding a further decrease in the maximum permitted price set for entities holding a dominant position in the relevant market for inbound traffic to KZT 8.88 per minute (approximately US$0.027 as of December 31, 2016), excluding VAT.

The structure of interconnect agreements is set by the MIC and dominant operators are required to enter into an interconnect agreement with any operator requesting interconnection.

SMP

In 2007, KaR-Tel was recognized as a company with SMP and was included in the list of dominant companies in terms of mobile services. As a result, the company is subject to the regulated market and has a range of obligations and limitations on pricing.

According to the results of monitoring prices and on the basis of complaints and information received indicating the establishment of unreasonable prices, including in cases of violations by operators, the MIC examines prices in accordance with the pricing rules for regulated markets.

In addition, KaR-Tel is obliged to notify the MIC in writing not less than 30 calendar days prior to the impending increase in the prices of services above the maximum price and the reasons for their increase, together with substantiating materials that support the stated reasons for the increase (in accordance with pricing rules).

Without exceeding the maximum price, KaR-Tel has the right to reduce and increase prices of produced (sold) services provided that it informs the MIC as to the reasons for the reduction or increase no later than five working days from the date of such reduction or increase.

On January 1, 2017, the Entrepreneurial Code abolished the list of dominant companies. As a result, though Kar-Tel is still designated as a company with SMP and thus subject antimonopoly legislation and monitoring, as of January 1, 2017, Kar-Tel no longer has to fulfill the several obligations imposed by being on this list, such as regular reporting to the antimonopoly agency.

MNP

MNP was launched on January 1, 2016. There is currently no charge for customers to port numbers, and mobile operators are required to pay annual fees for the maintenance of the MNP data base. The current annual cost for KaR-Tel is approximately USD 330,000. KaR-Tel’s business has not been significantly affected from the implementation of mobile number portability.

Data Protection

The Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan on Personal Data and Their Protection was adopted in 2013. It includes requirements with respect to gathering, processing, storing and the protection of personal data. Personal data may only be stored in Kazakhstan and there is an obligation to have a written or electronic signature consent for storage in Kazakhstan or transfer of data abroad. Personal data may only be stored in Kazakhstan and only upon consent. Similarly, data may be transferred outside of Kazakhstan only upon consent.

Regulation of Telecommunications in Italy

Regulatory bodies

Autorità per le Garanzie nelle Comunicazioni (the Italian Communications Regulatory Authority, “AGCOM”) and the Communications Department of the Ministero Italiano Sviluppo Economico (“MISE”), whose competencies derive from EU regulations as adopted in Italy, together regulate all aspects of the telecommunications markets in Italy including the mobile, fixed-line and internet markets. Their regulatory powers primarily include licensing, authorizations, interconnection access, frequency allocation, numbering, universal service obligations, consumer protection, tariff regulation and arbitration of disputes between operators. For the resolution of disputes between users and operators of communications, AGCOM operates through a decentralized system, in close collaboration with the Regional Committees for Communications (“Co.Re.Com.”), which are special bodies located throughout Italy in order to provide assurance and control over communications systems at the regional level.


AGCOM is financed by telecommunications operators through a fee based on operators’ financial results. The public numbering schemes are decided by AGCOM while the Italian Ministry is responsible for numbering management and assignation.

Autorità Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato (the Italian Competition Authority, “AGCM”) enforces competition law rules which, among the others, prohibit anticompetitive agreements among competitors (i.e. cartels), and the abuse of dominant positions, as well as review: (i) possible M&A deals which may create or strengthen dominant positions detrimental to competition and (ii) consumer protection issues and misleading advertising proceedings. The AGCM also has several other competencies, including protecting consumers from misleading advertising or comparative advertising which discredits competitors’ products or causes confusion, as well as protecting against unfair commercial practices.

Italian telecommunications operators are subject to the EU framework on telecommunications regulation which includes directives, recommendations and opinions. As a member of the European Union, Italy is required to implement directives issued by the European Union, which may take effect automatically. Regulations adopted at the EU level also have general application and are binding and directly applicable to EU member states.

The Italian Data Protection Authority ( Garante per la protezione dei dati personali , the“DPA”) is an independent authority set up to protect fundamental rights and freedoms in connection with the processing of personal data, and to ensure respect for individuals’ dignity. The DPA was established in 1997, when the former Data Protection Act came into force. Tasks are set forth in the Data Protection Code 196/2003, which superseded the Data Protection Act 675/1996. The main activities of the DPA include: supervising compliance with the provisions protecting private life; handling claims, reports and complaints lodged by citizens; banning or blocking processing operations that are liable to cause serious harm to individuals; carrying out on-the-spot inspections to also access databases directly; reporting to judicial authorities on serious infringements; and raising public awareness of privacy legislation.

Regulatory framework

The Italian telecommunications market is regulated pursuant to a regulatory framework that was adopted by the European Commission in 2002 to harmonize the regulatory environment among European countries, to promote convergence between telecommunications and broadcast networks and services, and to further encourage competition in the telecommunications market. The EU regulatory framework was updated in 2009 and the Body of European Regulators for Electronic Communications (the “BEREC”) was established with the goal of contributing to the development and better functioning of the internal market, ensuring a consistent application of the regulatory framework. Among the others, BEREC delivers opinions on the draft decisions, recommendations and guidelines of the European Commission (the “Commission”) and provides advice, upon a reasoned request of the Commission or deliver opinions to the European Parliament and the Council, when needed, on any matter within its competence.

The most important aspects with respect to our business include regulations with respect to:

 

    wholesale voice call termination on individual mobile networks;

 

    wholesale local access provided at a fixed location;

 

    wholesale central access provided at a fixed location for mass market products; and

 

    wholesale high-quality access at a fixed location.

In April 2016, the “Telecom Single Market” regulation became effective, concerning a new charging regime for international roaming in European Union with a view towards abolishing any retail roaming surcharges by June 2017, and adopting internet net neutrality rules aimed at safeguarding the freedom of the internet and prohibiting undue traffic management techniques. This means that, provided that certain conditions are met and that customers have not chosen a different pricing model, European mobile operators may not apply different charges to customers travelling abroad within the European Union or the European Economic Area to those charges applied at a domestic level. The regulation is not expected to have a significant impact on operations.


Licenses

In Italy, licenses, authorizations and concessions (“LACs”) for rights to use frequencies and numbering are managed by the MISE. The continued existence and terms of LACs are subject to review by AGCOM. Moreover, LACs, as well as their renewal terms and conditions, may be affected by regulatory factors. Some of the Italy Joint Venture’s spectrum rights are expected to be extended this year, which will require the payment of a substantial fee to the Italian State.

MTRs

AGCOM imposes certain transparency, access, non-discrimination, price control and cost accounting obligations on each of the companies notified as having SMP (the historical 3 Italia business, Telecom Italia, Vodafone, the historical Wind business, BT Italia, Lycamobile, Noverca, Poste Mobile) in Italy. Since the end of 2013, the rates imposed have been the same across each mobile network operator (EUR 0.98 per minute as of December 31, 2016; approximately US$1.03 as of December 31, 2016).). In September 2015, AGCOM published its final decision (497/15/CONS) regulating MTR up to 2017 confirming existing regulated values (EUR 0.98 per minute) and extending the same measures imposed on mobile operators to four mobile virtual network operators (BT Italia, Lycamobile, Noverca and Poste Mobile). The regulated MTR price is valid only for traffic originated by customers of European Union or European Economic Area countries and terminated on one of the Italian regulated mobile operators listed above. In the same decision 497/15/CONS, the Authority, in consideration of the fact that extra-European Union (EU) or extra European Economic Area (EEA) Operators (companies) apply on their network termination rates that are higher than those regulated at a European level, has allowed Italian mobile operators to define, on a commercial basis, termination rates for calls originating from extra-EU or extra-EEA countries, in accordance with the general principles of fairness and reasonableness.

SMP

The Electronic Communications Code (updated in 2012) requires AGCOM to carry out market analysis to identify operators with SMP, in order to impose certain transparency, access, non-discrimination, price control and cost accounting obligations on such dominant operators or otherwise confirm, amend or withdraw the existing obligations imposed on them as per prior market analysis if AGCOM detects that the market is not competitive. The Italy Joint Venture has thus far not experienced a significant increase in regulatory oversight as a result of the merger.

The market analysis carried out by AGCOM is subject to the scrutiny and comments of the European Commission.

FTRs

AGCOM regulates FTR for certain SMP notified operators 1 (currently EUR 0.043 per minute from July 2015; approximately US$0.045 as of December 31, 2016). Telecom Italia is regulated also on collection and transit fees (currently EUR 0.140 and EUR 0.093, respectively, per minute from July 2015; approximately US$0.147 and US$0.097, respectively, as of December 31, 2016). Administrative court appeals on the FTR have been rejected. In October 2016 AGCOM published the final decision about the last market analysis proceeding. In this decision, AGCOM defined the FTR for all SMP notified fixed operators, including the Italy Joint Venture, until 2019, while only Telecom Italia will continue to be regulated on the fixed call collection. The regulated FTR price is valid only for the traffic originated by customers of EU/EEA countries and terminated on Italian players.

MNP

Portability for both mobile and fixed-line is regulated in Italy by AGCOM. MNP is free of charge at wholesale and donating operator levels. A charge may be applied at the retail level where the customer requests to transfer the remaining prepaid credit from an old SIM to a new SIM bought by the customer with the new carrier. The inter-operator time taken to port a number is one business day. If the time taken is longer than three days, the customer receives compensation for each day’s delay after day one.

 

1   Acantho S.p.A., Adr TEL S.p.A., Brennercom S.p.A., BT Italia S.p.A., Clouditalia S.p.A., Colt Telecom S.p.A., Enter S.p.A., Fastweb S.p.A., Infracom Italia S.p.A., Intermatica S.r.l., Optima Italia S.p.A., Telecom Italia S.p.A., Terrecablate Reti e Servizi S.r.l., Tiscali Italia S.p.A., TWT S.p.A., Uno Communications S.p.A., Vodafone Italia S.p.A., Welcome Italia S.p.A., Wind Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.


Data Protection

The Italy Joint Venture, as a data controller and telecommunication company, is subject to data protection rules established both at the national level (e.g., The Italian Code for the Protection of Personal Data, Specific Measure on Cookies) and the European level (e.g., EU Directives 2009/136 and 2009/140). These rules constitute the framework for data protection and encompass a wide range of obligations, which can be roughly divided into three main areas: (i) basic obligations for personal data processing, such as minimum security measures for data processing, security measures for traffic data processing and security measures for system administrators, (ii) obligations specifically related to profiling and enrichment (individual or aggregated), and (iii) data transfers to third party.

The EU Data Protection Directive, as implemented into national laws by the EU member states, imposes strict obligations and restrictions on the processing of personal data. The new EU-wide General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) will become effective on May 25, 2018 (alongside the ePrivacy Regulation), replacing the current EU data protection laws, and will implement more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data.

On April 4, 2013, the DPA issued new provisions for telecommunications operators relating to the implementation of the law on disclosure of breaches of personal data. The company has already implemented proper procedures on Data breach notifications. Updates are ongoing.

Other

Fixed-line and access regulation

Pursuant to EU law, national regulatory authorities, including AGCOM, may require an operator with SMP to regularly produce a number of RIOs, setting forth the terms and conditions on which such operator will provide access to specified services approved by the regulator. For example, the RIOs of Telecom Italia cover the following services: (i) fixed-line collection, termination and transport, (ii) interconnection services (circuits), (iii) LLU, (iv) copper bitstream, (v) WLR and (vi) NGA, wholesale offers. ANOs, including the Italy Joint Venture, are also obliged to prepare and communicate to AGCOM and other interconnected operators their RIO only regarding FTRs.

AGCOM reviewed the rules applicable from 2014 to 2017 in the fixed access markets (the “market analysis”) and, based on such a market analysis, AGCOM is in the process of completing the review of RIOs from operators notified as having SMP on an yearly basis. Fixed access markets include: wholesale call termination on individual public telephone networks provided at a fixed location; wholesale local access provided at a fixed location; wholesale central access provided at a fixed location for mass-market products; and wholesale high-quality access provided at a fixed location. AGCOM is also reviewing Telecom Italia Mobile’s (“TIM”) proposal on fixed ancillary services (connection and maintenance) in order to ensure that, when providing fixed wholesale access services, TIM does not treat alternative fixed operators in a discriminatory manner as compared to its own retail division. In April 2016, TIM filed a claim asking for the partial annulment of AGCOM Resolution number 623/15/CONS, in particular in relation to the testing carried out to determine if its retail offers could be replicated by efficient alternative operators using regulated wholesale services, such that there would be equality of treatment between operators.

AGCOM’s Resolution n. 86/15/CONS in 2015 codified a significant price reduction of ULL/WLR/WBA services for the year 2010-2012. The Resolution is currently being disputed in court.

In July 2016, the Consiglio di Stato issued a ruling related to the claim filed by Telecom Italia and Fastweb partially annulling AGCOM’s Resolution n. 747/13/CONS (setting the LLU price for 2013) and 746/13/CONS (setting the WBA price for 2013). In light of this, AGCOM should review the proceedings in 2013 in relation to ULL and WBA services. Resulting changes applicable to our business might occur at the end of the AGCOM review process in case 2013 LLU and WBA wholesale access prices are increased or decreased as compared to what we are paying currently.


Universal service obligations

Fixed and mobile operators are required to compensate Telecom Italia for net costs related to universal service provision. The amounts of such contributions are determined by AGCOM.

International roaming

Since 2017, EU regulations on roaming have implemented a steady reduction in retail and wholesale roaming charges for calls/SMS/data made to destinations within the European Union and the European Economic Area, for customers roaming within the European Economic Area. EU regulation N. 2012/531, approved in 2012 introduced an obligation on the network operators, starting in July 2014, to grant decoupling of roaming services from domestic ones and grant data only roaming access on a Wi-Fi-like model (so-called “local break out”). The “Telecom Single Market” regulation, effective as of April 2016, modified the local break out regulation and introduces a “roaming like at home” principle aimed at abolishing any retail roaming surcharges by June 15, 2017 and applying fair use policies to inform customers of the conditions under which they can enjoy the benefits of the “roam like at home” scheme. Since April 2016, a transitional regime has been implemented under which limited surcharges are allowed. With respect to the transitional regime, proceedings for incompliance have been opened by AGCOM against some Italian mobile operators including the Italy Joint Venture with respect to rates charged to customers.

The “Telecom Single Market” regulation, effective as of April 2016 eliminates the obligation to decouple roaming services from domestic ones, while maintaining the obligation to allow data only roaming access on a Wi-Fi-like model (“local break out”). Lower wholesale caps, compared to those currently in force, applicable to international roaming services within European Union are due to take effect in June 2017.

Telecommunications Service Charters and regulation on consumer protection

Italian telecommunications operators are required to implement, and are subject to the obligations contained within, the Telecommunications Services Charters, as determined by AGCOM. AGCOM updates these regulations on a periodic basis following the evolution of services and technology, and also opens specific procedures based on customer complaints submitted to AGCOM. AGCOM has introduced specific regulation on consumer safeguards in all market sectors.

The implementing resolution establishes general criteria for the quality of telecommunications services and provides sanctions for non-compliance including refunds for customers. In addition, AGCOM adopted specific resolutions on quality and services charters in relation to each of the main areas of electronic communications services (fixed-line voice calls, mobile and personal communications, Pay TV and internet access) setting forth the level of quality for services typically provided in each of these areas.

AGCOM has started various working groups and consultations and has issued certain decisions to reform the regulation of various areas of telecommunications services, such as call center quality, new comparative web-site, avoiding high billing and other customer-focused measures.

Both of the historical Wind and 3 Italia businesses, and also all other players, have been fined in the last few years for non-compliance with specific aspects of the consumers protection regulation or Consumer Code.

In 2016 AGCOM fined the historical Wind business EUR 340,000 and the historical 3 Italia business EUR 320,000 for not complying with the mobile numbers termination procedure. AGCM fined the historical Wind business for unfair commercial practices related to reduction of renewal from 30 days to 28 days in combination with sale installments of products. In 2017, AGCOM fined the historical Wind business and the historical 3 Italy business for improperly applying EU Regulation N. 2012/531 on roaming like at home. AGCM fined the historical Wind business EUR 450,000 regarding teleselling. Similar sanctions have been imposed on other operators.

Sanctions Regimes

In connection with the situation in Russia and Ukraine, the United States, the European Union, and a number of countries have imposed (i) sanctions that block the property of certain designated businesses, organizations and individuals, (ii) sectoral sanctions that prohibit certain types of transactions with specifically designated businesses operating in certain sectors of the Russian economy, currently including the financial services, energy, and defense sectors, and (iii) territorial sanctions restricting investment in and trade with Crimea. The U.S. and EU sanctions target entities owned and/or controlled by designated entities and individuals. Further, under the U.S. sanctions regime, even non-U.S. persons who engage in certain prohibited transactions may be exposed to secondary sanctions, such as the denial of certain privileges, including financing and contracting with U.S. persons or within the United States.


In addition, the United States and the European Union have implemented certain export control restrictions related to Russia’s energy sector and military capabilities. Ukraine has also enacted sanctions with respect to certain Russian entities and individuals. Russia has responded with countermeasures, currently including limiting the import of certain goods from the United States, the European Union, Ukraine and other countries, imposing visa bans on certain persons, and imposing restrictions on the ability of Russian companies to comply with sanctions imposed by other countries. Russia recently announced sanctions against Turkey in response to an incident involving Russian and Turkish military aircraft in November 2015, including imposing a ban on Russian companies hiring Turkish workers and the imposition of visa requirements, as of January 1, 2016.

Ukraine has assigned a “temporary occupied territories” status to Crimea and an “anti-terrorist operation zone” status to certain Eastern Ukraine regions which are currently not under the Ukrainian government’s control, and has imposed certain restrictions and prohibitions on trade in goods and services in such territories. Kyivstar shut down its network in Crimea in 2014 as well as its network in certain parts of Eastern Ukraine in 2015 and, in each case, has written off the relevant assets. Under terms of its telecommunications licenses, Kyivstar is obliged to provide services throughout Ukraine. Kyivstar has notified the regulatory authorities that Kyivstar has stopped providing services in these areas and has requested clarification from such authorities regarding telecommunications operations in such areas. Since September 2014, legislation has been in effect in Ukraine that authorizes the cancellation of telecommunications licenses for sanctioned parties.

For a discussion of the material effects of these sanctions regimes on our business and the risks to our business as a result of the current sanctions regimes, please refer to “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Markets—Our operations may be adversely affected by ongoing developments in Russia and Ukraine” and “Item 3—D. Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—New or proposed changes to laws or new interpretations of existing laws in the markets in which we operate may harm our business.”